1805699

Catalogue 2017
Intelligent building technology

from Gira
Door communication in Gira System 106

Modular. Flexible. 3 materials.
D P.300
Gira E3
Harmonious shapes, subtle colours.
D P.106
Gira G1
The multi-talent for building technology.
D P.331
Gira Gira United Kingdom Sales Management/ Gira online
Giersiepen GmbH & Co. KG Order Processing Export
Electrical installation systems Mark Booth www.katalog.gira.de/en
Sales Director UK Tel +49 2195 602-721 The Gira online catalogue
Industriegebiet Mermbach Tel +44 7575 526655 Fax +49 2195 602-119 includes all the items of the
Dahlienstrae mark.booth@gira.de Gira product range and enables
42477 Radevormwald simple creation of parts lists.
David Edwards
P.O. Box 12 20 Dip GAI www.designconfigurator.
42461 Radevormwald Sales Manager UK gira.com
Tel +44 7760 888856 The Gira design system at a
Germany david.edwards@gira.de glance.
Tel +49 2195 602-0 David Rogers www.dcsconfigurator.

Fax +49 2195 602-119 Dip GAI gira.com
Technical Sales Manager UK Configuring door
www.gira.com Tel +44 7585 007091 communication systems online.
info@gira.com david.rogers@gira.de
www.download.gira.com
Follow Gira on Facebook, Muir Baxter Operating instructions,
Twitter, YouTube, or Google+. Key Account Manager UK software, advertising materials,
Visit www.gira.de/socialmedia Tel +44 7738 232816 and more.
for more information. muir.baxter@gira.de
www.academy.gira.com
Gareth Hare In addition to face-to-face
Specification Manager seminars, the Gira Academy
Tel +44 7397 572474 also offers online seminars and
gareth.hare@gira.de distance learning courses.
Richard Udell www.marking.gira.com

Sales Manager Designing professional
Tel +44 7397 569947 inscriptions for Gira products.
richard.udell@gira.de
www.media.gira.com
www.gira.com/uk The media database offers
product illustrations, logos, and
videos.
www.press.gira.com
The Gira press area with press
texts and photos on current
topics.
The Gira catalogue contains an Master data service

overview of the product range. The product data is classified
The product range may differ according to ETIM and is avail-
from the range shown here or able in BMECAT. For more in-
other specifications may apply formation call 02195 602-152.
in the respective country. In
case of queries, please contact
your local representative.
Our worldwide agencies are

listed on page 18-19.
Easy Order Flush-mounted inserts including covers
Support ring [mm] 7171 8080 80132
Adapter support ring 8080 mm 2849 00
Switches and push buttons
Rocker switch 10 A 250 V~

- with rocker Universal 1-way/2-way switch 0106 ..
Intermediate switch 0107 ..
1-way switch, 2-pole 0102 ..
- with rocker, 2-gang Series switch 0105 ..
2-way switch, 2-gang 0108 ..
Rocker indicator switch 10 A 250 V~ with rocker 1-way switch, 2-pole 0112 ..
Rocker button 10 A 250 V~ with rocker NO contact, 1-pole 0151 ..
Button British Standard (BS EN 60669-1), 3-gang 10 A 250 V~

with rockers NO contact, 1-pole 2844 .. 2845 ..
Rocker switch British Standard (BS EN 60669-1)

- 20 A 250 V~ with rocker 1-way switch, 2-pole 2836 .. 2837 ..
- 20 A 250 V~ with rocker and control light 1-way switch, 2-pole 2834 .. 2835 ..
- 3-gang with rockers 1-way switch 2830 .. 2831 ..
Universal 1-way/2-way switch 2832 .. 2833 ..
Switch British Standard (BS EN 60669-1) 45 A 250 V~ 1-way switch 2838 ..
Dimming
Flush-mounted inserts including cover and knob

- Universal dimmer with pressure and rotary switch 2 50 420 W/VA 1176 ..
- Auxiliary unit for universal dimmer 2 1177 ..
- Light bulb dimmer with rotary on/off switch 60 400 W 0300 ..
- Light bulb dimmer with pressure/2-way switch 60 600 W 0302 ..
- Tronic dimmer with pressure/2-way switch 20 360 W 1182 ..
20 525 W 0307 ..
LV dimmer with pressure/2-way switch 20 500 W/VA 0306 ..
- Electronic potentiometer insert for 1-10V control input with
switching function 0309 ..
Flush-mounted inserts including cover

- System 2000 Universal LED dimming insert (touch dimmer) 3 420 W/VA 2385 ..
- System 2000 auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 ..
Socket outlets
Socket outlet British Standard (BS 1363-2) 13 A 250 V~ with shutter 2776 .. 2777 ..
deactivatable, with shutter 2778 .. 2779 ..
deactivatable, with control
light and shutter 2780 .. 2781 ..
Double socket outlet British Standard (BS 1363-2) 13 A 250 V~ with shutter 2782 ..
deactivatable, with shutter 2783 ..
deactivatable, with control
light and shutter 2784 ..
Socket outlet British Standard (BS 546)

- Round Pin 5 A 250 V~ with shutter 2772 .. 2773 ..
- Round Pin 15 A 250 V~ with shutter 2774 .. 2775 ..
Connection socket outlet Fused spur British Standard deactivatable 2785 .. 2786 ..
(BS 1363-4) 13 A 250 V~
deactivatable, with control light 2787 .. 2788 ..
Razor socket outlet (DIN EN 61558 2-5) 115 - 230 V~ for cover frame, 2-gang without
crossbar 2820 ..
Flush-mounted device box for
razor socket outlet 2819 00
USB power supply, 2-gang 2359 ..
Automatic lighting
System 2000 automatic control switch including standard top unit,

mounting height up to 1.10 m and relay insert 2395 ..
System 55, colours Cream white glossy .... 01

Pure white glossy .... 03
Pure white matt .... 27
Anthracite .... 28
Colour aluminium .... 26
E22, Materials and colours Stainless steel .... 20

Aluminium .... 203
Thermoplastic (pure white glossy) .... 03
You can find suitable flush-mounted boxes and accessories on page 40-42.
An overview of Gira switch ranges with order numbers for the cover frames can be found on the back fold-out
Catalogue structure The Technical Information New. Index
The Gira catalogue was chapter directly follows The new index at the end of the
expand
developed as an ordering the product section of the catalogue will make it easier to
document to make it easier catalogue, and is marked with find the products that you are
to find products and order the I register tab. Products looking for.
data quickly. All information for which there is additional
relevant to the ordering information in the technical
process is structured in such a annex, point to the relevant
way as to help the user locate chapter with a I and the
the desired product quickly. respective page number.
Tabs offer quick access to the All page references in the
catalogue as well as clearly catalogue are prefixed with
separating the product groups. an arrow [D].
Protection against moisture and water ingress Water-protected flush-mounted IP44 Gira TX_44 frames 192 Water-protected and robust Product range Water-protected flush-mounted IP44
The chapter Gira water-protected covers switch ranges that are suitable for use Gira TX_44 Automatic light 192 Gira TX_44 is a very robust switch range that is perfect for outdoor use, in Gira TX_44
Orientation Lighting 193
in water-protected, flush-mounted and surface-mounted installations both indoors damp rooms and as part of interior design. Gira TX_44 can be installed with IP44
Door communication 193
and outdoors. Depending on the requirements, switches and buttons with IP44 Gira Keyless In 194
protection against splash water and is thus eminently suitable for use in the
(protected against splash water) or IP66 (protected against water jets) are available. Accessories 194 garden, on balconies or terraces. Thanks to integration of the Gira System55
inserts, the Gira TX_44 has a very large functional depth.
Features Dimensions in mm
- All functions of the Gira door communication systems can be
integrated. 110 16,3
- Gira TX_44 cover frame can be integrated into the Gira energy
and light profiles.
- Inserts from the Gira System 55 can be integrated by means
86
of an adapter frame.
- Material is impact-resistant and shatter-proof, ball-proof,
halogen-free and UV-resistant, weather-resistant and Cover frames Automatic light Orientation Door Keyless In Accessories
67 3,5
microbiologically safe. D192 D192 lighting communication D194 D194
The anthracite and aluminium-colour versions fulfil German D193 D193
standard DIN 68 861, load group 1B, for resistance against Cover frame, 1-gang: W 110 H 86 D 16.3
chemicals. Cover frame, 2-gang: W 110 H 157 D 16.3
- Suitable for vertical and horizontal installation. Cover frame, 3-gang: W 110 H 229 D 16.3
- Theft-proof thanks to being mounted with Torx screws. Cover frame, 4-gang: W 110 H 300 D 16.3
- Increased theft protection when Tri-Wing screws are used.
- Flush-mounted installation, protected against splash water Corner radius: R 0.5
(IP44).
- Flush-mounted installation (IP20).
Protection against splash water (IP44) Protection against powerful water jets (IP66) Product design
IP 44 stands for safe protection against solid particles such Gira switch ranges that have the IP66 rating provide absolute Phoenix Design, Stuttgart
as rough sand and against splash water. It is a minimum protection against dust and strong jets of water. Thanks to their Technical data
requirement for outdoor use. Gira switch ranges that are leak-tightness, they are predestined for harsh applications Gira Design Configurator Platform: Water-protected flush-mounted
equipped with this protection are especially suitable for damp and their robust material quality that offers protection against wwwdesignconfiguratorgiracom Material: Thermoplastic (ASA)
rooms, e.g. bathrooms and areas that are exposed to the chemicals and vandalism makes them the perfect choice for Mounting type: Flush-mounted
weather, such as cellars or garages. use in cellars, garages, workshops and the industry. Protection type: IP20, IP44
Variants
Pure white Colour Anthracite

Kevin Snyder
glossy aluminium (lacquered)
(similar to (lacquered)
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Henry Potter
RAL9010)
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Integration into Gira energy and light profiles for outdoor use
Michael Cramer
The Gira energy profiles extend the outdoor electrical

Flush-mounted IP44
Flush-mounted IP44
Flush-mounted IP44
The Neumann Family
installation. The housing, cover, and base are made of robust,

Elke and Ralf Stanton
weather-resistant aluminium with a scratch-resistant, dirt-

resistant surface. Gira energy profiles with empty units can
be equipped with the water-protected Gira TX_44 switch
TX_44
TX_44
TX_44
range as needed.
Gira Electrical Installation Systems 189 190 Gira Electrical Installation Systems Gira Electrical Installation Systems 191
Chapters The key features at a glance Range overview

Every chapter starts with an The most important The range overview is an
introductory page presenting information on the respective illustrated contents table for a
the product category at a product category is presented quick visual orientation on
glance. Acontents table for in concise form on a single which devices and functions
each chapter facilitates quick page. Special features, are available in the range.
access to the products while technical data and an
selected product images illustration of all available
exemplify the diverse functions design variants provide
and designs. the user with more detailed
information.
Easy Order Flush-mounted inserts including covers Cover frames order number matrix
Automatic light control Presence detector/ KNX Presence detector Mini KNX Presence detector /Tectiv Automatic light control
Support ring [mm] 71 71 80 80 80 132 Using this list, you can easily
determine the order numbers
Adapter support ring 80 80 mm 2849 00 Specifications Order No P unit PS Specifications Order No P unit PS Specifications Order No P unit PS Specifications Order No P unit PS of the cover frames from the
Gira switch ranges.
Switches and push buttons
Presence detector KNX Presence detector Mini KNX Presence detector Tectiv The first four digits indicate Event Event Opaque ClassiX
Automatic light control
Rocker switch 10 A 250 V~ the type of cover frame. The .... 08 Anthracite / anthracite .... 14 Amber / anthracite .... 621 Bronze
- with rocker Universal 1-way/2-way switch 0106 .. A presence detector is mounted on the ceiling and monitors the final digits identify the switch .... 81 Anthracite / .... 69 Amber / .... 623 Bronze cream white
Intermediate switch 0107 .. work area beneath it KNX Presence Detector - Standard Mini KNX Presence Detector - Standard ADiscontinued item Available until 07/2017 range and the desired colour colour aluminium colour aluminium .... 622 Bronze black
1-way switch, 2-pole 0102 .. Tectiv 220 or material. There is a space .... 328 Anthracite / pure white .... 332 Amber / pure white .... 641 Chrome
- with rocker, 2-gang Series switch 0105 .. Features between the first four and final .... 06 Colour aluminium / .... 89 Blue / anthracite .... 643 Chrome cream white
2-way switch, 2-gang 0108 .. - The presence detector controls the lighting depending on the digits to clearly separate them. anthracite .... 93 Blue / colour aluminium .... 642 Chrome black
presence of persons and the desired lighting conditions .... 36 Colour aluminium / .... 399 Blue / pure white .... 631 Brass
Rocker indicator switch 10 A 250 V~ with rocker 1-way switch, 2-pole 0112 .. colour aluminium .... 13 Dark brown / anthracite .... 633 Brass cream white
Technical data All cover frames can be .... 326 Colour aluminium / .... 59 Dark brown / .... 632 Brass black
Rocker button 10 A 250 V~ with rocker NO contact, 1-pole 0151 .. Dimensions inmm 2220 00 1 06 installed vertically and pure white colour aluminium
103 H 50 horizontally. .... 808 Pure white glossy / .... 331 Dark brown / pure white
Button British Standard (BS EN 60669-1), 3-gang 10 A 250 V~ Functional description D 438 anthracite .... 85 Mint / anthracite
with rockers NO contact, 1-pole 2844 .. 2845 .. Notes pure white 2105 02 1 06 Order numbers for cover .... 806 Pure white glossy / .... 51 Mint / colour aluminium
- A presence detector is not a passage detector Colour aluminium 2105 04 1 06 frames with crossbar: colour aluminium .... 395 Mint / pure white
Rocker switch British Standard (BS EN 60669-1) - The presence detector is not suitable for alarm messages in KNX Presence Detector - Mini Komfort pure white 0817 02 1 08 1-gang 0211 ... .... 803 Pure white glossy / .... 87 Orange / anthracite
- 20 A 250 V~ with rocker 1-way switch, 2-pole 2836 .. 2837 .. VdS-compliant alarm systems Functional description D 440 anthracite 0817 10 1 08 2-gang 0212 ... pure white .... 53 Orange / ClassiX Art
- 20 A 250 V~ with rocker and control light 1-way switch, 2-pole 2834 .. 2835 .. - Ceiling mounting on stable ceilings in device box or surface- Colour aluminium 0817 04 1 08 3-gang 0213 ... .... 07 Pure white matt / colour aluminium .... 661 Bronze
- 3-gang with rockers 1-way switch 2830 .. 2831 .. mounted housing 4-gang 0214 ... anthracite .... 397 Orange / pure white .... 663 Bronze cream white
Universal 1-way/2-way switch 2832 .. 2833 .. KNX Presence Detector - Comfort Features 5-gang 0215 ... .... 71 Pure white matt / .... 88 Red / anthracite .... 662 Bronze black
- Motion detector with a high-resolution lens with an optimised colour aluminium .... 92 Red / colour aluminium .... 681 Chrome
Switch British Standard (BS EN 60669-1) 45 A 250 V~ 1-way switch 2838 .. System2000 Presence Detector Comfort Top Unit focal length which enables a semi-circular monitoring field with Cover frames without crossbar: .... 327 Pure white matt / .... 398 Red / pure white .... 683 Chrome cream white
2225 00 1 06 background monitoring 1.5-gang 1001 ... * pure white .... 334 White / pure white .... 682 Chrome black
Dimming - Cable entry from four directions and the rear 2-gang 1002 ... .... 24 White / anthracite .... 671 Brass
Functional description D 439 - Plug terminals with loop-through option .... 50 White / .... 673 Brass cream white
Flush-mounted inserts including cover and knob - Large terminal housing colour aluminium .... 672 Brass black
- Universal dimmer with pressure and rotary switch 2 50 420 W/VA 1176 .. - Plug-in sensor unit
- Auxiliary unit for universal dimmer 2 1177 .. - Protects the electronics from wind, moisture, and soiling
- Light bulb dimmer with rotary on/off switch 60 400 W 0300 .. pure white 0317 02 1 02 - Protects against accidental adjustment of the sensor head
- Light bulb dimmer with pressure/2-way switch 60 600 W 0302 .. Colour aluminium 0317 04 1 02 pure white 2106 02 1 06 - Smooth surfaces are easy to clean
- Tronic dimmer with pressure/2-way switch 20 360 W 1182 .. Colour aluminium 2106 04 1 06 - Design is independent of sensor head alignment Event Clear
20 525 W 0307 .. C Necessary accessories - Day and night mode Standard 55 .... 758 Aubergine / anthracite
LV dimmer with pressure/2-way switch 20 500 W/VA 0306 .. See listing at Functional description D 441 - Passage detector function .... 01 Cream white glossy .... 756 Aubergine /
- Electronic potentiometer insert for 1-10 V control input with Autoctrlsw Standard 110 m 1300 .. D 258 - Ceiling or wall installation .... 03 Pure white glossy colour aluminium Esprit, glass C E 22 ***
switching function 0309 .. - The operating mode can be changed using a mechanical push .... 04 Pure white matt .... 753 Aubergine / pure white .... 518 Mint .... 202 Stainless steel
C Optional accessories button (NC contact): observer function, light on for two hours, .... 768 Brown / anthracite .... 505 Black .... 203 Aluminium
Flush-mounted inserts including cover SM housing presdetec 0086 .. D 267 light off for two hours .... 761 Brown / cream white .... 522 Umber .... 201 Thermoplastic
- System 2000 Universal LED dimming insert (touch dimmer) 3 420 W/VA 2385 .. .... 766 Brown / .... 512 White [Pure white glossy]
- System 2000 auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 .. Features Technical data colour aluminium
- Constant light control is possible when used on a Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz .... 763 Brown / pure white
Socket outlets System2000dimming insert The lighting is initially switched on Rated current: 16 A .... 748 Green / anthracite
at maximum brightness Then the lighting is dimmed so that the Switch-on current: max 100 A .... 746 Green /
Socket outlet British Standard (BS 1363-2) 13 A 250 V~ with shutter 2776 .. 2777 .. brightness is maintained at the setpoint value set on the presence Connected load E2 colour aluminium
deactivatable, with shutter 2778 .. 2779 .. detector - Light bulbs: 2500W .... 23 Anthracite .... 743 Green / pure white
deactivatable, with control - When combined with a System2000 "switching insert", the - HV halogen lamps: 2500W .... 25 Colour aluminium .... 778 Sand / anthracite Esprit Stainless steel
light and shutter 2780 .. 2781 .. lighting is only switched - Fluorescent lamps, .... 29 Pure white glossy .... 776 Sand / colour aluminium .... 17 Aluminium ** Series 20, Series 21 ****
- To extend the detection field, the presence detector Comfort is uncompensated: 1200VA .... 22 Pure white matt .... 771 Sand / cream white .... 127 Aluminium brown ** .... 20 Series 20
Double socket outlet British Standard (BS 1363-2) 13 A 250 V~ with shutter 2782 .. combined with a System2000 auxiliary insert for presence Angle of detection: 220 .... 773 Sand / pure white .... 217 Aluminium light gold ** .... 21 Series 21
deactivatable, with shutter 2783 .. detectors and automatic control switches "3-wire" Mounting height: 240m .... 738 Black / anthracite .... 126 Aluminium black **
deactivatable, with control - Switching on and off using the mechanical auxiliary unit or Range of detection .... 736 Black / colour aluminium .... 10 Chrome **
light and shutter 2784 .. System2000 auxiliary unit - In front: approx 16m .... 733 Black / pure white .... 219 Stainless steel **
- With the included clip-on screen, interference sources are - On side: approx 12m each on the left .... 728 White / anthracite .... 18 Mint glass
Socket outlet British Standard (BS 546) eliminated by limiting the range of detection and right .... 726 White / .... 05 Black glass
- Round Pin 5 A 250 V~ with shutter 2772 .. 2773 .. Brightness value E3 colour aluminium .... 122 Umber glass
- Round Pin 15 A 250 V~ with shutter 2774 .. 2775 .. Technical data - adjustable: approx 3 to 2000 lux .... 410 Pure white glossy .... 723 White / pure white .... 12 White glass TX_44 ** / ****
Range of detection - fixed: Day mode .... 411 Light grey / pure white .... 226 Linoleum-plywood, .... 67 Anthracite
Connection socket outlet Fused spur British Standard deactivatable 2785 .. 2786 .. - Desk height: 5 m Delay time: 1s to 30min .... 421 Light grey / anthracite anthracite** .... 65 Colour aluminium
(BS 1363-4) 13 A 250 V~ - Floor: 8 m Protection type: IP 55 .... 412 Grey / pure white .... 227 Linoleum-plywood, .... 66 Pure white
deactivatable, with control light 2787 .. 2788 .. Angle of detection: 360 Ambient temperature: -25 C to +55 C .... 422 Grey / anthracite blue**
Mounting height: 2,5 m Dimensions inmm .... 413 Dark grey / pure white .... 223 Linoleum-plywood,
Razor socket outlet (DIN EN 61558 2-5) 115 - 230 V~ for cover frame, 2-gang without Brightness value: approx 10 to 1000 lux 105 H 120 .... 423 Dark grey / anthracite brown**
crossbar 2820 .. Delay time .... 417 Sand / pure white .... 221 Linoleum-plywood,
Flush-mounted device box for - adjustable: approx 10s to 30min Notes .... 427 Sand / anthracite light brown**
razor socket outlet 2819 00 - Test mode/short-term - Ideal adaptation to the area to be monitored by the rotating and .... 418 Grey beige / pure white .... 220 Linoleum-plywood,
operation: approx 1second swivelling sensor head .... 428 Grey beige / anthracite light grey**
USB power supply, 2-gang 2359 .. Ambient temperature: +5 C to +35 C - Possible sources of interference can be blocked by limiting the .... 416 Umber / pure white .... 229 Linoleum-plywood,
Dimensions inmm range of detection using the included adhesive strips .... 426 Umber / anthracite red**
Automatic lighting 103 H 43 - Observe high peak switch-on currents with "energy saving .... 414 Blue grey / pure white
lamps" Check suitability of the lamps before use! .... 424 Blue grey / anthracite
System 2000 automatic control switch including standard top unit, Scope of supply .... 415 Grey green / pure white
mounting height up to 1.10 m and relay insert 2395 .. - A clip-on screen is included to limit the range of detection More information .... 425 Grey green / anthracite
Technical information D I 783
System 55, colours Cream white glossy .... 01 More information
Pure white glossy .... 03 Technical information D I 788
Pure white matt .... 27 * 1.5-gang cover frames available in:
Anthracite .... 28 Standard 55 .... 01, .... 03, .... 04
Colour aluminium .... 26 E2 .... 29, .... 22, .... 23, .... 25
Esprit, glass C .... 518, .... 512, .... 505, .... 522
Esprit .... 17, .... 126, .... 127, .... 18, .... 12, .... 05, .... 122
E22, Materials and colours Stainless steel .... 20 ** Cover frames only available in 1 to 4-gang
Aluminium .... 203 *** Cover frames for flat mounting type only available 1 to 4-gang
Thermoplastic (pure white glossy) .... 03 **** Cover frames without crossbar not available
You can find suitable flush-mounted boxes and accessories on page 40-42.
An overview of Gira switch ranges with order numbers for the cover frames can be found on the back fold-out 264 Gira Electrical Installation Systems Price system (PS) 1, 14: reduced discount Price system (PS) 1, 14: reduced discount Gira Electrical Installation Systems 265
Fold-out Product pages

Two fold-outs on the cover The product pages offer a
make ordering easier: The front structured overview of the
fold-out contains the order product information. In this
numbers of frequently used section the user will find all
flush-mounted inserts and the information required for
touch sensors from the KNX ordering, such as the order
system. The back fold-out number and item price.
contains all cover frames from A QR code next to the
the Gira switch ranges. When respective products leads
these pages are folded out, you directly as a link to more
have all important information information in the Gira online
at hand while browsing. catalogue.
The company 04 Easy order 21 Switching and dimming 219
Gira System 55 06
Installation types 08
Intelligent products
for more security 10
Design Configurator 12
Door Communication
Configurator 13
Awards 14 Inserts and cover plates Automatic light control 253
Sales organisation System 55 43
in United Kingdom 16
Representatives
around the world 18
Standard 55 91 Blind controller 269

System 55
E2 97 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning 283

System 55
E3 103 Door communication 295

System 55 Door stations 297
Home stations 321
Door communication system devices 335
Keyless In 351
Event 109 Communication technology 355

System 55
Esprit 123 KNX system 383

System 55 KNX operating devices 385
Gira G1 415
Gira X1, Gira L1, GPA 429
Presence/motion detection 435
System devices, actuators 447
ClassiX 131 Wireless systems 481

System 55 eNet 483
Other wireless systems 505
E22 139 Emergency kit 511

Stainless Steel Series 20,
Stainless Steel Series 21 183
Water-protected 187 Security 517

Flush-mounted IP44 TX_44 189 Smoke Alarm Devices 519
Surface-mounted IP44 195 Signallers and sensors 527
Surface-mounted IP66 201
Installation profiles 205 Technical information 533

Profile 55 207 Order numbers 617
Energy and light profiles 213 Index 629
Gira Electrical Installation Systems 3

Gira Giras history began 111 years ago:
In 1905, Gustav and Richard Giersiepen founded a two-man
We take responsibility company for manufacturing their patented switch design.
for the future Today the name Gira represents systematic and well-designed
modern building technology which makes home living more
convenient, more secure and more energy-efficient. For this
purpose, Gira offers intelligent functions and user-friendly
solutions for the easy and convenient control of lighting,
heating, cooling and blinds, as well as door communication,
multimedia, and security systems.
Since its founding, the family company At its Ldenscheid location, Giras Quality Made in Germany is valued
Gira has grown from a regional subsidiary Insta Elektro GmbH develops highly at Gira, in all areas of activity.
manufacturer of sockets and switches to products and solutions for building This is safeguarded by continuously
one of the leading international providers system technology and modern maintaining the quality management
of intelligent system solutions for architectural lighting. The new system, which is compliant with ISO
electronic and networked digital building Lightment business segment 9001 and verified by external
management. encompasses the fields of LED systems, independent certification audits.
Right from the start, Gira with its many design- and function-oriented LED lights,
innovations has been one of the most as well as complete lighting solutions
influential players in the development of and control systems for sophisticated
the networked smart home and in the architecture both indoors and outdoors.
digitalisation of buildings.
As the majority shareholder of ISE GmbH
Gira, based in Radevormwald, has more in Oldenburg, Gira also has specific
than 1,200 enployees who develop and expertise in the area of software and
manufacture products and solutions embedded hardware development.
for building technology: These include This technology is the prerequisite for
switches and socket outlets, and in equipping buildings intelligently.
particular intelligent systems for multi- Moreover, through the Gira design
functional building control using cables platforms, new technologies are merged
or wireless technology, innovative door with the electrical installation to become
communication solutions, call systems, part of the Gira switch systems.
and much more.
4 Gira Electrical Installation Systems

111 years of Gira
Family-run since 1905 Acting sustainably Images on left page:

From the outset, the actions of the For Gira, shaping the future means Investment in Made in Germany:
entrepreneurial Giersiepen family, which acting responsibly today for the Gira has been manufacturing in
runs Gira in its fourth generation, have environment, for people and for the Radevormwald for more than 100 years
been following a vision that puts the economy. Treating each other fairly, [top left]. Transparent production:
focus on their own responsibility for conserving resources and striving for Giras plastic production plant is cutting
shaping the future. For 111 years, the economic efficiency are a permanent edge [top right]. Harmonising work and
family has placed great emphasis on duty to us at Gira, and we want to family: Gira has its own childcare centre
commitment, accountability, mutual inspire others to think the same. [bottom left]. New building: The
respect, partnership, constant customer production and logistics areas are being
orientation and forward-looking expanded to 30,000 square metres, to be
products. completed by 2018 [bottom right].
Innovation and quality Images on right page:

Made in Germany Startup 1905: company founders
Since 1905, Gira products and solutions Gustav and Richard Giersiepen [top left].
have stood for German engineering skills, Sustainable production: in 2015,
reliable Made in Germany quality, Gira used 40 tonnes of regranulate in
strict customer orientation, sustainable manufacturing [top right]. Driven by
production and operation, as well as innovation and technology, quality-
perfection of form and function. But conscious and award-winning design:
above all they stand for making peoples Gira products Made in Germany.
lives a little easier, more convenient and [bottom left]. Commitment to
safer. sustainability: Gira trainees support
social and environmental projects
[bottom right].

Gira System 55 Automatic light control, time-dependent temperature
control, distribution of music in all rooms, convenient door
Installation system with great communication with secure access control, integration of
variability in design and functionality security systems, and much more: The wide variety of the
British Standard range by Gira is unparalleled anywhere in the
world. The range spans socket outlets, dimmers, rocker and
push switches, inserts for blind control, air-conditioning control
and door communication, in addition to the Gira KNX and eNet
wireless system. Whether youre looking for intelligent individual
solutions or a networked smart home: Intelligent building
technology by Gira offers more convenience, security and
value for every home.
55 mm
A platform for good business: System 55 Inserts in eight design variants

With its System 55, Gira has created a platform that enables Eight attractive design variants are available for the Gira
you to meet your customers wishes flexibly and individually. System 55 inserts. They offer a wealth of possibilities for
The modular System55 combines a large selection of the implementing individual furnishing concepts. For a more
functions of modern building technology with a wide range of classic interior style, there are premium looks with a brass
design variations. The key to it all: a single square measuring or bronze coating, for example. For clean, modern interiors,
55x55 mm. Separately available inserts, covers and frames clear thermoplastic surfaces are available in colours such
can be combined in any way you like, ensuring a solution for as pure white or cream white. All materials have easy to
any requirement and every taste. clean surfaces with high UV resistance.
Wide variety in all areas with more than 300 functions In addition to the Gira door communication system or the
The Gira System 55 offers more than 300 functions for flush-mounted Gira RDS radio, the worlds largest range of data
intelligent building technology. Since it was launched, it connection technology has also been integrated into the world
has been continuously refined and expanded to include of switches, making the System 55 more than well equipped to
new functions and systems. meet the changing demands of the market. Your customers
can rest assured that new technological possibilities can be
harmoniously integrated into the existing design in the future.

Award-winning design Six Gira switch ranges are available for the inserts and covers
in the Gira System 55, each distinguished by its own material
for individual interior styles quality and appearance: Standard 55, E2, E3, Event, Esprit
and ClassiX. Simple, natural, classic or sophisticated: The Gira
System 55 makes it easy to create an aesthetically as well as
technically harmonious solution for every customer. Gira switch
ranges repeatedly win prestigious international awards for
their extraordinary design quality.
Standard 55 E2 E3
Esprit Linoleum-Plywood Esprit glass Esprit metal
Event Event Clear ClassiX Art

Diverse installation methods All functions in the British Standard range can be installed
in round flush-mounted boxes or in square British Standard
boxes. There are three possible mounting types.
Installation in EU 71 mm (round boxes) Installation in British Standard (80 mm wall box)

Ranging from single-setting versions to 5-setting combinations The British Standard range from Gira complies with the
with more than 300 functions which can be adapted for inspection criteria for the British Standard from the Institute
installation into eight different switch ranges Gira System 55 for Standardisation. The range features 17 functions that can
is extremely versatile. This fascinating design and functionality be integrated into the typically square British Standard box.
is also available on the UK market.
EU round boxes 1-gang up to 5-gang Flush-mounted boxes 1-gang and 2-gang
Functions More than 300 functions Functions 13 functions (1-gang) + 4 functions (2-gang)
Switch ranges 1-gang to 5-gang including 2-gang frame Switch ranges 1-gang and 2-gang (no central bar)
without central bar
Usable frames Standard 55, E2, Event, E3, E 22*, ClassiX, Usable frames Event, E3, E 22*, ClassiX, Esprit
Esprit

Gira Easy Order
Installation in British Standard (80 mm wall box with Order insert and cover as a set
support ring) for the most commonly used functions insert and cover
A special 80 mm adaptor support ring is required for the are available as a set all you still need to do is select the
installation of common System 55 functions in the square desired cover frame.
British Standard box.
Flush-mounted boxes 1-gang box with support ring
Functions More than 300 functions
Switch ranges 1-gang
Usable frames Event, E3, E 22*, ClassiX, Esprit

Intelligent products for more security Gira products provide more security in a house or apartment:
Automatic control switches and presence detectors, for
example, monitor the house and grounds and automatically
switch lighting when motion is detected. Gira smoke detectors
save lives by triggering an alarm before the smoke concentration
reaches dangerous levels while the Gira door communication
system offers solutions for all indoor and outdoor requirements,
providing added security at the door. The range includes door
intercoms to match the Gira switch ranges, video function,
keyless access control and flexible operating options using
diverse control devices. In short: everything you need for
secure access control at the door.
Gira G1
Compact, powerful, universal: The Gira G1 is the intelligent The outstanding intuitive Gira Interface also makes the
central control device for building technology. Whether configuration of time-controlled functions or the adjustment
switching and dimming lights, raising or lowering blinds or of scenarios childs play. When connected with the Door
controlling room temperature: all the functions can be Communications IP-gateway, the Gira G1 can also be used
conveniently controlled via the brilliant 480 x 800 pixel multi- as a video home station.
touch display by touching it or by hand movements such as
wiping or resting your hand on it.

Gira surface-mounted video home station Smoke alarm device Dual Q
A striking feature of the Gira surface-mounted video home The Gira smoke alarm device Dual Q combines two detection
station is its homogeneous front panel. Its 5.6 cm (2.2) TFT processes in one device: photoelectric scattered light
colour display lies flush with the touch-sensitive buttons of the measurement (processor-controlled) and heat detection using
control panel. Gently touching the respective symbol is enough. a thermal sensor. This provides twice the protection for the
The Gira surface-mounted video home station can be combined family and home. Up to 40 devices can be connected in the
in different colours with a wide variety of frame designs from same network so that a warning is issued throughout the entire
System 55 and the E 22 switch range. building when there is a fire in any part of it.
Surface-mounted video door station Gira Sensotec LED

Always know whos at the door. The Gira surface-mounted The Gira Sensotec LED offers added security in the dark by
video door station is equipped with a colour camera, automatically switching on the integrated LED orientation
loudspeaker, microphone and call button. The camera covers light when long range motion is detected. If necessary, the
a wide viewing angle and can be ideally aligned during room light can be switched on without contact by a motion
installation. During daylight, the colour camera ensures optimal in the close detection range of 5 cm. The Gira Sensotec LED
colour rendering through its automatic background lighting combines the functions of a motion detector, an LED orientation
compensation, gain control and white balance. At night, it light, and a contactless switch in a single device for the first
delivers extremely clear black and white images due to its light time.
sensitivity. The visitors face can be clearly recognised thanks
to additional lighting. Excellent voice quality ensures trouble-
free communication.

Gira Design Configurator with With the Gira Design Configurator, the variety of cover frame
designs in the Gira switch range can be combined in various
Augmented Reality colours and materials with selected functions just as you wish,
now with additional features such as the fascinating
Augmented Reality mode, which shows via your smartphone
or tablet camera how the selected Gira switches look in the
actual environment. In conjunction with the new Gira door
communication configurator, Gira is offering two state-of-the-
art tools as ideal planning and decision aids for clients,
architects and interior designers. The Gira Design Configurator
is available online or as a free app for iOS and Android mobile
devices.
www.designconfigurator.gira.com
Augmented Reality Favourites

Simulate your desired switch within your own four walls: The Favourites list makes it possible to save personal
with the Augmented Reality function of the Gira Design combinations and quickly call them up again at any time.
Configurator.
Gallery Free of charge as an app and online

The gallery displays detailed close-ups as well as lifestyle shots The Gira Design Configurator can be accessed online and is
with selected colour and design options and functions from the available as a free app for the iPhone and iPad. An optimised
Gira switch ranges. web display is available for smartphones and tablets running
other operating systems.

Gira Door Communication The Gira Door Communication Configurator is a user-friendly
online tool that turns the individual configuration of Gira door
Configurator communication systems into a pleasurable activity for
proprietors and managers, but also for tradesmen and other
professionals. It offers various entry options, a filter option by
preselecting the building type, configuration examples in the
gallery, the selection of the Gira switch range as well as
automatic completion of the required system devices, and
much more.
www.dcsconfigurator.gira.com
Designing door communication systems of different sizes Selecting and configuring home stations
With the selection of the building type, the subsequent The extensive range of Gira home stations and design options
selection is limited to a predetermined list of relevant products: in the switch range offers solutions for every requirement and
as simple as possible, as complex as necessary. taste.
Completing the system Managing projects individually

Step by step, you put together your individual Gira door The Configurator presents fully-planned intercom systems in a
communication system in the configurator. The configurator clear way: with all products, prices and a complete parts list for
automatically completes the system devices and also the electrical contractor. The result can be saved in the online
calculates the price of the overall system. catalogue, printed out as a PDF or sent by e-mail; a personal
login means that several different projects can be saved.

Awards Gira develops and manufactures systems and products which
set standards both in technology and design. This has won Gira
both domestic and international awards and honours over the
decades. A selection of the major awards and prize-winning
products can be found on these pages.
Gira G1 Gira smoke alarm device Dual Gira E2

German Design Award 2015, iF Design iF product design award 2010, International Design Award 1998,
Award 2015, Design Plus powered by l+b red dot award 2010, Plus X Award 2010. iF product design award 1999,
2014, ICONIC Award Winner 2014, Plus X Product design: Gira Design Red Dot Design Innovations 1999.
Award 2014, Products of the Year, Good Team / Phoenix Design Product design: Gira Design Team
Design Award, The Chicago Athenaeum:
Museum of Architecture and Design, The
European Centre for Architecture Art
Design and Urban Studies.
Gira Interface: ADC Award 2015, Red Dot
Award Communication Design 2014.
Product design, interface design:
schmitz Visuelle Kommunikation
Paul Blok
Michelle Muller
Gerrit Snyder
Petra Shoemaker
Gira RDS flush-mounted radio Gira door station stainless steel Gira E3
Perspective Award Product Design iF product design award 2007, Iconic Award - Winner.
2011, iF product design award 2010, Plus X Award 2007, Design Category. Product design:
Plus X Award 2010. Product design: Phoenix Design schmitz Visuelle Kommunikation
Product design: Gira Design
Team / Phoenix Design

DESIGN PLUS iF product design Red Dot Award, German Design Plus X Award, Iconic Awards, ADC Award, Art Di- Good Design
light+building, award, iF Design Design Zentrum Award, Rat fr media society Rat fr Formge- rectors Club for Award, Chicago
Frankfurt Hanover NRW Formgebung networks bung Germany Athenaeum
Gira Esprit Linoleum-Plywood Data connection technology Gira surface-mounted home station
iF Design Award 2015, Plus X Award 2013. video
Iconic Award Winner 2014, Plus X Award Product design: Gira Design Team iF product design award 2009,
Best Product of the Year 2014, Plus X Award 2009,
Plus X Award for High Quality, Design red dot design Award 2009.
and Functionality, 2014, Product design: Phoenix Design
German Design Award, Special Mention
in the Building and Elements category,
Rat fr Formgebung (German Design
Council) 2016.
Product design: Gira Design Team /
E 22 Gira Design Configurator KNX presence detector Mini

iF product design award 2007, German Design Award 2014, Iconic Award Winner 2014,
red dot award 2007, Architects Darling Award Gold 2012, Plus X Award for High Quality, Design
Good Design Award 2011 red dot award: communication design and Functionality, 2014,
Product design 2012. German Design Award, Special Mention
Phoenix Design, Stuttgart Concept, editing and interface design: in the Building and Elements category,
Gira Design Team, Radevormwald schmitz Visuelle Rat fr Formgebung (German Design
Kommunikation / Programming and Council) 2016.
product rendering: congaz visual media Product design: Gira Design Team
company GmbH

Sales organisation
in the United Kingdom
Berwick-upon-
Tweed
Scotland
Newcastle
upon Tyne
Carlisle
Middlesbrough
Northern
Ireland
01
Isle of Man York
Blackpool Leeds
Hull
Blackburn
Manchester
Liverpool
Newcastle-
under-Lyme
Nottingham
Norwich
Birmingham
02 Cambridge
Buc
Ispwich
Wales
Cheltenham
03
Oxford
Southend-
London on-Sea
Bristol
Reading
Dover
Winchester
Southampton 04
Poole
Plymouth

Gira Sales Engineers advise 01
planners, architects and
electricians in your region on David Rogers
questions regarding the Dip GAI
product range and technology. Sales Manager
This includes help with the Tel +44 7585 007091
con guration of properties david.rogers@gira.de
and other issues. They also
conduct training and oer 02
support for marketing
initiatives and acquisition. David Edwards
Dip GAI
Mark Booth Business Development
UK Sales Director Manager
Tel +44 7575 526655 Tel +44 7760 888856
mark.booth@gira.de david.edwards@gira.de
Muir Baxter 03
Key Account Manager
UK & International Richard Udell
Tel +44 7738 232816 Sales Manager
muir.baxter@gira.de Tel +44 7397 569947
richard.udell@gira.de
Gareth Hare
Specification Manager 04
Tel +44 7397 572474
gareth.hare@gira.de N. N.
Hertfordshire Essex
Enfield
Hertfordshire Essex
Barnet
Enfield
Harrow
03 Haringey
Waltham
Forest
Redbridge
Barnet
ckinghamshire Hilingdon Havering
Brent Harrow
03
Camden Hackney
Islington Haringey
Waltham Redbridge
Barking
Forest
Newham
Tower
Buckinghamshire Hilingdon
Ealing Westminster City Hamlets Havering
Brent
Camden Hackney
Hammer- Islington
smith Kensington Barking
Southwark Newham
Tower
Berkshire Hounslow Ealing Westminster City Hamlets
Greenwich
Hammer- Bexley
Wandsworth smith Kensington
Richmond Lewisham
Lambeth Southwark
Berkshire Hounslow
Greenwich
Bexley
Kingston
Merton
Richmond
Wandsworth
04 Lambeth
Lewisham
Bromley
Kent
04
Croydon
Sutton Merton
Kingston
Surrey
Bromley
Croydon Kent
Sutton
Surrey

Representatives around the world Denmark Hungary
HJALHOLT ZASNET Systems Kft

Bastholmen 34 Bodor u. 5
DK-3520 Farum H-1138 Budapest
Tel +45 44 994949 Tel +36 1 447 - 2100
Fax +45 44 341177 info@gira.hu
s@hjalholt.dk www.gira.com/hu
www.gira.dk
Iceland
Finland
Austria Azerbaijan S. Gujnsson ehf.
Oy Merilux Ab Smijuvegur 3
Franz Einwallner SmarTech LLC Hyttimestarinkuja 7 IS-200 Kpavogur
Head of Sales Sabit Orujov str. 13 FIN-02780 Espoo Tel +354 5204500
Authorised Signatory AZ-1025 Baku Tel +358 9 89464014 Fax +354 5204501
Tel +43 664 4225596 Tel +994 12489 - 01 - 06 Fax +358 9 89464016 skarpi@sg.is
Fax +43 6458 7951 Fax +994 12489 - 01 - 07 mikael.sjoblom@merilux.fi www.gira.is
franz.einwallner@gira.at info@smartech.az www.gira.fi
www.gira.com/az India
Norbert Padinger Great Britain
Sales Belarus LITE Autocontrol PVT. LTD.,
Salzburg, Upper Austria Mark Booth F-14, Nandjyot Indl Estate,
Tel +43 664 1526669 Elventa Group Co. Ltd. Sales Director UK Andheri Kurla Road,
Fax +43 662 856361 88, Surganovs street, Tel +44 7575 526655 Sakinaka, Andheri (E),
norbert.padinger@gira.at Office 10H, mark.booth@gira.de MUMBAI - 400072.
BY-220040 Minsk Tel +91 22 28590771 - 4
Alexander Peer Tel +375 17 2902314 David Edwards Fax +91 22 24945688
Sales Engineer West info@gira.com.by Dip GAI sales@lacindia.com
Tel +43 664 3305544 www.gira.com/by Sales Manager UK www.gira.in
Fax +43 5238 52697 Belgium Tel +44 7760 888856
alexander.peer@gira.at david.edwards@gira.de Italy
Sales Manager for Antwerp,
Kurt Bruckner Limburg, Brabant: David Rogers Fabian Kaser
Regional Representative for N. N. Dip GAI Consultant for South Tyrol
Western Region Technical Sales Manager UK Tel +39 342 1212095
Tel +43 664 4307267 Sales Manager for East and Tel +44 7585 007091 fabian.kaser@gira.at
Fax +43 7272 2252 West Flanders david.rogers@gira.de www.gira.com/it
kurt.bruckner@gira.at Steven Moreau
Tel +32 56 722220 Muir Baxter Kazakhstan
Joachim Mhl-Vegericht steven.moreau@gira.be Key Account Manager UK
Regional Representative for Tel +44 7738 232816 NAVEQ System Ltd.
Eastern Region Sales Manager for Wallonia: muir.baxter@gira.de Al-Farabi str., 99 ch / A2
Tel +43 664 3305533 Guillaume Kalpers KZ-050060 Almaty
Fax +43 1 7068441 Tel +32 87 700384 Gareth Hare Tel +7 727 3158989
joachim.muehl-vegericht guillaume.kalpers@gira.be Specification Manager Fax +7 727 3158208
@gira.at Tel +44 7397 572474 nadezhda@nafeq.kz
Sales Support for Flanders: gareth.hare@gira.de www.gira.com/kz
Gerhard Ruzicka Gino Debuyck
Sales Engineer Tel +32 56 428840 Richard Udell Latvia
Lower Austria, Vienna, gino.debuyck@gira.be Sales Manager
Burgenland Tel +44 7397 569947 MISURA S.I.A.
Tel +43 664 5264660 Sales Support for Wallonia: richard.udell@gira.de Unijas Street 8A
gerhard.ruzicka@gira.at Jean-Claude Dahner LV-1084 Riga
Tel +32 87 891651 www.gira.com/uk Tel +371 67506081
Reinhard Puggl jean-claude.dahner@gira.be Fax +371 67160591
Sales Engineer Greece info@gira.lv
Styria, Carinthia www.gira.be www.gira.com/lv
Tel +43 664 88621342 Expo S.A.
reinhard.puggl@gira.at Czech Republic Modern Building Materials Lebanon
20, Nimfeou St.
Dieter Rdig SBS ELEKTRO s.r.o. GR-11528 Ilissia (Athen) Csar Debbas & Fils
Key Account for Western Na Spdu 2133/8 Tel +30 210 7485560 P.O. Box 11-0125
Region CZ-40011 st nad Labem Fax +30 210 7706342 516 Corniche An-Nahr
Tel +43 664 88621343 Tel +420 47 5207940 info@expo.gr RL-Beirut
dieter.roedig@gira.at Fax +420 47 5207942 cstamatiadis@expo.gr Tel +961 1 5850000
info@gira.cz www.gira.gr Fax +961 1 447562
Volker Gagelmann www.gira.com/cz cdf@debbas.com.lb
Key Account for Eastern Hong Kong / Macao www.gira.com/lb
Region
Tel +43 664 88785895 Cytex 2000 Technology Luxembourg
Fax +43 2526 20140 Limited
volker.gagelmann@gira.at Flat 6, 14/F, Block A Marco Zenner s..r.l.
Vigor Industrial Building Zone Industrielle Zare Est
www.gira.at 14-20 Cheung Tat Road L-4385 Ehlerange
Tsing Yi, Tel +352 441544 - 1
Australia HK - N.T. Hong Kong Fax +352 455773
Tel +852 27360600 contact@zenner.lu
Ivory Egg (Aust) Pty Ltd Fax +852 23761691 www.gira.com/lu
Unit 23/6 Jubilee Avenue sales@cytex2000.com.hk
Warriewood www.gira.hk
NSW 2102
Australia
Tel +61 1300 811 510
info@ivoryegg.com.au
www.ivoryegg.com.au

Netherlands New Zealand Romania Spain
Hans Flier Ivory Egg (NZ) Ltd DEMCO Electro Design SmartClick S.L.
Head of Sales 14 Mount Pleasant Avenue Strada Ilarie Chendi nr. 22, c / Lincoln 23-25
Tel +31 657 644623 Beachville RO-02154 Bukarest E-08006 Barcelona
hans.flier@gira.de Nelson 7010 Tel +40 21 2505088 Tel +34 93 3968833
New Zealand Fax +40 21 3356806 Fax +34 93 3686526
John Eikelenboom Tel +64 2320 - 7665 info@gira.ro info@sclick.es
Regional Manager for info@ivoryegg.co.nz www.gira.com/ro www.gira.com/es
Southwest Region www.ivoryegg.co.nz
Tel +31 653 120553 Russia South African Countries
john.eikelenboom@gira.de Norway
GiLAND Ltd. AMC German Technology
Aart B. van den Brink Micro Matic Norge AS Ostapovskiy proezd b. 22/1 2A Ascot Road
Regional Manager Nye Vaks vei 28 RUS-109316 Moskau Milnerton
for Northeast Region N-1395 Hvalstad Tel +7 495 232 - 05 - 90 ZA-Cape Town 7441
Tel +31 570 510147 Postboks 264 Fax +7 495 232 - 05 - 90 Tel +27 21 5512000
aart.vandenbrink@gira.de N-1379 Nesbru info@gira.ru jason@amcgerman.co.za
Tel +47 66775750 www.gira.com/ru info@amcgerman.co.za
Ted Jansen Fax +47 66775790 www.gira.com/za
Manager for Central Region cato.sandstrand@ Saudi Arabia
Tel +31 243 558140 micro-matic.no Sweden
ted.jansen@gira.de www.gira.no Armada Company Ltd.
Al Hagbani Center EuroContact AB
Rob Jansen Peoples Republic of China Takhassusi Street A Odhners Gata 43
Districtsmanager Zuid P.O. Box 66144 S-42130 Vstra Frlunda
Tel +31 243 738516 Gira Shanghai KSA-Riyadh 1176 Tel +46 31 7067510
rob.jansen@gira.de Rm 2509-2510, Tel +996 61 4885705 Fax +46 31 7060045
Tower 1, Fax +996 61 4885704 tomas@eurocontact.se
Paul Huisman Kerry Everbright City, support@armada.com.sa www.gira.se
Technical Consultant 218 Tian Mu Road West, www.gira.com/sa
for North and Central RC-200070, Shanghai Ukraine
Netherlands Tel +86 21 63906670 Seychelles
Tel +31 651 511728 Fax +86 21 63907170 SIRIUS 93
paul.huisman@gira.de info@gira.net.cn German Installation 1, Voyenniy proezd
www.gira.cn Technology cc UA-01103 Kiew
Rob Vos Ground Floor Projects Tel +380 44 4960408
Technical Consultant Beijing office Seychelles Fax +380 44 4960407
for Southern Region Rm. 603, Building 4, 77 Nouvel Valle info@sirius93.com.ua
South and East Netherlands SoHo, No. 88 Jian Guo Road Beau Vallon www.gira.com/ua
Tel +31 314 390353 Chaoyang District Mahe
rob.vos@gira.de RC-100022 Beijing Seychelles United Arab Emirates
Tel +86 10 85800553 Herr Robert Gradl
Lex Snaphaan Fax +86 10 85897134 Tel +248 253 0506 Armada Technology FZE
Technical Consultant jinsu@gira.net.cn robert@gitelectro.com P.O. Box 371093,
for Western Region www.gira.cn Building No. 5EA 707
West and South Netherlands Singapore Dubai Airport Free Zone
Tel +31 653 274954 Poland (East Side)
lex.snaphaan@gira.de Eureka Dubai, U.A.E
TEMA 2 Sp. z.o.o. Technologies Pte. Ltd. Tel +971 609 1477
Jeffrey Stolk ul. Boryny 7 48 Toh Guan Road East, Fax +971 609 1481
Regional Manager PL-02-257 Warschau # 06-123/4/5 Enterprise Hub info@armadatechnologyfze.
Northwest Netherlands Tel +48 22 8780353 Singapore 608586 com
Tel +31 653 191739 Fax +48 22 8464745 Tel +65 67758533 www.armada.com.sa
jeffrey.stolk@gira.de biuro@tema.pl Fax +65 67754861
www.gira.com/pl sales@ Vietnam
Frank Rothuis eurekasingapore.com.sg
Projectbewerking Portugal www.gira.sg Provina Technology Ltd.
Zorg en Utiliteit Lot E2-M1 Saigon
Tel +31 622 607494 Sentido Digital Lda. Slovakia Hightech Park
frank.rothuis@gira.de Building Management Trung tam Dao Tao Khu CNC
Technologies HITECO spol. s.r.o. District 9,
www.gira.nl Rua Joo Saraiva 28A - 1 Tuhovsk 1 VN-Ho Chi Minh City
1700-250 Lisboa Portugal SK-83107 Bratislava Tel +84 8 73058901
Exclusive Importer Tel +351 21 8438460 Tel +421 2 52631161 - 62 - 63 Fax +84 8 73055486
Fax +351 21 8446613 Fax +421 2 52927782 provina@hcm.vnn.vn
Technische Unie ruimoraes@sentidodigital.pt hiteco@hiteco.sk
Bovenkerkerweg 10-12 www.gira.com/pt olejar@hiteco.sk Provina Office Ha Noi
NL-1185 XE Amstelveen www.gira.sk Le Dai Hanh Street,
Postbus 900 Qatar Hai Ba Trung District,
NL-1180 AX Amstelveen Slovenia Floor 3, No. 29
Tel +31 205 450345 Arkitel VN-Ha Noi
Fax +31 205 450250 (Division of QIBS, Qatar PROJEKT GT D.O.O. Tel +84 4 39746889
communicatie@ Inegrated Building Solutions) Leskoskova cesta 6 Fax +84 4 39746865
technischeunie.com Unit 5, 1st Floor Tivoli Group SL-1000 Ljubljana provinahan@hn.vnn.vn
www.technischeunie.com Building #395 Tel +386 1 4255056 www.gira.vn
Al Ateek St. 990 Fax +386 1 4255057
Al Rayyan Al Qadeem Zone 52 info@projekt-gt.si
P.O. Box 24923 www.gira.si
Doha, Qatar
Tel +974 44324488
Fax +974 44326679
info@arkitel.com
www.gira.qa

Easy Order Adapter support ring 80x80mm... 25
Switching and pressing ... 25
Easy Order
Dimming ... 30
Socket outlets... 35
Automatic light ... 39
Accessories ... 40

Easy ordering order insert and cover as a set
Easy Order From rocker and touch switches up to dimmers, socket outlets and automatic
control switches: For the most commonly used Gira System 55 functions,
the insert and cover are available as a set to make ordering easier for you. You
only need to add your desired frame to create a technically and aesthetically
harmonious solution for your customers.
- Simplified ordering: Cover and flush-mounted insert as a set
71 80 132
- Adapter support ring 80 80 mm for the integration
of Gira products with support ring 71 71 into square
British Standard boxes
- Suitable for vertical and horizontal installation
80
80
71
- Flush-mounted installation (IP20)
Technical data
Platforms: System 55, E22 Support ring 71 71: W 71.0 H 71.0
Material: Thermoplastic (PC) Support ring 80 80: W 80.0 H 80.0
Mounting type: Flush-mounted Support ring 80 132: W 132.0 H 80.0
Protection type: IP20
Variants System 55
Cream white Pure white Pure white Anthracite Colour

glossy glossy matt aluminium
Variants E 22
Stainless Aluminium Thermoplastic

steel [pure white
glossy]

Product range Easy Order
Easy Order
Adapter support Switches Dimming Socket outlets Automatic light Accessories
ring 80x80mm and push buttons D30 D35 D39 D40
D25 D25

Easy Order
Easy Order
Installation types
EU round box British Standard, 80 mm British Standard, 80 mm

wall box wall box with support ring
Flush-
mounted
boxes
up to 5-gang 1-gang 2-gang 1-gang
80 mm adaptor
support ring
Functions
System 55 with more than 300 functions 1-gang: 13 functions System 55 with more
(71 mm support ring) 2-gang: 3 functions than 300 functions
(80 mm support ring) (71 mm support ring)
Usable
frames
1-gang up to 5-gang * 1-gang 2-gang 1-gang

inculsive 2-gang frame without central bar (no central bar)
Switch
ranges
Standard 55 E2 E3 E3 Event E3 Event
Event Esprit ClassiX Esprit ClassiX Esprit ClassiX
E22 E22 ** E22 **
* max. 4-gang frame with: Esprit aluminium [in all four variants], chrome,
stainless steel, linoleum-plywood
** British Standard frame

Adapter support ring 80x80mm /Switching and pressing Easy Order
Easy Order
Specifications Order No. P. unit PS Specifications Order No. P. unit PS
Adapter support ring 80x80mm Switching and pressing

Adapter support ring 80x80mm Switch complete 10A250V~

with rocker
Adapter support ring System55, universal off/2-way switch

80x80mm 2849 00 1 29 Cream white glossy 0106 01 1/5 01
Pure white glossy 0106 03 1/5 01
Notes Pure white matt 0106 27 1/5 01
-- For integration of Gira products with support ring 71x Anthracite 0106 28 1/5 11
71mm. Colour aluminium 0106 26 1 11

E22, universal off/2-way switch
Stainless Steel 0106 20 1 11
AAluminium 0106 203 1 11
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

System55, intermediate switch
Cream white glossy 0107 01 1 01
Pure white glossy 0107 03 1 01
Pure white matt 0107 27 1 01
Anthracite 0107 28 1 11
Colour aluminium 0107 26 1 11

E22, Intermediate switch
Aluminium 0107 203 1 11

System55, circuit breaker 2-pole

E22, circuit breaker 2-pole

C O ptional accessories
Neon lamp elements
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248
LED lighting elements
LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 0497 07 D248
LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 0497 08 D248
LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 0497 10 D248
LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 0497 18 D248
LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 0992 00 D248
LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 1405 00 D248
For 0106 .. and 0107 ..
Acoustic element lighting element 0935 00 D248

Technical data
Installation depth: 28 mm
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm

Notes
-- Can also be connected with illumination.

More information
Technical information D I567

Price system (PS) 1, 14: reduced discount Gira Electrical Installation Systems 25
Easy Order Switching and pressing
Easy Order
Rocker switch 10A 250V~ Indicator rocker switch 10A250V~

with 2-gang rocker with rocker
System55, Series Switch System55, circuit breaker 2-pole

Cream white glossy 0105 01 1 01 Cream white glossy 0112 01 1 01
Pure white glossy 0105 03 1 01 Pure white glossy 0112 03 1 01
Pure white matt 0105 27 1/5 01 Pure white matt 0112 27 1 01
Anthracite 0105 28 1 11 Anthracite 0112 28 1 11
Colour aluminium 0105 26 1 11 Colour aluminium 0112 26 1 11

E22, Series Switch E22, circuit breaker 2-pole
Stainless Steel 0105 20 1 11 Stainless Steel 0112 20 1 11
AAluminium 0105 203 1 11 AAluminium 0112 203 1 11
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

Technical data C O ptional accessories
Installation depth: 28 mm Neon lamp elements
Connections Neon lamp 0.35mA 099500 D248
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm Neon lamp 0.8mA 099600 D248
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm Neon lamp 1.5mA 099700 D248
More information LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 049707 D248
Technical information D I567 LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 049708 D248
LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 049710 D248
LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 049718 D248
Rocker switch 10A250V~ LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 099200 D248
with 2-gang rocker LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 140500 D248

Technical data
Connections

Notes
System55, Double 2-way switch -- Can also be connected with illumination.
Pure white glossy 0108 03 1 01 More information
Pure white matt 0108 27 1 01 Technical information D I567

E22, 2-way switch, 2-gang
Aluminium 0108 203 1 11

Technical data
Installation depth: 33 mm.
Connections

More information

26 Gira Electrical Installation Systems Price system (PS) 1, 14: reduced discount
Switching and pressing Easy Order
Easy Order
Rocker switch 10A 250V~ British Standard button (BSEN60669-1),

with rocker 3-gang 10A250V with rockers
System55, NO contact 1-pole System55, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, NO contact 1-pole

Cream white glossy 0151 01 1/5 01 Cream white glossy 2844 01 10 29
Pure white glossy 0151 03 1/5 01 Pure white glossy 2844 03 10 29
Pure white matt 0151 27 1 01 Anthracite 2844 28 10/10 29
Anthracite 0151 28 1 11 Colour aluminium 2844 26 10/10 29
E22, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, NO contact 1-pole
E22, NO contact 1-pole Stainless Steel 2844 20 10/10 29
Stainless Steel 0151 20 1 11 AAluminium 2844 203 10/10 29
Aluminium 0151 203 1 11 Pure white glossy 2844 03 10 29
Pure white glossy 0151 03 1/5 01 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

C O ptional accessories System55, Support ring 80 x 80 mm, NO contact 1-pole
Neon lamp elements Cream white glossy 2845 01 10 29
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248 Pure white glossy 2845 03 10/10 29
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248 Anthracite 2845 28 10/10 29
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248 Colour aluminium 2845 26 10/10 29
LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 0497 07 D248 E22, Support ring 80 x 80 mm, NO contact 1-pole
LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 0497 08 D248 Stainless Steel 2845 20 10/10 29
LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 0497 10 D248 AAluminium 2845 203 10/10 29
LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 0497 18 D248 Pure white glossy 2845 03 10/10 29
LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 0992 00 D248 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
NO contact, 1-pole with sep. signal contact esp. for Features
WL uni.transm. 2-g Mini 5453 00 D493 -- With screw terminals.

Technical data Technical data
Installation depth: 28 mm Installation depth: 25 mm
Connections Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Notes
More information -- For screw mounting only.
Easy Order Switching and pressing
Easy Order
British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669- British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-1)
1)20A250V with rocker 20A250V with rocker and control light
System55, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, circuit breaker 2-pole System55, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, circuit breaker 2-pole

E22, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, circuit breaker 2-pole E22, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, circuit breaker 2-pole

System55, support ring 80 x 80 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole System55, support ring 80 x 80 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole

E22, support ring 80 x 80 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole E22, support ring 80 x 80 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole

Technical data Features
Installation depth: 24 mm -- With screw terminals.
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm or Technical data
1 x 6mm Installation depth: 25 mm
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm or
1 x 6mm

Notes
-- For screw mounting only.

British Standard switch (BSEN60669-1)

45A250V
System55, support ring 80 x 80 mm, 1-way switch


E22, support ring 80 x 80 mm, 1-way switch

Technical data
Connections
1 x 10mm

Notes
-- Individual device. Cannot be combined.

Switching and pressing Easy Order
Easy Order
British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-1) British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-1)
3-gang with rockers 3-gang with rockers
System55, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, 1-way switch System55, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, universal off/2-way
Cream white glossy 2830 01 10 29 switch
Pure white glossy 2830 03 10 29 Cream white glossy 2832 01 10 29
Anthracite 2830 28 10 29 Pure white glossy 2832 03 10 29
Colour aluminium 2830 26 10 29 Anthracite 2832 28 10 29
E22, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, on/off switch
Stainless Steel 2830 20 10 29 E22, Support ring 71 x 71 mm, universal off/2-way switch
AAluminium 2830 203 10 29 Stainless Steel 2832 20 10 29
Pure white glossy 2830 03 10 29 AAluminium 2832 203 10 29
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Pure white glossy 2832 03 10 29
System55, support ring 80 x 80 mm, 1-way switch
Cream white glossy 2831 01 10 29 System55, Support ring 80 x 80 mm, universal off/2-way
Pure white glossy 2831 03 10 29 switch
Anthracite 2831 28 10 29 Cream white glossy 2833 01 10 29
Colour aluminium 2831 26 10 29 Pure white glossy 2833 03 10 29
E22, support ring 80 x 80 mm, 1-way switch Colour aluminium 2833 26 10 29
AAluminium 2831 203 10 29 E22, Support ring 80 x 80 mm, universal off/2-way switch
Pure white glossy 2831 03 10 29 Stainless Steel 2833 20 10 29
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. AAluminium 2833 203 10 29
Technical data AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Connections Features
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm -- With screw terminals.
Technical data
Connections

Notes

Easy Order Dimming
Easy Order
Dimming Auxillary unit for

universal dimmer 2, including

cover and knob
Universal dimmer
with push-button and rotary switch 2,
including cover and button
System55
System55, 50420W/VA Pure white matt 1177 27 1 02
Cream white glossy 1176 01 1 02 Anthracite 1177 28 1 02
Pure white glossy 1176 03 1 02 Colour aluminium 1177 26 1 02
Anthracite 1176 28 1 02 E22
Colour aluminium 1176 26 1 02 Stainless Steel 1177 20 1 02
Aluminium 1177 203 1 02
E22, 50420W/VA Pure white glossy 1177 03 1 02
Aluminium 1176 203 1 02 C O ptional accessories
Pure white glossy 1176 03 1 02 Univ dim ins 50 - 420W/VA PT switch 2 1176 00 D237
Uni.dim. 50 - 420W/VA press.+rot.2 1176 .. D30
Auxiliary unit Features
Aux.unit uni dim. 1177 00 D238 -- Auxillary insert in 2-wire connection technology for
Aux.input uni dim. 2 1177 .. D30 designing installations with the function of 2-way and
Power boosters intermediate switching exclusively in conjunction with the
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 universal dimming insert.
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 -- With spring plug-in terminals.
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247
Technical data
Features Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- Universal dimmer for switching and dimming various light Cable length to the main
source including light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, LV halogen unit: max. 100m
lamps with Gira Tronic transformers, or LV halogen lamps Installation depth: 32 mm
with conventional transformers. Connections
-- Auxiliary operation is possible using an auxiliary insert. -- : 2.5mm
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. -- minimum: 1mm
-- Electronic short-circuit protection.
-- Automatic excess-temperature protection. Notes
-- Power extension using power boosters. -- For designing installations with the function of 2-way and
-- With spring plug-in terminals. intermediate switching exclusively in conjunction with the
universal dimming insert.
Technical data
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz More information
Connected load at 25 C Technical information D I578
-- Light bulbs: 50 to 420W/VA
-- HV halogen lamps: 50 to 420W/VA
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 50 to 420W/VA
-- Wound transformer: 50 to 420W/VA
-- Ohmic-inductive: 50 to 420W/VA
-- Ohmic-capacitive: 50 to 420W/VA
-- Capacitive-inductive: Not permissible
Cable length
-- Auxiliary unit: max. 100m
-- Load: max. 100m
Auxiliary inputs: 5
Connections
-- maximum of: 2.5mm
Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C

Notes
-- Do not connect capacitive loads (e.g. Gira Tronic
transformers) and inductive loads (e.g. conventional
transformers) to the universal dimming insert at the same
time.
-- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures.

More information

Dimming Easy Order
Easy Order
System 2000 universal LED dimming insert Technical data

(pushbutton dimmer), including cover Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
Standby: max. 0.5W
Connected load at 25 C
-- HV LED lamps (leading
edge): typ. 3 to 100W
-- HV LED lamps (trailing
edge): typically 3 to 200W
-- Compact fluorescent
lamp: typ. 3 to 100W
System55, 3420W/VA -- Light bulbs: 20 to 420W
Cream white glossy 2385 01 1 02 -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 420W
Pure white glossy 2385 03 1 02 -- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 420W
Pure white matt 2385 27 1 02 -- electronic transformer
Anthracite 2385 28 1 02 with NV-LED: typically 20 to 100W
Colour aluminium 2385 26 1 02 -- Wound transformer: 20 to 420VA
-- Wound transformer with
E22, 3420W/VA NV-LED: typically 20 to 100VA
Stainless Steel 2385 20 1 02 Auxiliary inputs
Pure white glossy 2385 03 1 02 -- Non-illuminated
mechanical buttons: unlimited
C O ptional accessories -- Auxiliary insert, 2-wire: unlimited
Auxiliary unit -- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire: 5
Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236 Cable length
Aux.input 2-wire 0333 .. D32 -- Auxiliary unit: max. 100m
Auxiliary unit 3-wire 0335 00 D237 -- Load: max. 100m
Power boosters Installation depth: 28 mm
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 Connections
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 -- Single-wire: max. 4mm
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 -- Fine-wire without core
jacket: max. 4mm
Features -- Fine-wire with core jacket: max. 2.5mm
-- Universal LED dimming insert for switching and dimming of Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C
light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, electronic transformers for
halogen or LED lamps, dimmable inductive transformers for Notes
halogen or LED lamps, HV LED or compact fluorescent -- In general, operating the dimmer without connecting a
lamps. neutral conductor is possible, although some LED and CFLi
-- Automatic or manual setting of dimming principle according light sources require the neutral conductor connection to
to load (leading or trailing edge). prevent flickering.
-- Display of the selected operating mode using LED. -- For operation without a neutral conductor, the minimum load
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. for light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, Gira Tronic transformers,
-- Switch-on brightness can be saved permanently. and wound transformers increases to 50W.
-- Minimum brightness can be set. -- In combination with power boosters, do not hook up HV-LED
-- Connecting auxiliary units is possible. or compact fluorescent lamps.
-- Electronic short-circuit protection. -- Electronic transformers and ballast devices for LED lamps
-- Electronic excess-temperature protection. can be operated with the dimming procedure stated by the
-- Operation with and without neutral conductor connection. manufacturer.

More information

Easy Order Dimming
Easy Order
System2000 Features
auxillary line, complete with cover -- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse.
-- Power extension, e.g. using up to ten LV power boosters.
-- With screw terminals.

Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
-- Light bulbs: 60 to 400W
-- HV halogen lamps: 60 to 400W
System55, 2-wire Installation depth: 33 mm.
Cream white glossy 0333 01 1 02 Connections
Pure white glossy 0333 03 1 02 -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Pure white matt 0333 27 1 02 -- minimum: 2 x 0.5mm
Anthracite 0333 28 1 02 Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C
Notes
E22, 2-wire -- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures.
Aluminium 0333 203 1 02 More information
Pure white glossy 0333 03 1 02 Technical information D I579

Dimming inserts Light bulb dimmer
Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230 with push-button/2-way switch,
Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 .. D31 including cover and button
Uni.series dimm.ins. 2x 50 - 260W/VA 2263 00 D238
LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231
1-10V control dev. Insert 0860 00 D232
Dimmers
Uni dim. 50-500 W/VA man. DRA 1034 00 D239
Switching inserts
Switch insert Tronic 0866 00 D232
Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233
Relay ins. 0853 00 D233 System55, 60600W
Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234 Cream white glossy 0302 01 1 02
HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234 Pure white glossy 0302 03 1 02
Features Anthracite 0302 28 1 02
-- Auxillary line in 2-wire connection technology for designing Colour aluminium 0302 26 1 02
installations with the function of 2-way and intermediate
switching exclusively in conjunction with the System2000. E22, 60600W
-- Additional cables are not required for retrofitting. Stainless Steel 0302 20 1 02
Technical data Pure white glossy 0302 03 1 02
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C C O ptional accessories
Fuse T 2.5 H 250V 049732 D251
Light bulb dimmer
with rotary on/off switch, complete Features
with cover and button -- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse.
-- With spring plug-in terminals.

Technical data
Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50Hz
System55, 60400W Installation depth: 33 mm.
Pure white matt 0300 27 1 02 -- minimum: 2 x 1mm
Anthracite 0300 28 1 02 Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C
Notes
E22, 60400W -- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures.
AAluminium 0300 203 1 02 Scope of supply
Pure white glossy 0300 03 1 02 -- Fuse is included in the scope of supply.
More information
C O ptional accessories Technical information D I580
Fuse T 1.6 H 250V 049727 D251

Dimming Easy Order
Easy Order
Tronic dimmer Tronic dimmer

with push-button/2-way switch, with push-button/2-way switch,
including cover and knob including cover and knob
System55, 20360W System55, 20525 W

Pure white matt 1182 27 1 02 Pure white matt 0307 27 1 02

E22, 20360W E22, 20525 W

Features C O ptional accessories
-- For dimming Gira Tronic transformers, 230V light bulbs and Power boosters
230V halogen lamps. Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246
-- Electronic short-circuit protection. Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247
-- Automatic excess-temperature protection with restart.
-- Power extension via Gira Tronic power boosters possible. Features
-- With screw terminals. -- Dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps or LV halogen
lamps with Gira Tronic transformers.
Technical data -- Electronic short-circuit protection.
Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50Hz -- Automatic excess-temperature protection with restart.
Connected load at 25 C -- With control output for outputting the switching condition of
-- Light bulbs: 20 to 360W the Tronic dimmer for controlling automatic power isolators
-- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 360W or relays.
-- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 360W -- Power extension using power boosters.
-- Ohmic-capacitive: 20 to 360W -- With spring plug-in terminals.
Connections Technical data
-- maximum: 4mm Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C Connected load at 25 C
Notes -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 525W
-- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures. -- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 525W
-- Ohmic-capacitive: 20 to 525W
Connections
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C

Notes

More information

Easy Order Dimming
Easy Order
LV dimmer with Electronic potentiometer with switching

push-button/2-way switch, function for 1-10V control input, including
including cover and knob cover and knob
System55, 20500W/VA System55


E22, 20500W/VA E22

C O ptional accessories C O ptional accessories
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 Fuse F 500 H 250V 049722 D251
Fuse T 3.15 H 250V 049735 D251
Features
Features -- Electronic potentiometer with switching function for
-- LV dimmer with push-button/2-way switch and potentiometer electronic ballasts or Tronic transformers with 110V
for setting the basic brightness. control input.
-- Switching and dimming of dimmable HV LED lamps and -- Pressing the operating knob switches the electronic ballasts
dimmable compact fluorescent lamps. Mixed operation is not on and off.
possible. -- Rotating adjusts the brightness.
-- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps and
dimmable inductive transformers with halogen lamps. Mixed Technical data
operation is possible. Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse. 110V interface
-- Electronic excess-temperature protection. -- Control voltage: 0.5 to 10V
-- With control output for outputting the switching condition of -- Control current: max. 50mA
the dimmer for control of automatic power isolators or relays. Switching current
-- Power extension, e.g. using up to ten LV power boosters. -- Ohmic: 6A
-- With spring plug-in terminals. -- Capacitive: 6A (70F)
Technical data Connections
Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50Hz -- maximum: 4mm
Connected load at 25 C Ambient temperature: +5 C to +25 C
-- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 500W Scope of supply
-- wound transformer with -- Fuse is included in the scope of supply.
at least 85% rated load: 20 to 500VA
-- LED lamps: typ. 3 to 100W More information
-- Compact fluorescent Technical information D I583
lamp: typ. 3 to 100W
Connections
-- maximum: 2.5mm
-- minimum: 1mm

Notes

Socket outlets Easy Order
Easy Order
Socket outlets Features

Socket outlet British Standard (BS1363-2)
13A250V~ with shutter Technical data


13A250V~ deactivatable,
with control light and Shutter
System55, Support ring 71x71mm

Cream white glossy 2776 01 10/100 29
Anthracite 2776 28 10/100 29
Colour aluminium 2776 26 10/100 29
E22, Support ring 71x71mm System55, Support ring 71x71mm

Stainless Steel 2776 20 10/100 29 Cream white glossy 2780 01 10/100 29
AAluminium 2776 203 10/100 29 Pure white glossy 2780 03 10/100 29
Pure white glossy 2776 03 10/100 29 Anthracite 2780 28 10/100 29
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Colour aluminium 2780 26 10/100 29

System55, Support ring 80x80mm E22, Support ring 71x71mm
Cream white glossy 2777 01 10/200 29 Stainless Steel 2780 20 10/100 29
Pure white glossy 2777 03 10/200 29 AAluminium 2780 203 10/100 29
Anthracite 2777 28 10/200 29 Pure white glossy 2780 03 10/100 29
Colour aluminium 2777 26 10/200 29 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

E22, Support ring 80x80mm System55, Support ring 80x80mm
Stainless Steel 2777 20 10/200 29 Cream white glossy 2781 01 10/200 29
AAluminium 2777 203 10/200 29 Pure white glossy 2781 03 10/200 29
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Colour aluminium 2781 26 10/200 29

Features E22, Support ring 80x80mm
-- With screw terminals. Stainless Steel 2781 20 10/200 29
-- For screw mounting only. AAluminium 2781 203 10/200 29
Technical data AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Connections Features
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm -- With screw terminals.

Socket outlet British Standard (BS1363-2) Technical data
13A250V~ deactivatable, with shutter Installation depth: 20 mm


Anthracite 2778 28 10/100 29
E22, Support ring 71x71mm

Stainless Steel 2778 20 10/100 29
AAluminium 2778 203 10/100 29

Anthracite 2779 28 10/200 29

AAluminium 2779 203 10/200 29
Easy Order Socket outlets
Easy Order
Double socket outlet British Standard (BS1363- Double socket outlet British Standard (BS1363-
2) 13A250V~ with shutter 2) 13A250V~ deactivatable, with control light
and shutter

Cream white glossy 2782 01 5/100 29 System55, Support ring 80x132mm
Pure white glossy 2782 03 5/100 29 Cream white glossy 2784 01 5/100 29
Anthracite 2782 28 5/50 29 Pure white glossy 2784 03 5/100 29
Colour aluminium 2782 26 5/50 29 Anthracite 2784 28 5/100 29
Stainless Steel 2782 20 5/100 29 E22, Support ring 80x132mm
AAluminium 2782 203 5/100 29 Stainless Steel 2784 20 5/100 29
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Pure white glossy 2784 03 5/100 29
Features
-- With screw terminals. Features
-- For screw mounting only. -- With screw terminals.
Technical data
Installation depth: 20 mm Technical data
Connections Installation depth: 20 mm
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm + 2.5mm

Socket outlet British Standard (BS546) Round
Double socket outlet British Standard (BS1363- Pin 5A250V~ with shutter
2) 13A250V~ deactivatable, with shutter

System55, Support ring 80x132mm Cream white glossy 2772 01 10 29
Cream white glossy 2783 01 5/100 29 Pure white glossy 2772 03 10 29
Pure white glossy 2783 03 5/100 29 Anthracite 2772 28 10 29
Anthracite 2783 28 5/100 29 Colour aluminium 2772 26 10 29
E22, Support ring 80x132mm Stainless Steel 2772 20 10 29
Stainless Steel 2783 20 5/100 29 AAluminium 2772 203 10 29
AAluminium 2783 203 5/100 29 Pure white glossy 2772 03 10 29
Features Cream white glossy 2773 01 10 29
-- With screw terminals. Pure white glossy 2773 03 10 29
-- For screw mounting only. Anthracite 2773 28 10 29
Technical data
Installation depth: 20 mm E22, Support ring 80x80mm

Features

Technical data
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm

Socket outlets Easy Order
Easy Order
Socket outlet British Standard (BS546) Round Features

Pin 15A250V~ with shutter -- With screw terminals.

Technical data
Connections

System55, Support ring 71x71mm Fused spur connection box, British Standard
Cream white glossy 2774 01 10 29 (BS1363-4) 13A250V~ deactivatable, with
Pure white glossy 2774 03 10 29 control light

System55, Support ring 80x80mm Cream white glossy 2787 01 1/5 29
Cream white glossy 2775 01 10 29 Pure white glossy 2787 03 1/5 29
Pure white glossy 2775 03 10 29 Anthracite 2787 28 1/5 29
E22, Support ring 80x80mm Stainless Steel 2787 20 1/5 29
Stainless Steel 2775 20 10 29 AAluminium 2787 203 1/5 29
AAluminium 2775 203 10 29 Pure white glossy 2787 03 1/5 29
Pure white glossy 2775 03 10 29 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- For screw mounting only. Anthracite 2788 28 1 29
Technical data
Installation depth: 20 mm E22, Support ring 80x80mm
Connections Stainless Steel 2788 20 1 29
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm AAluminium 2787 203 1/5 29
Fused spur connection box, British Standard
(BS1363-4) 13A250V~ deactivatable Features

Technical data


Anthracite 2785 28 1/5 29

AAluminium 2785 203 1/5 29


Easy Order Socket outlets
Easy Order
Razor socket outlet (DINEN615582-5) 115 - USB power supply, 2-gang

230V~ for cover frame, 2-gang without
crossbar
System55

E22
System55 Stainless Steel 2359 20 1 02
Cream white glossy 2820 01 1 29 AAluminium 2359 203 1 02
Anthracite 2820 28 1 29 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Features
E22 -- Power supply with integrated plug connector USB typeA.
Stainless Steel 2820 20 1 29 -- Suitable as a charging device, e.g. for mobile telephones and
AAluminium 2820 203 1 29 similar devices.
Pure white glossy 2820 03 1 29 -- Simultaneous charging of two devices is possible.
Technical data
Charging current: 2 x 700mA / 1 x 1400mA
Flush-mounted device box for razor socket Rated voltage
outlet -- Primary: AC100 - 240V, 50/60Hz
-- Secondary: 5V
Standby: 0,3W
Ambient temperature: 0 C to +40 C

Notes
-- Compliance in accordance with EN62684:2010.

2819 00 1 01

Automatic light Easy Order
Easy Order
Automatic light Notes
-- Suitable for indoor use only.

-- At an mounting height of 1.10m, the horizontal detection
System2000 automatic switch including field has no natural limitation if used outdoors. Use the
standard attachment, installation height up to System2000 automatic control switch mounting height up to
1.10m and relay insert 2.20 for outdoor use.

More information

System55
E22
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 2395 20 1 02
AAluminium (lacquered) 2395 203 1 02
Auxiliary inputs
Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236
Integration in stainless steel
Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
Features
-- Relay insert for switching electrical devices in 3-wire
connection technology (N conductor required).
-- Light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, LV halogen lamps with
conventional transformers, LV halogen lamps with Gira Tronic
transformers, fluorescent lamps.
-- Auxiliary operation is possible.
Technical data
Mounting height up to 1.10m
-- Range in the front: 10m
-- Range to each side: 6m
Angle of detection: 180
Brightness value
-- adjustable: approx. 0 to 150lx
-- fixed: Day mode
Sensitivity: 100 to 20%
Delay time: approx. 2 min. fixed
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
Connection: N conductor required
Connected load
-- Light bulbs: 2300W
-- HV halogen lamps: 2300W
-- wound transformer with
at least 85% rated load: 1000VA
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W
-- Fluorescent lamps,
uncompensated: 1200VA
duo-circuit: 2300VA
parallel-compensated: 920VA
Auxiliary inputs
-- Non-illuminated
-- Auxiliary insert, 2-wire: unlimited
-- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire:
Cable length of auxiliary
unit: max. 100m
Protection type:
Ambient temperature
-- -20 C to +45 C:
Easy Order Accessories
Easy Order
Accessories Kaiser Klemmfix

Kaiser 1-gang box
2488 00 25 01

2485 00 25 01 C N ecessary accessories
One of the following articles:
C O ptional accessories Kaiser 1-g box 1056-04 2485 00 D40
Kaiser signal cov. 1181-60 2487 00 D40 Kaiser 1-g junction box 1556-04 2486 00 D40
KAISER KLEMMFIX 1159-02 2488 00 D40
Features
Features -- For fitting boxes without plaster.
-- With 4 screw domes and 2 expanding claw fields. -- In openings made with 82 mm hole saw.
-- Dimensions in accordance with German DIN 49073. -- For all types of masonry.
-- For M20/M25 conduits. -- With depth stop.

Technical data Notes
Installation depth: 46 mm -- Delivery is only in the indicated packaging unit.
Installation opening: 60 mm -- Kaiser Art. No 1159-02

Notes
-- Delivery is only in the indicated packaging unit. Kaiser Signal cover
-- Kaiser Art. No. 1056-04

Kaiser 1-gang junction box
2487 00 50 01

C N ecessary accessories
Kaiser 1-g box 1056-04 2485 00 D40
2486 00 25 01 Kaiser 1-g junction box 1556-04 2486 00 D40

C O ptional accessories Features
Kaiser signal cov. 1181-60 2487 00 D40 -- Reusable.
KAISER KLEMMFIX 1159-02 2488 00 D40 -- Protects interior of box, screwing dome and screw heads
when plastering.
Features
-- With 4 screw domes and 2 expanding claw fields. Notes
-- Dimensions in accordance with German DIN 49073. -- Delivery is only in the indicated packaging unit.
-- For M20/M25 conduits. -- Kaiser Art. No. 1181-60

Technical data
Installation depth: 66 mm Kaiser Diamond grinding head without dust
Installation opening: 60 mm extractor

Notes
-- Delivery is only in the indicated packaging unit.

2489 00 1 01

Kaiser direct/chuck attachm. 1088-40 2490 00 D41
Kaiser center.drill 1088-30 2491 00 D41
Kaiser drill.template 1190-65 2492 00 D41

Features
-- M18 x 1.5 thread to screw on the direct or chuck attachment.

Technical data
Drill : 82 mm
Cutting depth: max. 70 mm

Notes

Accessories Easy Order
Easy Order
Kaiser Direct attachment / Chuck attachment Kaiser 1-gang box with holding ring
2490 00 1 01
Kaiser diam.grind.head w/o dust 1088-00 2489 00 D40
Kaiser center.drill 1088-30 2491 00 D41 2493 00 25 01
2495 00 25 01
Features
-- For screwing onto the electric drill spindle. C O ptional accessories
Kaiser Turbo cutter MULTI 4000 1083-10 2497 00 D42
Technical data Kaiser cavity wall box template 1085-99 2496 00 D41
Chuck attachment with
hexagonal spanner: 12 mm Technical data
Installation depth
Notes -- 2493 00: 47 mm
-- Kaiser Art. No. 1088-40 -- 2495 00: 35 mm
Cut hole : 68 mm
For panel thickness
Kaiser Centering drill -- 2493 00: 7 to 40 mm
-- 2495 00: 7 to 28 mm

Notes
-- 2493 00, Kaiser Art. No. 9063-01
2491 00 1 01 -- 2495 00, Kaiser Art. No. 9064-01

Kaiser direct/chuck attachm. 1088-40 2490 00 D41 Kaiser 1-gang junction box with holding ring
Features
-- For all direct and chuck attachments.
Technical data
: 6 mm
Notes
-- Kaiser Art. No. 1088-30 2494 00 25 01

Kaiser Drilling template Kaiser Turbo cutter MULTI 4000 1083-10 2497 00 D42
Kaiser cavity wall box template 1085-99 2496 00 D41

Technical data
Cut hole : 68 mm
For panel thickness: 7 to 40 mm

2492 00 1 01 Notes
Kaiser diam.grind.head w/o dust 1088-00 2489 00 D40
Kaiser Cavity wall box template
Features
-- For vertical and horizontal pre-drilling of combination
distances.
-- 71 mm for standard combinations.
-- 91 mm for separate covers on low-voltage devices.
-- With hardened drilling bushes. 2496 00 1 01
-- With fold-out guide pin for first drill hole.
Notes Kaiser 1-g box 9063-01 2493 00 D41
-- Kaiser Art. No . 1190-65 Kaiser 1-g junction box 9064-01 2494 00 D41
Kaiser 1-g box 9061-00 2495 00 D41

Features
-- For marking cutting-out distances for combinations.
-- 71 mm for standard combinations.
-- 91 mm for separate covers on low-voltage devices.

Notes

Easy Order Accessories
Easy Order
Specifications Order No. P. unit PS
Kaiser Turbo cutter MULTI 4000
2497 00 1 01

Kaiser 1-g box 9063-01 2493 00 D41
Kaiser 1-g junction box 9064-01 2494 00 D41
Kaiser 1-g box 9061-00 2495 00 D41
Kaiser cavity wall box template 1085-99 2496 00 D41

Features
-- High cutting power.
-- Precise cut for circular drilled holes.
-- High radial runout accuracy.
-- Removable countersink hole cutters.
-- Fits all electric drills with 13 mm chuck.
-- With countersink hole cutter and plate ejector.

Technical data
Cut hole : 68 mm
Depth of cutting hole: 36 mm

Notes

Inserts and cover plates Switching and pressing ... 46
System55 Dimming ... 57
Time switch ... 71
Blind controller ... 72
Orientation Lighting... 73
Inserts and covers

Rocker sets for bus systems ... 75
System55
Wireless transmitter ... 76
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning... 76
Door communication ... 77
Gira Keyless In ... 77
Communication technology
entertainment ... 78
Communication technology network
technology... 79
telecommunications ... 80
Communication technology accessories ... 80
Audio systems ... 82
Emergency kits ... 87
Hospital Installation... 87
Protective circuits... 88
Accessories ... 89

Large range of products for individual solutions
Since it was launched, Giras System 55 has been continuously refined and
expanded with new functions and systems. More than 300 functions make it
possible to create individual installation solutions. The centre inserts and covers fit
into the cover frames of numerous Gira switch ranges and into the Gira Profile55.
Inserts and covers
System55
- Efficient stock-keeping thanks to a modular concept.
55
- More than 300 functions are available.
- Large range of functions can be integrated into Gira Profile 55
and Gira modular function profile.
55
- Large variety of colours and designs in six switch ranges
(Gira Standard 55, E2, E3, Event, Esprit, ClassiX).
- Many options for achieving a wide range of interior design
concepts. Standard functions: W 55 H 55
- Solid workmanship and high durability. Functions for cover frame
- Made of halogen-free, shock-resistant and shatter-proof without crossbar: W 55 H 126
thermoplastic material.
- Easy-care surface. Corner radius: R 0.5
- Suitable for vertical and horizontal installation.
Technical data
Platform: System 55
Material: Thermoplastic
(polycarbonate), stainless
steel (1.4301 V2A),
galvanically coated
System 55 switch ranges
British Standard socket outlet, Standard 55 Event E2 E3 Esprit ClassiX

deactivatable, with shutter,
pure white glossy
Variants
Anthracite Colour Pure white Pure white Cream white Brass Bronze Chrome
aluminium matt glossy glossy
(similar to (similar to (similar to
RAL9010) RAL9010) RAL1013)

Product range Inserts and cover plates
Inserts and covers

System55
Switches Dimming Socket outlets Automatic light Time switch Blind controller
and push buttons D57 D63 D70 D71 D72
D46
Orientation Rocker sets Wireless Heating, Door Keyless In

lighting for bus systems transmitter ventilation, air communication D77
D73 D75 D76 conditioning D77
D76
Communication Communication Communication Communication Audio systems Emergency kits

Entertainment network telecommuni- Accessories D82 D87
D78 technology cations D80
D79 D80
Hospital Protective circuits Accessories

installation D88 D89
D87

System55 Switching and pressing
Switching and pressing Rocker switch 10A 250V~

with 2-gang rocker

Inserts and covers
Switch complete 10A250V~

with rocker
System55
Series switch
Universal off/2-way switch Pure white matt 0105 27 1/5 01
Cream white glossy 0106 01 1/5 01 Anthracite 0105 28 1 11
Pure white glossy 0106 03 1/5 01 Colour aluminium 0105 26 1 11
Pure white matt 0106 27 1/5 01
Anthracite 0106 28 1/5 11 Technical data
Colour aluminium 0106 26 1 11 Installation depth: 28 mm
Connections
Intermediate switch -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Cream white glossy 0107 01 1 01 -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
Pure white matt 0107 27 1 01 More information
Anthracite 0107 28 1 11 Technical information D I567

Circuit breaker, 2-pole Rocker switch 10A250V~
Cream white glossy 0102 01 1 01 with 2-gang rocker

Neon lamp elements
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248 2-way switch, 2-gang
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248 Cream white glossy 0108 01 1 01
LED lighting elements Pure white glossy 0108 03 1 01
LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 0497 07 D248 Pure white matt 0108 27 1 01
LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 0497 08 D248 Anthracite 0108 28 1 11
LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 0497 10 D248 Colour aluminium 0108 26 1 11
LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 0992 00 D248 Technical data
LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 1405 00 D248 Installation depth: 33 mm.
For 0106 .. and 0107 .. Connections
Acoustic element lighting element 0935 00 D248 -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Technical data
Installation depth: 28 mm More information
Connections Technical information D I567

Notes

More information

Switching and pressing System55
Indicator rocker switch 10A250V~ More information

with rocker Technical information D I567

Inserts and covers

Push Switch 10A 250V~ with rocker
System55
Circuit breaker, 2-pole
Pure white matt 0112 27 1 01 Universal off/2-way switch
Anthracite 0112 28 1 11 Cream white glossy 0126 01 1/5 01
Colour aluminium 0112 26 1 11 Pure white glossy 0126 03 1/5 01
C O ptional accessories Anthracite 0126 28 1/5 11
Neon lamp elements Colour aluminium 0126 26 1/5 11
Neon lamp 0.35mA 099500 D248 Bronze 0126 603 1/5 11
Neon lamp 0.8mA 099600 D248 Brass 0126 604 1/5 11
Neon lamp 1.5mA 099700 D248 Chrome 0126 605 1/5 11
LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 049707 D248 Intermediate switch
LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 049708 D248 Cream white glossy 0127 01 1/5 01
LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 049710 D248 Pure white glossy 0127 03 1/5 01
LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 049718 D248 Pure white matt 0127 27 1/5 01
LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 099200 D248 Anthracite 0127 28 1/5 11
LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 140500 D248 Colour aluminium 0127 26 1/5 11
Bronze 0127 603 1/5 11
Technical data Brass 0127 604 1/5 11
Installation depth: 28 mm Chrome 0127 605 1/5 11
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm C O ptional accessories
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm Acoustic element lighting element 0935 00 D248

Notes Technical data
-- Can also be connected with illumination. Installation depth: 28 mm
Connections
More information -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Technical information D I567 -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm

Rocker switch 10A 250V~ Push switch, 10A 250V~ with 2-gang rocker
with rocker
Series switch
NO contact, 1-pole Cream white glossy 0125 01 1/5 01
Cream white glossy 0151 01 1/5 01 Pure white glossy 0125 03 1/5 01
Pure white glossy 0151 03 1/5 01 Pure white matt 0125 27 1/5 01
Colour aluminium 0151 26 1 11 Bronze 0125 603 1/5 11
Brass 0125 604 1/5 11
C O ptional accessories Chrome 0125 605 1/5 11
Neon lamp elements
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248 2-way switch, 2-gang
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248 Cream white glossy 0128 01 1/5 01
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248 Pure white glossy 0128 03 1/5 01
LED lighting elements Pure white matt 0128 27 1/5 01
LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 0497 07 D248 Anthracite 0128 28 1/5 11
LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 0497 08 D248 Colour aluminium 0128 26 1/5 11
LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 0497 18 D248 Technical data
LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 0992 00 D248 Installation depth
LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 1405 00 D248 -- 0125 ..: 28 mm
NO contact, 1-pole with sep. signal contact esp. for -- 0128 ..: 32 mm
WL uni.transm. 2-g Mini 5453 00 D493 Connections
Technical data -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
Connections
Touch indicator switch 10A 250V~ with rocker British Standard button (BSEN60669-1),
3-gang 10A250V with rockers
Inserts and covers
System55
Universal off/2-way switch

Cream white glossy 0136 01 1/5 01 Support ring 71 x 71 mm, NO contact 1-pole
Pure white glossy 0136 03 1/5 01 Cream white glossy 2844 01 10 29
Pure white matt 0136 27 1/5 01 Pure white glossy 2844 03 10 29
Anthracite 0136 28 1/5 11 Anthracite 2844 28 10/10 29
Colour aluminium 0136 26 1/5 11 Colour aluminium 2844 26 10/10 29
Bronze 0136 603 1/5 11
Brass 0136 604 1/5 11 Support ring 80 x 80 mm, NO contact 1-pole
Chrome 0136 605 1/5 11 Cream white glossy 2845 01 10 29
Circuit breaker, 2-pole Anthracite 2845 28 10/10 29
Cream white glossy 0122 01 1/5 01 Colour aluminium 2845 26 10/10 29
Pure white matt 0122 27 1/5 01 Features
Anthracite 0122 28 1/5 11 -- With screw terminals.
Technical data
C O ptional accessories Installation depth: 25 mm
Neon lamp elements Connections
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248 -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248 Notes
LED lighting elements -- For screw mounting only.
LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 0497 10 D248 British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-
LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 0497 18 D248 1)20A250V with rocker

Technical data
Connections
Support ring 71 x 71 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole
Notes Cream white glossy 2836 01 10 29
-- Can also be connected with illumination. Pure white glossy 2836 03 10 29
Scope of supply Colour aluminium 2836 26 10 29
-- Neon lamp element 230V~, 1.5mA is included in the scope
of supply. Support ring 80 x 80 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole
More information Pure white glossy 2837 03 10 29
Technical information D I568 Anthracite 2837 28 10 29

Technical data
Connections
1 x 6mm

British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-1) British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-1)
20A250V with rocker and control light 3-gang with rockers
Inserts and covers

System55
Support ring 71 x 71 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole Support ring 71 x 71 mm, 1-way switch

Support ring 80 x 80 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole Support ring 80 x 80 mm, 1-way switch

Features Technical data
-- With screw terminals. Installation depth: 25 mm
Connections
Technical data -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Installation depth: 25 mm -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
Connections
1 x 6mm British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-1)
3-gang with rockers
Notes

45A250V
Support ring 71 x 71 mm, universal off/2-way switch


Support ring 80 x 80 mm, universal off/2-way switch
Support ring 80 x 80 mm, 1-way switch Cream white glossy 2833 01 10 29
Cream white glossy 2838 01 1 29 Pure white glossy 2833 03 10 29
Pure white glossy 2838 03 1 29 Anthracite 2833 28 10 29
Anthracite 2838 28 1 29 Colour aluminium 2833 26 10 29
Features
Technical data -- With screw terminals.
-- maximum: 2 x 6mm or Installation depth: 25 mm
1 x 10mm Connections
Notes -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
-- Individual device. Cannot be combined.
Notes

System2000 touch switching top unit Rocker with inscription space

Inserts and covers
System55

Pure white matt 2261 27 1/5 02 Pure white matt 0299 27 10 01
Anthracite 2261 28 1/5 02 Anthracite 0299 28 10 11
Colour aluminium 2261 26 1/5 02 Colour aluminium 0299 26 1 11
Bronze 0299 603 1 11
C N ecessary accessories Brass 0299 604 1 11
One of the following articles: Chrome 0299 605 1 11
Switching inserts
Switch insert Tronic 0866 00 D232 C N ecessary accessories
Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233 See listing at
Relay ins. 0853 00 D233 Rocker 2-way 0296 .. D50
Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234
HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234 C O ptional accessories
Inscription sheets 51.2x7.0mm 1455 00 D250
Features Claw screw-down 1401 27 D90
-- Switching top unit for use with the System2000 switch
inserts. Scope of supply
-- Lighting is controlled by lightly touching the operating -- Blank inscription label included.
surface, without the movement of mechanical elements. -- Inscription labels with "light", "bell" and "door" symbols are
-- The lighting is switched on and off by touching the surface. included.
-- A blue orientation LED lights up as long as the load is
switched off and goes off when it is switched on.
Rocker with large inscription space
Rocker

Cream white glossy 0296 01 10/100 21 Pure white matt 0676 27 5 01
Pure white matt 0296 27 10/50 21 Colour aluminium 0676 26 1 11
Anthracite 0296 28 10/100 11
Colour aluminium 0296 26 10/100 11 C N ecessary accessories
Bronze 0296 603 10 11 See listing at
Brass 0296 604 10 11 Rocker 2-way 0296 .. D50
Chrome 0296 605 10 11
C N ecessary accessories Inscription sheets 36.9x46.9mm 1456 00 D250
One of the following articles: Claw screw-down 1401 27 D90
Inserts
Rocker sw. off/2-way 0106 00 D225 Technical data
Rocker sw. interm.sw. 0107 00 D225 Dimensions inmm
Rocker sw. CB 2-p 0102 00 D225 -- Inscription space: W 37 H 47
Rocker sw. CB 3-p 0103 00 D225
Rock btn NO con. 0151 00 D226 Scope of supply
Rocker btn 2-way m-c 0156 00 D226 -- Blank inscription label included.
Rocker btn NO con. + N-T. 0150 00 D226 -- Inscription labels with "light", "bell" and "door" symbols are
Rocker btn NO con. s.sig. 0152 00 D226 included.
Push-bu.bus coupler 1-gang, single-point 0181 00 D399
Push-bu.bus coupler 1-gang, two-point 0184 00 D399

Claw screw-down 1401 27 D90

Rocker with symbol Rocker with large inscription space and large,
raised symbol
Inserts and covers

System55
Light
Cream white glossy 0285 01 10 01 Light
Pure white matt 0285 27 10 01 Pure white glossy 0216 03 1 01
Anthracite 0285 28 1 11 Pure white matt 0216 27 1 01
Bronze 0285 603 1 11 Colour aluminium 0216 26 1 11
Brass 0285 604 1 11
Chrome 0285 605 1 11 Bell
Bell Pure white glossy 0217 03 1 01
Cream white glossy 0286 01 10 01 Pure white matt 0217 27 1 01
Pure white matt 0286 27 10 01 Colour aluminium 0217 26 1 11
Colour aluminium 0286 26 10 11 Door
Bronze 0286 603 1 11 Cream white glossy 0218 01 1 01
Brass 0286 604 1 11 Pure white glossy 0218 03 1 01
Chrome 0286 605 10 11 Pure white matt 0218 27 1 01
Door Colour aluminium 0218 26 1 11
Pure white glossy 0287 03 10 01 C N ecessary accessories
Pure white matt 0287 27 10 01 See listing at
Anthracite 0287 28 1 11 Rocker 2-way 0296 .. D50
Bronze 0287 603 1 11 C O ptional accessories
Brass 0287 604 1 11 Inscription sheets 36.9x46.9mm 1456 00 D250
Chrome 0287 605 1 11 Claw screw-down 1401 27 D90

C N ecessary accessories Technical data
See listing at Dimensions inmm
Rocker 2-way 0296 .. D50 -- Inscription space: W 37 H 47

C O ptional accessories Notes
Claw screw-down 1401 27 D90 -- Designed especially for barrier-free living of the vision-
impaired.

Scope of supply
-- Blank inscription label included.

Rocker with symbol and inscription space
Bell

Inserts
Rock btn NO con. 0151 00 D226
Rocker btn 2-way m-c 0156 00 D226
Rocker btn NO con. + N-T. 0150 00 D226
Rocker btn NO con. s.sig. 0152 00 D226


Scope of supply

Rocker with large inscription space and symbol 2-gang rocker, including seal kit IP44
Inserts and covers
System55
Bell Standard55, E2
Cream white glossy 0679 01 1 01 Cream white glossy 0266 01 1/5 01
Pure white glossy 0679 03 5 01 Pure white glossy 0266 03 1/5 01
Pure white matt 0679 27 5 01 Pure white matt 0266 27 1/5 01
Anthracite 0679 28 1 11 Anthracite 0266 28 1/5 11
Colour aluminium 0679 26 1 11 Colour aluminium 0266 26 1/5 11

C N ecessary accessories C N ecessary accessories
See listing at One of the following articles:
Rocker sym.bell + in.sp. 0673 .. D51 Inserts
Rocker sw. series 0105 00 D225
C O ptional accessories Rocker sw. 2-way sw. 2-g 0108 00 D225
Inscription sheets 36.9x46.9mm 1456 00 D250 Rocker btn 2-way m-c 2-g 0155 00 D227
Claw screw-down 1401 27 D90 Rocker sw. + btn 2-way sw./2-way con. 0139 00 D227

Dimensions inmm -- In combination with frames, 1-gang to 5-gang from the
-- Inscription space: W 37 H 47 Standard55 and E2 switch ranges, System55 series or 2-way
switches, 2-gang can be installed water-protected in
Scope of supply accordance with IP44.
Scope of supply
-- Seal kit including a 2-gang rocker for rocker switches and
2-gang rocker rocker buttons is included.

2-gang rocker with control window for

indicator rocker switch

Pure white matt 0295 27 10/100 01
Anthracite 0295 28 10/100 11
Colour aluminium 0295 26 10/100 11 Cream white glossy 0631 01 1 01
Bronze 0295 603 10 11 Pure white glossy 0631 03 10 01
Brass 0295 604 10 11 Pure white matt 0631 27 1 01
Chrome 0295 605 10 11 Anthracite 0631 28 1 11
One of the following articles: C N ecessary accessories
Inserts Rocker ind.sw. series LED OR 0145 00 D226
Rocker sw. series 0105 00 D225
Rocker sw. 2-way sw. 2-g 0108 00 D225
Rocker btn 2-way m-c 2-g 0155 00 D227 Rockers with arrow symbol
Rocker sw. + btn 2-way sw./2-way con. 0139 00 D227


Pure white matt 0294 27 10/100 01
Anthracite 0294 28 10/100 11
Bronze 0294 603 10 11
Brass 0294 604 10 11
Chrome 0294 605 10 11

Blind rocker sw. 0159 00 D228
Blind rocker btn 0158 00 D228

Rockers with arrow symbols Rocker with control window and inscription
space
Inserts and covers

System55
Pure white matt 1150 27 1 01 Pure white glossy 0670 03 10 01
Anthracite 1150 28 1 11 Pure white matt 0670 27 10/100 01
Rocker btn 4-g NO con. 1-p 0147 00 D227 See listing at
Push-bu.bus coupler 2-gang, two-point 0185 00 D400 Rocker Control window 0290 .. D53

Rocker with control window Inscription sheets 51.2x7.0mm 1455 00 D250

Scope of supply
-- Inscription labels with "light", "bell" and "door" symbols are
included.

Cream white glossy 0290 01 10 01 Rocker with control window and symbol
Bronze 0290 603 10 11
Brass 0290 604 10 11
Chrome 0290 605 10 11
Light
C N ecessary accessories Cream white glossy 0674 01 10 01
One of the following articles: Pure white glossy 0674 03 10/100 01
Inserts Pure white matt 0674 27 10 01
Rocker sw. off/2-way 0106 00 D225 Anthracite 0674 28 10 11
Rocker sw. interm.sw. 0107 00 D225 Colour aluminium 0674 26 10 11
Rocker sw. CB 3-p 0103 00 D225 C N ecessary accessories
Rocker ind.sw. off/2-way 0116 00 D226 See listing at
Rocker ind.sw. CB 2-p 0112 00 D226 Rocker Control window 0290 .. D53
Rocker btn 2-way m-c 0156 00 D226 C O ptional accessories
Rocker btn NO con. + N-T. 0150 00 D226 Claw screw-down 1401 27 D90
Push-bu.bus coupler 1-gang, two-point 0184 00 D399 Rocker with control window and symbol
Socket outlet

See listing at
Rocker Control window 0290 .. D53


Notes
-- For switchable socket outlets.

Rocker with large control window Cover plate with large control window for
pull-cord switches and pull-cord buttons
Inserts and covers
System55

Pure white glossy 0298 03 10 01 Cream white glossy 0638 01 10/100 01
Pure white matt 0298 27 1 01 Pure white glossy 0638 03 10/100 01
Anthracite 0298 28 1 11 Pure white matt 0638 27 10 01
See listing at C N ecessary accessories
Rocker Control window 0290 .. D53 One of the following articles:
Pull-cord sw. off/2-way 0146 00 D228
C O ptional accessories Pull-cord sw. CB 2-p 0142 00 D228
Claw screw-down 1401 27 D90 Pull-cord btn NO cont. s.sig. 0165 00 D228

Scope of supply
Rocker with large control window and symbol -- Colour-neutral and red lenses included.

Hotel-card button 10A250V~ can be

illuminated with inscription space
Light
Anthracite 0630 28 1 11 2-way momentary-contact, 1-pole
Colour aluminium 0630 26 1 11 Cream white glossy 0140 01 1 01
C N ecessary accessories Pure white matt 0140 27 1 01
See listing at Anthracite 0140 28 1 11
Rocker Control window 0290 .. D53 Colour aluminium 0140 26 1/100 11
Bronze 0140 603 1/5 11
C O ptional accessories Brass 0140 604 1/5 11
Claw screw-down 1401 27 D90 Chrome 0140 605 1/5 11

Cover with toggle switch for three-stage switch Inscription sheets 62.8x6.8mm 1457 00 D250
Neon lamp elements
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248
Zero setting LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 0497 10 D248
Cream white glossy 0669 01 1 02 LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 0497 18 D248
Pure white glossy 0669 03 1 02 LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 0992 00 D248
Pure white matt 0669 27 1 02 LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 0992 00 D248
Colour aluminium 0669 26 1 02 Features
-- Applications of the hotel-card button with disassembly
C N ecessary accessories safeguard include performing security and energy-saving
3-stage 0/1/2/3 0149 00 D229 functions.
-- When the hotel card is removed, any devices which are still
switched on are deactivated.
Cover with toggle switch for three-stage switch -- The electric circuit via the push button is only activated when
the card has been inserted.

Technical data
Connections
Zero setting
Bronze 0669 603 1 02 Notes
Brass 0669 604 1 02 -- Further versions are available upon request.
Chrome 0669 605 1 02
Scope of supply
C N ecessary accessories -- Blank inscription label included.
3-stage 0/1/2/3 0149 00 D229

Rocker switch, 10A 250V~ with 2-gang rocker Pushbutton sensor 2, 1-gang 24V, zero-voltage
for displaying hotel room status with inscription space
Inserts and covers

System55
Cream white glossy 1104 01 1 01 Clear + pure white glossy 2001 100 1/100 02
Pure white matt 1104 27 1 01 C O ptional accessories
Anthracite 1104 28 1 11 Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251
Features
C O ptional accessories Touch sensor2 for connection to 24V control systems
Hotel room status disp. 0297 03 D74 -- Rocker with two red LEDs for status display.
LED signal light RD / GN 1171 00 D74 -- Disassembly safeguard because it is screw-fastened.
-- Backlighting.
Features -- Connection of two push buttons, two LEDs and backlighting
-- Switch for hotel room status display "Do not disturb" and via terminal block on the rear.
"Make up room".
-- With block to prevent both sides from being switched on. Technical data
-- Locked both electrically and mechanically. Rated voltage of each
button: AC/DC 24V SELV
Technical data Load capacity of each
Installation depth: 28 mm button: max. 20mA
Connections Rated voltage of each LED: DC 24V SELV
-- maximum: 2.5mm Load capacity of each LED: 1mA
-- minimum: 1.5mm Connection: 2 x 9-pole terminal block
Connections: max. 0.8mm
Hotel room status display 230V~ Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C

Notes
-- Suitable for SELV circuits only.
-- Professional labelling with the Gira Inscription Service www.
marking.gira.com.

Scope of supply
Cream white glossy 0297 01 1 01 -- Blank inscription labels included.
Rocker sw. hotel room status disp. 1104 .. D55
Functional description D74
LED Signal Light, 230V~, red / green
1171 00 1/100 02
Touch sensor2, 3-gang 24V zero-voltage with More information

inscription space Technical information D I562

Inserts and covers
Cover plate with support ring for the insertion

System55
of command and signal devices

(diameter 22.5mm)
Clear + pure white glossy 2003 100 1/100 02

Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251

Touch sensor2 for connection to 24V control systems Pure white glossy 0272 03 5 01
-- Three rockers with two red LEDs each for status display. Pure white matt 0272 27 5 01
-- Disassembly safeguard because it is screw-fastened. Anthracite 0272 28 1 11
-- Backlighting. Colour aluminium 0272 26 1 11
-- Connection of six buttons, six LEDs, and backlighting via the
terminal block on the rear. Notes
Technical data -- For push buttons, slam buttons, key buttons, non-latching
Rated voltage of each buttons, illuminated buttons, and mushroom buttons,
button: AC/DC 24V SELV selector switches, and signal lights, e.g. from Lumitas, Rafi,
Load capacity of each Elan, or Fanal.
button: max. 20mA
Rated voltage of each LED: DC 24V SELV
Load capacity of each LED: 1mA Cover plate with support ring for the insertion
Connection: 2 x 9-pole terminal block of push-buttons and mushroom buttons
Connections: max. 0.8mm (22.5mm)

Notes
-- Suitable for SELV circuits only.
marking.gira.com.
Yellow glossy 0271 02 1 01
Scope of supply
-- Blank inscription labels included. Features
-- For emergency stop or emergency off.

RCCB, 30mA Notes



Features
-- The RCCB is a permanently installed protective device with
voltage-dependent residual current tripping in accordance
with VDE0664.
-- This device works like an RCD switch.

Technical data
Rated current: 16 A
Rated residual current: 30mA

Notes
-- Areas of application: parapet ducts, in front of non-SCHUKO
socket outlets, or in Gira energy profiles.
-- Installation in a deep device box.

Switching and pressing /Dimming System55
Cover plate with rocker and glass pane, Dimming

including 1-gang cover frame
Inserts and covers

Cover with button for dimmer and electronic
potentiometer
System55
red 0288 27 1 01
C N ecessary accessories Pure white glossy 0650 03 10/100 02
One of the following articles: Pure white matt 0650 27 10/100 02
Inserts Anthracite 0650 28 10/100 02
Rocker sw. off/2-way 0106 00 D225 Colour aluminium 0650 26 10 02
Rocker sw. interm.sw. 0107 00 D225 Bronze 0650 603 1 02
Rocker sw. CB 2-p 0102 00 D225 Brass 0650 604 1 02
Rocker ind.sw. off/2-way 0116 00 D226 Chrome 0650 605 1 02
Rocker ind.sw. CB 2-p 0112 00 D226
Rock btn NO con. 0151 00 D226 C N ecessary accessories
Rock btn NO con. 0151 00 D226 One of the following articles:
Rocker btn NO con. + N-T. 0150 00 D226 Univ dim ins 50 - 420W/VA PT switch 2 1176 00 D237
Rocker btn NO con. s.sig. 0152 00 D226 Aux.unit uni dim. 1177 00 D238
Bulb dimm.ins.60 - 400W rot.on/off 0300 00 D239
C O ptional accessories Bulb dimm.ins.60 - 600W press./2-way 0302 00 D240
Glass pane 0099 27 D90 Bulb dimm.ins. 100 - 1000W press./2-way 1181
00 D240
Features LV dimm.ins. 20-500 W/VA press./2-way 2262 00 D242
-- This cover plate fits on all flush-mounted rocker switches and DALI potentiometer 2018 00 D244
rocker buttons. DALI potentiometer power supply unit 2028 00 D245
DALI potentiom. Tunable WH 2020 00 D245
Technical data DALI potententiom. Tunable WH PSU 2030 00 D246
Notes Cover with knob for speed regulator

-- Individual device. Cannot be combined. Design is not
compatible with System55.
Scope of supply
-- The "Hausalarm", "Notschalter" and "Rauchabzug" inscription
labels are included.

Blank cover plate with support ring Pure white glossy 0652 03 1 02

Speed regul. rot.on/off 0.1-2.7 A 0314 00 D230


Pure white matt 0268 27 10/100 01
Anthracite 0268 28 10/100 11
Bronze 0268 603 5 11
Brass 0268 604 5 11
Chrome 0268 605 5 11
Notes
System55 Dimming
System2000 switching/dimming top unit System2000 touch dimming top unit

Inserts and covers
System55
Cream white glossy 2316 01 1/5 02 Cream white glossy 2260 01 1/5 02
Pure white glossy 2316 03 1/5 02 Pure white glossy 2260 03 1/5 02
Pure white matt 2316 27 1/5 02 Pure white matt 2260 27 1/5 02
Bronze 2316 603 1/5 02
Brass 2316 604 1/5 02 C N ecessary accessories
Chrome 2316 605 1/5 02 One of the following articles:
Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230
C N ecessary accessories LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231
One of the following articles: 1-10V control dev. Insert 0860 00 D232
Dimming inserts
Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230 Features
LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231 -- Dimming top unit for use with System2000 dimming inserts.
1-10V control dev. Insert 0860 00 D232 -- Lighting in nine levels is controlled by lightly touching the
Switching inserts operating surface, without the movement of mechanical
Switch insert Tronic 0866 00 D232 elements.
Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233 -- The lower half of the operating surface contains a blue status
Relay ins. 0853 00 D233 LED that lights up for orientation as long as the dimmer is
Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234 switched off.
HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234 -- When the operating surface is touched, the dimmer switches
Staircase light control to the stored memory value.
Impulse ins. 0336 00 D235 -- The upper half of the operating surface is divided into nine
Auxiliary insert adjacent segments.
Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236 -- Specifically touching these segment fields can control the
lighting directly from the switched-off state or from any other
Features dimming position.
-- Top unit with short-stroke button for use with System2000. -- Lighting can glide to brighter or darker values by sliding your
-- The top unit operates based on the 2-area principle, i.e. there finger along the operating surface.
is an upper and lower rocker half used for controlling the -- The approximate dimming position is indicated with five blue
inserts. LEDs.

Technical data
Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C eNet wireless switching/dimmming top unit,
1-gang
Top unit Series dimmer

Cream white glossy 2315 01 1/5 02 Pure white matt 5490 27 1/5 02
Pure white matt 2315 27 1/5 02 Colour aluminium 5490 26 1/5 02
Anthracite 2315 28 1/5 02 Bronze 5490 603 1/5 02
Colour aluminium 2315 26 1/5 02 Brass 5490 604 1/5 02
Bronze 2315 603 1/5 02 Chrome 5490 605 1/5 02
Brass 2315 604 1/5 02
Chrome 2315 605 1/5 02 Functional description D495


Features
-- Top unit with short-stroke button for use with the series
dimming insert.
-- The top is for switching on and dimming brighter, while the
bottom is for switching off and dimming darker.

Technical data

Dimming System55
Universal dimmer Auxillary unit for

with push-button and rotary switch 2, universal dimmer 2, including
including cover and button cover and knob
Inserts and covers

System55
50420W/VA Cream white glossy 1177 01 1 02
Pure white glossy 1176 03 1 02 Pure white matt 1177 27 1 02
Pure white matt 1176 27 1 02 Anthracite 1177 28 1 02
Anthracite 1176 28 1 02 Colour aluminium 1177 26 1 02
C O ptional accessories Univ dim ins 50 - 420W/VA PT switch 2 1176 00 D237
Auxiliary unit Uni.dim. 50 - 420W/VA press.+rot.2 1176 .. D30
Aux.unit uni dim. 1177 00 D238
Aux.input uni dim. 2 1177 .. D30 Features
Power boosters -- Auxillary insert in 2-wire connection technology for
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 designing installations with the function of 2-way and
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 intermediate switching exclusively in conjunction with the
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 universal dimming insert.
Features
-- Universal dimmer for switching and dimming various light Technical data
source including light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, LV halogen Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
lamps with Gira Tronic transformers, or LV halogen lamps Cable length to the main
with conventional transformers. unit: max. 100m
-- Auxiliary operation is possible using an auxiliary insert. Installation depth: 32 mm
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. Connections
-- Electronic short-circuit protection. -- : 2.5mm
-- Automatic excess-temperature protection. -- minimum: 1mm
-- Power extension using power boosters.
-- With spring plug-in terminals. Notes
-- For designing installations with the function of 2-way and
Technical data intermediate switching exclusively in conjunction with the
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz universal dimming insert.
-- Light bulbs: 50 to 420W/VA More information
-- HV halogen lamps: 50 to 420W/VA Technical information D I578
Cable length
-- Load: max. 100m
Auxiliary inputs: 5
Connections
Notes
-- Do not connect capacitive loads (e.g. Gira Tronic
time.
More information
System55 Dimming
System 2000 universal LED dimming insert Notes

(pushbutton dimmer), including cover -- In general, operating the dimmer without connecting a
neutral conductor is possible, although some LED and CFLi
Inserts and covers
light sources require the neutral conductor connection to

prevent flickering.
System55
-- For operation without a neutral conductor, the minimum load

for light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, Gira Tronic transformers,
and wound transformers increases to 50W.
-- In combination with power boosters, do not hook up HV-LED
or compact fluorescent lamps.
3420W/VA -- Electronic transformers and ballast devices for LED lamps
Cream white glossy 2385 01 1 02 can be operated with the dimming procedure stated by the
Pure white glossy 2385 03 1 02 manufacturer.
Pure white matt 2385 27 1 02 -- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures.
Colour aluminium 2385 26 1 02 More information
Auxiliary unit
Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236 System2000
Aux.input 2-wire 0333 .. D32 auxillary line, complete with cover
Power boosters
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247

Features
-- Universal LED dimming insert for switching and dimming of
light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, electronic transformers for 2-wire
halogen or LED lamps, dimmable inductive transformers for Cream white glossy 0333 01 1 02
halogen or LED lamps, HV LED or compact fluorescent Pure white glossy 0333 03 1 02
lamps. Pure white matt 0333 27 1 02
-- Automatic or manual setting of dimming principle according Anthracite 0333 28 1 02
to load (leading or trailing edge). Colour aluminium 0333 26 1 02
-- Display of the selected operating mode using LED.
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. C O ptional accessories
-- Switch-on brightness can be saved permanently. Dimming inserts
-- Minimum brightness can be set. Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230
-- Connecting auxiliary units is possible. Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 .. D31
-- Electronic short-circuit protection. Uni.series dimm.ins. 2x 50 - 260W/VA 2263 00 D238
-- Electronic excess-temperature protection. LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231
-- Operation with and without neutral conductor connection. 1-10V control dev. Insert 0860 00 D232
Dimmers
Technical data Uni dim. 50-500 W/VA man. DRA 1034 00 D239
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz Switching inserts
Standby: max. 0.5W Switch insert Tronic 0866 00 D232
Connected load at 25 C Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233
-- HV LED lamps (leading Relay ins. 0853 00 D233
edge): typ. 3 to 100W Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234
-- HV LED lamps (trailing HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234
edge): typically 3 to 200W
-- Compact fluorescent Features
lamp: typ. 3 to 100W -- Auxillary line in 2-wire connection technology for designing
-- Light bulbs: 20 to 420W installations with the function of 2-way and intermediate
-- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 420W switching exclusively in conjunction with the System2000.
-- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 420W -- Additional cables are not required for retrofitting.
-- electronic transformer
with NV-LED: typically 20 to 100W Technical data
-- Wound transformer: 20 to 420VA Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- Wound transformer with Installation depth: 29 mm
NV-LED: typically 20 to 100VA Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C
Auxiliary inputs
-- Non-illuminated
-- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire: 5
Cable length
-- Load: max. 100m
Connections
-- Single-wire: max. 4mm
-- Fine-wire without core
jacket: max. 4mm
-- Fine-wire with core jacket: max. 2.5mm

Dimming System55
Light bulb dimmer Technical data

with rotary on/off switch, complete Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50Hz
with cover and button Connected load at 25 C
Inserts and covers

System55
Connections
-- minimum: 2 x 1mm

60400W Notes
Cream white glossy 0300 01 1 02 -- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures.
Pure white matt 0300 27 1 02 Scope of supply
Anthracite 0300 28 1 02 -- Fuse is included in the scope of supply.
More information
C O ptional accessories Technical information D I580
Fuse T 1.6 H 250V 049727 D251
Tronic dimmer
Features with push-button/2-way switch,
-- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse. including cover and knob
Technical data
Installation depth: 33 mm. 20360W
Connections Cream white glossy 1182 01 1 02
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm Pure white glossy 1182 03 1 02
-- minimum: 2 x 0.5mm Pure white matt 1182 27 1 02
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C Anthracite 1182 28 1 02
Notes
-- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures. Features
-- For dimming Gira Tronic transformers, 230V light bulbs and
More information 230V halogen lamps.
Technical information D I579 -- Electronic short-circuit protection.
-- Power extension via Gira Tronic power boosters possible.
Light bulb dimmer -- With screw terminals.
with push-button/2-way switch,
including cover and button Technical data
-- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 360W
Connections
60600W -- maximum: 4mm
Cream white glossy 0302 01 1 02 Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C
Pure white matt 0302 27 1 02 Notes
Anthracite 0302 28 1 02 -- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures.
Fuse T 2.5 H 250V 049732 D251
Features
-- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse.
System55 Dimming
Tronic dimmer LV dimmer with

with push-button/2-way switch, push-button/2-way switch,
including cover and knob including cover and knob
Inserts and covers
System55
20525 W 20500W/VA

Power boosters LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 Fuse T 3.15 H 250V 049735 D251
Features
Features -- LV dimmer with push-button/2-way switch and potentiometer
-- Dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps or LV halogen for setting the basic brightness.
lamps with Gira Tronic transformers. -- Switching and dimming of dimmable HV LED lamps and
-- Electronic short-circuit protection. dimmable compact fluorescent lamps. Mixed operation is not
-- Automatic excess-temperature protection with restart. possible.
-- With control output for outputting the switching condition of -- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps and
the Tronic dimmer for controlling automatic power isolators dimmable inductive transformers with halogen lamps. Mixed
or relays. operation is possible.
-- Power extension using power boosters. -- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse.
-- With spring plug-in terminals. -- Electronic excess-temperature protection.
-- With control output for outputting the switching condition of
Technical data the dimmer for control of automatic power isolators or relays.
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz -- Power extension, e.g. using up to ten LV power boosters.
Connected load at 25 C -- With spring plug-in terminals.
-- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 525W Technical data
-- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 525W Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50Hz
-- Ohmic-capacitive: 20 to 525W Connected load at 25 C
Installation depth: 33 mm. -- Light bulbs: 20 to 500W
Connections -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 500W
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm -- wound transformer with
-- minimum: 2 x 1.0mm at least 85% rated load: 20 to 500VA
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C -- LED lamps: typ. 3 to 100W
-- Compact fluorescent
Notes lamp: typ. 3 to 100W
-- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures. Installation depth: 33 mm.
Connections
More information -- maximum: 2.5mm
Technical information D I580 -- minimum: 1mm

Notes

Dimming /Socket outlets System55
Electronic potentiometer with switching Socket outlets

function for 1-10V control input, including
cover and knob
Inserts and covers

13A250V~ with shutter
System55
Pure white matt 0309 27 1 02 Support ring 71x71mm
Anthracite 2776 28 10/100 29
C O ptional accessories Colour aluminium 2776 26 10/100 29
Fuse F 500 H 250V 049722 D251
Support ring 80x80mm
Features Cream white glossy 2777 01 10/200 29
-- Electronic potentiometer with switching function for Pure white glossy 2777 03 10/200 29
electronic ballasts or Tronic transformers with 110V Anthracite 2777 28 10/200 29
control input. Colour aluminium 2777 26 10/200 29
-- Pressing the operating knob switches the electronic ballasts
on and off. Features
-- Rotating adjusts the brightness. -- With screw terminals.
Technical data
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz Technical data
110V interface Installation depth: 17 mm
-- Control voltage: 0.5 to 10V Connections
-- Control current: max. 50mA -- maximum: 2 x 4mm
Switching current
-- Ohmic: 6A
-- Capacitive: 6A (70F) Socket outlet British Standard (BS1363-2)
Installation depth: 33 mm. 13A250V~ deactivatable, with shutter
Connections
-- maximum: 4mm
Scope of supply
-- Fuse is included in the scope of supply.
More information
Technical information D I583 Support ring 71x71mm
Anthracite 2778 28 10/100 29

Anthracite 2779 28 10/200 29

Features

Technical data

System55 Socket outlets
Socket outlet British Standard (BS1363-2) Double socket outlet British Standard (BS1363-
13A250V~ deactivatable, 2) 13A250V~ deactivatable, with control light
with control light and Shutter and shutter
Inserts and covers
System55
Support ring 71x71mm Support ring 80x132mm


Support ring 80x 80mm, 1-way switch, 1-pole Features
Cream white glossy 2781 01 10/200 29 -- With screw terminals.
Pure white glossy 2781 03 10/200 29 -- For screw mounting only.
Anthracite 2781 28 10/200 29
Colour aluminium 2781 26 10/200 29 Technical data
Features
-- For screw mounting only. Socket outlet British Standard (BS546) Round
Pin 5A250V~ with shutter
Technical data

Double socket outlet British Standard (BS1363-

2) 13A250V~ with shutter



Features Features
-- With screw terminals. -- With screw terminals.
-- For screw mounting only. -- For screw mounting only.

Installation depth: 20 mm Installation depth: 20 mm
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm + 2.5mm -- maximum: 2 x 4mm


2) 13A250V~ deactivatable, with shutter

Anthracite 2783 28 5/100 29

Features

Technical data

Socket outlets System55
Socket outlet British Standard (BS546) Round Fused spur connection box, British Standard
Pin 15A250V~ with shutter (BS1363-4) 13A250V~ deactivatable, with
control light
Inserts and covers

System55
Cream white glossy 2774 01 10 29 Support ring 71x71mm
Pure white glossy 2774 03 10 29 Cream white glossy 2787 01 1/5 29
Anthracite 2774 28 10 29 Pure white glossy 2787 03 1/5 29
Colour aluminium 2774 26 10 29 Anthracite 2787 28 1/5 29
Cream white glossy 2775 01 10 29 Support ring 80x 80mm, 1-way switch, 1-pole
Anthracite 2775 28 10 29 Pure white glossy 2788 03 1 29
Features
-- With screw terminals. Features
-- For screw mounting only. -- With screw terminals.
Technical data
Installation depth: 20 mm Technical data
Connections Installation depth: 29 mm
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm
Adapter support ring 80x80mm

(BS1363-4) 13A250V~ deactivatable
Adapter support ring

Support ring 71x71mm 80x80mm 2849 00 1 29
Pure white glossy 2785 03 1/5 29 Notes
Anthracite 2785 28 1/5 29 -- For integration of Gira products with support ring 71x
Colour aluminium 2785 26 1/5 29 71mm.

Support ring 80x 80mm, 1-way switch, 1-pole
Cream white glossy 2786 01 1 29 Razor socket outlet (DINEN615582-5) 115 -
Pure white glossy 2786 03 1 29 230V~ for cover frame, 2-gang without
Anthracite 2786 28 1 29 crossbar
Features
Technical data
Connections


Flush-mounted device box for razor socket Socket outlet without protective contact,
outlet 16A250V~ 2-pole
Inserts and covers
System55

2819 00 1 01
Features
Chinese socket outlet insert 16A250V~
Technical data

Notes
-- Solely as replacement supply for installations existing before
October 1981 in Belgium.

0424 100 10/150 01 Socket outlet with earth pin 16A 250V~,
(Shutter) and Symbolk
Technical data

Cover plate for Chinese socket outlet

16A250V~

Anthracite 0485 28 10/100 11
Cream white glossy 2842 01 10 29 Bronze + black 0485 603 1/5 11
Pure white glossy 2842 03 10 29 Bronze + cream white 0485 613 1/5 11
Pure white matt 2842 27 10 29 Brass + black 0485 604 1/5 11
Anthracite 2842 28 10 29 Brass + cream white 0485 614 1/5 11
Colour aluminium 2842 26 10 29 Chrome + black 0485 605 1/5 11
Chrome + cream white 0485 615 1/5 11

Insert for double socket outlet, Chinese socket Features
outlet 10A and socket outlet EURO-US 10A -- With screw terminals.

Technical data

Notes
-- Increased contact protection pursuant to IEC 60884-1.

0425 100 10/150 01

Technical data

Cover for double socket outlet, Chinese socket

outlet 10A and socket outlet EURO-US 10A


Socket outlet with earth pin 16A250V~, HNA socket outlet 10A250V~
hinged cover, Shutter and Symbolk
Inserts and covers

System55
Pure white glossy 0488 03 10 01 Pure white matt 0479 27 1/5 01
Technical data
Features Installation depth: 32 mm
Notes
Technical data -- For screw mounting only.
Notes Danish socket outlet 16A250V~

-- Increased contact protection pursuant to IEC 60884-1. 107-2-D1, DK1-1bwith Shutter and Symbolk
-- In conjunction with the seal kit and frame, 1-gang to 5-gang
from the Standard55 and E2 switch ranges, socket outlets
with earth pin and hinged covers can be installed water-
protected in accordance with IP44.
Socket outlet with protective contact EURO-US

16A250V~

Technical data
Pure white matt 2840 27 1 29 -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
Colour aluminium 2840 26 10 29 Notes
Technical data
SCHUKO Socket Outlet 16A 250V~
American socket outlet 2-pole + E20A 125V~,

NEMA 5-20R
Screw terminals
Cream white glossy 0487 01 1/5 01 Pure white matt 0180 27 1/5 01
Pure white matt 0487 27 1/5 01 Colour aluminium 0180 26 1/5 11
Anthracite 0487 28 1/5 11 Bronze + black 0180 603 1/5 11
Colour aluminium 0487 26 1/5 11 Bronze + cream white 0180 613 1/5 11
Brass + black 0180 604 1/5 11
Technical data Brass + cream white 0180 614 1 11
Installation depth: 17 mm Chrome + black 0180 605 1/5 11
Chrome + cream white 0180 615 1/5 11
Notes
-- For screw mounting only. Technical data
-- Symbol imprint is possible here. Installation depth: 32 mm

SCHUKO socket outlet 16A 250V~ with SCHUKO socket outlet 16A 250V~ with LED
Shutter and Symbolk orientation light, Shutter and Symbolk
Inserts and covers
System55
Screw terminals Cream white glossy 1170 01 1/5 02

Pure white glossy 0183 03 1 01 Pure white matt 1170 27 1/5 02
Pure white matt 0183 27 1/5 01 Anthracite 1170 28 1/5 02
Anthracite 0183 28 1/5 11 Colour aluminium 1170 26 1/5 02
Bronze + black 0183 603 1/5 11 Features
Bronze + cream white 0183 613 1/5 11 -- SCHUKO socket outlet with inserted light strip.
Brass + black 0183 604 1/5 11 -- The white LEDs project a light corridor downwards. This
Brass + cream white 0183 614 1/5 11 produces indirect orientation light that also avoids
Chrome + black 0183 605 1/5 11 bothersome glare in bedrooms.
Chrome + cream white 0183 615 1/5 11 -- The integrated twilight sensor waits until twilight to
automatically switch on the LED light and switches it off
Technical data again when sufficient daylight is detected.
Installation depth: 32 mm -- The LED light is completely integrated in the cover plate,
eliminating the need for separate connection.
Notes
-- Increased contact protection pursuant to IEC 60884-1. Technical data
Power consumption
-- Operation: 0.25W / 0.35VA / 1.5mA
SCHUKO socket outlet 16A 250V~ with -- Standby: 0.175W / 0.25VA / 1.0mA
inscription space, Shutter and Symbolk Light intensity: 0.2 cd

Notes

Insert for USB power supply, 2-gang

Screw terminals

Technical data
Installation depth: 32 mm 2359 00 1/5 02

Notes C N ecessary accessories
-- Increased contact protection pursuant to IEC 60884-1. Cover plate TAE+Stereo+USB 0276 .. D80
Cover in. sp. TAE USB 0876 .. D80
Scope of supply
-- Inscription label "EDV" is included. Features
-- Power supply with integrated plug connector USB typeA.
-- Suitable as a charging device, e.g. for mobile telephones and
SCHUKO socket outlet 16A 250V~ with hinged similar devices.
cover, Shutter and Symbolk -- Simultaneous charging of two devices is possible.

Technical data
Rated voltage
-- Primary: AC100 - 240V, 50/60Hz
-- Secondary: 5V
Standby: 0,3W
Screw terminals Ambient temperature: 0 C to +40 C
Pure white matt 2724 27 1/5 01 -- Compliance in accordance with EN62684:2010.

Technical data

Notes

USB power supply, 2-gang Flush-mounted floor empty housing with

hinged cover
Inserts and covers

System55
Colour aluminium 2359 26 1 02 Diecast aluminium 0118 00 1/50 17
Matt stainless steel 0118 20 1/18 17
Features
-- Power supply with integrated plug connector USB typeA. Features
-- Suitable as a charging device, e.g. for mobile telephones and -- Floor empty housing for installing flush-mounted devices
similar devices. with support ring fixing from the fields of installation and
-- Simultaneous charging of two devices is possible. communication technology (e.g. socket outlets, socket
outlets with full cover plate, TAE connection boxes, etc.).
Technical data -- To form complete units, the housings can be extended on all
Charging current: 2 x 700mA / 1 x 1400mA sides using connection brackets placed on the rear.
Rated voltage
-- Primary: AC100 - 240V, 50/60Hz Technical data
-- Secondary: 5V Protection type: IP 41
Standby: 0,3W Dimensions inmm
Installation depth: 32 mm -- Diecast aluminium: W 112 H 112 D 61,5
Ambient temperature: 0 C to +40 C -- Matt stainless steel: W 112 H 112 D 63,9

Notes Notes
-- Compliance in accordance with EN62684:2010. -- If installed in the floor, it must be ensured that any water
which penetrates the area is drained before reaching the
pre-moulded area on the bottom.

More information

System55 Automatic light
Automatic light Automatic lighting

Inserts and covers
System2000 automatic switch including

standard attachment, installation height up to
System55
1.10m and relay insert
Cross reference
Product range overview and functional
description D253



Auxiliary inputs

Features
connection technology (N conductor required).
-- Light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, LV halogen lamps with

Technical data
-- Range to each side: 6m
Brightness value
-- fixed: Day mode
Connected load
duo-circuit: 2300VA
Auxiliary inputs
-- Non-illuminated
unit: max. 100m
Protection type:
Ambient temperature
-- -20 C to +45 C:

Notes
field has no natural limitation if used outdoors. Use the
System2000 automatic control switch mounting height up to
2.20 for outdoor use.

More information

Time switch System55
Time switch Electronic timer easy 230V~
Inserts and covers

Cover with toggle switch for time switch and
blind switch or button
System55
01000W/VA
Cream white glossy 0666 01 5 01 Pure white matt 1175 27 1 02
Pure white matt 0666 27 5/500 01 Colour aluminium 1175 26 1 02
Colour aluminium 0666 26 5 11 Features
-- The device enables programmed, time-controlled switching
C N ecessary accessories of various light sources.
One of the following articles: -- Two switch-on and two switch-off times each for Mon - Fri
Time sw. 2-p 15 min 0320 00 D229 and Sat + Sun.
Time sw. 2-p 120 min 0321 00 D229 -- Programmed switching times are permanently retained.
Blind btn/sw. 1-p 0154 00 D229 -- Time is retained for approx. four hours in case of a power
Blind btn/sw. 2-p 0157 00 D229 failure (maintenance-free without batteries).
-- Automatic summer/winter switchover.
Notes
-- This cover plate can be used universally by replacing the Technical data
symbol plates for time (15 to 120min or 30 to 60min) and Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
blind (e, r). Connection: N conductor required
Connected load
Scope of supply -- Light bulbs: 1000W
-- Symbol plates for time (15 to 120min or 30 to 60min) and -- HV halogen lamps: 1000W
blind (e, r) are included in the scope of supply. -- wound transformer with
Cover with toggle switch for timer -- Fluorescent lamps,
duo-circuit: 1000VA
15 minutes Connections
Bronze 0640 603 1 02 -- for screw terminals: max. 2.5mm or 2 x 1.5mm
Brass 0640 604 1 02
Chrome 0640 605 1 02 Notes
-- The timer is mounted in a device box. (Using a deep device
C N ecessary accessories box is recommended.)
Time sw. 2-p 15 min 0320 00 D229
More information
Notes Technical information D I599

System55 Time switch/ Blind controller
Electronic timer 230V~(AC) Blind controller

Inserts and covers
Rockers with arrow symbol

System55
01000W/VA
Pure white glossy 0385 03 1/100 02 Cream white glossy 0294 01 10 01
Pure white matt 0385 27 1 02 Pure white glossy 0294 03 10/100 01
Anthracite 0385 28 1 02 Pure white matt 0294 27 10/100 01
Colour aluminium 0385 26 1 02 Anthracite 0294 28 10/100 11
Features Bronze 0294 603 10 11
-- The device enables programmed, time-controlled switching Brass 0294 604 10 11
of various light sources up to max. 1000W. Chrome 0294 605 10 11
-- Two independent program memories for different types of
use in the house. C N ecessary accessories
-- Switching times are preset at the factory for fast start-up. One of the following articles:
-- Up to 18 switching times can be programmed. Blind rocker sw. 0159 00 D228
-- Easy, menu-driven operation and programming using a Blind rocker btn 0158 00 D228
4-button field. Push-bu.bus coupler 2-gang, single-point 0182 00 D400
-- Power reserve up to 24 hours (maintenance-free without
batteries).
-- Timer reset to the factory settings. Rockers with arrow symbols
-- Random generator can be activated; works in the range of
15min.
-- Astro function with individual Astro time shift (2hours)
depending on the place of use.
-- Easy changeover between summer or winter time.
-- Timer function (automatic switch-off after set time).
-- Manual actuation is possible at all times.
-- Control using two separate auxiliary inputs is possible. Cream white glossy 1150 01 1 01
-- Zero-voltage contact (not suitable for enabling). Pure white glossy 1150 03 1 01
Technical data Anthracite 1150 28 1 11
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz Colour aluminium 1150 26 1 11
Connected load C N ecessary accessories
-- Light bulbs: 1000W One of the following articles:
-- HV halogen lamps: 1000W Rocker btn 4-g NO con. 1-p 0147 00 D227
-- wound transformer with Push-bu.bus coupler 2-gang, two-point 0185 00 D400
-- Fluorescent lamps, Cover with toggle switch for time switch and
uncompensated: 500VA blind switch or button
duo-circuit: 1000VA
Connections
-- for screw terminals: max. 2.5mm or 2 x 1.5mm Cream white glossy 0666 01 5 01
Notes Pure white matt 0666 27 5/500 01
-- The timer is mounted in a device box. (Using a deep device Anthracite 0666 28 5 11
box is recommended.) Colour aluminium 0666 26 5 11

More information C N ecessary accessories
Technical information D I599 One of the following articles:
Blind btn/sw. 1-p 0154 00 D229
Time sw. 2-p 15 min 0320 00 D229
Time sw. 2-p 120 min 0321 00 D229

Notes
-- This cover plate can be used universally by replacing the
accompanying symbol plates for blind and time.

Scope of supply
-- Symbol plates for blind (e, r) and time (15 to 120min or 30
to 60min) are included in the scope of supply.

Blind controller /Orientation Lighting System55
Cover with toggle switch for blind switch or Orientation Lighting

button
Inserts and covers

LED Orientation Light 230V~, white
System55
Bronze 0666 603 1 11
Brass 0666 604 1 11
Chrome 0666 605 1 11
2361 00 1/100 02
One of the following articles: C O ptional accessories
Blind btn/sw. 1-p 0154 00 D229 Inscription sheets 51x51mm 2870 .. D251
Features
-- LED orientation light for private and commercial use.
Cover plate for key switch and key push button -- The orientation light is used, for example, to illuminate stairs
or as an orientation aid in dark rooms.
-- The brightness of the light can be set individually.
-- A film which can be inscribed individually can be laid in the
cover plate.
-- Pictograms for room and route marking can be inserted.

Technical data
Cream white glossy 0664 01 1 02 Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
Pure white glossy 0664 03 1/5 02 Power consumption: 1.7W/8.5VA
Pure white matt 0664 27 1/5 02 Light intensity (white): 2.2 cd
Anthracite 0664 28 1 02 Installation depth: 30 mm
Colour aluminium 0664 26 1 02 Connections
Bronze 0664 603 1 02 -- maximum: 1.5mm
Brass 0664 604 1 02 Ambient temperature: -15 C to +40 C
Chrome 0664 605 1 02
Notes
C N ecessary accessories -- Professional labelling with the Gira Inscription Service www.
One of the following articles: marking.gira.com.
Key sw. 2-p 0144 00 D229
Key sw. btn 1-p 0163 00 D229 More information
Profile semi-cylinder diff.lock 0001 00 D252
Profile semi-cylinder id.lock 0002 00 D252
Profile semi-cylinder VdS class B 0003 00 D252
Blind controller
Cross reference
Other components for blind controller as well
as the functional description D269
System55 Orientation Lighting
LED Orientation Light 230V~ RGB LED Signal Light, 230V~, red / green
Inserts and covers
System55
1169 00 1/100 02 1171 00 1/100 02

Rocker sw. + btn 2-way sw./2-way con. 0139 00 D227 Rocker sw. hotel room status disp. 1104.. D55
Inscription sheets 51x51mm 2870 .. D251 For program-neutral rockers
Features Inscription sheets 51x51mm 2870.. D251
-- The orientation light is used, for example, to illuminate stairs Features
or as an orientation aid in dark rooms. -- The signal lamp can be used for implementing easy signals
-- RGB LEDs are used as light sources. for doctor's offices, conference rooms or hotel rooms, for
-- The light colours white, blue, red, green and orange can be example.
set consecutively, or a continuous colour cycle over the entire -- The entire insert surface of 55x55mm is divided into an
range of colours (approx. 5 min.) can be started via a control upper half for the colour red and a lower half for the colour
input. green with homogeneous illumination.
-- As a result, any desired colour can be set by stopping at the -- The two halves can be activated separately, e.g. by using a
corresponding point. series switch.
-- A film which can be inscribed individually can be laid in the Technical data
cover plate. Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
-- Pictograms for room and route marking can be inserted. Power consumption: 1.0W/5.6 VA
Light intensity
Technical data -- red: 0.1 cd
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz -- green: 0.3 cd
Power consumption: 1.8 W/2.0VA Installation depth: 31 mm
Light intensity (white): 1.2 cd Connections
Installation depth: 30 mm -- maximum: 2.5mm
Connections Ambient temperature: -15 C to +40 C
-- maximum: 1.5mm Dimensions inmm
Ambient temperature: -15 C to +40 C -- Insert area: W 55 H 55

Notes Scope of supply
-- Professional labelling with the Gira Inscription Service www. -- Two inscription labels "Bitte warten" / "Bitte eintreten" and
marking.gira.com. "Do not disturb" / "Make up room" are included.

Scope of supply
-- A stainless-steel slat (for glare reduction) is included with the Hotel room status display 230V~
LED orientation light.

More information




Features
-- With green and red 230V LED, labelling, and pictogram.
-- To display "Do not disturb" and "Make up room".

Technical data

Notes
-- Installation in a device box in accordance with DIN 49073
(using a deep device box is recommended).

Orientation Lighting /Rocker sets for bus systems System55
Cover Plate for Light Signal Rocker sets for bus systems

Inserts and covers

Rocker sets for bus systems
System55
Anthracite 0660 28 1 11 Cross reference
Colour aluminium 0660 26 1 11 Product range overview and functional
description D393
Light signal E10 0160 00 D249
Light signal 0161 00 D249
Light signal cap red 0803 20 D249
Ins cover cap GN light signal 0801 20 D249
Light signal cap yellow 0804 20 D249
Light signal cap Clear 0806 20 D249
Light signal cap clear as info.field 0807 20 D249
Cover Plate with Bayonet Lock for Light Signal

Light signal 0161 00 D249
Light signal cap Bayonet, red 0803 01 D250
Cover cap GN bayonet light signal 0801 01 D250
Light signal cap Bayonet, yellow 0804 01 D250
Light signal cap Bayonet, clear 0806 01 D250
System55 Wireless transmitter/ Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
Wireless transmitter Heating, ventilation, air conditioning

Inserts and covers
Wireless transmitter Heating, ventilation, air conditioning

System55
Cross reference
Gira eNet product range overview and Cross reference
functional description D492 Product range overview and functional
Product range overview and functional description D283
description of other wireless systems D505

Door communication / System55
Door communication Gira Keyless In

Inserts and covers

Door communication Gira Keyless In Keypad
System55
Cross reference Colour aluminium 2605 26 1 10
description D321 Functional description D353

System55 Communication entertainment
Communication technology entertainment Central plate 4-gang (50 x 50mm) for coaxial

antenna socket, with 2 additional SAT

connections
Inserts and covers
Stereo Loudspeaker Socket Outlet

System55

Cream white glossy 0402 01 1/5 01 black 0259 10 5/25 01
Pure white matt 0402 27 1/5 01 C N ecessary accessories
Anthracite 0402 28 1/5 11 Adapter frame 50x50 square 0282 .. D78
Notes
Features -- Suitable for antenna socket, 4-gang GAD 400 from Fuba, SEV
-- With screw terminals. 2 from ECG-Elektro, and GUT 400 from Astro.
-- Central plate (50x50mm) for coaxial antenna socket, 4-gang
Technical data with two additional SAT connections for Fuba, ECG-Elektro,
Installation depth: 31 mm Astro. Suitable for antenna socket, 4-gang GAD 400 from
Connection cross section, Fuba, SEV 2 from ECG-Elektro and GUT 400 from Astro.
max.: 1.5mm

Notes Adapter frame with square cut-out for devices
-- For cable cross section up to 10mm. with cover plate (50x50mm)
-- Use as an insert for high-end loudspeaker plug connector
(WBT) and data cap.

Cover for coaxial antenna socket

Anthracite 0282 28 5/25 11
Pure white glossy 0869 03 10/100 01 C O ptional accessories
Pure white matt 0869 27 10/100 01 Central pl. 4-g 0258.. D78
Anthracite 0869 28 10/100 11 Central pl. 4-g 0259.. D78
Features
C N ecessary accessories -- Devices with a square central plate (50x50mm) from other
One of the following articles: manufacturers, e.g. Alcatel, AMP Econo Link System,
Aerial socket outl. EDU 04F 0046 00 D370 Brand-Rex, BTR, Cellpack ITT Cannon Cat. 5, Deutsche
Aerial socket outl. GEDU 10 0041 00 D370 Telekom, Drahtex, Hirose, Kannegieter BICC Brand Rex,
Antenna sock. GEDU 15 0042 00 D371 Kerpen ELine600, Krone, Molex, Nedap, Panduit, Quante,
Antenna sock. FS 302 F 0937 00 D371 Reichle de Massari, Rutenbeck, Schumann Netzwerktechnik,
HomeWay, Siemens ICCS100, 300 and 600, Telegrtner,
Features Telenorma, TKM (4 x RJ45 shielded, Cat. 5) can be integrated
-- Third hole can be broken out. into the S-Color system with the adapter frame and cover
frame (1-gang to 5-gang).
Notes
Entertainment
Central plate 4-gang (50 x 50mm) for coaxial
connections
Cross reference
Cream white glossy 0258 01 1 01 description D361
black 0258 10 1 01

Adapter frame 50x50 square 0282 .. D78

Communication network technology System55
Communication technology network technology Cover plate with 30 angled socket outlet and
inscription field for Modular Jack support ring
Inserts and covers

Cover for UAE/IAE (ISDN) and network
connection box
System55
Cream white glossy 0270 01 10 01 Anthracite 2640 28 10/100 11
Pure white glossy 0270 03 10/100 01 Colour aluminium 2640 26 10/100 11
Pure white matt 0270 27 10/100 01
Anthracite 0270 28 10/100 11 C N ecessary accessories
Colour aluminium 0270 26 10/100 11 One of the following articles:
Modular jack support ring
with inscription space Modular Jack 1 2-gang 5601 00 D373
Cream white glossy 0284 01 1 01 Modular Jack 2 2-gang 5602 00 D373
Pure white glossy 0284 03 10 01 Modular Jack 3 5603 00 D373
Pure white matt 0284 27 10 01 Modular Jack 4 2-gang 5604 00 D373
Anthracite 0284 28 10 11 Modular Jack 5 2-gang 5605 00 D373
Colour aluminium 0284 26 5 11 Modular Jack 6 2-gang 5606 00 D373
Modular Jack 7 2-gang 5607 00 D373
C N ecessary accessories Modular Jack 8 2-gang 5608 00 D373
One of the following articles: Modular Jack 9 2-gang 5609 00 D373
UAE/IAE (ISDN) connection boxes Modular Jack 10 2-gang 5610 00 D373
UAE/IAE conn.box 1 x 8-p ST 0179 00 D375
UAE/IAE conn.box 2 x 8-p ST 0187 00 D375 C O ptional accessories
UAE/IAE conn.box 2 x 8-p 8/8 ST 0190 00 D375 Inscription sheets 51.2x7.0mm 1455 00 D250
Network connection boxes Univ.blank cov.plate MJ 2-g 30 + in.sp. 2645 .. D79
Network Cat.6 A 1-g 2451 00 D373
Network Cat.6 A 2-g 2452 00 D373 Scope of supply
Network Cat.6 2-g 0166 00 D374 -- Blank inscription label included.
Network Cat.5e 1-g 0180 00 D374
Universal blank cover for modular jack cover
C O ptional accessories with 30 angled socket outlet and inscription
Inscription sheets 51.2x7.0mm 1455 00 D250 space
Features
-- Cover plate can be broken out.
Notes Cream white glossy 2645 01 10 01

-- Suitable for UAE/IAE (ISDN) connection boxes. Pure white glossy 2645 03 10 01

Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640.. D79

Network technology
Cross reference
description D371

System55 Communication telecommunications/ Accessories
Communication technology telecommunications Communication technology accessories

Inserts and covers
Cover plate for Mounting frame

USB data interface
System55

Pure white glossy 0276 03 10/100 01 Black matt 2648 10 5/25 01
Pure white matt 0276 27 10/100 01
Anthracite 0276 28 10 11 C N ecessary accessories
Colour aluminium 0276 26 5 11 One of the following articles:
Inserts entertainment
with inscription space Entertainment D361
Cream white glossy 0876 01 1 01 Inserts network technology
Pure white glossy 0876 03 1 01 Network technology D371
Pure white matt 0876 27 1 01 Inserts, accessories
Anthracite 0876 28 1 11 Accessories D376

C N ecessary accessories Mounting Frame with hinged cover
USB power supply 2-g 2359 00 D68
USB data I/F FM 1070 00 D455


Notes
-- Suitable for USB power supply.
-- Suitable for USB data interface.
Communication technology Pure white matt 2658 27 1/5 01
Telecommunications Anthracite 2658 28 1/5 11

Entertainment D361
Inserts network technology
Network technology D371
Cross reference Inserts, accessories
Product range overview and functional Accessories D376
description D375

Insert mounting laptop security locks

Black matt 5668 10 1/5 01

Mounting frame 2648.. D80

Technical data

Notes

Communication Accessories System55
Data cap with support ring and inscription Scope of supply

space for communication technology inserts -- Support ring is not included in the scope of supply.

Inserts and covers

Adapter frame with square cut-out for devices
System55
with cover plate (50x50mm)

C N ecessary accessories Anthracite 0282 28 5/25 11
One of the following articles: Colour aluminium 0282 26 5/25 11
Slide-ins entertainment
Ins. data cap 0055 00 D379 C O ptional accessories
Ins. data cap 0092 00 D379 Central pl. 4-g 0258.. D78
Insert data cap high-end WBT 0091 00 D379 Central pl. 4-g 0259.. D78
Slide-ins network technology
Insert data cap D-sub 0050 00 D378 Features
Ins.data cap 1-g 0052 00 D379 -- Devices with a square central plate (50x50mm) from other
Insert for data cap 0053 00 D379 manufacturers, e.g. Alcatel, AMP Econo Link System,
Insert for data cap 0039 00 D380 Brand-Rex, BTR, Cellpack ITT Cannon Cat. 5, Deutsche
Insert for data cap 0058 00 D380 Telekom, Drahtex, Hirose, Kannegieter BICC Brand Rex,
Ins.data cap 1-g 0047 00 D380 Kerpen ELine600, Krone, Molex, Nedap, Panduit, Quante,
Ins. data cap 0088 00 D380 Reichle de Massari, Rutenbeck, Schumann Netzwerktechnik,
Ins. data cap 0064 00 D381 HomeWay, Siemens ICCS100, 300 and 600, Telegrtner,
Ins. data cap 0059 00 D381 Telenorma, TKM (4 x RJ45 shielded, Cat. 5) can be integrated
Ins. data cap 0732 00 D381 into the S-Color system with the adapter frame and cover
Insert for data cap 0089 00 D381 frame (1-gang to 5-gang).
Accessories
Uni.ins. data cap adapter set 0049 00 D378
Blank ins. data cap 0048 00 D378 Adapter frame with round cut-out for devices
Notes
-- For vertical and 30 angled outlet.
More information Cream white glossy 0281 01 5/25 01

Technical information D I538 Pure white glossy 0281 03 5/25 01
Anthracite 0281 28 5/25 11
Adapter frame with plug-in cover cap for Colour aluminium 0281 26 5/25 11
devices with cover plate (50x50mm) and
angled socket outlet Features
-- Devices of other manufacturers with square central plates
can be integrated in the switch range with this adapter frame
and frame (1 to 5-gang).

Adapter frame with square cut-out for devices

Inscription sheets 62.8x6.8mm 1457 00 D250 Cream white glossy 0283 01 5/25 01
Features Pure white matt 0283 27 5/25 01
-- With this cover cap and frame (1-gang to 5-gang), devices Anthracite 0283 28 5/25 11
with a square central plate (50x50mm) from other Colour aluminium 0283 26 5/25 11
manufacturers, e.g. Alcatel, AMP Econo Link System,
Brand-Rex, METZ CONNECT (BTR), Kannegieter BICC Brand Features
Rex, Krone, Molex, Reichle de Massari, Rutenbeck, -- Devices with square central plates, e.g. for Alcatel data
Schumann Netzwerktechnik RJ45 connection box Cat.5 communication, from other manufacturers can be integrated
BICC, Siemens ICCS 100 and 300, Telegrtner, Telenorma, into the System55 with this intermediate plate and frame (1
TKM, Quante, Panduit (2-gang MSCSP2) can be integrated to 5-gang).
into the switch range.
System55 Communication Accessories/ Audio systems
Cover for cable branch and telecommunications Audio systems

connector socket
Inserts and covers
RDS Flush-Mounted Radio with a loudspeaker

System55

Anthracite 0274 28 10 11 Operating top unit in black glass appearance
Colour aluminium 0274 26 5 11 Cream white glossy 2280 01 1/100 03
C N ecessary accessories Pure white matt 2280 27 1/100 03
Cab.branch 5-p 0400 00 D252 Anthracite 2280 28 1/100 03
Notes Black glass appearance 2280 05 1/100 03
-- Fits all common telecommunications connector sockets.
Operating top unit in black glass appearance, including
cover frame Gira E2
Communication technology Pure white glossy 0495 72 1/100 03
Accessories
Loudspeaker FM Radio RDS 2282.. D83
Docking station 2281 00 D83
Inserts Phono
Entertainment D361

Features
-- FM radio with RDS display for flush-mounted installation.
Cross reference -- The RDSflush-mounted radio consists of a radio insert with
Product range overview and functional operating top unit and loudspeaker insert with cover.
description D376 -- The radio insert is compactly mounted in a flush-mounted
insert and can therefore be installed in a single device box.
-- The loudspeaker can be installed in combination with the
radio insert or offset in a device box. Two loudspeakers can
be connected to the radio insert.
-- The radio automatically detects connected loudspeakers and
switches between stereo and mono mode.
-- With a corresponding RDS signal, the display of the operating
top unit shows the station name, the transmission frequency
and the time.
-- Operation of the radio is using the capacitive buttons of the
operating top unit. Operation only requires a light touching of
the symbols.
-- The RDSflush-mounted radio has two station presets, upon
each of which a station setting can simply be saved and
called up with the button actuation.
-- For example, the radio can be switched on via the auxiliary
input with a light switch or automatic control switch together
with the room lighting.
-- External audio sources, for example an MP3 player, can be
connected to the radio via the stereo AUX input of the radio.
For connection to the external audio source, an additional
phono insert is required which is connected to the AUX
terminals of the radio insert.
-- The docking station insert is connected directly to the stereo
AUX input for music playback.
-- In sleep mode the radio switches off automatically 30
minutes after switching on.

Technical data
Frequency range: 87.50 to 107.90MHz
Rated voltage: AC230V
Connection: Screw terminals
Connections
-- Mains connection: 2.5mm
-- Loudspeaker/AUX
connection: 1.5mm

Notes
-- Reception interference can result in combination with
additional electronic devices under one cover plate.

More information

Audio systems System55
RDS flush-mounted radio Docking station insert
Inserts and covers

System55
Cream white glossy 2284 01 1/100 03 2281 00 1 03
Black glass appearance 2284 05 1/100 03 One of the following articles:
Top Apple 30-pin docking station 2286.. D84
C N ecessary accessories Top Apple Lightning docking station 2287.. D84
Loudspeaker FM Radio RDS 2282.. D83 Top USB Micro-B docking station 2285.. D84
Blank cov.pl. docking station 2288.. D84
Docking station 2281 00 D83 C O ptional accessories
Inserts Phono FM radio RDS ldspk. 2280.. D82
Entertainment D361 FM radio RDS ldspk. + fr. E2 0495 72 D82
FM radio RDS w/o ldspk. 2284.. D83
Technical data
Frequency range: 87.50 to 107.90MHz Features
Rated voltage: AC230V -- The docking station is used to play music via the RDSflush-
Connection: Screw terminals mounted radio or a stereo system and to charge the
Installation depth: 32 mm rechargeable batteries of smart phones and MP3 players.
Connections -- The device electronics are compactly located in a flush-
-- Mains connection: 2.5mm mounted insert, meaning it can be installed in individual
-- Loudspeaker/AUX device boxes, e.g. in combination with the RDSflush-
connection: 1.5mm mounted radio.
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C -- However, installation does not necessarily have to be within a
frame for combinations. Detached positioning is also
More information possible.
Technical information D I560 -- The AUX output is used to connect to the RDS flush-mounted
radio to play music.
-- External music devices (smartphone, tablet PC, MP3 player)
Loudspeaker for the RDS Flush-Mounted Radio can be coupled for music playback via the integrated
Bluetooth interface.
-- With corresponding top units, the docking station can be
used as a universal charging device for various smartphones
and MP3 players. This enables music playback during
charging.
-- Because the top units can be easily exchanged so easily, the
docking station can be used to charge smartphones with
various charger interfaces.
Cream white glossy 2282 01 1 03 -- The docking station can also be used exclusively as a
Pure white glossy 2282 03 1/100 03 charging station.
Anthracite 2282 28 1 03 Technical data
Colour aluminium 2282 26 1 03 Rated voltage: AC230V, 50 to 60Hz
Black glass appearance 2282 05 1 03 Maximum charging current: 1000mA
Charging voltage: DC5V
C N ecessary accessories Standby: < 0.3W
One of the following articles: Cable length of AUX
FM radio RDS ldspk. 2280.. D82 connection: max. 3 m
FM radio RDS ldspk. + fr. E2 0495 72 D82 Number of Bluetooth
FM radio RDS w/o ldspk. 2284.. D83 connections: max. 8
Features Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
-- Loudspeaker for connection to the Gira RDSflush-mounted
radio. More information
Technical data
Connections
-- Loudspeaker/AUX
connection: 1.5mm
System55 Audio systems
Top unit Apple 30-pin for docking station insert Top unit USB Micro-B for docking station insert
Inserts and covers
System55

Black glass appearance 2286 05 1 03 Black glass appearance 2285 05 1 03

Docking station 2281 00 D83 Docking station 2281 00 D83

Integration in the F100 switch range WL h-h transm. Multi 5355 10 D492
Integration in the F100 switch range
Notes
-- Can only be used in connection with docking station insert! Notes
-- Suitable for the following Apple products: -- Can only be used in connection with docking station insert!
iPod touch (2G4G), iPod nano (3G6G), and iPhone -- Suitable for smartphones and MP3 players with a USB
(3G4S) Micro-B connection.
-- iPod touch, iPod nano and iPhone are registered -- The wide plug area is located on the wall side. Depending on
trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. the manufacturer, the position of the USB Micro-B
connection varies, which may result in the corresponding end
device being inserted in an "atypical" manner. Inform yourself
Top unit Apple Lightning for docking station regarding the insertion position of your smartphone/MP3
insert player in advance.
-- Charging the eNet wireless hand-held transmitter Multi is
possible.

Blank cover plate for docking station insert

Black glass appearance 2287 05 1 03 Cream white glossy 2288 01 1 03
C N ecessary accessories Pure white matt 2288 27 1 03
Docking station 2281 00 D83 Anthracite 2288 28 1 03
C O ptional accessories Black glass appearance 2288 05 1 03
Integration in the F100 switch range
Notes Docking station 2281 00 D83
-- Can only be used in connection with docking station insert!
-- Suitable for the following Apple products: C O ptional accessories
iPod touch (from Version 5), iPod nano (from Version 7), Integration in the F100 switch range
and iPhone (from Version 5)
-- iPod touch, iPod nano and iPhone are registered Notes
trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc. -- Can only be used in connection with docking station insert!
-- The blank cover plate is used when music playback via
Bluetooth is used exclusively (without charging).

Audio systems System55
Revox Multiroom System M218 Operating Unit Technical data

Current consumption
-- to the Revox M51: 30 to 50mA
Inserts and covers

-- to the Revox M219: 50 to 100mA
Cable length
System55
-- to the M218 operating
unit: max. 30m
-- to the Revox multiroom
system M51, Revox
Cream white glossy 0538 01 1 06 secondary room amplifier
Pure white glossy 0538 03 1 06 M219: max. 100m
Pure white matt 0538 27 1 06 Installation depth: 25 mm
Anthracite 0538 28 1 06 Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
Bronze 0538 603 1 06 Notes
Brass 0538 604 1 06 -- Optionally, the M217 display unit can be combined with the
Chrome 0538 605 1 06 M218 operating unit. This allows optimum control of the
Revox multiroom system.
Display unit Revox M 217 0539.. D85
Revox multiroom system M217 / M218
Features monitoring unit
-- With the M218 operating unit, the Revox multiroom system
can be activated with a single press of a buttonincluding
volume control and station checking.
-- The M218 operating unit is simply integrated in a device box
as a control unit.
Technical data
Current consumption: 17mA
Cable length
-- to the M217 display unit: max. 30m
-- to the Revox multiroom
system M51, Revox
secondary room amplifier
M219: max. 100m
Parallel operation of M218 Cream white glossy 0540 01 1 06
operating units: max. 5 Pure white glossy 0540 03 1/100 06
Installation depth: 25 mm Pure white matt 0540 27 1 06
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C Anthracite 0540 28 1 06
Notes Bronze 0540 603 1 06
-- For the optimum operation of the Revox multiroom system, Brass 0540 604 1 06
the M218 operating unit can be optionally combined with the Chrome 0540 605 1 06
M217 display unit.
Features
-- The monitoring unit consists of the M218 operating unit and
Revox multiroom system M217 display unit the M217 display unit.
-- Ideal operation of the Revox multiroom system is possible
with these two units.
-- In addition to the volume and station selection, up to 4 timer
functions can also be programmed in each room via the
display.

Technical data
Cable length to the Revox
Cream white glossy 0539 01 1 06 M51 multiroom system: max. 100m
Pure white glossy 0539 03 1 06 Installation depth: 25 mm
Pure white matt 0539 27 1 06 Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
Bronze 0539 603 1 06 -- The two units are simply integrated in device boxes.
Brass 0539 604 1 06
Chrome 0539 605 1 06 Scope of supply
-- M218 operating unit and M217 display unit.
Revox op.unit M218 0538.. D85
Features
-- Information on the source of the Revox multiroom system
currently being played is shown on the M217 display unit.
-- When the Revox audio server is being accessed, the artist
and title can also be displayed.
-- Up to 4 timer functions can be programmed in each room via
the display.
System55 Audio systems
Revox operating unit Voxnet218 Revox operating unit Voxnet218, inscribable

Inserts and covers
System55
Cream white glossy 2228 01 1 06 Cream white glossy

Pure white glossy 2228 03 1 06 (lacquered) 2238 01 1 06
Pure white matt 2228 27 1 06 Pure white glossy
Anthracite 2228 28 1 06 (lacquered) 2238 03 1 06
Colour aluminium 2228 26 1 06 Pure white matt (lacquered) 2238 27 1 06
Anthracite (lacquered) 2238 28 1 06
Features Colour aluminium
-- For connection to a Voxnet 219 amplifier. (lacquered) 2238 26 1 06
-- At the push of a button, it is possible to select a user or a
source, so the music will be played in the required room or Features
even in several rooms. -- For connection to a Voxnet 219 amplifier.
-- Each button in the Voxnet Configurator can be assigned -- At the push of a button, it is possible to select a user or a
individual functions. It is possible to differentiate between source, so the music will be played in the required room or
short and long button presses. even in several rooms.
-- Each button in the Voxnet Configurator can be assigned
Technical data individual functions. It is possible to differentiate between
Current consumption: 17mA short and long button presses.
Connection -- The four buttons for the user and the button for the source
-- Screw-type plug-in can be freely labelled.
connector: 3x0.15 to 1mm
Cable length Technical data
-- to Revox Multiroom Current consumption: 17mA
amplifier Voxnet219: max. 100m Connection
Parallel operation: max. 2 operating units -- Screw-type plug-in
Installation depth: 25 mm connector: 3x0.15 to 1mm
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C Cable length
-- to Revox Multiroom
amplifier Voxnet219: max. 100m
Parallel operation: max. 2 operating units

Notes
marking.gira.com.

Emergency kits /Hospital Installation System55
Emergency kits Hospital Installation

Inserts and covers

Gira emergency kits Equipotential bonding socket, 2-gang
System55

Cross reference Angled sock.plug 044757 D87
description D511 Features
-- For the connection of medical devices. DIN42801.

Technical data
Connections: 6 to 10mm

Angular socket plug DIN42801 for

equipotential bonding socket
For lines up to
6mm 044757 5/25 01

Equipot. bonding 2-gang 0405.. D87

Scope of supply
-- A yellow insulating sleeve is included in the scope of supply.

System55 Protective circuits
Protective circuits Cover plate with support ring for the insertion

of push-buttons and mushroom buttons

(22.5mm)
Inserts and covers
RCCB, 30mA
System55
Yellow glossy 0271 02 1 01

Pure white glossy 2664 03 1 03 Features
Pure white matt 2664 27 1 03 -- For emergency stop or emergency off.
Features
-- The RCCB is a permanently installed protective device with
voltage-dependent residual current tripping in accordance Cover plate with rocker and glass pane,
with VDE0664. including 1-gang cover frame
-- This device works like an RCD switch.

Technical data
Rated current: 16 A
Rated residual current: 30mA
red 0288 27 1 01
Notes
-- Areas of application: parapet ducts, in front of non-SCHUKO C N ecessary accessories
socket outlets, or in Gira energy profiles. One of the following articles:
-- Installation in a deep device box. Rocker sw. off/2-way 0106 00 D225
Rocker sw. interm.sw. 0107 00 D225
More information Rocker sw. CB 2-p 0102 00 D225
Technical information D I562 Rocker ind.sw. off/2-way 0116 00 D226
Rocker ind.sw. CB 2-p 0112 00 D226
Cover plate with support ring for the insertion Rock btn NO con. 0151 00 D226
of command and signal devices Rocker btn NO con. + N-T. 0150 00 D226
(diameter 22.5mm) Rocker btn NO con. s.sig. 0152 00 D226

Glass pane 0099 27 D90

Features
-- This cover plate fits on all flush-mounted rocker switches and
rocker buttons.

Cream white glossy 0272 01 1 01 Technical data
Anthracite 0272 28 1 11 Notes
Colour aluminium 0272 26 1 11 -- Individual device. Cannot be combined. Design is not
compatible with System55.
Notes
-- For screw mounting only. Scope of supply
-- For push buttons, slam buttons, key buttons, non-latching -- The "Hausalarm", "Notschalter" and "Rauchabzug" inscription
buttons, illuminated buttons, and mushroom buttons, labels are included.
selector switches, and signal lights, e.g. from Lumitas, Rafi,
Elan, or Fanal.

Accessories System55
Accessories Name plate/door plate
Inserts and covers

Blank cover plate with support ring
System55
2-gang
Pure white 1072 00 5 01

Cream white glossy 0268 01 10/100 01 One of the following articles:
Pure white glossy 0268 03 10/100 01 Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 ..
Pure white matt 0268 27 10/100 01 -- Standard55 D94
Anthracite 0268 28 10/100 11 -- E2 D100
Colour aluminium 0268 26 10/100 11 -- Event D112
Bronze 0268 603 5 11 -- Esprit D126
Brass 0268 604 5 11 -- ClassiX D134
Chrome 0268 605 5 11
Notes Base plate, 2-gang Standard55/E2 1082.. D90
-- For screw mounting only. Base plate, 2-gang Gira Event 1084.. D90
Inscription sheets 107100 / 107200 1085 00 D90

Name plate/door plate Features
-- Name plate/door plate for rooms.
-- Consisting of a base plate and a transparent, plug-in cover.
-- Simple replacement of the label carrier.
Two mounting options
-- Fastening:
The base plate of the name plate/door plate is mounted to the
wall with the included screws/wall plugs.
1-gang -- Adhesion:
Pure white 1071 00 1 01 The base plate is attached to smooth surfaces, e.g. coated
doors, with the accompanying sticky points.
Mount pl 1-g name/door plate Std55/E2 1081.. D90 Technical data
Base plate, 1-gang Gira Event 1083.. D90 Dimensions inmm
Inscription sheets 107100 / 107200 1085 00 D90 W 122 H 51

Features Notes
-- Name plate/door plate for rooms. -- For mounting on glass surfaces, use the mounting plate that
-- Consisting of a base plate and a transparent, plug-in cover. is available separately. The mounting plate allows for a
-- Simple replacement of the label carrier. clean-looking closure on the back of the surface.
Two mounting options -- Suitable for 2-gang frame without crossbar from the
-- Fastening: Standard55, Event, E2 or E22 switch ranges.
The base plate of the name plate/door plate is mounted to the -- The inscription sheets can be printed using any conventional
wall with the included screws/wall plugs. printer.
-- Adhesion:
The base plate is attached to smooth surfaces, e.g. coated

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
W 51 H 51

Notes
-- For mounting on glass surfaces, use the mounting plate that
is available separately. The mounting plate allows for a
clean-looking closure on the back of the surface.
-- Suitable for frames from the Standard55, Event, E2, or E22
switch ranges.
-- The inscription sheets can be printed using any conventional
printer.

System55 Accessories
Mounting plate for name plate or door plate Glass pane

Inserts and covers
System55
Glass pane 0099 27 1 01

1-gang for Standard55, E2 C N ecessary accessories
Pure white 1081 02 1 11 Rocker + glass plate + fr. 1-g 0288 27 D88

1-gang for E2
black 1081 00 1 01 Adapter support ring 80x80mm

1-gang for Event, Event Clear, Event Opaque
Pure white 1083 02 1 11
black 1083 00 1 01

2-gang for Standard55, E2
Pure white 1082 02 10 11

2-gang for E2
black 1082 00 1 01 Adapter support ring
80x80mm 2849 00 1 29
Pure white 1084 02 1 11 Notes
black 1084 00 1 01 -- For integration of Gira products with support ring 71x
71mm.
Door/orient. plate 1-gang 1071 00 D89

Features
-- The self-adhesive mounting plate is an adapter plate for
attaching the name plate or door plate to smooth, transparent
surfaces, e.g. glass panes.
-- The mounting plate allows for a clean-looking closure on the
back of the surface.

Inscription sheets for name plate or door plate
1085 00 1 01


Features
-- Insert for the name plate/door plate in DIN A4 format. The
material thickness is ideal for the plate. This prevents waving,
as can occur with common copier paper.

Notes
printer.

Scope of supply
-- Ten sheets are included in the scope of supply.

Clamp piece screw-in
1401 27 5/25 01

Features
-- Screwable claw for cover plates from System55 for rocker
switches and rocker buttons.

Gira Standard55 Gira Standard55 frames... 94
System55 Gira Standard55 cover frame with
inscription space... 94
Surface-mounted... 95
Accessories ... 96
Standard55
System55
Product design
Phoenix Design, Stuttgart
Gira Design Configurator


Range of functions for the basic installation
Gira Standard 55 is a functional basic range for safe, convenient and economical
electrical installation. The switch range unites high material quality and robust
workmanship at attractive prices. With its simple, understated design, it can be
used for many purposes in everyday life be it at home, at the office or in industrial
buildings. More than 300 functions from Giras System 55 are available for this
switch range.
Standard55
System55
- Homogeneous and easy-care surface. 80,7 11,4
- Impact-resistant and shatter-proof and halogen-free material.
- Very resistant against wear.
80,7
- Surface-mounted installation, 1- to 3-gang, available in pure
white glossy and cream white glossy.
Cover frame, 1-gang: W 80.7 H 80.7 D 11.4

Technical data Cover frame, 3-gang: W 80.7 H 223.3 D 11.4
Platform: System 55 Cover frame, 4-gang: W 80.7 H 294.6 D 11.4
Material: Thermoplastic (PC) Cover frame, 5-gang: W 80.7 H 365.9 D 11.4
Mounting type: Flush-mounted installation
(standard) Corner radius: R 4 (approx.)
Surface-mounted
Variants
Pure white Pure white Cream white

matt glossy glossy
(similar to (similar to (similar to
RAL9010) RAL9010) RAL1013)

Product range Gira Standard55
Standard55
System55
Cover frames Frame with Surface-mounted Accessories
D94 inscription space D95 D96
D94

Standard55 Cover frames/ Frame with inscription space
Gira Standard55 frames Gira Standard55 cover frame with inscription space
Features Features
-- Shatter-proof. -- Shatter-proof.
-- Spray-proof.
Notes -- Frames with transparent view window for inscription.
-- Also suitable for duct installation. -- Ideally suited for use in buildings in which the electrical
-- In connection with the seal kit, frame (1-gang to 5-gang) is installation must be identified and documented, for example
also suitable for installation as water-protected flush- in managerial centres, commercial operations, airports,
mounted IP44. companies, and hospitals.

Notes
Gira Standard55 frames -- Not to be used with: seal kit IP44, surface-mounted housing
Standard55
System55
with flat design, surface-mounted housing.

Gira Standard55 cover frame with inscription

space
Cream white glossy

1-gang 0211 01 10/100 21
2-gang 0212 01 10/100 21
2-gang without crossbar 1002 01 10 01
3-gang 0213 01 10/100 01
4-gang 0214 01 1/5 01 Cream white glossy
5-gang 0215 01 1/5 01 1-gang 1091 01 10 01
2-gang horizontal 1092 01 10 01
C O ptional accessories 2-gang vertical 1102 01 10 01
3-gang horizontal 1093 01 1/5 01
3-gang vertical 1103 01 1/5 01
Gira Standard55 frames 4-gang vertical 1114 01 1/5 01


Gira Standard55 cover frame with inscription

space
Pure white glossy
1-gang 0211 03 10/100 21
2-gang 0212 03 10/100 21
2-gang without crossbar 1002 03 10/100 01
3-gang 0213 03 10/100 01
4-gang 0214 03 1/5 01
5-gang 0215 03 1/5 01

Pure white glossy
1-gang 1091 03 10/100 01
Gira Standard55 frames 2-gang vertical 1102 03 10 01

Pure white matt
1-gang 0211 04 10/100 21
2-gang 0212 04 10/100 21
3-gang 0213 04 10/100 01
4-gang 0214 04 1/5 01
5-gang 0215 04 1/5 01

Frame with inscription space /Surface-mounted Standard55
Gira Standard55 cover frame with inscription Surface-mounted

space
Surface-mounted housing, including cover

frame
Pure white matt

1-gang 1091 27 10 01
Standard55
System55
2-gang vertical 1102 27 10 01 Standard55, 1-gang
3-gang horizontal 1093 27 1/5 01 Cream white glossy 0061 01 10/100 13
3-gang vertical 1103 27 1/5 01 Pure white glossy 0061 03 10/100 13
4-gang vertical 1114 27 1/5 01 Standard55, 2-gang
5-gang horizontal 1095 27 1/5 01 Cream white glossy 0062 01 5/50 13
5-gang vertical 1115 27 1/5 01 Pure white glossy 0062 03 5/100 13

C O ptional accessories Standard55, 3-gang
Inscription sheets 51.2x7.0mm 1455 00 D250 Cream white glossy 0063 01 1 13

Features
-- With cable and duct entry.

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
-- 1-gang: W 80 H 80 D 45,5
-- 2-gang: W 80 H 151,5 D 45,5
-- 3-gang: W 80 H 213,5 D 45,5

Notes
-- With Standard55, rocker switches, buttons and SCHUKO
socket outlets with hinged covers are generally protected
against dripping water (IP21) on the wall in conjunction with
these housings.
-- Key switches and three-stage switches cannot be installed in
this housing.

Junction box (IP31) protected against dripping

water
cream white 0070 01 1 01

Pure white 0070 03 1 01

Features
-- With three cable and duct entries.

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
W 80 H 80 D 48,5

Cable entry
cream white 0009 01 5 01

Pure white 0009 03 5 01

Standard55 Accessories
Accessories

Mounting plate for name plate or door plate

Standard55
System55

Pure white 1081 02 1 11

Pure white 1082 02 10 11


Features

Gira E2 Gira E2 frames ... 100
System55 Gira E2 frames
with inscription space... 101
Gira E2 frames
completely inscribable... 102
Accessories ... 102
System55
E2
Awards
International Design Award 1998,
iF product design award 1999,
red dot award 1999
Product Design
Gira Design Team, Radevormwald


Minimal design with high functionality
The Gira E2 switch range combines a highly reduced design with durable material
and intelligent technology. The robust thermoplastic used makes the switch range
extremely hard-wearing and easy to clean in everyday use. More than 300 functions
from the Gira System 55 platform can be integrated into the Gira E2 switch range.
- Clean geometric design and a timeless colour concept. 80,8 9,3
- Sturdy, hard-wearing and easy-care surface.
80,8
- Flush-mounted installation of switches, buttons and SCHUKO
socket outlet with hinged cover, also available with protection
System55
against splash water (IP44) (if the special sealing sets are used
025127 or 025227). Cover frame, 1-gang: W 80.8 H 80.8 D 9.3
E2
- Cannot be used with UK single and double wall boxes. Cover frame, 2-gang: W 80.8 H 151.9 D 9.3
Cover frame, 5-gang: W 80.8 H 366 D 9.3
Technical data
Platform: System 55 Corner radius: R 0.5
Material: Thermoplastic (PC)
Mounting type: Flush-mounted
Protection type: IP20, IP44
Variants
Pure white Pure white Colour Anthracite

matt glossy aluminium
(similar to (similar to (lacquered)
RAL9010) RAL9010)

Product range Gira E2
Cover frames Frame with Cover frame Accessories
System55
D100 inscription space completely D102
D101 inscribable
E2
D102

E2 Cover frames
Gira E2 frames Gira E2 frames
Features
-- Shatter-proof.

Notes
-- Also suitable for duct installation.
-- In connection with the seal kit, frame (1-gang to 5-gang) is
also suitable for installation as water-protected flush-
mounted IP44.
Colour aluminium
1-gang 0211 25 10/100 11
Gira E2 frames 2-gang 0212 25 10/100 11
3-gang 0213 25 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 25 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 25 1/5 11


System55
Pure white glossy

1-gang 0211 29 10/100 01
E2
2-gang 0212 29 10/100 01

3-gang 0213 29 1/5 01
4-gang 0214 29 1/5 01
5-gang 0215 29 1/5 01

Gira E2 frames
Pure white matt

1-gang 0211 22 10/100 01
2-gang 0212 22 10/100 01
3-gang 0213 22 1/5 01
4-gang 0214 22 1/5 01
5-gang 0215 22 1/5 01

Gira E2 frames
Anthracite
1-gang 0211 23 10/100 11
2-gang 0212 23 10/100 11
3-gang 0213 23 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 23 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 23 1/5 11

Frame with inscription space E2
Gira E2 frames Gira E2 frames with inscription space

with inscription space
Features
-- Shatter-proof.
-- Spray-proof.
-- Frames with transparent view window for inscription.
-- Ideally suited for use in buildings in which the electrical
installation must be identified and documented, for example
in managerial centres, commercial operations, airports,
companies, and hospitals. Anthracite
1-gang 1091 23 10 11
Notes 2-gang horizontal 1092 23 10 11
-- Not to be used with: seal kit IP44, surface-mounted housing 2-gang vertical 1102 23 10 11
with flat design, surface-mounted housing. 3-gang horizontal 1093 23 1/5 11
Gira E2 frames with inscription space 4-gang vertical 1114 23 1/5 11

System55

E2
Gira E2 frames with inscription space
Pure white glossy

1-gang 1091 29 10/100 01
2-gang vertical 1102 29 10 01
5-gang horizontal 1095 29 1/5 01 Colour aluminium
5-gang vertical 1115 29 1/5 01 1-gang 1091 25 10 11
C O ptional accessories 2-gang vertical 1102 25 10 11
Inscription sheets 51.2x7.0mm 1455 00 D250 3-gang horizontal 1093 25 1/5 11
Gira E2 frames with inscription space 4-gang vertical 1114 25 1/5 11


Pure white matt

1-gang 1091 22 10 01
2-gang vertical 1102 22 10 01
E2 Cover frame completely inscribable/ Accessories
Gira E2 frames Accessories

completely inscribable

Gira E2 frames completely inscribable

Clear / pure white Pure white 1081 02 1 11
1-gang 0711 22 10 01
2-gang 0712 22 10 01 1-gang for E2
3-gang 0713 22 1/5 01 black 1081 00 1 01

C N ecessary accessories 2-gang for Standard55, E2
One of the following articles: Pure white 1082 02 10 11
Inscription sheets E2 Type 1 1411 00 D250
System55
Inscription sheets E2 Type 2 1412 00 D250 2-gang for E2

Inscription sheets E2 Type 3 1413 00 D250 black 1082 00 1 01
E2

Features C N ecessary accessories
-- Shatter-proof. One of the following articles:
-- Transparent cover frame, completely inscribable. Door/orient. plate 1-gang 1071 00 D89
-- Ideally suited for use in buildings in which the electrical Door/orient. plate 2-gang 1072 00 D89
installation must be identified and documented, for example
in managerial centres, commercial operations, airports, Features
companies, and hospitals. -- The self-adhesive mounting plate is an adapter plate for

Gira E3 Gira E3 frames ... 106
System55
System55
Awards
ICONIC Award 2016 (Design council)
E3
Product design


Gira E3 Programmable ambiences
Soft contours, a subdued colour spectrum and a matt soft-touch surface
characterise the new Gira E3 switch range from System 55. The support frames
and inserts, available in anthracite and pure white glossy, can be combined
with front frames in nine harmonic colours to create a multitude of different
design versions.
- Rounded contours for harmonic ambience.
91,6 9,5
- Front frame in nine colours:
Matt, easy-care soft touch surface, in eight subdued colours.
Purist model, entirely in pure white glossy.
- Front frame with soft-touch surface, available with support
91,6
frames in pure white glossy or anthracite.
- Impact-resistant and shatter-proof and halogen-free material
- Flush-mounted installation (IP20). Cover frame, 1-gang: W 91.6 H 91.6 D 9.5
Technical data Cover frame, 5-gang: W 91.6 H 376.8 D 9.5
Platform: System 55
Material: Thermoplastic (PC) Corner radius: R 11
System55

E3
Variants
Pure white
glossy
Light grey Grey Dark grey Sand Grey beige Umber Blue grey Grey green
softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch
(similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to
NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S
2000-N) 3500-N) 7000-N) 2005-Y20R) 4005-Y20R) 7010-Y10R) 4010-R90B) 4005-G50Y)
Light grey Grey Dark grey Sand Grey beige Umber Blue grey Grey green
softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch softtouch
(similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to
NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S
2000-N) 3500-N) 7000-N) 2005-Y20R) 4005-Y20R) 7010-Y10R) 4010-R90B) 4005-G50Y)

Cover frames
D106
System55
E3

E3 Cover frames
Gira E3 frames NNew product.

Gira E3 frames
Features
-- Shatter-proof.

NNew product.
Gira E3 frames
Grey soft touch

with pure white glossy intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 412 10 11
2-gang 0212 412 10 11
3-gang 0213 412 1 11
Pure white glossy with pure white glossy intermediate 4-gang 0214 412 1 11
frame 5-gang 0215 412 1 11
1-gang 0211 410 10 11
2-gang 0212 410 10 11 Notes
2-gang without crossbar 1002 410 10 11 -- Soft-touch surface
3-gang 0213 410 1 11 -- NCS value: approx. NCS S 3500-N
4-gang 0214 410 1 11
5-gang 0215 410 1 11
NNew product.
Gira E3 frames
NNew product.
Gira E3 frames
System55
E3
Grey soft touch

with anthracite intermediate frame
Light grey soft touch 1-gang 0211 422 10 11
with pure white glossy intermediate frame 2-gang 0212 422 10 11
1-gang 0211 411 10 11 2-gang without crossbar 1002 422 10 11
2-gang 0212 411 10 11 3-gang 0213 422 1 11
2-gang without crossbar 1002 411 10 11 4-gang 0214 422 1 11
3-gang 0213 411 1 11 5-gang 0215 422 1 11
4-gang 0214 411 1 11
5-gang 0215 411 1 11 Notes
-- Soft-touch surface
Notes -- NCS value: approx. NCS S 3500-N
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S-2000 N
NNew product.
Gira E3 frames
NNew product.
Gira E3 frames
Dark grey soft touch

Light grey soft touch 1-gang 0211 413 10 11
with anthracite intermediate frame 2-gang 0212 413 10 11
2-gang 0212 421 10 11 3-gang 0213 413 1 11
3-gang 0213 421 1 11 5-gang 0215 413 1 11
4-gang 0214 421 1 11
5-gang 0215 421 1 11 Notes
Notes -- NCS value: approx. NCS S 7000-N
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S-2000 N

Cover frames E3
NNew product. NNew product.

Dark grey soft touch Grey beige soft touch

with anthracite intermediate frame with pure white glossy intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 423 10 11 1-gang 0211 418 10 11
2-gang 0212 423 10 11 2-gang 0212 418 10 11
2-gang without crossbar 1002 423 10 11 2-gang without crossbar 1002 418 10 11
3-gang 0213 423 1 11 3-gang 0213 418 1 11
4-gang 0214 423 1 11 4-gang 0214 418 1 11
5-gang 0215 423 1 11 5-gang 0215 418 1 11

Notes Notes
-- Soft-touch surface -- Soft-touch surface
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 7000-N -- NCS value: approx. NCS S 4005-Y20R


System55
E3
Sand soft touch Grey beige soft touch
with pure white glossy intermediate frame with anthracite intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 417 10 11 1-gang 0211 428 10 11
2-gang 0212 417 10 11 2-gang 0212 428 10 11
3-gang 0213 417 1 11 3-gang 0213 428 1 11
4-gang 0214 417 1 11 4-gang 0214 428 1 11
5-gang 0215 417 1 11 5-gang 0215 428 1 11

Notes Notes
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 2005-Y20R -- NCS value: approx. NCS S 4005-Y20R


Sand soft touch Umber soft touch

1-gang 0211 427 10 11 1-gang 0211 416 10 11
2-gang 0212 427 10 11 2-gang 0212 416 10 11
3-gang 0213 427 1 11 3-gang 0213 416 1 11
4-gang 0214 427 1 11 4-gang 0214 416 1 11
5-gang 0215 427 1 11 5-gang 0215 416 1 11

Notes Notes
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 2005-Y20R -- Soft-touch surface
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 7010-Y10R

E3 Cover frames

Umber soft touch Grey green soft touch

1-gang 0211 426 10 11 1-gang 0211 415 10 11
2-gang 0212 426 10 11 2-gang 0212 415 10 11
3-gang 0213 426 1 11 3-gang 0213 415 1 11
4-gang 0214 426 1 11 4-gang 0214 415 1 11
5-gang 0215 426 1 11 5-gang 0215 415 1 11

Notes Notes
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 7010-Y10R -- NCS value: approx. NCS S 4005-G50Y


System55
E3
Blue grey soft touch Grey green soft touch

with pure white glossy intermediate frame with anthracite intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 414 10 11 1-gang 0211 425 10 11
2-gang 0212 414 10 11 2-gang 0212 425 10 11
3-gang 0213 414 1 11 3-gang 0213 425 1 11
4-gang 0214 414 1 11 4-gang 0214 425 1 11
5-gang 0215 414 1 11 5-gang 0215 425 1 11

Notes Notes
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 4010-R90B -- NCS value: approx. NCS S 4005-G50Y

NNew product.
Gira E3 frames
Blue grey soft touch

1-gang 0211 424 10 11
2-gang 0212 424 10 11
3-gang 0213 424 1 11
4-gang 0214 424 1 11
5-gang 0215 424 1 11

Notes
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 4010-R90B

Gira Event Gira Event frames ... 112
System55 Gira Event Clear frames ... 114
Gira Event Opaque frames... 118
Accessories ... 122
Awards
Roter Punkt Design Innovationen 1999 [Event Opaque],
Plus X Award 2009 in the category design,
red dot award 2009 [Event Clear]
Product design

System55
Event

Large variety of colours for inspirational interior design
The large variety of colours and the slightly curved form of the cover frame are
the striking characteristics of the Gira Event switch range. The range encompasses
three design lines Event, Event Clear and Event Opaque with different material
surface looks: Event, Event Clear and Event Opaque. The switch range offers a total
of 17 colour versions and is available in thefull range depth of the Gira System 55
platform, with more than 300 possible functions.
- Gira Event: Classic colouring with cover frame made of
solid-coloured plastic. 90 11,4
- Gira Event Clear: Radiant colours and three-dimensional look,
with highly glossy surface.
- Gira Event Opaque: Cover frame made of opaque, slightly
90
translucent plastic with a matt surface and subdued,
light-dependent colour versions.
- Flush-mounted installation (IP20). Cover frame, 1-gang: W 90 H 90 D 11.4
Cover frame, 2-gang: W 90 H 161.1 D 11.4
Technical data Cover frame, 5-gang: W 90 H 375.2 D 11.4
Platform: System 55
Material: Thermoplastic (ABS, PC) Corner radius: R 0.5
Notes
- Intermediate frames should be chosen to match the inserts.
System55
Event
Variants
Pure white Pure white Colour Anthracite

glossy aluminium
Clear white Clear black Clear green Clear brown Clear Clear sand
aubergine
Opaque mint Opaque blue Qpaque red Opaque Opaque Opaque Opaque dark
orange white amber brown

Product range Gira Event
Event Event Clear Event Opaque Accessories

frames frames frames D122
D112 D114 D118
System55
Event

Event Cover frames
Gira Event frames Gira Event frames
Features
-- Shatter-proof.

Gira Event frames
Pure white matt

1-gang 0211 327 10 01
2-gang 0212 327 10 01
3-gang 0213 327 1/5 01
Pure white glossy 4-gang 0214 327 1/5 01
with pure white glossy intermediate frame 5-gang 0215 327 1/5 01
1-gang 0211 803 10/100 01
2-gang 0212 803 10/100 01
2-gang without crossbar 1002 803 10 01 Gira Event frames
3-gang 0213 803 1/5 01
4-gang 0214 803 1/5 01
5-gang 0215 803 1/5 01

Gira Event frames
Pure white matt

1-gang 0211 07 10 11
2-gang 0212 07 10 11
3-gang 0213 07 1/5 11
System55
with anthracite intermediate frame 5-gang 0215 07 1/5 11

Event
1-gang 0211 808 10 11

2-gang 0212 808 10 11
2-gang without crossbar 1002 808 10 11 Gira Event frames
3-gang 0213 808 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 808 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 808 1/5 11

Gira Event frames
Pure white matt

with colour aluminium intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 71 10 11
2-gang 0212 71 10 11
3-gang 0213 71 1/5 11
with colour aluminium intermediate frame 5-gang 0215 71 1/5 11
1-gang 0211 806 10 11
2-gang 0212 806 10 11
3-gang 0213 806 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 806 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 806 1/5 11

Cover frames Event
Anthracite Colour aluminium

with pure white glossy intermediate frame with pure white glossy intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 328 10 11 1-gang 0211 326 10 11
2-gang 0212 328 10 11 2-gang 0212 326 10 11
3-gang 0213 328 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 326 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 328 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 326 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 328 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 326 1/5 11


with anthracite intermediate frame with anthracite intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 08 10 11 1-gang 0211 06 10/100 11
2-gang 0212 08 10 11 2-gang 0212 06 10/100 11
3-gang 0213 08 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 06 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 08 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 06 1/5 11
System55
5-gang 0215 08 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 06 1/5 11
Event


with colour aluminium intermediate frame with colour aluminium intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 81 10 11 1-gang 0211 36 10 11
2-gang 0212 81 10 11 2-gang 0212 36 10/100 11
3-gang 0213 81 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 36 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 81 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 36 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 81 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 36 1/5 11

Event Clear Cover frames
Gira Event Clear frames Gira Event Clear frames
Features
-- Shatter-proof.

Gira Event Clear frames
Black
1-gang 0211 733 10 11
2-gang 0212 733 10 11
3-gang 0213 733 1/5 11
White 4-gang 0214 733 1/5 11
1-gang 0211 723 10/100 01
2-gang 0212 723 10/100 01
2-gang without crossbar 1002 723 10 01 Gira Event Clear frames
3-gang 0213 723 1/5 01
4-gang 0214 723 1/5 01
5-gang 0215 723 1/5 01

Black
1-gang 0211 738 10 11
2-gang 0212 738 10 11
3-gang 0213 738 1/5 11
White 4-gang 0214 738 1/5 11
Event Clear
System55

1-gang 0211 728 10 11
2-gang 0212 728 10 11
2-gang without crossbar 1002 728 10 11 Gira Event Clear frames
3-gang 0213 728 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 728 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 728 1/5 11

Black
1-gang 0211 736 10 11
2-gang 0212 736 10 11
3-gang 0213 736 1/5 11
White 4-gang 0214 736 1/5 11
1-gang 0211 726 10 11
2-gang 0212 726 10 11
3-gang 0213 726 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 726 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 726 1/5 11

Cover frames Event Clear
Green Aubergine
1-gang 0211 743 10 11 1-gang 0211 753 10 11
2-gang 0212 743 10 11 2-gang 0212 753 10 11
3-gang 0213 743 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 753 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 743 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 753 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 743 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 753 1/5 11

Green Aubergine
1-gang 0211 748 10 11 1-gang 0211 758 10 11
2-gang 0212 748 10 11 2-gang 0212 758 10 11
3-gang 0213 748 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 758 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 748 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 758 1/5 11
Event Clear
System55
5-gang 0215 748 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 758 1/5 11

Green Aubergine
1-gang 0211 746 10 11 1-gang 0211 756 10 11
2-gang 0212 746 10 11 2-gang 0212 756 10 11
3-gang 0213 746 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 756 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 746 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 756 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 746 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 756 1/5 11

Event Clear Cover frames
Brown Brown
with cream white glossy intermediate frame with colour aluminium intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 761 10/100 11 1-gang 0211 766 10 11
2-gang 0212 761 10/100 11 2-gang 0212 766 10 11
3-gang 0213 761 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 766 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 761 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 766 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 761 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 766 1/5 11

Brown
1-gang 0211 763 10 11
2-gang 0212 763 10 11
3-gang 0213 763 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 763 1/5 11
Event Clear
System55
5-gang 0215 763 1/5 11

Brown
1-gang 0211 768 10 11
2-gang 0212 768 10 11
3-gang 0213 768 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 768 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 768 1/5 11

Cover frames Event Clear
Sand Sand
with cream white glossy intermediate frame with colour aluminium intermediate frame
1-gang 0211 771 10 11 1-gang 0211 776 10 11
2-gang 0212 771 10/100 11 2-gang 0212 776 10 11
3-gang 0213 771 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 776 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 771 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 776 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 771 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 776 1/5 11

Sand
1-gang 0211 773 10 11
2-gang 0212 773 10 11
3-gang 0213 773 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 773 1/5 11
Event Clear
System55
5-gang 0215 773 1/5 11
Sand
1-gang 0211 778 10 11
2-gang 0212 778 10 11
3-gang 0213 778 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 778 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 778 1/5 11
Event Opaque Cover frames
Gira Event Opaque frames Gira Event Opaque frames
Features
-- Shatter-proof.

Gira Event Opaque frames
Mint
1-gang 0211 395 10 11
2-gang 0212 395 10 11
3-gang 0213 395 1/5 11
White 4-gang 0214 395 1/5 11
1-gang 0211 334 10/100 01
2-gang 0212 334 10/100 01
2-gang without crossbar 1002 334 10 01 Gira Event Opaque frames
3-gang 0213 334 1/5 01
4-gang 0214 334 1/5 01
5-gang 0215 334 1/5 01

Mint
1-gang 0211 85 10 11
2-gang 0212 85 10 11
3-gang 0213 85 1/5 11
Event Opaque
White 4-gang 0214 85 1/5 11

System55

1-gang 0211 24 10 11
2-gang 0212 24 10 11
2-gang without crossbar 1002 24 10 11 Gira Event Opaque frames
3-gang 0213 24 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 24 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 24 1/5 11

Mint
1-gang 0211 51 10 11
2-gang 0212 51 10 11
3-gang 0213 51 1/5 11
White 4-gang 0214 51 1/5 11
1-gang 0211 50 10 11
2-gang 0212 50 10 11
3-gang 0213 50 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 50 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 50 1/5 11

Cover frames Event Opaque
Orange Red
1-gang 0211 397 10 11 1-gang 0211 398 10 11
2-gang 0212 397 10 11 2-gang 0212 398 10 11
3-gang 0213 397 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 398 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 397 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 398 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 397 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 398 1/5 11

Orange Red
1-gang 0211 87 10 11 1-gang 0211 88 10 11
2-gang 0212 87 10 11 2-gang 0212 88 10 11
3-gang 0213 87 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 88 1/5 11
Event Opaque
4-gang 0214 87 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 88 1/5 11
System55
5-gang 0215 87 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 88 1/5 11

Orange Red
1-gang 0211 53 10 11 1-gang 0211 92 10 11
2-gang 0212 53 10 11 2-gang 0212 92 10 11
3-gang 0213 53 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 92 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 53 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 92 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 53 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 92 1/5 11

Event Opaque Cover frames
Blue Dark brown

1-gang 0211 399 10 11 1-gang 0211 331 10 11
2-gang 0212 399 10 11 2-gang 0212 331 10 11
3-gang 0213 399 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 331 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 399 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 331 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 399 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 331 1/5 11

Blue Dark brown

1-gang 0211 89 10 11 1-gang 0211 13 10 11
2-gang 0212 89 10 11 2-gang 0212 13 10/100 11
3-gang 0213 89 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 13 1/5 11
Event Opaque
4-gang 0214 89 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 13 1/5 11

System55
5-gang 0215 89 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 13 1/5 11

Blue Dark brown

1-gang 0211 93 10 11 1-gang 0211 59 10 11
2-gang 0212 93 10 11 2-gang 0212 59 10 11
3-gang 0213 93 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 59 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 93 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 59 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 93 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 59 1/5 11

Cover frames Event Opaque
Amber
1-gang 0211 332 10 11
2-gang 0212 332 10 11
3-gang 0213 332 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 332 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 332 1/5 11
Amber
1-gang 0211 14 10 11
2-gang 0212 14 10/100 11
3-gang 0213 14 1/5 11
Event Opaque
4-gang 0214 14 1/5 11
System55
5-gang 0215 14 1/5 11
Amber
1-gang 0211 69 10 11
2-gang 0212 69 10 11
3-gang 0213 69 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 69 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 69 1/5 11
Event Accessories
Accessories


Pure white 1083 02 1 11
black 1083 00 1 01

Pure white 1084 02 1 11
black 1084 00 1 01


Features

System55
Event
Gira Esprit Gira Esprit frames ... 126
System55
Awards
DESIGN PLUS 2000, red dot award 2001 [Gira Esprit Glass
white], Plus X Award 2010 for high quality and design,
Interior Innovation Award 2011, Plus X Award as best switch
range 2014 [Gira Esprit linoleum-plywood],
Plus X Award 2014 for high quality, design and function
[Gira Esprit linoleum-plywood], Iconic Award 2014 Winner
[Gira Esprit linoleum-plywood], iF product design award 2015
[Gira Esprit linoleum-plywood], German Design Award 2016
(Rat fr Formgebung) [Gira Esprit linoleum-plywood]
Product design
Phoenix Design, Stuttgart [Gira Esprit Glass, white]
schmitz Visuelle Kommunikation [Gira Esprit linoleum-plywood]

System55
Esprit

Impressive variety of materials and clean geometric design
The Gira Esprit switch range stylishly presents high-quality surfaces. The new
material combination of linoleum and plywood is also very appealing. The structure
and quality of the materials used take centre stage. The Gira Esprit Glass C design
version, with its soft edges and rounded corners, offer additional variety. More than
300 functions for intelligent building technology can be combined with the
GiraEsprit switch range.
- Clear, elegant geometry and unusual variety of materials.
- Large possible range of combinations of cover frame and 95 9,9 95 9,9
inserts.
- High-quality workmanship using select materials.
95
95
- Impact-resistant and shatter-proof and halogen-free
material.
Glass C
Cover frame, 1-gang W 95 H 95 D 9.9

Technical data Cover frame, 2-gang: W 95 H 166 D 9.9
Platform: System 55 Cover frame, 3-gang: W 95 H 236.8 D 9.9
Cover frame: Linoleum-plywood, Cover frame, 4-gang: W 95 H 308 D 9.9
stainless steel, aluminium, Cover frame, 5-gang: W 95 H 380.2 D 9.9
chrome, glass/glass C,
Inserts: Thermoplastic (PC) Corner radius, glass C: R6
Mounting type: Flush-mounted Circumferential radius, glass C: R 3.3
Protection type: IP20 Chamfer, aluminium, glass: 0.3 45
Chamfer, chrome: 1.5 45
Chamfer, linoleum-plywood: 30
Notes
- The linoleum-plywood design uses a natural product made
of 5 layers of cross-bonded Finnish birch plywood, gauged
and glued to the linoleum. Colour deviations are possible.
Variants
System55
Esprit
Black glass Umber glass Mint glass White glass Black glass C Umber glass C Mint glass C White glass C
Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Chrome Stainless

black brown light gold steel
Linoleum- Linoleum- Linoleum- Linoleum- Linoleum- Linoleum-

plywood plywood plywood plywood plywood plywood
Anthracite Light grey Blue Light brown Dark brown Red
(similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to (similar to
NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S NCS S
8502-B) 2002-Y) 7010-R90B) 6010-Y30R) 8005-Y80R) 2570-Y90R)

Product range Gira Esprit
Cover frames
D126
System55
Esprit

Esprit Cover frames
Gira Esprit frames Gira Esprit frames

Gira Esprit frames
Glass umber
1-gang 0211 122 1/100 11
2-gang 0212 122 1/100 11
Mint glass 2-gang without crossbar 1002 122 1/1 11
1-gang 0211 18 1/100 11 3-gang 0213 122 1/100 11
2-gang 0212 18 1/100 11 4-gang 0214 122 1/1 11
2-gang without crossbar 1002 18 1 11 5-gang 0215 122 1/1 11
3-gang 0213 18 1/100 11
4-gang 0214 18 1/100 11
5-gang 0215 18 1 11

Gira Esprit frames
Glass white
1-gang 0211 12 1/100 11
2-gang 0212 12 1/100 11
3-gang 0213 12 1/100 11
4-gang 0214 12 1/100 11
5-gang 0215 12 1 11

Gira Esprit frames

System55
Esprit
Black glass
1-gang 0211 05 1/100 11
2-gang 0212 05 1/100 11
3-gang 0213 05 1/100 11
4-gang 0214 05 1/100 11
5-gang 0215 05 1 11

Cover frames Esprit
Glass C mint Aluminium

1-gang 0211 518 1/1 11 1-gang 0211 17 1/100 11
2-gang 0212 518 1/1 11 2-gang 0212 17 1/100 11
2-gang without crossbar 1002 518 1/1 11 2-gang without crossbar 1002 17 1 11
3-gang 0213 518 1/1 11 3-gang 0213 17 1/100 11
4-gang 0214 518 1 11 4-gang 0214 17 1/100 11
5-gang 0215 518 1 11
Features
-- Anodised aluminium E 1 EV 1.
Gira Esprit frames
Gira Esprit frames
Glass C white
1-gang 0211 512 1/100 11
2-gang 0212 512 1/100 11 Aluminium black
3-gang 0213 512 1/100 11 2-gang 0212 126 1/30 11
4-gang 0214 512 1/100 11 2-gang without crossbar 1002 126 1 11
5-gang 0215 512 1 11 3-gang 0213 126 1 11
4-gang 0214 126 1 11

Gira Esprit frames Features
-- Anodised aluminium E 1. Colour deviations are possible.

Gira Esprit frames
System55
Esprit
Glass C black
1-gang 0211 505 1/1 11
2-gang 0212 505 1/100 11
3-gang 0213 505 1/1 11 Aluminium brown
4-gang 0214 505 1/1 11 1-gang 0211 127 1/100 11
5-gang 0215 505 1 11 2-gang 0212 127 1/100 11
3-gang 0213 127 1 11
Gira Esprit frames 4-gang 0214 127 1 11

Features
-- Anodised aluminium E 1. Colour deviations are possible.

Glass C umber
1-gang 0211 522 1/100 11
2-gang 0212 522 1/100 11
3-gang 0213 522 1/1 11
4-gang 0214 522 1 11
5-gang 0215 522 1 11
Esprit Cover frames
Chrome Linoleum-plywood anthracite

1-gang 0211 10 1/100 11 1-gang 0211 226 1 11
2-gang 0212 10 1/100 11 2-gang 0212 226 1 11
3-gang 0213 10 1 11 3-gang 0213 226 1 11
4-gang 0214 10 1 11 4-gang 0214 226 1 11

Features Notes
-- Highly-polished surface. -- Natural product. Colour deviations are possible.
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 8502-B

Gira Esprit frames
Gira Esprit frames
Aluminium light gold

1-gang 0211 217 1 11 Linoleum-plywood light grey
2-gang 0212 217 1 11 1-gang 0211 220 1 11
4-gang 0214 217 1 11 3-gang 0213 220 1 11
4-gang 0214 220 1 11
Features
-- Anodised aluminium EV 2. Colour deviations are possible. Notes
-- Natural product. Colour deviations are possible.
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 2002-Y
Gira Esprit frames
Gira Esprit frames

System55
Esprit
Stainless Steel
1-gang 0211 219 1 11
2-gang 0212 219 1 11 Linoleum-plywood blue
3-gang 0213 219 1 11 2-gang 0212 227 1 11
3-gang 0213 227 1 11
Features 4-gang 0214 227 1 11
-- Brushed stainless steel.
Notes
-- NCS value: approx. NCS S 7010-R90B

Cover frames Esprit
Gira Esprit frames
Linoleum-plywood light brown

1-gang 0211 221 1 11
2-gang 0212 221 1 11
3-gang 0213 221 1 11
4-gang 0214 221 1 11
Notes
Gira Esprit frames
Linoleum-plywood dark brown

1-gang 0211 223 1 11
2-gang 0212 223 1 11
3-gang 0213 223 1 11
4-gang 0214 223 1 11
Notes
Gira Esprit frames
System55
Esprit
Linoleum-plywood red
1-gang 0211 229 1 11
2-gang 0212 229 1 11
3-gang 0213 229 1 11
4-gang 0214 229 1 11
Notes
Gira ClassiX Gira ClassiX frames... 134
System55 Gira ClassiX Art frames... 136
Product design

System55
ClassiX

Elegant. Classic. Perfectly designed.
With its elegant design, the Gira ClassiX switch range is the ideal solution for
exclusive room concepts and classic interiors. In the ClassiX design line, there is a
choice of versions made of glossy golden brass, brushed bronze or glossy silver
chrome, each as a full-metal version and in combinations with black and cream-
white elements. In the ClassiX Art range, the high-quality cover frames are finished
with artistic detailing.
- High-quality workmanship using select materials.
- Harmoniously rounded cover frame with luxurious 100 10,7
appearance, in brass, bronze and chrome.
- ClassiX Art: Delicate lasered-in details set attractive accents.
- Individual surface shading makes every piece unique.
100
- The cover frames are perfected by hand and made of brushed
bronze with an individual, visible grained structure.
Technical data Cover frame, 5-gang: W 100 H 384.8 D 10.7
Platform: System 55
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301(V2A), Corner radius: R 0.9
galvanically coated, burnished
bronze, ground, matt,
high-gloss brass,
high-gloss chrome
Variants
Bronze Bronze + Bronze + Art, bronze Art, bronze + Art, bronze +

cream white black cream white black
System55
ClassiX
Chrome Chrome + Chrome + Art, chrome Art, chrome Art, chrome

cream white black + cream + black
white
Brass Brass + Brass + black Art, brass Art, brass + Art, brass +
cream white cream white black

Product range Gira ClassiX
ClassiX ClassiX Art

frames frames
D134 D136
System55
ClassiX

ClassiX Cover frames
Gira ClassiX frames Gira ClassiX frames
Notes
-- Each frame is unique.

Gira ClassiX frames
Brass
1-gang 0211 631 1 11
2-gang 0212 631 1 11
3-gang 0213 631 1 11
4-gang 0214 631 1 11
Bronze 5-gang 0215 631 1 11
1-gang 0211 621 1/5 11
2-gang 0212 621 1 11 Notes
2-gang without crossbar 1002 621 1 11 -- Highly-polished surface.
3-gang 0213 621 1 11
4-gang 0214 621 1 11
5-gang 0215 621 1 11 Gira ClassiX frames

Notes
-- Polished surface.

Gira ClassiX frames
Brass + black
1-gang 0211 632 1 11
2-gang 0212 632 1 11
3-gang 0213 632 1 11
4-gang 0214 632 1 11
Bronze + black 5-gang 0215 632 1 11
1-gang 0211 622 1 11
2-gang 0212 622 1 11 Notes
3-gang 0213 622 1 11
4-gang 0214 622 1 11
5-gang 0215 622 1 11 Gira ClassiX frames

Notes

Gira ClassiX frames

System55
ClassiX
Brass + cream white

1-gang 0211 633 1 11
2-gang 0212 633 1 11
3-gang 0213 633 1 11
4-gang 0214 633 1 11
Bronze + cream white 5-gang 0215 633 1 11
1-gang 0211 623 1 11
2-gang 0212 623 1 11 Notes
3-gang 0213 623 1 11
4-gang 0214 623 1 11
5-gang 0215 623 1 11

Notes

Cover frames ClassiX
Gira ClassiX frames
Chrome
1-gang 0211 641 1 11
2-gang 0212 641 1 11
3-gang 0213 641 1 11
4-gang 0214 641 1 11
5-gang 0215 641 1 11
Notes
-- Highly-polished surface.
Gira ClassiX frames
Chrome + black
1-gang 0211 642 1 11
2-gang 0212 642 1 11
3-gang 0213 642 1 11
4-gang 0214 642 1 11
5-gang 0215 642 1 11
Notes
Gira ClassiX frames
System55
ClassiX
Chrome + cream white

1-gang 0211 643 1 11
2-gang 0212 643 1 11
3-gang 0213 643 1 11
4-gang 0214 643 1 11
5-gang 0215 643 1 11
Notes
ClassiX Art Cover frames
Gira ClassiX Art frames Gira ClassiX Art frames
Notes
-- Each frame is unique.

Gira ClassiX Art frames
Brass
1-gang 0211 671 1 11
2-gang 0212 671 1 11
3-gang 0213 671 1 11
4-gang 0214 671 1 11
Bronze 5-gang 0215 671 1 11
1-gang 0211 661 1 11
2-gang 0212 661 1 11 Notes
3-gang 0213 661 1 11
4-gang 0214 661 1 11
5-gang 0215 661 1 11 Gira ClassiX Art frames

Notes

Brass + black
1-gang 0211 672 1 11
2-gang 0212 672 1 11
3-gang 0213 672 1 11
4-gang 0214 672 1 11
Bronze + black 5-gang 0215 672 1 11
1-gang 0211 662 1 11
2-gang 0212 662 1 11 Notes
3-gang 0213 662 1 11
4-gang 0214 662 1 11
5-gang 0215 662 1 11 Gira ClassiX Art frames

Notes


ClassiX Art
System55
Brass + cream white

1-gang 0211 673 1 11
2-gang 0212 673 1 11
3-gang 0213 673 1 11
4-gang 0214 673 1 11
Bronze + cream white 5-gang 0215 673 1 11
1-gang 0211 663 1 11
2-gang 0212 663 1 11 Notes
3-gang 0213 663 1 11
4-gang 0214 663 1 11
5-gang 0215 663 1 11

Notes

Cover frames ClassiX Art
Chrome
1-gang 0211 681 1 11
2-gang 0212 681 1 11
3-gang 0213 681 1 11
4-gang 0214 681 1 11
5-gang 0215 681 1 11
Notes
Chrome + black
1-gang 0211 682 1 11
2-gang 0212 682 1 11
3-gang 0213 682 1 11
4-gang 0214 682 1 11
5-gang 0215 682 1 11
Notes
ClassiX Art
System55
Chrome + cream white

1-gang 0211 683 1 11
2-gang 0212 683 1 11
3-gang 0213 683 1 11
4-gang 0214 683 1 11
5-gang 0215 683 1 11
Notes
Gira E22 Gira E22 cover frame ... 143
British Standard Gira E22 frames... 143
Flat mounting type Gira E22 ... 144
Switching and pressing ... 146
Dimming ... 153
Time switch ... 164
Blind controller ... 165
Rocker sets for bus systems ... 167
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning... 171
entertainment ... 175
Communication technology network
technology... 176
telecommunications ... 177
Communication technology accessories ... 177
Audio systems ... 179
Hospital Installation... 181
Accessories ... 181

Awards Gira stainless steel series 20, series 21... 183

red dot award 2007,
Good Design Award 2011
Product design

E22

Minimalistic look and an astonishingly flat design
One design. Three materials. More than 280 functions. With its large range depth,
the Gira E 22 meets all needs of intelligent building technology. Materials such as
stainless steel, aluminium and high-quality thermoplastic furthermore make it
possible to choose the right version for the respective use. In addition to allowing
the customary standard-mounted installation, Gira E 22 also provides the possibility
of mounting the cover frame flat on the wall using the special E22 wall box. This
instillation will only protrude 3mm while retaining all functions.
Features Dimensions in mm [stainless steel, aluminium]

- Uniform, puristic design, in stainless steel, aluminium and
thermoplastic. 90,6 3 11,5
- The thermoplastic version is impact-resistant and shatter-
proof and halogen-free.
90,6
- Installation: 3mm flat on the wall, using a Gira E 22 device
box (brickwork and hollow wall).
Flat Standard
installation installation
Technical data Cover frame, 1-gang: W 90.6 H 90.6 D 11.5 / 3*

Platform: E 22 Cover frame, 2-gang: W 90.6 H 161.8 D 11.5 / 3*
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301, Cover frame, 3-gang: W 90.6 H 233 D 11.5 / 3*
rust-proof, aluminium E1 EV1, Cover frame, 4-gang: W 90.6 H 304.2 D 11.5 / 3*
polished, anodised, Cover frame, 5-gang: W 90.6 H 375.4 D 11.5
thermoplastic (PC)
Mounting type: Flush-mounted *3 mm in the case of flat installation.
Dimensions in mm [thermoplastics]
Notes
- Because of their design, not all functions can be used flush 87,8 3,4 11,5
with the cover frames in the G E 22 switch range.

- Cover frames for the customary standard-mounted installation
are available in 1-gang to 5-gang versions; for the 3mm flat
87,8
installation on the wall, 1-gang to 4-gang versions are

available.
Flat Standard
installation installation
Cover frame, 1-gang: W 87.8 H 87.8 D 11.5 / 3.4*

*3.4 mm in the case of flat installation.
Variants
E22
Stainless Aluminium Thermoplastic

steel [pure white
glossy]

Cover frames British Standard Flat mounting type Switches Dimming Socket outlets
D143 Gira E22 frames E22 and push buttons D153 D158
D143 D144 D146
Automatic light Time switch Blind controller Orientation Rocker sets Heating,
D163 D164 D165 lighting for bus systems ventilation, air
D166 D167 conditioning
D171
Door Keyless In Communication Communication Communication Communication

communication D174 Entertainment network telecommuni- Accessories
D173 D175 technology cations D177
D176 D177
Audio systems Hospital Accessories

D179 installation D181
D181
E22

E22
Help with ordering
E 22 standard installation for the 58 mm flush-mounted device box
Individual components
The cover frames for conventional
installation are supplied without
a 58 mm flush-mounted device
box. The cover frames are avail-
able in 1 to 5-gang sizes for this
mounting type.
Cover frame, 1-gang 0211 *

Cover frame 2-gang

without crossbar 1002 *
E 22 flat installation For hollow walls For masonry
Individual components
If there is a long period of time
between installation of the
flush-mounted box/device box
and mounting of the cover
frames, it may be practical to
order the cover frames later on
short notice. This eliminates the Gira E 22 Gira E 22 cover Gira E 22 flush- Device box Gira E 22 cover
question of storage, and the device frame for mounted Gira E 22 frame for
cover frames are protected from box installation flat device box installation flat
damage. on the wall on the wall
Cover frame, 1-gang 2896 00 0211 ** 2891 00 2896 00 0211 **

Cover frame, 2-gang 2897 00 0212 ** 2892 00 2897 00 0212 **
Cover frame, 3-gang 2898 00 0213 ** 2893 00 2898 00 0213 **
Cover frame, 4-gang 2899 00 0214 ** 2894 00 2899 00 0214 **
Cover frame 2-gang

without crossbar 2897 00 1002 ** 2892 00 2897 00 1002 **
Installation sets
Flush-mounted device boxes can
also be ordered in a set directly
with cover frames. This variation
is practical when, for example,
the cover frames are to be
mounted promptly after
installing the device boxes.
Gira E 22 device box and Gira E 22 Gira E 22 flush- Gira E 22 device box and Gira E 22 cover
cover frame for installation flat on mounted frame for installation flat on the wall
the wall device box
Cover frame, 1-gang 2881 * 2891 00 2881 *

Cover frame, 2-gang 2882 * 2892 00 2882 *
Cover frame, 3-gang 2883 * 2893 00 2883 *
Cover frame, 4-gang 2884 * 2894 00
2884 *
Cover frame 2-gang without
crossbar 2886 * 2892 00 2886 *
All cover frame versions are available in both materials.

The order numbers have the following endings:
* 201 thermoplastic [pure white glossy], 202 stainless steel
** 204 thermoplastic [pure white glossy], 205 stainless steel
E22

Cover frames /British Standard frame E22
Gira E22 cover frame British Standard Gira E22 frames
Notes
Gira E22 cover frame -- Frame British Standard 80x80mm.

British Standard Gira E22 frames
Stainless Steel
1-gang 0211 202 10/100 11
2-gang 0212 202 10/100 11
2-gang without crossbar 1002 202 10 11 Stainless Steel
3-gang 0213 202 1/5 11 1-gang 0211 208 10/10 11
4-gang 0214 202 1/5 11 2-gang without crossbar 1002 208 10/10 11
5-gang 0215 202 1/5 11
ADiscontinued item. Available until 12/2017.

AAluminium has been discontinued. Available British Standard Gira E22 frames
until 12/2017.
Gira E22 cover frame
Aluminium
1-gang 0211 209 10/10 11
Aluminium 2-gang without crossbar 1002 209 10/10 11
1-gang 0211 203 10 11
2-gang 0212 203 10 11
2-gang without crossbar 1002 203 10 11 British Standard Gira E22 frames
3-gang 0213 203 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 203 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 203 1/5 11

Gira E22 cover frame
Pure white glossy (thermoplastic)

1-gang 0211 207 10 01

Features
-- Shatter-proof.
1-gang 0211 201 10/100 01
2-gang 0212 201 10/100 01
3-gang 0213 201 1/5 01
4-gang 0214 201 1/5 01
5-gang 0215 201 1/5 01

Features
-- Shatter-proof.

E22
E22 Flat mounting type
Flat mounting type Gira E22 More information


Installation kit Gira E22 for flat mounting type
of cover frame and device socket Installation kit Gira E22 for flat mounting type
of cover frame and device socket
Stainless Steel Pure white glossy (thermoplastic)

1-gang 2881 202 1 11 1-gang 2881 201 1 01
2-gang 2882 202 1 11 2-gang 2882 201 1 01
3-gang 2883 202 1 11 3-gang 2883 201 1 01
4-gang 2884 202 1 11 4-gang 2884 201 1 01

Gira E22 flush-mounted installation box D145 Gira E22 flush-mounted installation box D145

Features Features
-- Cavity mounting by mounting the Gira E22 device box like a -- Shatter-proof.
common cavity box. -- Cavity mounting by mounting the Gira E22 device box like a
-- Installation in brickwork by mounting the optional Gira E22 common cavity box.
flush-mounted installation box, e.g. securing it with plaster. -- Installation in brickwork by mounting the optional Gira E22
Installation of the Gira E22 device box in the Gira E22 flush-mounted installation box, e.g. securing it with plaster.
flush-mounted installation box like in a common cavity box. Installation of the Gira E22 device box in the Gira E22
flush-mounted installation box like in a common cavity box.
Notes
-- The device box has no cable retainer. Notes
-- The device box has no cable retainer.
More information
Technical information D I544 More information

AAluminium has been discontinued. Available
until 12/2017. Gira E22 cover frame for flat mounting type
Installation kit Gira E22 for flat mounting type
of cover frame and device socket
Stainless Steel
1-gang 0211 205 10/100 11
2-gang 0212 205 10/100 11
Aluminium 3-gang 0213 205 1/5 11
1-gang 2881 203 1 11 4-gang 0214 205 1/5 11
2-gang 2882 203 1 11
2-gang without crossbar 2886 203 1 11 C N ecessary accessories
3-gang 2883 203 1 11 Gira E22 device box for flat mounting type D145
4-gang 2884 203 1 11
C O ptional accessories Gira E22 device box for flat mounting type D145
E22
Gira E22 flush-mounted installation box D145

Features
Features -- Using a special device box, the Gira E22 switch range can be
-- Cavity mounting by mounting the Gira E22 device box like a installed flat on the wall.
common cavity box. -- This Gira E22 device box can be recessed directly in the wall
-- Installation in brickwork by mounting the optional Gira E22 in cases of cavity mounting, e.g. a flexible wall system.
flush-mounted installation box, e.g. securing it with plaster. -- For flush-mounted installation in brickwork, the Gira E22
Installation of the Gira E22 device box in the Gira E22 device box is inserted into an Gira E22 flush-mounted
flush-mounted installation box like in a common cavity box. installation box, which is then placed in the wall.

Notes More information
-- The device box has no cable retainer. Technical information D I544

Flat mounting type E22
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available Gira E22 device box for flat mounting type
until 12/2017.
Gira E22 cover frame for flat mounting type
1-gang 2896 00 1 11
2-gang 2897 00 1 11
3-gang 2898 00 1 11
Aluminium 4-gang 2899 00 1 11
1-gang 0211 206 10 11
2-gang 0212 206 10 11 C N ecessary accessories
2-gang without crossbar 1002 206 10 11 Gira E22 cover frame for flat mounting type D144
3-gang 0213 206 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 206 1/5 11 C O ptional accessories
Gira E22 flush-mounted installation box D145
Gira E22 device box for flat mounting type D145 Features
-- Using a special device box and frame for flat mounting type,
C O ptional accessories the Gira E22 switch range can be installed flat on the wall.
Gira E22 flush-mounted installation box D145 -- For flush-mounted installation in brickwork, the Gira E22
device box is inserted into an Gira E22 flush-mounted
Features installation box, which is then placed in the wall.
-- Using a special device box, the Gira E22 switch range can be
installed flat on the wall. Technical data
-- This Gira E22 device box can be recessed directly in the wall Dimensions inmm
in cases of cavity mounting, e.g. a flexible wall system. -- 1-gang: W 84 H 84 D 60,5
-- For flush-mounted installation in brickwork, the Gira E22 -- 2-gang: W 84 H 155 D 60,5
device box is inserted into an Gira E22 flush-mounted -- 3-gang: W 84 H 226 D 60,5
installation box, which is then placed in the wall. -- 4-gang: W 84 H 297,5 D 60,5

More information Notes
Technical information D I544 -- The device box has no cable retainer.

More information
Gira E22 cover frame for flat mounting type Technical information D I544

Gira E22 flush-mounted installation box

1-gang 0211 204 10 01
2-gang 0212 204 10 01
3-gang 0213 204 1/5 01 1-gang 2891 00 1 01
4-gang 0214 204 1/5 01 2-gang 2892 00 1/100 01
3-gang 2893 00 1 01
C N ecessary accessories 4-gang 2894 00 1 01
Gira E22 device box for flat mounting type D145
C O ptional accessories Installation kit Gira E22 for flat mounting type of
Gira E22 flush-mounted installation box D145 cover frame and device socket D144
Gira E22 device box for flat mounting type D145
Features
-- Shatter-proof. Features
-- Using a special device box, the Gira E22 switch range can be -- Installation in brickwork by mounting the Gira E22 installation
installed flat on the wall. box, e.g. securing it with plaster. Installation of the Gira E22
E22
-- This Gira E22 device box can be recessed directly in the wall device box in the Gira E22 flush-mounted installation box like
in cases of cavity mounting, e.g. a flexible wall system. in a common cavity box.
-- For flush-mounted installation in brickwork, the Gira E22
device box is inserted into an Gira E22 flush-mounted Technical data
installation box, which is then placed in the wall. Dimensions inmm
-- 1-gang: W 92,5 H 91,5 D 64
More information -- 2-gang: W 92,5 H 162,5 D 64
Technical information D I544 -- 3-gang: W 92,5 H 233,5 D 64
-- 4-gang: W 92,5 H 304,5 D 64

More information

E22 Switching and pressing
Switching and pressing Rocker switch 10A250V~

with 2-gang rocker
Switch complete 10A250V~

with rocker
2-way switch, 2-gang

Aluminium 0108 203 1 11
Universal off/2-way switch Pure white glossy 0108 03 1 01
AAluminium 0106 203 1 11 Technical data
Pure white glossy 0106 03 1/5 01 Installation depth: 33 mm.
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Connections
Intermediate switch -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
Aluminium 0107 203 1 11 More information
Pure white glossy 0107 03 1 01 Technical information D I567

Stainless Steel 0102 20 1 11 Indicator rocker switch 10A250V~
AAluminium 0102 203 1 11 with rocker

Technical data
Connections
Notes Stainless Steel 0112 20 1 11
-- Can also be connected with illumination. AAluminium 0112 203 1 11
More information AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Technical data
Rocker switch 10A 250V~ Connections
with 2-gang rocker -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm

Notes

More information

Series switch
Stainless Steel 0105 20 1 11 Rocker switch 10A 250V~
AAluminium 0105 203 1 11 with rocker

Technical data
Connections
NO contact, 1-pole
More information Stainless Steel 0151 20 1 11
E22
Technical information D I567 Aluminium 0151 203 1 11


Technical data
Connections

More information

Switching and pressing E22
Push Switch 10A 250V~ with rocker Push switch, 10 A 250 V with backlit upright
rocker

Stainless Steel 0126 20 1/5 11 Universal off/2-way switch
AAluminium 0126 203 1/5 11 Stainless Steel 2850 20 1/5 11

Intermediate switch Intermediate switch
Stainless Steel 0127 20 1/5 11 Stainless Steel 2851 20 1/5 11
AAluminium 0127 203 1 11 AAluminium 2851 203 1/5 11
C O ptional accessories Neon lamp elements
Acoustic element lighting element 0935 00 D248 Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248
Technical data Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248
Installation depth: 28 mm LED lighting elements
Connections LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 0497 07 D248
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 0497 08 D248
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 0497 10 D248
Push switch, 10 A 250 V with upright rocker LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 1405 00 D248

Technical data

Notes

Scope of supply
Universal off/2-way switch -- LED illumination element 230V~ is included in the scope of
Stainless Steel 0121 20 5/25 11 supply.
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Push switch, 10A 250V~ with 2-gang rocker
Intermediate switch
Acoustic element lighting element 0935 00 D248 Series switch
Technical data AAluminium 0125 203 1 11
Installation depth: 28 mm Pure white glossy 0125 03 1/5 01
Connections AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm 2-way switch, 2-gang

Technical data
E22
Installation depth
-- 0125 ..: 28 mm
-- 0128 ..: 32 mm
Connections

Push switch, 10 A 250 V with upright rocker, Touch indicator switch 10 A 250 V with upright
2-gang rocker
Series switch Universal off/2-way switch

Stainless Steel 2860 20 1/5 11 Stainless Steel 0124 20 1 11
AAluminium 2860 203 1/5 11 AAluminium 0124 203 1 11

2-way switch, 2-gang C O ptional accessories
Stainless Steel 2861 20 1/5 11 See listing at
AAluminium 2861 203 1/5 11 Touch sw. off/2-way backlit upright 2850 .. D147
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Technical data
Installation depth -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
-- 2860 ..: 28 mm -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
-- 2861 ..: 32 mm
Notes
Touch indicator switch 10A 250V~ with rocker
Scope of supply
of supply.

More information

Universal off/2-way switch Button 10 A 250 V with upright rocker


Pure white glossy 0122 03 1/5 01 2-way momentary-contact, 1-pole
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Stainless Steel 0130 20 1/5 11
AAluminium 0130 203 1/5 11
C O ptional accessories Pure white glossy 0130 201 1/5 01
See listing at AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Touch sw. off/2-way backlit upright 2850 .. D147
Technical data
Technical data Installation depth:
Installation depth: 28 mm Connections
Connections -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm

Notes Button 10 A 250 V with upright rocker with
-- Can also be connected with illumination. control window

Scope of supply
of supply.

E22
More information

2-way momentary-contact, 1-pole
AAluminium 0120 203 1/5 11

See listing at
Touch sw. off/2-way backlit upright 2850 .. D147


Installation depth: Installation depth: 24 mm
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm -- maximum: 2 x 4mm or
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm 1 x 6mm

Notes
-- Can also be connected with illumination. British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-1)
20A250V with rocker and control light
More information
British Standard button (BSEN60669-1),

3-gang 10A250V with rockers
Support ring 71 x 71 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole


Support ring 71 x 71 mm, NO contact 1-pole Support ring 80 x 80 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole

Support ring 80 x 80 mm, NO contact 1-pole C N ecessary accessories
Stainless Steel 2845 20 10/10 29 Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 80 mm
AAluminium 2845 203 10/10 29 British Standard Gira E22 frames D143
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Features
Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 80 mm Technical data
British Standard Gira E22 frames D143 Installation depth: 25 mm
Connections
Features -- maximum: 2 x 4mm or
-- With screw terminals. 1 x 6mm

Installation depth: 25 mm -- For screw mounting only.
Connections
Notes 45A250V
British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-

1)20A250V with rocker

Support ring 71 x 71 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
AAluminium 2836 203 10 29 Technical data
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Connections
E22
Support ring 80 x 80 mm, circuit breaker, 2-pole 1 x 10mm
AAluminium 2837 203 10 29 Notes
Pure white glossy 2837 03 10 29 -- Individual device. Cannot be combined.
Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 80 mm
British Standard Gira E22 frames D143
British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-1) System2000 touch switching top unit
3-gang with rockers
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 2261 20 1/5 02

AAluminium (lacquered) 2261 203 1/5 02
Support ring 71 x 71 mm, 1-way switch Pure white glossy 2261 03 1/5 02
Stainless Steel 2830 20 10 29 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Pure white glossy 2830 03 10 29 C N ecessary accessories
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. One of the following articles:
Support ring 80 x 80 mm, 1-way switch Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233
Stainless Steel 2831 20 10 29 Relay ins. 0853 00 D233
AAluminium 2831 203 10 29 Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234
Pure white glossy 2831 03 10 29 HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234
C N ecessary accessories Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
British Standard Gira E22 frames D143 Features
-- Switching top unit for use with the System2000 switch
Technical data inserts.
Installation depth: 25 mm -- Lighting is controlled by lightly touching the operating
Connections surface, without the movement of mechanical elements.
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm -- The lighting is switched on and off by touching the surface.
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm -- A blue orientation LED lights up as long as the load is
switched off and goes off when it is switched on.

British Standard rocker switch (BSEN60669-1)
3-gang with rockers Rocker

Support ring 71 x 71 mm, universal off/2-way switch AAluminium 0296 203 10 11
Stainless Steel 2832 20 10 29 Pure white glossy 0296 03 10/100 21
AAluminium 2832 203 10 29 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. C N ecessary accessories
Support ring 80 x 80 mm, universal off/2-way switch Inserts
Stainless Steel 2833 20 10 29 Rocker sw. off/2-way 0106 00 D225
AAluminium 2833 203 10 29 Rocker sw. interm.sw. 0107 00 D225
Pure white glossy 2833 03 10 29 Rocker sw. CB 2-p 0102 00 D225
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Rocker sw. CB 3-p 0103 00 D225
C N ecessary accessories Rocker btn 2-way m-c 0156 00 D226
Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 80 mm Rocker btn NO con. + N-T. 0150 00 D226
British Standard Gira E22 frames D143 Rocker btn NO con. s.sig. 0152 00 D226
Features Push-bu.bus coupler 1-gang, two-point 0184 00 D399

Technical data
Connections
E22

Notes

Rocker with inscription space Rocker with control window


See listing at One of the following articles:
Rocker 2-way 0296 .. D150 Inserts
Rocker sw. off/2-way 0106 00 D225
C O ptional accessories Rocker sw. interm.sw. 0107 00 D225
Inscription sheets 51.2x7.0mm 1455 00 D250 Rocker sw. CB 2-p 0102 00 D225
Scope of supply Rocker ind.sw. off/2-way 0116 00 D226
-- Blank inscription label included. Rocker ind.sw. CB 2-p 0112 00 D226
Rocker btn 2-way m-c 0156 00 D226
2-gang rocker Rocker btn NO con. + N-T. 0150 00 D226

Rocker with control window and symbol

One of the following articles: Light
Inserts Stainless Steel 0285 20 1 11
Rocker sw. series 0105 00 D225 AAluminium 0285 203 1 11
Rocker sw. 2-way sw. 2-g 0108 00 D225 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Rocker btn 2-way m-c 2-g 0155 00 D227
Rocker sw. + btn 2-way sw./2-way con. 0139 00 D227 Bell
Push-bu.bus coupler 2-gang, single-point 0182 00 D400 Stainless Steel 0286 20 1 11
Push-bu.bus coupler 2-gang, two-point 0185 00 D400 AAluminium 0286 203 1 11

Rockers with arrow symbol Door

See listing at
Rocker Control window 0290 .. D151
E22
Rocker with symbol Features

-- Applications of the hotel-card button with disassembly
safeguard include performing security and energy-saving
functions.
-- When the hotel card is removed, any devices which are still
switched on are deactivated.
-- The electric circuit via the push button is only activated when
the card has been inserted.
Light
Pure white glossy 0285 03 10 01 Notes
-- Further versions are available upon request.
Bell
Pure white glossy 0286 03 10/100 01 Scope of supply
Door
Pushbutton sensor 2, 1-gang 24V, zero-voltage
C N ecessary accessories with inscription space
See listing at
Rocker 2-way 0296 .. D150


Cover with toggle switch for three-stage switch


Zero setting Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
AAluminium 0669 203 1 02 Functional description D55
Touch sensor2, 3-gang 24V zero-voltage with
C N ecessary accessories inscription space
3-stage 0/1/2/3 0149 00 D229

Hotel-card button 10A250V~ can be

illuminated with inscription space


2-way momentary-contact, 1-pole C O ptional accessories
Stainless Steel 0140 20 1/5 11 Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251
AAluminium 0140 203 1 11 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Functional description D56

Inscription sheets 54.5x7.0mm 1453 00 D250 Blank cover plate with support ring
Neon lamp elements
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248
E22

LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 0497 18 D248 Stainless Steel 0268 20 5/100 11
LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 0992 00 D248 AAluminium 0268 203 5 11
LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 1405 00 D248 Pure white glossy 0268 03 10/100 01

Notes

Dimming E22
Dimming Top unit Series dimmer
Cover with button for dimmer and electronic

potentiometer

AAluminium 2315 203 1/5 02
AAluminium 0650 203 5 02 C N ecessary accessories
Pure white glossy 0650 03 10/100 02 Uni.series dimm.ins. 2x 50 - 260W/VA 2263 00 D238
C N ecessary accessories Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
Univ dim ins 50 - 420W/VA PT switch 2 1176 00 D237 Features
Aux.unit uni dim. 1177 00 D238 -- Top unit with short-stroke button for use with the series
Bulb dimm.ins.60 - 400W rot.on/off 0300 00 D239 dimming insert.
Bulb dimm.ins.60 - 400W rot.on/off 0300 00 D239 -- The top is for switching on and dimming brighter, while the
Bulb dimm.ins. 100 - 1000W press./2-way 1181 bottom is for switching off and dimming darker.
00 D240
LV dimm.ins. 20-500 W/VA press./2-way 2262 00 D242 Technical data
DALI potentiometer 2018 00 D244 Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C
DALI potentiometer power supply unit 2028 00 D245
DALI potentiom. Tunable WH 2020 00 D245
DALI potententiom. Tunable WH PSU 2030 00 D246 System2000 touch dimming top unit
System2000 switching/dimming top unit

AAluminium (lacquered) 2260 203 1/5 02
Stainless Steel 2316 20 1/5 02 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
AAluminium 2316 203 1/5 02
Pure white glossy 2316 03 1/5 02 C N ecessary accessories
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. One of the following articles:
Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230
C N ecessary accessories LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D242
One of the following articles: 1-10V control dev. Insert 0860 00 D243
Dimming inserts
Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230 C O ptional accessories
LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
Switching inserts Features
Switch insert Tronic 0866 00 D232 -- Dimming top unit for use with System2000 dimming inserts.
Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233 -- Lighting in nine levels is controlled by lightly touching the
Relay ins. 0853 00 D233 operating surface, without the movement of mechanical
Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234 elements.
Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234 -- The lower half of the operating surface contains a blue status
Staircase light control LED that lights up for orientation as long as the dimmer is
Impulse ins. 0336 00 D235 switched off.
Auxiliary insert -- When the operating surface is touched, the dimmer switches
Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236 to the stored memory value.
-- The upper half of the operating surface is divided into nine
C O ptional accessories adjacent segments.
Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186 -- Specifically touching these segment fields can control the
lighting directly from the switched-off state or from any other
Features dimming position.
E22
-- Top unit with short-stroke button for use with System2000. -- Lighting can glide to brighter or darker values by sliding your
-- The top unit operates based on the 2-area principle, i.e. there finger along the operating surface.
is an upper and lower rocker half used for controlling the -- The approximate dimming position is indicated with five blue
inserts. LEDs.

Technical data
E22 Dimming
eNet wireless switching/dimmming top unit, Notes

1-gang -- Do not connect capacitive loads (e.g. Gira Tronic
time.

More information
AAluminium 5490 203 1/5 02
Pure white glossy 5490 03 1/5 02 Auxillary unit for
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. universal dimmer 2, including
cover and knob


Universal dimmer
with push-button and rotary switch 2,
including cover and button Stainless Steel 1177 20 1 02
Aluminium 1177 203 1 02

Univ dim ins 50 - 420W/VA PT switch 2 1176 00 D237
Uni.dim. 50 - 420W/VA press.+rot.2 1176 .. D30

Features
50420W/VA -- Auxillary insert in 2-wire connection technology for
Stainless Steel 1176 20 1 02 designing installations with the function of 2-way and
Aluminium 1176 203 1 02 intermediate switching exclusively in conjunction with the
Pure white glossy 1176 03 1 02 universal dimming insert.
Auxiliary unit Technical data
Aux.unit uni dim. 1177 00 D238 Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
Aux.input uni dim. 2 1177 .. D30 Cable length to the main
Power boosters unit: max. 100m
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 Installation depth: 32 mm
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 Connections
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 -- : 2.5mm
-- minimum: 1mm
Features
-- Universal dimmer for switching and dimming various light Notes
source including light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, LV halogen -- For designing installations with the function of 2-way and
lamps with Gira Tronic transformers, or LV halogen lamps intermediate switching exclusively in conjunction with the
with conventional transformers. universal dimming insert.
-- Auxiliary operation is possible using an auxiliary insert.
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. More information
-- Electronic short-circuit protection. Technical information D I578
-- Automatic excess-temperature protection.

Technical data
-- HV halogen lamps: 50 to 420W/VA
E22

Cable length
-- Load: max. 100m
Auxiliary inputs: 5
Connections

Dimming E22
System 2000 universal LED dimming insert Notes

(pushbutton dimmer), including cover -- In general, operating the dimmer without connecting a
neutral conductor is possible, although some LED and CFLi
light sources require the neutral conductor connection to
prevent flickering.
-- For operation without a neutral conductor, the minimum load
for light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, Gira Tronic transformers,
and wound transformers increases to 50W.
-- In combination with power boosters, do not hook up HV-LED
or compact fluorescent lamps.
3420W/VA -- Electronic transformers and ballast devices for LED lamps
Stainless Steel 2385 20 1 02 can be operated with the dimming procedure stated by the
Pure white glossy 2385 03 1 02 manufacturer.
Auxiliary unit More information
Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236 Technical information D I574
Aux.input 2-wire 0333 .. D32
Power boosters System2000
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 auxillary line, complete with cover
Features
-- Universal LED dimming insert for switching and dimming of
light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, electronic transformers for
halogen or LED lamps, dimmable inductive transformers for
halogen or LED lamps, HV LED or compact fluorescent
lamps. 2-wire
-- Automatic or manual setting of dimming principle according Stainless Steel 0333 20 1 02
to load (leading or trailing edge). Aluminium 0333 203 1 02
-- Display of the selected operating mode using LED. Pure white glossy 0333 03 1 02
-- Bulb-saving switch-on.
-- Switch-on brightness can be saved permanently. 2-wire
-- Minimum brightness can be set.
-- Connecting auxiliary units is possible. C O ptional accessories
-- Electronic short-circuit protection. Dimming inserts
-- Electronic excess-temperature protection. Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230
-- Operation with and without neutral conductor connection. Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 .. D31
Technical data LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz 1-10V control dev. Insert 0860 00 D232
Standby: max. 0.5W Dimmers
Connected load at 25 C Uni dim. 50-500 W/VA man. DRA 1034 00 D239
-- HV LED lamps (leading Switching inserts
edge): typ. 3 to 100W Switch insert Tronic 0866 00 D232
-- HV LED lamps (trailing Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233
edge): typically 3 to 200W Relay ins. 0853 00 D233
-- Compact fluorescent Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234
lamp: typ. 3 to 100W HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234
-- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 420W Features
-- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 420W -- Auxillary line in 2-wire connection technology for designing
-- electronic transformer installations with the function of 2-way and intermediate
with NV-LED: typically 20 to 100W switching exclusively in conjunction with the System2000.
-- Wound transformer: 20 to 420VA -- Additional cables are not required for retrofitting.
NV-LED: typically 20 to 100VA Technical data
Auxiliary inputs Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- Non-illuminated Installation depth: 29 mm
mechanical buttons: unlimited Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C
-- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire: 5
Cable length
E22
-- Load: max. 100m

Connections
-- Single-wire: max. 4mm
-- Fine-wire without core
jacket: max. 4mm
-- Fine-wire with core jacket: max. 2.5mm
E22 Dimming
Light bulb dimmer Notes

with rotary on/off switch, complete -- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures.
with cover and button
Scope of supply

More information

Tronic dimmer
60400W with push-button/2-way switch,
Stainless Steel 0300 20 1 02 including cover and knob

Fuse T 1.6 H 250V 049727 D251

Features 20360W
-- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse. Stainless Steel 1182 20 1 02
-- Power extension, e.g. using up to ten LV power boosters. AAluminium 1182 203 1 02
Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz Features
Connected load at 25 C -- For dimming Gira Tronic transformers, 230V light bulbs and
-- Light bulbs: 60 to 400W 230V halogen lamps.
-- HV halogen lamps: 60 to 400W -- Electronic short-circuit protection.
Installation depth: 33 mm. -- Automatic excess-temperature protection with restart.
Connections -- Power extension via Gira Tronic power boosters possible.
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm -- With screw terminals.
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C Technical data
Notes Connected load at 25 C
-- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures. -- Light bulbs: 20 to 360W
More information -- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 360W
Technical information D I579 -- Ohmic-capacitive: 20 to 360W
Connections
Light bulb dimmer -- maximum: 4mm
with push-button/2-way switch, Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C
including cover and button
Notes

Tronic dimmer
with push-button/2-way switch,
including cover and knob
60600W

LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 20525 W
Fuse T 2.5 H 250V 049732 D251 Stainless Steel 0307 20 1 02
Features Pure white glossy 0307 03 1 02
E22
-- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse. AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- With spring plug-in terminals. C O ptional accessories
Power boosters
Technical data Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246
Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50Hz Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247
Connections
-- minimum: 2 x 1mm

Dimming E22

-- Dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps or LV halogen Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50Hz
lamps with Gira Tronic transformers. Connected load at 25 C
-- Electronic short-circuit protection. -- Light bulbs: 20 to 500W
-- Automatic excess-temperature protection with restart. -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 500W
-- With control output for outputting the switching condition of -- wound transformer with
the Tronic dimmer for controlling automatic power isolators at least 85% rated load: 20 to 500VA
or relays. -- LED lamps: typ. 3 to 100W
-- Power extension using power boosters. -- Compact fluorescent
-- With spring plug-in terminals. lamp: typ. 3 to 100W
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz -- maximum: 2.5mm
Connected load at 25 C -- minimum: 1mm
-- Light bulbs: 20 to 525W Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C
-- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 525W Notes
-- Ohmic-capacitive: 20 to 525W -- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures.
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm Electronic potentiometer with switching
-- minimum: 2 x 1.0mm function for 1-10V control input, including
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C cover and knob
Notes
More information
LV dimmer with Stainless Steel 0309 20 1 02

push-button/2-way switch, AAluminium 0309 203 1 02
including cover and knob Pure white glossy 0309 03 1 02

Fuse F 500 H 250V 049722 D251

Features
-- Electronic potentiometer with switching function for
electronic ballasts or Tronic transformers with 110V
20500W/VA control input.
Stainless Steel 0306 20 1 02 -- Pressing the operating knob switches the electronic ballasts
AAluminium 0306 203 1 02 on and off.
Pure white glossy 0306 03 1 02 -- Rotating adjusts the brightness.
Technical data
C O ptional accessories Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 110V interface
Fuse T 3.15 H 250V 049735 D251 -- Control voltage: 0.5 to 10V
-- Control current: max. 50mA
Features Switching current
-- LV dimmer with push-button/2-way switch and potentiometer -- Ohmic: 6A
for setting the basic brightness. -- Capacitive: 6A (70F)
-- Switching and dimming of dimmable HV LED lamps and Installation depth: 33 mm.
dimmable compact fluorescent lamps. Mixed operation is not Connections
possible. -- maximum: 4mm
-- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps and Ambient temperature: +5 C to +25 C
dimmable inductive transformers with halogen lamps. Mixed
operation is possible. Scope of supply
-- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse. -- Fuse is included in the scope of supply.
-- Electronic excess-temperature protection.
-- With control output for outputting the switching condition of More information
the dimmer for control of automatic power isolators or relays. Technical information D I583
E22
E22 Socket outlets
Socket outlets Socket outlet British Standard (BS1363-2)

13A250V~ deactivatable,
with control light and Shutter
13A250V~ with shutter

Support ring 71x71mm AAluminium 2780 203 10/100 29
Stainless Steel 2776 20 10/100 29 Pure white glossy 2780 03 10/100 29
AAluminium 2776 203 10/100 29 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Support ring 80x80mm
Support ring 80x80mm AAluminium 2781 203 10/200 29
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. C N ecessary accessories
C N ecessary accessories British Standard Gira E22 frames D143
British Standard Gira E22 frames D143 Features
Features -- For screw mounting only.
-- For screw mounting only. Technical data
Technical data
Connections Double socket outlet British Standard (BS1363-
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm 2) 13A250V~ with shutter


13A250V~ deactivatable, with shutter

AAluminium 2782 203 5/100 29
Support ring 71x71mm AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
AAluminium 2778 203 10/100 29 C N ecessary accessories
Pure white glossy 2778 03 10/100 29 Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 132
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. mm
Stainless Steel 2779 20 10/200 29 Features
AAluminium 2779 203 10/200 29 -- With screw terminals.
Technical data
C N ecessary accessories Installation depth: 20 mm
Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 80 mm Connections
British Standard Gira E22 frames D143 -- maximum: 2 x 4mm + 2.5mm

Features
E22


Technical data

Socket outlets E22
Double socket outlet British Standard (BS1363- Socket outlet British Standard (BS546) Round
2) 13A250V~ deactivatable, with shutter Pin 5A250V~ with shutter


C N ecessary accessories Support ring 80x80mm
Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 132 Stainless Steel 2773 20 10 29
mm AAluminium 2773 203 10 29
British Standard Gira E22 frames D143 Pure white glossy 2773 03 10 29
Features
-- With screw terminals. C N ecessary accessories
-- For screw mounting only. Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 80 mm
Technical data
Installation depth: 20 mm Features
2) 13A250V~ deactivatable, with control light Technical data
and shutter Installation depth: 20 mm
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm

Socket outlet British Standard (BS546) Round

Pin 15A250V~ with shutter

AAluminium 2784 203 5/100 29
C N ecessary accessories Support ring 71x71mm

Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 132 Stainless Steel 2774 20 10 29
mm AAluminium 2774 203 10 29
British Standard Gira E22 frames D143 Pure white glossy 2774 03 10 29
Features
-- With screw terminals. Support ring 80x80mm
-- For screw mounting only. Stainless Steel 2775 20 10 29
Technical data Pure white glossy 2775 03 10 29
Installation depth: 20 mm AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.


Features

E22
Technical data
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 4mm

E22 Socket outlets
Fused spur connection box, British Standard Chinese socket outlet 10A250V~
(BS1363-4) 13A250V~ deactivatable

Support ring 71x71mm AAluminium 0420 203 1 11
Stainless Steel 2785 20 1/5 29 Pure white glossy 0420 03 1 01
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Technical data
AAluminium 2786 203 1 29 Chinese socket outlet insert 16A250V~


Features
-- With screw terminals. 0424 100 10/150 01
Technical data
Technical data Installation depth: 25 mm
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm Cover plate for Chinese socket outlet
16A250V~

(BS1363-4) 13A250V~ deactivatable, with
control light


Stainless Steel 2787 20 1/5 29 Insert for double socket outlet, Chinese socket
AAluminium 2787 203 1/5 29 outlet 10A and socket outlet EURO-US 10A

AAluminium 2787 203 1/5 29
0425 100 10/150 01
Cover frames British Standard for support ring 80 x 80 mm Technical data
British Standard Gira E22 frames D143 Installation depth: 25 mm

Features
-- With screw terminals. Cover for double socket outlet, Chinese socket
-- For screw mounting only. outlet 10A and socket outlet EURO-US 10A
E22

Technical data



Socket outlets E22
Socket outlet with protective contact EURO-US Socket outlet with earth pin 16A 250V~,
16A250V~ (Shutter) and Symbolk
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 2840 20 10 29 Stainless Steel 0485 20 1/5 11

AAluminium (lacquered) 2840 203 10 29 AAluminium 0485 203 1 11

Installation depth: 20 mm -- With screw terminals.

Technical data
Razor socket outlet (DINEN615582-5) 115 - Installation depth: 31 mm
230V~ for cover frame, 2-gang without
crossbar Notes

Socket outlet with earth pin 16A250V~,

hinged cover, Shutter and Symbolk

Stainless Steel 2820 20 1 29 AAluminium 0488 203 10 11
AAluminium 2820 203 1 29 Pure white glossy 0488 03 10 01
Pure white glossy 2820 03 1 29 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Features
Flush-mounted device box for razor socket
outlet Technical data

Notes
-- Approved in compliance with NFC61-314 (2003).
-- In conjunction with the seal kit and frame, 1-gang to 5-gang
from the Stainless Steel Series21, socket outlets with earth
pin and hinged cover can be installed water-protected
flush-mounted IP44.

2819 00 1 01
E22
E22 Socket outlets
SCHUKO socket outlet 16A 250V~ with USB power supply, 2-gang
Shutter and Symbolk

Screw terminals AAluminium 2359 203 1 02
Stainless Steel 0183 20 1 11 Pure white glossy 2359 03 1 02
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Features
Technical data -- Suitable as a charging device, e.g. for mobile telephones and
Installation depth: 32 mm similar devices.
-- Simultaneous charging of two devices is possible.
Notes
-- Increased contact protection pursuant to IEC 60884-1. Technical data
Rated voltage
SCHUKO Socket Outlet 16A 250V~ with -- Primary: AC100 - 240V, 50/60Hz
hinged cover -- Secondary: 5V
Standby: 0,3W

Notes


AAluminium 0454 203 1/5 11

Technical data

Insert for USB power supply, 2-gang
2359 00 1/5 02

Features
-- Suitable as a charging device, e.g. for mobile telephones and
similar devices.
-- Simultaneous charging of two devices is possible.

Technical data
Rated voltage
-- Primary: AC100 - 240V, 50/60Hz
-- Secondary: 5V
Standby: 0,3W
E22

Notes

Automatic light E22
Automatic light System 2000 automatic control switch
mounting height up to 1.10m
System2000 automatic switch including

standard attachment, installation height up to
1.10m and relay insert
Standard Top Unit

AAluminium (lacquered) 2395 203 1 02 Comfort Top Unit
Pure white glossy 2395 03 1 02 Stainless Steel (lacquered) 0661 20 1 02
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. AAluminium (lacquered) 0661 203 1 02
C O ptional accessories AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Auxiliary inputs
Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236 C O ptional accessories
Auxiliary unit 3-wire 0335 00 D237 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186 Functional description of standard top unit D258
Functional description of comfort top unit D258
Features
connection technology (N conductor required). System 2000 automatic control switch 2
-- Light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, LV halogen lamps with mounting height up to 2.20m
Technical data
-- Range to each side: 6m Standard Top Unit
Angle of detection: 180 Stainless Steel (lacquered) 2301 20 1/5 02
Brightness value AAluminium (lacquered) 2301 203 1/5 02
-- adjustable: approx. 0 to 150lx Pure white glossy 2301 03 1/100 02
-- fixed: Day mode AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Delay time: approx. 2 min. fixed Comfort Top Unit
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz Stainless Steel (lacquered) 2302 20 1/5 02
Connection: N conductor required AAluminium (lacquered) 2302 203 1/5 02
Connected load Pure white glossy 2302 03 1/100 02
-- Light bulbs: 2300W AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- wound transformer with C O ptional accessories
at least 85% rated load: 1000VA Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
-- Fluorescent lamps, Functional description standard top unit
uncompensated: 1200VA mounting height up to 2.20 m D259
-- Fluorescent lamps, Functional description comfort top unit
duo-circuit: 2300VA mounting height up to 2.20 m D260
Auxiliary inputs
-- Non-illuminated
unit: max. 100m
E22
Protection type:
Ambient temperature
-- -20 C to +45 C:
Notes
field has no natural limitation if used outdoors. Use the
System2000 automatic control switch mounting height up to
2.20 for outdoor use.
More information
E22 Automatic light/ Time switch
KNX automatic control switch Time switch

Cover with toggle switch for timer
Standard Top Unit

Stainless Steel (lacquered) 0880 20 1/5 06 15 minutes
AAluminium (lacquered) 0880 203 1 06 Stainless Steel 0640 20 1 02
Pure white glossy 0880 03 1/5 06 AAluminium 0640 203 1 02

Comfort Top Unit 120 minutes
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1304 20 1/5 06 Stainless Steel 0642 20 1 02
AAluminium (lacquered) 1304 203 1 06 AAluminium 0642 203 1 02
with symbol plates
Functional description of standard top unit D442 One of the following articles:
Functional description of comfort top unit D442 Time sw. 2-p 15 min 0320 00 D229
Time sw. 2-p 120 min 0321 00 D229

KNX automatic control switch Notes
mounting height up to 2.20m -- For screw mounting only.

Electronic timer easy 230V~
Standard Top Unit

Pure white glossy 0889 03 1/5 06 01000W/VA
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Stainless Steel 1175 20 1 02
Comfort Top Unit Pure white glossy 1175 03 1/100 02
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1305 20 1 06 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Pure white glossy 1305 03 1/5 06 Functional description D71

C O ptional accessories Electronic timer 230V~(AC)

Functional description of standard top unit D443

01000W/VA

E22

Blind controller E22
Blind controller Blind control button Standard top unit
Rockers with arrow symbol

AAluminium 2324 203 1/5 02
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186

C N ecessary accessories Functional description D276
Blind rocker btn 0158 00 D228 Blind control button top unit
Cover with toggle switch for blind switch or

button

AAluminium 2328 203 1/5 02

Stainless Steel 0666 20 1 11 C O ptional accessories
with symbol plates
Blind control button top unit with sensor
C N ecessary accessories evaluation
Cover plate for key switch and key push button


Pure white glossy 0664 03 1/5 02 Blind control button top unit with memory
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. function and sensor evaluation
Key sw. btn 1-p 0163 00 D229
Key sw. btn 1-p 0163 00 D229
Profile semi-cylinder diff.lock 0001 00 D252 Stainless Steel 0822 20 1/5 02
Profile semi-cylinder id.lock 0002 00 D252 AAluminium 0822 203 1 02
E22
Profile semi-cylinder VdS class B 0003 00 D252 Pure white glossy 0822 03 1/5 22


E22 Blind controller/ Orientation Lighting
eNet wireless blind control button top unit, Orientation Lighting

1-gang
LED Orientation Light, 230V~ with pictogram

AAluminium 5491 203 1/5 02
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. WC Women and Men
C O ptional accessories AAluminium 2791 203 1 11
Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

Functional description D495 WC Men
Electronic blind controller easy top unit AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

WC Women

Wheelchair
Staircase
Functional description D278 Stainless Steel 2795 20 1 11
Electronic blind controller2 top unit
Baby-care room

Information
Stainless Steel 1308 20 1 02 AAluminium 2797 203 1 11
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Arrow
Functional description D278 AAluminium 2798 203 1 11

Electronic blind controller2 top unit with No smoking
sensor evaluation Stainless Steel 2799 20 1 11

Mobile phones prohibited
AAluminium 1309 203 1 02 C O ptional accessories
Pure white glossy 1309 03 1/100 02 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
Features
E22
Functional description D279 -- LED orientation light for private and commercial use.
-- The orientation light is used, for example, to illuminate stairs
or as an orientation aid in dark rooms.
-- RGB LEDs are used as light sources.
-- The light colours white, blue, red, green and orange can be
set consecutively, or a continuous colour cycle over the entire
range of colours (approx. 5 min.) can be started via a control
input.
-- As a result, any desired colour can be set by stopping at the
corresponding point.

Orientation Lighting /Rocker sets for bus systems E22
Technical data Rocker sets for bus systems

Power consumption: 1.8 W/2.0VA

Light intensity (white): 0.8 cd (white) Rocker set, 1-gang with inscription space
LED Orientation Light 230V~, white
Clear + stainless steel 2131 20 1 06

AClear + aluminium 2131 203 1 06

White LED illumination Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
2361 00 1/100 02
Adap. frame E22 f. System55 funct. 0289 202 D181 Rocker set, 2-gang (1+1) with inscription space
Adap. frame E22 f. System55 funct. 0289 202 D181
LED Orientation Light 230V~ RGB

1169 00 1/100 02 AClear + aluminium 2132 203 1 06
Clear + pure white glossy 2132 03 1 06
C N ecessary accessories AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Adap. frame E22 f. System55 funct. 0289 202 D181 Functional description D394
Functional description D74 Rocker Set, 3-gang with inscription space




E22
E22 Rocker sets for bus systems
Rocker Set, 4-gang (1+3) with inscription space Rocker set, 5-gang Plus (2+3) with inscription
space

AClear + aluminium 2134 203 1 06 Clear + stainless steel 2145 20 1 06
Clear + pure white glossy 2134 03 1 06 AClear + aluminium 2145 203 1 06
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Clear + pure white glossy 2145 03 1 06

Rocker Set, 6-gang (3+3) with inscription space
Rocker set, 1-gang

Pure white glossy
(lacquered) 2181 03 1 06
AClear + aluminium 2136 203 1 06 C O ptional accessories
Clear + pure white glossy 2136 03 1 06 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186

Rocker set, 2-gang (1+1)
Rocker Set, 2-gang Plus with inscription space


C O ptional accessories Stainless Steel 2132 210 1 06
Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186 AAluminium 2132 211 1 06
Pure white glossy
Functional description D395 (lacquered) 2182 03 1 06


E22
Rocker sets for bus systems E22
Rocker set, 3-gang Rocker set, 2-gang Plus

Pure white glossy Pure white glossy
(lacquered) 2183 03 1 06 (lacquered) 2192 03 1 06

Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186

Functional description D396 Functional description D396

Rocker set, 4-gang (1+3) Rocker set, 5-gang Plus (2+3)



Rocker set, 6-gang (3+3) Rocker set 1-gang inscribable

Pure white glossy
(lacquered) 2201 03 1 07

Stainless Steel 2136 210 1 06 C O ptional accessories
Pure white glossy
(lacquered) 2186 03 1 06 Functional description D397
E22
E22 Rocker sets for bus systems
Rocker set 2-gang (1+1) inscribable Rocker set 6-gang (3+3) inscribable



Rocker set 3-gang inscribable Rocker set 2-gang Plus inscribable




Rocker set 4-gang (1+3) inscribable Rocker set 5-gang Plus (2+3) inscribable



E22
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning E22
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning Room temperature controller 24/10(4)A~ with
NC contact
Room temperature controller 230/10(4)A~

with NC contact, 1-way switch and control light

Functional description D286 Room Temperature Controller 24/5(2)A~

with 2-way switch
Room Temperature Controller 230/10(4)A~

with NC contact

Functional description D286 Room Temperature Controller 230/10(4)A~

with NO contact and sensor for electrical floor
heating
with 2-way switch


Room Temperature Controller 230V~ with
clock and cooling function
Room temperature controller 24/10(4)A~
with NC contact, 1-way switch and control light

E22


E22 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
Electronic hygrostat 230V~(AC) KNX object controller with button interface,

4-gang

AAluminium 2265 203 1 02 Stainless Steel 2101 20 1 06
Pure white glossy 2265 03 1 02 AAluminium 2101 203 1 06

Ambient air sensor CO 2




KNX CO 2 Sensor with humidity and room

temperature controller



KNX continuous controller with button

interface, 4-gang

E22



Door communication E22
Door communication Home Station
Surface-mounted home station

Stainless Steel 1250 20 1 18 Pure white glossy + clear /
AAluminium 1250 203 1 18 pure white glossy 1280 103 1/100 18
Functional description D324 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186

Surface-Mounted Home Station Video
Call Button, 1-gang for home station

Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1279 20 1/100 10 Clear + pure white glossy 1283 100 1 18
AAluminium (lacquered) 1279 203 1 10 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. C O ptional accessories

Home Station Video FM Plus
Call Button, 3-gang for home station

Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1239 20 1 10 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Functional description D326 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186


E22
E22 Door communication/
TFT colour display Gira Keyless In

Gira Keyless In Keypad

AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Stainless Steel (lacquered) 2605 20 1 10
Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

Functional description D329 C O ptional accessories

Surface-Mounted Gong Functional description D353




E22
Communication entertainment E22
Communication technology entertainment Central plate 4-gang (50 x 50mm) for coaxial

connections
Stereo Loudspeaker Socket Outlet
black 0259 10 5/25 01

Stainless Steel 0402 20 1/5 11 C N ecessary accessories
AAluminium 0402 203 1 11 Adapter frame 50x50 square 0282 .. D178
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Notes
-- Suitable for antenna socket, 4-gang GAD 400 from Fuba, SEV
Features 2 from ECG-Elektro, and GUT 400 from Astro.
-- With screw terminals. -- Central plate (50x50mm) for coaxial antenna socket, 4-gang
with two additional SAT connections for Fuba, ECG-Elektro,
Technical data Astro. Suitable for antenna socket, 4-gang GAD 400 from
Installation depth: 31 mm Fuba, SEV 2 from ECG-Elektro and GUT 400 from Astro.
Connection cross section,
max.: 1.5mm
Notes Entertainment
-- For cable cross section up to 10mm.
-- Use as an insert for high-end loudspeaker plug connector
(WBT) and data cap.
Cover for coaxial antenna socket
Cross reference
description D361


Aerial socket outl. EDU 04F 0046 00 D370
Aerial socket outl. GEDU 10 0041 00 D370
Antenna sock. GEDU 15 0042 00 D371
Antenna sock. FS 302 F 0937 00 D371
Features
-- Third hole can be broken out.
Notes
Central plate 4-gang (50 x 50mm) for coaxial

connections
E22
black 0258 10 1 01

Adapter frame 50x50 square 0282 .. D178

E22 Communication network technology
Communication technology network technology Universal blank cover for modular jack cover

with 30 angled socket outlet and inscription

space
Cover for UAE/IAE (ISDN) and network
connection box


Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640 .. D176
Pure white glossy 0270 03 10/100 01 Communication technology
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Network technology

with inscription space

One of the following articles: Cross reference
UAE/IAE (ISDN) connection boxes Product range overview and functional
UAE/IAE conn.box 1 x 8-p ST 0179 00 D375 description D371
UAE/IAE conn.box 2 x 8-p ST 0187 00 D375
UAE/IAE conn.box 2 x 8-p 8/8 ST 0190 00 D375
Network connection boxes
Network Cat.6 2-g 0166 00 D374


Features
-- Cover plate can be broken out.

Notes
-- Suitable for UAE/IAE (ISDN) connection boxes.

Cover plate with 30 angled socket outlet and

inscription field for Modular Jack support ring

AAluminium 2640 203 10/100 11

Modular jack support ring
Modular Jack 3 5603 00 D373
E22


Univ.blank cov.plate MJ 2-g 30 + in.sp. 2645 .. D176

Scope of supply

Communication telecommunications /Communication Accessories E22
Communication technology telecommunications Communication technology accessories

Cover plate for Mounting frame

USB data interface
Black matt 2648 20 5/25 11

Stainless Steel 0876 20 1 11 Pure white glossy 2648 03 5/25 01
Pure white glossy 0276 03 10/100 01 C N ecessary accessories
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Inserts entertainment
Entertainment D361
with inscription space Inserts network technology
Stainless Steel 0276 20 1 11 Network technology D371
AAluminium 0876 203 1 11 Inserts, accessories
Pure white glossy 0876 03 1 01 Accessories D376
C N ecessary accessories Mounting Frame with hinged cover

USB power supply 2-g 2359 00 D68
USB data I/F FM 1070 00 D455
Notes
-- Suitable for USB power supply.
-- Suitable for USB data interface. Stainless Steel 2658 20 1/5 11
AAluminium 2658 203 1/5 01
Cover for cable branch and telecommunications AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
connector socket
Entertainment D361
Inserts, accessories
Accessories D376
Pure white glossy 0274 03 10/100 01 Insert mounting laptop security locks
Cab.branch 5-p 0400 00 D252
Notes
-- Fits all common telecommunications connector sockets.
Black matt 5668 10 1/5 01

Communication technology Pure white glossy 5668 03 1/5 01
Telecommunications
Mounting frame 2648 .. D177

Technical data

Notes
E22

Cross reference
description D375

E22 Communication Accessories
Data cap with support ring and inscription Adapter frame with square cut-out for devices
space for communication technology inserts with cover plate (50x50mm)

Stainless Steel 0870 20 1/5 11 AAluminium (lacquered) 0282 203 1 11
AAluminium 0870 203 1 11 Pure white glossy 0282 03 5/25 01
C N ecessary accessories Central pl. 4-g 0258 10 D78
One of the following articles: Central pl. 4-g 0259 10 D78
Slide-ins entertainment
Ins. data cap 0055 00 D379 Features
Ins. data cap 0092 00 D379 -- Devices with a square central plate (50x50mm) from other
Insert data cap high-end WBT 0091 00 D379 manufacturers, e.g. Alcatel, AMP Econo Link System,
Slide-ins network technology Brand-Rex, BTR, Cellpack ITT Cannon Cat. 5, Deutsche
Insert data cap D-sub 0050 00 D378 Telekom, Drahtex, Hirose, Kannegieter BICC Brand Rex,
Ins.data cap 1-g 0052 00 D379 Kerpen ELine600, Krone, Molex, Nedap, Panduit, Quante,
Insert for data cap 0053 00 D379 Reichle de Massari, Rutenbeck, Schumann Netzwerktechnik,
Insert for data cap 0039 00 D380 HomeWay, Siemens ICCS100, 300 and 600, Telegrtner,
Insert for data cap 0058 00 D380 Telenorma, TKM (4 x RJ45 shielded, Cat. 5) can be integrated
Ins.data cap 1-g 0047 00 D380 into the S-Color system with the adapter frame and cover
Ins. data cap 0088 00 D380 frame (1-gang to 5-gang).
Ins. data cap 0064 00 D381
Ins. data cap 0732 00 D381 Adapter frame with round cut-out and hinged
Insert for data cap 0089 00 D381 cover with inscription space for devices with
Accessories cover plate (50 x 50mm)
Uni.ins. data cap adapter set 0049 00 D378
Blank ins. data cap 0048 00 D378


Notes
-- For screw mounting only. Stainless Steel 0681 20 5/25 11
-- For vertical and 30 angled outlet.
Features
More information -- Devices of other manufacturers with square central plates
Technical information D I538 can be integrated in the switch range with this adapter frame
and frame (1 to 5-gang).

Adapter frame with plug-in cover cap for Scope of supply
devices with cover plate (50x50mm) and -- Blank inscription label included.
angled socket outlet
Cover for cable branch and telecommunications

connector socket

AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Stainless Steel 0274 20 5 11
Inscription sheets 51.2x7.0mm 1455 00 D250 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

E22

-- With this cover cap and frame (1-gang to 5-gang), devices Cab.branch 5-p 0400 00 D252
with a square central plate (50x50mm) from other
manufacturers, e.g. Alcatel, AMP Econo Link System, Notes
Brand-Rex, METZ CONNECT (BTR), Kannegieter BICC Brand -- Fits all common telecommunications connector sockets.
Rex, Krone, Molex, Reichle de Massari, Rutenbeck,
Schumann Netzwerktechnik RJ45 connection box Cat.5
BICC, Siemens ICCS 100 and 300, Telegrtner, Telenorma,
TKM, Quante, Panduit (2-gang MSCSP2) can be integrated
into the switch range.

Scope of supply
-- Support ring is not included in the scope of supply.

Communication Accessories /Audio systems E22
Communication technology Audio systems

Accessories
RDS Flush-Mounted Radio with a loudspeaker
Cross reference
description D376 Operating top unit in black glass appearance



Loudspeaker for the RDS Flush-Mounted Radio




Docking station insert
2281 00 1 03


Top unit Apple 30-pin for docking station insert

E22




E22 Audio systems
Top unit Apple Lightning for docking station Revox multiroom system M217 display unit
insert




Top unit USB Micro-B for docking station insert Revox multiroom system M217 / M218
monitoring unit



Blank cover plate for docking station insert AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.



Stainless Steel 2288 20 1 03 Revox operating unit Voxnet218, inscribable



Pure white glossy
Revox Multiroom System M218 Operating Unit (lacquered) 2238 03 1 06


E22




Hospital Installation /Accessories E22
Hospital Installation Accessories

Equipotential bonding socket, 2-gang Blank cover plate with support ring
Stainless Steel 0405 20 1/5 11 Stainless Steel 0268 20 5/100 11


Angled sock.plug 044757 D181 -- For screw mounting only.

Features
-- For the connection of medical devices. DIN42801. Adapter frame with square cut-out (55 x
55mm) for E22 Stainless Steel
Technical data
Connections: 6 to 10mm
Angular socket plug DIN42801 for

equipotential bonding socket
0289 202 5/25 11

Notes
-- Plastic material.
-- For integration of System55 functions in E22 Stainless Steel.

For lines up to Name plate/door plate

6mm 044757 5/25 01
Equipot. bonding 2-gang 0405 .. D181
Scope of supply
-- A yellow insulating sleeve is included in the scope of supply.
1-gang for Stainless Steel, Aluminium
Pure white 1071 202 1/5 11

1-gang for pure white glossy
Pure white 1071 00 1 01

Mount pl 1-g name/door plate Std55/E2 1081 .. D182
Inscription sheets 107100 / 107200 1085 00 D182
Support ring Name plate 1448 00 D182

Features
-- Consisting of a base plate and a transparent, plug-in cover.
-- Simple replacement of the label carrier.
Two mounting options
-- Fastening:
The base plate of the name plate/door plate is mounted to the
wall with the included screws/wall plugs.
-- Adhesion:
E22

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
W 51 H 51

Notes
clean-looking closure on the back of the surface.
-- Suitable for frames from the Standard55, Event, E2, or E22
switch ranges.
printer.

E22 Accessories
Name plate/door plate Features


2-gang Inscription sheets for name plate or door plate

Pure white 1072 00 5 01

With integration in cover frame E22
Cover frame 2-gang without crossbar
Gira E22 cover frame D143
With integration in flat mounting type (installation kit and 2 x
support ring)
Installation kit Gira E22 for flat mounting type of
cover frame and device socket D144 1085 00 1 01
Support ring Name plate 1448 00 D182
With integration in flat mounting type (flat cover frame and 2 C N ecessary accessories
x support ring) One of the following articles:
Gira E22 cover frame for flat mounting type D144 Name/door plate 1-g for SST AL 1071 202 D181
Support ring Name plate 1448 00 D182 Door/orient. plate 1-gang 1071 00 D181
Base plate, 2-gang Standard55/E2 1082 .. D182 Features
Inscription sheets 107100 / 107200 1085 00 D182 -- Insert for the name plate/door plate in DIN A4 format. The
material thickness is ideal for the plate. This prevents waving,
Features as can occur with common copier paper.
-- Consisting of a base plate and a transparent, plug-in cover. Notes
-- Simple replacement of the label carrier. -- The inscription sheets can be printed using any conventional
Two mounting options printer.
-- Fastening:
The base plate of the name plate/door plate is mounted to the Scope of supply
wall with the included screws/wall plugs. -- Ten sheets are included in the scope of supply.
-- Adhesion:
doors, with the accompanying sticky points. Support ring for name plate/door plate

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
W 122 H 51

Notes
clean-looking closure on the back of the surface. 1448 00 1 01
-- Suitable for 2-gang frame without crossbar from the
Standard55, Event, E2 or E22 switch ranges. C N ecessary accessories
-- The inscription sheets can be printed using any conventional One of the following articles:
printer. Name/door plate 1-g for SST AL 1071 202 D181
Notes
-- For integration of the name plate 1071.., 1072.. in E22 flat
mounting type.

Adapter support ring 80x80mm
1-gang
E22
Pure white 1081 02 1 11

black 1081 00 1 01

2-gang
Pure white 1082 02 10 11
black 1082 00 1 01 Adapter support ring
80x80mm 2849 00 1 29
One of the following articles: Notes
Name/door plate 1-g for SST AL 1071 202 D181 -- For integration of Gira products with support ring 71x
Door/orient. plate 1-gang 1071 00 D181 71mm.

Gira Stainless Steel Gira Stainless Steel Series 20 frames ... 185
Gira Stainless Steel Series 21 frames... 185
Series 20, Series 21 Accessories ... 186
Awards
German trade press award in the Technical Goods category
1994 [Gira stainless steel switches],
iF product design award 1996, 1997 [Stainless Steel Series 21]
Product design
Prof. Odo Klose, Wuppertal [Stainless Steel Series20]
Gira, Radevormwald [Stainless Steel Series21]

Series 20, Series 21

Stainless Steel

Elegant and durable
Gira Stainless Steel is an elegant switch range with two series: Series20 and
Series21. Both are made of stainless steel and feature a sand-blasted matt surface.
The range encompasses all the functions which are essential for modern building
management. The cover frames of both series can be combined with the inserts of
the GiraE 22 Stainless Steel range. This makes it possible to use more than 280
functions of the Gira E 22 Stainless Steel switch range in Series 20 and 21 as well.
Features Dimensions in mm [Series 20]

- High-quality workmanship using robust materials.
- More than 280 functions available. 80,8 10,1
- The cover frames of Series 20 and 21 can be combined with
the inserts of the Gira E 22 Stainless Steel range.
- Stainless steel with lustrous matt surface.
80,8
- Plastic base made of material that is shock-resistant and
shatter-proof and halogen-free.
- Stainless Steel Series 20 and 21: Flush-mounted installation
(IP20). Cover frame, 1-gang: W 80.8 H 80.8 D 10.1
- Series 21 Stainless Steel version: Flush-mounted installation Cover frame, 2-gang: W 80.8 H 152 D 10.1
of switches, buttons and SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged Cover frame, 3-gang: W 80.8 H 223.2 D 10.1
cover, also available with protection against splash water Cover frame, 4-gang: W 80.8 H 294.4 D 10.1
(IP44) (if the special sealing sets are used 025120 or Cover frame, 5-gang: W 80.8 H 365.6 D 10.1
025220).
Corner radius: R2
Technical data
Platform: E 22 Dimensions in mm [Series 21]
Material: Stainless steel 1.4301,
rust-proof 80,8 9,5
Plastic base: Albis PA 655/2
80,8

Corner radius: R3
Variants
Series 20 Series 21
Stainless Steel

Stainless Steel Series 20 frames /Series 21 frames Stainless Steel
Gira Stainless Steel Series 20 frames Gira Stainless Steel Series 21 frames

Gira Stainless Steel Series 20 frames Gira Stainless Steel Series 21 frames
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel

1-gang 0211 20 10 11 1-gang 0211 21 10/100 11
2-gang 0212 20 10/100 11 2-gang 0212 21 10/100 11
3-gang 0213 20 1/5 11 3-gang 0213 21 1/5 11
4-gang 0214 20 1/5 11 4-gang 0214 21 1/5 11
5-gang 0215 20 1/5 11 5-gang 0215 21 1/5 11



Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel Accessories
Accessories

Adapter frame with square cut-out (55 x

55mm) for Stainless Steel Series 20/21
0289 20 5/25 11

Notes
-- Plastic material.
-- For integration of System55 functions in Stainless Steel
Series20 and Series21.

Stainless Steel
Gira water-protected Water-protected flush-mounted IP44
Gira TX_44... 189
Gira water-protected surface-mounted
system IP44 ... 195
Gira water-protected surface-mounted
system IP66 ... 201
Water-protected

Protection against moisture and water ingress
The chapter Gira water-protected covers switch ranges that are suitable for use
in water-protected, flush-mounted and surface-mounted installations both indoors
and outdoors. Depending on the requirements, switches and buttons with IP44
(protected against splash water) or IP66 (protected against water jets) are available.
Protection against splash water (IP44) Protection against powerful water jets (IP66)
IP 44 stands for safe protection against solid particles such Gira switch ranges that have the IP66 rating provide absolute
as rough sand and against splash water. It is a minimum protection against dust and strong jets of water. Thanks to their
requirement for outdoor use. Gira switch ranges that are leak-tightness, they are predestined for harsh applications
equipped with this protection are especially suitable for damp and their robust material quality that offers protection against
rooms, e.g. bathrooms and areas that are exposed to the chemicals and vandalism makes them the perfect choice for
weather, such as cellars or garages. use in cellars, garages, workshops and the industry.
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Henry Potter
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Integration into Gira energy and light profiles for outdoor use
Michael Cramer
The Gira energy profiles extend the outdoor electrical

The Neumann Family
installation. The housing, cover, and base are made of robust,

Water-protected
weather-resistant aluminium with a scratch-resistant, dirt-

resistant surface. Gira energy profiles with empty units can
be equipped with the water-protected Gira TX_44 switch
range as needed.

Water-protected flush-mounted IP44 Gira TX_44 frames... 192
Gira TX_44 Automatic light ... 192
Accessories ... 194
Product design

Flush-mounted IP44
TX_44

Water-protected and robust
Gira TX_44 is a very robust switch range that is perfect for outdoor use, in
damp rooms and as part of interior design. Gira TX_44 can be installed with IP44
protection against splash water and is thus eminently suitable for use in the
garden, on balconies or terraces. Thanks to integration of the Gira System55
inserts, the Gira TX_44 has a very large functional depth.
- All functions of the Gira door communication systems can be
integrated. 110 16,3
- Gira TX_44 cover frame can be integrated into the Gira energy
and light profiles.
- Inserts from the Gira System 55 can be integrated by means
86
of an adapter frame.
- Material is impact-resistant and shatter-proof, ball-proof,
halogen-free and UV-resistant, weather-resistant and
67 3,5
microbiologically safe.
The anthracite and aluminium-colour versions fulfil German
standard DIN 68 861, load group 1B, for resistance against Cover frame, 1-gang: W 110 H 86 D 16.3
chemicals. Cover frame, 2-gang: W 110 H 157 D 16.3
- Theft-proof thanks to being mounted with Torx screws. Cover frame, 4-gang: W 110 H 300 D 16.3
- Increased theft protection when Tri-Wing screws are used.
- Flush-mounted installation, protected against splash water Corner radius: R 0.5
(IP44).
Technical data
Platform: Water-protected flush-mounted
Material: Thermoplastic (ASA)
Variants
Pure white Colour Anthracite

glossy aluminium (lacquered)
(similar to (lacquered)
RAL9010)
Flush-mounted IP44
TX_44

Product range Water-protected flush-mounted IP44
Gira TX_44
Cover frames Automatic light Orientation Door Keyless In Accessories

D192 D192 lighting communication D194 D194
D193 D193
Flush-mounted IP44
TX_44

TX_44 (IP44) Cover frames/ Automatic light
Gira TX_44 frames Automatic light

Features
-- Shatter-proof. System 2000 automatic control switch
Notes
-- Frames are easy to install without tools; disassembly requires
a Torx screwdriver T9 or T10.
-- Wall plug mounting is possible.
-- Central inserts safeguarded against disassembly.

Gira TX_44 frames Standard Top Unit

Pure white 1300 66 1/5 02

Comfort Top Unit
Pure white 0661 66 1 02

Pure white Functional description of standard top unit D258
1-gang 0211 66 5/100 13 Functional description of comfort top unit D258
2-gang 0212 66 5/100 13
3-gang 0213 66 5 13
4-gang 0214 66 1 13 System 2000 automatic control switch 2
Scope of supply
-- With seal flange.

Gira TX_44 frames
Standard Top Unit

Pure white 2301 66 1 02

Comfort Top Unit
Anthracite Pure white 2302 66 1 02
1-gang 0211 67 5/100 13 Anthracite 2302 67 1 02
2-gang 0212 67 5/100 13 Colour aluminium 2302 65 1 02
3-gang 0213 67 5 13
4-gang 0214 67 1 13 Functional description of standard top unit D259
Scope of supply

Gira TX_44 frames
Colour aluminium
1-gang 0211 65 5/100 13
2-gang 0212 65 5/100 13
3-gang 0213 65 5 13
4-gang 0214 65 1 13

Scope of supply
Flush-mounted IP44

TX_44
Orientation Lighting /Door communication TX_44 (IP44)
Orientation Lighting Door communication

LED Orientation Light, 230V~ Door station, 1-gang
White LED illumination

Pure white 1161 66 1/5 13
Blue LED illumination Pure white 1260 66 1/100 18

Pure white 1162 66 1/5 13 Anthracite 1260 67 1/100 18
Anthracite 1162 67 1/5 13 Colour aluminium 1260 65 1/100 18
Features
-- The orientation light can be used, for example, to illuminate Door station, 3-gang
stairs, as an orientation aid in dark halls or as accent lighting
on building walls.
-- Either white, blue or orange LEDs are used as the light
source, depending on the version.
-- The LEDs require very little power and have a very long
service life.
-- The device is installed using a light outlet box or a normal
device box.
Technical data
Power consumption: 0.85 W/5.6 VA
Light intensity
-- white: 0.8 cd Pure white 1261 66 1/100 18
-- blue: 0.3 cd Anthracite 1261 67 1/100 18
-- orange: 0.4 cd Colour aluminium 1261 65 1/100 18
Protection type for
installation with seal ring in Functional description D307
a device box: IP44
Call Button, 1-gang for Door Station
Notes
-- For water-protected installation (IP44), the orientation light
must be installed in a device box with a sealing ring (included
in the scope of supply of the TX_44 frame).
More information
Program-neutral 1262 00 1 18


Call Button, 3-gang for Door Station
Program-neutral 1263 00 1/100 18


Flush-mounted IP44
TX_44
TX_44 (IP44) Door communication/ / Accessories
Info module for door station Accessories

Blank cover plate


Pure white 0268 66 5 13
Colour camera for door station Anthracite 0268 67 1 13

Notes
-- Wall plugs must be used for the frames when using 1-gang
frames.

Torx screw set

Pure white 1265 66 1 10

Functional description D309 30 pieces 1402 00 1 09

Gira TX_44 frames D192
Gira Keyless In

Notes
-- Suitable for Torx screwdrivers T9 and T10.
Gira Keyless In Keypad
Scope of supply
-- 30 screws are included in the scope of supply.

Tri-Wing screw set
Pure white 2605 66 1 10

Colour aluminium 2605 65 1/100 10 30 pieces 1407 00 1 09

TX_44 Surface-Mounted Door Stations D314
Screwdriver Tri-Wing 1408 00 D194

Features
-- Tri-Wing screw set for increased theft protection.

Tri-Wing screwdriver
1408 00 1 09

Screw set Tri-Wing 1407 00 D194

Flush-mounted IP44
TX_44
Gira water-protected surface-mounted Blind controller ... 198
system IP44 Time switch ... 199
Bus coupler button ... 199
Accessories ... 200
Awards
DEUBAU Product Award Europe 1992
Product Design
Prof. Odo Klose, Wuppertal
Surface-mounted IP44

Robust in moist environments and under high stress
The Gira water-protected surface-mounted system IP44 switch range is a very safe
installation system for use in areas with harsh ambient conditions due to their
purpose. This includes workshops, industrial halls or farms, but also cellars, garages
or outdoor areas where the requirements for long-term safe electrical installation
are higher.
- Shatter-proof housing for long-term protection against
contact and maximum electrical safety. 42 58,5
- High surface quality protects against external influences
31
and dirt.
- Functional material, resistant against external influences
such as oils, greases, fuels and chemicals.
80,5
- The SCHUKO socket outlets with item numbers 017530,
078530 and 078430 are equipped with specially alloyed
metal parts. This makes it possible to use them in air that
contains ammonia, for example in livestock farming. 76
- Housing design IP44 in acc. with DIN EN 60529.
- Housing designs for horizontal and vertical installation.
1-gang, vertical installation: W 76 H 80.5 D 58.5
2-gang, vertical installation: W 76 H 162.5 D 58.5
Technical data 2-gang, horizontal installation: W 153.5 H 80.5 D 58.5

Platform: WP SM 3-gang, horizontal installation: W 231 H 80.5 D 58.5
Mounting type: Surface-mounted
Operating temperature: 20 C to +45 C
Storage temperature 20 C to +65 C
Variant
Grey

Product range Gira water-protected surface-mounted system IP44
Blind controller Time switch Bus coupler button Accessories

D198 D199 D199 D200

Water-protected surface-mounted IP44 Blind controller
Blind controller Metal cover, 125 x 100mm

Blind button or switch 1-pole 10A250V~ with

inscription space
with symbols zt
Group button/switch Aluminium
Grey 0154 30 1/100 14 Aluminium 0097 30 1 02

C O ptional accessories without symbols
Inscription sheets 54.5x7.0mm 1453 00 D250 Aluminium
Auxiliary unit for Aluminium 0098 30 1 02
Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275
Notes Key sw. 2-p 0144 30 D198
-- Button function upon rotation of the toggle switch. After Key sw. btn 1-p 0163 30 D198
removing the brass locking mechanism, button function upon
slight rotation of the knob. When fully rotating the knob, the Features
switch engages. -- Plate for covering the key switch for flush-mounted
installation.
Scope of supply

Key switch 10A250V~ for all DIN profile

semi-cylinders
Switch 2-pole
Grey 0144 30 1 02

Button 1-pole
Grey 0163 30 1 02

Metal cover plate
Metal cov. + symbols 0097 30 D198
Metal cov. w/o symbols 0098 30 D198
Profile semi-cylinder
Auxiliary unit for

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
-- Diecast aluminium
housing: W 75 H 75 D 66

Notes
-- Please order lock separately.
-- The housing cover can only be disassembled when the lock is
in unlocked position.
-- M20 entry from bottom.

Scope of supply
-- The lock is not included in the scope of supply.

More information

Time switch /Bus coupler Water-protected surface-mounted IP44
Time switch Bus coupler button

Time switch, 2-pole 16A250V~ with KNX bus coupler button water-protected
inscription space surface-mounted 1-gang with control window
and single-point operation
15 minutes
Grey 0320 30 1 02 Grey 5151 30 1 06

120 minutes C O ptional accessories
Grey 0321 30 1 02 In.sp. blank in.label f. sw. 0018 00 D200
Inscription sheets 54.5x7.0mm 1453 00 D250 Functional description D401

Notes
-- Different times available on request. KNX bus coupler button water-protected
surface-mounted 2-gang with control window
Scope of supply and single-point operation
Timer
water-protected surface-mounting (IP44) with
inscription space
Grey 5152 30 1 06

In.sp. blank in.label f. sw. 0018 00 D200
15 min Inscription sheets 54.5x7.0mm 1453 00 D250
Pure white 1320 32 1 02
30 min
Pure white 1325 32 1 02
KNX water-protected surface-mounted bus
60 min coupler button, 2-gang with single-point
Pure white 1323 32 1 02 operation
120 min
Pure white 1321 32 1 02
120 min/fixed location

Pure white 1326 32 1 02
120 min/2-way switch

Pure white 1329 32 1 02
Grey 5161 30 1 06
240 min
Pure white 1324 32 1 02 C O ptional accessories
360 min Inscription sheets 54.5x7.0mm 1453 00 D250
Pure white 1327 32 1 02
720 min
Pure white 1328 32 1 02
Water-protected surface-mounted IP44 Bus coupler/ Accessories
KNX water-protected surface-mounted bus Adapter with cable entry, 2-gang (twin entry)
coupler button, 2-gang with two-point
operation
Grey 0007 30 10 14

Scope of supply
-- Including slider for duct 15x15mm, 15x30mm and pipe (up
to M20).

Grey 5162 30 1 06
Cable entry

1-gang
Grey 0009 30 10 14

Accessories 2-gang (twin entry)

Grey 0012 30 10 14

Inscription space with blank inscription label Stub slider with M20 screw joint
for rocker switches and rocker buttons Grey 0006 30 10/100 14

Notes
-- Stub slider for cables with a diameter of 6 to 13mm.
0018 00 10 14

Connection piece
Junction box
Grey 0013 30 10/50 14

Features
Grey 0070 30 1 14 -- For coupling several devices.

Uni.btn I/F 2-g 1118 00 D477
Uni.btn I/F 4-g 1119 00 D477

Technical data
Ambient temperature
-- Normal operation: -20 C to +45 C
-- with KNX: -5 C to +45 C
Dimensions inmm
W 88,5 H 107,5 D 54,5

Notes
-- The junction box can be equipped with connection adapters
for cable ducts or pipes.
-- With this junction box and the KNXbutton interface, the
water-protected surface-mounted switch range can easily be
integrated in the KNXsystem.

Adapter with cable entry, 1-gang
with pipe slider (up to M20)

Grey 0011 30 10 14

with duct slider 15 x 15mm
Grey 0008 30 10 14

with duct slider 15 x 30mm
Grey 0010 30 10 14

Gira water-protected surface-mounted Switching and pressing ... 203
system IP66
Product Design
Prof. Odo Klose, Wuppertal

Highly robust for indoor and outdoor use
The Gira water-protected surface-mounted system IP66 switch range (protected
against water jets) is an extremely safe installation system for use in areas that not
only have harsh ambient conditions due to their purpose, but also suffer from a high
amount of dust, dirt and strong water jets, for example.
Features Dimensions in mm [rocker button and rocker switch, IP66]

- Housing design is compliant with IP66, in acc. with DIN EN
60529, and thus provides protection against ingress of dust as 42 58,5
well as against strong water jets.
31
- Shatter-proof housing for long-term protection against
contact and maximum electrical safety.
- High surface quality protects against external mechanical
80,5
influences and dirt.
- Functional material, resistant against external influences such
as oils, greases, fuels and chemicals.
- Housing designs for horizontal and vertical installation. 76
1-gang: W 76 H 80.5 D 70
Technical data
Platform: WP SM
Mounting type: Surface-mounted
Operating temperature: 20C to +45C
Storage temperature 20C to +65C
Variant
Grey

Switching and pressing Water-protected surface-mounted IP66
Switching and pressing Rocker Button 10A 250V~ with inscription
space
Rocker Switch 10A250V~ with inscription

space
2-way momentary-contact, 1-pole

Grey 0156 31 1 14

Universal off/2-way switch NO contact, 1-pole with sep. signal contact
Grey 0106 31 1 14 Grey 0152 31 1 14

Intermediate switch C O ptional accessories
Grey 0107 31 1 14 See listing at
Rocker sw. off/2-way in.sp. 0106 31 D203
Grey 0102 31 1 14 Notes
Inscription sheets 54.5x7.0mm 1453 00 D250 Scope of supply
Lighting elements -- Blank inscription label included.
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248 -- Inscription labels with "light", "bell" and "door" symbols are
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248 included.
LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 0497 07 D248 More information
LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 0497 08 D248 Technical information D I568
Notes
Scope of supply
More information
Rocker indicator switch 10A 250V~ with

inscription space

Grey 0116 31 1 14

Grey 0112 31 1 14
See listing at
Rocker sw. off/2-way in.sp. 0106 31 D203
Features
-- With neon lamp element.
Notes
Scope of supply
-- Inscription label "Heizung Ein/Aus", "VERWARMING AAN/
UIT" is included.
More information
Installation profile Gira Profile 55 ... 207
Gira energy and light profiles... 213
Installation profile

Flexible function, efficient installation
Ranging from proven Gira products for surface-mounting and Gira Profile 55 to the
representative modular function profiles as well as the Gira energy and light profiles
for outdoor areas: there are many options for combining devices and functions into
compact units, or for extending installations, without prising open walls. Clean and
easy ideal in all areas where needs can quickly change.
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Henry Potter
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Gira Profile 55 Gira energy and light profiles Michael Cramer
Gira Profile 55 enables easy extension of existing installations The Gira energy and light profiles enable a broad range of
The Neumann Family
without having to open the wall. The aluminium profile with up outdoor applications: For example, it allows door commu-
to eight empty units is available in different lengths and can nication, access control by means of Gira Keyless In, motion
be individually equipped with numerous functions that provide detectors and lighting to be installed exactly where these
convenience, safety and value. Even home stations for door functions are needed along paths and green areas, at
communication can easily be retrofitted using these profiles. driveways, or in entrance areas.
Installation profile

Gira Profile 55 Vertical and horizontal installation... 210
System55 Horizontal installation ... 210
With angled mounting bracket / base
foot ... 211
Accessories ... 211
Product Design
Profile 55

Extension installation on the wall
Profile 55 is particularly useful in rooms where work-intensive extension of the
existing electrical installation is prohibited, for example by the landlord. In the
empty units of the profile, additional socket outlets, communication technology, the
Gira flush-mounted radio or a multitude of other functions from the Gira System 55
can be integrated easily and with minimal effort, tailored to the individual
requirements.
- Easy extension of existing electrical installations at a later
date without opening the walls. 86,8 52,8
- Need-based modification, using the more than 300 functions
of the Gira System 55 platform.
- In the event of relocation, the profiles can be removed easily
86,3
56
and can be installed at the new location again.
- Versions available with mounting brackets for installation
underneath hanging cabinets, on desks or work benches.
56
- Rear and side cable glands allow easy cabling of the electrical
installation.
- Suitable for vertical and horizontal installation. Profile 55, 1-gang: W 87 H 86 D 53
Profile 55, 2-gang / Profile 55 2-gang
with centred cable feed: W 158 H 86 D 53
Profile 55, 3-gang / Profile 55 3-gang
Technical data with centred cable feed: W 230 H 86 D 53
Platform: System 55 Profile 55, 5-gang W 372 H 86 D 53
Material: Aluminium Profile 55, 5-gang /
Mounting type: Surface-mounted Profile 55, 5-gang 600 mm: W 587 H 86 D 53
Protection type: IP20 Profile 55, 8-gang: W 587 H 86 D 53
Dimensions in mm
[Gira Profile 55 with angled mounting bracket/base foot]
158,2
52
,8
,3
86
106,5
4 5
90,8
108,3
Profile 55, 2-gang W 158 H 107 W 107

Profile 55, 3-gang: W 230 H 107 D 107
Profile 55, 5-gang /
Profile 55, 5-gang 600 mm: W 587 H 107 D 107
Profile 55, 8-gang: W 587 H 107 D 107
Variants
Aluminium, Aluminium
pure white,
lacquered
Profile 55

Product range Gira Profile 55
Vertical and Horizontal With angled Accessories

horizontal D210 mounting D211
D210 bracket / base foot
D211
Profile 55

Profile 55 Vertical and horizontal installation/ Horizontal installation
Vertical and horizontal installation Profile 55 for vertical and horizontal installation
Features
-- With rear and side cable and duct entry.
-- Both flush-mounted and surface-mounted cable feed is
possible.
-- Simplified installation due to clippable inserts. 8-gang
Pure white (lacquered) 1366 27 1 17
Technical data Aluminium 1366 26 1 17
Dimensions inmm
-- 1-gang: W 87 H 86 D 53
-- 2-gang: W 158 H 86 D 53
-- 3-gang: W 230 H 86 D 53 Horizontal installation
-- 5-gang: W 372 H 86 D 53
-- 5-gang 600mm: W 587 H 86 D 53 Features
-- 8-gang: W 587 H 86 D 53 -- With central duct entry.
-- Simplified installation due to clippable inserts.
Notes
-- With System55, rocker switches, buttons, and SCHUKO Technical data
socket outlets with hinged covers are generally protected Dimensions inmm
against dripping water (IP21) on the wall in conjunction with -- 2-gang: W 158 H 86 D 53
these housings. -- 3-gang: W 230 H 86 D 53
this housing. Notes
-- With System55, rocker switches, buttons, and SCHUKO
Profile 55 for vertical and horizontal installation against dripping water (IP21) on the wall in conjunction with
these housings.
this housing.

1-gang Profile 55 for horizontal installation

Aluminium 1361 26 1 17

Profile 55 for vertical and horizontal installation
2-gang

2-gang
Pure white (lacquered) 1362 27 1 17 Profile 55 for horizontal installation

3-gang
3-gang

5-gang

5-gang 600mm

Profile 55
With angled mounting bracket / base foot /Accessories Profile 55
With angled mounting bracket / base foot Accessories

Features
-- Installation profile of aluminium for horizontal and vertical End cap with integrated strain relief
installation.
-- With cable and duct entry. Both flush-mounted and surface-
mounted cable feeds are possible.
-- Simplified installation due to clippable inserts.
Pure white 1358 27 1 17
Technical data Grey 1358 28 1 17
Dimensions inmm
-- 2-gang: W 158 H 107 D 107
-- 3-gang: W 230 H 107 D 107
-- 5-gang 600mm: W 587 H 107 D 107
-- 8-gang: W 587 H 107 D 107
Notes
-- With System55, rocker switches, buttons, and SCHUKO
against dripping water (IP21) on the wall in conjunction with
these housings.
this housing.
-- Using the angled mounting bracket or base feet, the
Profile55 can be installed as a table-top housing, as well as
under hanging cabinets or in corners.
Profile 55 with angled mounting bracket
2-gang
3-gang
5-gang 600mm
8-gang
Profile 55
Gira energy and light profiles Gira energy and light profiles... 216
Accessories ... 218
Awards
red dot award 2003 best of best [Gira door communication
profile]
Product design
light profiles
Energy and

Energy and light for outdoors
The Gira energy and light profiles extend the outdoor electrical installation.
They can be positioned exactly where light and electrical connections are required
whether on the terrace or in the middle of the garden. This avoids annoying
extension cables and simplifies the use of electric tools and leisure devices out
doors. The Gira energy and light profiles with empty units can also be equipped
with the waterprotected Gira TX_44 switch range as needed.
Surface is resistant to weather, UV, dirt and scratches. Energy profile: W 142 H 491 D 75
Gira energy and light profiles are suitable for light sources W 142 H 1400 D 75
with energy efficiency classes A++ to E. W 142 H 1600 D 75
Gira energy profile 1400 mm and 1600 mm suitable
for use as door intercom system and access control in Energy profile
the entrance area. with light element: W 142 H 769 D 75
Many functions of the System 55 platform can be integrated
into the energy profile by means of an adapter. Light profile: W 142 H 491 D 75
W 142 H 769 D 75
Base: W 299 H 10 D 155

Technical data
Platform: TX_44
Material: Powdercoated aluminium
(anthracite in acc. with GSB
standard); thermoplastic
(ASA)
Variants
Colour Anthracite
aluminium
light profiles
Energy and

Product range Gira energy and light profiles
Energy and Accessories

light profiles D218
D216
light profiles
Energy and

Energy and light profiles
Gira energy and light profiles Gira Energy profile with 4 empty units
height1600mm
Energy and light profiles with or without light elements for
outdoor use. The profiles consist of powder-coated aluminium.
For profiles of up to 1400mm, the feet element also consist of
powder-coated aluminium. For profiles of more than 1400mm,
the feet element consist of powder-coated steel. Also in the
colour anthracite in accordance with the GSB standard. The
surface is resistant to weather, UV, soiling, and scratching.

Notes
-- For profile heights up to 1400mm, an optional underground
tube can be used to facilitate mounting on a stone or
concrete base.
-- For profile heights of more than 1400mm, mounting on
stone or concrete is only possible using 3 heavy-duty wall
anchor.
-- Recommendation: Mount an RCCB prior to the device.

Gira Energy profile with 4 empty units

height1400mm
Not outfitted

Features
-- Freely configurable energy profile with 4 empty units.
-- The four empty units can be individually equipped with
device inserts from the TX_44 or System55 switch ranges by
customers.

Technical data
Protection type (device
cover closed): IP44
Dimensions inmm
-- Base: W 229 H 10 D 155
-- Profile: W 142 H 1600 D 75

Not outfitted Notes
Anthracite 1354 28 1 17 -- Mounting with three heavy-duty dowels.
Colour aluminium 1354 26 1 17 -- Any required electrical isolation of mains and low voltage can
be implemented with the included accessories.
Features
-- Freely configurable energy profile with 4 empty units. Scope of supply
-- The four empty units can be individually equipped with -- A 4-gang TX_44 frame is included in the scope of supply.
device inserts from the TX_44 or System55 switch ranges by -- The mounting materials are included in the scope of supply.
customers.
More information
Technical data Technical information D I549
cover closed): IP44
Dimensions inmm Gira Energy profile with 6 empty units
-- Base: W 229 H 10 D 155 height1600mm height
-- Profile: W 142 H 1400 D 75

Notes
-- Mounting with three heavy-duty dowels.
-- Any required electrical isolation of mains and low voltage can
be implemented with the included accessories.

Scope of supply
-- A 4-gang TX_44 frame is included in the scope of supply.
-- The mounting materials are included in the scope of supply.

More information

Not outfitted

light profiles
Energy and
Features Notes
-- Freely configurable energy profile with 6 empty units. -- Mounting with three heavy-duty dowels.
-- The six empty units can be individually outfitted with device -- We recommend lamps such as: RADIUM Ralux RX-Q,
inserts from the TX_44 or System55 ranges by customers. RX-QS, RX-E, OSRAM Dulux EL, EL Facility, PHILIPS PLE-L).
-- Suitable for light sources of the energy efficiency classes
Technical data A++ to E.
Protection type (device -- Any required electrical isolation of mains and low voltage can
cover closed): IP44 be implemented with the included accessories.
Dimensions inmm
-- Base: W 229 H 10 D 155 Scope of supply
-- Profile: W 142 H 1600 D 75 -- A 3-gang TX_44 frame is included in the scope of supply.
Notes -- Light sources are not included in the scope of supply.
-- Mounting with three heavy-duty dowels.
-- Any required electrical isolation of mains and low voltage can More information
be implemented with the included accessories. Technical information D I549

Scope of supply
-- Two 3-gang TX_44 frames are included in the scope of Light profile, height 491mm
supply.
More information
Gira Energy profile with light element and 3

empty units, Anthracite 1344 28 1 17
height1600mm Colour aluminium 1344 26 1 17

Underground tube 1340 00 D218
Multi-funct. slat 1346 .. D218

Features
-- The light element consists of an aluminium reflector and an
impact-resistant acrylic glass plate.
-- Light is also emitted from the rear as orientation light.
-- A common energy-saving lamp with E27 threading is used as
the light source.
-- The connection is made using a 5-pole screw terminal for
rigid and flexible conductors up to 4mm.

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
-- Base: W 229 H 10 D 155
-- Profile: W 142 H 491 D 75

Notes
Not outfitted -- Single-wall plug mounting.
Anthracite 1353 28 1 17 -- We recommend lamps such as: RADIUM Ralux RX-Q,
Colour aluminium 1353 26 1 17 RX-QS, RX-E, OSRAM Dulux EL, EL Facility, PHILIPS PLE-L).
-- Suitable for light sources of the energy efficiency classes
C O ptional accessories A++ to E.
Multi-funct. slat 1346 .. D218
Scope of supply
Features -- The mounting materials are included in the scope of supply.
-- Freely configurable energy profile with three empty units and -- Light sources are not included in the scope of supply.
light element.
-- The light element consists of an aluminium reflector and an More information
impact-resistant acrylic glass plate. Technical information D I549
-- Light is also emitted from the rear as orientation light.
-- A common energy-saving lamp with E27 threading is used as
the light source.
-- The three empty units can be individually outfitted with
device inserts from the TX_44 or System55 ranges by
customers.
Technical data
cover closed): IP44
Dimensions inmm
-- Base: W 229 H 10 D 155
-- Profile: W 142 H 1600 D 75
light profiles
Energy and
Energy and light profiles / Accessories
Light profile, height 769mm Accessories

Underground tube
1340 00 1 17
Colour aluminium 1343 26 1 17 C N ecessary accessories
491mm light elem. 1344 .. D217
C O ptional accessories 769mm light elem. 1343 .. D218
Underground tube 1340 00 D218
Multi-funct. slat 1346 .. D218 Features
-- Underground tube made of hot-galvanised steel sheeting for
Features anchoring energy profiles.
-- The light element consists of an aluminium reflector and an -- The underground tube allows mounting of the energy profiles
impact-resistant acrylic glass plate. on soft ground, without having to create a foundation.
-- Light is also emitted from the rear as orientation light. -- The underground tube is cemented into the soil.
-- A common energy-saving lamp with E27 threading is used as -- The corresponding profile foot is then attached to the
the light source. underground tube.
-- The connection is made using a 5-pole screw terminal for
rigid and flexible conductors up to 4mm.
Slat
Technical data
Dimensions inmm
-- Base: W 229 H 10 D 155
-- Profile: W 142 H 769 D 75

Notes
-- Single-wall plug mounting. Anthracite 1346 28 1 17
-- We recommend lamps such as: RADIUM Ralux RX-Q, Colour aluminium 1346 26 1 17
RX-QS, RX-E, OSRAM Dulux EL, EL Facility, PHILIPS PLE-L).
-- Suitable for light sources of the energy efficiency classes C N ecessary accessories
A++ to E. En.prof. light 3x empty unit 1600 mm 1353.. D217
491mm light elem. 1344 .. D217
Scope of supply 769mm light elem. 1343 .. D218
-- Light sources are not included in the scope of supply. Features
-- Aluminium slat with transparent plate.
More information -- The light element of the energy profile can be changed
Technical information D I549 individually using the slat.
-- The slat is simply replaced by a standard diffusing plate.
-- As the slat can be inserted in either direction, the light can be
directed toward an object or a path.

light profiles
Energy and
Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Rocker switches ... 225
Rocker Button ... 226
Other switches and buttons ... 227
System2000 dimming inserts ... 230
System2000 switch inserts ... 232
System2000 Staircase lighting control ... 235
System2000 auxiliary inserts ... 236
Universal Dimmer ... 237
Light bulb dimmer ... 239
Tronic dimmer ... 241
LV dimmer ... 242
Control Unit, 110V ... 243
DALI ... 244
Power boosters ... 246
Lighting elements ... 248
Light Signal and Accessories ... 249
Inscription sheets/inscription software ... 250
Accessories ... 251

Switching, dimming
For all Gira switch ranges

The Gira range offers flush-mounted inserts and other accessories for switching and
dimming. Rocker switch and push rocker inserts are supplied without rockers. This is
due to the modular principle and also applies to timers, key switches and all electronic
products. The cover plates and top units must be ordered separately.
Versatile manual light control Inserts for acoustic/visual orientation

There are various operating top units for manual light control in the Gira offers rocker switches and buttons with large tactile symbols
Gira switch ranges. Apart from rocker and push button switches, for people with impaired eye sight. In addition, an acoustic signal
suitable also for series connection, there are touch and series can be used that sounds when lights are switched on. This serves
dimmer top units for convenient lighting control. The Gira System to determine if the light has been switched on or off.
2000 touch dimming top unit responds to a light touch as it
works with capacitive sensor technology. The Gira series dimmer
switches and dims light sources such as light bulbs and HV or
NV halogen lamps.
Controlling systems wirelessly

The Gira eNet system includes operating top units and transmitters
for wirelessly programming and operating individual lights or blinds
as well as complex lighting scenes or entire groups of blinds.

Switching, dimming
Product range Switching, dimming
Rocker switches Rocker Button Other switches and System2000 System2000 switch System2000
D225 D226 buttons dimming inserts inserts Staircase lighting
D227 D230 D232 control
D235
System2000 Universal Dimmer Light bulb dimmer Tronic dimmer LV dimmer Control Unit,
auxiliary units D237 D239 D241 D242 110V
D236 D243
DALI Power boosters Lighting Light Signal and Inscription sheets Accessories
D244 D246 elements Accessories D250 D251
D248 D249

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming
Modular System 2000
System 2000 inserts
Triac switching Tronic switching Relay insert Zero-voltage

insert insert Light bulbs, relay insert
Light bulbs, Light bulbs, fluorescent lamps, Light bulbs,
HV halogen lamps, HV halogen lamps, halogen lamps HV halogen lamps
LV halogen for LV halogen with 2300 W 800 W
wound transformer Gira Tronic D 233 D 234
40 to 400 W/VA transformers
D 233 50 to 420 W
D 232
Order No. 0854 00 0866 00 0853 00 1148 00
Automatic control switch, standard top

unit 1300 ..
Mounting height up to 1.10 m Switching Switching Switching Switching
D 258
Automatic control switch, Komfort top unit

Mounting height up to 1.10 m 0661 ..
D 258 Switching Switching Switching Switching
Automatic control switch 2, standard top

unit 2301 ..
Automatic control switch 2, Komfort top

unit 2302 ..
Presence detector, Komfort top unit

D 264 0317 ..
Switching Switching Switching Switching
Automatic control switch 360 top unit 2270 ..

D 260
Switching or/and dimming top unit

D 58/153 2316 ..
Touch dimming top unit

D 58/153 2260 ..
Touch switching top unit

D 50/150 2261 ..
Wireless switching/dimming top unit

Gira eNet, D 495 5490 ..
For a mounting height of up to To use top units for automatic Within the scope of the options Function as an HVAC switch:
1.10 m with purely horizontally control switches and presence described above and under Channel 1 is switched on depend-
aligned detection area, which detectors on flush-mounted inserts observance of the permissible ing on the ambient brightness
means it doesn't have its own from System 2000, these inserts number of auxiliary units, the when motion is detected. When
range limitation outdoors have to have a release version of System 2000 inserts and top units motion is no longer detected, the
R2 or higher. can be freely combined to realise channel is switched off after the
For mounting height up to 2.20m an extended, automatic lighting expiration of the delay time set in
with angled, vertically aligned Use with the System 2000 impulse system. the top unit.
detection area insert 0336 00 requires at least
release version R3 for the top units Channel 2 is switched on directly
of the automatic control switches or time-delayed when there is
and presence detectors. motion in the detection field. The
ambient brightness does not

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming
Modular System 2000
HVAC relay insert Universal LED LV dimming insert Control unit insert Impulse insert with Auxiliary insert * Auxiliary insert *
with 2 relays for dimming insert Light bulbs, 110 V staircase-light For presence (2-wire)
switching, e.g. Light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, For switching and automatic control detectors and D 236
light and heating or HV halogen lamps, LV halogen for dimming electronic switch automatic control
ventilation HV LED lamps, wound transformer ballasts and D 235 switches (3-wire)
Channel 1: 1000 W type 3 up to 100 W, 20 to 500VA Gira Tronic trans- D 237
Channel 2: 800 W energy-saving lamps, D 231 formers with
D 234 type 7 up to 100W 1 to 10V interface
D 230 700W, 50mA
D 232
0303 00 2385 00 0331 00 0860 00 0336 00 0335 00 * 0333 00 *

0821 00
Switching a) Switching a) Switching a) Switching on Switching on b)
Switching Switching Switching

Switching on Switching on b)
Dimming Dimming Dimming


Dimming Dimming Dimming Switching on Switching on b)
Constant light control Constant light control Constant light control

Switching
Switching on Dimming
Memory


affect the switching of Channel 2. Function as a delay switch: a) Standard top units only carry * The function of the auxiliary unit
When motion is no longer detected, Channel 1 is switched on or off out switching functions, even (switching/dimming) depends on
the channel is switched off when the during operation without delay. on dimming inserts. which main unit insert is used.
delay time set in the insert expires.
Channel 2 is switched on or b) On an auxiliary insert, the
off time-delayed depending on brightness setpoint value and the
Channel 1. delay time of the top unit are not
evaluated.

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming
Combination options for System 2000
Main unit Auxiliary unit
Insert Top unit Insert Top unit
Universal LED Top unit for switching Auxiliary insert Top unit for switching
dimming insert and dimming 2-wire and dimming
2385 00 | D 230 2316 .. | D 58/153 0333 00 | D 236 2316 .. | D 58/153
Low-voltage Touch dimming top Mechanical button

dimming insert unit 1-pole NO contact
0331 00 | D 231 2260 .. | D 58/153 0151 00 | D 226
Control unit insert Touch switching top

110 V unit
0860 00 | D 232 2261 .. | D 50/150
Tronic switching Wireless top unit

insert 5490 .. | D 495
0866 00 | D 232
Triac switching Presence detector, Auxiliary insert, Top unit for switching
insert Komfort top unit 2-wire and dimming
0854 00 | D 233 0317 .. | D 264 0333 00 | D 236 2316 .. | D 58/153
Relay insert Automatic control Auxiliary insert, Presence detector

0853 00 | D 233 switch 360 top unit 3-wire Komfort top unit
2270 .. | D 260 0335 00 | D 237 0317 .. | D 264
HVAC relay insert Automatic control Mechanical button Automatic control

0303 00 | D 234 switch, standard top 1-pole NO contact switch 360 top unit
unit 0151 00 | D 226 2270 .. | D 260
1300 .. | D 258
Zero-voltage relay Komfort top unit Automatic control

insert 0661 .. | D 258 switch
1148 00 | D 234 Standard top unit
1300 .. | D 258
Automatic control Komfort top unit

switch 2, standard 0661 .. | D 258
top unit
2301 .. | D 259
Komfort top unit Automatic control

2302 .. | D 260 switch 2
Standard top unit
2301 .. | D 259
Komfort top unit

2302 .. | D 260
DRA Insert Top unit
System 2000 Impulse insert Top unit for switching

automatic staircase 0336 00 | D 235 and dimming
lighting mechanism 2316 .. | D 58/153
0821 00 | D 236
Mechanical button Presence detector

1-pole NO contact Komfort top unit
0151 00 | D 226 0317 .. | D 264
Automatic control
switch 360 top unit
2270 .. | D 260
Automatic control
switch
Standard top unit
1300 .. | D 258
Komfort top unit

0661 .. | D 258
Automatic control
switch 2
Standard top unit
2301 .. | D 259
Komfort top unit

Automatic control switch top Automatic control switch top 2302 .. | D 260
unit for installation height up to unit for installation height up to
1.10m 2.20m

Switching, dimming
Rocker switches Switching, dimming
Rocker switches Rocker switch insert 16A 400V~
Rocker switch insert 10A250V~
Circuit breaker 3-pole 0103 00 1 01

Universal Rockers can be find in the following switch ranges starting
off/2-way switch 0106 00 10/100 21 from
Intermediate switch 0107 00 10/100 01 Rocker 2-way 0296 ..
Circuit breaker, 2-pole 0102 00 10/100 01 -- System55 D50
-- E22 D150
Rockers can be find in the following switch ranges starting Features
from -- With screw terminals.
Rocker 2-way 0296 ..
-- System55 D50 Technical data
-- E22 D150 Installation depth: 32 mm
Connections
C O ptional accessories -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Neon lamp elements -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248 More information
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248 Technical information D I567
LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 0497 08 D248 Rocker switch insert 10A250V~
For 0106 00 and 0107 00
Technical data
Installation depth: 28 mm Series switch 0105 00 10/100 01
Connections 2-way switch, 2-gang 0108 00 10/100 01
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm C N ecessary accessories
Notes Rockers 0295 ..
-- Can also be connected with illumination. -- System55 D52
-- E22 D151
More information Rocker 2-g + seal IP44 0266 .. D52
Technical data
Installation depth
-- 0105 00: 28 mm
-- 0108 00: 33 mm.
Connections

More information

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Rocker switches/ Rocker Button
Rocker indicator switch insert 10A250V~ with Rocker Button

neon lamp element 230V
Rocker button insert 10A 250V~
Universal
off/2-way switch 0116 00 10/100 01
Circuit breaker, 2-pole 0112 00 10/100 01 NO contact, 1-pole 0151 00 10/100 21
2-way momentary-contact,
C N ecessary accessories 1-pole 0156 00 10/100 01
Rockers can be find in the following switch ranges starting 1-pole NO contact
from with N terminal 0150 00 10/100 01
Rocker Control window 0290 .. NO contact, 1-pole with sep.
-- System55 D53 signal contact 0152 00 10/100 01
-- E22 D151
C O ptional accessories Rockers can be find in the following switch ranges starting
Neon lamp elements from
Neon lamp 0.35mA 099500 D248 Rocker 2-way 0296 ..
Neon lamp 0.8mA 099600 D248 -- System55 D50
Neon lamp 1.5mA 099700 D248 -- E22 D150
LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 049707 D248 C O ptional accessories
LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 049708 D248 Neon lamp elements
LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 049710 D248 Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248
LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 049718 D248 Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248
LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 099200 D248 Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248
LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 140500 D248 LED lighting elements
Technical data LED lighting element 0.8 mA BU 0497 08 D248
Installation depth: 28 mm LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 0497 10 D248
Connections LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 0497 18 D248
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 0992 00 D248
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 1405 00 D248
NO contact, 1-pole with sep. signal contact esp. for
Notes WL uni.transm. 2-g Mini 5453 00 D493
Technical data
More information Installation depth: 32 mm
Technical information D I567 Connections
Indicator rocker switch insert 10A 250V~
with 2 orange LEDs 230V Notes

More information

Series switch 0145 00 10/100 01

Series rockers Control window 0631 .. D52

Technical data
Connections

More information

Switching, dimming
Rocker Button /Other switches and buttons Switching, dimming
Rocker button insert 10A 250V~ Other switches and buttons

Rocker switch and button insert 10A 250V~
2-way momentary-contact,
2-gang 0155 00 10/100 01
C N ecessary accessories 2-way switch/2-way button 0139 00 1/5 01

Rockers 0295 .. C N ecessary accessories
-- System55 D52 One of the following articles:
-- E22 D151 Rockers 0295 ..
Rocker 2-g + seal IP44 0266 .. D52 -- System55 D52
-- E22 D151
Technical data Rocker 2-g + seal IP44 0266 .. D52
Installation depth:
Connections C O ptional accessories
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm LED orientat.light RGB 1169 00 D74
Features
More information -- Rocker switch and button in which the left rocker is laid out as a
Technical information D I567 switch and the right rocker is laid out as a push button.
-- For switching and colour control of an LED orientation light.
-- For controlling motion detectors manually.
Rocker switch insert, 4-gang 10A 250V -- For controlling dimmer auxiliary units.
-- For controlling switched lighting.

Technical data
Connections

NO contact, 1-pole More information
4-gang 0147 00 10/100 01 Technical information D I567

Rockers 0295 ..
-- System55 D52
-- E22 D151
Rocker 2-g + seal IP44 0266 .. D52
Rocker 2-g arrow symbols 1150 .. D53
Uni.btn I/F 2-g 1118 00 D477
Uni.btn I/F 4-g 1119 00 D477
Technical data
Installation depth: 32mm
Connections
Notes
-- For deep flush-mounted wall boxes.
More information
Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Other switches and buttons
Pull-cord switch insert 10A250V~ More information


Blind rocker switch insert 10A250V~
Universal 0159 00 10/100 01

off/2-way switch 0146 00 1/5 01
Circuit breaker, 2-pole 0142 00 1/5 01 C N ecessary accessories
Rocker 2-g arrow sym. 0294 ..
C N ecessary accessories -- System55 D72
Cov.ctrl.win.large pull-cord sw./btn 0638 .. D54 -- E22 D165

Neon lamp elements Auxiliary unit for
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248 Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275
Neon lamp 0.8mA 0996 00 D248
Neon lamp 1.5mA 0997 00 D248 Features
LED lighting elements -- With block to prevent both sides from being switched on.
LED lighting element 2.6 mA YE 0497 07 D248 -- Locked both electrically and mechanically.
LED lighting element 2.6 mA RD 0497 10 D248 Technical data
LED lighting element 0.7 mA WH 0497 18 D248 Installation depth: 28 mm
LED lighting element 24 V LED RD 0992 00 D248 Connections
LED lighting element 24 V colour-neutral 1405 00 D248 -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
For 0146 00 -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
Notes
Technical data -- Suitable for use as an auxiliary input for the blind controller insert
Installation depth: 30 mm with auxiliary input.
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm More information
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm Technical information D I567

Notes
-- Can also be connected with illumination. Blind rocker button insert 10A250V~

More information

Pull-cord button insert 10A250V~
0158 00 10/100 01

-- System55 D72
-- E22 D165

Auxiliary unit for
NO contact, 1-pole with sep.
signal contact 0165 00 1/5 01 Features
-- With block to prevent both sides from being switched on.
C N ecessary accessories -- Locked both electrically and mechanically.
Cov.ctrl.win.large pull-cord sw./btn 0638 .. D54
Technical data
C O ptional accessories Installation depth: 28 mm
See listing at Connections
Pull-cord sw. off/2-way 0146 00 D228 -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Technical data
Installation depth: 30 mm Notes
Connections -- Suitable for use as an auxiliary input for the blind controller insert
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm with auxiliary input.
More information

Switching, dimming
Other switches and buttons Switching, dimming
Blind switch or button insert 10A250V~ for cover Scope of supply

plate with knob -- The cylinder lock is not included in the scope of supply.

More information

Time switch insert 16A250V~ 2-pole
Group button or switch

1-pole 0154 00 1/5 01
Group button or switch, 2-pole 0157 00 1/5 01
Cov. toggle sw. blind sw./btn 0666 ..
-- System55 D72 15 minutes 0320 00 1/5 02
-- E22 D165 120 minutes 0321 00 1/5 02

C O ptional accessories C N ecessary accessories
Auxiliary unit for One of the following articles:
Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275 Cov. toggle sw. time sw. 15 min 0640 .. D164
Cov. toggle sw. time sw. 120 min 0642 .. D164
Technical data Cover plate with symbol plates
Installation depth: 31 mm Cov. toggle sw. blind sw./btn 0666 .. D71
Connections
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm Technical data
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm Installation depth: 33 mm.

Notes Notes
-- Suitable for use as an auxiliary input for the blind controller insert -- For screw mounting only.
with auxiliary input.
-- Button function upon rotation of the toggle switch. After More information
removing the brass locking mechanism, button function upon Technical information D I567
slight rotation of the knob. When fully rotating the knob, the
switch engages.
Three-stage switch insert 16A250V~
More information
Key switch insert 10A250V~ for all DIN profile

semi-cylinders
Zero setting 0149 00 1/100 02

Cov. toggle sw. 3-stage 0/1/2/3 0669 ..
-- System55 D54
-- E22 D152
Button, 1-pole (also group
button) 0163 00 1/5 02 Features
Switch, 2-pole (also group -- E.g. for fans.
switch) 0144 00 1/25 02
Technical data
C N ecessary accessories Installation depth: 39 mm
Cov. key sw./btn 0664 ..
-- System55 D73 Notes
-- E22 D165 -- Not suitable for installation in surface-mounted housings.
Profile semi-cylinder diff.lock 0001 00 D252 More information
Profile semi-cylinder id.lock 0002 00 D252 Technical information D I567
Auxiliary unit for
Technical data
Connections
Notes
-- Not suitable for installation in surface-mounted housings.
-- Suitable for use as an auxiliary input for the blind controller insert
Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Other switches, buttons/ System2000 dimming inserts
Speed regulator insert with rotary on/off switch System2000 dimming inserts

System2000 universal LED dimming insert (touch

dimmer)
0,1 2.7 A 0314 00 1/5 02

Cov. knob speed regul. 0652 .. D57
3420W/VA 2385 00 1/5 02
Fuse T 3.15 H 250V 049735 D251 C N ecessary accessories
Features Switching and dimming top units
-- Speed regulator for speed control of single-phase motors such as System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 ..
induction motors, shaded-pole motors, and universal motors. -- System55 D58
-- Excess-temperature protection, manual restarting after cool- -- E22 D153
down. System 2000 touch dimm.top 2260 .. D58
-- Switching output for slat control or for switching ohmic loads. Gira eNet WL swit./dimm. top 1-g 5490 .. D495
-- With spring plug-in terminals. Automatic light control top units
Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258
Technical data Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259
Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50/60Hz Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258
Rated current: 0.1 to 2.7 A Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260
Motor current and slat current: max. 2.7A Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
Installation depth: 33 mm. Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264
Connections
-- maximum: 2.5mm C O ptional accessories
-- minimum: 1.0mm Auxiliary unit
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +25 C Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236
Scope of supply Power boosters
-- Fuse is included in the scope of supply. Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246
More information LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247
Features
-- Universal LED dimming insert for switching and dimming of light
bulbs, HV halogen lamps, electronic transformers for halogen or
LED lamps, dimmable inductive transformers for halogen or LED
lamps, HV LED or compact fluorescent lamps.
-- Automatic or manual setting of dimming principle according to
load (leading or trailing edge).
-- Display of the selected operating mode using LED.
-- Switch-on brightness can be saved permanently.
-- Minimum brightness can be set.
-- Connecting auxiliary units is possible.
-- Operation with and without neutral conductor connection.

Switching, dimming
System2000 dimming inserts Switching, dimming
Technical data System2000 LV dimming insert (touch dimmer)

Standby: max. 0.5W
-- HV LED lamps (leading edge): typ. 3 to 100W
-- HV LED lamps (trailing edge): typically 3 to 200W
-- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 100W
-- Gira tronic transformers: 20 to 420W 20500VA 0331 00 1/5 02
-- electronic transformer with
NV-LED: typically 20 to 100W C N ecessary accessories
-- Wound transformer: 20 to 420VA One of the following articles:
-- Wound transformer with Switching and dimming top units
NV-LED: typically 20 to 100VA System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 ..
Auxiliary inputs -- System55 D58
-- Non-illuminated mechanical -- E22 D153
buttons: unlimited System 2000 touch dimm.top 2260 .. D58
-- Auxiliary insert, 2-wire: unlimited Gira eNet WL swit./dimm. top 1-g 5490 .. D495
-- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire: 5 Automatic light control top units
Cable length Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258
-- Auxiliary unit: max. 100m Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259
-- Load: max. 100m Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258
Installation depth: 28 mm Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260
Connections Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
-- Single-wire: max. 4mm Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264
-- Fine-wire without core jacket: max. 4mm
-- Fine-wire with core jacket: max. 2.5mm C O ptional accessories
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C Auxiliary inputs
Notes Auxiliary unit 3-wire 0335 00 D237
-- In general, operating the dimmer without connecting a neutral Power booster
conductor is possible, although some LED and CFLi light sources LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247
require the neutral conductor connection to prevent flickering. Fuse
-- For operation without a neutral conductor, the minimum load for Fuse T 2 H 250V 049806 D251
light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, Gira Tronic transformers, and
wound transformers increases to 50W. Features
-- In combination with power boosters, do not hook up HV-LED or -- For switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps and
compact fluorescent lamps. dimmable inductive transformers with halogen lamps.
-- Electronic transformers and ballast devices for LED lamps can be -- Auxiliary operation is possible.
operated with the dimming procedure stated by the -- Bulb-saving switch-on.
manufacturer. -- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse.
-- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures. -- Automatic excess-temperature protection.
-- Double-surface operation: Briefly pressing the button switches
More information the light on. Pressing and holding the button at the top or bottom
Technical information D I574 rocker half dims the lighting or makes it brighter.
-- Saving of a switch-on dimming value (also using auxiliary unit).
-- Power extension using up to 10 power boosters.

Technical data
-- Light bulbs: 20 to 500VA
-- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 500VA
-- Dimmable wound
transformers: 20 to 500VA
-- Mixed load: 20 to 500VA
Auxiliary inputs
-- Non-illuminated mechanical
buttons: unlimited
Cable length of auxiliary unit: max. 100m

Notes

More information

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming System2000 dimming inserts/ switch inserts
System2000 control unit insert 110V System2000 switch inserts

System2000 Tronic switching insert
0860 00 1/5 02

One of the following articles: 50420W 0866 00 1/5 02
Switching and dimming top units
System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 .. C N ecessary accessories
-- System55 D58 One of the following articles:
-- E22 D153 Top units for switching
System 2000 touch dimm.top 2260 .. D58 System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 ..
Gira eNet WL swit./dimm. top 1-g 5490 .. D495 -- System55 D58
Automatic light control top units -- E22 D153
Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258 Sys. 2000 top unit Touch switch 2261 .. D50
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259 Gira eNet WL swit./dimm. top 1-g 5490 .. D495
Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258 Automatic light control top units
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260 Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258
Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260 Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259
Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264 Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260
C O ptional accessories Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
Auxiliary inputs Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264
Auxiliary unit 3-wire 0335 00 D237 C O ptional accessories
Auxiliary inputs
Features Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236
-- 110V control unit for switching and dimming electronic Auxiliary unit 3-wire 0335 00 D237
ballasts or Gira Tronic transformers with 110V interface.
-- Setting the basic brightness. Features
-- Saving of a switch-on dimming value (also using auxiliary unit). -- Flush-mounted insert for switching light bulbs and Gira Tronic
-- Double-surface operation: Briefly pressing the button switches transformers with 2-wire connection technology.
the light on. Pressing and holding the button at the top or bottom -- Limitation of the switch-on current.
rocker half dims the lighting or makes it brighter. -- Auxiliary operation is possible.
-- Multi-phase connection is possible.
Technical data
Technical data Circuit breaker: MOS-FET
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
Connection: N conductor required Connected load
Switching contact: Relay contact subject to mains -- Light bulbs: 50 to 420W
potential -- HV halogen lamps: 50 to 420W
Connected load of switching contact at 25C -- Gira Tronic transformer: 50 to 420W
-- Light bulbs (switching only) : 700W Auxiliary inputs
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 700W -- Non-illuminated mechanical
-- Electronic ballasts: type dependent buttons: unlimited
110V interface -- Auxiliary insert, 2-wire: unlimited
-- Control voltage: 0.5 to 10V -- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire:
-- Control current: max. 50mA Cable length of auxiliary unit: max. 100m
Cable length Installation depth: 32 mm
-- Auxiliary unit: max. 100m Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C
-- Load: max. 100m
Connections More information
-- Mains connection: max. 4mm Technical information D I574
-- 1-10V interface: 1.5mm
Auxiliary inputs
-- Non-illuminated mechanical
buttons: unlimited

Notes
-- Electronic ballasts generate very high current spikes. For this
reason, use a switch-on current limiter or a separate load contact
for with greater loads.

More information

Switching, dimming
System2000 switch inserts Switching, dimming
System2000 Triac switching insert System2000 Relay insert
40400W/VA 0854 00 1/5 02 0853 00 1/5 02

One of the following articles: One of the following articles:
Top units for switching Top units for switching
System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 .. System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 ..
-- System55 D58 -- System55 D58
-- E22 D153 -- E22 D153
Sys. 2000 top unit Touch switch 2261 .. D50 Sys. 2000 top unit Touch switch 2261 .. D50
Gira eNet WL swit./dimm. top 1-g 5490 .. D495 Gira eNet WL swit./dimm. top 1-g 5490 .. D495
Automatic light control top units Automatic light control top units
Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258 Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259 Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259
Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258 Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260 Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260
Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260 Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264 Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264

Auxiliary inputs Auxiliary inputs
Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236 Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236
Fuse
Fuse T 1.6 H 250V 049727 D251 Features
-- Relay insert for switching electrical devices in 3-wire connection
Features technology (N conductor required).
-- The Triac switching insert is an electronic switch used for -- Light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, LV halogen lamps with
switching light bulbs and wound transformers with 2-wire conventional transformers, LV halogen lamps with Gira Tronic
connection technology. transformers, fluorescent lamps.
-- Limitation of the switch-on current. -- Auxiliary operation is possible.
-- Auxiliary operation is possible. Technical data
Technical data Connection: N conductor required
Circuit breaker: Triac Connected load
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz -- Light bulbs: 2300W
Connected load -- HV halogen lamps: 2300W
-- Light bulbs: 40 to 400W -- wound transformer with
-- HV halogen lamps: 40 to 400W at least 85% rated load: 1000VA
-- wound transformer with -- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W
at least 85% rated load: 40 to 400VA -- Fluorescent lamps,
Auxiliary inputs uncompensated: 1200VA
-- Non-illuminated mechanical -- Fluorescent lamps, duo-
buttons: unlimited circuit: 2300VA
-- Auxiliary insert, 2-wire: unlimited -- Fluorescent lamps, parallel-
-- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire: compensated: 920VA
Cable length of auxiliary unit: max. 100m Auxiliary inputs
Installation depth: 32 mm -- Non-illuminated mechanical
Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C buttons: unlimited
More information -- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire:
Technical information D I575 Cable length of auxiliary unit: max. 100m

More information

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming System2000 switch inserts
System2000 Zero-voltage relay insert System2000 HVAC relay insert
1148 00 1/5 02 0303 00 1/100 02

Top units for switching Top units for switching
System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 .. System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 ..
-- E22 D153 -- E22 D153
Sys. 2000 top unit Touch switch 2261 .. D50 Sys. 2000 top unit Touch switch 2261 .. D50
Gira eNet WL swit./dimm. top 1-g 5490 .. D495 Gira eNet WL swit./dimm. top 1-g 5490 .. D495
Automatic light control top units Automatic light control top units
Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258 Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259 Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259
Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258 Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260 Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260
Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260 Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264 Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264

Auxiliary inputs Auxiliary inputs

Features Features
-- Relay insert for zero-voltage switching of electrical devices in -- The HVAC relay insert has a non-isolated 230V switching
3-wire connection technology (N conductor required). channel (Channel 1) for switching the lighting and another
-- Light bulbs, HV halogen lamps. switching channel (zero-voltage Channel 2) for switching a
-- Auxiliary operation is possible. second mains phase (no SELV voltage), e.g. for a fan or a heater.
-- Delay time of Channel2 can be set to one of five levels.
Technical data -- The functionality of the HVAC relay insert depends on the top
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz unit used.
Connection: N conductor required Function as a delay switch:
Connected load -- This function is achieved e.g. with a System2000 top unit for
-- Light bulbs: 800W switching and dimming or with a radiotop unit for switching and
-- HV halogen lamps: 750W dimming.
Auxiliary inputs -- Channel1 is switched on or off during operation without delay.
-- Non-illuminated mechanical -- Channel2 is switched on or off time-delayed depending on
buttons: unlimited Channel1.
-- Auxiliary insert, 2-wire: unlimited Function as a HVAC switch:
-- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire: -- This function is achieved with a System2000 Comfort automatic
Cable length of auxiliary unit: max. 100m control switch top unit or System2000 Standard presence
Installation depth: 33 mm. detector top unit.
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +35 C -- Channel1 is switched on depending on the ambient brightness
when motion is detected. When motion is no longer detected, the
More information channel is switched off after the expiration of the delay time set
Technical information D I576 in the top unit.
-- Channel2 is switched on immediately or time-delayed when
there is motion in the detection field. The ambient brightness
does not affect the switching of Channel2. When motion is no
longer detected, the channel is switched off when the delay time
set in the insert expires.

Switching, dimming
System2000 switch inserts /Staircase light control Switching, dimming
Technical data System2000 Staircase lighting control


Connected load of Channel 1 System2000 impulse insert
-- Wound transformer: 750VA
Connected load of Channel 2
-- HV halogen lamps: 750W 0336 00 1/25 02
-- Motors: 450VA
Channel 1 C N ecessary accessories
-- Ohmic switching current: 10A Automatic staircase lighting mechanism
-- Switch-on current max. 4s AutoStairwLightMech DRA 0821 00 D236
for switch-on duration of One of the following articles:
10%: 15A Top units for switching
-- Minimum switching current System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 ..
AC: 100mA -- System55 D58
Channel 2 -- E22 D153
-- Switching voltage: AC230V Automatic light control top units
-- Minimum switching voltage: AC12V Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258
-- Switching current for Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259
AC230V, ohmic: 6A Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258
-- Switch-on current: max. 2.1A Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260
-- Minimum switching current Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
AC: 100mA Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264
Delay time of Channel 2: 2, 10, 30, 60, 120min
Auxiliary inputs Features
-- Non-illuminated mechanical -- The System2000 impulse insert is operated in combination with
buttons: unlimited System2000 automatic control switches, presence detectors
-- Auxiliary insert, 2-wire: unlimited Comfort, or top units for switching and dimming.
-- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire: -- The insert actuates an automatic staircase lighting mechanism
Cable length of auxiliary unit: max. 100m (power section).
-- Channel 1: max. 4mm Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
-- HVAC: Current consumption: approx. 2.5mA
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +35 C Installation depth: 30 mm
Connections
More information -- maximum: 4mm
Technical information D I576 Ambient temperature: +5 C to +35 C

More information

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Staircase light control/ System2000 auxiliary inserts
System2000 automatic staircase lighting System2000 auxiliary inserts

mechanism
System2000 Auxiliary insert
DRA 0821 00 1 02

C N ecessary accessories 2-wire
Impulse ins. 0336 00 D235 0333 00 1/5 02

-- The automatic staircase lighting mechanism is used together One of the following articles:
with System2000 impulse inserts to automatically switch lighting System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 ..
in staircases. -- System55 D58
-- The impulse insert is combined with an automatic control switch -- E22 D153
or presence detector (PIR top units) for this purpose.
-- Up to 16 impulse inserts can be connected to one automatic C O ptional accessories
stairway lighting mechanism. Dimming inserts
-- The number is reduced if auxiliary units are added (e.g. Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230
illuminated buttons). Uni.series dimm.ins. 2x 50 - 260W/VA 2263 00 D238
-- If the automatic stairway lighting mechanism receives a LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231
switch-on signal, it switches the light on and then off again when 1-10V control dev. Insert 0860 00 D232
the delay time has elapsed. Dimmers
-- Following switch-off, the impulse inserts with PIR top units are Uni dim. 50-500 W/VA man. DRA 1034 00 D239
locked for approx. 3seconds. Motion isn't evaluated again until Switching inserts
this period has elapsed. Switch insert Tronic 0866 00 D232
-- It is possible to emit a warning prior to switch-off. The lighting is Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233
switched off three times at intervals of approx. 10seconds for Relay ins. 0853 00 D233
approx. 100ms. Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234
-- Can be switched over using a rotary switch to Permanent-On, HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234
Permanent-Off, Automatic mode without advance warning,
Automatic mode with advance warning. Features
-- Auxiliary insert with 2-wire connection technology for designing
Technical data installations with the function of 2-way and intermediate
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz switching exclusively in conjunction with the System2000
Current load of control input A1: 40mA inserts.
Switching voltage: AC250V -- Additional cables are not required for retrofitting.
Ohmic switching current: 16 A
Switch-on current 20ms: max. 165A Technical data
Minimum switching current AC: 100mA Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
Connected load Installation depth: 29 mm
-- Light bulbs: 2300W Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C
-- Fluorescent lamps, duo-
circuit: 2300VA (140F)
-- Fluorescent lamps, parallel-
compensated: 920VA
-- Electronic ballasts: type dependent
Switch-on time: 10 sec. to 15 min.
Connections: max. 4mm
Dimensions: 1HP

More information

Switching, dimming
System2000 auxiliary inserts /Universal Dimmer Switching, dimming
System2000 auxiliary insert for presence Universal Dimmer

detectors and automatic control switches
Universal dimming insert with push-button and

rotary switch 2
3-wire
0335 00 1/5 02
C N ecessary accessories 50420W/VA 1176 00 1/5 02

Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258 C N ecessary accessories
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259 Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 ..
Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258 -- System55 D57
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260 -- E22 D153
Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264 C O ptional accessories
Auxiliary unit
C O ptional accessories Aux.unit uni dim. 1177 00 D238
Dimming inserts Power boosters
Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230 Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246
LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231 Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247
1-10V control dev. Insert 0860 00 D232 LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247
Switching inserts
Switch insert Tronic 0866 00 D232 Features
Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233 -- Universal dimmer for switching and dimming various light source
Relay ins. 0853 00 D233 including light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, LV halogen lamps with
Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234 Gira Tronic transformers, or LV halogen lamps with conventional
HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234 transformers.
Features -- Electronic short-circuit protection.
-- The 3-wire auxiliary insert is used to control System2000 -- Auxiliary operation is possible using an auxiliary insert.
presence detectors and automatic control switches as an active -- Automatic excess-temperature protection.
auxiliary unit. -- Power extension using power boosters.
-- In addition to the neutral conductor connection N, this auxiliary -- With spring plug-in terminal.
insert requires the same phase L as the power section.
-- Up to 5 auxiliary inserts can be connected to a System2000 Technical data
universal dimming insert. Up to 10 auxiliary inserts can be Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
connected to a System2000 universal dimming insert. Connected load at 25 C
Technical data -- HV halogen lamps: 50 to 420W/VA
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz -- Gira Tronic transformer: 50 to 420W/VA
Connection: N conductor required -- Wound transformer: 50 to 420W/VA
Cable length between the main -- Ohmic-inductive: 50 to 420W/VA
and auxiliary unit: 100m -- Ohmic-capacitive: 50 to 420W/VA
Installation depth: 29 mm -- Capacitive-inductive: Not permissible
Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C Cable length
-- Load: max. 100m
Auxiliary inputs: 5
Connections

Notes
-- Do not connect capacitive loads (e.g. Gira Tronic transformers)
and inductive loads (e.g. conventional transformers) to the
universal dimming insert at the same time.

More information

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Universal Dimmer
Auxiliary insert for universal dimming insert2 Universal series dimming insert (touch dimmer)
1177 00 1/25 02 2 x 50260W/VA 2263 00 1/5 02

Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 .. Top unit Series dimmer 2315 ..
-- E22 D153 -- E22 D153

Univ dim ins 50 - 420W/VA PT switch 2 1176 00 D237 Auxiliary unit
Features Tronic transformers
-- Auxiliary insert in 2-wire connection technology. Power boosters
-- With spring plug-in terminals. Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246
Technical data LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247
Cable length to the main unit: max. 100m Features
Installation depth: 32 mm -- The series dimmer is a touch dimmer with two universal dimming
Connections channels for switching and dimming various light sources
-- : 2.5mm including light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, LV halogen lamps with
-- minimum: 1mm Gira Tronic transformers, or LV halogen lamps with conventional
transformers
Notes -- The two channels can control various load types independently
-- For designing installations with the function of 2-way and from one another.
intermediate switching exclusively in conjunction with the -- The two channels can be operated synchronously using a
universal dimming insert. System2000 auxiliary unit (2-wire).
More information -- Electronic short-circuit protection.
Technical information D I578 -- Automatic excess-temperature protection with restart.
-- Saving of a switch-on dimming value (also using auxiliary unit).
System2000 universal LED dimming insert (touch
dimmer) Technical data
Connected load per channel
-- at 25 C: 50 to 260W/VA
-- at 45 C: 50 to 220W/VA
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 50 to 260W
3420W/VA 2385 00 1/5 02 -- wound transformer with
Functional description D230 -- Ohmic-inductive: 50 to 260VA
Quantity of auxiliary units

Notes
and inductive loads (e.g. conventional transformers) to one
dimming channel of a universal dimming insert at the same time.
-- When an output is loaded with more than 260W/VA, consider
the load distribution and temperature range.

More information

Switching, dimming
Universal Dimmer /Light bulb dimmer Switching, dimming
Universal Dimmer with manual actuation Light bulb dimmer
Features
-- Dimming light bulbs and HV halogen lamps with AC230V, 50Hz.

Light bulb dimming insert with rotary on/off switch
50500W/VA
DRA 1034 00 1 02
See listing at
Auxiliary unit 60400W 0300 00 1/5 22
Features Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 ..
-- Switching and dimming commands are carried out by pressing -- System55 D57
buttons integrated on the front of the dimmer or by connected -- E22 D153
auxiliary units.
-- Auxiliary units: mechanical button (NO contact), System2000 C O ptional accessories
auxiliary insert (2-wire). LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247
Auxiliary operation is possible with System2000. Fuse T 1.6 H 250V 049727 D251
-- Saving a switch-on dimming value.
-- Central auxiliary unit (several universal dimmers DRA can be Features
operated simultaneously with a central auxiliary unit). -- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse.
-- Double-surface operation: Briefly pressing the button switches -- Power extension, e.g. using up to ten LV power boosters.
the light on. Pressing and holding the button at the top or bottom -- With screw terminals.
rocker half dims the lighting or makes it brighter.
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. Technical data
-- Electronic short-circuit protection. Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
-- Automatic excess-temperature protection. Connected load at 25 C
-- Power extension using power boosters. -- Light bulbs: 60 to 400W
Technical data Installation depth: 33 mm.
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz Connections
Connected load at 45 C -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
-- Light bulbs: 50 to 500W -- minimum: 2 x 0.5mm
-- HV halogen lamps: 50 to 500W Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C
-- wound transformer with Notes
at least 85% rated load: 50 to 500VA -- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures.
-- Ohmic-inductive: 50 to 500VA
-- Ohmic-capacitive: 50 to 500W More information
Quantity of auxiliary units Technical information D I579
Cable length
-- Auxiliary unit: max. 100m Light bulb dimming insert with
-- Load: max. 100m push-button/2-way switch
Auxiliary inputs: unlimited
Dimensions: 2HP
Notes
and inductive loads (e.g. conventional transformers) to the
universal dimming insert at the same time. 60400W 1184 00 1/5 02

More information Technical data
Technical information D I579 Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50/60Hz

Notes

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Light bulb dimmer
Light bulb dimming insert with push-button/2-way Light bulb dimming insert with push-button/2-way
switch switch
60600W 0302 00 1/5 22 1001000W 1181 00 1/5 02

Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 .. Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 ..
-- E22 D153 -- E22 D153

LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 Power boosters
Fuse T 2.5 H 250V 049732 D251 Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247
Features
-- Short-circuit protection using micro-fuse. Features
-- Power extension, e.g. using up to ten LV power boosters. -- Electronic short-circuit protection.
-- With spring plug-in terminals. -- Automatic excess-temperature protection with restart.
Technical data -- With screw terminals.
Connected load at 25 C Technical data
-- Light bulbs: 60 to 600W Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50Hz
-- HV halogen lamps: 60 to 600W Connected load at 25 C
Installation depth: 33 mm. -- Light bulbs: 100 to 1000W
Connections -- HV halogen lamps: 100 to 1000W
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm Installation depth: 32 mm
-- minimum: 2 x 1mm Connections
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C -- maximum: 2.5mm
Notes
-- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures. Notes
Scope of supply
-- Fuse is included in the scope of supply. More information
More information

Switching, dimming
Tronic dimmer Switching, dimming
Tronic dimmer Technical data

Tronic dimming insert -- Light bulbs: 20 to 525W
with push-button/2-way switch -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 525W
Connections

20360W 1182 00 1/5 02 Notes
Features
-- For dimming Gira Tronic transformers, 230V light bulbs and More information
230V halogen lamps. Technical information D I580
-- Power extension via Gira Tronic power boosters possible. Tronic built-in dim.
Technical data
-- Ohmic-capacitive: 20 to 360W 50700W 0381 00 1 02
Connections C O ptional accessories
-- maximum: 4mm See listing at
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C Tronic dimm.ins 20 - 520W press./2-way 0307 00 D241

Notes Features
-- Reduce the connected load for higher ambient temperatures. -- Dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, or LV halogen lamps
with Gira Tronic transformers with AC230V, 50Hz.
-- Switching and dimming commands are performed by operating
Tronic dimming insert with push-button/2-way auxiliary units (mechanical push buttons, NO contacts).
switch -- Electronic short-circuit protection.
-- Excess-temperature protection.
-- Can be switched over to memory function (brightness memory).

Technical data
Connected load
20525 W 0307 00 1/5 22 -- HV halogen lamps: 50 to 700W
C N ecessary accessories -- Ohmic-capacitive: 50 to 700W
Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 .. Cable length
-- System55 D57 -- Auxiliary unit: max. 100m
-- E22 D153 -- Load: max. 100m
Auxiliary inputs: unlimited
C O ptional accessories Housing temperature tc: +70 C
Tronic transformers Dimensions inmm
Power boosters W 212 H 49 D 46
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 More information
Features
-- Dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, or LV halogen lamps
with Gira Tronic transformers with AC230V, 50Hz.
-- With control output for outputting the switching condition of the
Tronic dimmer for controlling automatic power isolators or relays.

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming LV dimmer
LV dimmer LV dimming insert with

push-button/2-way switch
LV dimming insert with push-button/2-way switch
20500W/VA 1183 00 1/5 02

20500W/VA 2262 00 1/5 22 Technical data
Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50/60Hz
C N ecessary accessories Connected load
Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 .. -- Light bulbs: 20 to 500W
-- System55 D57 -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 500W
-- E22 D153 -- wound transformer with
C O ptional accessories -- LED lamps: typ. 3 to 100W
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 -- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 100W
Fuse T 3.15 H 250V 049735 D251 Installation depth: 32 mm
Connections
Features -- maximum: 2.5mm
-- LV dimmer with push-button/2-way switch and potentiometer for Ambient temperature: +5 C to +25 C
setting the basic brightness.
-- Switching and dimming of dimmable HV LED lamps and
dimmable compact fluorescent lamps. Mixed operation is not System2000 LV dimming insert (touch dimmer)
possible.
-- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps and
dimmable inductive transformers with halogen lamps. Mixed
operation is possible.
-- With control output for outputting the switching condition of the
dimmer for control of automatic power isolators or relays.
-- Power extension, e.g. using up to ten LV power boosters. 20500VA 0331 00 1/5 02
Technical data
-- LED lamps: typ. 3 to 100W
Connections
-- maximum: 2.5mm
-- minimum: 1mm

Notes

Switching, dimming
Control Unit, 110V Switching, dimming
Control Unit, 110V Electronic potentiometer insert for 110V control
input
Electronic potentiometer insert for 110V control

input
Button function
0308 00 1/25 02

Switching function C N ecessary accessories
0309 00 1/5 02 Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 ..
-- System55 D57
C N ecessary accessories -- E22 D153
Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 ..
-- System55 D57 C O ptional accessories
-- E22 D153 Fuse F 500 H 250V 049722 D251

Fuse F 500 H 250V 049722 D251 -- Electronic potentiometer with button function (in combination
with remote-control switches only) for electronic ballasts or
Features Tronic transformers with 110V control input.
-- Electronic potentiometer with switching function for electronic -- Pressing the operating knob sends an impulse to the remote-
ballasts or Tronic transformers with 110V control input. control switch and switches the electronic ballasts on and off.
-- Pressing the operating knob switches the electronic ballasts on -- Rotating adjusts the brightness.
and off.
-- Rotating adjusts the brightness. Technical data
Technical data 110V interface
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz -- Control voltage: 0.5 to 10V
110V interface -- Control current: max. 50mA
-- Control voltage: 0.5 to 10V Ohmic switching current: 2A
-- Control current: max. 50mA Installation depth: 33 mm.
Switching current Connections
-- Ohmic: 6A -- maximum: 4mm
-- Capacitive: 6A (70F) Ambient temperature: +5 C to +25 C
Connections Scope of supply
-- maximum: 4mm -- Fuse is included in the scope of supply.
More information
Scope of supply Technical information D I583
More information System2000 control unit insert 110V

0860 00 1/5 02


Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Control Unit, 110V/ DALI
Control Unit, 110V DALI

DALI Tronic Transformer
0360 00 1/100 02

Features
-- Built-in control unit for switching and dimming fluorescent lamps 35105 W 2380 00 10 02
using electronic ballast with 110V control input or Gira Tronic
transformers with 110V control input. C O ptional accessories
-- Operation is possible using mechanical push buttons. DALI potentiometer 2018 00 D244
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. DALI potentiometer power supply unit 2028 00 D245
-- Memory function (brightness memory). DALI gateway Plus 2180 00 D468
WL DALI ctrl.unit DALI 1-g Mini 5422 00 D498
Technical data
Connected load of switching contact -- The device enables the control of LV halogen lamps (12V) using a
-- Ohmic load: 2300W DALI interface.
-- Gira Tronic transformer: type dependent -- Control is via a DALI control device, e.g. DALI potentiometer.
-- Electronic ballasts: type dependent -- Connection of a DALI control device or rocker button.
110V interface -- Overload and excess-temperature protection.
-- Control voltage: 1 to 10V -- Electronic short-circuit protection.
-- Control current: max. 200mA -- With screw terminals.
Cable length
-- Control cable: max. 100m Technical data
-- Load: max. 100m Rated voltage
Auxiliary inputs: unlimited -- Mains: AC230/240V, 50/60Hz
Connections: max. 4mm -- DC: DC230/240V
Ambient temperature: max. +50 C -- Battery: DC176 to 275V
Dimensions inmm Output voltage: AC11.8V
W 175 H 42 D 18 Connected load: 35 to 105W
Standby: max 0.5W
More information Protection class: II
Technical information D I584 Secondary cable length: 0.3 to 2 m
Dimensions inmm
W 170 H 44 D 34

Notes
-- The simultaneous operation of a DALI control device and a rocker
button is not possible.

More information

Replaces 118900.
DALI potentiometer
2018 00 1 02

Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 ..
-- System55 D57
-- E22 D153

DALI Tronic transformer 35-105 W 2380 00 D244
DALI potentiometer power supply unit 2028 00 D245

Features
-- For switching on/off and adjusting brightness for lights with a
DALI interface
-- To create the DALI voltage, a DALI power supply or a DALI
potentiometer with integrated power supply unit is required
which confirm to the DALI specification (DINIEC60926).
-- Can be operated simultaneously from several operating points.
Communication is via Broadcast.
-- A basic brightness or a switch-on brightness can be stored.

Switching, dimming
DALI Switching, dimming
Technical data DALI potentiometer Tunable White

Current consumption: Max. 2 mA
Single-wire connection: Max. 4 mm
Notes
-- When selecting the DALI power supply, the number of DALI
devices and the DALI potentiometer (always counts as 1 device)
must be considered. 2020 00 1 02

Technical information D I582 Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 ..
-- System55 D57
-- E22 D153
DALI potentiometer with integrated power supply
unit C O ptional accessories
DALI potententiom. Tunable WH PSU 2030 00 D246

Features
-- For switching on/off and adjusting brightness for lights with a
DALI interface
-- Adjustment of colour temperature for lights with DALI Device
Type8 for Tunable White according to IEC62386-209
-- To create the DALI voltage, a DALI power supply or a DALI
2028 00 1 02 potentiometer with integrated power supply unit is required
which confirm to the DALI specification (DINIEC60926).
C N ecessary accessories -- Can be operated simultaneously from several operating points.
Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 .. Communication is via Broadcast.
-- System55 D57 -- Colour temperature limits and a basic brightness or a switch-on
-- E22 D153 brightness can be stored.

C O ptional accessories Technical data
DALI Tronic transformer 35-105 W 2380 00 D244 Current consumption: Max. 2 mA
DALI potentiometer 2018 00 D244 Colour temperature adjustment: 2000 to 10000K
Features Installation depth: 32 mm
-- For switching on/off and adjusting brightness for lights with a Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
DALI interface
-- Integrated power supply according to DALI specification Notes
(DINIEC60926) for 26 DALI devices. -- When selecting the DALI power supply, the number of DALI
-- Parallel connection of up to 4 DALI potentiometers with devices and the DALI potentiometer (always counts as 1 device)
integrated power supply unit to supply up to 104 DALI devices. must be considered.
-- Can be operated simultaneously from several operating points.
Communication is via Broadcast. More information
-- A basic brightness or a switch-on brightness can be stored. Technical information D I582

Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption: Max. 2 W
DALI rated voltage: DC 16 V (typ.)
Output current: Max. 52 mA
Number of DALI devices: Max. 26
Number of DALI potentiometer
with integrated power supply
unit connected in parallel: max. 4
Notes
devices and the DALI potentiometer (always counts as 1 device)
must be considered.
More information
Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming DALI/ Power boosters
DALI potentiometer Tunable White with integrated Power boosters

power supply unit
Universal power booster
2030 00 1 02

C N ecessary accessories 200500W/VA
Cov. knob dim. + potentiom. 0650 .. DRA 1035 00 1/100 02
-- System55 D57
-- E22 D153 C O ptional accessories
Universal Dimmer
C O ptional accessories Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230
DALI potentiom. Tunable WH 2020 00 D245 Univ dim ins 50 - 420W/VA PT switch 2 1176 00 D237
Features Uni dim. 50-500 W/VA man. DRA 1034 00 D239
-- For switching on/off and adjusting brightness for lights with a Tronic dimmer
DALI interface Flush dimmer Tronic 50-700W 0381 00 D241
-- Adjustment of colour temperature for lights with DALI Device KNXdimming actuators
Type8 for Tunable White according to IEC62386-209 Uni.dimm.actuator 50-210 W/VA FM 1058 00 D451
-- Integrated power supply according to DALI specification Uni. dimm. actuator 1-gang 500W/VA 2171 00 D464
(DINIEC60926) for 26 DALI devices. Uni. dimm. actuator 2-gang 2x300W/VA 2172 00 D465
-- Parallel connection of up to 4 DALI potentiometers with Uni. dimm. actuator 4-gang 4x250W/VA 2174 00 D466
integrated power supply unit to supply up to 104 DALI devices. eNet Dimming actuators
-- Can be operated simultaneously from several operating points. WL dimm.act. 1-g Mini 20 - 250 VA 5420 00 D497
Communication is via Broadcast. Wireless dimm. actuator DRA 1-gang 5430 00 D500
-- Colour temperature limits and a basic brightness or a switch-on WL dimm.act. 4-g DRA 5431 00 D500
brightness can be stored.
Features
Technical data -- DRA universal power booster for the power extension of
Rated voltage: AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz universal dimmers, LV dimmers, or Tronic dimmers.
Power consumption: Max. 2 W -- This enables the load cables of dimmers and power boosts to be
DALI rated voltage: DC 16 V (typ.) switched parallel to the power extension.
Output current: Max. 52 mA -- Bulb-saving switch-on.
Number of DALI devices: Max. 26 -- Integrated electronic short-circuit protection.
Number of DALI potentiometer -- Automatic excess-temperature protection.
with integrated power supply
unit connected in parallel: max. 4 Technical data
Colour temperature adjustment: 2000 to 10000K Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
Single-wire connection: Max. 4 mm Connected load: 200 to 500W/VA
Installation depth: 32 mm Cable length of the load cable: max. 100m
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C Connections: max. 4mm
Notes Dimensions: 2HP
devices and the DALI potentiometer (always counts as 1 device) Notes
must be considered. -- Refer to the reference list in the operating instructions for the
connected load and the number of power boosters.
More information

Switching, dimming
Power boosters Switching, dimming
Tronic power booster LV power booster
100700W 100600W/VA
0380 00 1/100 02 0364 00 1 02

See listing at Universal Dimmer
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230
as well as Tronic transformers Univ dim ins 50 - 420W/VA PT switch 2 1176 00 D237
Features Uni dim. 50-500 W/VA man. DRA 1034 00 D239
-- Tronic power booster for the power extension of Gira Tronic LV dimmer
dimmers and Gira universal dimmers by up to 700W. LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231
-- By connecting up to ten power boosters in parallel, extensive LV dimm.ins. 20-500 W/VA press./2-way 2262 00 D242
lighting systems of Gira Tronic transformer, 230V light bulbs, and Light bulb dimmer
high-voltage halogen lamps can be controlled with one dimmer. Bulb dimm.ins.60 - 600W press./2-way 0302 00 D240
-- Use the same phase for the Tronic dimmer and Tronic power Bulb dimm.ins. 100 - 1000W press./2-way 1181 00 D240
booster. KNXdimming actuators
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. Uni.dimm.actuator 50-210 W/VA FM 1058 00 D451
-- Integrated electronic short-circuit protection. Uni. dimm. actuator 1-gang 500W/VA 2171 00 D464
-- Automatic excess-temperature protection with restart. Uni. dimm. actuator 2-gang 2x300W/VA 2172 00 D465
Uni. dimm. actuator 2-gang 2x300W/VA 2172 00 D465
Technical data
Connected load -- LV power booster for the power extension of LV dimmers by up to
-- Light bulbs: 100 to 700W 600VA.
-- HV halogen lamps: 100 to 700W -- By connecting up to ten power boosters in parallel, extensive
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 100 to 700W lighting systems of LV halogen lamps with inductive transformers
-- Ohmic-capacitive: 100 to 700W or 230V light bulbs can be controlled with one dimmer.
Number of power boosters: max. 10 -- Use the same phase for LV dimmer and LV power booster.
Cable length of the load cable: max. 100m -- Bulb-saving switch-on.
Connections: max. 4mm -- Integrated electronic short-circuit protection.
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +45 C -- Automatic excess-temperature protection with restart.
Dimensions inmm
W 212 H 49 D 46 Technical data
More information Connected load
Technical information D I588 -- Light bulbs: 100 to 600W
-- Wound transformer: 100 to 600VA
Number of power boosters: max. 10
Cable length of the load cable: max. 100m
Dimensions inmm
W 212 H 49 D 46

More information

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Lighting elements
Lighting elements Acoustic element 230V~ with lighting element

Neon lamp element 230V~
Red 0.8mA 0935 00 1/5 01

0.35mA 0995 00 10/50 01 Push switch
0.8mA 0996 00 10/50 01 Push sw. off/2-way 0126 ..
1.5mA 0997 00 10/50 01 -- System55 D47
-- E22 D147
C O ptional accessories Push sw. interm.sw. 0127 ..
Touch indicator switch -- System55 D47
Touch ind.sw. off/2-way 0136 .. -- E22 D147
-- System55 D48 Touch sw. off/2-way upright 0121 .. D147
-- E22 D148 Touch sw. interm.sw. upright 0123 .. D147
Push switch backlit from Rocker switch inserts
Touch sw. off/2-way backlit upright 2850 .. D147 Rocker sw. off/2-way 0106 00 D225
Button Rocker sw. interm.sw. 0107 00 D225
Btn 2-way m-c upright ctrl.win. 0120 .. D148 Pull-cord switch insert
Rocker switch inserts Pull-cord sw. off/2-way 0146 00 D228
Rocker sw. off/2-way 0106 00 D225
Rocker sw. interm.sw. 0107 00 D225 Features
Rocker sw. CB 2-p 0102 00 D225 -- The acoustic element with illumination makes it easier for blind
Rocker ind.sw. off/2-way 0116 00 D226 people to recognise whether the lighting is on or off.
Rocker ind.sw. CB 2-p 0112 00 D226 -- Mounted in the switch insert, the acoustic element generates a
Rocker button inserts brief, clearly audible sound when the light is switched on.
Rock btn NO con. 0151 00 D226 -- In contrast, no acoustic signal is generated when the light is
Rocker btn 2-way m-c 0156 00 D226 switched off.
Rocker btn NO con. + N-T. 0150 00 D226 -- This is a reliable indication of whether the light has been
Rocker btn NO con. s.sig. 0152 00 D226 switched on or off.
Pull-cord switch and pull-cord button inserts -- As the switch insert with the acoustic element is lighted in
Pull-cord sw. off/2-way 0146 00 D228 accordance with workplace ordinances, it can also be used in
Pull-cord btn NO cont. s.sig. 0165 00 D228 workshops in which both blind people and sighted people work.
Watertight surface-mounted IP66
Rocker sw. off/2-way in.sp. 0106 31 D203 Technical data
Rocker sw. interm.sw. in.sp. 0107 31 D203 Sound frequency: 2.3 kHz 500 Hz
Rocker sw. CB 2-p in.sp. 0102 31 D203
Ind.rocker sw. off/2-way in.sp. 0116 31 D203
Rocker ind.sw. CB 2-p in.sp. 0112 31 D203
Rocker btn 2-way m-c in.sp. 0156 31 D203
Rocker btn NO con. s.sig. in.sp. 0152 31 D203

LED lighting element 12-24V~
red, 20mA 0992 00 10 01

Colour-neutral, 20mA 1405 00 10/50 01

See listing at
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248

LED lighting element 230V~
yellow, 2.6mA 0497 07 10/50 01

blue, 0.8mA 0497 08 10/50 01
red, 2.6mA 0497 10 10/50 01
White, 0.7mA 0497 18 10/50 01

See listing at
Neon lamp 0.35mA 0995 00 D248

Switching, dimming
Accessories Switching, dimming
Light Signal and Accessories Light Signal Insert E 10
Light signal insert
0160 00 1/5 01

0161 00 1/5 01 One of the following articles:
Light signal cover plates
C N ecessary accessories Cover plate Light signal 0660 .. D75
One of the following articles: as well as
Light signal cover plates Lighting element
Cover plate Light signal 0660 .. D75 Neon lamp E10 049705 D249
Cover plate Light sig. bayonet 0659 .. D75
Cover plate Light sig. bayonet 0659 .. Technical data
One of the following articles: Installation depth: 32 mm
Lighting elements Connections
Lighting element neon lamp E10 1.4 mA 0993 00 D249 -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
Lighting element neon lamp 2 mA 0999 00 D249 -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm
Light bulb element 5-7W E14 0994 00 D249
Lighting element light bulb 12 V 240 mA 0932 00 D249 Notes
Lighting element light bulb 24 V 125 mA 0933 00 D249 -- Can be illuminated with neon-glow lamp E10.

Technical data
Installation depth: 28 mm Neon lamp E10, 230V~
Connections
Notes
-- Can be illuminated with lighting elements for light signal.
2.0mA power consumption

Lighting element for light signal (EBT) 049705 10/50 01

Light signal E10 0160 00 D249

Notes
-- Suitable for light signal insert E10.

Neon lamp 230V~
(similar to E 10) 1.4mA 0993 00 10 01 Cover cap, flat, insertable, for light signal
2.0mA 0999 00 10 01
Light bulb 230V

(similar to E 14) 13mA 0994 00 10 01
Light bulb 12V System55, E22

250mA 0932 00 1 01 red 0803 20 5/25 11
green 0801 20 5/25 11
Light bulb 24V yellow 0804 20 5/25 11
125mA 0933 00 10 01 clear 0806 20 5/25 11
clear as an information field 0807 20 5/25 11
Light signal 0161 00 D249 C N ecessary accessories
Cover plate Light signal 0660 .. D75
Notes
-- Suitable for light signal insert, water-protected surface-mounted Notes
light signal and surface-mounted light signal -- Not suitable if the following light bulb elements are used
093200, 093300 und 099400.

Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Accessories/ Inscription sheets / software
Cover cap with bayonet lock for light signal Inscription sheets/inscription software

Inscription sheets
red 0803 01 5 01
green 0801 01 1 01
yellow 0804 01 1 01
clear 0806 01 1 01

C N ecessary accessories 60.7 x 11.8mm
One of the following articles: 60 labelling fields 1450 00 1 09
Cover plate Light sig. bayonet 0659 .. D75
62.1 x 12mm
60 labelling fields 1451 00 1 09

48.8 x 6.8mm

54.5 x 7mm

67.5 x 6.9mm

51.2 x 7mm

46.9 x 36.9mm

62.8 x 6.8mm

62 x 62mm

62 x 18mm

Features
-- Pre-perforated inscription sheets of PET foil in DIN A4 format for
the Gira inscription software.

Notes
-- Inscription sheets can only be printed with a laser printer.

Inscription sheets for cover frame E2 completely

inscribable
Type 1
10 x 6 labelling fields 1411 00 1 01

Type 2
10 x 2/2 labelling fields 1412 00 1 01

Type 3
20 x 2 labelling fields 1413 00 1 01

Cov.fr. 1-g c-inscr. 0711 22 D102
Cov.fr. 2-g c-inscr. 0712 22 D102
Cov.fr.3-g c-inscr. 0713 22 D102

Notes
-- Can be printed using most commercially available laser and
ink-jet printers.

Switching, dimming
Inscription sheets / software /Accessories Switching, dimming
Inscription sheets for System55/E22 touch sensor Accessories

3, call button, flat wireless wall transmitter
Fuse
F 500 H 250V
Touch sensor 3, call button, flat wireless wall transmitter 049722 10 01
3 x 25 labelling fields
38 x 54mm 1090 00 1 06 T 1.6 H 250V
049727 10 01
Touch sensor 3 Plus
2 x 35 labelling fields T 2.5 H 250V
38 x 36mm 1089 00 1 06 049732 10 01

C N ecessary accessories T 2 H 250V
For 1090 00, one of the following articles: 049806 10 01
Touch sensor 2 zero-voltage
Touch sens.2 1-g 24 V zero-volt. in.sp. 2001 .. D55 T 3,15 H 250V
Touch sens.2 3-g 24 V zero-volt. in.sp. 2003 .. D56 049735 10 01
Rocker sets
Rocker set 1-gang in.sp. 2131 .. D393 C O ptional accessories
Rocker set 2-gang in.sp. 2132 .. D394 F 500 H 250V
Rocker set 3-gang 2133 .. D394 Potentiom. ctrl.input 1 - 10 V swit.fct 0309 00 D243
Rocker set 4-gang in.sp. 2134 .. D394 Potentiom. ctrl.input 1 - 10 V btn fct 0308 00 D243
Rocker set 6-gang in.sp. 2136 .. D394 T 1.6 H 250V
Rocker set 5-gang Plus in.sp. 2145 .. D395 Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233
KNX RF touch sensors Bulb dimm.ins.60 - 400W rot.on/off 0300 00 D239
KNX RF touch sensors T 2.5 H 250V
KNX RF touch sens. 1-g 5101 00 D413 Bulb dimm.ins.60 - 600W press./2-way 0302 00 D240
KNX RF touch sens. 3-g 5103 00 D413 T 2 H 250V
eNet wall transmitter LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231
Gira eNet WL wall transm. 1-g in.sp. 5331 .. D492 T 3,15 H 250V
Gira eNet WL wall transm. 3-g in.sp. 5333 .. D493 Speed regul. rot.on/off 0.1-2.7 A 0314 00 D230
For 1089 00 one of the following articles: LV dimm.ins. 20-500 W/VA press./2-way 2262 00 D242
Rocker sets
Rocker set 2-gang Plus in.sp. 2142 .. D395
Rocker set 5-gang Plus in.sp. 2145 .. D395
Touch sensor 3 Plus
Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392
Features
Notes
Inscription sheets for LED signal light, LED

orientation light
51 x 51mm 15 labelling fields

transparent 2870 00 1 09
Pure white 2870 02 1 09
LED orientat.light white 2361 00 D73
LED orientat.light RGB 1169 00 D74
LED signal light RD / GN 1171 00 D74
Features
Notes
Switching, dimming
Switching, dimming Accessories
Switch-on current limiter Angular socket plug DIN42801 for equipotential

bonding socket
0810 00 1/5 02
For lines up to
Features 6mm 044757 5/25 01
-- For limiting switch-on currents for problem loads such as
energy-saving lamps and parallel-compensated fluorescent C O ptional accessories
lamps. Equipot. bonding 2-gang 0405 ..
-- Due to its compact dimensions, the switch-on current limiter can
be installed in a normal device box, e.g. behind an automatic Scope of supply
control-switch insert (relay). -- A yellow insulating sleeve is included in the scope of supply.
-- The device is installed in series to the load.

Technical data Extension claw for flush-mounted devices
Connected load: max. 200W
Length of the connection line: 2 x approx. 70mm
Ambient temperature: max. +25 C
Dimensions inmm
W 32 H 50 D 12

049810 10/50 01
Features
-- For installation in walls with thick plaster coatings or additional
wall cladding.
-- Can be mounted in the device claws.

Notes
-- Not to be used for:
with different lock types 0001 00 1/5 02 Blind switches with toggle switch, key switches for half-cylinder
with identical profiles, time switches, timer, electronic devices, multiple socket
lock types 0002 00 1/5 02 outlets, telecommunication jacks, room temperature controller,
VdS class B 0003 00 1 02 cooker sockets.

Key sw. btn 1-p 0163 00 D229 Cable branch insert 5-pole
Key sw. 2-p 0144 00 D229
Key sw. 2-p 0144 30 D198
Key sw. btn 1-p 0163 30 D198

Features
-- For use in key switches.

Notes
-- The following applies to Order No. 000100, 000200: 0400 00 1/5 01
With five pin tumblers and three keys.
Basic length: 30mm, C N ecessary accessories
total length: 40mm. Cov. cab.branch CBO 0274 ..
-- The following applies to Order No. 000300: -- System55 D82
With three differently-locking nickel-silver keys. With security -- E22 D178
card. VdS approval: M198330
Basic length: 31.5mm, Features
total length: 41.5mm. -- With screw terminals.

Technical information D I616 Installation depth: 31 mm

Automatic light control System 2000 automatic control switch
mounting height up to 1.10m ... 258
System 2000 automatic control switch 2
System2000 Automatic control switch
360 top unit ... 260

KNX automatic control switch
KNX automatic control switch
Sensotec ... 262
Presence detector and motion detector ... 263
Presence detector ... 264
KNX Presence detector Mini ... 264
KNX Presence detector ... 265
Tectiv ... 265
Observer ... 266
Accessories ... 267

Automatically switched lights are convenient, safe and energy-efficient. They can be
easily installed in outdoor as well as indoor areas, e.g. in building entrances, driveways
or staircases. Based on your preferences, the device is controlled depending on
brightness, time or motion. Apart from the installation of switches and detectors in
a conventional electrical system, there are also detectors for the KNX system.
Outdoor security Gira presence detector and motion Gira automatic control switch
Devices in outdoor areas are subject to detector 360 Compact The Gira automatic control switch is
special requirements. The devices need The Gira Compact presence and motion especially useful in transit areas such as
to be weatherproof, be sturdy enough to detector 360 offers numerous functions for hallways and staircases. The automatic
resist intentional or unintentional damage automating lighting. First and foremost is switch turns on the light when a person
and must continue to function reliably the reliable detection of movement, but the enters the room, and turns it off when
in changing environmental conditions. presence and motion detector may also the room has been left. An enhanced
D 265 be used simply as a twilight switch. The version also allows for settings to be made
surface-mounted version of the housing via a remote control. Gira automatic control
allows for rational and flexible installation. switches are available for numerous Gira
D 260 switch ranges.
D 259
Sensotec LED Semi-automatic or full automatic control KNX presence detector Mini
The device combines two functions: At of lighting via KNX The Gira KNX presence detectors Standard
dusk or in the dark, it is possible to find There are various presence and motion Mini and Comfort Mini register even the
your way thanks to the orientation light, detectors for motion detection and presence slightest motion in the room and enable
and to switch on the room light with a monitoring. These devices are used for automatic control of various functions in
motion if necessary. The light strength fully automatic control of lighting and thus the KNX system, depending on presence.
can be adjusted in the automatic mode contribute considerably towards energy For example light, heating, or ventilation
to prevent a glare. savings and increased convenience. can be controlled exactly as needed and
D 262 D 442 to save power.
D 438

Product range Automatic light control

System2000 System2000 System2000 KNX automatic KNX automatic Sensotec
automatic control automatic control Automatic control switch control switch D262
switch mounting switch 2 mounting control switch360 mounting height mounting height
height 1.10m height 2.20 m D260 1.10m 2.20m
D258 D259 D261 D261
Presence detector Presence detector KNX Presence KNX Presence Tectiv Observer
and motion detector D264 detector Mini detector D265 D266
D263 D264 D265
Accessories
D267

Combination options
System 2000 inserts

Triac switching Tronic switching Relay insert Zero-voltage

insert insert Light bulbs, relay insert
Light bulbs, Light bulbs, fluorescent lamps, Light bulbs,
HV halogen lamps, HV halogen lamps, halogen lamps HV halogen lamps
LV halogen for LV halogen with 2300 W 800 W
wound transformer Gira Tronic D 233 D 234
40 to 400 W/VA transformers
D 233 50 to 420 W
D 232
Order No. 0854 00 0866 00 0853 00 1148 00
Automatic control switch, standard top

unit 1300 ..
Mounting height up to 1.10 m Switching Switching Switching Switching
D 258/343
Automatic control switch, Komfort top unit

Mounting height up to 1.10 m 0661 ..
D 258/344 Switching Switching Switching Switching
Automatic control switch 2, standard top

unit 2301 ..
Automatic control switch 2, Komfort top

unit 2302 ..
Presence detector, Komfort top unit

D 264 0317 ..
Automatic control switch 360 top unit 2270 ..

D 260
Switching or/and dimming top unit

D 58/153/183 2316 ..
Touch dimming top unit

D 58/153 2260 ..
Touch switching top unit

D 50/150 2261 ..
Wireless switching/dimming top unit

Gira eNet, D 495 5490 ..
For a mounting height of up to To use top units for automatic Within the scope of the options Function as an HVAC switch:
1.10 m with purely horizontally control switches and presence described above and under Channel 1 is switched on depend-
aligned detection area, which detectors on flush-mounted inserts observance of the permissible ing on the ambient brightness
means it doesn't have its own from System 2000, these inserts number of auxiliary units, the when motion is detected. When
range limitation outdoors have to have a release version of System 2000 inserts and top units motion is no longer detected, the
R2 or higher. can be freely combined to realise channel is switched off after the
For mounting height up to 2.20m an extended, automatic lighting expiration of the delay time set in
with angled, vertically aligned Use with the System 2000 impulse system. the top unit.
detection area insert 0336 00 requires at least
release version R3 for the top units Channel 2 is switched on directly
of the automatic control switches or time-delayed when there is
and presence detectors. motion in the detection field. The
ambient brightness does not

Combination options

HVAC relay insert Universal LED LV dimming insert Control unit insert Impulse insert with Auxiliary insert * Auxiliary insert *
with 2 relays for dimming insert Light bulbs, 110 V staircase-light For presence (2-wire)
switching, e.g. Light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, For switching and automatic control detectors and D 236
light and heating or HV halogen lamps, LV halogen for dimming electronic switch automatic control
ventilation HV LED lamps, wound transformer ballasts and D 235 switches (3-wire)
Channel 1: 1000 W type 3 up to 100 W, 20 to 500VA Gira Tronic trans- D 237
Channel 2: 800 W energy-saving lamps, D 231 formers with
D 234 type 7 up to 100W 1 to 10V interface
D 230 700W, 50mA
D 232
0303 00 2385 00 0331 00 0860 00 0336 00 0335 00 * 0333 00 *

0821 00



Dimming Dimming Dimming Switching on Switching on b)
Constant light control Constant light control Constant light control

Switching
Switching on Dimming
Memory


affect the switching of Channel 2. Function as a delay switch: a) Standard top units only carry * The function of the auxiliary unit
When motion is no longer detected, Channel 1 is switched on or off out switching functions, even (switching/dimming) depends on
the channel is switched off when the during operation without delay. on dimming inserts. which main unit insert is used.
delay time set in the insert expires.
Channel 2 is switched on or b) On an auxiliary insert, the
off time-delayed depending on brightness setpoint value and the
Channel 1. delay time of the top unit are not
evaluated.

Automatic light control Automatic control switch 1.10m
System 2000 automatic control switch More information

mounting height up to 1.10m Technical information D I609

Technical data
Mounting height up to 1.10m System 2000 Comfort automatic control switch
-- Range in the front: 10m top unit
-- Range to each side: 6m mounting height up to 1.10m
Brightness value
-- fixed: Day mode
Protection type
-- System55, E22, F100,
S-Color: IP20 System55
-- TX_44: IP44 Cream white glossy 0661 01 1/100 02
Ambient temperature: -20 C to +45 C Pure white glossy 0661 03 1/100 02
Notes Anthracite 0661 28 1/100 02
-- Suitable for indoor use only. Colour aluminium 0661 26 1 02
-- At an mounting height of 1.10m, the horizontal detection field
has no natural limitation if used outdoors. Use the System2000 E22
automatic control switch mounting height up to 2.20 for outdoor Stainless Steel (lacquered) 0661 20 1 02
use. AAluminium (lacquered) 0661 203 1 02
-- The System2000 automatic control switch top units can be Pure white glossy 0661 03 1/100 02
operated with the System2000 inserts as of release R2. AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

TX_44
System 2000 Standard automatic control switch Pure white 0661 66 1 02
top unit, mounting height up to 1.10m Anthracite 0661 67 1 02

See listing at

System55 Integration in stainless steel
Cream white glossy 1300 01 1/5 02 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
Anthracite 1300 28 1/5 02 -- In conjunction with a System2000 switching insert, the
Colour aluminium 1300 26 1/5 02 automatic control switch can be set to short-term operation.
Short-term operation is brightness-independent and can be used
E22 to control a bell, for example.
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1300 20 1/5 02 -- When a System2000 dimming insert is used, when the set delay
AAluminium (lacquered) 1300 203 1 02 time elapses, the lighting is continuously dimmed to the
Pure white glossy 1300 03 1/5 02 minimum brightness within 30seconds and then switched off.
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. -- A memory value can be saved using a System2000 auxiliary unit
which is switched on when motion is detected.
TX_44 -- The current ambient brightness is easily saved as a brightness
Pure white 1300 66 1/5 02 switching threshold using a teach-in function.
Anthracite 1300 67 1/5 02 -- Switchable to permanent-on, permanent-off, or automatic mode
Colour aluminium 1300 65 1/5 02 using a slider switch.

One of the following articles: Delay time: 10s to 30min
Dimming inserts (only switching here)
Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230 More information
LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231 Technical information D I609
Switching inserts
Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233
Relay ins. 0853 00 D233
Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234
HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234
Staircase light control
Impulse ins. 0336 00 D235
Auxiliary insert


Technical data

Automatic control switch 2 2.20m Automatic light control
System 2000 automatic control switch 2 System 2000 Standard automatic control switch 2

mounting height up to 2.20m top unit, mounting height up to 2.20m
Automatic control switch for switching light automatically,

depending on the movement of heat and ambient brightness.
Features
-- Extension of the range of detection in combination with an
auxiliary insert for presence detectors and automatic control
switches. System55
-- Teach-in function for adapting the brightness threshold. Cream white glossy 2301 01 1/5 02
-- Switch-on brightness can be saved permanently, with dimming Pure white glossy 2301 03 1/100 02
insert. Pure white matt 2301 27 1/5 02
-- Can be dimmed slightly, with dimming insert and connected Anthracite 2301 28 1/5 02
auxiliary insert. Colour aluminium 2301 26 1/5 02
-- Crawl-under protection.
-- Delay time limit. E22
Technical data AAluminium (lacquered) 2301 203 1/5 02
Mounting height of 2.20m Pure white glossy 2301 03 1/100 02
-- Cross walking range: 12 x 6 m AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- Approach range: 8x4m
Mounting height: 1.10m / 2.20m TX_44
Angle of detection: 180 Pure white 2301 66 1 02
Brightness value Anthracite 2301 67 1 02
-- adjustable: approx. 1 to 200lx Colour aluminium 2301 65 1 02
-- fixed: Day mode
Lock time: approx. 0.3 to 4 s C N ecessary accessories
Protection type See listing at
-- System55, E22, Gira F100: IP20 Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258
-- TX_44: IP44
Ambient temperature: -15 C to +45 C C O ptional accessories
Notes Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
-- For operation with System2000 flush-mounted insert for
dimming, switching, or auxiliary insert use for presence detectors Features
and automatic control switches. -- The sensitivity and delay time are permanently set.

Technical data

More information

Automatic light control Automatic control switch 2 2.20m/ 360 top unit
System 2000 Comfort automatic control switch 2 System2000 Automatic control switch 360 top unit
top unit, mounting height up to 2.20m
System2000 Automatic control switch 360top

unit
System55
Anthracite 2302 28 1/5 02 Pure white 2270 02 1 02

E22 C N ecessary accessories
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 2302 20 1/5 02 See listing at
AAluminium (lacquered) 2302 203 1/5 02 Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. C O ptional accessories
SM hous. pres.detec. 0086 .. D267
TX_44 Protective cage 2116 00 D267
Pure white 2302 66 1 02
Anthracite 2302 67 1 02 Features
Colour aluminium 2302 65 1 02 -- The System2000 automatic control switch 360top unit can be
operated with the System2000 inserts as of release R2. It is
C N ecessary accessories recessed into the ceiling and monitors the area beneath it. The
See listing at automatic control switch 360 switches on the lighting depending
Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258 upon motion and ambient brightness.
-- Expanding the range of detection is possible using auxiliary units
C O ptional accessories (accessories).
Integration in stainless steel -- Manual actuation with auxiliary unit or button, NO contact.
Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186 -- Test mode/short-term operation. With System2000 switch
inserts, the automatic control switch360 can be used to control
Features a bell.
-- IR remote control for setting various functions. -- Saving a memory value with System2000 dimming inserts.
-- Dimming function, with dimming insert. -- Light dimming, with System2000 dimming inserts. When the
-- Short-term operation, e.g. for controlling acoustic signal delay time has expired, the lighting is dimmed to the minimum
transmitters, with switching insert. brightness within 30 seconds and then switched off.
-- Display LED. -- Day mode.
-- Occupied-home simulation.
-- Nightlight function. Technical data
-- Motion detection which can be toggled between the indoors and Mounting height 3 m
outdoors. -- Cross walking range: Diameter approx.20m
-- Approach range: Diameter approx. 12m
Technical data Angle of detection: 360
Sensitivity: 100 to 25 % Brightness value
Delay time: approx. 10s to 60min -- adjustable: approx. 2 to 80lx
Short-term operation -- fixed: Day mode
-- Pulse duration: approx. 0.3 second Lock time: approx. 2 second
-- Pulse pause: approx. 2.7 second Delay time
-- adjustable: approx. 10s to 30min
Scope of supply -- Test mode/short-term
-- IR remote control. operation: approx. 1second
More information Dimensions inmm
Technical information D I609 H
103 50

More information

KNXautomatic control switch 1.10m /2.20m Automatic light control
KNX automatic control switch KNX automatic control switch

mounting height up to 1.10m mounting height up to 2.20m

KNX Standard automatic control switch top unit KNX Standard automatic control switch top unit
System55 System55

E22 E22
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 0880 20 1/5 06 Stainless Steel (lacquered) 0889 20 1 06
AAluminium (lacquered) 0880 203 1 06 AAluminium (lacquered) 0889 203 1 06


KNX Comfort automatic control switch top unit KNX Comfort automatic control switch top unit
System55 System55

E22 E22
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1304 20 1/5 06 Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1305 20 1 06
AAluminium (lacquered) 1304 203 1 06 AAluminium (lacquered) 1305 203 1 06


Automatic light control Sensotec
Sensotec Technical data

Connected load
Detection utilises the doppler effect, similar to traffic speed -- Light bulbs: 4 to 300W
measurement. Detection is also possible with non-shielding -- HV halogen lamps: 4 to 300W
material. For example, sanitary facilities could be covered with a -- LED lamps: typ. 4 to 60W
single Sensotec in this way. Installation depth: 33 mm.

Features Notes
-- Contactless switching prevents soiling. This rules out -- IR remove control is required during start-up and for
contamination with viruses or bacteria by the user. configuring various functions.
-- Detection in the close-up and long range depends on the
reflecting surface, speed, and type of the object (person, animal,
object, etc.). Sensotec LED
-- Metal frames affect the range of detection.
-- Extension of range of detection through auxiliary units.
-- Auxiliary input operation with rocker button.
-- Requires an IR remote control to start up and set various
functions.
-- Individual brightness value and delay time is possible (teach
function)-
-- The sensitivity of the far-field detection is adjustable.
-- Installation in a deep device box. System55, without remote control
-- Fulfils the specifications of the guidelines in VDI/VDE 6008 Sheet Cream white glossy 2378 01 1 02
3. Pure white glossy 2378 03 1 02
Power supply: 230/240 V AC Colour aluminium 2378 26 1 02
Mains frequency: 50/60 Hz
Ambient temperature: 0 C to 50 C System55, with remote control
Mounting height: 1.10 m Cream white glossy 2368 01 1 02
Range of detection Pure white glossy 2368 03 1 02
-- Close-up range: approx. 5 cm Pure white matt 2368 27 1 02
-- Long range: approx. 6 x 4 m Anthracite 2368 28 1 02
Brightness: 10 to 1000 lx Colour aluminium 2368 26 1 02
Delay time: 1s to 60min
Screw terminals connection C O ptional accessories
-- Single-wire: 1.5 to 2.5mm IR remote ctrl. Sensotec 2373 00 D267
-- Fine-wire with core jacket: 1.5 to 2.5mm
Features
-- The Sensotec LED is an active motion detector. It detects motion
Sensotec in the range of detection regardless of the temperature and
switches on the LED orientation light based on the ambient
brightness.
-- Motion in the close range switches on the room lighting, for
example.
-- The switch-on brightness of the LED orientation light can be set.

Technical data
Connected load
System55, without remote control -- Light bulbs: 400W
Cream white glossy 2376 01 1 02 -- HV halogen lamps: 400W
Pure white glossy 2376 03 1 02 -- Gira Tronic transformer: 400W
Pure white matt 2376 27 1 02 -- LED lamps: 100W
Anthracite 2376 28 1 02 Installation depth: 33 mm.
Notes
System55, with remote control -- IR remove control is required during start-up and for
Cream white glossy 2366 01 1 02 configuring various functions.

IR remote ctrl. Sensotec 2373 00 D267

Features
-- The Sensotec is an active motion detector. It detects motion in
the range of detection regardless of the temperature and
switches on room lighting dimmed based on the ambient
brightness.
-- Motion in the close-up range switches on the room lighting
undimmed.
-- Switch-on brightness of the room lighting can be set for far-field
detection.

Presence and motion detector Automatic light control
Presence detector and motion detector Scope of supply
-- IR remote control PIR2 for the customer is included.

-- A clip-on screen is included to limit the range of detection.
Presence detector and motion detector 360
compact More information

2399 02 1 02
IR remote ctrl. PIR 1 2382 00 D267
Features
-- Automatic switching of lighting, depending on the movement of
heat and ambient brightness.
-- 2-point light control.
-- Functions can be adjusted with IR remote controls.
-- Restricting the detection field by switching off individual sensors
or clip-on screen.
-- Operation with IR remote control, auxiliary unit 2-wire or rocker
button.
-- Teach-in function for adapting the brightness threshold, in
combination with IR remote controls.
-- Switch-off pre-warning.
-- Short-term operation, e.g. for controlling acoustic signal
transmitters.
-- Occupied-home simulation.
-- Function as twilight switch.
-- Dynamic delay time.
-- Extension of the detection range by connecting several devices in
parallel.
Technical data
Rated voltage: 110 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Standby: max. 0.3W
Mounting height: approx. 3m
Range of detection: approx. 20m
Brightness value: approx. 5 to 2000lx
Delay time
-- Short-term operation: approx. 0.5s
Switching current at 35 C
-- Ohmic: 16A (AC1)
-- Fluorescent lamps: 4AX
Connected load AC230V~ and 35 C
-- LED lamps: typically 400W
-- Compact fluorescent lamp: typically 400W
-- Capacitive load: 690VA (560 F)
Connected load AC110V~ and 35 C
-- LED lamps: typically 200W
-- Compact fluorescent lamp: typically 200W
-- Capacitive load: 345VA (560F)
Dimensions inmm
103 H 63
Notes
-- The required settings for start-up are carried out with the IR
remote control PIR1 (accessory) for the installer.
-- Ceiling mounting indoors, surface-mounted.
Automatic light control Presence detector/ KNX Presence detector Mini
Presence detector KNX Presence detector Mini

A presence detector is mounted on the ceiling and monitors the

work area beneath it. KNX Presence Detector Mini Standard

Features
-- The presence detector controls the lighting depending on the
presence of persons and the desired lighting conditions.

Technical data
Dimensions inmm 2220 00 1 06
103 H 50
Notes
-- A presence detector is not a passage detector.
-- The presence detector is not suitable for alarm messages in KNX Presence Detector - Mini Komfort
VdS-compliant alarm systems.
-- Ceiling mounting on stable ceilings in device box or surface-
mounted housing.

System2000 Presence Detector Comfort Top Unit

2225 00 1 06


Pure white 0317 02 1 02


See listing at

SM hous. pres.detec. 0086 .. D267

Features
-- Constant light control is possible when used on a
System2000dimming insert. The lighting is initially switched on
at maximum brightness. Then the lighting is dimmed so that the
brightness is maintained at the setpoint value set on the presence
detector.
-- When combined with a System2000 "switching insert", the
lighting is only switched.
-- To extend the detection field, the presence detector Comfort is
combined with a System2000 auxiliary insert for presence
detectors and automatic control switches "3-wire".
-- Switching on and off using the mechanical auxiliary unit or
System2000 auxiliary unit.
-- With the included clip-on screen, interference sources are
eliminated by limiting the range of detection.

Technical data
Range of detection
-- Desk height: 5 m
-- Floor: 8 m
Mounting height: 2.,5 m
Brightness value: approx. 10 to 1000 lux
Delay time
-- Test mode/short-term
operation: approx. 1second
Dimensions inmm
103 H 43

Scope of supply
-- A clip-on screen is included to limit the range of detection.

More information

KNX Presence detector /Tectiv Automatic light control
KNX Presence detector Tectiv

KNX Presence Detector - Standard ADiscontinued item. Available until 07/2017.

Tectiv 220
Pure white 2105 02 1 06

Pure white 0817 02 1 08
Functional description D440 Anthracite 0817 10 1 08

KNX Presence Detector - Comfort Features
-- Motion detector with a high-resolution lens with an optimised
focal length which enables a semi-circular monitoring field with
background monitoring.
-- Cable entry from four directions and the rear.
-- Plug terminals with loop-through option.
-- Large terminal housing.
-- Plug-in sensor unit.
-- Protects the electronics from wind, moisture, and soiling.
-- Protects against accidental adjustment of the sensor head.
Pure white 2106 02 1 06 -- Smooth surfaces are easy to clean.
Colour aluminium 2106 04 1 06 -- Design is independent of sensor head alignment.
-- Day and night mode.
Functional description D441 -- Passage detector function.
-- Ceiling or wall installation.
-- The operating mode can be changed using a mechanical push
button (NC contact): observer function, light on for two hours,
light off for two hours.

Technical data
Rated current: 16 A
Switch-on current: max. 100 A
Connected load
Mounting height: 2.40m
Range of detection
-- In front: approx. 16m
-- On side: approx. 12m each on the left
and right
Brightness value
-- adjustable: approx. 3 to 2000 lux
-- fixed: Day mode
Delay time: 1s to 30min
Protection type: IP 55
Dimensions inmm
105 H 120

Notes
-- Ideal adaptation to the area to be monitored by the rotating and
swivelling sensor head.
-- Possible sources of interference can be blocked by limiting the
range of detection using the included adhesive strips.
-- Observe high peak switch-on currents with "energy saving
lamps". Check suitability of the lamps before use!

More information

Automatic light control Observer
Observer Observers 110

Features
-- The brightness sensor can be set continuously.
-- Day and night mode.

Notes
-- Observe the planning information in the Technical Appendix.
-- Observe high peak switch-on currents with "energy saving
lamps". Check suitability of the lamps before use!

Observer 70 Passive Infrared Motion Sensor

Pure white 0355 02 1 08

Sw.-on curr. lim. 0810 00 D252

Features
-- Switching segments in three levels.
-- Clip-on screens (vertical/horizontal) for limiting the detection
field.
-- 3D hinge.

Technical data
Pure white 0831 02 1 08 Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
Anthracite 0831 10 1 08 Switch-on current: max. 20A
Connected load
C O ptional accessories -- Light bulbs: 2300W
Sw.-on curr. lim. 0810 00 D252 -- HV halogen lamps: 1000W
Features at least 85% rated load: 1200VA
-- The range is adjustable in three levels. -- Gira Tronic transformer: 1200W
Technical data uncompensated: 1200VA
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz -- Fluorescent lamps, duo-
Switch-on current: max. 15 A circuit: 2300VA
Connected load -- Fluorescent lamps, parallel-
-- Light bulbs: 1000W compensated: 920VA
-- HV halogen lamps: 1000W Detection field
-- wound transformer with -- Semi-circular: 16x25m
at least 85% rated load: 750VA Angle of detection: 110
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 750W Mounting height: 2.40m
-- Fluorescent lamps, Brightness value
uncompensated: 500VA -- adjustable: approx. 5 to 300lx
-- Fluorescent lamps, duo- -- fixed: Day mode
circuit: 1000VA Delay time: 12 s to 12 min
-- Fluorescent lamps, parallel- Protection type: IP 54
compensated: 400VA Ambient temperature: -35 C to +50 C
Detection field
-- Rectangular: 11x8m More information
Angle of detection: approx. 70 Technical information D I598
Mounting height: 2.40m
Brightness value: adjustable
Delay time: 10 s to 5 min
Sensitivity: 3 levels

More information

Accessories Automatic light control
Accessories Features
-- Single-point or multi-point mounting possible.

IR remote control for Sensotec and SensotecLED Technical data
Dimensions inmm
103 H 45

Notes
-- For mounting on the ceiling.
-- Do not use in combination with protective cage 211600.

2373 00 1/5 02
Sensotec w/o remote control 2376 .. D262
Sensotec LED w/o remote ctrl. 2378 .. D262
Features
-- Infrared remote control for manual operation and setting of
Sensotec and SensotecLED.
IR remote control PIR 1
2382 00 1 02
Pres. + motion detec. 360 Kompakt 2399 02 D263
Features
-- IR remote control for start-up of the presence detector and
motion detector 360 compact.
Protective cage
Pure white 2116 00 1 01
Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264
Pres.detec.Standard 2105 .. D441
Pres.detec.Komfort 2106 .. D441
Features
-- Protective cage for presence detector
-- Lacquered, plastic-coated steel cage.
Technical data
Dimensions inmm
180 H 90
Surface-mounted housing for presence detector
Pure white 0086 02 1 01

Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
Blind controller Inserts ... 273
Blind control button top units ... 276
Electronic blind controller easy ... 278
Electronic blind controller 2 ... 278
Sensors ... 279
Cut-off relay ... 281
Blind controller

Convenient automatic or manual blind control
There are various switches and buttons available from Gira for controlling blinds
and shutters. Raising and lowering of blinds or shutters can be done manually or via
an automated function. In combination with sensors, blinds and shutters can be
intelligently controlled to prevent damage from strong winds, for example. Switches
and buttons for controlling blinds are available for conventional electrical systems
as well as for the Gira eNet system.
Blind controller
Manual blind control Time-controlled blind control Automatic blind control

Raising and lowering blinds is a breeze with Using the electronic blind controller, blinds Blinds that react to wind, rain or sun no
the blind control button: A short press of and similar devices can be easily raised and problem with automatic blind control from
the button adjusts the slats, pressing the lowered automatically. If times arepro- Gira. This is made possible by sensors that
button a for a longer time raises and lowers grammed, the punctual movement of the measure humidity, wind speed, brightness
the blinds. The directions of movements are blinds is automatic. This function is ideal or temperature and issue respective
interlocked to securely prevent damage. to simulate a presence in the home, for commands to the blinds depending on the
example: Home owners can go on holiday settings made.
in the secure knowledge that blinds,
shutters or awnings are controlled by the
system at set times.
Group function Wireless control of blinds

If several blinds are to controlled simul- Operate blinds, shutters or awningscon-
taneously, a number of controllers can ven iently by remote control: with thewire-
be grouped together. One device in the less blind control button and the wireless
system serves as the master device and hand-held transmitter of the Gira eNet
transmits the control commands to all system. This lets you control blinds in
the downstream devices. Each blind can, different rooms simultaneously, for example.
of course, also be locally controlled Connected sun sensors auto matically
individually. Group control makes good protect furniture and plants from too much
sense for example in a detached family sun. Even if no one is home.
house or in smaller office spaces.

Product range Blind controller
Blind controller
Inserts Blind control button Electronic blind Electronic blind Sensors Cut-off relay
D273 top units controller easy controller 2 D279 D281
D276 D278 D278

Blind controller
A system that meets all requirements

The system is as easy to install as it is to use. Only three flush- sensors can always be connected in accordance with VDE,
mounted inserts are combined with the various top units using the regardless of whether they're flush-mounted, surface-mounted
modular principle: from control buttons for manual actuation to or installed on the wall. The flush-mounted insert offers a
electronic blind controller with sensor evaluation. Central functions, connection option for any case. The top units of the Gira blind
e.g. wind sensor or master button, are implemented by means of control systems are available in all Gira switch ranges.
auxiliary inputs. The cables of the sun sensors and glass-breakage
Function overview
Functions Sensors
Manual Wireless Lock-out Memory Time Program Sun Twilight Glass-

actuation actuation protection / function programs memory sensor sensor breakage
Blind controller
individual sensor
runtime
Control button
Standard
2324 .. | D 276 Yes
Insert without
auxiliary input
0399 .. | D 356 Control button
2328 .. | D 276
Yes Yes
Control button
with sensor
evaluation Yes Yes Yes Yes
0820 .. | D 276
Control button
with memory
function and Yes Yes Yes Yes
sensor evaluation
0822 .. | D 277
Insert with
auxiliary input
0398 .. | D 357 eNet
wireless blind
control button Yes Yes
5491 .. | D 495/495
Electronic blind
controller easy
0841 .. | D 278 Yes Yes
Insert, DC 24 V,
with auxiliary
input Electronic blind
0388 .. | D 357 controller 2
1308 .. | D 278 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Electronic blind
controller 2 with
sensor evaluation Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
1309 .. | D 279

Inserts Blind controller
The Gira blind controller provides three control options. Specifications Order No. P. unit PS
The control pulses can be individually configured as needed.
Individual
control Inserts

Blind rocker switch insert 10A250V~
When there are only a few blinds to control, for example in small
flats, individual control on-site is a good solution. Of course this
can be done with the press of a button, via remote control, or by
using timers or sensors.
Blind controller
0159 00 10/100 01
Group control
-- System55 D72
-- E22 D165

Auxiliary unit for

Features
-- With block to prevent both sides from being switched on.
-- Locked both electrically and mechanically.

One device in the system serves as the master device and Technical data
transmits the control commands to all the downstream devices. Installation depth: 28 mm
Each blind can, of course, also be locally controlled individually. Connections
Group control makes good sense in a detached family house or -- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm
in smaller office spaces, for example. -- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm

Notes
Central control -- Suitable for use as an auxiliary input for the blind controller insert

More information

Blind rocker button insert 10A250V~
0158 00 10/100 01

In larger buildings, e.g. office buildings, central control over -- System55 D72
all blinds is needed, for example to protect them against an -- E22 D165
approaching storm. This task can also be automatically performed
by a wind sensor. C O ptional accessories
Auxiliary unit for
To this end, the devices of each floor are grouped and an additional Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275
insert is installed as higher-level master. The blinds can then
also be controlled for each floor separately, or individually on site. Features
Central control commands can come from various devices, e.g. -- With block to prevent both sides from being switched on.
key switches, motion detectors or switching actuators of the KNX -- Locked both electrically and mechanically.
system.
Technical data
The system automatically prevents a collision from occurring in the Installation depth: 28 mm
event of conflicting commands. Connections

Notes

More information

Blind controller Inserts
Blind switch or button insert 10A250V~ for cover Scope of supply

plate with knob -- The cylinder lock is not included in the scope of supply.

More information

Blind controller insert 230V~ without auxiliary

input
Group button or switch

1-pole 0154 00 1/5 01
Blind controller
Group button or switch, 2-pole 0157 00 1/5 01

Cov. toggle sw. blind sw./btn 0666..
-- System55 D72
-- E22 D165 0399 00 1/5 22

Auxiliary unit for One of the following articles:
Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275 Top blind ctrl.btn Standard 2324.. D276
Top blind ctrl.btn 2328.. D276
Technical data Top blind ctrl.btn SE 0820.. D277
Installation depth: 31 mm Top blind ctrl.btn MF + SE 0822.. D277
Connections Gira eNet WL top blind ctrl.btn 1-g 5491 .. D277
-- maximum: 2 x 2.5mm Top blind cont. easy 0841.. D278
-- minimum: 2 x 1.5mm Top blind cont. 2 1308.. D278
Top blind cont. 2 SE 1309.. D279
Notes
-- Suitable for use as an auxiliary input for the blind controller insert Features
with auxiliary input. -- Control of a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic
-- Button function upon rotation of the toggle switch. After end-position switches.
removing the brass locking mechanism, button function upon -- Motor protection using mutually interlocked relay contacts with a
slight rotation of the knob. When fully rotating the knob, the minimum changeover time.
switch engages.
Technical data
More information Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
Technical information D I567 Connection: N conductor required
Connected load of motors: max. 1000VA
Relay
Key switch insert 10A250V~ for all DIN profile -- Number: 2
semi-cylinders -- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact each
Switchover time:: 1s
Length of the sensor cable: max. 20m
Connections

Button, 1-pole (also group Notes
button) 0163 00 1/5 02 -- N conductor required.
Switch, 2-pole (also group -- Using a deep device box is recommended.
switch) 0144 00 1/25 02
More information
C N ecessary accessories Technical information D I592
Cov. key sw./btn 0664..
-- System55 D73
-- E22 D165

Auxiliary unit for

Technical data
Connections

Notes
-- Not suitable for installation in surface-mounted housings.

Blind controller insert 230V~ with auxiliary input Blind controller insert DC 24V with auxiliary input
0398 00 1/5 02 0388 00 1 02

Blind controller
See listing at See listing at
Blind cont. 230 V w/o aux.input 0399 00 D274 Blind cont. 230 V w/o aux.input 0399 00 D274

Auxiliary inserts See listing at
Blind rocker sw. 0159 00 D273 Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275
Blind btn/sw. 1-p 0154 00 D274 Features
Blind btn/sw. 2-p 0157 00 D274 -- Control of blind or shutter motors with mechanical or electronic
Key sw. btn 1-p 0163 00 D274 end-position switches operated with 24V direct current.
Key sw. 2-p 0144 00 D274 -- Operates according to the "pole-changing principle" i.e. the
Water-protected surface-mounted IP44 auxiliary inputs rotating direction of the blind motor is determined by reversing
Blind sw./btn, 1-p in.sp. 0154 30 D198 the polarity of the motor outputs.
Key sw. 2-p 0144 30 D198 -- Additional blind controller inserts DC24V can be connected.
Key sw. btn 1-p 0163 30 D198 -- Control of one or more motors (parallel connection possible) with
a maximum total current of 3A.
Features -- Motor protection thanks to the electronic locking of the top unit.
-- Control of a blind or shutter motor with mechanical or electronic
end-position switches. Technical data
-- Mechanical buttons or additional blind controller inserts which Rated voltage: DC 24V SELV
can be connected via 230V auxiliary inputs for establishing Switching current: max. 3 A
group controls. Switchover time:: 1s
-- "Wind alarm function" can be realised using auxiliary inputs. Length of the sensor cable: max. 20m
-- Motor protection using mutually interlocked relay contacts with a Installation depth: 33 mm.
minimum changeover time. Connections
-- Screw terminals: max. 2.5mm
Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz Notes
Connection: N conductor required -- Using a deep device box is recommended.
Connected load of motors: max. 1000VA -- A power supply unit which supplies DC24V SELV must be used
Switchover time:: 1s to supply the insert and control the auxiliary inputs.
Length of the sensor cable: max. 20m
Installation depth: 33 mm. More information
Notes
-- N conductor required.
-- Using a deep device box is recommended.
More information
Blind controller Blind control button top units
Blind control button top units Blind control button top unit
All blind control button top units feature a large user interface for
the manual actuation of blind and shutter motors.

Features
-- Brief press of a button (< 1s): Generate a pulse corresponding to
how long the button is pressed (e.g. for slat adjustment).
-- Long press of a button (>1s): Activates continuous operation System55
(self-locking mode). Cream white glossy 2328 01 1/5 02
-- Electronic locking of the control button. Pure white glossy 2328 03 1/5 02
Blind controller
Notes Anthracite 2328 28 1/5 02

-- The blind control button top units are installed in device boxes in Colour aluminium 2328 26 1/5 02
connection with the blind controller insert DC24V with an
auxiliary input, blind controller insert with auxiliary input, or blind E22
controller insert without auxiliary input. (Using a deep device box Stainless Steel 2328 20 1/5 02
is recommended.) AAluminium 2328 203 1/5 02
Blind control button Standard top unit
Blind cont. 230 V w/o aux.input 0399 00 D274
Blind cont. DC 24 V + aux.input 0388 00 D275

System55 Integration in stainless steel
Cream white glossy 2324 01 1/5 02 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
Anthracite 2324 28 1/5 02 -- Lock-out protection: When activated, the blind moves into the
Colour aluminium 2324 26 1/5 02 upper end position and the LED in the centre of the top unit lights
up. The blind controller insert now does not accept any lowering
E22 commands via the auxiliary input. Briefly pressing a button or
Stainless Steel 2324 20 1/5 02 power failure deactivates the lock-out protection.
AAluminium 2324 203 1/5 02 -- Individual runtime: If a blind should not move down to the lower
Pure white glossy 2324 03 1/5 02 end position ("ventilation function"), a shorter running time can
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. be "programmed". The individual running time is permanently
stored. "Reprogramming" replaces the previous running time.
Blind cont. 230 V w/o aux.input 0399 00 D274 Blind control button top unit with sensor
Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275 evaluation


System55

E22


Sun + twil.sens. indoors 0930 00 D279
Sun + twil.sens. outdoors 1117 00 D280
Glass-break.sens. 0931 00 D280
Adapter sun + glass-break.sens. 0934 00 D280

Blind control button top units Blind controller
Features eNet wireless blind control button top unit, 1-gang

-- Lock-out protection: When activated, the blind moves into the
upper end position and the LED in the centre of the top unit lights
up. The blind controller insert now does not accept any lowering
commands via the auxiliary input. Briefly pressing a button or
power failure deactivates the lock-out protection.
-- Individual runtime: If a blind should not move down to the lower
end position ("ventilation function"), a shorter running time can
be "programmed". The individual running time is permanently System55
stored. "Reprogramming" replaces the previous running time. Cream white glossy 5491 01 1/5 02
-- Option for connecting blind controller system sun and twilight Pure white glossy 5491 03 1/5 02
sensor indoors or outdoors, for protection against direct sunlight. Pure white matt 5491 27 1/5 02
Blind controller
-- Option for connecting blind controller system glass-breakage Anthracite 5491 28 1/5 02
sensor for protection in case of shaking of glass, glass breakage, Colour aluminium 5491 26 1/5 02
or burglary.
-- The sensor cable is connected to the control button or blind E22
controller insert via a screw terminal. Stainless Steel 5491 20 1/5 02
AAluminium 5491 203 1/5 02
Technical data Pure white glossy 5491 03 1/5 02
Brightness value AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- Can be set continuously: Approx. 5,000 to 80,000lx
Blind control button top unit with memory function Blind cont. 230 V w/o aux.input 0399 00 D274
and sensor evaluation Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275


System55
E22
Sun + twil.sens. indoors 0930 00 D279
Features
-- Individual memory capability for raising and lowering time.
-- The raising and lowering times are saved by pressing and holding
the respective direction button (approx. 2 seconds).
-- Both saved blind movement times are repeated in a 24-hour
cycle.
-- For example, this can be used for occupied-home simulation.
-- The memory mode can be activated or deactivated at any time.
-- Manual actuation of the blind is always possible.
-- The operating mode is changed by pressing the direction buttons
simultaneously. After approx. 3 seconds, the operating mode is
changed and a signal tone is emitted.
-- Option for connecting blind controller system sun and twilight
sensor indoors or outdoors, for protection against direct sunlight.
-- Option for connecting blind controller system glass-breakage
sensor for protection in case of shaking of glass, glass breakage,
or burglary.
-- The sensor cable is connected to the control button or blind
controller insert via a screw terminal.
Technical data
Brightness value: approx. 20,000lx
Blind controller Electronic blind controller easy/ Blind controller 2
Electronic blind controller easy Electronic blind controller 2

The electronic blind controller2 is mounted in a device box in

Electronic blind controller easy top unit combination with the inserts. The electronic blind controller 2 is
suitable for the programmed, time-dependent switching of a blind
or shutter motor.

Features
-- Easy, menu-driven operation and programming using a 4-button
field.
-- Display of the next movement time including all active functions
System55 and the current time.
Blind controller
Cream white glossy 0841 01 1/5 22 -- Three program memories for a total of up to 18 switching times.
Pure white glossy 0841 03 1/5 22 -- Switching times are preset at the factory for fast start-up.
Pure white matt 0841 27 1/5 22 -- Programmed movement times are saved permanently. Date and
Anthracite 0841 28 1/5 02 time are saved maintenance-free and without batteries for
Colour aluminium 0841 26 1/5 02 several hours.
-- Reset to restore the blind controller to factory settings.
E22 -- Random function (movement times are shifted by 15min).
Stainless Steel 0841 20 1/5 02 -- Astro function with astro time shift (2h) for individual
AAluminium 0841 203 1 02 adaptation to local conditions.
Pure white glossy 0841 03 1/5 22 -- Random and astro function can be combined.
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. -- Automatic summer/winter switchover (deactivatable).
-- Individual motor running time can be set.
C N ecessary accessories -- Manual actuation is possible at all times.
One of the following articles: -- Evaluation of the auxiliary units in the DOWN direction
Blind cont. 230 V w/o aux.input 0399 00 D274 deactivatable (lock-out protection).
Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275 -- Electronic locking of the blind controller.
Technical data
Features Switchover time for changing
-- Blind controller for the programmed, time-dependent switching the movement direction: approx. 1second
of a blind or shutter motor. The motor must have end-position Pulse duration
switches. -- can be changed: approx. 2min
-- Switching times are preset at the factory for fast start-up. -- for tap commands: approx. 100ms
-- Four switching times: UP Monday through Friday, DOWN Ambient temperature: 0C to +45C
Monday through Friday, UP Saturday and Sunday, DOWN
Saturday and Sunday.
-- Easy, menu-driven operation and programming using a 4-button Electronic blind controller2 top unit
field.
-- Fast programming for adopting the current time as the
programmed movement time.
-- Programming without flush-mounted insert (in the hand)
possible.
-- Power reserve > 6 hours (maintenance-free without batteries).
-- Reset to restore the blind controller to factory settings.
-- Auxiliary unit evaluation possible from index I 01 onwards. System55
-- Manual actuation is possible at all times. Cream white glossy 1308 01 1 02
-- Electronic locking of the blind controller. Pure white glossy 1308 03 1/100 02
Switchover time for changing Colour aluminium 1308 26 1 02
the movement direction: approx. 1second
Pulse duration: approx. 2 min E22
Pulse duration for tap Stainless Steel 1308 20 1 02
commands: approx. 250ms AAluminium 1308 203 1 02
Ambient temperature: 0 C to +45 C Pure white glossy 1308 03 1/100 02


Blind controller 2 /Sensors Blind controller
Electronic blind controller2 top unit with sensor Sensors

evaluation
Blind controller system indoor sun and twilight

sensor
System55
Pure white glossy 1309 03 1/100 02 white 0930 00 1 02
Blind controller
Colour aluminium 1309 26 1 02 One of the following articles:
Top blind ctrl.btn SE 0820.. D276
E22 Top blind ctrl.btn MF + SE 0822.. D277
Stainless Steel 1309 20 1 02 Top blind cont. 2 SE 1309.. D279
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Adapter sun + glass-break.sens. 0934 00 D280

C N ecessary accessories Features
One of the following articles: -- It is attached to the window pane and enables a sun protection
Blind cont. 230 V w/o aux.input 0399 00 D274 function.
Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275 -- The position of the sensor on the pane determines the limit to
Blind cont. DC 24 V + aux.input 0388 00 D275 which the blind should be driven when the brightness value has
been exceeded.
C O ptional accessories -- The twilight function enables automatic lowering of the blind
Sun + twil.sens. indoors 0930 00 D279 when a brightness value has been undershot.
Adapter sun + glass-break.sens. 0934 00 D280 Technical data
Cable length
Features -- Sensor cable: 2m
-- Electronic blind controller2 with sensor evaluation for -- maximum of: 20m (J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6mm)
programmed, time-dependent switching of a blind or shutter Protection type: IP 54
motor with the option of connecting a solar/twilight sensor and/ Ambient temperature: -30 C to +70 C
or glass-breakage sensor.
With sun and twilight sensor Notes
-- Solar protection function to protect flowers or furnishings from -- The sun sensor is used in connection with the control button with
direct sunlight or prevent the room from heating up (a separate sensor evaluation and the electronic blind controller with sensor
running time can be set if an outdoor sensor is used). evaluation.
-- Twilight function for the automatic lowering of the blind when it -- The sun and glass-breakage sensors can be connected to a blind
gets dark (blind lowers at twilight, or two hours before the astro controller top unit simultaneously with an adapter.
time and movement time at the earliest). -- The connection line can be extended to a maximum of 20m
-- Delay function for the automatic lowering of the blind when it (cable: J-Y(St)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6mm).
gets dark (blind lowers between the programmed movement time
and midnight, regardless of the astro time). More information
With glass-breakage sensor Technical information D I597
-- If the window pane is broken, the blind is lowered as protection
against adverse weather.
Technical data
Brightness value
-- can be set for sun protection
function: approx. 1,500 to 80,000lx
-- can be set for twilight
function: approx. 6 to 300lx
Blind controller Sensors
Blind controller system outdoor sun and twilight Notes

sensor -- The glass-breakage sensor is used in connection with the control
button with sensor evaluation and the electronic blind controller
with sensor evaluation.
-- The sun and glass-breakage sensors can be connected to a blind
controller top unit simultaneously with an adapter.
-- The connection line can be extended to a maximum of 20m
(cable: J-Y(St)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6mm).

white 1117 00 1 02 More information
Blind controller

Top blind ctrl.btn SE 0820.. D276 Blind controller system adapter for sun and
Top blind ctrl.btn MF + SE 0822.. D277 glass-breakage sensor


Features
-- Together with the components of the blind controller system, it
enables the sun protection and twilight function. These functions white 0934 00 1/5 02
depend on the top unit used.
-- The sun and glass-breakage sensors can be connected to a blind C O ptional accessories
controller top unit simultaneously with an adapter. Sun + twil.sens. indoors 0930 00 D279
-- The sun protection function enables automatic lowering of the Sun + twil.sens. outdoors 1117 00 D280
blind or shutter when a brightness value has been exceeded. Glass-break.sens. 0931 00 D280
-- The twilight function enables automatic lowering of the blind or
shutter when a brightness value has been undershot. The blind Features
or shutter moves into the lower end position. -- For the simultaneous connection of the sun and glass-breakage
sensor to a blind controller top unit.
Technical data -- As an extension for the connection line of the sun and glass-
Length of the sensor cable: max. 20m (J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6mm) breakage sensor.
Ambient temperature: -30 C to +70 C Technical data
Connection line: LIY Y 2 x 0.14mm
Notes Length of the connection line: 5m
-- The connection line must not exceed a length of max. 20m
(cable: J-Y(St)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6mm). More information
More information

Blind controller system glass-breakage sensor
white 0931 00 1/5 02

Top blind ctrl.btn SE 0820.. D276
Top blind ctrl.btn MF + SE 0822.. D276


Features
-- It is attached to the window pane (e.g. using Loctite glass-metal
adhesive set).
-- If the window pane is destroyed, the blind is moved into the
lower end position.

Technical data
Cable length
-- Sensor cable: 2m
-- maximum of: 20m (J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6mm)
Quantity in a row: max. 10

Cut-off relay Blind controller
Cut-off relay
Features
-- Simultaneous control of more than one blind drive.
-- In each case, two drives are electrically decoupled with one
cut-off relay.
-- With two auxiliary inputs for the individual operation of the blinds
and a central input for a central function, e.g. of a timer or for
implementing central controllers for distribution among several
RCCBs.
Technical data
Blind controller
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50Hz
Switching current: 4A, cos 0.8 ind.,
100%switch-on duration 100%
Connections
-- Power supply: 2xscrew terminals
-- Central: 2xscrew terminals
-- Drive 1, 2: 2 screw terminals each
-- Auxiliary unit 1, 2: 1 screw terminal each
Ambient temperature: -25C to +70C
2-gang cut-off relay
Flush-mounted 0382 00 5/5 02
Notes
-- The flush-mounted cut-off relay is mounted in a device box
(Using a deep device box is recommended.)
More information
Surface-Mounted 0387 00 1 02
Scope of supply
-- The surface-mounted cut-off relay is delivered in a water-
protected junction box for installation in the blind or shutter box.
More information
DRA 0861 00 1 02
Technical data
Dimensions: 2.5HP
Notes
-- The DRA cut-off relay is mounted on a cap profile rail.
More information
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning Room Temperature Controller ... 286
Ventilation, air conditioning ... 290
Heating ... 292
Accessories ... 293
Heating, ventilation, air

conditioning

Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
Well-being means: The right temperature, a healthy humidity and perfect air quality in
the room at all times. Ideally this is automatically controlled as needed, but also offers
intuitive control options for individual adjustments. With the option of integrating the
control of heating, ventilation and air conditioning into an intelligent building technology
network opening up a new dimension with regard to convenience and energy efficiency.
Gira products for climate and heating control can be combined with the various Gira
switch ranges: For coherent design that matches the most diverse architectural styles.
conditioning
Control in conventional installations

Gira offers a variety of products for controlling the room climate caused by mould. And last, but not least, automatic room climate
via heating and ventilation: including room temperature controllers, control offers great potential for energy savings, especially when
a hygrostat for regulating humidity and a CO2 sensor for monitoring retrofitted in buildings with a conventional installation.
air quality in the room. This ensures comfort and well-being but
it also helps to preserve the building: e.g. by preventing damage
Controlling heating, ventilation and air conditioning

with Gira KNX
Gira KNX opens up a new dimension of operating convenience, The design of the control devices perfectly matches the various
functionality and energy efficiency. Gira offers a wide range of Gira switch ranges. Central control units like the Gira G1 enable
KNX devices for this purpose, e.g. KNX continuous controllers for convenient control of the KNX system; the Gira Home Server
individual room temperature control, KNX heating actuators for and Gira Facility Server add further connectivity and include
controlling electrothermic valve drives, or the KNX CO2 sensors. the multi-award winning Gira Interface.

Product range Heating, ventilation, air conditioning

conditioning
Room temperature Ventilation, air Heating Accessories
controller conditioning D292 D293
D286 D290

Heating, ventilation, air conditioning Room Temperature Controller
Room Temperature Controller Technical data


Rated current: 10 (4) A
Room temperature controller 230/10(4)A~ Connected load: 2200W
with NC contact, 1-way switch and control light Switching temperature
differential: approx. 0.5 K
Night-time reduction: approx. 4 K
Energy class: I=1%

Notes
System55 -- Flat design.
Pure white glossy 0392 03 1/5 22 More information
Pure white matt 0392 27 1/5 22 Technical information D I563

E22 with 2-way switch
conditioning


Therm.servo 230 V 2169 00 D292

Technical data System55
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz Cream white glossy 0396 01 1/5 02
Rated current: 10 (4) A Pure white glossy 0396 03 1/5 02
Connected load: 2200W Pure white matt 0396 27 1/5 02
Switching temperature Anthracite 0396 28 1/5 02
differential: approx. 0.5 K Colour aluminium 0396 26 1/5 02
Energy class: I=1% E22
Installation depth: 25 mm Stainless Steel 0396 20 1/5 02
Connections AAluminium 0396 203 1 02
-- maximum: 2.5mm Pure white glossy 0396 03 1/5 02
-- minimum: 1.0mm AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Notes Therm.servo 230 V 2169 00 D292
-- Flat design. Technical data
More information Rated current
Technical information D I563 -- Heating (NC contact): 10 (4) A
-- Cooling (NO contact): 5 (2) A
Connected load
Room Temperature Controller 230/10(4)A~ -- Heating (NC contact): 2200W
with NC contact -- Cooling (NO contact): 1100W
Switching temperature
Energy class: I=1%

Notes
System55 -- Flat design.
Pure white glossy 0390 03 1/5 02 More information
Pure white matt 0390 27 1/5 02 Technical information D I563

E22


Room Temperature Controller Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
Room temperature controller 24/10(4)A~ Technical data

with NC contact, 1-way switch and control light Rated voltage: AC 24V
Connected load: approx. 240W
Energy class: I=1%
System55
Cream white glossy 0393 01 1/5 02 Notes
Pure white matt 0393 27 1/5 02 -- Flat design.
Colour aluminium 0393 26 1/5 02 More information
E22

AAluminium 0393 203 1 02 Room Temperature Controller 24/5(2)A~
Pure white glossy 0393 03 1/5 02 with 2-way switch
conditioning
Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 24V
Connected load: approx. 240W System55
Switching temperature Cream white glossy 0397 01 1/5 02
differential: approx. 0.5 K Pure white glossy 0397 03 1/5 02
Night-time reduction: approx. 4 K Pure white matt 0397 27 1/5 02
Energy class: I=1% Anthracite 0397 28 1/5 02
Installation depth: 25 mm Colour aluminium 0397 26 1/5 02
Connections
-- maximum: 2.5mm E22
-- minimum: 1.0mm Stainless Steel 0397 20 1/5 02
Ambient temperature: +5 C to +30 C AAluminium 0397 203 1 02
Notes AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- Flat design. C O ptional accessories
More information
Technical information D I564 Technical data
Rated current
Room temperature controller 24/10(4)A~ with NC -- Heating (NC contact): 10 (4) A
contact -- Cooling (NO contact): 5 (2) A
Connected load
-- Heating (NC contact): approx. 240W
-- Cooling (NO contact): approx. 120W
Energy class: I=1%
System55
Cream white glossy 0391 01 1/5 02 Notes
Pure white matt 0391 27 1/5 02 -- Flat design.
Colour aluminium 0391 26 1/5 02 More information
E22
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning Room Temperature Controller
Room Temperature Controller 230/10(4)A~ Features

with NO contact and sensor for electrical floor -- Electronic room temperature controller with integrated timer for
heating temperature-based single-room control.
-- Heating units can be controlled directly using the switched
output, for example.
-- Automatic changeover of "Heating" or "Cooling" operating modes
using a separate input.
-- Room temperature control using an internal and/or external
temperature sensor as a room temperature controller, as a floor
temperature controller or as a floor temperature limiter.
-- Time program with up to 32 switching points (default settings
System55 pre-programmed at the factory).
Cream white glossy 0394 01 1 02 -- Separate program for cooling function.
Pure white glossy 0394 03 1/100 02 -- Party function for extending the comfort temperature by one,
Pure white matt 0394 27 1 02 two, or three hours, or until the next switching point.
Anthracite 0394 28 1/100 02 -- Energy-saving function for manual activation of the night-time
Colour aluminium 0394 26 1 02 reduction until the next switching point.
-- Automatic summer/winter switchover.
E22 -- The hour display can be toggled between 12-hour and 24-hour
Stainless Steel 0394 20 1 02 mode.
AAluminium 0394 203 1 02 -- Self-teaching heating optimisation.
conditioning
Pure white glossy 0394 03 1/100 02 -- Vacation reduction via date input.
Technical data
Technical data Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz Connection: N conductor required
Rated current: 10 (4) A Switching current
Connected load: 2200W -- cos = 1: 8A
Night-time reduction: approx. 5 K -- cos = 0.6: 4A
Energy class: I=1% Relay contact: 1 x NO contact equipotential-
Ambient temperature: +10 C to +50 C bonding
Remote Sensor Temperature range
-- Connection line: 4m -- Comfort/Night-time reduction: +10 C to +40 C
-- can be extended: max. 50m -- Cooling temperature: +10 C to +40 C
-- Connections: 2 x 0.5mm -- Anti-freeze temperature: +5 C to +15 C
-- can be extended: 2 x 1.5mm Energy class: I=1%
Dimensions inmm Installation depth: 33 mm.
-- Sensor: 8,5 H 40 Ambient temperature: 0 C to +50 C

Notes Notes
-- For screw mounting only. -- Remote sensor for measuring or controlling the floor temperature
-- Flat design. is optionally available.
-- Install remote sensor in empty pipe in the floor.
-- The supply line to the remote sensor can be extended to 50m More information
with a 2-wire cable (2x1.5mm). Technical information D I565

Scope of supply
-- A sensor in the plastic cap is included in the scope of supply. KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 1-gang

More information

Room Temperature Controller 230V~ with clock

and cooling function
System55, E22
Start-up rocker 5131 00 1/5 06


KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 2-gang (1+1)
System55
Anthracite 2370 28 1/100 02

E22
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. System55, E22
Remote sensor RTC 1302 00 D293 Functional description D391

Room Temperature Controller Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 3-gang KNX touch sensor 3 Plus 5-gang (2+3)
System55, E22
System55, E22
KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 4-gang (1+3) Start-up rocker 5145 00 1/100 06



KNX continuous controller with button interface,
4-gang
conditioning
System55, E22
System55
Functional description D391 Cream white glossy 2100 01 1 06
KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 6-gang (3+3) Anthracite 2100 28 1 06

E22


KNX object controller with button interface,

System55, E22 4-gang
KNX touch sensor 3 Plus 2-gang
System55
System55, E22 Colour aluminium 2101 26 1 06
E22


Heating, ventilation, air conditioning Ventilation, air conditioning
Ventilation, air conditioning Ambient air sensor CO 2

Electronic hygrostat 230V~(AC)
System55
System55 Pure white matt 2381 27 1 02
Cream white glossy 2265 01 1 02 Anthracite 2381 28 1 02
Pure white glossy 2265 03 1 02 Colour aluminium 2381 26 1 02
Anthracite 2265 28 1 02 E22
Colour aluminium 2265 26 1 02 Stainless Steel (lacquered) 2381 20 1 02

E22 Pure white glossy 2381 03 1 02
conditioning

Pure white glossy 2265 03 1 02 Features
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. -- CO 2-sensor for monitoring CO 2 concentration in the ambient air.
-- The air quality is indicated with a coloured (green or red) back-lit
Features symbol (can be deactivated).
-- The hygrostat detects the humidity and the room temperature -- Buzzer tone (deactivatable) when adjustable limit is exceeded.
using internal sensors and calculates the optimum air humidity -- Relay 2-way switch for controlling functions (not suitable for
for the respective measured temperature. direct switching).
-- For example, if the humidity exceeds the value set on the rotary -- Operating elements (DIP switch, potentiometer) are located on
knob, the hygrostat switches on a fan to dehumidify the room. the rear of the measuring module. Remove the measuring module
-- A fixed setpoint control that can be activated by the installer (e.g. from the supply module to access them.
in public buildings) prevents unauthorised changing of the
humidity setpoint value: In this case, 60% relative humidity is Technical data
permanently set, regardless of the position of the rotary knob on Rated voltage: AC230 to 240V, 50 to 60Hz
the front of the device. Limit value definition: 800 to 1500 ppm can be set
-- The hygrostat monitors the switch-on time to prevent continuous Power consumption: 3W
operation of the fan in case of a generally high ambient humidity Switching current: 4A
(e.g. when thunderstorms are possible). Relay contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact
-- If the humidity does not drop below the set value after one hour, Installation depth: 33 mm.
ventilation is interrupted for four hours. Connections
-- This interruption is indicted by an LED and can be manually -- maximum: 2.5mm
affected with a button. Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C

Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz KNX CO 2 Sensor with humidity and room
Switching current temperature controller
-- cos = 1: 8A
-- cos = 0.6: 4A
Relay contact: 1 x NO contact equipotential-
bonding
Control range: 20% to 95% rel. humidity
Measuring tolerance: 5% rel. humidity
Switching differential: 2%
Cable length to load: max. 100m
Installation depth: 33 mm. System55
Connections Cream white glossy 2104 01 1 06
-- maximum: 1.5mm Pure white glossy 2104 03 1/100 06
Ambient temperature: 0 C to +50 C Pure white matt 2104 27 1 06

E22


Ventilation, air conditioning Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
KNX fan coil actuator Technical data

Connected load of Channel 1
DRA plus 2163 00 1/100 26 -- Fluorescent lamps,
Functional description D471 Connected load of Channel 2
System2000 HVAC relay insert -- Motors: 450VA
Channel 1
-- Ohmic switching current: 10A
-- Switch-on current max. 4s
for switch-on duration of

10%: 15A
-- Minimum switching current
AC: 100mA
conditioning
Channel 2
0303 00 1/100 02 -- Switching voltage: AC230V
-- Minimum switching voltage: AC12V
C N ecessary accessories -- Switching current for
One of the following articles: AC230V, ohmic: 6A
Top units for switching -- Switch-on current: max. 2.1A
System 2000 swit./dimm. top unit 2316 .. -- Minimum switching current
-- System55 D58 AC: 100mA
-- E22 D153 Delay time of Channel 2: 2, 10, 30, 60, 120min
Sys. 2000 top unit Touch switch 2261 .. D50 Auxiliary inputs
Gira eNet WL swit./dimm. top 1-g 5490 .. D495 -- Non-illuminated mechanical
Automatic light control top units buttons: unlimited
Auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 1.10 m 1300 .. D258 -- Auxiliary insert, 2-wire: unlimited
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Standard 2.20 m 2301.. D259 -- Auxiliary insert, 3-wire:
Auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 0661 .. D258 Cable length of auxiliary unit: max. 100m
Auto.ctrl.sw. 2 Komfort 2.20 m 2302 .. D260 Installation depth: 32 mm
Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260 Connections
Pres.detec.Komfort top unit 0317 .. D264 -- Channel 1: max. 4mm
-- HVAC:
C O ptional accessories Ambient temperature: +5 C to +35 C
Auxiliary inputs
Auxiliary unit 2-wire 0333 00 D236 More information
Auxiliary unit 3-wire 0335 00 D237 Technical information D I576

Features
-- The HVAC relay insert has a non-isolated 230V switching
channel (Channel 1) for switching the lighting and another
switching channel (zero-voltage Channel 2) for switching a
second mains phase (no SELV voltage), e.g. for a fan or a heater.
-- Delay time of Channel2 can be set to one of five levels.
-- The functionality of the HVAC relay insert depends on the top
unit used.
Function as a delay switch:
-- This function is achieved e.g. with a System2000 top unit for
switching and dimming or with a radiotop unit for switching and
dimming.
-- Channel1 is switched on or off during operation without delay.
-- Channel2 is switched on or off time-delayed depending on
Channel1.
Function as a HVAC switch:
-- This function is achieved with a System2000 Comfort automatic
control switch top unit or System2000 Standard presence
detector top unit.
-- Channel1 is switched on depending on the ambient brightness
when motion is detected. When motion is no longer detected, the
channel is switched off after the expiration of the delay time set
in the top unit.
-- Channel2 is switched on immediately or time-delayed when
there is motion in the detection field. The ambient brightness
does not affect the switching of Channel2. When motion is no
longer detected, the channel is switched off when the delay time
set in the insert expires.
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning Heating
Heating Thermal servo 230V~

KNX Window Actuator, 1-gang
2169 00 1 06

Flush-mounted 2164 00 1 06 RTC 230 V NC con. 1-way + ctrl.l. 0392.. D286
RTC 230V with NC contact 0390.. D286
Functional description D452 RTC 230/5 (2) 2-way m-c 0396.. D286
RTC 230V with clock 2370.. D288
Valve adapter 1 1124 00 D293
KNX Heating Actuator, 1-gang Valve adapter 2 1125 00 D293
Cab.branch 5-p 0400 00 D252

Features
conditioning
-- Thermal servo for actuating heating valves for single-room

control.
-- Compatible with valve adapter system and the connection line of
Flush-mounted 2166 00 1 06 the predecessor.
-- Status display for open or closed.
Functional description D452 -- First-open function for easy installation and start-up.
-- Closed when de-energised.

KNX Heating Actuator, 6-gang Technical data
Operating voltage: 230V AC, 50/60 Hz
Operating efficiency: approx. 1W
Valve stroke: 4mm
Ambient temperature: 0 C to 60 C
Regulating power: 100N
Protection level: IP54
Connection line
DRA plus 2158 00 1 26 -- Cross section: 2 x 0.75mm
-- Length: 1m
Functional description D469 Dimensions inmm
W 58 H 58 D 45

KNX Heating Actuator Basic, 6-gang Scope of supply
-- Valve adapters VA80 for the following corner valves are included
in the scope of supply. Heimeier, MNG (from 1998), Oventrop
M30x1.5 (from 1997), Oventrop Cocon Q, Onda, Schlsser (from
1993), Comap M30x1.5, Tour & Andersson (from 1999), IVAR,
Strawa (new bracket from 2003), Taco (for Alpha drive from
2005), Emmeti, Caleffi distributor series670, Bianchi 4-way valve,
Nereus corner valve DN10.
DRA plus 2114 00 1 26


KNX Room actuator
DRA plus 2162 00 1 26


KNX Analogue actuator, 4-gang
DRA plus 1022 00 1/100 26


Heating /Accessories Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
Thermal servo 24V~ Accessories

Remote Sensor for room temperature controller

with clock
2179 00 1 06
RTC 24/10 (4) A NC con. 1-way + ctrl.l. 0393.. D287
RTC 24V with NC contact 0391.. D287 black 1302 00 1 02
RTC 24/5 (2) A 2-way m-c 0397.. D287
Valve adapter 1 1124 00 D293 C N ecessary accessories
Valve adapter 2 1125 00 D293 RTC 230V with clock 2370.. D288
Cab.branch 5-p 0400 00 D252 Technical data

Connection line: 4m
Features Dimensions inmm
-- Thermal servo for actuating heating valves for single-room -- Sensor: 6 L 43
conditioning
control.
-- Compatible with valve adapter system and the connection line of Notes
the predecessor. -- Remote sensor for measuring the floor temperature in
-- Status display for open or closed. conjunction with the room temperature controller with clock.
-- First-open function for easy installation and start-up.
-- Closed when de-energised. More information
Technical data
Operating voltage: AC/DC 24V
Operating efficiency: approx. 1W Valve adapter for thermal servos 24V / 230V
Valve stroke: 4mm
Ambient temperature: 0 C to 60 C
Regulating power: 100N
Protection level: IP54
Connection line
-- Cross section: 2 x 0.75mm
-- Length: 1m
Dimensions inmm Adapter for Dumser, Vescal, Simplex
W 58 H 58 D 45 1124 00 5 06

Scope of supply Adapter for MNG, Gazzaniga, Honeywell & Braukmann, Reich,
-- Valve adapters VA80 for the following corner valves are included Landis & Gyr
in the scope of supply. Heimeier, MNG (from 1998), Oventrop 1125 00 5 06
M30x1.5 (from 1997), Oventrop Cocon Q, Onda, Schlsser (from
1993), Comap M30x1.5, Tour & Andersson (from 1999), IVAR, Adapter for Danfoss RA
Strawa (new bracket from 2003), Taco (for Alpha drive from 1126 00 5 06
2005), Emmeti, Caleffi distributor series670, Bianchi 4-way valve,
Nereus corner valve DN10. C O ptional accessories
NNew product.
Replaces 1097 00. Features
KNX servo 3 -- Valve adapter for the thermal servo 24V or 230V for adaptation
to the various valve bases.

2176 00 1 06
Door communication Gira door stations ... 297
Gira Home Stations ... 321
Gira system devices ... 335
Door communication
Training courses
The "Door communication" and "DCS IP Gateway" online
distance learning courses are available free of charge at
www.academy.gira.com alongside other training opportunities.
System Basics
"System basics of the Gira door communication system",
available at www.download.gira.com
Gira Door Communication Configurator


Flexible solutions for indoor and outdoor use
Seeing who is at the door, conducting conversations in the highest voice quality and
conveniently opening the door: The Gira door communication system provides solutions
for all indoor and outdoor requirements. The range includes door intercoms to match the
Gira switch ranges, video function, keyless access control, flexible operating options by
connecting to IP networks, and much more.
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Easy installation and start-up Matching the style of the Home stations Network-capable door
Door communication
The Gira door communication switch range Gira home stations are voice communication
system is based on the 2-wire The door intercoms of the and operating units at the front The Gira Door Communications
bus. This means that only Gira door communication door. Gira offers devices for IP-gateway makes operating
two lines are required for the system are integrated in the surface-mounted and flush- door communication even more
transmission of all audio and Gira switch ranges. This means mounted installation which convenient and flexible as it
video signals. both unity of design for the have a modular design and can integrates the Gira door and
entire electrical installation be combined to match the Gira home stations into IP networks.
in the building and a large switch ranges. Additional This means that the Gira Control
degree of freedom in selecting solutions enable further Clients, computers, and also
colour and design options. functionality. IP-capable phones, can be used
for door communication all over
the building.
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Frank Miller
Michael Cramer
The Neumann Family

Susanne Smith
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Door intercoms for outdoor Integration in columns Keyless access to rooms and Control devices
use The Gira door communication buildings Control devices take on
Gira door stations serve as profiles can be placed and The Gira Keyless In provides fundamental tasks for supplying
voice and operating units for individually configured as Gira secure access control without and controlling the system.
outdoor areas and are the energy and light profiles, e.g. keys: By entering a numeric Additional system devices are
counterpieces to home stations at a driveway or garden gate. code, users can conveniently available for signal processing,
within the building. They can be Gira also offers individual enter rooms and buildings, enabling flexible system
used to equip a wide range of installation solutions for large depending on their access planning. All DRAs can be
properties from single-family residential units or for inte- authorisation. mounted on a top-hat rail.
homes to large buildings with gration into existing systems.
up to 136 residential units.

Gira door stations System106 Module ... 300
Door communication System106 surface-mounted housing ... 305
TX_44 flush-mounted door stations ... 306
TX_44 flush-mounted add-on modules ... 308
Door stations stainless steel ... 310
Door stations stainless steel video ... 312
TX_44 Surface-Mounted Door Stations ... 314
Built-in loudspeaker ... 316
Installation profile ... 317
Gira energy and light profiles ... 318
Accessories ... 318
Training courses
Door stations
System Basics


See everything. Hear everything.
The Gira door stations serve as voice and operating units for outdoor areas and are as
such the counterpieces to home stations within the building. They can be used to equip
a wide range of properties from single-family homes to large buildings with up to
136 residential units. The range includes surface-mounted and flush-mounted versions,
solutions for the integration into existing systems and for installation in systems of
various manufacturers.
Kevin Snyder
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Michael Cramer
The Neumann Family
Henry Potter
Katrin Verschren
Jacob Sanders
Henry Potter
Jacob Sanders
Karla de Melo Martins
Kevin Snyder Joseph Walker

Petra Schuhmann
Practice of
Petra Schuhmann Dr. Johanna Clark
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Kevin Snyder
Door stations
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Michael Cramer
The Neumann Family
Gira door station TX_44 Gira door communication profiles Frank Miller
Susanne Smith Door station stainless steel
Gira door stations for flush-mounted Gira door stations can be integrated in the The door station in stainless steel is
installation are installed in combination Gira energy profile. The Gira energy profiles beautiful and extremely tough: The front
with the cover frames from the Gira TX_44 have empty units which can be outfitted plate is made of high-quality stainless
switch range. The basic variant is equipped with call buttons, door loudspeakers, steel and is vandal and weather-resistant.
with a door loudspeaker, a microphone and an Info module or colour camera. Other Everything from single-family houses to
a 1-gang or 3-gang call button. The door functions from the Gira TX_44 switch apartment buildings can be equipped with
stations can be optionally expanded with range can also be used, e.g. an automatic the Gira door station stainless steel. The
additional flush-mounted components control switch which then automatically range includes numerous variants. Versions
such as a colour camera, info module or switches the light element of the Gira for up to twelve residential units can be
Gira Keyless In Keypad. energy profile on and off when motion created. The Gira door station stainless
is detected. steel is also available with a colour camera.
Integration in existing systems Gira System 106

Gira also offers door communication The Gira System 106 is a modular door
solutions for individual areas of application, intercom system with metal face panels in
from single-family homes to larger an elegant, minimalist design. Its basic
properties with up to 136 residential units. dimensions are 106.5 106.5 mm. With a
Gira door stations can be integrated in Gira System 106 door intercom, hospitality
letterbox systems or in individually produced begins even before reaching the front door:
front panels from other manufacturers, e.g. From the call button module, voice module
by RENZ (www.briefkasten.de). This also and camera module to the info module,
applies to existing systems and door side all functions are consistently and clearly
installations. designed.

Product range Gira door stations
System106 Module System106 surface- TX_44 flush- TX_44 flush- Door stations Door stations
D300 mounted housing mounted door mounted stainless steel stainless steel video
D305 stations add-on modules D310 D312
D306 D308
Door stations
TX_44 Surface- Built-in loudspeaker Installation profile Energy and Accessories
Mounted Door D316 D317 light profiles D318
Stations D318
D314

Door stations System106 Module
System106 Module NNew product. Available starting 04/2017.

Door station module106
Gira System 106 is an installation system made of metal in a
puristic and elegant frameless design, based on basic
measurements of 106.5106.5mm. With the modular door
intercom in Gira System 106, hospitality begins even before you
reach the front door. All the functions are presented in a
harmonious overall appearance, from the call button module,
intercom module, and camera module, up to the info and blank
module. In the dark, backlit call buttons with inscription space
ensure good legibility and an attractive appearance.
Individually adaptable modular system

System 106 can be used in family homes or apartment buildings, as Stainless Steel 5565 920 1 20
well as in office buildings, industrial properties, and hotels. The Aluminium 5565 926 1 20
modular design enables the individual adaptation of the system's Traffic white (laquered) 5565 902 1 20
size, design, and functionality to the respective requirements.
Expansions and changes are possible at any time by simply C N ecessary accessories
exchanging the modules. One of the following articles:
With this system, it is also possible to exchange the fronts only. Control Devices
This means that the appearance of the system can be changed Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341
from e.g. traffic white to a stainless steel surface at a later stage, Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342
without having to exchange the electronic units. One of the following articles:
Surface-mounted housing, 1-gang to 5-gang
High-quality materials System106 surface-mounted housing D305
The modules are frameless with real material design fronts,
available in brushed stainless steel, anodised aluminium C-0, and a C O ptional accessories
metal alloy lacquered in traffic white (RAL 9016): all robust Add-on-modules System 106
materials which ensure durability. The camera and DIN 18040 Call button module 1-gang 5531 .. D302
display module feature a black glass cover. Call button module 2-gang 5532 ..
Door stations
D302
Call button module 3-gang 5533 .. D302
Easy and phased installation Call button module 4-gang 5534 .. D302
The system can be installed in phases, in parallel to the progress of Camera module 5561 000 D303
building work. In this way, it is possible to initially install only the Display module (DIN 18040) 5567 000 D303
lower part of a surface-mounted housing during construction of the Info module LED Door station FM 5560 .. D303
shell; cables and modules can then be added when they are Blank mod. 5568 .. D304
needed. Necessary from the 3rd camera
Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344
Individual inscription options
Call button modules and info modules can be labelled individually Features
via the Gira inscription service. -- Compact intercom module with integrated call button for
communication between indoors and outdoors.
Technical data -- A high-quality microphone and weather-resistant loudspeaker
Dimensions inmm ensure clear communication.
W 106,5 H 106,5 -- Power supply via 2-wire bus. Additional connector for AS (e.g.
required for three or more camera modules).
-- All other Systems106 modules (except intercom module) are
supplied with power via the door station module.

Technical data
Power supply
-- System: Flat ribbon cable, 10-pole
-- 2-wire bus: via control device or via AS (DC
24 V 300 mA)
Power consumption
-- Maximum: 1W
-- Standby mode: 240mW
Connections
-- 2-wire bus: 1 x plug terminal
-- AS: 1 x plug terminal
-- System: 2 x connector strip
-- Video (analogue): 1 x connector strip
Protection class: IP54

Notes
marking.gira.com.

System106 Module Door stations
NNew product. Available starting 04/2017. NNew product. Available starting 04/2017.
Door station module 106 with start-up button Intercom module 106
Stainless steel/start-up buttons 5569 920 1 20 Stainless Steel 5563 920 1 20

Aluminium/start-up buttons 5569 926 1 20 Aluminium 5563 926 1 20
Traffic white (laquered)/start-up Traffic white (laquered) 5563 902 1 20
buttons 5569 902 1 20
C N ecessary accessories One of the following articles:
One of the following articles: Call-button module
Call button Call button module 1-gang 5531 .. D302
Call button inscribable 5549 .. D318 Call button module 2-gang 5532 .. D302
Call button Ins sp 5547 .. D318 Call button module 3-gang 5533 .. D302
One of the following articles: Call button module 4-gang 5534 .. D302
Control Devices Call-btn mod. 5539 000 D302
Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341 One of the following articles:
Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342 Control Devices
One of the following articles: Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341
Surface-mounted housing, 1-gang to 5-gang Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342
System106 surface-mounted housing One of the following articles:
Door stations
D305
C O ptional accessories System106 surface-mounted housing D305
Add-on modules
Call-btn mod. 5539 000 D302 C O ptional accessories
Camera module 5561 000 D303 Camera module 5561 000 D303
Display module (DIN 18040) 5567 000 D303 Display module (DIN 18040) 5567 000 D303
Info module LED Door station FM 5560 .. D303 Info module LED Door station FM 5560 .. D303
Blank mod. 5568 .. D304 Blank mod. 5568 .. D304
Necessary from the 3rd camera Necessary from the 3rd camera
Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344 Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344

Functionality like door station module, but with Features
start-up buttons. -- The speakerphone function enables communication between
indoors and outdoors.
-- A high-quality microphone and weather-resistant loudspeaker
ensure clear communication.
-- Power supply via 2-wire bus. Additional connector for AS (e.g.
required for three or more camera modules).
-- All other Systems106 modules (except door station module) are
supplied with power via the intercom module.

Technical data
Power supply
-- System: Flat ribbon cable, 10-pole
-- 2-wire bus: via control device or via AS (DC
24 V 300 mA)
Power consumption
-- Maximum: 1W
Connections
-- 2-wire bus: 1 x plug terminal
-- AS: 1 x plug terminal
Protection class: IP54

Call-button module106 Call-button module 106, 4-gang with start-up
buttons
1-gang
Stainless Steel 5531 920 1 20 Start-up buttons 5539 000 1 20
Aluminium 5531 926 1 20
Traffic white (laquered) 5531 902 1 20 C N ecessary accessories
Call button inscribable 5549 .. D318
2-gang Call button Ins sp 5547 .. D318
Stainless Steel 5532 920 1 20 Call-btn cov.plate call btn mod. 1-g 5541 .. D318
Aluminium 5532 926 1 20 Call-btn cov.plate call btn mod. 2-g 5542 .. D318
Traffic white (laquered) 5532 902 1 20 Call-btn cov.plate call btn.mod. 3-g 5543 .. D318
3-gang Door station module start-up button 5569 .. D301
Stainless Steel 5533 920 1 20 Intercom mod. 5563 .. D301
Aluminium 5533 926 1 20 One of the following articles:
Traffic white (laquered) 5533 902 1 20 Surface-mounted housing, 1-gang to 5-gang
System106 surface-mounted housing D305
4-gang
Stainless Steel 5534 920 1 20 Functionality like call-button module, but with
Door stations
Aluminium 5534 926 1 20 start-up buttons.

Traffic white (laquered) 5534 902 1 20

Door station module 5565 .. D300
Intercom mod. 5563 .. D301

Function change by replacing the buttons:
Call button inscribable 5549 .. D318
Call button Ins sp 5547 .. D318
Call-btn cov.plate call btn mod. 1-g 5541 .. D318
Call-btn cov.plate call btn mod. 2-g 5542 .. D318
Call-btn cov.plate call btn.mod. 3-g 5543 .. D318

Features
-- Easy-to-use, vandal-proof, and scratch-resistant call buttons.
-- Function changes, e.g. from 2-gang to 4-gang, can be easily
realised by replacing the buttons.
-- Various inscription options possible.

Technical data
Power supply
-- System: via flat ribbon cable, 10-pole
Power consumption
-- Maximum: 160mW
Connections

Notes
marking.gira.com.

System106 Module Door stations
Camera module106 DIN18040display module106
Black glass 5561 000 1 10 Black glass 5567 000 1 20

Door station module 5565 .. D300 Door station module 5565 .. D300
Door station module start-up button 5569 .. D301 Door station module start-up button 5569 .. D301
Intercom mod. 5563 .. D301 Intercom mod. 5563 .. D301
Surface-mounted housing, 1-gang to 5-gang Surface-mounted housing, 1-gang to 5-gang
System106 surface-mounted housing D305 System106 surface-mounted housing D305

Features Features
-- A high-quality camera with high light sensitivity is concealed -- Optical display indicating when a visitor is being requested to
behind the exchangeable black glass plate. Thanks to an angle of speak and when the door is opened.
detection of 100, the user is always aware of what is happening -- The module meets the DIN 18040 standard for barrier-free
at the front door. construction.

Door stations
Power supply Power supply
-- System: via flat ribbon cable, 10-pole -- System: via flat ribbon cable, 10-pole
-- up to 2 camera modules: via Video control device Power consumption
additionally via power supply for -- Maximum: 250mW
-- 3 or more camera modules: door communication DC24V -- Standby mode: 14mW
300mA Connections
Power consumption -- System: 2 x connector strip
-- Maximum: 2.7W (camera active in night Ambient temperature: -25C to +70C
mode) Protection type: IP54
Connections
-- System (flat ribbon cable, NNew product. Available starting 04/2017.
10-pole): 2 x connector strip Info module106
Camera sensor
-- Type: CMOS 1/3
-- Resolution: 2MP
Visible range of detection: 100
Pictured detection range (on screen)
-- Rotary knob on position 9: 100
-- at normal 4:3 output: 85
Colour system: PAL
Video signal resolution: Analogue CVBS, 50Hz/625 lines
Day mode to night mode
switchover threshold: 1 lux Stainless Steel 5560 920 1 20
Light sensitivity in B/W Aluminium 5560 926 1 20
operation: 0.1 lux Traffic white (laquered) 5560 902 1 20
Electronic shutter speed:: up to 1/60 000s
Recommended installation C N ecessary accessories
height: 1.50 m Surface-mounted housing, 1-gang to 5-gang
Ambient temperature: -25C to +70C System106 surface-mounted housing D305
Features
-- e.g. for house numbers that should be visibly highlighted.

Technical data
Connections

Notes
marking.gira.com.

NNew product. Available starting 04/2017.

Blank module106

Aluminium 5568 926 1 20


Features
-- Leaves a space for future applications and serves as a design
element for realising large door stations in the system style.

Technical data
Connections
Door stations
System106 surface-mounted housing Door stations
System106 surface-mounted housing NNew product. Available starting 04/2017.

System106
Independent of the construction progress, the housings can surface-mounted housing
already be installed in the building shell. Cables and modules can
then be added when they are needed.
Housings available in metal alloy laquered in traffic white
(RAL9016) or anthracite: all robust materials which ensure
durability.
Features
-- Very low profile height of just 28.4mm.
-- Vertical and horizontal installation (only for surface-mounted
housings, 2-gang, 3-gang, 4-gang and 5-gang) enables optimal
adaptation to the installation site.
-- Suitable for use on faades with a thermal insulation composite 1-gang
system. Traffic white (laquered) 5501 902 1 20
Technical data
Dimensions inmm 2-gang
-- 1-gang: W 106,5 H 106,5 D 23,35 Traffic white (laquered) 5502 902 1 20
-- 2-gang: W 106,5 H 213,0 D 25,35 Anthracite 5502 910 1 20
-- 3-gang: W 106,5 H 319,5 D 25,35
-- 4-gang: W 106,5 H 426,0 D 25,35 3-gang
-- 2x2-gang: W 213,0 H 213,0 D 25,35 Traffic white (laquered) 5503 902 1 20
-- 5-gang: W 106,5 H 532,5 D 25,35 Anthracite 5503 910 1 20

4-gang

Door stations
2 x 2-gang

5-gang

For surface-mounted 1-gang housings, one of the following
products:
Door station module 5565 .. D300
Door station module start-up button 5569 .. D301
For 2-gang to 5-gang surface-mounted housings, select from the
following products:
Intercom mod. 5563 .. D301
Call-btn mod. 5539 000 D302
Camera module 5561 000 D303
Display module (DIN 18040) 5567 000 D303
Info module LED Door station FM 5560 .. D303
Blank mod. 5568 .. D304

Notes
-- 1-gang surface mounted housing only for use with door station
module.

Scope of supply
-- 10-pole flat ribbon cable and terminating resistances are included
in scope of supply (exception: 1-gang surface-mounted housing).

Door stations TX
TX_44 flush-mounted door stations Door station, 1-gang
Features
-- Installation in a conventional flush-mounted device box.
-- Fits in the frames of the Gira TX_44 switch range.
-- Modular design, therefore easy installation and expandability
with further components such as call buttons, info module,
colour camera, Keyless In.
-- Signal transmission and supply of the audio and video
components via reverse-polarity-protected and short-circuit-
proof 2-wire bus.
-- One-man start-up with easy start-up procedure.
-- Weather-resistant loudspeaker.
-- High-quality electret microphone.
-- Speakerphone function (voice-controlled talk-back with echo and TX_44
background noise suppression). Pure white 1260 66 1/100 18
-- Call button LED lamps, white light. Even, clearly visible call- Anthracite 1260 67 1/100 18
button illumination is achieved via maintenance-free, energy- Colour aluminium 1260 65 1/100 18
saving LED technology.
-- Audible acknowledgement signal when a call button is pressed. C N ecessary accessories
-- Adjustable voice volume. One of the following articles:
-- Sprayed-water proof call-button cover plate made of shock- Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341
resistant plastic. Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342
-- Name plate of the call button can be exchanged without tools
and frame removal. C O ptional accessories
-- Professional labelling is available from the Gira Inscription Add-on modules
Service www.marking.gira.com or using the Gira inscription Call button, 1-gang Door station FM 1262 00 D308
software. Call button, 3-gang Door station FM 1263 00 D308
-- Binary input for connecting a zero-voltage push button (NO Info module LED Door station FM 1264 00 D309
contact) as a call button. Colour camera Door station FM 1265 ..
Door stations
D309
Keyless In
Technical data Gira Keyless In Keypad 2605 .. D353
Power supply: via the 2-wire bus Energy and light profiles
Bus coupler connections En.prof. 4x empty unit 1400 mm 1354.. D216
-- 2-wire bus: 2x screw terminals En.prof. 4x empty unit 1600 mm 1356.. D216
-- Additional power supply: 2x screw terminals En.prof. 6x empty unit 1600 mm 1355.. D216
-- Binary input: 2x screw terminals En.prof. light 3x empty unit 1600 mm 1353.. D217
-- Connection cable: 2 x connector strip Inscription
-- Video: 1 x connector strip Inscription sheets 62.0x62.0mm 1458 00 D250
Speech insert connections Accessories
-- Connection cable: 2 x connector strip Door communication system installation profile D317
Ambient temperature: -25 C to +70 C Mounting plates for door stations D319
Protection type: IP44 Screw set Tri-Wing 1407 00 D319

Features
-- Call button, 1-gang

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
-- Name plate: W 62 H 62

More information

TX Door stations
Door station, 3-gang

TX_44
Pure white 1261 66 1/100 18
Anthracite 1261 67 1/100 18
Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341
Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342
Add-on modules
Call button, 1-gang Door station FM 1262 00 D308
Info module LED Door station FM 1264 00 D309
Colour camera Door station FM 1265 ..
Door stations
D309
Keyless In
Gira Keyless In Keypad 2605 .. D353
En.prof. 4x empty unit 1400 mm 1354.. D216
En.prof. light 3x empty unit 1600 mm 1353.. D217
Inscription
Call-btn cov.plate 3-g 1255 .. D319
Accessories
Door communication system installation profile D317
Mounting plates for door stations D319
Features
-- Call button, 3-gang
Technical data
Dimensions inmm
-- Name plates: W 62 H 18
Notes
-- If only two call buttons are required, please use the call-button
cover plate for 3-gang buttons.
More information
Door stations TX
TX_44 flush-mounted add-on modules Call Button, 3-gang for Door Station
Features
-- Installation in a conventional flush-mounted device box.
-- Fits in the frames of the Gira TX_44 switch range.
-- Modular design, allowing easy installation and expandability.
proof 2-wire bus. TX_44
Technical data
Power supply: via connection cable C N ecessary accessories
Connecting the connection One of the following articles:
cable: 2 x connector strip Door station FM 1-gang 1260 .. D306
Protection type: IP44 Door station FM 3-gang 1261 .. D307

Call Button, 1-gang for Door Station Inscription
Accessories
Call-btn cov.plate 3-g 1255 .. D319

Features
TX_44 -- The door station can be extended with additional call buttons (up
Program-neutral 1262 00 1 18 to 14 call button inserts, 1- or 3-gang can be connected to one
door station).
C N ecessary accessories -- Call button LED lamps, white light. Even, clearly visible call-
One of the following articles: button illumination is achieved via maintenance-free, energy-
Door stations
Door station FM 1-gang 1260 .. D306 saving LED technology.

Door station FM 3-gang 1261 .. D307 -- Sprayed-water proof call-button cover plate made of shock-
resistant plastic.
C O ptional accessories -- Name plate can be replaced without tools and without
Inscription disassembling the frame.
Inscription sheets 62.0x62.0mm 1458 00 D250 -- Professional labelling is available from the Gira Inscription
Accessories Service www.marking.gira.com or using the Gira inscription
Door communication system installation profile D317 software.
Technical data
Features Temperature range: -25C to +70C
-- The door station can be extended with an additional call button Installation depth: 30 mm
(up to 14 call button inserts, 1- or 3-gang can be connected to Dimensions inmm
one door station). -- Name plates: W 62 H 18
-- Call button LED lamps, white light. Even, clearly visible call-
button illumination is achieved via maintenance-free, energy- Notes
saving LED technology. -- Call buttons which are not required can be covered with the
-- Sprayed-water proof call-button cover plate made of shock- call-button cover plate for call button, 3-gang.
resistant plastic.
-- Name plate can be replaced without tools and without
disassembling the frame.
-- Professional labelling is available from the Gira Inscription
Service www.marking.gira.com or using the Gira inscription
software.

Technical data
Temperature range: -25C to +70C
Dimensions inmm
-- Name plate: W 62 H 62

TX Door stations
Info module for door station Features

-- Extension of door stations by a colour camera with automatic day
or night switching.
-- LEDs ensure steady illumination of the field of view at close
proximity in night mode.
-- Camera can be manually swivelled 20 horizontally and vertically.
In combination with the wide-angle lens, a very wide field of view
of the door entry area results.
TX_44 -- Automatic background lighting compensation.
Program-neutral 1264 00 1/100 18 -- Automatic white balance.
-- Automatic gain control (AGC).
C N ecessary accessories -- Integrated temperature-dependent camera heating.
One of the following articles: -- Sprayed-water proof cover plate.
Door station FM 1-gang 1260 .. D306 -- Camera cover plate made of shock-resistant plastic. Easy to
Door station FM 3-gang 1261 .. D307 replace if damaged, e.g. due to vandalism.

C O ptional accessories Technical data
Inscription Power supply
Inscription sheets 62.0x62.0mm 1458 00 D250 -- up to 2 cameras: via connection cable
Accessories -- from the 3rd camera: via power supply for door
Door communication system installation profile D317 communication
Mounting plates for door stations D319 Connections
-- Connection cable: 2 x connector strip
Features -- Video: 1 x connector strip
-- Extension of the door station by an info module for display of the Image capture element: CCD sensor 0.85 cm (1/3)
house number, name, or other information. Aperture of the wide-angle lens: 150
-- Backlighting with LED technology, white light. Steady, clearly Visible range of detection of the
visible illumination is achieved using maintenance-free, energy- camera: 100
saving LED technology. Area of detection (for 20
-- Sprayed-water proof cover plate made of shock-resistant plastic. swivelling): 140
Door stations
-- Inscription space can be replaced without tools and without Colour system: PAL
disassembling the frame. Pixels: 500 (H) x 582 (V)
-- Professional labelling is available from the Gira Inscription Horizontal resolution: 380 TV lines
Service www.marking.gira.com or using the Gira inscription Switchover threshold for colour
software. to B/W operation: 1 lux
Light sensitivity in B/W
Technical data operation: 0.1 lux
Temperature range: -25C to +70C Electronic shutter speed:: up to 1/100000 s
Installation depth: 30 mm IR filter: integrated
Dimensions inmm Recommended mounting height
-- Information label: W 62 H 62 for camera: 1.50 m
Colour camera for door station
Notes
-- The colour camera may not be positioned directly beneath a light.
-- Suitable for use in an energy profile.
-- Not suitable for use in an energy profile with light.

More information

TX_44
Pure white 1265 66 1 10
Door station FM 1-gang 1260 .. D306
Connection cable set Audio/Video 1273 00 D319
Accessories
Video accessories
Video amplifier 1222 00 D346
Video distributor 1226 00 D347
Video multiplexer 1224 00 D347
Door stations Door stations stainless steel
Door stations stainless steel Door station stainless steel
Features
-- 3mm thick, ground stainless steel front plate of high-quality V2A
stainless steel. This makes it especially resistant to environmental
influences and vandalism.
-- Screwless installation system. A special opening tool included
with the product is used for unlocking.
-- Flush-mounted box with wall anchors and openings for cable
feed.
-- Special construction design of the loudspeaker and microphone
prevents vandalism and moisture penetration. Due to the design
used, it is not possible to puncture the loudspeaker or
microphone with a sharp object. 1-gang
-- Speakerphone function (voice-controlled talk-back with echo and Stainless Steel 2501 20 1/100 20
background noise suppression)
-- Adjustable voice volume. 2-gang
-- Vandalism-protected stainless steel call buttons. These are Stainless Steel 2502 20 1/100 20
recessed flush in the front plate and have a precise switching
behaviour when a call button is pressed. 3-gang
-- Acoustic acknowledgement signal when call button is pressed Stainless Steel 2503 20 1/100 20
(deactivatable if necessary).
-- Night design of stainless steel call buttons. Illuminated with 4-gang
white LEDs. Stainless Steel 2504 20 1/100 20
-- The inscription space or the name plates are evenly illuminated
with maintenance-free, energy-saving white LED technology. 6-gang
-- The cover windows for the name plates are recessed flush in the Stainless Steel 2506 20 1/100 20
front plate and consist of shatter-proof, scratch-resistant, 5mm
thick security glass. They are therefore especially impervious to 8-gang
vandalism in the form of impact, fire, scratching, etc. The cover Stainless Steel 2508 20 1 20
Door stations
windows are easy to clean.

-- The name plates can be removed from the front without 9-gang
disassembling the door station stainless steel. The unlocking Stainless Steel 2509 20 1 20
device of the name plates is concealed.
-- The name plates are protected against sprayed water. C N ecessary accessories
-- A catch strap and supporting surface in the flush-mounted box Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341
serve as mounting aids during installation.
-- One-man start-up with easy start-up procedure. C O ptional accessories
-- Circumferential sponge rubber seal for wall sealing on the Inscription sheets 62.0x18.0mm 1459 00 D250
underside of the front plate.
-- Large coverage between flush-mounted box and brickwork. Technical data
-- For larger system set-ups, the front plate is secured with screws. Dimensions inmm
-- Professional labelling is available from the Gira Inscription -- Front plate, 1-gang: W 160 H 218 D -
Service www.marking.gira.com or using the Gira inscription -- Front plate, 2-gang: W 160 H 218 D -
software. -- Front plate, 3-gang: W 160 H 218 D -
-- Front plate, 4-gang: W 160 H 285 D -
Technical data -- Front plate, 6-gang: W 160 H 285 D -
Power supply: via the 2-wire bus -- Front plate, 8-gang: W 160 H 352 D -
Connections -- Front plate, 9-gang: W 160 H 352 D -
-- 2-wire bus: 2x screw terminals -- Flush-mounted box, 1-gang: W 140 H 198 D 40
-- Additional power supply: 2x screw terminals -- Flush-mounted box, 2-gang: W 140 H 198 D 40
-- Connection cable: 2 x connector strip -- Flush-mounted box, 3-gang: W 140 H 198 D 40
-- Video: 1 x connector strip -- Flush-mounted box, 4-gang: W 140 H 265 D 40
Ambient temperature: -25 C to +70 C -- Flush-mounted box, 6-gang: W 140 H 265 D 40
Protection type: IP44 -- Flush-mounted box, 8-gang: W 140 H 332 D 40
-- Flush-mounted box, 9-gang: W 140 H 332 D 40
Notes -- Name plate: W 62 H 18 D -
-- The door station stainless steel is supplied ready for connection
including built-in loudspeaker. This eliminates time-consuming
cabling of the call buttons. Only a Gira 2-wire bus is required to
connect the door station stainless steel.

Door stations stainless steel Door stations
Door station stainless steel

10-gang
12-gang
Technical data
Dimensions inmm
Door stations
-- Name plate: W 62 H 18 D -
Door stations Door stations stainless steel video
Door stations stainless steel video Door station stainless steel video
Features
-- Extension of the door station stainless steel with a video camera.
Camera
-- Automatic day or night switching: the camera switches from day
mode (colour display) to night mode (black and white display) and
back again at a defined ambient brightness. Due to the high
degree of light sensitivity in night mode, good presentation
results are achieved even in poor lighting conditions.
-- LEDs ensure steady illumination of the field of view at close
proximity in night mode.
-- Camera can be manually swivelled 20 horizontally and vertically.
In combination with the wide-angle lens, a very wide field of view 1-gang
results. Stainless Steel 2551 20 1/100 20
-- Automatic background lighting compensation.
-- Automatic white balance. 2-gang
-- Automatic gain control (AGC). Stainless Steel 2552 20 1/100 20
-- Integrated camera heating with temperature detection.
-- Sprayed-water proof cover plate. 3-gang
-- Camera cover plate made of shock-resistant plastic. Easy to Stainless Steel 2553 20 1/100 20
replace if damaged, e.g. due to vandalism.
4-gang
Technical data Stainless Steel 2554 20 1/100 20
Image capture element: CCD sensor 0.85 cm (1/3)
Wide-angle lens: 150 6-gang
Visible range of detection: 100 Stainless Steel 2556 20 1 20
Area of detection (for 20
swivelling): 140 8-gang
Colour system: PAL Stainless Steel 2558 20 1 20
Door stations
Pixels: 500 (H) x 582 (V)

Horizontal resolution: 380 TV lines 9-gang
Switchover threshold for colour Stainless Steel 2559 20 1 20
to B/W operation: 1 lux
Light sensitivity in B/W C N ecessary accessories
operation: 0.1 lux Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342
Electronic shutter speed : up to 1/100000 s
IR filter: integrated C O ptional accessories
Recommended mounting height Necessary from the 3rd camera
for camera: 1.50 m Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344
Notes
-- The door station stainless steel video is supplied ready for Technical data
connection including built-in loudspeaker. This eliminates Dimensions inmm
time-consuming cabling of the call buttons. Only a Gira 2-wire -- Front plate, 1-gang: W 160 H 285 D -
bus is required to connect the door station stainless steel. -- Front plate, 2-gang: W 160 H 285 D -

Door stations stainless steel video Door stations
Door station stainless steel video

10-gang
12-gang
Necessary from the 3rd camera
Technical data
Dimensions inmm
Door stations
Door stations Surface-mounted door stations
TX_44 Surface-Mounted Door Stations Surface-Mounted Door Station, 3-gang
Features
-- Fully pre-assembled surface-mounted door station for vertical
surface-mounted installation. This allows quick and clean
installation.
-- In the design of the Gira TX_44 switch range.
-- Torsionally rigid surface-mounted housing thanks to aluminium
profile.
-- Frame made of shatter-proof thermoplastic with high resistance
to ultraviolet light as well as a scratch-resistant, care-free
surface. Pure white 1267 66 1/100 18
-- Theft protection by means of Torx screws. Anthracite 1267 67 1 18
-- Signal transmission and supply of the audio and video Colour aluminium 1267 65 1/100 18
proof 2-wire bus. C N ecessary accessories
-- One-man start-up with easy start-up procedure. Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341
-- Weather-resistant loudspeaker.
-- High-quality electret microphone. C O ptional accessories
-- Speakerphone function (voice-controlled talk-back with echo and Inscription sheets 62.0x18.0mm 1459 00 D250
background noise suppression). Call-btn cov.plate 3-g 1255 .. D319
-- Audible acknowledgement signal when a call button is pressed. Screw set Tri-Wing 1407 00 D319
-- Adjustable voice volume.
-- White call-button illumination in LED technology. Even, clearly Features
visible call button illumination is achieved via maintenance-free, -- Low profile height of just 19mm.
energy-saving LED technology.
-- Sprayed-water proof call-button cover plate made of shock- Technical data
resistant plastic. Dimensions inmm
-- Name plate of the call button can be exchanged without tools W 110 H 181 D 19
and frame disassembly. -- Name plates: W 62 H 18 D-
Door stations
-- Professional labelling is available from the Gira Inscription

Service www.marking.gira.com or using the Gira inscription Notes
software. -- Call buttons which are not required can be covered with the
call-button cover plate for call button, 3-gang.
Technical data
Power supply: via the 2-wire bus More information
-- 2-wire bus: 2x screw terminals
-- Additional power supply: 2x screw terminals
Protection type: IP44 Surface-Mounted Door Station, 6-gang

Surface-Mounted Door Station, 1-gang
Pure white 1268 66 1/100 18

Pure white 1266 66 1/100 18 Colour aluminium 1268 65 1/100 18
Anthracite 1266 67 1/100 18
Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341 C O ptional accessories
C O ptional accessories Call-btn cov.plate 3-g 1255 .. D319
Inscription sheets 62.0x62.0mm 1458 00 D250 Screw set Tri-Wing 1407 00 D319
Features
Features -- Low profile height of just 19mm.
-- Low profile height of just 19mm.
Technical data
Technical data Dimensions inmm
Dimensions inmm W 110 H 253 D 19
-- Door station, 1-gang: W 110 H 181 D 19 -- Name plates: W 62 H 18 D-
-- Name plate: W 62 H 62 D-
Notes
More information -- Call buttons which are not required can be covered with the
Technical information D I555 call-button cover plate for call button, 3-gang.

More information

Surface-mounted door stations Door stations
Surface-Mounted Door Station Video, 1-gang Surface-mounted door station video, 3-gang
Pure white 1269 66 1/100 10 Pure white 1270 66 1/100 10


Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342 Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342

Inscription sheets 62.0x62.0mm 1458 00 D250 Inscription sheets 62.0x18.0mm 1459 00 D250
Screw set Tri-Wing 1407 00 D319 Call-btn cov.plate 3-g 1255 .. D319
Features
-- Door station with colour camera, door loudspeaker, and call Features
button. -- Automatic day or night switching: the camera switches from day
-- Automatic day or night switching: the camera switches from day mode (colour display) to night mode (black and white display) and
mode (colour display) to night mode (black and white display) and back again at a defined ambient brightness. Due to the high
back again at a defined ambient brightness. Due to the high degree of light sensitivity in night mode, good presentation
Door stations
degree of light sensitivity in night mode, good presentation results are achieved even in poor lighting conditions.
results are achieved even in poor lighting conditions. -- LEDs ensure steady illumination of the field of view at close
-- LEDs ensure steady illumination of the field of view at close proximity in night mode.
proximity in night mode. -- Camera can be manually swivelled 20 horizontally and vertically.
-- Camera can be manually swivelled 20 horizontally and vertically. In combination with the wide-angle lens, a very wide field of view
In combination with the wide-angle lens, a very wide field of view results.
results. -- Automatic background lighting compensation.
-- Automatic background lighting compensation. -- Automatic white balance.
-- Automatic white balance. -- Automatic gain control (AGC).
-- Automatic gain control (AGC). -- Integrated camera heating with temperature detection.
-- Integrated camera heating with temperature detection. -- Sprayed-water proof cover plate.
-- Sprayed-water proof cover plate. -- Camera cover plate made of shock-resistant plastic. Easy to
-- Camera cover plate made of shock-resistant plastic. Easy to replace if damaged, e.g. due to vandalism.
replace if damaged, e.g. due to vandalism.
Technical data
Technical data Image capture element: CCD sensor 0.85 cm (1/3)
Image capture element: CCD sensor 0.85 cm (1/3) Wide-angle lens: 150
Wide-angle lens: 150 Visible range of detection: 100
Visible range of detection: 100 Area of detection (for 20
Area of detection (for 20 swivelling): 140
swivelling): 140 Colour system: PAL
Colour system: PAL Pixels: 500 (H) x 582 (V)
Pixels: 500 (H) x 582 (V) Horizontal resolution: 380 TV lines
Horizontal resolution: 380 TV lines Switchover threshold for colour
Switchover threshold for colour to B/W operation: 1 lux
to B/W operation: 1 lux Light sensitivity in B/W
Light sensitivity in B/W operation: 0.1 lux
operation: 0.1 lux Electronic shutter speed:: up to 1/100000 s
Electronic shutter speed:: up to 1/100000 s IR filter: integrated
IR filter: integrated Recommended mounting height
Recommended mounting height for camera: 1.50 m
for camera: 1.50 m Dimensions inmm
Dimensions inmm -- without camera: W 110 H 253 D 19
-- without camera: W 110 H 253 D 19 -- with camera: W 110 H 253 D 40
-- with camera: W 110 H 253 D 40 -- Name plates: W 62 H 18 D-
-- Name plate: W 62 H 62 D-
Notes
More information -- Call buttons which are not required can be covered with the
Technical information D I555 call-button cover plate for call button, 3-gang.

More information

Door stations Built-in loudspeaker
Built-in loudspeaker Add-on module for built-in loudspeaker

Built-in loudspeaker
1259 00 1 18

1258 00 1 18 Built-in ldspk. 1258 00 D316

One of the following articles: -- Up to twelve mechanical bell buttons can be connected.
Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341 -- Additional bell buttons can be connected via additional add-on
Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342 modules.
-- Up to eleven add-on modules can be connected to one built-in
C O ptional accessories loudspeaker.
Add-on module built-in ldspk. 1259 00 D316 -- Alternating current polling of the bell button connections to
Camera prevent oxidation on the button contacts.
Colour camera Door station FM 1265 .. D309 -- Compact size.
Keyless In -- Securing of connection terminals against incorrect connection.
Gira Keyless In Keypad 2605 .. D353 -- Attachment of the add-on module with screws or gluing.

-- Built-in loudspeaker for mounting in letterbox systems, voice Connections
compartments, door-side installations or front plates. -- Mechanical bell button: 12 x screw terminal
-- Up to eight mechanical bell buttons can be connected to the -- Common earth of bell
screw terminals provided. buttons: 1 x screw terminal
Door stations
-- Signal transmission and power supply of loudspeaker via -- Connection cable: 2 x connector strip
reverse-polarity-protected and short-circuit-proof 2-wire bus. Protection type: IP44
-- Compact size. Ambient temperature: -25 C to +70 C
-- Weather-resistant loudspeaker. Dimensions inmm
-- High-quality electret microphone. -- incl. mounting lug: W 67 H 66,4 D 27
-- Alternating current polling of the bell button connections to -- without mounting lug: W 67 H 56 D 27
prevent oxidation on the button contacts.
-- Securing of connection terminals against incorrect connection. Notes
-- Up to eight mechanical bell buttons can be connected. -- Module for extending the built-in loudspeaker when more than
-- Colour camera for door station can be connected. eight mechanical bell buttons are to be connected.
-- Speakerphone function (voice-controlled talk-back with echo and -- This component enables door communication systems with up to
background noise suppression). 140 audio devices to be set up (e.g. 1x built-in loudspeaker, 11x
-- Adjustable voice volume. add-on modules for built-in loudspeakers, 136 x surface-mounted
-- One-man start-up with easy start-up procedure. home stations).
-- Audible acknowledgement signal when a call button is pressed.
Scope of supply
Technical data -- The mounting materials are included in the scope of supply.
Power supply: DC26V 2V (via 2-wire bus)
Connections
-- Mechanical bell button: 8 x screw terminal
-- Common earth of bell
buttons: 1 x screw terminal
-- Video: 1 x connector strip
Dimensions inmm
W 101 H 67 D 27

Notes
-- This component enables door communication systems with up to
140 audio devices to be set up (e.g. 1x built-in loudspeaker, 11x
add-on modules for built-in loudspeakers, 136 x surface-mounted
home stations).
-- The video control device is required if the system is extended
with a colour camera.

More information

Installation profile Door stations
Installation profile Mounting kit for installation profile
Door communication system installation profile
1257 00 1/5 18
1-gang 1274 00 1 18
2-gang 1275 00 1 18 C N ecessary accessories
3-gang 1276 00 1 18 One of the following articles:
4-gang 1277 00 1 18 Install. profile 1-gang 1274 00 D317
Install. profile 2-gang 1275 00 D317
C O ptional accessories Install. profile 3-gang 1276 00 D317
Mount.kit install.profile 1257 00 D317 Install. profile 4-gang 1277 00 D317
Door stations
Door station FM 1-gang 1260 .. D306 Scope of supply
Door station FM 3-gang 1261 .. D307 -- Four each of mounting rails (aluminium), adhesive strips, and
Add-on modules screws are included in the scope of supply.
Colour camera Door station FM 1265 .. D309
Keyless In
Features
-- Aluminium mounting profile for the customer-specific integration
Door stations
of flush-mounted components of the Gira door communication
system in letterbox systems, front plates, or door-side
installations, e.g. from the manufacturers JU-Metallwaren,
Normbau.
The installation profile is mounted by
-- The installation profile is mounted by
-- Screwing through the front plate
-- Screwing onto fixing bolts
-- Mounting kit for installation profile
-- Screwing onto mounting bolts.
-- Mounting kit for installation profile.
Notes
-- Using this profile, door stations, call buttons, info modules, and
colour cameras can be integrated flush without frames. The
height compensation ensures that the components can also be
installed flush even if the material thicknesses are different.
-- Wall thickness of front plate: 1.25 to 4mm.
More information
Door stations / Accessories
Gira energy and light profiles Accessories

Energy profile NNew product. Available starting 04/2017.

System106 call button, inscribable

Aluminium 5549 926 1 20


Technical data
Dimensions inmm
H 25,3 W 105,5

4 empty units, height 1400mm Notes
Anthracite 1354 28 1 17 -- Professional labelling with the Gira Inscription Service www.
Colour aluminium 1354 26 1 17 marking.gira.com.

4 empty units, height 1600mm
Anthracite 1356 28 1 17 NNew product. Available starting 04/2017.
Colour aluminium 1356 26 1 17 System106 call button w. inscription space

Door stations
6 empty units, height 1600mm

Light element, 3 empty units, height 1600mm Aluminium 5547 926 1 20
Anthracite 1353 28 1 17 Traffic white (laquered) 5547 902 1 20
Functional description D216 One of the following articles:

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
H 25,3 W 105,5

Notes
marking.gira.com.


System106 call-button cover plate for call-button
module
Call-button cover plate, 1-gang

Aluminium 5541 926 1 20

Aluminium 5542 926 1 20

Aluminium 5543 926 1 20


Accessories Door stations
Technical data Set of audio/video connection cables 50 cm

Dimensions inmm
-- 1-gang: H 23,35 W 105,5
-- 2-gang: H 52,0 W 105,5
-- 3-gang: H 78,6 W 105,5
Mounting plates for door stations

1273 00 1/5 18

Built-in ldspk. 1258 00 D316
Add-on module built-in ldspk. 1259 00 D316

Features
-- Set of 6-pole audio connection cable and 2-pole video connection
2-gang 1297 00 1 18 cable for remote operation of the colour camera.
3-gang 1298 00 1 18
4-gang 1299 00 1 18 Technical data
Length: 50cm
Door stations -- The cable set is required when the colour camera is to be
Door station FM 1-gang 1260 .. D306 mounted offset from the door station or the built-in loudspeaker,
Door station FM 3-gang 1261 .. D307 or when several empty units must be bridged between the colour
Add-on modules camera and the door station (bus coupler) during installation in
Call button, 1-gang Door station FM 1262 00 D308 the energy profiles.
Call button, 3-gang Door station FM 1263 00
Door stations
D308
Colour camera Door station FM 1265 .. D309 Tri-Wing screw set
Features
-- Mounting plate for covering the installation openings of door
intercom systems already present in the building when
retrofitting the Gira door communication system.
-- Holes are provided in the mounting plate for wall installation, and 30 pieces 1407 00 1 09
there are openings for installing the Gira door station.
-- Material: Anodised aluminium. C N ecessary accessories
Technical data Gira TX_44 frames D192
Dimensions inmm Door station SM 1-gang 1266 .. D314
-- 2-gang: W 130 H 253 Door station SM 3-gang 1267 .. D314
-- 3-gang: W 130 H 253 Door station SM 6-gang 1268 .. D314
-- 4-gang: W 130 H 346 Door staion SM cam 1-gang 1269 .. D315
Door staion SM cam 3-gang 1270 .. D315

Call-Button Cover Plate for 3-gang Call Button C O ptional accessories

Features
TX_44
Pure white 1255 66 5/25 18
Anthracite 1255 67 5/25 18 Tri-Wing screwdriver
Door station FM 3-gang 1261 .. D307 1408 00 1 09
Door station SM 3-gang 1267 .. D314 C O ptional accessories
Door station SM 6-gang 1268 .. D314 Screw set Tri-Wing 1407 00 D319
Features
-- For covering the unneeded call buttons of the flush-mounted
door station 3-gang, the call button 3-gang for door stations, and
the surface-mounted door station 3-gang and 6-gang.
Gira Home Stations Surface-mounted home stations ... 324
Door communication Surface-mounted home station video ... 325
Home Stations ... 326
Call Button for home station ... 328
Add-on modules for home stations ... 329
Gira G1 ... 331
Surface-Mounted Gong ... 333
Installation with Profile55 ... 334
Training courses
Home Stations
System Basics


See who is at the door
Gira home stations are voice and operating units at the front door. In their basic
configuration, home stations are equipped with a loudspeaker, a microphone and a call
button. As an option, they can be expanded by a TFT colour display and an additional
button for internal calls. Gira home stations are available to match the Gira switch ranges
in surface-mounted as well as flush-mounted versions.
Home stations in the style of the switch Door communication with a multi-talent Door communication on the phone
range The new Gira G1 is a true all-rounder for The Gira DCS TC gateway integrates the
Home stations as surface-mounted or operating building technology. Combined door communication system into thetele-
Home Stations
flush-mounted versions always match with the Gira DCS IP gateway and, for phone system. This enables call acceptance
the Gira switch ranges. Due to the example, the surface-mounted door station and control of the door opener via wired
modularcharacter, different functions can Video, it turns into a full home station. or mobile telephone. Respective telephone
be integrated into the home stations. A camera image appears in the display numbers are programmed in advance in the
when the doorbell rings. Communication DCS TC gateway. Incoming calls then, for
is started or the door is opened with the example, ring simultaneously in the garden,
tap of a finger. Other building technology holiday home or at work, and the visitor at
functions can also be integrated in the the front door can be spoken to.
GiraG1.
Camera image in the TV set Network-capable door communication

The Gira DCS TV gateway transmits the The Gira door communication system offers
video from the door station's colour camera the option of completely integrating Gira
to the television set. If the Gira DCS-DC- door and home stations into IP networks via
gateway is used, the door can also be the Gira DCS IP gateway. This allows the
opened. The use of the TV-gateway requires easy use of a wide variety of operating
that the television set has a Scart connec- devices such as the Gira Control Clients,
tion. In connection with the Gira DCS computers or IP-capable phones tocommu-
TC-gateway, it is possible to speak to the nicate with visitors in the entrance area.
visitor using the telephone and open the
door.

Product range Gira Home Stations
Surface-mounted Surface-mounted Home Stations Call Button for Expansion Gira G1

home stations home station video D326 home station modules for home D331
D324 D325 D328 stations
D329
Home Stations
Surface-Mounted Profile 55
Gong D334
D333

Home Stations Surface-mounted home stations
Surface-mounted home stations Surface-mounted home station
Features
-- Completely pre-assembled surface-mounted home station This
facilitates fast and clean installation.
-- Design diversity thanks to integration into the switch range,
allowing uniform appearance of door communication and
electrical installation.
-- Installation possible with or without frame.
-- Easy installation with plug-in screw terminals on the mounting
plate. Contact to the home station is established when the home
station is attached to the mounting plate.
-- Easy disassembly of the home station during renovation work.
-- Mounting holes for installation. System55
-- Signal transmission and power supply of home station via Cream white glossy 1250 01 1 18
reverse-polarity-protected and short-circuit-proof 2-wire bus. Pure white glossy 1250 03 1/52 18
-- Parallel connection of up to three home stations is possible (with Pure white matt 1250 27 1 18
power supply via the 2-wire bus). Anthracite 1250 28 1 18
-- One-man start-up with easy start-up procedure. Colour aluminium 1250 26 1 18
-- Ringing tone differentiation for door call, internal call and floor Bronze 1250 603 1 18
call. Brass 1250 604 1 18
-- Selection of five different ringing tone melodies which can be Chrome 1250 605 1 18
individually assigned to specific call buttons.
-- Speakerphone function (voice-controlled talk-back with echo and E22
background noise suppression). Stainless Steel 1250 20 1 18
-- Enforcement function for loud background noises during the AAluminium 1250 203 1 18
voice connection. Pure white glossy 1250 03 1/52 18
-- Eavesdropping prevention. AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.

Home Stations
Technical data C N ecessary accessories

Power supply: DC26V 2V (via 2-wire bus) Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341
Notes Push but.interface 2-gang 1210 00 D348
-- Installation without frame is possible. Mount.adapter pl. SM home station 1256 00 D349
-- A 2-gang frame without crossbar is required for installation with Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 ..
System55 or the flat switch and E22 switch ranges. -- Standard55 D94
-- A frame is required for installation in a device box -- E2 D100
-- E3 D106
-- Event D112
-- Esprit D126
-- ClassiX D134
-- E22 D143

Features
-- Operating buttons with integrated LEDs for status display.
The operating buttons of the surface-mounted home station
control the following functions in connection with the
switching actuator or the flush-mounted switching actuator:
-- Switching of lights and other functions.
-- Control of the door opener.
-- Setting the ringing tone melody.
-- Switching the ringing tone on and off.
-- Call acceptance.
-- Activation of the enforcement function.
-- Adjustment of ring tone and voice volume.

Technical data
Connections
-- Floor-call button: 2x screw terminals
Dimensions inmm
-- System55, E22: W 55 H 127 D 20
-- Gira F100: W 70 H 142 D 20

Notes
70 devices to be set up
(e.g. 1x built-in loudspeaker, 5x add-on modules for built-in
loudspeakers, 68 x surface-mounted home stations).

More information

Surface-mounted home station video Home Stations
Surface-mounted home station video Surface-Mounted Home Station Video
Features
-- When using an additional power supply for door communication,
up to 28 surface-mounted home stations video can be used in
parallel.
-- The surface-mounted home station video automatically detects
whether a power supply is connected for door communication. A
jumper between the additional power supply and bus is not
required.
-- Colour display with LED backlighting.
-- OSD function, i.e. text presentation in display for status display
and menu guidance.
-- Capacitive operating buttons with integrated LEDs for status System55
display: the buttons are operated with a light touch. Cream white glossy 1279 01 1 10
-- Connectable automatic door opener: when this function is Pure white glossy 1279 03 1/100 10
activated, the door opener is automatically operated after Pure white matt 1279 27 1/100 10
pressing the door station call button. Anthracite 1279 28 1/100 10
-- Automatic call acceptance: direct speaking or listening into a Colour aluminium 1279 26 1/100 10
room following an internal call.
-- Toll-free in-house intercom communication with up to ten other E22
home stations. Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1279 20 1/100 10
The operating buttons of the surface-mounted home station AAluminium (lacquered) 1279 203 1 10
video control the following functions: Pure white glossy 1279 03 1/100 10
-- Manual switching on/off of TFT colour display. AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- Camera changeoverspecific selection of connected colour
cameras. Text in the display indicates which camera is currently C N ecessary accessories
being controlled. Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342
-- Switching light and other functions in conjunction with the
Home Stations
switching actuator or the flush-mounted switching actuator. C O ptional accessories
-- Control of the door opener. Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344
-- Switching the ringing tone on and off. Push but.interface 2-gang 1210 00 D348
-- Call acceptance. Mount.adapter pl. SM home station 1256 00 D349
-- Activation of the enforcement function. Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 ..
-- Adjustment of ring tone and voice volume. -- Standard55 D94
Functions in the end customer menu: -- E2 D100
-- Internal call, switching action, ringing tone melody, brightness, -- E3 D106
colour intensity, contrast, switch-on time of the display, language -- Event D112
(21 languages can be selected), button tones, automatic door -- Esprit D126
opener (when enabled by the installer), automatic call acceptance -- ClassiX D134
(when enabled by the installer). -- E22 D143
Additional functions in the installer menu:
-- Selection of main/secondary display, frequency setting, Notes
termination of the cable, version indication, factory setting, -- Installation is possible either without a frame or with a 2-gang
switching display on/off, switching LED illumination on/off, call frame without crossbar from the System55, F100, or E22 switch
button assignment, internal call assignment, enabling of range.
automatic door opener and automatic call acceptance.
More information
Power supply: DC26V 2V (via 2-wire bus)
Connections
Display size: 5.59 cm (2.2")
Dimensions inmm
-- System55, E22: W 55 H 127 D 20
-- Gira F100: W 70 H 142 D 20
Home Stations Surface-mounted home station video/ Home Stations
Home Station Video FM Plus Home Stations
Features
-- Uniform installation of door communication and electrical
installation in a device box.
-- Design diversity thanks to integration in the switch range. This
facilitates the uniform appearance of the door communication
and electrical installation.
proof 2-wire bus.
-- Modular design, therefore easy installation and expandability
with further components such as call buttons for home stations,
System55 TFT colour display, etc.
Cream white glossy 1239 01 1 10 -- Parallel connection of up to three home stations is possible.
Pure white glossy 1239 03 1 10 -- One-man start-up with easy start-up procedure.
Pure white matt 1239 27 1 10 -- Ringing tone differentiation for door call, floor call and internal
Anthracite 1239 28 1 10 call.
Colour aluminium 1239 26 1 10 -- Toll-free in-house intercom communication in combination with
the call button for home stations.
E22 -- Eavesdropping prevention.
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1239 20 1 10 -- Integration possible in the modular function profile.
Pure white glossy 1239 03 1 10 -- Integration possible in Profile55.

Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342 Power supply: DC26V 2V (via 2-wire bus)
Bus coupler connections
C O ptional accessories -- 2-wire bus: 2x screw terminals
Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344 -- Floor-call button: 2x screw terminals
Home Stations
Push but.interface 2-gang 1210 00 D348 -- Connection cable: 2x screw terminals

Mount.adapter pl. SM home station 1256 00 D349 -- Video: 1 x connector strip
Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 .. Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C
-- Standard55 D94
-- E2 D100 Notes
-- E3 D106 -- The intermediate plate 55x55mm is required for integration in
-- Event D112 the Stainless Steel Series20/21.
-- Esprit D126
-- ClassiX D134
-- E22 D143

Features
-- Card slot for SD memory card.
-- SD memory card.
New additional functions in the end customer menu:
-- Internal image memory (when enabled by the installer) for up to
48 images. Manual transfer from internal to external image
memory (SD memory card). Manual deletion of image memory.
Manual triggering of snapshot. Rename switching actions and
internal calls. Change date/time.
New additional functions in the installer menu:
-- Release of the internal image memory. Set the image interval and
recording speed. Set date/time.
Properties of the SD memory card:
-- Directory for ten ringing tones, five of which can be configured
freely in WAVE format. Folder for external image memory (max.
200 images).

Technical data
SD memory card
-- Format: FAT32
-- Image memory: max. 200 images
-- Ringing tone melodies: 10, 5 of which can be selected
freely (WAVE format)

Notes
-- Installation is possible either without a frame or with a 2-gang
frame without crossbar from the System55, F100, or E22 switch
range.

Scope of supply
-- An SD memory card is included in the scope of supply.

More information

Home Stations Home Stations
Home Station Notes

-- This component enables door communication systems with more
than 30 devices to be set up.
-- The video control device DRA is required if the system is
extended with a TFT display.

More information

Home Station Receiver
System55
Cream white glossy + clear /
pure white glossy 1280 101 1 18
Pure white glossy + clear / pure
white glossy 1280 103 1/100 18
Pure white matt / clear pure
white glossy 1280 127 1/100 18
Anthracite + clear / pure white
glossy 1280 128 1 18
Colour aluminium + clear / pure
white glossy 1280 126 1 18
Bronze 1280 603 1 18
Brass 1280 604 1 18
Chrome 1280 605 1 18
Home Stations
System55
E22 Pure white glossy 1281 03 1 18
Pure white glossy + clear / pure One of the following articles:
white glossy 1280 103 1/100 18 Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342

C N ecessary accessories C O ptional accessories
One of the following articles: Add-on modules
Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341 Call btn 1-g home station 1283 .. D328
Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342 Call btn 3-g home station 1285 .. D328
TFT colour display 1286 .. D329
C O ptional accessories Push but.interface 2-gang 1210 00 D348
Add-on modules Integration in Profile55
Call btn 1-g home station 1283 .. D328 Gira Profile 55 D207
Call btn 3-g home station 1285 .. D328 Integration in the modular function profile
TFT colour display 1286 .. D329 Integration in stainless steel
Push but.interface 2-gang 1210 00 D348 Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
Integration in Profile55
Gira Profile 55 D207 Features
Integration in the modular function profile -- Call acceptance by picking up receiver.
Integration in stainless steel -- Magnetic receiver hook with integrated cradle.
Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186 -- Plug-in receiver cable for greater ease of installation.
The operating button of the home station controls the
Features following functions
-- Operating button with integrated LEDs for status display. -- Switching light and other functions in conjunction with the
-- Speakerphone function (voice-controlled talk-back with echo and switching actuator or the flush-mounted switching actuator.
background noise suppression). -- Control of the door opener.
-- Enforcement function for loud background noises during the -- Adjustment of ring tone volume.
voice connection.
The operating button of the home station controls the Technical data
following functions Receiver insert connections
-- Switching light and other functions in conjunction with the -- Connection cable: 1 x connector strip
switching actuator or the flush-mounted switching actuator. -- Receiver: RJ11 jack
-- Control of the door opener. Installation depth: 30 mm
-- Call acceptance. Notes
-- Activation of the enforcement function. -- This component enables door communication systems with more
-- Adjustment of ring tone and voice volume. than 30 devices to be set up.
-- Selection of five different ringing tone melodies which can be -- The video control device DRA is required if the system is
individually assigned to specific call buttons. extended with a TFT display.
-- Connectable automatic door opener: when this function is -- Installation with cover frame, 2-gang.
activated, the door opener is automatically operated after
pressing the door station call button. More information
Technical data
Speech insert connection
Home Stations Call Button for home station
Call Button for home station Call Button, 3-gang for home station
Features
-- Installation in a device box.
proof 2-wire bus. System55
-- Modular design, allowing easy installation and expandability. Clear + pure white glossy 1285 100 1 18
-- Inscription space can be replaced without tools and without
disassembling the frame. E22
-- Professional labelling is available from the Gira Inscription Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1285 20 1 18
Service www.marking.gira.com or using the Gira inscription AAluminium (lacquered) 1285 203 1 18
software. Clear + pure white glossy 1285 100 1 18
Technical data
Power supply: via connection cable C N ecessary accessories
Connecting the connection One of the following articles:
cable: 2 x connector strip Home station 1280.. D327
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C Home station receiver 1281.. D327
Dimensions inmm
-- 1-gang: W 38 H 55 C O ptional accessories
-- 3-gang: W 38 H 55 Inscription
Notes Integration in Profile55
-- Integration possible in the modular function profile. Gira Profile 55 D207
-- Integration possible in Profile55. Integration in the modular function profile
Home Stations
-- The intermediate plate 55x55mm is required for integration in Integration in stainless steel
the Stainless Steel Series20/21. Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186

Features
Call Button, 1-gang for home station -- Extension of the home station with three additional call buttons
for implementation of the free in-house intercom communication
between two home stations or for switching in conjunction with
the switching actuator or flush-mounted switching actuator.

Technical data

System55

E22

Home station 1280.. D327
Home station receiver 1281.. D327

Inscription
Gira Profile 55 D207
Integration in the modular function profile

Features
-- Extension of the home station with an additional call button for
implementation of the free in-house intercom communication
between two home stations or for switching in conjunction with
the switching actuator or flush-mounted switching actuator.

Technical data

Add-on modules Home Stations
Add-on modules for home stations Technical data
Power supply: via connection cable

Display insert connections
TFT colour display -- Connection cable: 2 x connector strip
Colour system: PAL
Display size
-- System55, E22: 4.57 cm (1.8)
-- Gira F100: 6.35 cm (2.5)
Number of pixels
-- System55, E22: 557 x 234
-- Gira F100: 960 x 240
System55 Installation depth: 33 mm.
Cream white glossy 1286 01 1 10 Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C
Pure white matt 1286 27 1 10 Notes
Anthracite 1286 28 1 10 -- Cannot be used in combination with the surface-mounted home
Colour aluminium 1286 26 1 10 station.
-- Integration possible in the modular function profile.
E22 -- Integration possible in Profile55.
Stainless Steel 1286 20 1 10 -- The intermediate plate 55x55mm is required for integration in
AAluminium 1286 203 1 10 the Stainless Steel Series20/21.
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. More information
Home station receiver 1281.. D327
Home Stations
Features
-- High-resolution, active TFT colour display for extension of the
home stations.
-- Uniform installation of door communication and electrical
installation in a device box.
proof 2-wire bus.
-- Because of modularity, simple extension of the home stations
with the TFT colour display.
-- Colour display with LED backlighting.
-- OSD function, i.e. text presentation in display for status display
and menu guidance.
1-way switch with the following functions
-- Manual switching on/off of TFT colour display.
-- Camera changeovertargeted selection of up to 15 camera
sources. Text in the display indicates which camera is currently
being controlled.
Cursor buttons with 5-way-navigation for parameter setting
-- As end customer: brightness, colour intensity, contrast, switch-
on time of the display.
-- As installer: selection of the language (German or English),
frequency setting, termination of the cable, display of version,
factory setting, switching display on or off, switching LED
illumination on or off, brightness, colour intensity, contrast, and
switch-on time of the display.
Home Stations Add-on modules
DCS-TV-Gateway Technical data

Power supply: via connection cable
Connections
-- Switch input SELV level only
(ET terminal): 2x screw terminals
System55 -- Switching output SELV level
Cream white glossy 2610 01 1 10 only: 2x screw terminals
Pure white glossy 2610 03 1 10 -- Television set: Scart socket
Pure white matt 2610 27 1 10 Installation depth: 33 mm.
Anthracite 2610 28 1 10 Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C
Notes
C N ecessary accessories -- Not suitable for operation in countries in which the PAL standard
One of the following articles: does not apply.
SM home station 1250.. D324 -- Not suitable for television sets that can only process the NTSC
SM home station video 1279.. D325 and SECAM standard.
Home station Video SM Plus 1239.. D326 -- Important: When feeding the signal into the antenna system of a
Home station 1280.. D327 multi-family house, the video image is displayed on all television
Home station receiver 1281.. D327 sets when a door call is received.
DCS-TC-gateway DRA 1290 00 D340
Add-on module built-in ldspk. 1259 00 D316
NNew product.
Features Replaces 208800.
-- The DCS-TV-gateway transmits the video image of the Gira door Gira Control19 Client 2
communication system to the television via the Scart connection,
Home Stations
or with an additional AV modulator via the antenna input.

-- Call acceptance, opening of the door and switching functions are
implemented using the telephone keypad in connection with the
DCS-TC-gateway or via a home station. When the conversation is
ended, the image from the door station camera is also switched
off on the television set.
-- Installation in two common device boxes.
-- Output of the video picture of the Gira door communication 2068 00 1 05
system for feeding the signal
1. to the Scart connection of a television set, C N ecessary accessories
2. into an antenna system using an additional AV modulator or DCS-IP-gateway 5 licences 2620 97 D339
3. for further processing of the signal, e.g. for the HomeServer in DCS-IP-gateway 10 licences 2620 98 D339
conjunction with a common video server. DCS-IP-gateway 20 licences 2620 99 D339
-- FBAS signal 1 Vss in PAL standard.
-- Scart connection for connecting the DCS-TV-gateway to the Can be used with DCS-IP-gateway as home
television set. The Scart connection of the DCS-TV-gateway is station.
equipped with a 12V switching output to support the picture-in- Functional description
picture function (if this function is supported by the television
set) or the automatic switchover to the AV channel.
-- When the video image is fed into an antenna system, a specified Gira Control9 Client
channel is occupied. When a door call is received, this channel
must be switched over to manually on the television set to see
the camera image. To feed the signal into the antenna system,
the FBAS signal must be converted to a UHF or VHF signal using
common modulators.
-- Switch-on button for manually switching the DCS-TV-gateway on
and off.
-- Cursor button for parameter setting: 2078 00 1/100 05
As end customer: Switch-on time
As installer: Priority, frequency, resistance, lighting, display, C O ptional accessories
language, teaching, factory setting, version, switch-on time One of the following articles:
-- Switching output - this is closed when the DCS-TV-gateway is DCS-IP-gateway 5 licences 2620 97 D339
active and outputs an image, e.g. after the assigned call button DCS-IP-gateway 10 licences 2620 98 D339
of the door station has been pressed. If necessary, the switch DCS-IP-gateway 20 licences 2620 99 D339
output can be evaluated by KNXcomponents and, for example,
be made available to the HomeServer. Can be used with DCS-IP-gateway as home
-- The video image can also be displayed on the HomeServer in station.
conjunction with common video servers. In addition to the Functional description
HomeServer, display on a PC or PDA is possible. A image
memory can also be realised in conjunction with the
HomeServer.
-- Input for the specific switch-on of the DCS-TV-gateway without
the door station call button being pressed beforehand. This
enables the camera images to be displayed on the television set
at any time. The colour camera switches off again automatically
after 2 min.
-- The connected cameras can be controlled directly in conjunction
with the add-on module for built-in loudspeakers.
-- Display of text on the television set indicating which colour
camera is currently switched on.

Home Stations
Gira G1 Notes
The Gira G1 is a multi-functional room operating device for -- Recommended mounting height: 150cm above floor.
visualising and operating a variety of building functions. For use in -- Installation is performed on a deep device box (an electronics box
the KNXsystem and Gira door communication system. is recommended for a LAN connection).
-- Communication with the KNX installation is exclusively via the
Features KNXnet/IP standard.
-- Operation is via a gesture-capable multi-touch display. -- A KNXIP router must be used to connect the Gira G1 PoE to the
-- Connection and communication are via LAN or WLAN depending KNXinstallation. Several Gira G1 units can be operated on one
on the version. KNX IP router.
-- Integrated loudspeaker. -- In order to ensure reliable communication via WLAN, a Gira KNX
-- Integrated microphone with echo compensation. IP router (firmware version 3 and later) is required to connect the
Properties as a KNXroom operating device Gira G1 230V or G1 24V to the KNX installation. For this purpose
-- Intuitive user interface that can be adapted by the end user. the Gira KNX IP router (firmware version 3 and later) is specially
-- Switching, dimming, blind and shutter control, value transmitter, equipped with the additional function "Reliable data
scene auxiliary unit. communication". Several Gira G1 units can be operated on one
-- Status display, display of date and time, display of indoor and Gira KNX IP router (firmware version 3 and later).
outdoor temperature. -- Start-up in the KNXsystem from ETS4.2 or higher.
-- Up to 125 functions (five function folders or rooms with up to 25 -- Can be used as a home station in connection with the DCS-IP-
functions each). gateway.
-- Up to 125 seven-day timer with 10 switching times each. -- When planning the system, please observe the technical
Properties as a KNXroom temperature controller auxiliary unit information on network planning in the device documentation.
-- Use as room temperature controller auxiliary unit in combination -- The Gira Project Assistant (GPA) is required for firmware updates.
with KNX 3 Plus touch sensor for room temperature The GPA is available free of charge in the Gira download area.
measurement and control.
-- Operating mode changeover: comfort, standby, night, and frost
or heat protection. Gira G1 PoE
-- Comfort extension using the presence button.
-- A heating clock as seven-day timer with 28 switching times.
Home Stations
Properties as home station video
-- Camera changeover: specific selection of connected colour
cameras.
-- Call acceptance.
-- Adjustment of ring tone and voice volume.
Integration of Internet services
-- Gira weather service: Display of the weather forecast for up to Black glass 2069 05 1 36
five cities. Glass white 2069 12 1 36

Power consumption For integration into a Gira door communication system
-- Typical: 4W DCS-IP-gateway 5 licences 2620 97 D339
-- Minimum: 2W For integration into a KNX system
Display IP router 2167 00 D455
-- Type: TFT
-- Size: 15.3cm (6) C O ptional accessories
-- Colours: 16.7 M KNX 3 Plus touch sensor for room temperature measurement
-- Resolution: 480x800px (WVGA), 155ppi and control
-- Brightness: 350cd/m Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392
-- Contrast ratio: 1:500 Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392
-- Viewing angle: >80 all around KNX CO2 sensor humidity cont. + RTC 2104 .. D405
Proximity sensor
-- Range: max. 50cm Features
-- Range of detection: 30 horizontal, 30 vertical -- Gira G1 with flush-mounted connection module PoE LAN. Power
KNXstandards is supplied via the network cable (Power over Ethernet).
-- DPTs value transmitter: 5.010, 6.010, 5.001, 5.004, 9.001 -- Data communication via LAN.
Ambient temperature: 0C to +45C Technical data
Dimensions inmm Power supply
-- Gira G1 (incl. flush-mounted -- PoE performance class0: DC48V PoE
power supply unit): W 97 H 168 D 47 LAN standard: IEEE 802.3af
-- Gira G1 (without flush- Connection line
mounted power supply unit): W 97 H 168 D 15 -- Ethernet specifications: Cat.5 e, Cat.6, Cat.6 a, Cat.7
-- Mounting height: W- H 15 D- Installation depth: 32 mm

Notes
-- We recommend using an electronics box to install the flush-
mounted connection module PoE.
-- A PoE-capable switch is required.

Scope of supply
-- Display module, holding frame, flush-mounted connection
module PoE LAN

Home Stations
Gira G1 230V Gira G1 24V

Glass white 2067 12 1 36 Glass white 2077 12 1 36

For integration into a Gira door communication system For integration into a Gira door communication system
DCS-IP-gateway 5 licences 2620 97 D339 DCS-IP-gateway 5 licences 2620 97 D339
For integration into a KNX system For integration into a KNX system
IP router 2167 00 D455 IP router 2167 00 D455

KNX 3 Plus touch sensor for room temperature measurement KNX 3 Plus touch sensor for room temperature measurement
and control and control
Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392 Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392
Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392 Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392
KNX CO2 sensor humidity cont. + RTC 2104 .. D405 KNX CO2 sensor humidity cont. + RTC 2104 .. D405
24 V power supplies
Features Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344
-- Gira G1 with flush-mounted connection module 230V WLAN. Power supply DC 24 V 700 mA DRA 2570 00 D344
Home Stations
-- Data communication via WLAN. Power supply AC 24 V 1 A DRA 1024 00 D478

Power supply 320 mA choke 1086 00 D453
Technical data Power supply 640 mA 2 chokes 1087 00 D453
Power supply: AC 230V, 50/60Hz
WLAN standard: IEEE 802.11b/g/n - 2.4GHz Features
Installation depth: 32 mm -- Gira G1 with flush-mounted connection module 24V WLAN for
connecting to a suitable cable (e.g. to the second wire pair of the
Scope of supply KNXbus line).
-- Display module, holding frame, flush-mounted connection -- Data communication via WLAN.
module 230V WLAN
Technical data
Power supply: AC/DC 10to31V
WLAN standard: IEEE 802.11b/g/n - 2.4GHz
Connection line
-- Wire diameter: 0.6 - 0.8mm

Notes
-- For dimensioning the power supply, the total power consumption
of all connected devices as well as the voltage drop in the supply
network must always be considered.

Scope of supply
module 24V WLAN

Surface-Mounted Gong Home Stations
Surface-Mounted Gong Technical data
Power supply: via the 2-wire bus

Connections
Surface-Mounted Gong -- 2-wire bus: 2x screw terminals
Dimensions inmm
-- Device: W 55 H 127 D 20

Notes
-- A frame is required for installation in a device box.
-- A 2-gang frame without crossbar is required for installation with
a frame.

System55
E22
Home Stations
Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 ..
-- Standard55 D94
-- E2 D100
-- E3 D106
-- Event D112
-- Esprit D126
-- ClassiX D134
-- E22 D143
Features
-- The surface-mounted gong in the Gira door communication
system is for additional signalling.
-- Fully pre-assembled surface-mounted gong, which allows quick
and clean mounting.
-- Design diversity thanks to integration, allowing uniform
appearance of door communication and electrical installation.
-- Installation possible with or without frame.
-- Easy installation using pull-off screw terminals.
-- Easy disassembly of device during renovation work.
-- Mounting holes for installation.
-- Signal transmission and power supply of the surface-mounted
gong via reverse-polarity-protected and short-circuit-proof 2-wire
bus.
-- Parallel connection of up to three gongs or home stations
possible.
-- One-man start-up with easy start-up procedure.
-- Operating button with integrated LEDs for status display.
-- LED display for an incoming call.
-- Ringing tone deactivation is possible.
-- Ringing tone differentiation for door call, internal call and floor
call.
-- Selection of ringing tone melodyup to five different ringing
tone melodies can be selected.
The operating buttons of the gong control the following
functions
-- Setting the ringing tone melody.
-- Adjustment of ring tone volume.
Home Stations Profile 55
Installation with Profile55

1-gang

2-gang

3-gang

5-gang

5-gang 600mm

Home Stations
8-gang


2-gang

3-gang

5-gang 600mm

8-gang


Gira system devices DCS-IP-Gateway ... 339
Door communication DCS-TC-Gateway ... 340
Control Devices ... 341
Switching actuators ... 345
Video accessories ... 346
Accessories ... 348
Door communication
Training courses
system devices
System Basics


The essential components for door communication
The Gira door communication system offers two different control devices to set up audio
communication only or to add video functionality for even more convenience. Depending
on the cable length and the number of participants, repeaters increase the range of
audio, video and data signals. Using the supplied DRA adapter, all of the devices can be
mounted on a top-hat rail in the current distributor. Surface-mounted or flush-mounted
installations are also possible in many cases.
DCS IP gateway for integrating multi- DCS camera gateway for the integration Ideal for range extension
Door communication
media control devices of external cameras The DCS repeater enables the range to
This gateway makes it possible to connect An analogue camera can be connected to be extended and the number of devices
system devices
the Gira door communications system to a the Gira DCS system via this gateway. This increased. It amplifies the audio, video and
computer and IP-capable phones, to the makes it possible to keep an eye on several data signals of the door communication
Gira Control 9 and 19 clients and to the new cameras or various selected areas with one system in both directions. This allows both
Gira G1 via the network. In addition, it is home station. The DCS camera gateway the cable length and the number of devices
possible to control the door communication can be operated with or without a door in a door intercom to be doubled, making
using the home server and a plug-in in the station. If the external camera is assigned the DCS repeater an ideal solution for large
Gira interface. to a door station, the door call auto- buildings with numerous residential units.
maticallyactivates the camera.
For DCS systems with audio and video Bundling video signals
components The video multiplexer bundles the signals
The audio control device is intended for of several door stations, DCS camera
DCS systems in which audio components gateways, and DCS IP gateways. A video
are supplied. It supports up to 70 multiplexer can bring the video signals from
participants are and features a door opener three cameras together. Two videomulti-
contact. If video components are also used, plexers can be linked to connect up to five
the video control device is required. It door stations. If additional external
makes more power available, as colour cameras are integrated in the Gira door
camera and TFT colour display require a communication system, the required
higher power supply. DCS camera gateways must be looped
through.

Product range Gira system devices
DCS-IP-Gateway DCS-TC-Gateway Control Devices Switching actuators Video accessories Accessories

D339 D340 D341 D345 D346 D348
Door communication
system devices

Door communication system devices
Function diagram of DCS IP Gateway
DCS IP gateway DCS IP gateway with Gira Home Server / Gira Facility Server
Gira door communication system Gira door communication system
Gira home Gira home

Gira door station Gira door station
station station
video video
DCS bus DCS bus
Gira DCS IP gateway Gira DCS IP gateway
Peripheral devices Peripheral devices

IP IP
Door communication
system devices
Computer IP telephone Gira Gira Control IP camera Computer Gira Control Gira Home Server / Gira IP IP camera
G1 Clients Clients Gira Facility Server G1 telephone
KNX

DCS-IP-Gateway Door communication system devices
DCS-IP-Gateway Technical data
Rated voltage: DC 24V

Power consumption
DCS-IP-Gateway -- Conversation mode: 5.0W
-- Standby: 1.6W
Connections
-- Power supply: 2x screw terminals
-- 2-wire bus OUT: 2x screw terminals
-- 2-wire bus IN: 2x screw terminals
-- Network connection: 1 x RJ45, 10/100 Mbit
Supported resolution: CIF with standard image
5 licences 2620 97 1/100 10 resolution
10 licences 2620 98 1/100 10 Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C
20 licences 2620 99 1 10 Dimensions: 6 HP

C N ecessary accessories Notes
Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342 -- The following license models are available:
Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344 -- 262797: 5 simultaneously active DCS Communicators
-- 262798: 10 simultaneously active DCS Communicators
C O ptional accessories -- 262799: 20 simultaneously active DCS Communicators
Operating devices as a home station -- With license models, please note that the DCS Communicator
Gira G1 Power over Ethernet 2069 .. D331 may be installed on any number of end devices. The number
Gira G1 230V 2067 .. D332 specified in the license model only specifies the number of
Gira G1 24V 2077 .. D332 simultaneously registered DCS Communicators.
Control19 Client 2 2068 00 D425 -- The additional power supply for door communication is required
Control9 Client 2078 00 D426 to supply power to the DCS-IP-gateway.

Door communication
Features Scope of supply
-- The DCS-IP-gateway is started v up via a web interface. For -- 2 GB MicroSDHC card is included in the scope of supply.
system devices
starting up via a web interface, the start-up computer must have
a current browser (e.g. Mozilla Firefox, Microsoft Internet
Explorer, Opera, Safari, Chrome).
Expanded range of functions
-- The range of functions of the optional firmware update described
hereinafter is not included in the scope of supply. It is provided
as part of a free firmware update and is not part of the purchase
price.
-- With the firmware update, the DCS-IP-gateway is expanded by
the "Individualised message" function.
-- In connection with the HomeServer or FacilityServer, audio files
can be specifically played back. In this way, e.g. status messages
from the KNXsystem can be output via defined recorded
messages at the door stations.
-- To use the expanded functions, a MicroSDHC card
(recommended 2GB / max. 32GB SDHC) must be installed in the
DCS-IP-gateway.
DCS Communicator
-- With the "DCS Communicator" software, common computers
and PC-based operating devices such as the Gira Control9 Client
or Gira Control19 Client can be used as home stations via the
network connection.
-- The DCS Communicator offers all the functions of a video home
station such as accepting conversations, switching lights (in
conjunction with a switching actuator), and opening doors.
-- The following operating systems are supported by the DCS
Communicator: Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7,
Windows8, MacOSX10.6.
-- The connection to the HomeServer or FacilityServer via a plug-in
enables display in the Gira Interface.
-- The Logic Modules enable the realisation of new application
possibilities, such as access control via the Gira Keyless In
products.
Start-up
-- The DCS-IP-gateway is started up via a web interface. For
starting up via a web interface, the start-up computer must have
a current browser (e.g. Mozilla Firefox, Microsoft Internet
Explorer, Opera, Safari, Chrome).
Door communication system devices DCS-TC-Gateway
DCS-TC-Gateway Technical data

Rated voltage
-- either: AC12V
DCS-TC-Gateway -- either: DC12 to 24V, 0.3A
Connections
-- Exchange connection a/b: 2x screw terminals
-- Device a'/b': 2x screw terminals
-- Power supply AC12V /
DC24V: 2x screw terminals
-- Programming interface: RJ11
DRA 1290 00 1 18 Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
Dimensions: 6 HP
Audio Control Device Notes
Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341 -- For security reasons, configuration changes via a telephone
or require the entry of a 4-digit PIN code.
Video control device and 1 power supply -- When operating several DCS-TC-gateways in one system, each
Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342 DCS-TC-gateway must have its own power supply. Supplying
Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344 power to several DCS-TC-gateways from one control device or
Power supply DC 12 V 2 A DRA 5319 00 D344 from one bell transformer is not permissible.
-- The DCS-TC-gateway is intended to be installed in the sub-
C O ptional accessories distribution. If this is not possible, use a common surface-
Programming set DCS-TC-gateway 1291 00 D340 mounted distributor.
Power supply
Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344 More information
Power supply DC 12 V 2 A DRA 5319 00 D344 Technical information D I557
Door communication
Switching actuators
Switching actuator DRA 1289 00 D345
system devices
Switching actuator flush-mounted 1211 00 D345 Programming Set for DCS-TC-Gateway

Features
-- DCS-TC-gateway for connecting the Gira door communication
system to the existing telephone system.
-- For an analogue telephone connection, the DCS-TC-gateway is
simply connected between the telephone connection and the
analogue telephone. Telephone calls can be conducted on the
existing telephone as usual. german 1291 00 1 18
-- In addition, door calls are forwarded by the Gira door
communication system to the telephone. It is then possible to C N ecessary accessories
speak to the person at the front door, and the door opener can be DCS-TC-gateway DRA 1290 00 D340
activated with the telephone keypad.
-- In addition, door calls can be forwarded to an answering machine Features
or a mobile phone. -- For programming the DCS-TC-gateway with a PC or laptop,
-- Acceptance of door calls via the existing telephone. consisting of a programming cable (RS 232 to RJ11) for
-- Direct exchange connection, eliminating the need for a telephone connecting the DCS-TC-gateway.
system for analogue operation. -- Settings of the basic configurations.
-- Can be connected to the a/b connection of existing telephone -- Phone book function with the ability to enter up to 50 devices
systems. with names and 2 telephone numbers.
-- Call forwarding to a local, landline, or mobile telephone. -- Log function for logging bus activities.
-- Call forwarding to up to 50 programmed devices. -- Save and load settings.
-- Call differentiation between outside call and door call. -- Perform software update.
-- Allows changeover between day and night mode.
-- Supports call waiting function during an existing outside call and
an incoming door call.
-- Can be configured with a telephone keypad (DTMF-capable) or
the programming set.
-- Call and conversation duration can be set.
-- Eavesdropping prevention.
-- Operation of several DCS-TC-gateways on the Gira door
communication bus is possible.
-- Carrying out of switching functions via the existing telephone
(DTMF-capable) in combination with the switching actuator or
the flush-mounted switching actuator.
-- LED status displays for fast analysis of whether mains voltage is
connected and the telephone connection has been assigned.
-- Reverse-polarity-protected connections.
-- Programming interface and integrated flash processor for
updating DCS-TC-gateway software.
-- This component enables door communication systems with more
than 30 devices to be set up.
Power is supplied to the DCS-TC-gateway via
-- The12V output of the audio control device.
-- A common AC12V bell transformer (when using the video
control device).
-- The DC24V power supply for door communication (when using
the video control device).

Control Devices Door communication system devices
Control Devices
Audio Control Device
DRA 1287 00 1/100 18
Gira door stations D297
Gira Home Stations D321
Gira Keyless In D351
Features
-- Control device to supply power to the audio components of the
Gira door communication bus.
-- Power supply of the reverse-polarity protected and short-circuit-
proof 2-wire bus.
-- Self-resetting electronic short-circuit and overload recognition of
the operating voltage and the bus connection.
-- Buttons for system and door opener programming.
-- LED status indicators for operation, overload, system
Door communication
programming, and door opener programming.
-- AC12V output to supply power to a common door opener.
system devices
-- Permanent AC12V output to supply power to a DCS-TC-gateway.
-- Relay output for switching a door opener with its own power
supply.
-- Door opener time continuously adjustable from 1 to 10 seconds.
Technical data
Rated voltage
-- Primary: AC 230V, 50 Hz
-- Secondary: SELV 26DCV 2V
Secondary rated current
-- Continuous load: 160mA
-- Peak load: 550mA (max. 5s)
-- Overload deactivation: from 350mA
Connections: 0.6mm to 2.5mm
Door opener output: AC12V, max. 1.6A / 25%
switch-on duration
Relay output: AC/DC30V, 2A
Total cable length: max. 700m
Cable length from control device to most distant device
-- for cable diameter0.8mm: max. 300m
-- for cable diameter0.6mm: max. 170m
Dimensions: 6 HP
Notes
-- The audio control device is intended to be installed in the
sub-distribution. If this is not possible, use a common surface-
mounted distributor.
70 devices to be established (e.g. 1x built-in loudspeaker, 5x
add-on modules for built-in loudspeakers, 68 x surface-mounted
home stations).
More information
Door communication system devices Control Devices
Video control device More information


DRA 1288 00 1 10

Gira door stations D297
Gira Home Stations D321
Gira Keyless In D351
Video amplifier 1222 00 D346
Video distributor 1226 00 D347

Features
-- Control device for supplying power to the audio and video
components of the Gira door communication bus.
-- Supply of the reverse-polarity protected, short-circuit-proof
2-wire bus when using video components such as a colour
camera and/or TFT colour display.
-- The video control device can supply power to up to 2 door
stations with a colour camera and 28 home stations with TFT
Door communication
colour display.
-- A total of up to 15 colour cameras can be activated by the video
system devices
control device (5 door stations video and 10 DCS-camera-

gateways), of which two door stations with colour camera can be
supplied with power by the video control device. The other colour
cameras must each be operated with their own power supply for
door communication.
-- Self-resetting electronic short-circuit and overload recognition of
the operating voltage and the bus connection.
-- Buttons for system and door opener programming.
-- LED status indicators for operation, overload, system
programming, and door opener programming.
-- AC12V output to supply power to a common door opener.
-- Relay output for switching a door opener with its own power
supply.
-- Door opener time continuously adjustable from 1 to 10 seconds.

Technical data
Rated voltage
-- Secondary: SELV 26DCV 2V
Secondary rated current
-- Continuous load: 700mA continuous load
-- Peak load: 1.15A peak load (max. 5
seconds)
-- Overload deactivation: Overload deactivation from
900mA
Connections: 0.6mm to 2.5mm
Door opener output: AC12V, max. 1.1A / 25%
switch-on duration
Relay output: AC250V, 2A
Cable length from camera to
most distant TFT display:
-- without video amplifier: max. 150m
-- with video amplifier: max. 300m
Total cable length for pure audio
operation: max. 700m
Dimensions: 8 HP

Notes
-- The video control device is intended to be installed in the
sub-distribution, not for common surface-mounted distributors.
-- When the topology of the video cabling is designed as a branch
line, the video distributor is also required.
-- In combination with the DCS-TC-gateway, the power supply for
door communication is required.
-- This video control device enables door communication systems
with up to 70 audio devices to be established (e.g. 1x built-in
loudspeaker, 5x add-on modules for built-in loudspeakers, 68 x
surface-mounted home stations).

Control Devices Door communication system devices
Gira DCS repeater Specifications Order No. P. unit PS
Line segment 2
DCS repeater
Video Gira home stations

control
device DRA 2572 00 1 10

Repeater mode C N ecessary accessories

Features
Gira DCS repeater -- Active component for extending a Gira door communication
system with audio and video function.
-- Range extension and increase of the number of devices when
Line segment 1 using additional control devices.
-- Amplification of the audio and data signals of the door
communication system in both directions.
Repeater mode
-- Interconnects two line segments, to double both the number of
devices in a video or audio door communication system and the
cable range.
-- Important: An additional control device is required to supply
Door communication
Gira door Video control Gira home stations power to the second line segment.
station device Multi-conversation mode
system devices
video -- In multi-conversation mode, the complete system is subdivided
into several lines (one main line, up to five ancillary lines)
In repeater mode, two line segments are interconnected so that the number interconnected via the DCS repeater.
of devices and cable range of a video or audio door communication system -- Power is supplied to each line by its own control device.
can be doubled. The DCS repeater counts as one device in each of the two -- Up to five DCS repeaters can be used in one system in multi-
line segments. conversation mode.

Technical data
Connections
-- 2-wire bus IN: 2 x plug terminals
-- 2-wire bus OUT: 2 x plug terminals
Memory card: microSD card (SDHC) up to max.
32 GB
Dimensions: 2 HP

Notes
-- Data backup
The configuration of the DCS repeater can be backed up to a
microSD card.
-- Commissioning
The DCS repeater can also be commissioned without a microSD
card.

Scope of supply
-- The microSD cable is not included in the scope of supply.

Door communication system devices Control Devices
Power supply for door communication DC 24V Power supply DC 12V / 2A

300mA
DRA 5319 00 1 02
DRA 1296 00 1/100 18
C O ptional accessories External camera 1220 00 D346
From the 3rd camera, necessary for DCS-TC-gateway DRA 1290 00 D340
Gira door stations D297 eNet
Gateway Server DRA 5301 00 D490
DCS-IP-gateway 5 licences 2620 97 D339 Wireless receiver module DRA 5452 00 D490
DCS-IP-gateway 10 licences 2620 98 D339
DCS-IP-gateway 20 licences 2620 99 D339 Features
DCS-TC-gateway DRA 1290 00 D340 -- Power supply DC 12V for the eNet server, eNet radio reception
Keyless In module and external camera.
Technical data
Features Rated voltage
-- Power supply DC24V to supply power to the door -- Primary: AC100 to 240V, 50/60Hz
communication components. -- Secondary: DC12 to 14V
-- Power supply to the colour camera in large properties. Rated current
-- Power supply to the call-button illumination in large properties. -- Secondary: 2A
Door communication
-- Power supply to the DCS-TC-gateway when the video control Leakage current: max. 250 A
device is used. Ambient temperature: -10 C to +50 C
system devices
-- Supply of Keyless In keypad. Dimensions: 2 HP

Technical data
Rated voltage
Secondary rated voltage
-- Secondary: DC 24V SELV
Secondary rated current: 0.3 A
Fuse: Micro-fuse 250 V, 160mA
Dimensions: 5 HP

Power supply for door communication DC 24V

700mA
DRA 2570 00 1/100 18

Technical data
Rated voltage
Secondary rated voltage
-- Secondary: DC 24V SELV
Secondary rated current: 0.7 A
Fuse: Electronic self-resetting
Dimensions: 5 HP

Switching actuators Door communication system devices
Switching actuators Door communication flush-mounted switching
actuator
Door communication switching actuator
1211 00 1/5 18

DRA 1289 00 1 18 C N ecessary accessories
C N ecessary accessories Control decive Audio DRA 1287 00 D341
One of the following articles: Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342
Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342 Features
-- Flush-mounted switching actuator for controlling an external
Features gong or other device via the Gira door communication bus.
-- Switching actuator for switching light, controlling a door opener -- Control of a zero-voltage switching contact (24VSELV/ 50A to
on back/side doors or other functions via the Gira door 1.6AAC/DC) via the 2-wire bus.
communication bus. -- The flush-mounted switching actuator can be controlled via:
-- Control of a zero-voltage switching contact 230V / 10A via the the buttons "Door" and "Light" on the home station,
2-wire bus. the floor-call button of the home station,
-- The switching actuator can be controlled via: the call button on the door station, the call button on the home
the buttons "Door" and "Light" on the home station, station,
the call button on the door station, the buttons of a telephone (in conjunction with the DCS-TC-
Door communication
the call button on the home station, gateway),
the buttons of a telephone (in conjunction with DCS-TC-gateway). a zero-voltage button(in conjunction with the 2-gang door
system devices
-- The switching actuator can be used in five different operating communication button interface).
modes: switching, timer/sec., timer/min., pulse, and door opener. -- The flush-mounted switching actuator can be used in four
-- Impulse function for controlling existing automatic staircase different operating modes: switching, timer/sec., timer/min., and
mechanisms. pulse.
-- Binary input for switching functions via a connected mechanical -- Impulse function for controlling existing automatic staircase
push button. mechanisms.
-- Switching time can be adjusted continuously from 1 to 10s or 1 -- Switching time can be adjusted continuously from 1 to 10s or 1
to 10min., depending on the function set. to 10min., depending on the function set.
-- LED display for programming, function selection, and time
Technical data setting.
Zero-voltage relay contact Technical data
-- either: 10A at AC230V Power supply: via the 2-wire bus
-- either: 2A at DC 30 V Zero-voltage relay contact: 50A to 1.6A at AC/
Number of call buttons that can DC24VSELV
be taught in: max. 16 Number of call buttons that can
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C be taught in: max. 16
Dimensions: 2 HP Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C
Dimensions inmm
Notes -- Flush-mounted switching
-- The switching actuator is intended to be installed in the sub- actuator: W 43 H 28 D 15
distribution. If this is not possible, use a common surface-
mounted distributor. Notes
-- This component enables door communication systems with more -- The flush-mounted switching actuator is intended for installation
than 30 devices to be set up. in a deep device box (60mm deep) behind a door communication
bus coupler.
More information

Door communication system devices Video accessories
Video accessories External camera

DCS-Camera-Gateway
1201 00 1/100 10

C O ptional accessories Pure white 1220 00 1/100 10
External camera 1220 00 D346
Video accessories C N ecessary accessories
Video amplifier 1222 00 D346 DCS-camera-gateway 1201 00 D346
Video distributor 1226 00 D347 Power supply DC 12 V 2 A DRA 5319 00 D344
Features Video accessories
-- The DCS-camera-gateway integrates a common analogue Video amplifier 1222 00 D346
camera into the Gira door communication system. Video distributor 1226 00 D347
-- The camera can be assigned to a door station. In this case, the Video multiplexer 1224 00 D347
external camera switches on automatically when the call button
is pressed. Features
The combination housing of the DCS-camera-gateway makes -- External camera for wall or ceiling mounting with variable lens,
Door communication
three mounting types possible: integrated IR LED illumination, and automatic white balance.
-- Surface-mounted (in a standard junction box). -- The camera can be installed anywhere in the entrance area and
system devices
-- Flush-mounted (in a device box). integrated in the Gira door communication system via the
-- As a DRA device (with the included DRA adapter) DCS-camera-gateway.
-- The integrated temperature-dependent camera heating prevents
Technical data condensation from forming on the camera cover plate due to
Connections fluctuating climactic conditions, thus ensuring a clear view.
-- 2-wire bus OUT: 2x screw terminals -- Light-sensitive chip set for clear imaging in weak light conditions.
-- 2-wire bus IN: 2x screw terminals -- Adjustable IR LEDs for video monitoring in complete darkness.
-- Video In: 2x screw terminals -- Easy-plug camera module and mounting plate for easy, rapid
-- Push terminals: 2x screw terminals installation.
-- Relay (2-way switch): 3 x screw terminal -- Second video output for connecting a monitor during
Ambient temperature: -25 C to +70 C commissioning.
Video signal: FBAS 1 Vss, PAL standard -- Camera module adjustable on three axes.
Dimensions inmm
-- DCS-Camera-Gateway: W 36 H 52 D 27 Technical data
Rated voltage: DC12V
Notes Current consumption: max. 1.9A
-- With several external cameras, a DCS-camera-gateway and a Video output: 2 x FBAS, 1Vss, 75ohms (BNC,
separate power supply is required for each external camera. phono)
-- Up to ten DCS-camera-gateways can be used in a system, Focal length: 2.8 to 10.5mm
although the video signal may only run through a maximum of Colour system: PAL
three DCS-camera-gateways. Horizontal resolution: 650 TV lines
-- The external camera is connected with screw terminals. Image capture element: 1/3 Sony Exview HAD II CCD
Minimal lighting
Scope of supply -- Day: 0.05lx (F2.0)
-- An adapter is included for cameras with a BNC connection. -- Night: 0lx (F2.0)
Day/night: IR swivel filter (ICR), colour / B/W
IR LED: 24 LED, 850 nm
IR range: 5 / 10 / 20 m
Horizontal angle of vision: 27.4 to 101.8
Electronic shutter: AI
Gain control (AGC): max. 28 dB
Background lighting
compensation: BLC
Dimensions inmm
-- External camera: 145 H 99,5

Video amplifier
1222 00 1 10


Video accessories Door communication system devices
Features Notes
-- The video amplifier extends the range of Gira door -- The video distributor is cascadable. A total of up to 15 video
communication systems with video function. distributors including video multiplexers can be used in one
-- It increases the volume of the incoming video signal to the system.
maximum permissible bus volume and outputs it at the output. In -- No further configuration is necessary during commissioning
doing so, the line attenuation from the source of the video signal because the video distributor automatically adapts to the existing
to the input of the video amplifier is compensated. line network.
The combination housing makes three mounting types possible
-- Surface-mounted (in a standard junction box). Scope of supply
-- Flush-mounted (in a device box). -- A DRA adapter is included.
-- As a DRA device (with the included DRA adapter).
More information
Connections
-- 2-wire bus OUT: 2x screw terminals Video multiplexer
Dimensions inmm
-- Video amplifier: W 36 H 52 D 27
Notes
-- With the video amplifier, the maximum cable length between the
door station and home station can be extended from 100 to
300m. 1224 00 1 10
-- No further configuration is necessary during commissioning
because the video amplifier automatically adapts to the existing C N ecessary accessories
mains supply. Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342
Door communication

Scope of supply Features
system devices
-- A DRA adapter is included. -- The video multiplexer bundles the video signals of door stations,
DCS-camera-gateways, and DCS-IP-gateways.
More information -- A video multiplexer can merge the video signals from three door
Technical information D I553 stations with colour cameras. Using two video multiplexers, the
video signals from up to 5 door stations can be merged.
Video distributor -- Surface-mounted (in a standard junction box).
-- Flush-mounted (in a device box).

Technical data
Power supply: via system bus
Connections
-- 2-wire bus IN: 6 x screw terminal
1226 00 1 10 -- 2-wire bus OUT: 2x screw terminals
C N ecessary accessories Dimensions inmm
Control decive Video DRA 1288 00 D342 -- Video multiplexer: W 36 H 52 D 27

Features Notes
-- The video distributor is an active component for line adjustment -- No further configuration is necessary during start-up because the
of the video signal. video multiplexer automatically adapts to the existing mains
-- The video distributor distributes the video signal of the door supply.
stations, DCS-camera-gateways, and DCS-IP-gateways to the
home stations. Scope of supply
-- The video distributor is required when the cable routing to the -- A DRA adapter is included.
video components of the Gira door communication system is
carried out as a branch line. More information
-- The video distributor ensures the proper terminating resistance to Technical information D I554
prevent possible reflections of the individual branches and the
resulting picture disturbances.
-- Surface-mounted (in a standard junction box).
-- Flush-mounted (in a device box).
Technical data
Power supply: via system bus
Connections
-- 2-wire bus OUT: 6 x screw terminal
Dimensions inmm
-- Video distributor: W 36 H 52 D 27
Door communication system devices Video accessories/ Accessories
Set of audio/video connection cables 50 cm Accessories

Door communication button interface, 2-gang
1273 00 1/5 18

One of the following articles: 1210 00 1/5 18
Built-in ldspk. 1258 00 D316 C N ecessary accessories
En.prof. 4x empty unit 1400 mm 1354.. D216 One of the following articles:
En.prof. 4x empty unit 1600 mm 1356.. D216 SM home station 1250.. D324
En.prof. 6x empty unit 1600 mm 1355.. D216 SM home station video 1279.. D325
En.prof. light 3x empty unit 1600 mm 1353.. D217 Home station Video SM Plus 1239.. D326
Features Home station receiver 1281.. D327
-- Set of 6-pole audio connection cable and 2-pole video connection
cable for remote operation of the colour camera. C O ptional accessories
Switching actuator DRA 1289 00 D345
Technical data Switching actuator flush-mounted 1211 00 D345
Length: 50cm
Features
Notes -- The 2-gang door communication button interface is used to
Door communication
-- The cable set is required when the colour camera is to be implement a zero-voltage button signal on the Gira door
mounted offset from the door station or the built-in loudspeaker, communication bus.
system devices
or when several empty units must be bridged between the colour -- The door communication button interface has two mutually
camera and the door station (bus coupler) during installation in independent inputs for connecting zero-voltage buttons.
the energy profiles. -- The inputs can either be used for triggering a switching action
(e.g. switching lights) via a switching actuator or flush-mounted
switching actuator, or it can be assigned to a home station.
-- The door communication button interface is intended for
installation in a device box behind a conventional push button.

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
W 43 H 28 D 15

Notes
-- The button is connected via a 3.wire connection line which is
approx. 20cm long. This connection line can be extended to a
maximum of 5m.
-- If the button interface is assigned to a home station, the two
inputs have differing functions:
Input 1 triggers a floor call. This input is required when only a
two-wire cable is available for connecting a home station
including the floor-call button (e.g. when retrofitting an existing
door intercom).
Input 2 triggers a door call. This input is required when the
automatic door opener of the home station is to be triggered via
a mechanical button.

Accessories Door communication system devices
Mounting adapter plate for home station SM Call-Button Cover Plate for 3-gang Call Button
TX_44
Pure white 1255 66 5/25 18
Anthracite 1255 67 5/25 18

Pure white glossy 1256 00 1 18 Door station FM 3-gang 1261 .. D307
C N ecessary accessories Door station SM 3-gang 1267 .. D314
One of the following articles: Door station SM 6-gang 1268 .. D314
SM home station 1250.. D324 Door staion SM cam 3-gang 1270 .. D315
SM home station video 1279.. D325
Home station Video SM Plus 1239.. D326 Features
-- For covering the unneeded call buttons of the flush-mounted
Features door station 3-gang, the call button 3-gang for door stations, and
-- Mounting adapter plate for covering the wallpaper cut-out of a the surface-mounted door station 3-gang and 6-gang.
home station already installed in the building when retrofitting
the Gira door communication system.
-- The mounting adapter plate has holes for installing the surface- Tri-Wing screw set
mounted home stations.
Door communication
Technical data
Dimensions inmm
system devices
W 95 H 235
30 pieces 1407 00 1 09

Mounting plates for door stations C O ptional accessories
Door station SM 1-gang 1266 .. D314

Features
2-gang 1297 00 1 18
3-gang 1298 00 1 18
4-gang 1299 00 1 18 Tri-Wing screwdriver
Door stations
Door station FM 1-gang 1260 .. D306 1408 00 1 09
Add-on modules C O ptional accessories
Call button, 1-gang Door station FM 1262 00 D308 Screw set Tri-Wing 1407 00 D349
Features
-- Mounting plate for covering the installation openings of door
intercom systems already present in the building when
retrofitting the Gira door communication system.
-- Holes are provided in the mounting plate for wall installation, and
there are openings for installing the Gira door station.
-- Material: Anodised aluminium.
Technical data
Dimensions inmm
-- 2-gang: W 130 H 253
-- 3-gang: W 130 H 253
-- 4-gang: W 130 H 346
Gira Keyless In Gira Keyless In ... 353
Training courses
Keyless In
System Basics

Keyless access to rooms and buildings
Gira Keyless In enables keyless access to rooms and buildings. The technology is based
on an electronic system. The keypad can be integrated as an individual device or into the
Gira door communication system. The keypad can be installed in a standard device box
and integrated in the outdoor and indoor switch ranges.
Kevin Snyder
Henry Potter
Petra Schuhmann
Frank Miller
Susanne Smith
Keyless In
Opening the door with a numeric code Integration in door stations and energy profiles
The Gira Keyless In Keypad opens the door when a personal The Gira Keyless In keypad can be integrated in the Gira door
number combination is entered. Even pushing without pressure is communication system. The keypad harmoniously matches the
recognised as actuation. This enables wear-free operation and switch ranges in indoor and outdoor areas. This enables not only
thus increases security. With the Keyless In keypad up to 255 unity of design but also greater security: When integrated, there
codes can be managed. A warning tone or a tampering circuit in are no exposed contacts that can be bypassed by unauthorised
connection with the door communication system is triggered persons. Integration in Gira energy profiles is also possible. The
with unauthorised removal of the keypad unit. keypad can be installed in standard device boxes in combination
with the Gira door stations or as an individual device.

Keyless In
Gira Keyless In Features

-- Keypad as an access control system with a capacitive and
Features therefore wear-free button field.
-- Installation in a device box. -- Frequently used number combinations cannot be recognised.
-- Stand-alone device or in combination with the Gira door -- Stand-alone device or in combination with the Gira door
communication system. communication system as a door call system for buildings with
-- For stand-alone operation, the integrated zero-voltage relay several residential units.
contacts are used for switching actions, e.g. for a door opener -- Special button "C": Deleting an incorrect entry.
with its own power supply (e.g. common doorbell transformer). -- Special button "Key": Direct door opening when the correct code
-- Start-up with direct configuration without a PC or programming has been entered.
software. -- Special button "Bell": Specific selection of home stations in large
Inputs and outputs facilities.
-- Switching contact: Two relays with zero-voltage 2-way switch -- Special button "F": Switching functions with switching actuators
contacts, load capacity AC/DC 24V / 1.6A. of the Gira door communication system.
-- Two connections for power supply. -- Homogeneous blue LED illumination of the numbers and special
characters at night.
Technical data -- Master PIN number provided on included sealed safety card if
Protection type Administrator PIN number is lost.
-- System55, E22: IP20 -- The keypad can manage up to 255 codes.
-- TX_44: IP44 -- Up to 32-digit codes are possible.
-- Audible feedback when button is pressed.
Notes -- Three-colour LED status display during programming and
-- Keyless In devices can be connected to the Gira HomeServer operation.
using the DCS-IP-gateway. This enables intelligent links. In this -- Warning tone in case of unauthorised removal of the keypad top
way, e.g. temporary or one-time access authorisation can be unit for tamper detection. Tampering circuit with switching
easily granted. All data including access authorisations can be actuator in the Gira door communication system.
managed centrally and flexibly using the Gira HomeServer. -- The two integrated 2--way switch relays can be assigned two
different codes, e.g. Code1: door opening, Code2: switching
outdoor light.
Gira Keyless In Keypad Inputs and outputs
-- Connection cable connector strip for the Gira door
Keyless In
communication system.

Technical data
Power supply
-- from power supply for door
communication: DC24V 10%
-- from the door communication
System55 system: DC26V 2V
Cream white glossy 2605 01 1 10 Relay
Pure white glossy 2605 03 1/100 10 -- Number: 2
Pure white matt 2605 27 1 10 -- Contact: 1 2-way switch zero-voltage
Anthracite 2605 28 1 10 -- Load capacity: AC/DC24V / 1.6A
Colour aluminium 2605 26 1 10 Connections
-- Connection cable for door
E22 communication: 1 x connector strip
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 2605 20 1 10 -- Relay: 3 screw terminals each
AAluminium (lacquered) 2605 203 1 10 -- Additional power supply: 2x screw terminals
Pure white glossy 2605 03 1/100 10 Resistance to EMD: up to 16 kV
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Installation depth: 35 mm
TX_44
Pure white 2605 66 1 10 Notes
Anthracite 2605 67 1 10 -- When integrated in the Stainless Steel Series20/21, the adapter
Colour aluminium 2605 65 1/100 10 frame 55x55mm is required.
-- Integration possible in the modular function profile.
C N ecessary accessories -- Integration possible in Profile55.
Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344 More information
For use in the door communication system Technical information D I559
Integration in energy and light profiles
Gira energy and light profiles D213
Gira communication technology Mounting frame ... 361
Entertainment ... 361
Network technology ... 371
Telecommunication ... 375
Accessories ... 376
Training
The "Gira data and communication connection technology"
online distance learning course is available free-of-charge at
Communication
Technology

Networking audio, video and data
Home entertainment, media presentation or data transfer Gira offers digital and
analogue interfaces for all current multi-media and network applications. Because of
their integration in the Gira switch ranges, all connections can be installed to match
the design of the entire electrical installation, both in private buildings and commercial
properties.
More than 70 components Three connection types

The product range of Gira communication technology comprises Selected interfaces are available for various connection types:
more than 70 components for networking a variety of systems. with solder termination, breakout cable or coupling. In this way,
In addition to inserts with individual interfaces, numerous combi- both ready-to-connect or self-made cables can be used. This is
Communication
nations are available with different connections in one device. an advantage in difficult installation conditions.
Nearly all audio and video components are furnished with high-
Technology
quality gold plating, which ensures optimum transmission

quality of image and sound.
Easy installation Matching the style of the switch range

An installation system with plug-in principle ensures fast, safe, All interfaces can be integrated into the Gira switch ranges. This
simple installation. Because of the separation of function and cover means both unity of design for the entire electrical installation and
frames, just the fl ush-mounted units can be installed fi rst if desired. a large degree of freedom in selecting colour and cover frame
The desired design can then be selected during a later construction variants to match any interior.
phase.

Product range Gira communication technology
Mounting frame Entertainment Network technology Telecommunication Accessories

D361 D361 D371 D375 D376
Communication
Technology

Overview of the integration of RJ45 modular jacks in the Gira switch ranges *
Manufacturer / supplier Designation Insert Order No.
3M-Quante DRIE M JACK UTP 5E WT ZK8 MJ-01 5601 00

Volition Cat. 6A PL 180 Connection Module, Type No.: 05-753-21200
Volition K6 Connection Module STP, Individually Shielded, Type No.: 43096-746 00
AMP / TE Connectivity Ltd AMP-TWIST Cat. 6 A S SL Jack - 1711160-1 with Dust Cover, Rear Exit MJ-03 5603 00
AMP-TWIST Cat. 6 A S SL Jack - 1711592-1 with Dust Cover
AMP-TWIST Cat. 6 A S SL Jack - 1711716-1
AMP-TWIST Cat. 6 A S SL Jack DS12
AMP-TWIST Cat. 6S SL Jack - 1711342-1 Rear Exit
Cat. 6 SL 110 Jack 568A/B, ALMOND - 1375055-1
Cat. 6 SL Jack 568A/B Shielded - 1375188-1
SL JACK FTP 5E 1375189-1
SL JACK UTP 5E 1375191-2
SL JACK UTP 6 1375055-2
Toolless, Cat. 3 RJ11 Jack - 1116603-2
Toolless, Cat. 5E RJ45 Jack - 1116604-2
Toolless, Cat. 5E RJ45 Shielded Jack - 1339015-1
AT & T M11 B/C MJ-05 5605 00

T568 B
AVAYA MPS100E RJ45 Cat. 5e Module MJ-05 5605 00
Brandrex Tollfree Cat.6 A Jack, Item No.: AC6JAKS0000DC MJ-02 5602 00

Toolfree Cat.6 Jack UTP568 (A/B Wired), Item No.: C6CJAKU002
CENTROVOX CENTRONET Cat. 6A-10G MJ-04 5604 00
Cobinet RJ45 Pin Jack CobiDat KS TPS 500 Cat. 6A Item No.: 6920 4050 MJ-03 5603 00
Commscope HGS620 RJ45 Cat. 6A Module, Item No.: 760152801 MJ-04 5604 00
(Gigaspeed, Powersom)
Commscope FDP-J5E RJ45 Cat. 5E Module MJ-05 5605 00
Commscope UNJ500 RJ45 Cat. 5e Module
Commscope UNJ600 RJ45 Cat. 6 Module
MGS500-262 RJ45 Cat. 6A Module, Item No.: 760023614
Communication
Corning S500 Keystone. Cat. 6A, CAXBSM-00104-C001 with Dust Cover MJ-08 5608 00
Technology
Dtwyler unilan RJ45 Module KS-T Plus 1/8 Cat. 6A (IEC) - 418 061 MJ-04 5604 00
unilan RJ45 Module KU-T 1/8 Cat. 5e, Unshielded, Toolless - 418 072 / 073
unilan RJ45 Module KU-T 1/8 Cat. 6, Unshielded, Toolless- 418 070 / 071
unilan RJ45 Module MS-K Plus 1/8 Cat. 6 A (IEC) - 440 004
unilan Module KS-T 1/8 Toolless Cat. 6/EA Shielded - 418 053 MJ-08 5608 00
unilan Module KS-T 6A 1/8 Toolless Cat. 6A/EA Shielded - 418 060
unilan Module KS-T5 1/8 Toolless Cat. 5e Shielded - 418 055
unilan Module PS-GG45 7A 1000 MHz 4P Two-in-One Shielded- 400 102 MJ-08 ** 5608 00
unilan Module PS-GG45 7A 1000 MHz 4P Two-in-One Shielded, for Flexible Leads -
400 103
DIGITUS Cat. 6A Shielded, Re-Embedded, Item No.: DN-93615 MJ-04 5604 00
DIGITUS Professional Cat. 6A Shielded - EIA/TIA 568 A + B
Keystone Cat. 6, Item No.: DN-93614
EasyLan preLink RJ45 Keystone Cat. 6A, Item No.: CKPAO100 MJ-04 5604 00
ECOLAN ECOLAN Cat. 6A Keystone Housing (Delta), Item No.: 99106036 MJ-04 5604 00
eku Kabel & Systeme E-Stone Pro Module Cat. 6A Item No.: t66850990 MJ-04 5604 00
GmbH & Co. KG
eLANTIX (Ficonet) RJ45 Cat. 6A 10G Module, Item No.: EX-MJC6AS MJ-04 5604 00
Harting preLink RJ45 Keystone Cat. 6, Item No.: 20825000001 MJ-04 5604 00

inLine RJ45 Jack/LSA Insert, Snap-In, Cat.6a MJ-04 5604 00
Komos KDM 500 Cat.6 A MJ-02 5602 00
Legrand LEGR Cat. 5E UTP KEYSTONE MJ-09 5609 00

LEGR Cat. 6 UTP KEYSTONE
Leoni Kerpen MegaLine Connect 45 MJ-04 5604 00
GG 45 I06 BVSK and I11 BWSK MJ-08 ** 5608 00
LexCom LexCom 125 STP, Cat. 5E, RJ45 **** 5629 03

LexCom 125 UTP, Cat. 5E, RJ45
LexCom 250 STP, Cat. 6, RJ45
LexCom 250 UTP, Cat. 6, RJ45
LexCom 500 STP, Cat. 6A, RJ45
Lucent MPS100 B/C (22DAS / A92/831/0051) MJ-05 5605 00
METZ CONNECT (BTR) 130 910 KI-E C6 A Module K Jack 180 MJ-02 5602 00
130 B22-E C6 A Module K180
130 B22-E C6 A Module K270
BTR UAEMODUL 8(8) AANSL. MJ-04 5604 00
Nexans LANmark-5 EVO Snap-In Pin Jack, Shielded, for AWG 24/1 - 22/1 - N420.555 MJ-03 *** 5603 00
LANmark-5 EVO Snap-In Pin Jack, Shielded, for Flexible Leads AWG 26/7 - N420.556
LANmark-5 EVO Snap-In Pin Jack, Unshielded, for AWG 24/1 - 23/1 - N420.550
LANmark-5 EVO Snap-in Pin Jack, Unshielded, for AWG 27/7 - 26/7 - N420.551
LANmark-6 10G EVO Snap-In Pin Jack, Shielded - N420.666G
LANmark-6 10G EVO Snap-In Pin Jack, Shielded, for Flexible Leads- N420.667G
LANmark-6 EVO RJ45 Snap-In Pin Jack, Shielded, for AWG 24/1 - 22/1 - N420.666
LANmark-6 EVO RJ45 Snap-In Pin Jack, Shielded, for Flexible Leads AWG 26/7 -
N420.667
LANmark-6 EVO RJ45 Snap-In Pin Jack, Unshielded, for AWG 24/1 - 22/1 - N420.660
LANmark-6 EVO RJ45 Snap-In Pin Jack, Unshielded, for Flexible Leads AWG 26/7 -
N420.661
LANmark-6 A Snap-In Pin Jack, Cat. 6A 500MHz, Shielded - N420.66A
Communication
LANmark-6 A Snap-In Pin Jack, Cat. 6A 500MHz, Shielded, for Flexible Leads -
N420.67A
Technology
LANmark-7A GG45 12C Snap-In Pin Jack, Cat 7A 1000MHz Shielded - N420.735 MJ-08 ** 5608 00
LANmark-7A GG45 12C Snap-In Pin Jack, Cat 7A 1000MHz Shielded for Flexible Leads
- N420.736
LANmark7 GG45 Snap-In Pin Jack (Cat 7) - N420.730
LANmark7 GG45 Snap-In Pin Jack for Flexible Leads (Cat 7) - N420.731
Panduit PAN KJ UTP 5 WIT MJ-02 5602 00

PAN KJ UTP 5 ZWART
PAN KJ UTP 5E IVOORWIT
PAN KJ UTP 5E WIT
PAN KJ UTP 6 WIT
PAN KJ UTP 6 ZWART
PAN CJ 5E LEAD FRAME IV. WIT MJ-06 5606 00

PAN CJ 5E LEAD FRAME WIT
PAN CJ 5E LEAD FRAME ZWART
PAN CJ UTP 5E IWIT
PAN CJ UTP 5E TG IWIT
PAN CJ UTP 5E TG WT
PAN CJ UTP 5E TG ZW
PAN CJ UTP 5E WIT
PAN CJ UTP 5E WT
PAN CJ UTP 5E ZW
PAN CJ UTP 6 IWIT
PAN CJ UTP 6 TX aWT
PAN CJ UTP 6 TX WIT
PAN CJ UTP 6 WIT
PAN CJ UTP 6 ZWART
PAN CJ UTP 6 ZWART
PAN CJ UTP C6A 10G ZWART
PAN CJ STP 6 TX MJ-10 5610 00

PAN CJ STP 6A 10G TG
Continued on next page
* You can find a continuously updated overview online at www.katalog.gira.de/mj-integration

** Keystone Clip (metal) - N429.620 required
*** Keystone Clip (blue) - N429.626 required
**** For installation in cover 5629 .. / Lexcom installation adapter required

R&M RJ45 Cat. 6A EL Connection Module, Shielded, with Keystone Adapter / R No. R813512 MJ-08 5608 00
RJ45 Cat. 6A EL Connection Module, Unshielded, with Keystone Adapter / R No.
R813514
RJ45 Cat. 6A ISO Connection Module, Shielded, with Keystone adapter / R No.
R509509
RJ45 Cat. 6A ISO Connection Module, Unshielded, with Keystone Adapter / R No.
R509508
Radiall RADI MJ STP 6A MJ-04 5604 00
RADI MJ UTP 5
RADI MJ UTP 6
RADI MJ UTP 6
Toolless Jack Cat. 5e. Item No.: R280MOD807
Toolless Jack Cat. 6, Item No.: R280MOD803A
Toolless Jack Cat. 6A, Item No.: R280MOD810 shield
Toolless Jack Cat. 6A STP, Item No.: R280MOD831
Toolless Jack KJ15 Series Cat. 6, Item No.: R280MOD800
UTP Toolless Jack Cat. 6A, Item No.: R280MOD830 Unshielded
Toolless Jack Cat. 6, Unshield, Item No.: R280MOD834 MJ-08 5608 00
Jack Cat.6A Coupler, Shielded, Item No.:R280MOD832 MJ-09 5609 00
RDUN (Reinland Daten- und RJ45 Module, Shielded, Cat. 6A/EA, Item No.: 90254311500 MJ-04 5604 00
Netzwerktechnik oHG)
Rutenbeck UM Cat. 6A ISO A 13900304 MJ-04 5604 00

UM-real.Cat. 6 U A 13700300
Schrack Toolless RJ45 Jack UTP Cat. 5 / HSEMRJ5UWS MJ-04 5604 00

Toolless Line RJ45 Jack, Shielded Cat. 6 (SFB) / HSEMRJ6GBS
Toolless Line RJ45 Jack, Shielded Cat. 6 A (SFB) HSEMRJ6GBA
Toolless Line RJ45 Jack, STP Cat. 6 / Class E / HSEMRJ6GWS
Toolless Line RJ45 Jack, STP 10GB / Class E A / HSEMRJ6GWT MJ-08 5608 00
Toolless Line RJ45 Jack, STP Cat.5e / HSEMRJ5GWS
Toolless Line RJ45 Jack, STP Cat.6 A / HSEMRJ66GWA
Toolless Line RJ45 Jack, UTP Cat.6 Re-Embedded / HSEMRJ6UWS
Communication
Setec UKJ RJ45, Cat. 6, Shielded, Item No.: 501292 MJ-04 5604 00
XKJ RJ45, Cat. 6 / 6A, Shielded, Item No.: 501378 and 501379
Technology
Systimax Systimax 360 10G MGS 600 RJ45 Cat.6A Module MJ-05 5605 00
Systimax M1AH RJ45 M-Series UTP USOC
Systimax M1BH-H RJ45 Cat. 3 Module
Systimax MGS 400 RJ45 Cat. 6 Gigaspeed
Telegrtner AMJ Module K Cat. 6A T568A MJ-02 5602 00

AMJ Module K Cat. 6A T568A
TKM RJ-MOD - Cat. 6 Shielded MJ-04 5604 00

RJ-MOD - Cat. 6A
* You can find a continuously updated overview online at www.katalog.gira.de/mj-integration

Mounting frame /Entertainment Communication technology
Mounting frame Entertainment
Notes
Mounting frame -- For screw mounting only.
-- Important! Observe construction space for plug and bending
radii.
-- If using with gender changers:
Not suitable for duct installation or a standard device box.
Connection with angled plug recommended.
-- Installation recommendation:
Kaiser electronic outlets
System55 flush-mounted installation: Kaiser Order No.: 1068-02
Cream white glossy 2648 01 5/25 01 hollow-wall installation: Kaiser Order No.: 9062-94
Pure white glossy 2648 03 5/25 01 concrete installation: Kaiser Order No.: 1268-40
Black matt 2648 10 5/25 01
E22 Insert HDMI 2.0a + HDR

Black matt 2648 20 5/25 11
Gira F100
Inserts entertainment Gender changer
Entertainment D361 Cream white glossy 5669 01 1/5 01
Inserts network technology Pure white glossy 5669 03 1/5 01
Network technology D371 Black matt 5669 10 1/5 01
Accessories D376 Breakout cable
Mounting Frame with hinged cover Black matt 5670 10 1 01

Communication
Mounting frame HC 2658 ..
Technology
D361

Technical data
Installation depth
-- Gender changer: at least 20mm
System55 -- Breakout cable: at least 51mm
Cream white glossy 2658 01 1/5 01 Length of the breakout cable: 200mm
Pure white matt 2658 27 1/5 01 More information
Anthracite 2658 28 1/5 11 Technical information D I539
E22
AAluminium 2658 203 1/5 01
Gira F100
Entertainment D361
Accessories D376
Communication technology Entertainment
Insert HDMI 2.0a + HDR 2-gang Insert HDMI 2.0a + HDR and SAT F jack
Gender changer Gender changer

Black matt 5671 10 1/5 01 Black matt 5675 10 1/5 01

Breakout cable C N ecessary accessories
Cream white glossy 5672 01 1 01 One of the following articles:
Pure white glossy 5672 03 1 01 Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
Black matt 5672 10 1 01 Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361

One of the following articles: Installation depth
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 -- Gender changer: at least 20mm
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 Wave impedance for SAT: 75
For internal conductors: 0.6 to 1mm
Technical data
Installation depth More information
-- Gender changer: at least 20mm Technical information D I539
-- Breakout cable: at least 51mm
Length of the breakout cable: 200mm
Insert HDMI 2.0a + HDR and VGA 15-pole
More information

Insert cinch audio and HDMI 2.0a + HDR

Communication
Gender changer
Technology

Black matt 5676 10 1/5 01

Gender changer Breakout cable
Black matt 5673 10 1/5 01 Black matt 5677 10 1 01

Breakout cable C N ecessary accessories
Cream white glossy 5674 01 1 01 One of the following articles:
Pure white glossy 5674 03 1 01 Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
Black matt 5674 10 1 01 Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361

One of the following articles: Installation depth
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 -- Gender changer: at least 20mm
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 -- Breakout cable: at least 57mm
Wave impedance for breakout
Technical data cable: 75
Installation depth Length of the breakout cable: 200mm
-- Breakout cable: at least 51mm More information
Wave impedance for breakout Technical information D I539
cable: 75

More information

Entertainment Communication technology
Insert HDMI 2.0a + HDR and USB3.0 typeA USB 3.0 typeA insert

Black matt 5678 10 1 01 Black matt 5682 10 1 01

Breakout cable Breakout cable

Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361

Installation depth Installation depth
-- Gender changer: at least 39mm -- Gender changer: at least 20mm
-- Breakout cable: at least 51mm -- Breakout cable: at least 46mm
Length of the breakout cable: 200mm Length of the breakout cable: 200mm

More information More information
Technical information D I539 Technical information D I539

Insert HDMI 2.0a + HDR, USB 3.0 typeA and USB 3.0 typeA insert, 2-gang
mini jack 3.5mm
Communication
Technology
Gender changer
Gender changer HDMI+USB, breakout cable mini jack Cream white glossy 5684 01 1 01
Pure white glossy 5680 03 1 01 Black matt 5684 10 1 01
Black matt 5680 10 1 01
Breakout cable
Breakout cable Cream white glossy 5685 01 1 01
Pure white glossy 5681 03 1 01 Black matt 5685 10 1 01
Black matt 5681 10 1 01
One of the following articles: Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361
Technical data
Technical data Installation depth
Installation depth -- Gender changer: at least 20mm
-- Gender changer: at least 39mm -- Breakout cable: at least 46mm
-- Breakout cable: at least 51mm Length of the breakout cable: 200mm
More information
More information Technical information D I539
USB 3.0 typeA insert and mini jack 3.5mm insert Cinch audio and USB 3.0 typeA insert
Gender changer, USB , breakout cable, mini jack Gender changer




Length of the breakout cable: 200mm Wave impedance for breakout
cable: 75
More information Length of the breakout cable: 200mm
More information
VGA 15-pole and USB 3.0 typeA insert
DVI (24+5) insert

Communication
Technology
Gender changer
Pure white glossy 5688 03 1 01 Gender changer
Black matt 5688 10 1 01 Cream white glossy 5644 01 1/5 01
Breakout cable Black matt 5644 10 1/5 01
Pure white glossy 5689 03 1 01 Breakout cable
Black matt 5689 10 1 01 Cream white glossy 5645 01 1 01
C N ecessary accessories Black matt 5645 10 1 01
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 C N ecessary accessories
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 One of the following articles:
Technical data Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361
Installation depth
-- Gender changer: at least 20mm Technical data
-- Breakout cable: at least 46mm Installation depth
Wave impedance for breakout -- Gender changer: at least 12mm
cable: 75 -- Breakout cable: at least 58mm


Cinch audio and DVI (24+5) insert VGA 2-gang, 15-pole insert




Wave impedance for breakout Wave impedance for breakout
cable: 75 cable: 75


VGA 15-pole insert Phono and VGA 15-pole insert
Communication
Technology



Wave impedance for breakout Wave impedance for breakout
cable: 75 cable: 75


VGA 15-pole and mini jack 3.5mm insert Cinch audio, composite video and S-video insert
Gender changer, VGA, breakout cable, mini jack Gender changer

Black matt 5658 10 1 01 Black matt 5661 10 1/5 01



Wave impedance for breakout Wave impedance: 75
cable: 75 Length of the breakout cable: 200mm
More information
More information Technical information D I539

Cinch audio, composite video, S-video and mini
Composite video and S-video insert jack 3.5mm insert
Communication
Technology
Breakout cable Gender changer

Black matt 5660 10 1 01 Black matt 5663 10 1/5 01

C N ecessary accessories Breakout cable
One of the following articles: Cream white glossy 5664 01 1 01
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 Pure white glossy 5664 03 1 01
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 Black matt 5664 10 1 01

Installation depth One of the following articles:
-- Breakout cable: at least 44mm Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
Wave impedance: 75 Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361
Technical data
More information Installation depth
Technical information D I539 -- Gender changer: at least 21mm
-- Breakout cable: at least 44mm
Wave impedance: 75

More information

WBT-0710 Cu nextgen insert Technical data

Connections
-- maximum: 2.5mm
-- minimum: 1mm
Connection
-- Rear: 4mm

More information
Cable lug/solder connection Technical information D I539
Black matt 5665 10 1 01 Loudspeaker connection insert, 2-gang
Technical data
Connections
-- maximum: 1 x 10mm (7 AWG)
-- minimum: 1 x 4mm (11 AWG)
Notes Pure white glossy 5693 03 1/5 01
-- Not suitable for mounting frames with hinged covers. Black matt 5693 10 1/5 01

Technical information D I539 One of the following articles:
WBT-0708 Cu nextgen insert
Features
-- Front connection: Plug terminals, red/black.
-- Rear connection: Screw terminals.

Technical data
Connections
Communication
-- maximum: 2.5mm
Cable lug/solder connection -- minimum: 1mm
Technology
Cream white glossy 5666 01 1 01 Connection
Pure white glossy 5666 03 1 01 -- Rear: 4mm
Black matt 5666 10 1 01
More information
Technical data Loudspeaker connection insert, 4-gang

Connections
-- maximum: 1 x 10mm (7 AWG)
-- minimum: 1 x 4mm (11 AWG)
Notes
-- Not suitable for mounting frames with hinged covers.
More information
Technical information D I539 Cream white glossy 5694 01 1/5 01
Black matt 5694 10 1/5 01
Loudspeaker connection insert, 1-gang

Features
-- Front connection: Plug terminals, red/black.
Pure white glossy 5692 03 1/5 01 Technical data
Black matt 5692 10 1/5 01 Installation depth: 18 mm
Connections
C N ecessary accessories -- maximum: 2.5mm
One of the following articles: -- minimum: 1mm
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 Connection
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 -- Rear: 4mm

Features More information
-- Front connection: Plug terminals, red/black. Technical information D I539
ADiscontinued item. Delivery while supplies last. Cinch audio and mini jack 3.5mm insert
Speaker terminal plate for stereo speakers
1109 10 1/5 01 Gender changer

C N ecessary accessories Pure white glossy 5634 03 1/5 01
One of the following articles: Black matt 5634 10 1/5 01
Cover plate TAE+Stereo+USB 0276 .. D80
Cover in. sp. TAE USB 0876 .. D80 Breakout cable
Gira E22 Cream white glossy 5635 01 1 01
Cover plate TAE+Stereo+USB 0876 20 D177 Pure white glossy 5635 03 1 01
Cover in. sp. TAE USB 0276 20 D177 Black matt 5635 10 1 01

-- For connecting speaker cables. One of the following articles:
Front connection: Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
-- Quick connection of cables using a screwless terminal. Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361
-- Colour-coded to ensure reverse-polarity protection.
Rear connection: Technical data
-- Supports flexible and rigid conductors. Installation depth
-- Large terminal body to accommodate cables -- Gender changer: at least 21mm
-- Colour-coded to ensure reverse-polarity protection. -- Breakout cable: at least 40mm
Wave impedance for breakout
Technical data cable: 75
Connections Length of the breakout cable: 200mm
-- up to: max. 6mm
More information
Cinch audio insert
Cinch audio and composite video insert

Communication
Technology
Gender changer
Pure white glossy 5631 03 1/5 01 Gender changer
Black matt 5631 10 1/5 01 Cream white glossy 5636 01 1/5 01
Solder connection Black matt 5636 10 1/5 01
APure white glossy 5632 03 1/5 01 Solder connection
Black matt 5632 10 1/5 01 Cream white glossy 5638 01 1/5 01
Black matt 5638 10 1/5 01
Breakout cable
Cream white glossy 5633 01 1 01 Breakout cable
Black matt 5633 10 1 01 Pure white glossy 5637 03 1 01
Black matt 5637 10 1 01
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 One of the following articles:
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
Technical data
Installation depth Technical data
-- Gender changer: at least 10mm Installation depth
-- Breakout cable: at least 40mm -- 5638 ..: 20 mm
Wave impedance for breakout -- Gender changer: at least 20mm
cable: 75 -- Breakout cable: at least 44mm
Length of the breakout cable: 200mm Wave impedance for breakout
cable: 75
More information Length of the breakout cable: 200mm
More information

Component video insert XLR jack, D series insert
Gender changer Solder connection


Solder connection C N ecessary accessories
Cream white glossy 5641 01 1/5 01 One of the following articles:
Pure white glossy 5641 03 1/5 01 Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
Black matt 5641 10 1/5 01 Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361

Breakout cable More information
Cream white glossy 5640 01 1 01 Technical information D I539
Black matt 5640 10 1 01
SAT F jack insert
Technical data
Installation depth
-- 5641 ..: 20 mm
-- Gender changer: at least 20mm Gender changer
-- Breakout cable: at least 44mm Cream white glossy 5650 01 1/5 01
Length of the breakout cable: 200mm Pure white glossy 5650 03 1/5 01
Black matt 5650 10 1/5 01
More information
Communication
Technical information D I539 C N ecessary accessories
Technology
Mini jack 3.5mm insert Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361

Technical data
Wave impedance: 75

More information
Gender changer
Pure white glossy 5648 03 1/5 01 SAT F jack insert, 2-gang
Black matt 5648 10 1/5 01
Breakout cable
Black matt 5649 10 1 01
One of the following articles: Gender changer
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 Cream white glossy 5651 01 1/5 01
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 Pure white glossy 5651 03 1/5 01
Black matt 5651 10 1/5 01
Technical data
Installation depth C N ecessary accessories
-- Gender changer: at least 21mm One of the following articles:
-- Breakout cable: at least 40mm Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
Length of the breakout cable: 200mm Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361

Technical information D I539 Installation depth: 20 mm
Wave impedance: 75

More information

Insert for modular jack RJ45 cat. 6 10GB ethernet More information
and SAT F jack Technical information D I539

Antenna socket insert (EDU04F)
Gender changer, SAT F, insulation displacement connector,

modular jack
Pure white glossy 5697 03 1/5 01 0046 00 1/5 01
Black matt 5697 10 1/5 01
C N ecessary accessories Cov. coax.antenna sock. 0869 ..
One of the following articles: -- System55 D78
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 -- E22 D175
Features
Technical data -- Can be used as a single box.
Installation depth: 35mm -- The entire signal spectrum from 4 to 2400MHz is available on
Wave impedance for SAT: 75 both connections.
For internal conductors: 0.6 to 1mm -- Via the TV connection, transferring direct current (max. DC24V /
500mA) to a satellite antenna is possible.
Notes
-- If using with gender changers: Technical data
Not suitable for duct installation or a standard device box. Connection loss: 5dB
Connection with angled plug recommended. Installation depth: 28 mm

Notes
Insert for D-sub 9-pole -- For use in individual antenna systems and for communal antenna
systems, area couplers, and satellite house distribution systems
on decoupled branch lines.

Communication
Antenna socket insert (GEDU10)

Technology
Solder connection
Black matt 5642 10 1/5 01

C N ecessary accessories 0041 00 1/5 01
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 C N ecessary accessories
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 Cov. coax.antenna sock. 0869 ..
-- System55 D78
Technical data -- E22 D175
More information Antenna sock. termin.res. R77 0040 00 D381
Features
-- Can be used as a routing or end box.
Insert for D-sub 15-pole -- For use in communal antenna systems at the end of a master
cable with several boxes.
-- The entire signal spectrum from 4 to 2400MHz is available on
both connections.
-- With R 77 terminating resistance, it can be used as an end box.

Technical data
Connection loss: 10dB
Transmission loss: 2.5dB
Solder connection Installation depth: 28 mm
Black matt 5643 10 1/5 01 -- For reflection-free termination of a side circuit, to be plugged into
the last antenna socket outlet.
C N ecessary accessories -- Suitable for terrestrial reception, area couplers, and satellite
One of the following articles: reception systems.

Technical data

Entertainment /Network technology Communication technology
Antenna socket insert (GEDU15) Network technology
Notes
-- Important! Observe construction space for plug and bending
radii.
-- Installation recommendation:
Kaiser electronic outlets
flush-mounted installation: Kaiser Order No.: 1068-02
0042 00 1/5 01 hollow-wall installation: Kaiser Order No.: 9062-94
concrete installation: Kaiser Order No.: 1268-40
Cov. coax.antenna sock. 0869 ..
-- System55 D78 Insert for modular jack RJ45 cat. 6 10GB ethernet
-- E22 D175
Features
-- Can be used as a routing box.
-- For use in communal antenna systems with several boxes (tree
structure).
-- The entire signal spectrum from 4 to 2400MHz is available on
both connections.
Gender changer
Technical data Cream white glossy 5695 01 1/5 01
Connection loss: 15dB Pure white glossy 5695 03 1/5 01
Transmission loss: 1.0dB Black matt 5695 10 1/5 01
Insulation displacement contact technology
Notes Cream white glossy 5696 01 1/5 01
-- Suitable for terrestrial reception, area couplers, and satellite Pure white glossy 5696 03 1/5 01
reception systems. Black matt 5696 10 1/5 01

Antenna socket insert (FS302F) One of the following articles:

Communication
Technical data
Installation depth
Technology
-- Insulation displacement
contact technology: 35mm
0937 00 1/5 01
Notes
C N ecessary accessories -- If using with gender changers:
Cov. coax.antenna sock. 0869 .. Not suitable for duct installation or a standard device box.
-- System55 D78 Connection with angled plug recommended.
-- E22 D175
Features
-- With three connections, it can be used as an end box.
-- Use in individual antenna systems, behind a multi-switch, or on a
decoupled branch line.
-- The connection for the satellite receive is designed as an F pin
jack. With it, transferring direct current (max. DC 24V / 500mA)
to a satellite antenna is possible.
Technical data
Connection loss: 1.5-2dB
Communication technology Network technology
Insert for modular jack RJ45 cat. 6 10GB ethernet, BNC insert, 2-gang
4-gang
Crimp connection
Gender changer Cream white glossy 5630 01 1/5 01
Cream white glossy 5698 01 1/5 01 Pure white glossy 5630 03 1/5 01
Pure white glossy 5698 03 1/5 01 Black matt 5630 10 1/5 01
Black matt 5698 10 1/5 01
Insulation displacement contact technology Mounting frame 2648 .. D361
Pure white glossy 5699 03 1 01 Technical data
Black matt 5699 10 1 01 Wave impedance: 75
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 -- Not suitable for mounting frames with hinged covers.
More information
Installation depth
-- Insulation displacement Cover for modular jack 2-gang LexCom pin jacks
contact technology: 35mm

Notes

Communication
Insert for modular jack RJ45 cat. 6 10GB ethernet Cream white glossy 5629 01 1/5 01
and SAT F jack Pure white glossy 5629 03 1/5 01
Technology
black 5629 10 1/5 01


Notes
Gender changer, SAT F, insulation displacement connector, -- Suitable for duct installation.
modular jack -- A LexCom installation adapter is required for installation using
Cream white glossy 5697 01 1/5 01 this cover plate.
Black matt 5697 10 1/5 01 Scope of supply
-- Cover plate only.
One of the following articles: More information
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 Technical information D I539

Technical data
Installation depth: 35mm
Wave impedance for SAT: 75

Notes

Network technology Communication technology
Modular jack 2-gang support ring Features

-- Shielded network connection box Cat.6 A with a jack RJ45 (8) for
data transfer rates up to 10Gigabit Ethernet in accordance with
IEEE 802.3an.
-- 45 angled socket outlet for parapet duct, floor tank and
flush-mounted installation.
-- Cable feed possible from all directions in 8 x 45 increments.

Technical data
Support ring, MJ-01 to MJ-10 Installation depth: 33 mm.
Support ring MJ-01 5601 00 10/100 01
Support ring MJ-02 5602 00 10/100 01 Notes
Support ring MJ-03 5603 00 10/100 01 -- For screw mounting only.
Support ring MJ-04 5604 00 10/100 01
Support ring MJ-05 5605 00 10/100 01
Support ring MJ-06 5606 00 10/100 01 Insert for network connection box Cat.6 A 2-gang
Support ring MJ-07 5607 00 10/100 01
Support ring MJ-08 5608 00 10/100 01
Support ring MJ-09 5609 00 10/100 01
Support ring MJ-10 5610 00 10/100 01
Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640 ..
-- System55 D79
-- E22 D176 Insulation displacement contact technology
2452 00 1/5 01
Technical data
Dimensions inmm Installation opening C N ecessary accessories
-- MJ-01, MJ02, MJ-07: W 14,8 H 19,5 Cover UAE/IAE + network 0270 ..
-- MJ-03: W 14,8 H 20,0 -- System55 D79
-- MJ-04, MJ-09: W 14,8 H 19,3 -- E22 D176
-- MJ-05: W 16,7 H 17,3 Cover ILU AE/IAE network 0284 ..
-- MJ-06: W 15,9 H 18,3 -- System55 D79
-- MJ-08: W 14,8 H 19,0 -- E22 D176
-- MJ-10: W 16,1 H 18,5
Notes With 0270 .. or 0284 .. suitable for
Communication
-- For screw mounting only. Covering cap attachable 0682 ..
-- Suitable for duct installation. -- System55
Technology
D81
-- E22 D178
More information
The current compatibility matrix can be found at Features
the beginning of this chapter D358 -- Shielded network connection box Cat.6 A with two connection
The current compatibility matrix can be found sockets RJ45 (8/8) for data transfer rates up to 10Gigabit
online at www.katalog.gira.de/mj-integration Ethernet in accordance with IEEE 802.3an.
Insert for network connection box Cat.6 A 1-gang -- Cable feed possible from all directions in 8 x 45 increments.

Technical data

Notes


2451 00 1/5 01
Cover UAE/IAE + network 0270 ..
-- System55 D79
-- E22 D176
Cover ILU AE/IAE network 0284 ..
-- System55 D79
-- E22 D176
With 0270 .. or 0284 .. suitable for
Covering cap attachable 0682 ..
-- System55 D81
-- E22 D178
Communication technology Network technology
Insert for network connection box Cat.6, 2-gang Insert for network connection box Cat.5e 2-gang
Insulation displacement contact technology Insulation displacement contact technology

0166 00 1/100 01 0178 00 1/100 01

Cover UAE/IAE + network 0270 .. Cover UAE/IAE + network 0270 ..
-- E22 D176 -- E22 D176
Cover ILU AE/IAE network 0284 .. Cover ILU AE/IAE network 0284 ..
-- E22 D176 -- E22 D176

With 0270 .. or 0284 .. suitable for With 0270 .. or 0284 .. suitable for
Covering cap attachable 0682 .. Covering cap attachable 0682 ..
-- E22 D178 -- E22 D178

Features Features
-- Shielded network connection box Cat.6 with two connection -- Shielded network connection box Cat.5e with two connection
sockets RJ45 (8/8) for data transfer rates up to 10Gigabit sockets RJ45 (8/8) for data transfer rates up to 1Gigabit Ethernet
Ethernet in accordance with IEEE 802.3an. in accordance with IEEE 802.3an.
-- 45 angled socket outlet for parapet duct, floor tank and -- 45 angled socket outlet for parapet duct, floor tank and
flush-mounted installation. flush-mounted installation.
-- Cable feed possible from all directions in 8 x 45 increments. -- Cable feed possible from all directions in 8 x 45 increments.

Installation depth: 33 mm. Installation depth: 33 mm.

Communication
Notes Notes
-- For screw mounting only. -- For screw mounting only.
Technology
Insert for network connection box Cat.5e 1-gang

0180 00 1/100 01

-- System55 D79
-- E22 D176
-- System55 D79
-- E22 D176

-- System55 D81
-- E22 D178

Features
-- Shielded network connection box Cat.5e with a jack RJ45 (8) for
data transfer rates up to 1Gigabit Ethernet in accordance with
IEEE 802.3an.
-- Cable feed possible from all directions in 8 x 45 increments.

Technical data

Notes

Telecommunication Communication technology
Telecommunication Insert for UAE/IAE (ISDN) connection box Cat.3,
2-gang, 2 x 8-pole 8/8 (8/8)
Insert for UAE/IAE (ISDN) connection box Cat. 3,

1-gang, 1 x 8-pole
Screw terminals
0190 00 1/5 01

Screw terminals C N ecessary accessories
One of the following articles: -- E22 D176
Cover UAE/IAE + network 0270 .. Cover ILU AE/IAE network 0284 ..
-- E22 D176 -- E22 D176
-- System55 D79 C O ptional accessories
-- E22 D176 With 0270 .. or 0284 .. suitable for
C O ptional accessories -- System55 D81
With 0270 .. or 0284 .. suitable for -- E22 D178
-- System55 D81 Features
-- E22 D178 -- UAE/IAE (analogue, two call numbers possible) RJ11/12 and RJ45
8/8 (8/8) 2 x 8-pole for 6-pole and 8-pole plugs.
Features -- 2 x 8 contacts and one supporting contact for two terminals.
-- UAE/IAE (ISDN-capable) RJ11/12 and RJ45 8-pole for 6-pole and
8-pole plugs. Technical data
-- Eight contacts and one supporting contact for one terminal. Installation depth: 22 mm

Technical data
Communication
Technology
Insert for UAE/IAE (ISDN) connection box Cat. 3,
2-gang, 2 x 8-pole
Screw terminals
0187 00 1/5 01
-- System55 D79
-- E22 D176
-- System55 D79
-- E22 D176
-- System55 D81
-- E22 D178
Features
-- UAE/IAE (ISDN-capable) RJ11/12 and RJ45 8-pole for 6-pole and
8-pole plugs.
-- Eight contacts and one supporting contact for two terminals.
Technical data
Communication technology Accessories
Accessories RJ45 plug Cat. 6 A

Insert for D-sub 9-pole

5746 00 1/5 01

Solder connection Modular jack RJ45 Cat. 6 A

Black matt 5642 10 1/5 01

Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 5740 00 5 01

Installation depth: 16 mm One of the following articles:
Support ring for 2640 ..
More information Modular Jack 2 2-gang 5602 00 D373
Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640 ..
Insert for D-sub 15-pole -- System55 D79
-- E22 D176
Cov. lock.slider in.sp. MJ 2-g 0663 ..

Modular jack AMP

Communication
Solder connection
Technology

Black matt 5643 10 1/5 01
SL Toolless Jack, RJ11, Cat.3, unshielded, without dust cover
C N ecessary accessories 0044 00 5/25 01
Mounting frame 2648 .. D361 SL toolless jack, RJ45, Cat.5E, unshielded, without dust cover
Mounting frame HC 2658 .. D361 0045 00 5/25 01

Installation depth: 16 mm Support ring for 2640 ..
Modular Jack 3 5603 00 D373
More information Slide-ins for data cap 0870 ..
Technical information D I539 Ins.data cap 1-g 0052 00 D379
Insert for data cap 0053 00 D379

Insert mounting laptop security locks C O ptional accessories
Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640 ..
-- System55 D79
-- E22 D176
Data cap in. sp. with support ring 0870 ..
-- System55 D81
-- E22 D178

Cream white glossy 5668 01 1/5 01 DRA housing with modular jack cat.6 A Module
Black matt 5668 10 1/5 01

Mounting frame 2648.. D361

Technical data
Installation depth: 6 mm Insulation displacement contact technology
5748 00 1 01
Notes

Accessories Communication technology
Phono for support ring MJ-02 USB 3.0 typeA for support ring MJ-02

white 5741 00 1/5 01 5745 00 1/5 01
red 5742 00 1/5 01
C N ecessary accessories Support ring for 2640 ..
Support ring for 2640 .. Modular Jack 2 2-gang 5602 00 D373
C O ptional accessories Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640 ..
Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640 .. -- System55 D79
-- System55 D79 -- E22 D176
-- E22 D176
Technical data
Technical data Length of the breakout cable: 200mm
SAT F jack for support ring MJ-02

Composite video for support ring MJ-02
Gender changer
Breakout cable 5747 00 1/5 01
5743 00 1/5 01
C N ecessary accessories Support ring for 2640 ..
Communication
Support ring for 2640 .. Modular Jack 2 2-gang 5602 00 D373
Modular Jack 2 2-gang 5602 00
Technology
D373
C O ptional accessories Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640 ..
Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640 .. -- System55 D79
-- System55 D79 -- E22 D176
-- E22 D176
Technical data XLR plug connector, D series flange jack

Installation depth
-- Breakout cable: at least44mm
Wave impedance: 75
Mini jack 3.5mm for support ring MJ-02

Flange jack
3-pole D series 0036 00 5/25 01


Breakout cable Technical data
5744 00 1/5 01 Soldering terminals up to max.: 2.5mm

C N ecessary accessories Notes
Support ring for 2640 .. -- Same design.
Cov 30 + IS s-rng MJ 2-g 2640 ..
-- System55 D79
-- E22 D176
Technical data
XLR plug connector, D series flange plug Scope of supply

-- The scope of supply includes a mounting plate and locking pins
for screw connection M 3 e.g. for a V 24 (RS 232) interface.

Blank insert data cap
Flange plug
3-pole D series 0037 00 5 01

Ins. data cap 0055 00 D379 0048 00 5/25 01

Soldering terminals up to max.: 2.5mm One of the following articles:
Notes -- System55 D81
-- Same design. -- E22 D178

Notes
XLR plug connector, C series flange jack -- Also available on request with special drilled holes,
e.g. Dracod/Draconnect from Drahtex,
E2000 Duplex from Diamond,
FDDI plug connections FSD/RSD.

More information

Flange jack
3-pole C series 0436 00 5/25 01 Universal insert for data cap with adapter set


Communication
Technical data
Soldering terminals up to max.: 2.5mm
Technology
0049 00 1 01

XLR plug connector, C series flange plug C N ecessary accessories
-- System55 D81
-- E22 D178

Notes
-- Second opening can be closed off.
Flange plug
3-pole C series 0437 00 5/25 01 More information
Ins. data cap 0092 00 D379 Data cap insert for-D-sub

Technical data
Soldering terminals up to max.: 2.5mm

Plug connector D-sub
0050 00 5/25 01

Jack strip, 9-pole 0021 00 5/25 01 -- System55 D81
15-pole jack strip 0022 00 5/25 01 -- E22 D178
Jack strip, 25-pole 0023 00 5/25 01
C N ecessary accessories Plug connector D-sub 9-p 0021 00 D378
Insert data cap D-sub 0050 00 D378 Plug connector D-sub 9-p 0021 00 D378
Plug connector D-sub 25-p 0023 00 D378
Technical data
Connections Notes
-- Soldering sleeves, maximum: 0.6mm -- Second opening can be closed off.
Contacts: Nickel, gold-plated.
More information

Data cap insert for 2 XLR plug connectors, D Data cap insert for high-end loudspeaker
series, Speakon series NL 4 MP (Neutrik) connectors WBT (+/-)
0055 00 5/25 01 0091 00 5 01

One of the following articles: Data cap in. sp. with support ring 0870 ..
Data cap in. sp. with support ring 0870 .. -- System55 D81
-- System55 D81 -- E22 D178
-- E22 D178
Features
C O ptional accessories -- For the professional connection of loudspeaker cables up to
XLR D series flange jack 3-p 0036 00 D377 max.10mm via sub-terminals via screwed nuts or via 4mm
XLR D series flange plug 3-p 0037 00 D378 banana plugs.

-- Second opening can be cut out. Material: OFC copper, 24-carat gold plated
Contact resistance
More information -- Clamp mounting: 0.1 m
Technical information D I538 -- Standard banana plug: 0.15m

More information
Data cap insert for 2 XLR plug connectors, C series Technical information D I538
(Neutrik)
Data cap insert for Modular Jack AMP/Radiall
Communication
0092 00 5/25 01
Technology
C N ecessary accessories 1-gang 0052 00 5/25 01
One of the following articles: 2-gang 0053 00 5/25 01
-- System55 D81 C N ecessary accessories
-- E22 D178 One of the following articles:
C O ptional accessories -- System55 D81
XLR C series flange jack 3-p 0436 00 D378 -- E22 D178
XLR C series flange jack 3-p 0436 00 D378
Notes MJ AMP RJ11 0044 00 D376
-- Second opening can be cut out. MJ AMP RJ45 0045 00 D376

More information Notes
Technical information D I538 -- Suitable for:
AMP 6-pole Holland 216 000 Cat.3
AMP 8-pole Holland 216 005 Cat.3
Drahtex RJ45 Jack Cat.5, 6
3M Volition LWL Duplex
KERPEN LK 5108 Cat.6

More information

Data cap insert for Modular Jack AMP Data cap insert for IBM freenet 1-gang modules
(ACS) 100 cabling cross line/ Reichle de Massari
2-gang 0039 00 5/25 01

1-gang 0047 00 5/25 01
Data cap in. sp. with support ring 0870 .. Data cap in. sp. with support ring 0870 ..
-- E22 D178 -- E22 D178

Notes Notes
-- Suitable for: -- Suitable for two 1-gang modules:
AMP 6-pole 1116603-1 toolless Cat.3 RJ45, Cat.5, Cat.6 shielded/unshielded,
AMP 8-pole 1116515-1 Cat.5e shielded LWL E2000 Kompakt Duplex IBM ACS Fibre,
AMP 8-pole 1116604-1 toolless Cat.5e unshielded SC Kompakt Duplex.
AMP 8-pole 1339015-1 toolless Cat.5e shielded -- Suitable for horizontal installation only.
AMP 8-pole 1375055-1 SL Cat.6 unshielded
AMP 8-pole 1375188-1 SL Cat.6 shielded More information
Kannegieter BICC Brand Rex snap-in jacks RJ45 Technical information D I538
Krone Inline RJ45 shielded/unshielded
AMP TWIST-7AS SL jack 8-pole 1711441-1 shielded Cat.7A
AMP TWIST-7AS SL jack 8-pole 1711437-1 shielded Cat.7A Data cap insert for Telegrtner OCS-System
AMP TWIST-6S SL jack 8-pole 1711160-1 shielded Cat.6
AMP TWIST-6S SL jack 8-pole 1711342-1 shielded Cat.6
AMP TWIST-6AS SL jack 8-pole 1711592-1 shielded Cat.6 A
AMP TWIST-6AS SL jack 8-pole 1711716-1 shielded Cat.6 A
AMP LC LWL Duplex adapter
AMP MT RJ LWL Duplex.
0088 00 5/25 01
More information
Communication
Technical information D I538 C N ecessary accessories

Technology
-- System55 D81
Data cap insert for Modular Jack Lucent (AT&T) -- E22 D178

Notes
-- Suitable for:
OCS open cabling system / 1-gang, 2-gang, and 2 x 1-gang
modules.
-- Suitable for 30 angled outlet only.
-- Not suitable for the water-protected surface-mounted system.
2-gang 0058 00 5/25 01
More information
-- System55 D81
-- E22 D178

Notes
-- Suitable for:
2 x AT + T M 100, 2 x AT + T M 11 b/C or
2 x AT + T T 568 B

More information

Data cap insert for Thomas & Betts system Data cap insert for ST fibre-optic cable 2.5mm
(Nevada Western Structured Wiring System/ IBM
ACS Mini-C/600 MHz)
0732 00 5/25 01

0064 00 5/25 01 C N ecessary accessories
Data cap in. sp. with support ring 0870 .. -- E22 D178
-- System55 D81
-- E22 D178 Notes
-- Suitable for:
Notes Telegrtner/T-ST coupling Part. No. J 08011A 0002, AMP / 501
-- Nevada Western Structured Wiring System: 381-1 REVB 9415 /bayonet connection technology, AMP etc.
With separate O.M.N.I. mounting clip (Thomas & Betts
Art. No. 025-1099-1BK or IBM Art. No. 58 G 6873) suitable for: More information
Standard IDC jacks Technical information D I538
009-6-741F-803E, RJ45, uncoded
009-6-747F-803E, RJ45, coded
Cat.5 Jacks (shielded) Data cap insert for fibre-optic cable/ SC Duplex
T&B No. 009-SH-747-C5 coupling
IBM No. 59G 1080 / ACS
Functional IDC jacks
009-6-741L-8, RJ45 or
009-6-741SB-8, RJ45
BNC coaxial connectors
005-900-00-00, 005-900-00-20,
005-900-20-00 or 009-7-720-3
BNC in-line coupler 2-gang 0089 00 5/25 01
005-907-04-00 or 009-7-720-7
Fibre optic couplers C N ecessary accessories
005-706-00-02, 009-7-721-1, 005-765-01-10 or 009-7-721-2. Data cap in. sp. with support ring 0870 ..
Communication
-- IBM ACS Mini-C/600MHz: -- System55 D81
With separate Mini-C clips 51H7903 (black), 51H7904 (white), -- E22
Technology
D178
and 51H7961 (cream white), suitable for the various Mini-C
components from Thomas & Betts or IBM. Notes
-- Second opening can be closed off. -- Suitable for:
Telegrtner/T-SC-Duplex coupling Part. No. J 08081A 0002,
More information Telegrtner/ST-SC-Duplex adapter Part. No. J 08082A 0003,
Technical information D I538 Telegrtner/ST-SC-Duplex adapter Part. No. J 08082A 0002,
AMP/SC-feed-through coupler AMP Part. No. Y-5502776-X,
AMP/SC-ST feed-through coupler AMP Part. No. Y-5503137-X,
Data cap insert for AMP (ACO) (communications AMP etc.,
outlet) Amphenol.

More information

Terminator R77 for antenna socket (GEDU10)
0059 00 5/25 01
-- System55 D81
-- E22 D178
0040 00 5/25 01
Notes
-- Fits in cover plate 0870.. only. C N ecessary accessories
-- Suitable for 30 angled outlet only. Suitable in connection with Aerial socket outl. GEDU 10 0041 00 D370
AMP/ACO slanted installation housing, Part No. 1394582-1, also
for Category 6, 600MHz, 622Mbit/s, Class E -DIN 44312-5.
More information
Gira KNXsystem Gira KNX operating devices ... 385
Gira KNX RF ... 409
Gira G1 ... 415
Gira Server ... 419
Gira X1, Gira L1, GPA ... 429
Gira KNX presence and
motion detection ... 435
Gira KNX system devices, actuators,
sensors, accessories ... 447
Training
The "KNX user training documentation", "Gira HomeServer
network configuration" and "HomeServer/FacilityServer
training documentation" online distance learning courses are
available free-of-charge at www.academy.gira.com alongside
other training opportunities.
KNX

Intelligent building technology for more convenience, security, and value
Gira offers a broad range of devices and functions for a KNX system. Lighting, blinds,
and heating as well as multi-media, security and door communication systems can be
networked and jointly controlled. Aided by user-friendly operating devices, controlling all
the functions is child's play. Individual rooms and specific room settings can be adapted
and comprehensive scenes activated at the press of a button.
The on-board computer for the intelli- Networking devices and functions Operating the KNX system with Gira
gent home The networked intelligence of the KNX interface devices
The Gira HomeServer and the Gira system also provides more security. When The KNX system can be conveniently
FacilityServer are on-board computers for leaving the building, all electrical devices operated at home or while away using Gira
building control in conjunction with the can be switched off at the press of a button interface devices. Gira Control Clients as
KNX system. The server makes it possible to save power costs. For example, when well mobile devices such as iPhones, iPads
to realise even complex solutions to achieve the front door is opened, a suitable lighting and Android devices can be used for this
a maximum of convenience, security mood is automatically generated, the purpose. The Gira G1 is the latest interface
and energy efficiency. Independent of the occupant's current favourite song is played, device, it is an intelligent control centre
whereabouts of a person, the smart or the bathroom can be preheated. for controlling many building technology
building technology can be controlled functions.
via different operating devices.
KNX
Controlling KNX with the push of a KNX system devices form the base of the KNX switching actuators
button system, and allow it to be greatly Actuators convert the commands of
Many intelligent building technology expanded sensors, e.g. automatic switches or
functions can be controlled conveniently Interfaces, IP routers, KNX area/line presence detectors, into actions and switch
at the press of a button using the couplers, line amplifiers, the Gira L1 logic electrical devices as needed. In addition,
Gira touch sensor 3: It's possible to switch module or components for power supply switching actuators with current measure-
the light on, dim it, raise or lower blinds, are amongst the Gira KNX system devices. ment monitor the connected devices.
save or call up light scenes, and much They serve the purpose of establishing a If a load drops out, this is detected by the
more. The Gira touch sensor 3 is available KNX communication structure and power actuator and signalled to an interface
in Basic, Comfort and Plus versions. supply for KNX system. Gateways from device. Due to this precise signalling,
the Gira KNX range also enable intelligent broken lamps can be replaced quickly,
control and operation of all systems. ensuring functional building management.

Gira KNX operating devices KNX bus coupler ... 388
Touch sensor3 Basic System55 ... 389
Touch sensor3 Comfort System55 ... 390
Touch sensor 3 Plus System55 ... 392
KNX RF ... 393
Rocker sets for pushbutton sensor 3 ... 393
Flush-mounted bus coupler button ... 399
Bus coupler button
water-protected surface-mounted ... 401
Universal button interfaces ... 403
Continuous Controller and Object
Controller with button interface, 4-gang ... 404
CO Sensor with humidity and room
temperature controller ... 405
Data interface ... 406
Accessories ... 406
Training
The "KNX user training documentation" online distance
learning course is available free-of-charge at
KNX operating devices

Convenient control and extension of intelligent functions
Gira touch sensors permit convenient control of intelligent functions in a room or building.
The touch sensors are available in Basic, Comfort and Plus versions. Each touch surface
has two LEDs for status display and can be operated on the left, right and centrally,
depending on the setting and variant. The Gira touch sensor 3 Plus also features a graphic
display to clearly display values. An extensive range of covers offers the possibility for
triggering many intelligent functions. As an addition, and for subsequent expansion, the
wireless KNX RF touch sensors and hand-held transmitters can be used.
High diversity of design A wide range of functions

Rocker sets in numerous design styles are available for the Switching and dimming lights, creating and calling up light scenes,
Giratouch sensor 3, matching the Gira System 55, Gira E 22, controlling blinds, creating a comfortable single-room temperature
Gira stainless steel switch ranges as well as the Gira flat switch. control, or integrating functions such as the KNX CO2 sensor and
Versions in cream white, pure white, anthracite, colour alu- continuous controller to match the switch range the Gira touch
minium,stainless steel, bronze, brass and chrome are available. sensors are the most compact devices for controlling KNX systems.
The touch sensor 3 in pure white is available for the flat switch.
An inscription for selected Gira products can be selected in four

simple steps on www.marking.gira.com.
KNX KNX KNX
More flexibility in electrical planning KNX RF

The Gira touch sensor 3 consists of the components bus coupler 3, KNX, the global standard for building systems technology, is
touch sensor 3 and rocker set which are ordered separately and supplemented by the wireless standard KNX RF (RF = Radio
simply installed. The modular system offers more flexibility in Frequency). This means: Existing or newly installed KNX systems
electrical planning and installation. an be expanded flexibly and without the need for additional bus
lines and chiselling work. For operation, Gira offers wireless touch
sensors matching the switch range as well as hand-held trans-
mitters that can be used for controlling building functions from
any position in the room.

Product range Gira KNX operating devices
KNX bus coupler Touch sensor3 Touch sensor3 Touch sensor 3 Plus KNX RF Rocker sets
D388 Basic System55 Comfort System55 System55 D393 for touch sensor 3
D389 D390 D392 D393
Flush-mounted bus Surface-mounted Universal button Continuous CO Sensor Data interface

coupler button bus coupler button interfaces controller and D405 D406
D399 D401 D403 object controller
D404

Accessories
D406

KNXoperating devices KNX bus coupler
KNX bus coupler Insert for KNX bus coupler 3 with external sensor

Insert for KNX bus coupler 3
2009 00 1/5 06

Touch sensor 3 Plus System55
C N ecessary accessories Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392
One of the following articles: Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392
Touch sensor 3 System55 Touch sensor 3 Plus F100
KNX touch sens.3 Basic 1-g 5111 00 D389
KNX pushbut.sens.3 Basic, 2-gang (1+1) 5112 00 D390 C O ptional accessories
KNX touch sens.3 Basic 3-g 5113 00 D390 Remote sensor RTC 4 m supply cable 1493 00 D406
KNX touch sens. 3 Komfort 1-g 5131 00 D390 Prot.cov.pl. BC 0015 01 D407
KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 2-g (1+1) 5132 00 D391
KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 3-g 5133 00 D391 Features
KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 4-g (1+3) 5134 00 D391 -- The bus coupler3 connects the KNXsystem to a KNXapplication
KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 6-g (3+3) 5136 00 D391 module.
Touch sensor 3 F100 -- The combination of bus coupler3 and application module
represents a functional unit.
C O ptional accessories -- In the ETSproject, this unit is configured in the form of the
Prot.cov.pl. BC 0015 01 D407 application program of the application module.
Touch sensor 3 Plus System55 in operation without external -- In addition, a remote temperature sensor can be connected to the
sensor bus coupler3 with remote sensor. This enables a room
Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392 temperature controller to record the temperature at an additional
Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392 measuring point.
Touch sensor 3 Plus F100 in operation without external sensor
Technical data
Features KNX connection: Connection and junction terminal
-- The bus coupler3 connects the KNXsystem to a KNXapplication Protection class: III
module. Installation depth: 25 mm
-- The combination of bus coupler3 and application module Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
represents a functional unit.
-- In the ETSproject, this unit is configured in the form of the Notes
application program of the application module. -- The remote sensor functions only in combination with the touch
sensor 3 Plus.
Technical data
KNX connection: Connection and junction terminal Scope of supply

Protection class: III -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
Installation depth: 22 mm supply.

Scope of supply
-- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
supply.

KNX bus coupler /Touch sensor3 Basic KNXoperating devices
Insert for KNX bus coupler Touch sensor3 Basic System55
Features
-- Mounting on bus coupler3.
-- Disassembly safeguard because it is screw-fastened.
-- Rocker function: Switching, dimming, blind, value transmitter
1-byte, and scene auxiliary unit.
-- White operating LED.
-- Two red status LEDs per operating surface.
0570 00 1/5 06 -- Inscription space illumination for rocker sets with inscription
space.
C N ecessary accessories -- Function of inscription space illumination and status LED can be
One of the following articles: configured.
Auto.ctrl.sw. KNX Standard 1.10 m 0880 .. D442
KNX auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 1.10 m 1304 .. D442 Technical data
KNX auto.ctrl.sw. Standard 2.20 m 0889 .. D443 Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
KNX auto.ctrl.sw. Komfort 2.20 m 1305 .. D443 Protection class: III

Prot.cov.pl. BC 0015 01 D407 -- Professional labelling with the Gira Inscription Service www.
marking.gira.com.
Features -- The touch sensor is supplied with a program-neutral start-up
-- The bus coupler is the interface between the bus and the rocker. The suitable rocker set for the switch range must be
KNXapplication module, such as an Info Display, data interface ordered separately.
RS232, or automatic control switch.
-- The bus coupler can receive, send, and evaluate messages. Scope of supply
-- The bus coupler contains the address, the system program, and -- Blank inscription labels included.
user-specific programs.
-- Programming the physical address is authorised by pressing the
programming button. KNX touch sensor 3 Basic 1-gang
-- Status display via red programming LED.
Technical data
KNX connection: Connection and junction terminal
Notes System55, E22

-- For device box with screw attachment only. Start-up rocker 5111 00 1/5 06

Scope of supply C N ecessary accessories
-- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of Bus coupler 3 2008 00 D388
supply. One of the following articles:
Rocker set 1-gang in.sp. 2131 .. D393

Rocker set 1-gang 2181 .. D395
Rocker set 1-gang inscribable 2201 .. D397


Scope of supply
-- Blank inscription labels included.

KNXoperating devices Touch sensor3 Basic/ Touch sensor3 Komfort
KNX touch sensor 3 Basic, 2-gang (1+1) Touch sensor3 Comfort System55
Features
-- Mounting on bus coupler3.
-- Two multicoloured status LEDs per operating surface.
-- Integrated temperature sensor for measuring and forwarding the
ambient room temperature.
-- Rocker or button function can be set for each operating surface.
-- Rocker function: Switching, dimming, blind control, value
transmitter 1-byte, value transmitter 2-byte, scene auxiliary unit,
and room temperature controller auxiliary unit.
-- Button function: Switching, dimming, blind control, value
System55, E22 transmitter 1-byte, value transmitter 2-byte, scene auxiliary unit,
Start-up rocker 5112 00 1 06 and room temperature controller auxiliary unit.
-- Controller auxiliary unit: Operating mode changeover with normal
C N ecessary accessories and high priority, defined selection of operating mode, toggle
Bus coupler 3 2008 00 D388 between various operating modes, switching of presence
One of the following articles: condition, setpoint offset.
Rocker set 2-gang in.sp. 2132 .. D394 -- Blocker for blocking individual button or rocker functions.
Rocker set 2-gang 2182 .. D395 -- All LEDs flash to indicate an alarm.
Rocker set 2-gan (1+1) inscribable 2202 .. D397 -- Multicoloured status LED (red, green, blue) can be configured
One of the following articles: globally or each separately. A superimposed function can be
Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 .. activated on the bus whereby the colour and display information
-- Standard55 D94 of individual status LEDs can be modified according to priority.
-- E2 D100 -- Communication object for brightness control of status LED and
-- Event D112 illumination of inscription space (e.g. for reducing brightness in
-- Esprit D126 bedrooms at night).
-- ClassiX D134 -- Inscription space illumination for rocker sets with inscription
space.
C O ptional accessories -- Illumination of inscription space ON, OFF, automatic switch-off,
Sup.ring touch sens. wall transm. 1127 00 D406 or switchable via object.
Technical data
Scope of supply Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
-- Blank inscription labels included. Protection class: III

Notes
KNX touch sensor 3 Basic 3-gang -- Professional labelling with the Gira Inscription Service www.
marking.gira.com.
-- The touch sensor is supplied with a program-neutral start-up
rocker. The suitable rocker set for the switch range must be
ordered separately.

Scope of supply
System55, E22
5113 00 1/5 06
KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 1-gang
Bus coupler 3 2008 00 D388

C O ptional accessories System55, E22
Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251 Start-up rocker 5131 00 1/5 06

Scope of supply C N ecessary accessories
-- Blank inscription labels included. Bus coupler 3 2008 00 D388


Touch sensor3 Komfort KNXoperating devices
KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 2-gang (1+1) KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 4-gang (1+3)
System55, E22 System55, E22

Start-up rocker 5132 00 1/100 06 Start-up rocker 5134 00 1/100 06

Bus coupler 3 2008 00 D388 Bus coupler 3 2008 00 D388
Rocker set 2-gang in.sp. 2132 .. D394 Rocker set 4-gang in.sp. 2134 .. D394
Rocker set 2-gang 2182 .. D395 Rocker set 4-gang 2184 .. D396
Rocker set 2-gan (1+1) inscribable 2202 .. D397 Rocker set 4-gang (1+3) inscribable 2204 .. D398
Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 .. Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 ..
-- Standard55 D94 -- Standard55 D94
-- E2 D100 -- E2 D100
-- Event D112 -- Event D112
-- Esprit D126 -- Esprit D126
-- ClassiX D134 -- ClassiX D134

Sup.ring touch sens. wall transm. 1127 00 D406 Sup.ring touch sens. wall transm. 1127 00 D406
Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251 Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251

KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 3-gang KNX touch sensor 3 Komfort 6-gang (3+3)
System55, E22

One of the following articles: System55, E22
Rocker set 3-gang 2133 .. D394 Start-up rocker 5136 00 1/100 06
Rocker set 3-gang inscribable 2203 .. D397 C N ecessary accessories
C O ptional accessories One of the following articles:
Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251 Rocker set 6-gang in.sp. 2136 .. D394
Rocker set 6-gang (3+3) inscribable 2206 .. D398
Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 ..
-- Standard55 D94
-- E2 D100
-- Event D112
-- Esprit D126
-- ClassiX D134

Sup.ring touch sens. wall transm. 1127 00 D406

KNXoperating devices Touch sensor 3 Plus
Touch sensor 3 Plus System55 KNX touch sensor 3 Plus 2-gang
Features
-- Mounting on bus coupler3 or bus coupler3 external sensor.
-- Graphic display with backlighting and various display
possibilities, e.g. temperature, time, date, alarm texts,
information texts.
-- Two multicoloured status LEDs per operating surface. System55, E22
-- Multicoloured status LED (red, green, blue) can be parameterised Start-up rocker 5142 00 1/100 06
via the ETS.
-- Inscription space illumination for rocker sets with inscription C N ecessary accessories
space. One of the following articles:
-- Internal temperature sensor for measuring ambient room Bus coupler 3 2008 00 D388
temperature. Bus coupler 3 External sensor 2009 00 D388
Touch sensor properties: One of the following articles:
-- Rocker or button function can be set for each operating surface. Rocker set 2-gang Plus in.sp. 2142 .. D395
-- Rocker function: Switching, dimming, blind control, value Rocker set 2-gang Plus 2192 .. D396
transmitter 1-byte, value transmitter 2-byte, scene auxiliary unit, Rocker set 2-gang Plus inscribable 2212 .. D398
2-channel operation and manual fan control.
-- Button function: Switching, dimming, blind controller, value C O ptional accessories
transmitter 1-byte, value transmitter 2-byte, scene auxiliary unit, Inscription sheet 38x36mm 1089 00 D251
2-channel operation, controller auxiliary unit, controller
operation, heater clock operation and manual fan control.
-- Controller auxiliary unit or controller operation: Operating mode KNX touch sensor 3 Plus 5-gang (2+3)
changeover, (defined selection of operating mode or switching
between various operating modes with controller auxiliary unit),
switching of presence condition, setpoint offset.
-- Blocker for blocking individual button or rocker functions.
-- All LEDs flash to indicate an alarm.
-- Multicoloured status LED (red, green, blue) can be configured
globally or each separately. A superimposed function can be
activated on the bus whereby the colour and display information
of individual status LEDs can be modified according to priority.
-- Illumination of inscription space ON, OFF, automatic switch-off,
or switchable via object.
-- Communication object for brightness control of status LED,
illumination of inscription space and backlighting of display. System55, E22
Room temperature controller properties: Start-up rocker 5145 00 1/100 06
-- Operating modes: Comfort, standby, night, and frost or heat
protection with their own temperature setpoint values (for C N ecessary accessories
heating and/or cooling). One of the following articles:
-- Comfort extension using the presence button. Bus coupler 3 2008 00 D388
-- Frost or heat protection changeover via window status or via Bus coupler 3 External sensor 2009 00 D388
frost protection automatic function. One of the following articles:

-- Room temperature controller information is shown in the device Rocker set 5-gang Plus in.sp. 2145 .. D395
display. Rocker set 5-gang Plus 2195 .. D397
-- Either one or two control circuits. Rocker set 5-gang Plus (2+3) inscribable 2215 .. D398
-- Various control types can be configured according to the heating One of the following articles:
or cooling level: PI control (constant or switching PWM) or Cov.fr. 2g w/o cb 1002 ..
2-point control (switching). -- Standard55 D94
-- Control parameters for PI controllers and 2-point controllers can -- E2 D100
be set. -- Event D112
-- Internal temperature sensor and up to two external temperature -- Esprit D126
sensors (1 x object, 1 x wired) possible for room temperature -- ClassiX D134
measurement.
-- Optional external wired remote sensor for floor heating. C O ptional accessories
-- Heating clock with 28 switching times. Sup.ring touch sens. wall transm. 1127 00 D406
LC display properties: Inscription sheet 38x36mm 1089 00 D251
-- Graphic display with switchable LED backlighting. Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251
--
-- Text information in the display in the languages: German, English,
Dutch, Norwegian, Russian and Polish. Other languages are
available on the Internet.

Technical data
Protection class: III

Notes
marking.gira.com.
-- The touch sensor is supplied with a program-neutral start-up
rocker. The suitable rocker set for the switch range must be
ordered separately.

Scope of supply

KNX RF /Rocker sets KNXoperating devices
KNX RF Rocker sets for pushbutton sensor 3
Notes
KNX RF touch sensor 1-gang -- Inscribable rocker sets and rocker sets with inscription space can
be provided with a customised inscription. The order is
processed by the wholesaler specified during the rockers' order
process.
-- Inscribable rocker sets and rocker sets without inscription space
are made of metal, which can lead to impairments to the range in
wireless applications.

System55/E22
Start-up rocker 5101 00 1/5 06 Rocker set, 1-gang with inscription space
C O ptional accessories System55

Base plate set 5339 00 D407 Clear + cream white glossy 2131 01 1 06
Supp. ring plastic 5338 00 D407 Clear + pure white glossy 2131 03 1/100 06
Clear + anthracite 2131 28 1 06
Functional description D413 Clear / colour aluminium 2131 26 1 06

E22
KNX RF touch sensor 3-gang Clear + stainless steel 2131 20 1 06

System55/E22 KNX touch sens. 3 Komfort 1-g 5131 00 D390
Start-up rocker 5103 00 1/5 06 KNX RF touch sens. 1-g 5101 00 D413
Gira eNet WL wall transm. 1-g in.sp. 5331 00 D492
Rocker set 3-gang 2133 .. D393 Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251
Rocker set 3-gang inscribable 2203 .. D397 Notes

C O ptional accessories marking.gira.com.
Base plate set 5339 00 D407
Supp. ring plastic 5338 00 D407
KNX RF hand-held transmitter, 2-gang
KNXoperating devices Rocker sets
Rocker set, 2-gang (1+1) with inscription space Rocker Set, 4-gang (1+3) with inscription space
System55 System55
Clear + cream white glossy 2132 01 1 06 Clear + cream white glossy 2134 01 1 06
Clear + pure white glossy 2132 03 1 06 Clear + pure white glossy 2134 03 1 06
Clear + anthracite 2132 28 1 06 Clear + anthracite 2134 28 1 06
Clear / colour aluminium 2132 26 1 06 Clear / colour aluminium 2134 26 1 06

E22 E22
Clear + stainless steel 2132 20 1 06 Clear + stainless steel 2134 20 1 06
AClear + aluminium 2132 203 1 06 AClear + aluminium 2134 203 1 06
Clear + pure white glossy 2132 03 1 06 Clear + pure white glossy 2134 03 1 06

One of the following articles: KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 4-g (1+3) 5134 00 D391
KNX pushbut.sens.3 Basic, 2-gang (1+1) 5112 00 D390
KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 2-g (1+1) 5132 00 D391 C O ptional accessories
Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251 Notes
Notes marking.gira.com.
marking.gira.com.
Rocker Set, 6-gang (3+3) with inscription space
Rocker Set, 3-gang with inscription space

System55
Clear + cream white glossy 2133 01 1 06
Clear + anthracite 2133 28 1 06 System55
Clear / colour aluminium 2133 26 1 06 Clear + cream white glossy 2136 01 1 06
E22 Clear + anthracite 2136 28 1 06
Clear + stainless steel 2133 20 1 06 Clear / colour aluminium 2136 26 1 06
Clear + pure white glossy 2133 03 1/100 06 E22
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Clear + stainless steel 2136 20 1 06
C N ecessary accessories Clear + pure white glossy 2136 03 1 06
One of the following articles: AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 3-g 5133 00 D391 C N ecessary accessories
KNX RF touch sens. 3-g 5103 00 D413 KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 6-g (3+3) 5136 00 D391
ZigBee Light Link WL wall transm. in.sp. 2430 100 D508 C O ptional accessories
Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251 Notes
Notes marking.gira.com.
marking.gira.com.

Rocker sets KNXoperating devices
Rocker Set, 2-gang Plus with inscription space Rocker set, 1-gang
System55 System55
Clear + cream white glossy 2142 01 1 06 Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2181 01 1 06
Clear + pure white glossy 2142 03 1/100 06 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2181 03 1 06
Clear + anthracite 2142 28 1 06 Pure white matt (lacquered) 2181 27 1 06
Clear / colour aluminium 2142 26 1 06 Anthracite (lacquered) 2181 28 1 06
Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2181 26 1 06
E22 Bronze 2131 605 1 06
Clear + stainless steel 2142 20 1 06 Brass 2131 606 1 06
AClear + aluminium 2142 203 1 06 Chrome 2131 609 1 06
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. E22
C N ecessary accessories AAluminium 2131 211 1 06
Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2181 03 1 06
Inscription sheet 38x36mm 1089 00 D251 C N ecessary accessories
Notes KNX touch sens.3 Basic 1-g 5111 00 D389
-- Professional labelling with the Gira Inscription Service www. KNX touch sens. 3 Komfort 1-g 5131 00 D390
marking.gira.com. KNX RF touch sens. 1-g 5101 00 D413

Rocker set, 5-gang Plus (2+3) with inscription
space Rocker set, 2-gang (1+1)

System55 System55
Clear + cream white glossy 2145 01 1 06 Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2182 01 1 06
Clear + pure white glossy 2145 03 1 06 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2182 03 1 06
Clear + anthracite 2145 28 1 06 Pure white matt (lacquered) 2182 27 1 06
Clear / colour aluminium 2145 26 1 06 Anthracite (lacquered) 2182 28 1 06
E22 Bronze 2132 605 1 06
Clear + stainless steel 2145 20 1 06 Brass 2132 606 1 06
AClear + aluminium 2145 203 1 06 Chrome 2132 609 1 06
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. E22
C N ecessary accessories AAluminium 2132 211 1 06
Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2182 03 1 06
Inscription sheet 38x36mm 1089 00 D251 C N ecessary accessories
Inscription sheet 38x54mm 1090 00 D251 One of the following articles:
Notes KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 2-g (1+1) 5132 00 D391
marking.gira.com.
Rocker set, 3-gang Rocker set, 6-gang (3+3)
System55
Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2183 01 1 06
Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2183 03 1 06
Pure white matt (lacquered) 2183 27 1 06
Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2183 26 1 06 System55
Bronze 2133 605 1 06 Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2186 01 1 06
Brass 2133 606 1 06 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2186 03 1 06
Chrome 2133 609 1 06 Pure white matt (lacquered) 2186 27 1 06
E22 Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2186 26 1 06
Stainless Steel 2133 210 1 06 Bronze 2136 605 1 06
AAluminium 2133 211 1 06 Brass 2136 606 1 06
Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2183 03 1 06 Chrome 2136 609 1 06
E22
C N ecessary accessories Stainless Steel 2136 210 1 06
One of the following articles: AAluminium 2136 211 1 06
KNX touch sens.3 Basic 3-g 5113 00 D390 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2186 03 1 06
KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 3-g 5133 00 D391 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
KNX RF touch sens. 3-g 5103 00 D413
Gira eNet WL wall transm. 3-g in.sp. 5333 00 D493 C N ecessary accessories

Rocker set, 4-gang (1+3)
Rocker set, 2-gang Plus
System55

System55 Anthracite (lacquered) 2192 28 1 06
Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2184 01 1 06 Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2192 26 1 06
Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2184 03 1 06 Bronze 2142 605 1 06
Pure white matt (lacquered) 2184 27 1 06 Brass 2142 606 1 06
Anthracite (lacquered) 2184 28 1 06 Chrome 2142 609 1 06
Bronze 2134 605 1 06 E22
Brass 2134 606 1 06 Stainless Steel 2142 210 1 06
Chrome 2134 609 1 06 AAluminium 2142 211 1 06
E22 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2184 03 1 06 Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392


Rocker sets KNXoperating devices
Rocker set, 5-gang Plus (2+3) Rocker set 2-gang (1+1) inscribable
System55 System55
Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2195 01 1 06 Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2202 01 1 07
Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2195 03 1 06 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2202 03 1 07
Pure white matt (lacquered) 2195 27 1 06 Pure white matt (lacquered) 2202 27 1 07
Anthracite (lacquered) 2195 28 1 06 Anthracite (lacquered) 2202 28 1 07
Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2195 26 1 06 Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2202 26 1 07
Bronze 2145 605 1 06 Bronze 2132 607 1 07
Brass 2145 606 1 06 Brass 2132 608 1 07
Chrome 2145 609 1 06 Chrome 2132 610 1 07

E22 E22
Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2195 03 1 06 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2202 03 1 07

Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392 One of the following articles:
Rocker set 1-gang inscribable
Notes
marking.gira.com.

Rocker set 3-gang inscribable
System55

Bronze 2131 607 1 07 System55
Brass 2131 608 1 07 Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2203 01 1 07
Chrome 2131 610 1 07 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2203 03 1 07
E22 Anthracite (lacquered) 2203 28 1 07
Stainless Steel 2131 212 1 07 Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2203 26 1 07
AAluminium 2131 213 1 07 Bronze 2133 607 1 07
Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2201 03 1 07 Brass 2133 608 1 07
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. Chrome 2133 610 1 07

C N ecessary accessories E22
One of the following articles: Stainless Steel 2133 212 1 07
KNX touch sens.3 Basic 1-g 5111 00 D389 AAluminium 2133 213 1 07
KNX touch sens. 3 Komfort 1-g 5131 00 D390 Pure white glossy (lacquered) 2203 03 1 07
KNX RF touch sens. 1-g 5101 00 D413 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Notes One of the following articles:
-- Professional labelling with the Gira Inscription Service www. KNX touch sens.3 Basic 3-g 5113 00 D390
marking.gira.com. KNX touch sens.3 Komfort 3-g 5133 00 D391

Notes
marking.gira.com.

Rocker set 4-gang (1+3) inscribable Rocker set 2-gang Plus inscribable
System55
System55 Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2212 26 1 07
Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2204 01 1 07 Bronze 2142 607 1 07
Pure white matt (lacquered) 2204 27 1 07 Chrome 2142 610 1 07
Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2204 26 1 07 E22
Bronze 2134 607 1 07 Stainless Steel 2142 212 1 07
Brass 2134 608 1 07 AAluminium 2142 213 1 07
E22
Stainless Steel 2134 212 1 07 C N ecessary accessories
AAluminium 2134 213 1 07 Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392
C N ecessary accessories marking.gira.com.

Notes Rocker set 5-gang Plus (2+3) inscribable
marking.gira.com.

Rocker set 6-gang (3+3) inscribable

System55
System55 Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2215 26 1 07
Cream white glossy (lacquered) 2206 01 1 07 Bronze 2145 607 1 07
Pure white matt (lacquered) 2206 27 1 07 Chrome 2145 610 1 07
Colour aluminium (lacquered) 2206 26 1 07 E22
Bronze 2136 607 1 07 Stainless Steel 2145 212 1 07
Brass 2136 608 1 07 AAluminium 2145 213 1 07
E22
Stainless Steel 2136 212 1 07 C N ecessary accessories
AAluminium 2136 213 1 07 Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392
C N ecessary accessories marking.gira.com.

Notes
marking.gira.com.

Flush-mounted bus coupler button KNXoperating devices
Flush-mounted bus coupler button Insert for KNX bus coupler button, 1-gang with
2-point operation and status LED
The bus coupler button is the interface between the KNXsystem
and the user.
Technical data
Notes
-- Suitable for claw mounting. 0184 00 1/5 06
-- Please use System55 adapter frame and cover plate for TX_44
switch range, IP20. C N ecessary accessories
-- Integration in the F100 switch range is not possible. Rockers can be find in the following switch ranges starting
from
Insert for KNX bus coupler button, 1-gang with -- System55 D50
single-point operation and status LED -- E22 D150

Features
-- The 1-gang rockers of the flush-mounted switch ranges can be
inserted on the bus coupler button, 1-gang with two-point
operation (upright rocker).
-- When using the status LED, please use rockers with control
window.
-- The bus coupler button, 1-gang with two-point operation can be
0181 00 1/5 06 used to realise the functions switching (pressing), blind, dimming
with stop telegram and dimming with cyclical transmission.
C N ecessary accessories -- LED display for: permanent-on or permanent-off or status, rocker
Rockers can be find in the following switch ranges starting up or status, rocker down or status LED invertible (orientation
from light).
-- System55 D50 Technical data
-- E22 D150 Installation depth: 31 mm

Features Notes
-- The 1-gang rockers of the flush-mounted switch ranges can be -- Integration in F100 not possible.
inserted on the bus coupler button, 1-gang with single-point
operation (slanted rocker). Scope of supply
-- When using the status LED, please use rockers with control -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
window. supply.
-- The switching (pressing) functions can be realised with the bus
coupler button, 1-gang with single-point operation.
-- LED display for: permanent-on or permanent-off or status.
Technical data
Notes
-- Integration in F100 not possible.
Scope of supply
supply.
KNXoperating devices Flush-mounted bus coupler button
Insert for KNX bus coupler button, 2-gang with Insert for KNX bus coupler button, 2-gang with
single-point operation 2-point operation
0182 00 1/5 06 0185 00 1/5 06

Rockers 0295 .. Rockers 0295 ..
-- E22 D151 -- E22 D151
Rocker 2-g arrow sym. 0294 .. Rocker 2-g arrow symbols 1150 .. D53
-- System55 D52
-- E22 D151 Features
-- The rockers, 2-gang of the flush-mounted switch ranges can be
Features inserted on the bus coupler button, 2-gang with two-point
-- The rockers, 2-gang of the flush-mounted switch ranges can be operation (upright rocker).
inserted on the bus coupler button 2-gang with single-point -- The bus coupler button, 2-gang with two-point operation can be
operation (slanted rocker). used to realise the functions switching (pressing), blind, dimming
-- The bus coupler button, 2-gang with single-point operation can with stop telegram and dimming with cyclical transmission.
be used to realise the functions switching (pressing), blind,
dimming with stop telegram and dimming with cyclical Technical data
transmission. Installation depth: 31 mm

Installation depth: 31 mm -- Integration in F100 not possible.

-- Integration in F100 not possible. -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
supply.
Scope of supply
supply.

Surface-mounted bus coupler button KNXoperating devices
Bus coupler button KNX bus coupler button water-protected surface-

water-protected surface-mounted mounted 2-gang with control window and single-
point operation
The bus coupler button is the interface between the KNXsystem
and the user.
Features
Button function
-- Switching, dimming, blind, value transmitter 1-byte, and scene
auxiliary unit.
-- Switching function: Command for pressing and releasing the
buttons can be parameterised (ON, OFF, CHANGE, no reaction).
-- Dimming function: Command for pressing the buttons can be Grey 5152 30 1 06
parameterised (Brighter-ON, Darker-OFF, Brighter or Darker-
CHANGE, Brighter-CHANGE, Darker-CHANGE, no reaction). C O ptional accessories
-- Blind function: Command for pressing the buttons can be In.sp. blank in.label f. sw. 0018 00 D200
parameterised (UP, DOWN, no reaction). Inscription sheets 54.5x7.0mm 1453 00 D250
-- Value transmitter 1-byte function: Mode of operation can be
configured. Features
-- Scene auxiliary unit function: Mode of operation can be -- The rocker can be operated on both sides (e.g. top / bottom)
configured (with or without block function for pressing and during two-point operation (upright rocker).
holding a button). -- Bus coupler button in the water-protected surface-mounted
system (IP44).
Technical data -- Functions of the status LED: Red LED can either be used as an
KNX connection: Connection and junction terminal orientation light, actuation display, or status display.
Protection class: III -- The rocker or button function operating concepts can be set.
Ambient temperature: -25 C to +55 C Rocker function
Relative humidity: 5 to 93% (no condensation) -- Switching, dimming, and blind.
-- Command for top and bottom rocker actuation can be
parameterised (ON, OFF, CHANGE, no reaction).
KNX bus coupler button water-protected surface- -- Command for top and bottom rocker actuation can be
mounted 1-gang with control window and single- parameterised (Brighter-ON, Darker-OFF, Bright/darker-CHANGE,
point operation Brighter-CHANGE, Darker-CHANGE, no reaction).
-- Command for rocker actuation can be parameterised (rocker top:
UP / rocker bottom: DOWN, rocker top: DOWN / rocker bottom:
UP).

Technical data

Scope of supply
Grey 5151 30 1 06 supply.


Features
-- The rocker can only be operated on one side (bottom) during
single-point operation (slanted rocker).
-- Bus coupler button in the water-protected surface-mounted
system (IP44).
-- Functions of the status LED: Red LED can either be used as an
orientation light, actuation display, or status display.
Technical data
Scope of supply
supply.
KNXoperating devices Surface-mounted bus coupler button
KNX water-protected surface-mounted bus coupler KNX water-protected surface-mounted bus coupler
button, 2-gang with single-point operation button, 2-gang with two-point operation
Grey 5161 30 1 06 Grey 5162 30 1 06

In.sp. blank in.label f. sw. 0018 00 D200 In.sp. blank in.label f. sw. 0018 00 D200
Inscription sheets 54.5x7.0mm 1453 00 D250 Inscription sheets 54.5x7.0mm 1453 00 D250

Features Features
-- The rocker can only be operated on one side (bottom) during -- The rocker can be operated on both sides (e.g. top / bottom)
single-point operation (slanted rocker). during two-point operation (upright rocker).
-- Bus coupler button in the water-protected surface-mounted -- Bus coupler button in the water-protected surface-mounted
system (IP44). system (IP44).
-- The rocker or button function operating concepts can be set.
Technical data Rocker function
Protection type: IP44 -- Switching, dimming, and blind.
-- Command for top and bottom rocker actuation can be
Scope of supply parameterised (ON, OFF, CHANGE, no reaction).
-- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of -- Command for top and bottom rocker actuation can be
supply. parameterised (Brighter-ON, Darker-OFF, Bright/darker-CHANGE,
Brighter-CHANGE, Darker-CHANGE, no reaction).
-- Command for rocker actuation can be parameterised (rocker top:
UP / rocker bottom: DOWN, rocker top: DOWN / rocker bottom:
UP).

Technical data

Scope of supply
supply.

Universal button interfaces KNXoperating devices
Universal button interfaces KNX universal button interface, 2-gang
Flush-mounted binary inputs, can be used in deep device box

(60mm deep) behind a conventional switch/push button, for
connection of zero-voltage contacts. The switching operations of
zero-voltage contacts are converted into KNXtelegrams. The
inputs can be assigned various functions or blocked independently
of each other in the process. The inputs can be parameterised as
outputs (max. 2mA). 1118 00 1/5 06

-- Blocker for blocking individual inputs. Rocker btn 4-g NO con. 1-p 0147 00 D227
-- Behaviour upon bus voltage recovery can be configured Junction box 0070 30 D200
separately for each input.
-- Telegram rate limiting. Features
-- Two independent switching objects are available for each input -- 2-gang flush-mounted binary input The two inputs can be
and can be released individually, command for leading and assigned various functions or blocked independently of each
trailing edge can be set independently (ON, OFF, CHANGE, no other in the process. Both inputs can be configured as outputs
reaction), cyclical transmission of the switching object depending (max. 2mA).
on the edge or depending on the object value can be selected. -- Free assignment of the functions switching, dimming, blind and
-- Single-surface and double-surface operation, time between value transmitter to both inputs or pulse counters and switching
dimming and switching, and dim-step size can be set, telegram counters.
repetition, and stop telegram transmission possible.
-- Command can be set with rising edge (no function, UP, DOWN, Technical data
CHANGE), operating concept can be configured (Step - Move - Number of inputs: 2
Step or Move - Step), time between short and long-term Connections
operation can be set, slat adjustment time can be set. -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
Value transmitter and light scene auxiliary unit function: -- Input line: 3-wire cable set
-- edge (button as NO contact, button as NC contact, switch) and
value with edge can be configured, value adjustment with button Scope of supply
by pressing and holding button for value transmitters possible, -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
light scene auxiliary unit with memory function and saving of the supply.
scene without previously calling up is possible.
Temperature value transmitter and brightness value
transmitter function: KNX universal button interface, 4-gang
-- edge and value configurable, value adjustment with push button
is possible by pressing and holding button.
Pulse counter function:
-- edge for pulse counting and interval time for meter reading
transfer can be configured, edge of the synchronisation signal for
resetting the meter reading and switching telegram when
synchronisation signal arrives can be set.
Function of switching counter: 1119 00 1/5 06
-- edge for counting the signals at the input and maximum meter

reading selectable, increment for the counter reading output and C O ptional accessories
telegram when the maximum meter reading is reached can be Rocker btn 4-g NO con. 1-p 0147 00 D227
parameterised. Junction box 0070 30 D200
Function as switching output:
-- Behaviour in case of bus failure and return, switch-on/off delay or Features
time switch function, output clocking (flashing of an LED). -- 4-gang flush-mounted binary input, the four inputs can be
assigned various functions or blocked independently of each
Technical data other in the process. Two of the four inputs can be parameterised
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C as outputs (max. 2mA).
Dimensions inmm -- Free assignment of the functions switching, dimming, blind and
W 43 H 28 D 15 value transmitter to inputs 1 through 4 or pulse counters and
switch counters to inputs 1 and 2.

Technical data
Number of inputs: 4
Connections
-- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
-- Input line: 5-wire cable set

Scope of supply
supply.

KNXoperating devices Continuous Controller, Object Controller
Continuous Controller and Object Controller with button KNX continuous controller with button interface,
interface, 4-gang 4-gang
The flush-mounted continuous controllers and the object

controllers combine the functions of a KNXbus coupler, a single-
room temperature controller with specified setpoint value, and a
binary input.

Features
-- Four zero-voltage contacts can be connected to the binary input.
-- Input 1 can be used to connect a remote sensor for the System55
temperature measurement in the floor. Cream white glossy 2100 01 1 06
-- Two inputs can be configured as outputs (max.0.8mA) Pure white glossy 2100 03 1/100 06
-- The control function is used for single-room temperature control. Pure white matt 2100 27 1/100 06
The controller detects the current room temperature with an Anthracite 2100 28 1 06
internal or external temperature sensor and computes an Colour aluminium 2100 26 1/100 06
adjustment size using it and an adjustable temperature setpoint
value. Valve drives can be controlled with a constant adjustment E22
signal or with a switching adjustment signal here. Stainless Steel 2100 20 1 06
Controller AAluminium 2100 203 1 06
-- 5 operating modes: Comfort, standby, night, frost or heat Pure white glossy 2100 03 1/100 06
protection, and controller lock-out (e.g. dew-point mode). AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- Heating/cooling functions: Heating, cooling, heating and cooling,
basic and additional heating, basic and additional cooling. C O ptional accessories
-- Preset control parameters for common radiators or cooling units. Remote sensor RTC 4 m supply cable 1493 00 D406
-- Controller deactivatable (dewpoint operation) or controller or
operation of the controller can be blocked. Features
-- Valve protection function (valve is opened cyclically every 24 -- The temperature setpoint is shifted with the adjustment dial.
hours). -- A presence button is used to switch between Comfort and
-- Control types: Continuous PI control, switching PI control (PWM), Stand-by mode.
and switching 2-point control (on/off) -- The current states are indicated on the continuous controller with
-- Temperature detection via an internal and/or external sensor LEDs.
(average value calculation for large areas).
Inputs Technical data
-- Free assignment of the functions switching, dimming, blind and Installation depth: 23 mm
value transmitter to the inputs. Connections
-- Blocker for blocking individual inputs. -- J-Y(St)Y: 2 2 0.8 mm
-- Behaviour upon bus voltage recovery can be configured
separately for each input.
-- Telegram rate limiting. KNX object controller with button interface,
-- Switching function: two independent switching objects are 4-gang
available for each existing input and can be enabled individually,
command for leading and trailing edge can be set independently
(ON, OFF, CHANGE, no reaction).
-- Dimming function: single-surface and double-surface operation,

time between dimming and switching, and dim-step size can be
set, telegram repetition and stop telegram transmission possible.
-- Blind function: Command can be set with rising edge (no
function, UP, DOWN, CHANGE), operating concept can be
configured (Step - Move - Step or Move - Step), time between System55
short and long-term operation can be set, slat adjustment time Cream white glossy 2101 01 1 06
can be set. Pure white glossy 2101 03 1/100 06
-- Value transmitter and light scene auxiliary unit function: edge Pure white matt 2101 27 1 06
(button as NO contact, button as NC contact, switch) and value Anthracite 2101 28 1 06
with edge can be configured, value adjustment by pressing and Colour aluminium 2101 26 1 06
holding a button for value transmitters possible, light scene
auxiliary unit with/without memory function. E22
-- Temperature sensor function: One channel of the button interface Stainless Steel 2101 20 1 06
can be used as an external temperature sensor for the room AAluminium 2101 203 1 06
temperature controller. Pure white glossy 2101 03 1/100 06
Outputs AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
-- Independent switching of a maximum of 2 outputs.
Technical data Remote sensor RTC 4 m supply cable 1493 00 D406
Cable length Technical data
-- Inputs and outputs: max. 5 m Installation depth: 23 mm
-- Temperature sensor: max. 50 m Connections
-- J-Y(St)Y: 2 2 0.8 mm
Notes
-- No separate bus coupler is required. Notes
-- The use of a switch terminal box for connection of the external -- The object controller has no operating or display elements.
inputs is recommended.

CO Sensor KNXoperating devices
CO Sensor with humidity and room temperature controller Technical data

Measurement range
CO-sensor with an integrated KNXbus coupler and two binary -- CO 2 concentration: 0 to 2000 ppm
inputs for measuring the concentration of carbon dioxide, relative -- Humidity: 10 to 95% rel. humidity
humidity, and room temperature. Cable length, inputs: max. 5 m
Connections
KNX CO 2 Sensor with humidity and room -- maximum: 2.5mm
temperature controller Installation depth: 23 mm

Notes
-- The CO 2-sensor does not have any operating or display elements.
-- The use of a switch terminal box for connection of the external
inputs is recommended.
-- A separate bus coupler is not required to operate the CO 2-sensor.

System55
E22
Features
-- Limit value monitoring for CO 2 concentration and humidity
-- Dewpoint alert e.g. for cooling ceilings and winter gardens to
prevent possible mould growth.
-- Two binary inputs for connecting zero-voltage contacts.
-- Logic gates for easy linking functions.
Sensor
-- Up to four different limits can be set for the CO 2-sensor.
-- Adaptation to current sea level above NN.
-- Up to two limits can be set for the humidity sensor.
Controller
-- 5 operating modes: Comfort, standby, night, frost or heat
protection, and controller lock-out (e.g. dew-point mode).
-- Heating/cooling functions: Heating, cooling, heating and cooling,

basic and additional heating, basic and additional cooling.
-- Preset control parameters for common radiators or cooling units.
-- Controller deactivatable (dewpoint operation) or controller or
operation of the controller can be blocked.
-- Valve protection function (valve is opened cyclically every 24
hours).
-- Control types: continuous PI control, switching PI control (PWM),
and switching 2-point control (on/off).
Inputs
-- Free assignment of the functions switching, dimming, blind and
value transmitter to the inputs.
-- Blocker for blocking individual inputs.
-- Behaviour can be configured following bus voltage recovery.
-- Telegram rate limiting.
-- Switching function: two independent switching objects are
available for each existing input and can be enabled individually,
-- Dimming function: single-surface and double-surface operation,
-- Blind function: command can be set with rising edge (no
function, UP, DOWN, SW), operating concept can be
parameterised, time between short and long-term operation
adjustable, slat adjustment time adjustable.
-- Value transmitter and light scene auxiliary unit function: edge
(button as NO contact, button as NC contact, switch) and value
with edge can be configured, value adjustment by pressing and
holding a button for value transmitters possible, light scene
auxiliary unit with/without memory function.
KNXoperating devices Data interface/ Accessories
Data interface Accessories

Insert for KNX USB data interface USB connection cable
0903 00 1 06
C N ecessary accessories USB data I/F FM 1070 00 D406
Cover plate TAE+Stereo+USB 0276 .. D80 Features
Cover in. sp. TAE USB 0876 .. D80 -- USB connection cable for connecting the flush-mounted or DRA
Gira E22 USB data interface to the PC.
Cover plate TAE+Stereo+USB 0876 20 D177 -- Plug typeA-B.
Cover in. sp. TAE USB 0276 20 D177
Technical data
C O ptional accessories Connection line
USB connection cab. 0903 00 D406 -- Length: 3m

Features
-- USB data interface with integrated bus coupler. Remote Sensor
-- The data interface enables the coupling of a PC for the
addressing, programming, and diagnosis of KNX components.

Technical data
Connections
-- USB: Pin jack, type B
Transfer protocol: compatible with USB 1.1/2.0 black 1493 00 1 02
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C C N ecessary accessories
Scope of supply Bus coupler 3 External sensor 2009 00 D388
-- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of KNX contin.cont. btn I/F 4-g 2100 .. D404
supply. KNX object cont. btn I/F 4-g 2101 .. D404

Features
-- Remote sensor with 4m supply line (2 x 0.5mm), can be
extended to 50m.
-- Sensor in plastic cap with 7.8mm diameter and 20mm length.

Notes
-- Install remote sensor in empty pipe in the floor.

Support ring
Second support ring 1127 00 5/25 06

Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392

Features
-- For fastening touch sensor3 to device boxes.

Scope of supply
-- Including mounting screws.

Accessories KNXoperating devices
Support ring, plastic Protective cover plate for bus coupler
black 0015 01 5 06
5338 00 1/5 06
C O ptional accessories Bus coupler 3 2008 00 D388
KNX RF touch sens. 1-g 5101 00 D413 Bus coupler 3 External sensor 2009 00 D388
KNX RF touch sens. 3-g 5103 00 D413 Bus coupler 0570 00 D389
ZigBee Light Link WL wall transm. in.sp. 2430 100 D508
Gira eNet WL wall transm. 1-g in.sp. 5331 .. D492 Features
Gira eNet WL wall transm. 3-g in.sp. 5333 .. D493 -- Cover plate for protecting the bus coupler to prevent soiling.
-- The protective cover plate is used, for example, when the devices
Features are already installed prior to papering or painting the walls.
-- For attaching eNet wireless wall transmitters, KNX RF touch -- The protective cover plate is simply pushed onto the insert.
sensors and ZigBee Light Link wireless wall transmitters to
device boxes.
Scope of supply
Mounting plate set

System55, E22
Four plates 5339 00 1 02
Gira eNet WL wall transm. 1-g in.sp. 5331 .. D492
Features
-- Mounting plate set for cover frame for System55 and E22.
-- The mounting plates serve as adapter plates for attaching the
wireless wall transmitters to smooth or transparent surfaces, e.g.
glass panes.
-- Can be broken off, and thus also suitable for multiple
combinations or for mounting on device boxes.
Gira KNX RF KNX RF system description ... 412
KNX RF touch sensors ... 412
KNX RF hand-held transmitter ... 413
KNX RF system devices ... 414
KNX RF

Convenient wireless control of building technology with Gira KNX RF
With Gira KNX RF, the operating comfort of building management systems can be
increased easily in buildings with an existing KNX system. KNX RF stands for KNX
Radio Frequency, i.e. KNX via wireless signal. With little time or effort and without noise
and dust, new options for controlling lights, blinds, ambiences, etc. can now be installed
in the home by wireless command. In a renovated old building or in a completely new
one, operating stations can be created where no cables can be laid or where no switches
are available. Gira KNX RF uses the universal KNX standard KNX RF1.R S-Mode: All
KNX products available on the market can be integrated in the system. Hand-held
transmitters and touch sensors are available for operation.
KNX KNX KNX
KNX
Gira KNX RF touch sensors Gira KNX RF hand-held transmitter

The Gira KNX RF touch sensors are battery-operated so that the The Gira KNX RF hand-held transmitters permit convenient
operating points can be mounted in any location and easily moved operation of the building control from your desk or sofa. Several
if necessary. This not only includes mounting on walls made of lights can also be controlled simultaneously or integrated into
stone, concrete or wood. Using an additional mounting plate, the light scenes via the Gira KNX RF operating devices.
Gira KNX RF touch sensors can also be easily attached to smooth
and even transparent surfaces like glass doors, window panes or
furniture surfaces.
KNX RF
KNX
KNX
Gira KNX RF / TP media coupler or RF repeater Access to the entire KNX system via the KNX RF data interface
The Gira KNX RF/TP media coupler is used to establish a link (USB stick)
with the KNX TP system (TP stands for Twisted Pair, i.e. The complete KNX system, including the KNX TP products, can
components that communicate via the green bus cable). This also be put into operation and maintained via wireless signal using
means that no complex and expensive gateway is required, which the Gira KNX RF data interface (USB stick). It permits convenient
has to be separately programmed with its own software. All wireless access to a KNX installation from the PC or laptop for
devices can be directly set up via the ETS 5 in the same way as addressing, programming or diagnosing via ETS 5 or for operation
wired KNX products. If in some cases the wireless signal range is with the respective PC tools. Communication between the PC and
not sufficient due to difficult architectural conditions, the Gira the KNX system is established via wireless signal (a Gira KNX RF/
KNX RF/TP media coupler can be used in its additional repeater TP media coupler or RF repeater in the system is required for this).
mode to increase the range.

Product range Gira KNX RF
KNX RF system KNX RF touch KNX RF hand-held KNX RF system

description sensors transmitter devices
D412 D412 D413 D414
KNX RF

KNX RF KNX RF system description/ KNX RF touch sensors
KNX RF system description KNX RF touch sensors
The Gira KNX RF system (RF = radio frequency) is based on a The KNX RF touch sensors transmit KNX telegrams wirelessly when
manufacturer-independent KNX wireless standard (868 MHz), the button is pressed, depending on the parameter settings when
which can easily be retrofitted to existing KNX systems or used to the application program is loaded. These could be e.g. telegrams
expand new installations with RF components. Mobile hand-held for switching/pressing, for dimming or blind control. It is also
transmitters allow comfortable operation of the intelligent KNX possible to program encoder functions (dimming encoders and
building functions by remote control. KNX RF touch sensors can be scene auxiliary units).
mounted anywhere an operating point is required, be it on stone
walls, concrete, wood or glass or on the surface of furniture. KNX Features
RF devices can be connected to wired KNX installations using -- Confirmation function as well as transmit and status display via
media couplers. In addition, or alternatively, suitable KNX RF two-colour LED (red/green) separately for each button by 2-stage
actuators can be controlled directly by KNX RF transmitters. While display function.
KNX TP devices (TP = twisted pair (green bus line)) are positioned -- Optional status display by separate 1-bit status communication
where there are lines, KNX RF touch sensors and hand-held objects.
transmitters can be mounted independently of lines, as these RF -- Transmit and confirmation display deactivatable.
transmitters by Gira are battery operated. KNX RF components -- The touch sensor can be attached to walls using screws or
have a transmitter and receiver component and as a result are affixed to smooth or transparent surfaces using a mounting plate.
bidirectional. This means, for example, that it is also possible to -- Project planning, start-up and parameter setting are performed
implement status displays on the RF operating points in addition to using ETS (version 5 or later).
the operating function, or to enable status feedback for actuators. -- Battery-operated device.
KNX RF components can be started up directly via ETS Version 5 or "Switching" function
higher. No additional software or gateway is required. KNX RF -- Rocker or button function.
devices are connected directly to a TP system using a KNX RF/TP -- Command for pressing and releasing can be parameterised (ON,
media coupler. This is compulsory and must comply with the KNX OFF, CHANGE, no reaction).
RF1.R (S mode) standard - just like the Gira KNX RF devices "Dimming" function
themselves. Devices from other manufacturers which also comply -- Rocker function.
with the KNX RF1.R (S mode) standard are compatible with each -- Command when the rocker is pressed (right and left button) can
other. Often the same KNX RF system is used under different be set in the parameters (lighter - ON, darker - OFF).
names or product descriptions simply for marketing reasons. The "Blind" function
following descriptions, including in combination, generally identify -- Rocker function.
products for the same KNX standard. -- Command when the rocker is pressed (right and left button) can
be set in the parameters (ON, OFF, CHANGE).
KNX RF1.R S mode -- Time between short and long-term command can be set in the
parameters.
KNX RF Ready S mode "Value transmitter" and "Scene auxiliary unit" functions
-- Rocker function.
KNX RF+ -- Command when the rocker is pressed (right and left button) can
be set in the parameters (values 0 to 255, 0 to 100% or scene
number).
-- With scene auxiliary unit: Memory function possible.

Technical data
KNX medium: RF1.R
Start-up mode: S mode
Rated voltage: DC3V
Batteries: 1 x CR 2450N
KNX RF
Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz

Transmission power: Max. 20mW
Range (free field): approx. 100m

Notes
-- Batteries are consumables and must be replaced regularly.
Please observe the regulations on the disposal of used batteries.
-- The touch sensor is supplied with a neutral start-up rocker. The
suitable rocker set for the switch range must be ordered
separately.
-- The range can be reduced when using rocker sets and/or cover
frames.

Scope of supply
-- Batteries are included in the scope of supply.

KNX RF touch sensors /KNX RF hand-held transmitter KNX RF
KNX RF touch sensor 1-gang KNX RF hand-held transmitter
KNX RF hand-held transmitters make the controller "mobile": From

any point in the house, the required KNX function can be triggered
conveniently by "remote control". The KNX RF hand-held
transmitters transmit KNX telegrams wirelessly when the button is
pressed, depending on the parameter setting when the application
program is loaded. These could include telegrams for switching/
System55/E22 pressing, dimming, or blind control. It is also possible to program
Start-up rocker 5101 00 1/5 06 encoder functions (dimming encoders and scene auxiliary units).

One of the following articles: -- Confirmation function as well as transmit and status display via
Rocker set 1-gang in.sp. 2131 .. D393 two-colour LED (red/green) separately for each button by 2-stage
Rocker set 1-gang 2181 .. D395 display function.
Rocker set 1-gang inscribable 2201 .. D397 -- Optional status display by separate 1-bit status communication
objects.
C O ptional accessories -- Transmit and confirmation display deactivatable.
Base plate set 5339 00 D407 -- Project planning, start-up and parameter setting are performed
Supp. ring plastic 5338 00 D407 using ETS (version 5 or later).
-- Battery-operated device.
"Switching" function
KNX RF touch sensor 3-gang -- Rocker or button function.
-- Command for pressing and releasing can be parameterised (ON,
OFF, CHANGE, no reaction).
"Dimming" function
-- Rocker function.
-- Command when the rocker is pressed (right and left button) can
be set in the parameters (lighter - ON, darker - OFF).
"Blind" function
System55/E22 -- Rocker function.
Start-up rocker 5103 00 1/5 06 -- Command when the rocker is pressed (right and left button) can
be set in the parameters (ON, OFF, CHANGE).
C N ecessary accessories -- Time between short and long-term command can be set in the
One of the following articles: parameters.
Rocker set 3-gang 2133 .. D393 "Value transmitter" and "Scene auxiliary unit" functions
Rocker set 3-gang 2183 .. D395 -- Rocker function.
Rocker set 3-gang inscribable 2203 .. D397 -- Command when the rocker is pressed (right and left button) can
be set in the parameters (values 0 to 255, 0 to 100% or scene
C O ptional accessories number).
Base plate set 5339 00 D407 -- With scene auxiliary unit: Memory function possible.
Supp. ring plastic 5338 00 D407
Technical data
KNX medium: RF1.R
Rated voltage: DC3V
KNX RF

Notes

Scope of supply
-- Battery is included in the scope of supply.



KNX RF KNX RF system devices
KNX RF system devices
With the KNX RF system devices, the KNX RF touch sensors and
KNX RF hand-held transmitters are incorporated and parameterised
in the KNX structure via the ETS.

KNX RF data interface (USB stick)
USB stick 5120 00 1 06

Features
-- The device is used as an interface for wireless communication
between PC and KNX system via KNX RF (radiofrequency).
-- The connection to the computer is made using a USB slot (USB
2.0 type A).
-- Using the USB stick, it is possible to carry out the addressing,
programming and diagnosis of the KNX devices with the
commissioning software from version ETS5 and later.

Technical data
KNX medium: RF1.R
Power supply: DC5V via USB slot
USB version: 2.0 or higher
USB connection: Type A
Relative humidity: Max. 80% (no condensation)

Notes
-- Suitable for PC or laptop with Windows operating system.
-- Automatic installation of PC communication via HID profile.

KNX RF/TP media coupler or RF repeater

KNX RF
DRA plus 5110 00 1/5 06

Features
-- Interface between wired KNX products (TP) and KNX RF wireless
products.
-- Configurable as a media coupler or repeater via the ETS.
-- Project planning, start-up and parameter setting are performed
using ETS (version 5 or later).

Technical data
KNX medium: RF1.R
Rated voltage:

Scope of supply
supply.

Gira G1 Gira G1 ... 417
Design awards
German Design Award 2015, iF DesignAward 2015,
Design Plus powered by l+b 2014, ICONIC Award Winner 2014,
Plus X Award 2014, Products of the Year, winner in the building
technology category, elektroboerse-smarthouse.de,
GoodDesign Award, The Chicago Athenaeum: Museum of
Architecture and Design, The European Centre for Architecture
ArtDesign and Urban Studies.
Gira Interface: ADC Wettbewerb 2015, Red Dot Award
Communication Design 2014.
Product design, Interfacedesign

Gira G1

The virtuoso for building technology
From lighting and blind control and setting the room temperature to online weather
forecast and door communication the Gira G1 is the all-in-one intelligent user interface
for building technology. All the functions can be conveniently operated by swiping or
touching the brilliant multi-touch display. In combination with the Gira DCS IP gateway,
the Gira G1 can also be used as a home station for door communication. The Gira G1 can
be installed on a single flush-mounted box like a normal switch and is equally suitable for
modernisation, retrofitting, and new buildings.
Building technology in a 9 16 cm format The interface between the hand and the High-quality materials
Ranging from lighting and blinds, to setting system Selected materials underline the high-
the room temperature, online weather The brilliant 15.25 cm [6"] TFT colour quality design of the Gira G1. The contin u-
forecasts to door communication: With display with a resolution of 480 800 ous front panel is made of scratch-resistant
GiraG1, building technology functions can pixels and 155 ppi renders an extremely 1 mm special glass. Thanks to its precision
be controlled intuitively. The desired clear representation of images, graphics, bonding, the panel forms a single unit with
function is called up and available for and text. The colour display remains the housing. The high-quality metal frame
operation with just a touch or gesture like clear from all viewing angles, making the gives the Gira G1 an attractive appearance,
swiping or placing your hand on the body height of the user irrelevant for its even from the side.
surface. operation.
WLAN
Gira G1
Sensitive reaction Connection via LAN or WLAN Easy installation, easy handling
The proximity sensor recognises when a All functions are implemented via IP. Installation is extremely simple: The GiraG1
person approaches the GiraG1 and The GiraG1 is connected via a LAN cable can be installed in a conventional device
switches the display on automatically. or wirelessly via WLAN and a suitable box.
When the GiraG1 is not used, the display interface (KNX IP router and/or Gira DCS IP
switches off. Gateway) to the building technology as
the situation in the building demands it.

Gira G1
Gira G1 Notes
The Gira G1 is a multi-functional room operating device for -- Recommended mounting height: 150cm above floor.
visualising and operating a variety of building functions. For use in -- Installation is performed on a deep device box (an electronics box
the KNXsystem and Gira door communication system. is recommended for a LAN connection).
-- Communication with the KNX installation is exclusively via the
Features KNXnet/IP standard.
-- Operation is via a gesture-capable multi-touch display. -- A KNXIP router must be used to connect the Gira G1 PoE to the
-- Connection and communication are via LAN or WLAN depending KNXinstallation. Several Gira G1 units can be operated on one
on the version. KNX IP router.
-- Integrated loudspeaker. -- In order to ensure reliable communication via WLAN, a Gira KNX
-- Integrated microphone with echo compensation. IP router (firmware version 3 and later) is required to connect the
Properties as a KNXroom operating device Gira G1 230V or G1 24V to the KNX installation. For this purpose
-- Intuitive user interface that can be adapted by the end user. the Gira KNX IP router (firmware version 3 and later) is specially
-- Switching, dimming, blind and shutter control, value transmitter, equipped with the additional function "Reliable data
scene auxiliary unit. communication". Several Gira G1 units can be operated on one
-- Status display, display of date and time, display of indoor and Gira KNX IP router (firmware version 3 and later).
outdoor temperature. -- Start-up in the KNXsystem from ETS4.2 or higher.
-- Up to 125 functions (five function folders or rooms with up to 25 -- Can be used as a home station in connection with the DCS-IP-
functions each). gateway.
-- Up to 125 seven-day timer with 10 switching times each. -- When planning the system, please observe the technical
Properties as a KNXroom temperature controller auxiliary unit information on network planning in the device documentation.
-- Use as room temperature controller auxiliary unit in combination -- The Gira Project Assistant (GPA) is required for firmware updates.
with KNX 3 Plus touch sensor for room temperature The GPA is available free of charge in the Gira download area.
measurement and control.
-- Operating mode changeover: comfort, standby, night, and frost
or heat protection. Gira G1 PoE
-- Operating modes can be adapted individually.
-- Comfort extension using the presence button.
-- A heating clock as seven-day timer with 28 switching times.
Properties as home station video
-- Camera changeover: specific selection of connected colour
cameras.
-- Ringtone can be selected from a choice of 10 melodies.
-- Call acceptance.
-- Adjustment of ring tone and voice volume. Black glass 2069 05 1 36
Integration of Internet services Glass white 2069 12 1 36
-- Gira weather service: Display of the weather forecast for up to
five cities. C N ecessary accessories
For integration into a Gira door communication system
Technical data DCS-IP-gateway 5 licences 2620 97 D339
Power consumption For integration into a KNX system
-- Maximum: 7W IP router 2167 00 D455
-- Typical: 4W
-- Minimum: 2W C O ptional accessories
Display KNX 3 Plus touch sensor for room temperature measurement
Gira G1
-- Type: TFT and control
-- Size: 15.3cm (6) Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392
-- Colours: 16.7 M Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392
-- Resolution: 480x800px (WVGA), 155ppi KNX CO2 sensor humidity cont. + RTC 2104 .. D405
-- Brightness: 350cd/m
-- Contrast ratio: 1:500 Features
-- Viewing angle: >80 all around -- Gira G1 with flush-mounted connection module PoE LAN. Power
Proximity sensor is supplied via the network cable (Power over Ethernet).
-- Range: max. 50cm -- Data communication via LAN.
-- Range of detection: 30 horizontal, 30 vertical
KNXstandards Technical data
-- DPTs value transmitter: 5.010, 6.010, 5.001, 5.004, 9.001 Power supply
Protection type: IP21 -- PoE performance class0: DC48V PoE
Ambient temperature: 0C to +45C LAN standard: IEEE 802.3af
Dimensions inmm Connection line
-- Gira G1 (incl. flush-mounted -- Ethernet specifications: Cat.5 e, Cat.6, Cat.6 a, Cat.7
power supply unit): W 97 H 168 D 47 Installation depth: 32 mm
-- Gira G1 (without flush-
mounted power supply unit): W 97 H 168 D 15 Notes
-- Mounting height: W- H 15 D- -- We recommend using an electronics box to install the flush-
mounted connection module PoE.
-- A commercially available PoE-capable switch or router or a PoE
injector is required.

Scope of supply
module PoE LAN

Gira G1
Gira G1 230V Gira G1 24V

Glass white 2067 12 1 36 Glass white 2077 12 1 36

For integration into a Gira door communication system For integration into a Gira door communication system
DCS-IP-gateway 5 licences 2620 97 D339 DCS-IP-gateway 5 licences 2620 97 D339
For integration into a KNX system For integration into a KNX system
IP router 2167 00 D455 IP router 2167 00 D455

KNX 3 Plus touch sensor for room temperature measurement KNX 3 Plus touch sensor for room temperature measurement
and control and control
Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392 Touch sens.3 Plus 2-g 5142 00 D392
Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392 Touch sens.3 Plus 5-g (2+3) 5145 00 D392
KNX CO2 sensor humidity cont. + RTC 2104 .. D405 KNX CO2 sensor humidity cont. + RTC 2104 .. D405
24 V power supplies
Features Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344
-- Gira G1 with flush-mounted connection module 230V WLAN. Power supply DC 24 V 700 mA DRA 2570 00 D344
-- Data communication via WLAN. Power supply AC 24 V 1 A DRA 1024 00 D478
Technical data Power supply 640 mA 2 chokes 1087 00 D453
Power supply: AC 230V, 50/60Hz
WLAN standard: IEEE 802.11b/g/n - 2.4GHz Features
Installation depth: 32 mm -- Gira G1 with flush-mounted connection module 24V WLAN for
connecting to a suitable cable (e.g. to the second wire pair of the
Scope of supply KNXbus line).
-- Display module, holding frame, flush-mounted connection -- Data communication via WLAN.
module 230V WLAN
Technical data
Power supply: AC/DC 10to31V
WLAN standard: IEEE 802.11b/g/n - 2.4GHz
Connection line
-- Wire diameter: 0.6 - 0.8mm

Notes
-- For dimensioning the power supply, the total power consumption
Gira G1
of all connected devices as well as the voltage drop in the supply

network must always be considered.

Scope of supply
module 24V WLAN

Gira Server Gira HomeServer4 ... 423
Gira FacilityServer ... 424
Gira Control19 Client 2 ... 425
Gira Control9 ... 426
Accessories ... 427
Training
The "KNX user training documentation", "Gira HomeServer
network configuration" and "HomeServer/FacilityServer
training documentation" online distance learning courses are
available free-of-charge at www.academy.gira.com alongside
other training opportunities.
Server

Visualising and controlling intelligent building technology
The Gira HomeServer / FacilityServer is the on-board computer for intelligent buildings.
It allows all building technology networked in the KNX system to be controlled and
visualised across different systems in private or commercial properties. This makes it
possible to integrate additional technologies like door intercoms, cameras or audio
systems into the building control. Operation is via the Gira Control Clients, a smartphone,
tablet or PC. Regardless of your location, nearly all control functions are available and
can be monitored at any time.
Diverse application options for more convenience, security, Central control of intelligent home technology at home or
and energy efficiency while away
The Gira interface for visualising and controlling buildings can be The Gira Home Server enables all building technology to be
fully adapted to the individual preferences and requirements of the controlled centrally using various control devices such as the
residents. Diverse application possibilities: Central control of Gira Control Clients, smartphones, tablets or computer at
lighting, blinds, and heating; room scenes; multimedia home or while away. This makes the system a valuable addition
entertainment in all rooms; panic switches; occupancy simulation; to classic KNX control devices, giving you a constant overview
alarm systems; requirements-based energy management; of the entire building control.
evaluation of consumption data; lighting colour control; email
messaging; push notifications, and much more.
Server
Individual user interface design Degrees of freedom in the presentation

The Gira HomeServer permits full individual visualisation and The individually designed visualisation of a building can be called
control of buildings via freely configurable user interfaces. Thanks up not only via the Home Server Client, but also via a web browser.
to its flexibility and exceptionally wide performance range, virtually Presentation in perspective or navigating the floor plan: The many
all customer preferences can be met giving planning security degrees of freedom in presenting rooms and floors in a building
for projects of the most diverse dimensions, ranging from an permit the creation of a tailor-made operating concept.
apartment to large purpose-built structures.

The Gira AppShop
The Gira AppShop is the market place for apps relating to all Gira's products for
intelligent building systems. More than 200 apps are available from the Gira AppShop.
These include function templates, plug-ins and logic nodes for implementing specific
applications. The apps have already been defined and can be easily integrated. This
allows you to configure your projects more efficiently using tried-and-tested modules.
More detailed explanations of sample apps can be found below.
Tu 16.08.16
Audio Control
CD
Living Room
Radio
Bedroom
iPod
20:30 12.0C 21.0C
Childrens Room
Door Communication Signalling System Music Player
Security Area: Inside Security Area: Outside
One marketplace. All the opportunities. Function templates

In the Gira AppShop, you can easily download apps for Gira These are visualisation elements of the Gira interface that allow you
products that have been pre-programmed and tested. This will save not only to control functions, but also to visualise their status. In
Acknowledgement
you time on your own/ Alarm Reset
projects, Status
for example during the Display
planning the Gira AppShop you Disarm
can find additional function templates for the
phase. It is a unique marketplace within the industry which Gira interface, which you can use to complement the software
Inside
provides you with specialist service and marketing tools to allow supplied with the Gira HomeServer.
Alarm
These include, for example, the
you to work more productively. audio function template, which makes it easy to operate audio and
multi-room systems.
Event Memory Alarm Device List
You can find more information at www.appshop.gira.com
0
Menu Favourites My Touch
Audio Archive Vaillant UPnP server
Server
System: Heating Security Area: Outside
Day
Setpoints: HVAC Hot Water
Day Temp. Heating 21.0 C
Night Temp. Heating
Day Temp. Cooling
20.0 C
28.0 C Day
Hot Water: Storage Tank Charging Ventilation
ON Day
ch Note System Visualisation

Plug-ins Logic nodes
These are additional control elements that can be used to visualise These are used to implement logical switching functions or
and manage a variety of applications. Plug-ins are configured in workflows. Logic nodes make it easier for youto implement
the Gira HomeServer Expert software. New plug-ins are constantly customers' requirements, as they cover a wide range of different
being added to the Gira AppShop. For example, there is a plug-in application areas. They are configured in the graphical logic editor
for visualising, managing and operating a Vaillant heater via the of the Gira HomeServer Expert software. For example, you can
Gira interface. All the plug-ins in the Gira AppShop complement automate the process of watering the garden to save time and
the software supplied with the Gira HomeServer. water. This is possible because the logic node decides
independently when and to what extent lawn sprinklers and
You can find more information at www.appshop.gira.com irrigation systems should be activated.

Server
System overview of Gira Home Server and Gira Facility Server
Smartphones / tablets Remote programming
Touch sensor Door station

External iETS Gira
Blinds Heating Keyless In Home station
Mobile PC
Phone PC / Mac
Door communi-
KNX installation
cation system
Audio Sensors
IP
Lighting TV
KNX IP
KNX presence detectors Gira Control 19
Client
Gira Control 9
Client
Gira Home Server PC / Mac

Gira Facility Server
ISDN IP
Alarm WLAN
IP IP
Telephone control
Gira Control 19 Client

Gira Control 9 Client
Smartphones /
Server
tablets
Viessmann
heating
technology
Third-party
Internal
systems
IP camera
TV PC / Mac Revox Miele @ home

multiroom
system
Gira OS Connect for Dornbracht
Apple Mac Ambiance
Tuning
Technique

Gira HomeServer4 Server
Gira HomeServer4 -- Communication objects: Data transfer from ETS by means of OPC
or directly from the knxproj file. Import and export of
Gateway for KNX installation, primarily matched to the needs of communication objects as CSV file.
buildings in the private sector. It turns the Gira HomeServer 4 into -- Universal timer: Several switching points possible per clock. Use
an on-board computer that handles the networking of modern of placeholders in day, month, year. Activation/deactivation via
buildings and their technical equipment internally and with the communication object. With Astro and random function.
outside world. Operation is carried out via state-of-the-art -- Data backup/restoration of retentive data.
communication media. In addition to a PC, access is also possible -- 14-byte KNX texts: Evaluation by comparison with text string.
via other Internet-capable devices connected to a LAN, an in-house Use in text messages, push notification, e-mails, or status page.
WLAN, or the Internet. As a result, KNX functions can be controlled -- Receipt of IP telegrams: Specification of an address range,
and regulated anywhere. The Gira SmartSensor, Control 9 Client, extraction of 14-byte KNX texts, assignment to 14-byte KNX
Control 19 Client 2 and Gira Interface apps for iPhone, iPod touch texts.
and iPad, and Android can be used as convenient operating -- SNMP: Reading out numeric and 14-byte KNX texts. Setting
devices for the Gira HomeServer 4. An app for Apple devices is numeric values, integer values, and texts. Transmitting SNMP
available in the Apple App Store. For Android devices there is an Traps via HomeServer command. Optional ColdStart Trap when
app available from the Google Play Store. Due to the software starting HomeServer.
architecture, the HomeServer is protected against attacks from the -- Bus access via KNXnet/IP protocol.
Internet. The high security standard is supplemented, among other -- Evaluation of web-based IP devices (reading/writing).
things, by an authentication system in which a telephone number, -- iETSserver: Remote programming of KNXsystems (secure
user name, and PIN are requested (only in connection with a USB operation ensured). Enabling iETSfunction via communication
ISDN adapter). object. HomeServer continues to run without restriction during
programming via iETS. Switching processes continue to run.
Process image remains current.
Gira HomeServer4
Technical data
Connection options
-- Serial port: 1 x RS232
-- Network: 1 x RJ45, 10/100 Mbit Ethernet
-- KNX: via KNX IP router, USB data
interface
0529 00 1 05 -- USB: 2.0 typeB
-- ISDN: via USB-ISDN adapter
C N ecessary accessories Power consumption: approx. 15 W
One of the following articles: Ambient temperature: 0 C to +40 C
USB data I/F FM 1070 00 D455 Dimensions inmm
USB data I/F DRA 1080 00 D455 W 225,5 H 90,5 D 231,5
IP router 2167 00 D455
Notes
C O ptional accessories -- Further information: www.gira.de/homeserver.
Wall mount Gira HomeServer 4 2098 00 D428 -- Technical information may vary or be modified depending on
USB-ISDN adapter 2093 00 D428 version. In the same way, the scope of service can vary among
the individual clients (QuadClient, iOS app, Android app).
Features -- Recommended system requirements for operating devices:
-- Can be updated. Internet browser of possible operating devices must support at
-- Management of 200 users. Multiple logins possible under one least HTML4.0, Java Script1.1, CSS, and Dynamic HTML.
user name. -- HomeServer Expert software for operating systems from
-- Project archiving with individual content such as floor plans, etc. Windows XP including Internet Explorer from version 6.0.
-- Cyclic/triggered data recording (for example, temperature -- Adoption of the ETSgroup addresses from ETS2, 3, 4, and 5.
courses, elapsed operating time meters, fill levels). Graphic -- Integration of graphics programs.
Server
display.
-- Graphic user interface: Visualisation of building and device states Scope of supply
with freely positionable icons and texts. Saving of individual -- Mains cable, null modem cable, brief instructions, HomeServer4.
images and menu structures for each user group.
-- Evaluation of IP cameras, e.g. from Mobotix: Recording of images
and display in visualisation. Forwarding of the image data via
e-mail and FTP. In the process, country-specific requirements
must be taken into account, especially protocol-specific
information and standards in the communication sector (e.g.
ISDN, text message, etc.).
-- Exporting of data or alarm records in the Excel, CSV, HTML or
XML file formats.
-- Mathematical functions (e.g. basic operations).
-- Storing and calling up of light scenes.
-- Timers, weekly program, public holiday calendar.
-- Fault messages, measured values and sensor or actuator states
can be transmitted by text message, push notification, and
e-mail. Acknowledgement via KNX or phone.
-- Switching via phone call.
-- Self-teaching occupied-home simulation.
-- Remote programming via network, Internet and data
communications connections.
-- Transmitting ASCII texts.
-- IP coupling with products from other manufacturers that
generate or edit IP telegrams for control.
-- Low-wearing, as there are no moving parts such as a fan or hard
disk.
-- Graphic logic editor: Allows for example copying module groups
across projects, creating any number of work sheets. Over
150logic nodes are set up.
-- Importing and exporting of global libraries.
Server Gira FacilityServer
Gira FacilityServer -- Remote programming via network, Internet and data

communications connections.
Gateway for the KNX installation, specifically matched to the -- Transmitting ASCII texts.
demanding requirements in the commercial sector. With the Gira -- IP coupling with products from other manufacturers that
FacilityServer, systems and building functions can be networked generate or edit IP telegrams for control.
intelligently with each other and the entire KNX installation can be -- Low-wearing.
monitored, controlled and programmed centrally from a PC. Access -- Graphic logic editor: Allows for example copying module groups
and monitoring of the building and system technology from outside across projects, creating any number of work sheets. Over 150
is also possible by connecting to the Internet. Also serves as a data logic nodes are set up.
server for higher-level facility management systems, to which it -- Importing and exporting of global libraries.
provides stored consumption and operating data for evaluation. It -- Communication objects: Data transfer from ETS by means of OPC
offers the complete functional range of the Gira HomeServer, but is or directly from the knxproj file. Import and export of
equipped with considerably more memory capacity for its use in communication objects as CSV file.
the commercial sector. This enables considerably larger amounts of -- Universal timer: Several switching points possible per clock. Use
data to be stored and more complex, more extensive visualisations of placeholders in day, month, year. Activation/deactivation via
to be created. Several Gira FacilityServers can be networked in communication object. With Astro and random function.
order to interconnect buildings which are spatially separated from -- Data backup/restoration of retentive data.
each other: Local and higher-level applications can be combined. In -- 14-byte KNX texts: Evaluation by comparison with text string.
addition to a PC, access is also possible via other Internet-capable Use in text messages, push notification, e-mails, or status page.
devices connected to LAN, WLAN, or the internet. As a result, KNX -- Receipt of IP telegrams: Specification of an address range,
functions can be controlled and regulated anywhere. The Control 9 extraction of 14-byte KNX texts, assignment to 14-byte KNX
Client, Control 19 Client 2 and Gira Interface apps for iPhone, texts.
iPod touch and iPad, and Android can be used as convenient -- SNMP: Reading out numeric and 14-byte KNX texts. Setting
operating devices. An app for Apple devices is available in the numeric values, integer values, and texts. Transmitting SNMP
Apple App Store. For Android devices there is an app available Traps via FacilityServer command. Optional ColdStart Trap when
from the Google Play Store. starting the FacilityServer.
Due to its software architecture, the FacilityServer is protected -- Operation/status display via Agfeo telephone system.
against attacks from the Internet, including by an authentication -- Evaluation of web-based IP devices (reading/writing).
system in which the phone number, user name, and PIN are -- Bus access via KNXnet/IP protocol.
requested. The different security levels can be individually -- iETSserver: Remote programming of KNXsystems (secure
configured depending on the access environment. operation ensured). Enabling iETSfunction via communication
object. HomeServer continues to run without restriction during
programming via iETS. Switching processes continue to run.
Gira FacilityServer Process image remains current.

Technical data
Connection options
-- Serial port: 1 x RS232
-- Network: 1 x RJ45, 10/100 Mbit Ethernet
-- KNX: via KNX IP router, USB data
2075 00 1 05 interface
-- USB: 2.0 typeB
C N ecessary accessories -- ISDN: via USB-ISDN adapter
One of the following articles: Power consumption: approx. 15 W
USB data I/F FM 1070 00 D455 Ambient temperature: 0 C to +45 C
USB data I/F DRA 1080 00 D455 Dimensions inmm
IP router 2167 00 D455 W 483 H 88 D 270

Server
USB-ISDN adapter 2093 00 D428 -- Further information: www.gira.de/facilityserver.

-- Technical information may vary or be modified depending on
Features version. In the same way, the scope of service can vary among
-- Can be updated. the individual clients (QuadClient, iOS app, Android app).
-- Installation in 19 rack. For this purpose the scope of supply -- Recommended system requirements for operating devices:
includes a 19 insert unit with an aluminium plate. Can also be Internet browser of possible operating devices must support at
used as a stand-alone device. least HTML4.0, Java Script1.1, CSS, and Dynamic HTML.
-- Management of 200 users. Multiple logins possible under one -- FacilityServer Expert software for operating systems from
user name. Windows XP including Internet Explorer from Version 6.0.
-- Project archiving with individual content such as floor plans, etc. -- Adoption of the ETSgroup addresses from ETS2, 3, 4, and 5.
-- Cyclic/triggered data recording (for example, temperature -- Integration of graphics programs.
courses, elapsed operating time meters, fill levels). Graphic
display. Scope of supply
-- Graphic user interface: Visualisation of building and device states -- A mains cable, null modem cable, brief commissioning
with freely positionable icons and texts. Saving of individual instructions, Gira FacilityServer with temperature-controlled fan
images and menu structures for each user group. in a 19 insert (48.26 cm) with an aluminium plate are included in
-- Evaluation of IP cameras, e.g. from Mobotix: Recording of images the scope of supply.
and display in visualisation. Forwarding of the image data via
e-mail and FTP. In the process, country-specific requirements
must be taken into account, especially protocol-specific
information and standards in the communication sector (e.g.
ISDN, text message, etc.).
-- Exporting of data or alarm records in the Excel, CSV, HTML or
XML file formats.
-- Mathematical functions (e.g. basic operations).
-- Storing and calling up of light scenes.
-- Timers, weekly program, public holiday calendar.
-- Fault messages, measured values and sensor or actuator states
can be transmitted by text message, push notification, and
e-mail. Acknowledgement via KNX or phone.
-- Switching via phone call.
-- Self-teaching occupied-home simulation.
Gira Control19 Client 2 Server
Gira Control19 Client 2 Software

Microsoft operating
The Gira Control19 Client is a display and operating unit for system Windows
connection to the Gira HomeServer or Gira FacilityServer. The embedded Standard 7.:
device is PC-based and has a TFT touch screen with 47cm (19)
screen diagonal. Notes
-- Can also be installed in existing Gira/Pro-face ServerClient 15
device boxes.
NNew product. -- Suitable for indoor use only.
Replaces 208800. -- Areas of application:
Gira Control19 Client 2 -- Operation in stationary environment.
-- Operation only in environmental conditions that meet the
specifications regarding temperature, humidity, dust, vibrations
etc.

2068 00 1 05
Flush-mounted device box
FM DB Gira Control 19 2076 00 D427
Design frame Control19 Client 2 2065 ..
Design frame Control19 Client 2 2060 ..
Features
-- Visualisation and operation of building system technology
functions in conjunction with the Gira HomeServer and/or the
Gira FacilityServer.
-- Display of e-mails.
-- Playback of acoustic signals.
-- Suitable for door communication systems as a home station (via
DCS-IP-gateway).
Device features
-- PC with touch screen.
-- Integrated power supply unit.
-- Integrated loudspeaker.
-- Integrated microphone.
Technical data
Rated voltage: AC220 to 240V ~, 50 Hz
Power consumption
-- Maximum (100% CPU): max. 24W
-- Standby: approx. 1.1W
System information
-- Processor: INTEL Atom E3825 Dual Core
Server
1.33GHz
-- Hard disk: 64 GB SSD
-- RAM, DDR3L-1066 SO-DIMM: 4 GB
-- L2 cache: 1 MB
-- Operating system: Windows embedded
Standard7
Connections:
-- USB2.0 typeA: 2 x front, 2 x bottom
(service interface)
Connections
-- Card slot: 1 x SDHC, to 32 GB
-- Gigabit LAN: 1 x RJ45
Display
-- Resolution: WXGA (1366x768)
-- Colours: 16.7 M
Ambient conditions for operation
-- permissible temperature
range: 0 C to +40 C
-- permissible relative humidity: 10 to 85% r.F., not condensing.
Ambient conditions for storage and transport
-- permissible temperature
range: -20 C to +60 C
-- permissible relative humidity
up to +40C: 10 to 85% r.F., not condensing.
-- permissible relative humidity
from +40C: 10 to 39% r.F., not condensing.
Dimensions inmm
W 546 H 330
-- Profile height: W- H 15
Server Gira Control9
Gira Control9 Software

Microsoft Windows embedded
The Gira Control9 Client is a display and operating unit for Operating system: Standard 2009.
connection to the Gira HomeServer or Gira FacilityServer. The
power-saving device is PC-based and has a TFT touch screen with Notes
LED backlighting and 22.86cm (9") screen diagonal (resolution of -- Can be used as a home station with the DCS-IP-gateway.
800x480 px). -- Suitable for indoor use only.

ADiscontinued item. Delivery while supplies last.

Successor product under preparation.
Gira Control9 Client
2078 00 1/100 05

Cover frame Control9 2080 .. D427
FM DB Gira Control 9 2082 00 D427
Desk hous. Control 9 2083 00 D427

Adapter frame Control9 2081 00 D427

Features
-- Visualisation and operation of building system technology
functions in conjunction with the Gira HomeServer and/or the
Gira FacilityServer or the eNet Server.
-- Display of e-mails.
-- Playback of acoustic signals.
-- Suitable for door communication systems as a home station (via
DCS-IP-gateway).
Device features
-- PC with touch screen.
-- Integrated power supply unit.
-- Integrated colour camera.
-- Integrated loudspeaker.
-- Integrated microphone.

Technical data
Rated voltage: AC110 to 230V
Power consumption
-- Operation: max. 20W
Server
-- Display off: max. 8W

-- Standby: max. 1W
System information
-- Processor: INTEL Atom processor 1.1GHz
-- Internal memory: 2 GB SSD
-- RAM: 1 GB
-- L2 cache: 512 kB
-- Operating system: Windows embedded
Connections
-- USB2.0 typeA: 2 x rear, 1 x front
-- USB type Mini AB: 1 x front
-- Card slot: 1 x SDHC, to 32 GB
-- Network: 1 x RJ45, 10/100 Mbit
-- Audio: 1 x Line In, 1 x Line Out (stereo)
-- Video: 1 x analogue input
Display
-- Resolution: WVGA, 800x480px
-- Colours: 16.7M
Camera: 1.3M px
Ambient temperature
-- Operation: 0C to +35C
-- Storage: -10 C to +70 C
Relative humidity
at +40C: 15 to 85% r.H., no condensation
Dimensions inmm
W 268 H 220 D 65
-- Profile height: W- H 16 D-
-- Pofile height of the upgrade
version with adapter frame : W- H 28 D-

Accessories Server
Accessories Desk housing for Gira Control9
Design frame for Gira Control9
2083 00 1 05

Mint glass + aluminium 2080 18 1 05 C N ecessary accessories
Glass white/aluminium 2080 12 1/100 05 One of the following articles:
Glass black/aluminium 2080 05 1/100 05 Control9 Client 2078 00 D426
Glass umber/aluminium 2080 122 1 05
Features
C N ecessary accessories -- The housing places the Gira Control9 at an angle of 30 to the
One of the following articles: viewer.
Control9 Client 2078 00 D426 -- To be placed on a table or installed on the wall.

-- Design frame of aluminium and glass for Gira Control9. Angle to surface: 30
Connection: RJ45 coupler
Technical data Dimensions inmm
Dimensions inmm -- Housing upper edge: W 274 H 226 D 147
-- Profile height: W 278 H 230 D 16
-- Upgrade version with adapter Scope of supply
frame installation, -- Space sleeve, screws, and non-slip pads are included.
profile height: W 278 H 230 D 28
Adapter frame for Gira Control9

Flush-mounted device box for Gira Control9
2081 00 1 05
2082 00 1/100 05
One of the following articles: Control9 Client 2078 00 D426
Control9 Client 2078 00 D426
Notes
Features -- The adapter frame is required to install a Gira Control9 in an
-- Flush-mounted device box for Gira Control9. existing (InfoTerminal Touch) installation housing, 063900.

Technical data
Dimensions inmm Flush-mounted device box Gira Control 19 Client 2
Server
W 252 H 194 D 64
Notes
-- Also suitable for cavity mounting.
2076 00 1/100 05

Control19 Client 2 2068 00 D425

Features
-- Device box for flush-mounted installation of the Gira Control 19
Client 2.

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
W 528 H 312 D 80

Notes
-- An octagonal cut-out is required for this device box.

Scope of supply
-- An installation template is included.

Server Accessories
USB-ISDN adapter
2093 00 1 05

Gira HomeServer4 0529 00 D423
FacilityServer 2075 00 D424

Features
-- For connecting the Gira HomeServer4 or FacilityServer to ISDN.

Technical data
Connections
-- USB: 2.0 type B
-- ISDN: DSS1, 1TR6, RJ45
Dimensions inmm
W 95 H 30 D 23

Scope of supply
-- USB and ISDN connection cable.

Wall mount for Gira HomeServer4
2098 00 1 05

Gira HomeServer4 0529 00 D423

Features
Server
-- Bracket with strain relief for mounting the HomeServer4 to the

wall easily.

Technical data
Dimensions inmm
W 195 H 292 D 21,5

Gira X1, Gira L1, GPA Gira X1 ... 432
Gira L1 ... 433
Gira Project Assistant (GPA) ... 433
Gira X1, Gira L1, GPA

Visualisation and logic functions in just two pitch units
See who is at home, switch lights on and off or optimise your home temperature
settings, whether at home or on the go. The new Gira X1 enables visualisation and
automation of a single-family home in an easy and economical manner. Due to its
compact design for top-hat rails, it can be installed quickly and without needing much
space. The Gira X1 unites the functionality of two devices, visualisation server and
logic module in a single housing. If only logic is required, the Gira L1 can be used.
For both products, configuration is done via the Gira Projekt Assistent.
Gira X1 app for mobile devices High system security Easy operation of home technology
The Gira X1 turns existing mobile devices Security is essential if building technology The user-friendly interface of the
into convenient operating elements for is to be remotely controlled via mobile Gira X1 app visualises the entire KNX
intelligent building technology: The devices. The Gira X1 features an integrated installation of a single-family home and
respective app is available from the stores VPN server to fulfil the highest security makes its functions conveniently available:
for Apple and Android and can be used on requirements. Communication between the Dimming, switching, shutters, blinds,
smartphones and tablets. The Gira device Gira X1 and the mobile app as well as the heating control, value transmitter, scene,
portal offers a free service for reaching configuration software GPA is always timer and much more. Camera images
home technology from afar (DDNS). encrypted. can also be accessed live.
Individually adjusting the interface Home automation tasks Gira L1

The interface of the Gira X1 is designed so Beyond its function as a visualisation Featuring the same design as the Gira X1,
that the KNX installation for a single-family server, the Gira X1 also handles numerous the Gira L1 is a versatile logic module that
home can be easily and intuitively operated automation tasks in the house. This is can also be configured using the GPA. The
via mobile devices. In addition there are achieved by programming scenes and Gira L1 also makes 35 logic modules as
options for individualisation: This enables timers. In addition, the Gira X1 has an well as timers and scenes available for
users to create their own start page. The integrated logic module function, making automating home technology conveniently
user settings for timers, favourites, etc. a module library with 35 logic modules and easily. Functional expansions and
are saved on the Gira X1. available: e.g. staircase lights, shading, updates can be done via firmware updates.
PID controllers and much more.

Quick and intuitive configuration via drag & drop
Projects for the Gira X1 or Gira L1 can be quickly and easily created with the Gira
Projekt Assistent (GPA) software: Visual and intuitive, by drag & drop. The various
functions such as switching, dimming, blind control, etc. are simply dragged onto a
room with the mouse. The visualisation for mobile end devices is then generated from
this information. The GPA features a convenient logic detector for automating home
technology that lets users achieve their desired result in next to no time. By using the
logic simulation, individually created automation solutions can be verified. This makes
the Gira Projekt Assistent the basis for cost effective project implementation.
Managing projects Parameterising functions Creating a building

The GPA also displays several projects Simple and clear GPA editors help to The desired building is created quickly
simultaneously in a clearly arranged order. configure the various building functions and easily per drag & drop. Devices and
Project progress can be indicated by in a clear and structured manner. functions can be located in the same
colours. manner.

Designing the interface Processing logic pages Verifying the logic
In the GPA, functions of intelligent home The GPA features a simple graphic editor The simulation function of the GPA makes
technology can be arranged by drag & drop for creating logic pages. Numerous logic it possible to simulate and verify the
in the order that they will then appear pages can be used, switched to active or functionality of a created logic in advance:
on mobile devices. More than 300 Gira inactive, structured for daytime and quickly This significantly speeds up commissioning.
pictographs facilitate the flexible pre- relocated.
sentation of building parts and functions.

Gira X1 Notes

-- Supply via external DC24V.

Gira X1
DRA 2096 00 1 05


Features
-- visualisation server for mobile end devices (iOS and Android) and
logic module in one device.
-- Visualisation functions:
Dimmer, switch, button, blind and shutter with and without
positioning, heating, scene auxiliary unit, scene set, IP camera,
status display, value transmitter, percentage value transmitter,
temperature value transmitter
-- Up to 250 functions can be controlled via the app for each
project.
-- Up to 250 function clocks can be set by the user in the app.
-- Simultaneous access to the Gira X1 from 10 mobile end devices.
-- Intuitive app user interface that can be adapted by the user.
-- Logic functions:
A range of functions thanks to the module library with 35 logic
modules (e.g. basic mathematical operations, shutters and blind
control, temperature control, partition wall control, staircase
lighting, random generator).
-- Configurable logic nodes (e.g. freely selectable number of
inputs).
-- Easy parameterisation of timers and scenes:
up to 50 timers with 10 switching times each.
up to 50 scene sets with 64 scenes each.
-- Up to 1450 data points can be used in one project
(1000 KNX group address data points, 450 discretionary device
data points).
-- Optimised start-up:
Fast project changes and updates during operation without the
need to restart the device.
-- Two RJ45 sockets with switch functionality support simple
loop-through of the patch cable.
-- KNX interface function for starting up the ETS project remotely.
-- High security:
-- Remote app access via integrated OpenVPN server.
-- Remote maintenance via integrated OpenVPN server.
-- The device password protects the Gira X1 against unauthorised
access.
-- Encrypted TLS data transfer between app and Gira X1 as well as
between GPA and Gira X1 prevents interception by third parties.
-- Readout of current Gira X1 runtime project via GPA.
-- Project saving: Saving of a project copy on the Gira X1.
-- Start-up:
The physical address and application are parameterised with the
KNX start-up software ETS from version 4.1.8.
Further configuration is performed in the Gira Project Assistant
(GPA). The Gira Project Assistant is available free of charge in the
Gira download area.
-- Functional extensions and updates via firmware and software
updates.

Technical data
Rated voltage: DC24 to 30V
Power consumption: 4W
IP communication: Ethernet 10/100 BaseT
(10/100Mbit/s)
Supported protocols: DHCP, AutoIP, TCP/IP, UDP/IP
Connections
-- IP: 2 x RJ45 jacks
Dimensions: 2 HP

Gira L1 Gira Project Assistant (GPA)
Features
Gira L1 -- Via the Gira Project Assistant (GPA), Gira X1 and Gira L1 projects
can be conveniently created. Easy-to-use editors help to quickly
and efficiently create a building visualisation, configure timers
and scenes as well as implement individual automation tasks.
-- Configuration software for Gira X1 and Gira L1.
-- Maintenance software for Gira X1, Gira L1, Gira G1 and
GiraKNXIP routers.
-- Device templates enable configuration without possessing the
DRA 2070 00 1 05 actual devices.
-- Automatic location of the Gira devices in the IP network.
C O ptional accessories -- Undo/Redo function with change history.
Power supply 320 mA choke 1086 00 D453 -- Automatic save function.
Power supply DC 24 V 300 mA DRA 1296 00 D344 -- Multi-screen operation.
-- Export and import function for external saving or exchanging of
Features projects.
-- Logic functions: -- Graphic logic editor with 35 different logic modules.
A range of functions thanks to the module library with 35 logic -- Convenient logic page management:
modules (e.g. basic mathematical operations, shutters and blind Logic pages can be moved between projects, renamed, and
control, temperature control, partition wall control, staircase assigned keywords.
lighting, random generator). -- "Any size" logic pages enable the coherent presentation of
-- Configurable logic nodes (e.g. freely selectable number of extensive solutions.
inputs). -- Logic pages can be acitvated/deactivated. This is helpful for
-- Easy parameterisation of timers and scenes: testing and storing preliminary results, for example.
up to 10 switching times for 20 data points each. -- Simulation function for testing the prepared logic in order to
up to 20 scenes with 10 scenes each for 20 data points. shorten the start-up time.
From version 2, available from 03/2017: -- Easy to create the building structure using Drag&Drop.
up to 20 timers with 10 switching times each. -- Quick configuration of a visualisation via Drag & Drop (in
up to 20 scene sets with 64 scenes each. conjunction with a Gira X1).
-- Up to 150 data points can be used for each project. -- More than 300 symbols for setting up the X1 functions according
From version 2, available from 03/2017: to the end user's wishes.
Up to 480 data points can be used in one project -- Timer editor with astro function incl. earliest and latest switching
(300 KNX group address data points, 180 discretionary device time in order to prevent shutters from raising at 4.30 h in the
data points). morning, for example.
-- Optimised start-up: -- Scene editor incl. value specification for the scene devices.
Fast project changes and updates during operation without the -- Within a scene, devices may be omitted to allow selective
need to restart the device. switching.
-- Two RJ45 sockets with switch functionality support simple -- User management.
loop-through of the patch cable. -- Import function for KNX projects to create data points.
-- High security: -- Data point monitor for the start-up phase and troubleshooting.
Encrypted TLS data transfer between GPA and Gira L1 prevents -- Firmware upgrade and downgrade support. By managing
interception by third parties. different firmware statuses, devices with different firmware

From version 2, available from 03/2017: versions can be configured.
The device password protects the Gira L1 against unauthorised -- Possibility of parallel installation of various GPA versions allowing
access. for the configuration of devices with different firmware versions.
-- Project saving: Saving of a project copy on the Gira L1. -- Supported operating systems: Windows 7, Windows 8 and
-- Start-up: Windows 10.
The physical address and application are parameterised with the -- The Gira Project Assistant is available free of charge in the Gira
KNX start-up software ETS from version 4.1.8. download area.
Further configuration is performed in the Gira Project Assistant
(GPA). The Gira Project Assistant is available free of charge in the
Gira download area. Link for downloading the
-- Functional extensions and updates via firmware and software Gira Project Assistant (GPA)
updates.
Technical data
Power consumption: 2W
(10/100Mbit/s)
Supported protocols: DHCP, AutoIP, TCP/IP, UDP/IP
Connections Cross reference
-- IP: 2 x RJ45 jacks
Dimensions: 2 HP
Notes
Gira KNX presence and Presence detector Mini ... 438
motion detection Presence detector ... 440
Automatic control switch mounting height
up to 1.10m ... 442
Automatic control switch, mounting height
up to 2.20m ... 443
Brightness Controller Mini ... 444
Brightness Controller ... 444
Accessories ... 445
Training
KNX presence and

motion detector

Intelligent presence detection
For complete and energy efficient room control with the KNX system, there are
automatic switches, presence detectors and brightness controllers available. Gira KNX
presence detectors installed on the ceiling control the function of the KNX system via
the presence of persons, while the Gira KNX brightness sensor controls the lighting
dependent on the ambient brightness. Gira KNX automatic switches in switch design,
on the other hand, are infrared motion detectors for indoor use.
Controlling various devices by presence Gira KNX presence detectors Mini, Standard and Comfort
The Gira KNX presence detectors Standard Mini and Comfort Mini The new Gira presence detectors Mini, Standard and Comfort
allow fully-automatic and semi-automatic control of variousfunc- register even the slightest movement in a room. The Gira KNX
tions in the KNX system, depending on the presence of persons in presence detectors Mini control functions such as lighting, heating
the room. For example light, heating, or ventilation can be or air-conditioning systems in the KNX system to respond to
controlled exactly as needed and to save power. In addition, the people's presence or absence as needed and saving energy.
presence detectors can adapt their control to the behaviour of The innovative casing concept enables universal application: For
the users. Gira KNX presence detectors are available as flush- ceiling installation, as a flush-mounted or surface-mounted version
mounted or surface-mounted versions. and also for outdoor use - depending on the mounting kit. The
D 440 KNX presence detectors Mini can be used as a single device or
combined with other Gira KNX presence detectors to be used as
main and auxiliary units.
KNX presence and
D 438
motion detector
Settings and control via infrared remote control Automatic switches to match the switch range
The Gira KNX presence detector Comfort carries its name for good Switching lights, heating or ventilation on and off automatically or
reason because in addition to the functions that can be configured triggering functions when a person enters or leaves the room Gira
via KNX, it also offers the possibility for convenient settings and enables the operation of entire systems via various switch ranges.
operation via infrared remote control. This enables the installer to In this way, state-of-the-art comfort can be integrated in the most
set certain parameters of the presence detector, such as the diverse architectural environments.
sensitivity or the brightness threshold, directly on site. The end D 442
user can, for example, manually switch on the room light with
the remote control and later reactivate the automatic mode.
D 445

Product range Gira KNX presence and
motion detection
Presence detector Presence detector Automatic control Automatic control Brightness Brightness
Mini D440 switch mounting switch, mounting Controller Mini Controller
D438 height up to 1.10m height up to 2.20m D444 D444
D442 D443
Accessories
D445
KNX presence and

motion detector

KNX presence and motion detector Presence detector Mini
Presence detector Mini KNX Presence Detector Mini Standard
Presence detector for presence monitoring (operating mode:

presence detector), for motion detection (operating mode: ceiling
observer) or for monitoring with alarm telegrams (operating mode:
alarm device) indoors or outdoors. With their subtle and flat design
and flexible installation concept, presence detectors Mini are
particularly suitable for properties with high architectural demands. 2220 00 1 06

-- Extreme flat installation. FM inst kit 2241 00 D445
-- Terminal mounting on suspended ceilings. SM inst kit 2242 00 D445
-- Ceiling mounting on stable ceilings in device box in accordance
with DIN49073 using optional accessories. Features
-- Surface mounted installation in surface-mounted box (optional -- Indication of motion detection (permanent or only during walking
accessories). test).
-- Protection type IP44 allows installation outdoors and in humid -- One function block configurable.
rooms. -- Adjustable operating mode: ceiling observer, presence detector,
-- The colour emphasis of the design rings enables their colours to alarm device.
be adapted to the wall or ceiling. -- Individual device, main unit, auxiliary unit can be set.
-- When the design ring has been removed, all the operating -- Operating mode for individual device or main unit: automatic,
elements (e.g. the programming button) of the device can be semi-automatic (manual ON / automatic OFF, or automatic ON /
conveniently accessed from the front. Thus, removal is not manual OFF).
necessary for subsequent adjustment or programming via the -- Two outputs (for function: ceiling observer, presence detector).
ETS. -- Output (for function: ceiling observer, presence detector):
-- Ceiling-mounted device with integrated KNXbus coupler. switching, staircase function, switching with forced setting,
-- PIR sensors: three sensors, integrated brightness sensor. dimming value transmitter, light scene auxiliary unit, temperature
-- Sensitivity of the motion detection can be set manually using an value transmitter, brightness value transmitter, temperature
adjuster. operating mode.
-- Sensitivity can be configured by ETS. -- Twilight stage can be set using external communication object or
-- Sensitivity adjuster on the device can be deactivated using the teach-in.
software. -- Additional transmission delay via external communication object.
-- Adaptive delay time (self-teaching additional transmission delay)
Technical data -- Short-term presence function.
Motion detection -- Feedback of twilight stage.
-- Angle of detection: 360 -- Block function.
-- Range: approx. 12m (mounting height -- Manual actuation using touch sensor (separate communication
3m) object).
Brightness sensor -- Switch-off brightness (for presence detectors) via teach-in.
-- Measurement range: 10 to 2000lx -- Measurement of time period after last motion.
-- Range of detection: 5m
Profile height on ceiling Technical data
-- Design ring: 1.25 mm Installation depth: 34 mm
-- incl. lens: 4.8 mm
Ambient temperature: -25C to +55C Scope of supply
KNX presence and
Relative humidity: 10 to 100% (without -- Small design ring is included in the scope of supply.
motion detector
condensation) -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of

Protection type: IP44 supply.
KNX
-- Connection: Connection and junction terminal
Dimensions inmm
-- Ceiling cut-out: 44 H-
-- Dimensions (incl. small design
ring): 53,5 H 38

Notes
-- The presence detector Mini is not suitable for alarm messages in
VdS-compliant alarm systems.

Presence detector Mini KNX presence and motion detector
KNX Presence Detector - Mini Komfort

2225 00 1 06
IR remote ctrl. PIR KNX 2115 00 D445
FM inst kit 2241 00 D445
SM inst kit 2242 00 D445
Features
-- Indication of motion detection (permanent or only during walking
test).
-- Separate evaluation in the long range of the three PIR sensors
with 120 ranges of detection each with overlapping.
-- Manual actuation using IR remote control.
-- A maximum of 5 + 2 function blocks are configurable.
-- Functions that can be set for each function block 1 to 5: ceiling
observer, presence detector, signal mode.
-- Function block 6: presence detector with light control.
-- Function block 7: brightness sensor with limit value monitoring.
-- Function block changeover, e.g. for day/night mode or weekday/
weekend operation.
-- Function blocks 1 to 5: individual device, main unit, auxiliary unit
can be set.
-- Operating modes which can be set for individual device as a main
unit: automatic, semi-automatic (manual ON / automatic OFF, or
automatic ON / manual OFF).
-- Two outputs per function block (1 to 5) for function ceiling
observer, presence detector.
-- Functions of ceiling observer, presence detector per output:
switching, staircase function, switching with forced setting,
dimming value transmitter, light scene auxiliary unit, temperature
value transmitter, brightness value transmitter, temperature
operating mode.
-- Ceiling observer, presence detector: Twilight stage can be set via
external communication object or per teach-in, additional
transmission delay via external communication object, adaptive
delay time (self-teaching additional transmission delay), short-
term presence function, feedback of twilight stage, block
function, manual operation using push button sensor (separate
KNX presence and

communication object), switch-off brightness (for presence
motion detector
detectors) via teach-in, measurement of time period after last
motion.
-- Function of presence detector with light control: combination
with function block of presence detector or individual device,
setpoint value can be set, setpoint value specified via external
communication object, setpoint offset via external
communication object, teach-in function, feedback of the
effective setpoint value.
-- Function of brightness sensor with limit value monitoring: up to
three limit values are configurable, functions of switching,
dimming value transmitter, light scene auxiliary unit, configurable
hysteresis, limit value via external communication object or
teach-in, block function.
Technical data
Scope of supply
-- Small design ring is included in the scope of supply.
supply.
KNX presence and motion detector Presence detector
Presence detector KNX Presence Detector - Standard
Presence detector for presence monitoring (operating mode:

presence detector), for motion detection (operating mode: ceiling
observer) or for monitoring with alarm telegrams (operating mode:
alarm device) indoors.

Features
-- Flush-mounted device with integrated KNXbus coupler.
-- Programming LED/button is visible and can be operated when
installed if the ornamental ring is removed. Pure white 2105 02 1 06
-- PIR sensors: three sensors (crossed light paths), integrated Colour aluminium 2105 04 1 06
brightness sensor.
-- Adjuster for manual correction of sensitivity. C O ptional accessories
-- Sensitivity is configurable. SM hous. KNX pres.detec. 2110 .. D445
-- Sensitivity adjuster on the device can be deactivated using the Protective cage 2116 00 D445
software.
-- Indication of motion detection (permanent or only during walking Features
test). -- One function block configurable.
-- Adjustable operating mode: ceiling observer, presence detector,
Technical data alarm device.
Motion detection -- Individual device, main unit, auxiliary unit can be set.
-- Angle of detection: 360 -- Operating mode for individual device or main unit: automatic,
-- Range: Diameter approx. 20m semi-automatic (manual ON / automatic OFF, or automatic ON /
(mounting height 3m) manual OFF).
Brightness sensor -- Two outputs (for function: ceiling observer, presence detector).
-- Measurement range: 0 to 2000lux -- Output (for function: ceiling observer, presence detector):
-- Range of detection: Diameter 2 m switching, staircase function, switching with forced setting,
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C dimming value transmitter, light scene auxiliary unit, temperature
Relative humidity: 5 to 93% (no condensation) value transmitter, brightness value transmitter, temperature
Protection class: III operating mode.
Dimensions inmm -- Twilight stage can be set using external communication object or
103 H 50 teach-in.
-- Additional transmission delay via external communication object.
Notes -- Adaptive delay time (self-teaching additional transmission delay)
-- The presence detector is not suitable for alarm messages in -- Short-term presence function.
VdS-compliant alarm systems. -- Feedback of twilight stage.
-- Ceiling mounting on stable ceilings in device box or surface- -- Block function.
mounted housing. -- Manual actuation using touch sensor (separate communication
object).
-- Switch-off brightness (for presence detectors) via teach-in.
-- Measurement of time period after last motion.

Technical data
KNX presence and

motion detector
Scope of supply
-- Clip-on screen for limiting the range of detection is included in
the scope of supply.
supply.

Presence detector KNX presence and motion detector
KNX Presence Detector - Comfort

Pure white 2106 02 1 06

IR remote ctrl. PIR KNX 2115 00 D445
SM hous. KNX pres.detec. 2110 .. D445
Protective cage 2116 00 D445
Features
-- Separate evaluation in the long range of the three PIR sensors
with 120 ranges of detection each with overlapping.
-- Manual actuation using IR remote control.
-- A maximum of 5+2 function blocks are configurable.
-- Functions that can be set for each function block 1 to 5: ceiling
observer, presence detector, signal mode.
-- Function block 6: presence detector with light control.
-- Function block 7: brightness sensor with limit value monitoring.
-- Function block changeover, e.g. for day/night mode or weekday/
weekend operation.
-- Function blocks 1 to 5: individual device, main unit, auxiliary unit
can be set.
-- Operating modes which can be set for individual device as a main
unit: automatic, semi-automatic (manual ON / automatic OFF, or
automatic ON / manual OFF).
-- Two outputs per function block (1 to 5) for function ceiling
observer, presence detector.
-- Functions of ceiling observer, presence detector per output:
switching, staircase function, switching with forced setting,
dimming value transmitter, light scene auxiliary unit, temperature
value transmitter, brightness value transmitter, temperature
operating mode.
-- Ceiling observer, presence detector: Twilight stage can be set via
external communication object or per teach-in, additional
transmission delay via external communication object, adaptive
delay time (self-teaching additional transmission delay), short-
KNX presence and

term presence function, feedback of twilight stage, block
motion detector
function, manual operation using push button sensor (separate
communication object), switch-off brightness (for presence
detectors) via teach-in, measurement of time period after last
motion.
-- Function of presence detector with light control: combination
with function block of presence detector or individual device,
setpoint value can be set, setpoint value specified via external
communication object, setpoint offset via external
communication object, teach-in function, feedback of the
effective setpoint value.
-- Function of brightness sensor with limit value monitoring: up to
three limit values are configurable, functions of switching,
dimming value transmitter, light scene auxiliary unit, configurable
hysteresis, limit value via external communication object or
teach-in, block function.
Technical data
Scope of supply
-- Clip-on screen for limiting the range of detection is included in
the scope of supply.
supply.
KNX presence and motion detector Automatic control switch up to 1.10m
Automatic control switch mounting height up to 1.10m KNX Comfort automatic control switch top unit
Features
-- The automatic control switch is inserted on a flush-mounted bus
coupler.
-- The properties can be parameterised.
-- Can be set as individual device, main unit, auxiliary unit.
-- Telegram type can be set at beginning and end of detection.
-- Cyclical transmission.
-- Block function can be configured for the beginning and end of
blocking (own communication object). System55
Mounting height up to 1.10m Pure white matt 1304 27 1/5 06
-- Range in the front: 10m Anthracite 1304 28 1/5 06
-- Range to each side: 6m Colour aluminium 1304 26 1/5 06
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C E22
Notes AAluminium (lacquered) 1304 203 1 06
-- Suitable for indoor use only. Pure white glossy 1304 03 1/5 06
-- The automatic control switch is not suitable for alarm messages AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
in VdS-compliant alarm systems.
Bus coupler 0570 00 D389
KNX Standard automatic control switch top unit
mounting height up to 1.10m C O ptional accessories

Features
-- Switching of operating mode between lighting and signal mode
(Signal mode: A specific number of movements must be detected
during a specified time interval before a telegram is sent).
-- Additional switching object in signal mode.
System55 -- Behaviour upon switching to signal mode can be parameterised.
Cream white glossy 0880 01 1/5 06 -- In illumination mode, the switching, value transmitter, and light
Pure white glossy 0880 03 1/5 06 scene call-up functions can be set.
Pure white matt 0880 27 1/5 06 -- Brightness-independent motion detection can be set.
Anthracite 0880 28 1/5 06 -- Behaviour after bus voltage recovery can be set.
Colour aluminium 0880 26 1/5 06 -- Status LED.
-- Walking test function for checking the range of detection
E22 (brightness-independent).
Stainless Steel (lacquered) 0880 20 1/5 06 -- Alarm function when the automatic control switch top unit is
AAluminium (lacquered) 0880 203 1 06 removed.
KNX presence and
Pure white glossy 0880 03 1/5 06 -- Resetting of alarm object when the top unit is replaced.
motion detector
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. -- The brightness value can be set (blockable via ETS) within the
limits set in the ETS(3 to 100 lux) using the built-in
C N ecessary accessories potentiometer.
Bus coupler 0570 00 D389 -- Sensitivity can be set using the potentiometer.
-- Additional delay time can be set using the potentiometer.
C O ptional accessories -- Switchable to permanent-on, permanent-off, or automatic mode
Integration in stainless steel using a slider switch (blockable via ETS)

Features
-- Brightness value, delay time, lock time can be set.
-- Time and twilight value can be set using software.

Automatic control switch up to 2.20m KNX presence and motion detector
Automatic control switch, mounting height up to 2.20m KNX Comfort automatic control switch top unit
Features
-- The automatic control switch is inserted on a flush-mounted bus
coupler.
-- The properties can be parameterised.
-- Can be set as individual device, main unit, auxiliary unit.
-- Telegram type can be set at beginning and end of detection.
-- Cyclical transmission.
-- Block function can be configured for the beginning and end of
blocking (own communication object). System55
Mounting height of 2.20m Pure white matt 1305 27 1/5 06
-- Range in the front: 12m Anthracite 1305 28 1/5 06
-- Range to each side: 6m Colour aluminium 1305 26 1/5 06
-- Range in the front: 6m E22
-- Range to each side: 3m Stainless Steel (lacquered) 1305 20 1 06
Angle of detection: 180 AAluminium (lacquered) 1305 203 1 06
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C Pure white glossy 1305 03 1/5 06
Notes
-- The automatic control switch is not suitable for alarm messages C N ecessary accessories
in VdS-compliant alarm systems. Bus coupler 0570 00 D389

KNX Standard automatic control switch top unit Integration in stainless steel
mounting height up to 2.20m Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186

Features
-- Switching of operating mode between lighting and signal mode
(Signal mode: A specific number of movements must be detected
during a specified time interval before a telegram is sent).
-- Additional switching object in signal mode.
-- Behaviour upon switching to signal mode can be parameterised.
-- In illumination mode, the switching, value transmitter, and light
System55 scene call-up functions can be set.
Cream white glossy 0889 01 1/5 06 -- Brightness-independent motion detection can be set.
Pure white glossy 0889 03 1/5 06 -- Behaviour after bus voltage recovery can be set.
Pure white matt 0889 27 1/5 06 -- Status LED.
Anthracite 0889 28 1/5 06 -- Walking test function for checking the range of detection
Colour aluminium 0889 26 1/5 06 (brightness-independent).
-- Alarm function when the automatic control switch top unit is
E22 removed.
KNX presence and

Stainless Steel (lacquered) 0889 20 1 06 -- Resetting of alarm object when the top unit is replaced.
motion detector
AAluminium (lacquered) 0889 203 1 06 -- The brightness value can be set (blockable via ETS) within the
Pure white glossy 0889 03 1/5 06 limits set in the ETS(3 to 100 lux) using the built-in
AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017. potentiometer.
-- Sensitivity can be set using the potentiometer.
C N ecessary accessories -- Additional delay time can be set using the potentiometer.
Bus coupler 0570 00 D389 -- Switchable to permanent-on, permanent-off, or automatic mode
using a slider switch (blockable via ETS)
Features
-- Brightness value, delay time, lock time can be set.
-- Time and twilight value can be set using software.
KNX presence and motion detector Brightness Controller
Brightness Controller Mini Brightness Controller

Features
KNX Brightness Controller Mini -- 2-point control (switching) or constant light control (dimming
above value) can be configured.
-- Constant light control: max. five various dimmable light groups
can be set via a brightness value.
-- 2-point control: "automatic switch-on only" and "automatic
switch-off only" of lighting are possible.
-- Transmission of measured brightness value as 2-byte value to the
2210 00 1 06 bus. Transmission in case of modification, for a read request, or
cyclically.
C O ptional accessories -- Cyclical transmission of switching and dimming value commands
FM inst kit 2241 00 D445 for light control.
SM inst kit 2242 00 D445 -- Behaviour can be configured following bus voltage recovery.
-- Specified setpoint value for brightness control via parameter or
Features via the bus with 2-byte communication objects.
-- The brightness controller is mounted to the ceiling directly above -- Calibration of sensor brightness value determined by device via
the area to be illuminated, for example above a workplace. independent reference measurement and bus telegram.
-- Analyses the lighting conditions of the area beneath it.
-- Brightness control can be activated and deactivated via a push Technical data
button or with motion or presence detectors. Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
-- Extreme flat installation. Protection class: III
-- Terminal mounting on suspended ceilings. Measurement range: 0 to 2000 lx
-- Ceiling mounting on stable ceilings in device box in accordance Dimensions in mm
with DIN49073 using optional accessories. -- Flush-mounted without lid: W 50 x H 35 x D 15
-- Surface mounted installation in surface-mounted box (optional -- Surface-mounted without
accessories). light conductor: Diameter 70 x H 33
-- Protection type IP44 allows installation outdoors and in humid
rooms. Notes
-- The colour emphasis of the design rings enables their colours to -- Brightness control can be activated and deactivated via a button
be adapted to the wall or ceiling. or with motion or presence detectors.
-- When the design ring has been removed, theprogramming
button of the device can be conveniently accessed from the
front. ADiscontinued item. Available until 12/2017.
Brightness sensor with limit value monitoring KNX Brightness Controller
-- Up to three limit values can be set in the parameters.
-- The switching, dimming value transmitter, light scene auxiliary
unit, and hysteresis functions can be configured.
-- Limit value can be changed using communication object or
teach-in.
-- When coupled to the lighting system, lighting is dimmed
(constant light control) or switched (2-point control) depending
upon the daylight level. Flush-mounted 2102 00 1 06
-- Including block function. Surface-Mounted 2103 00 1 06
KNX presence and

motion detector
Technical data
Brightness sensor
-- Measurement range: 10 to 2000lx
-- Range of detection: 5 m
KNX
-- Connection: Connection and junction terminal
Dimensions inmm
-- Ceiling cut-out: 44 H-
-- Dimensions (with small
design ring): 53,5 H 38

Scope of supply
-- Small design ring is included in the scope of supply.
supply.

Accessories KNX presence and motion detector
Accessories Mounting kit for flush-mounted installation
IR remote control PIR KNX
2115 00 1 06
2241 00 1 06
Pres.detec.Mini Komfort 2225 00 D439 One of the following articles:
Pres.detec.Komfort 2106 .. D441 Pres.detec.Mini Standard 2220 00 D438
Pres.detec.Mini Komfort 2225 00 D439
Features Brightn.cont. Mini 2210 00 D444
-- Infrared remote control for manual operation and setting of the
KNX presence detector Comfort. Features
-- For installation in a device box.

Surface-Mounted Housing for KNXpresence Notes
detector -- Use only for the KNXpresence detector Mini or KNXbrightness
controller Mini.

Mounting kit for surface-mounted installation
Pure white 2110 02 1 06

Features 2242 00 1 06
-- For mounting on the ceiling.
Technical data One of the following articles:
Dimensions inmm Pres.detec.Mini Standard 2220 00 D438
KNX presence and

103 H 18 Pres.detec.Mini Komfort 2225 00 D439
motion detector
Brightn.cont. Mini 2210 00 D444

Protective cage Features
-- For surface-mounted installation on the ceiling.

Notes
-- Use only for the KNXpresence detector Mini or KNXbrightness
controller Mini.

Pure white 2116 00 1 01
Auto.ctrl.sw. 360 2270 .. D260
Features
-- Protective cage for presence detector
-- Lacquered, plastic-coated steel cage.
Technical data
Dimensions inmm
180 H 90
Gira KNX system devices, actuators, Flush-mounted actuators ... 450
sensors, accessories System devices ... 453
Switching ... 456
Switching / blinds ... 460
Blinds ... 462
Shutter ... 463
Dimming ... 464
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning ... 469
Sensors ... 474
Anologue Sensor Interface ... 476
Universal button interfaces ... 477
Accessories ... 478
Training
KNX system devices,

actuators, sensors

Intelligent and functional products for more possibilities
As a systems provider, Gira makes available numerous components for building a
powerful KNX system. The Gira product range includes a broad spectrum of different
sensors, actuators and system devices. This makes it possible to create intelligent
building systems technology that is always state of the art.
Precise execution of commands Controlling electrothermic valve drives KNX system devices form the base of the
The actuators in the KNX system convert The Gira KNX heating actuator, 6-gang, system, and allow it to be greatly
commands from presence detectors, controls heating or cooling cycles. It expanded
buttons and automatic switches into operates electrothermic actuators on Interfaces, IP routers, KNX area/line
actions. Blinds are raised and lowered, radiators or underfloor heating manifolds couplers, line amplifiers, the logic module
awnings extended and retracted. Lighting to control the hot-water flow. Up to four or components for power supply are
systems are controlled or the heating servo drives AC 230 V or up to two servo amongst the Gira KNX system devices.
is turned on and off. This enables Gira drives AC 24 V can be controlled per They serve the purpose of establishing a
building systems technology to deliver channel. The actuator is suitable for private KNX communication structure and power
intelligent and efficient resource homes as well as for commercial supply for KNX system. Gateways from
management. properties. the Gira KNX range also enable intelligent
control and operation of all systems.
KNX system devices,
actuators, sensors
New possibilities for intelligent room Intelligent evaluation of environmental VDE-tested safety
temperature control influences Nearly all Gira KNX products suitable
The Gira KNX servo drive 3, powered by an The Gira KNX system offers various for 230 V mains voltage are also tested for
electric motor, controls room temperatures products which analyse and evaluate data electric safety in accordance with VDE
for heating systems. It is suitable for use from the surroundings including brightness, which can be recognised by the VDE logo,
with heaters, radiators, convectors, in temperature, and weather data, and then e.g. on the device label.
heating circuit distributors, for example, for forward it to various actuators. These then
underfl oor heating and many other systems. control e.g. lighting, heating, blinds and
The valve drive is installed directly on a awnings, but also motorised windows.
valve connection (M30 1.5). The special
features of the Gira KNX servo drive 3
include an integrated room temperature
sensor, the intelligent time-switched valve
flushing and other convenient software
functions.

Product range Gira KNX system devices, actuators,
sensors, accessories
Flush-mounted System devices Switching Switching / blinds Blinds Shutter

actuators D453 D456 D460 D462 D463
D450
Dimming Heating, ventilation, Sensors Anologue Sensor Universal button Accessories

D464 air conditioning D474 Interface interfaces D478
D469 D476 D477
KNX system devices,

actuators, sensors

KNX Flush-mounted actuators
Flush-mounted actuators Technical data

Features Switching current: 16 A
-- Free assignment of the functions switching, dimming, blind and Relay contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact
value transmitter to the inputs. Connected load
-- Blocker for blocking individual inputs. -- Light bulbs: 2500W
-- Behaviour upon bus voltage recovery can be configured -- HV halogen lamps: 2200W
separately for each input. -- Wound transformer: 1000VA
-- Telegram rate limiting. -- Gira Tronic transformer: 1000W
-- Switching function: two independent switching objects are -- Capacitive load: 10A, max. 105 F
available for each existing input and can be enabled individually, Number of inputs: 2 x zero-voltage
-- Dimming function: single-surface and double-surface operation, KNX switching actuator, 2-gang 6A
configured (Step - Move - Step or Move - Step), time between
short and long-term operation can be set, slat adjustment time
can be set.
-- Value transmitter and light scene auxiliary unit function: edge Flush-mounted 1057 00 1/5 06
(button as NO contact, button as NC contact, switch) and value
with edge can be configured, value adjustment with button by C O ptional accessories
pressing and holding button for value transmitters possible, light Rocker btn 2-way m-c 2-g 0155 00 D227
scene auxiliary unit with memory function and saving of the Junction box 0070 30 D200
Features
Technical data -- Flush-mounted switching actuator, 2-gang with two binary
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C inputs. Zero-voltage contacts can be connected to the two binary
Dimensions inmm inputs. The two inputs can perform various functions or be
W 48 H 51 D 28 blocked independently of each other in the process.
-- The factory settings assign Input "1" to the switching actuator,
Notes enabling operation without programming.
-- For installation in a device box (electronics box from Kaiser -- Output can be parameterised as NO contact or NC contact
recommended). Flush-mounted, Kaiser Order No.: 1068-02, -- Selection of preferred position for bus power failure and
hollow wall, Kaiser Order No.: 9062-94, halogen-free, Kaiser recovery.
Order No.: 9062-74. -- Switch-on/off delay or time switch function can be set.
-- The connection of the outputs is made via a flexible, approx. -- Output with three objects: switching, feedback, and additional
20cm long cable. function (linking, block function, or forced setting)
-- The binary inputs and KNXbus are connected via a 6-wire, -- Feedback object can be inverted.
approx. 30cm long connection line, which may be extended to a
maximum length of 5m. Technical data
-- VDE approval in accordance with EN60669-1, EN60669-2-1, Rated voltage: AC250V, 50/60Hz
KNX system devices,
EN50428. Switching current: 6A

actuators, sensors
Relay contact: 2 x zero-voltage NO contact

Connected load
KNX switching actuator, 1-gang 16A -- Light bulbs: 1200W
-- Capacitive load: 6A, max. 14F
Number of inputs: 2 x zero-voltage


Rocker btn 2-way m-c 2-g 0155 00 D227
Junction box 0070 30 D200

Features
-- Flush-mounted switching actuator, 1-gang with two binary
inputs. Zero-voltage contacts can be connected to the two binary
inputs. The two inputs can perform various functions or be
blocked independently of each other in the process.
-- The factory settings assign Input "1" to the switching actuator,
enabling operation without programming.
-- Output can be parameterised as NO contact or NC contact
-- Selection of preferred position for bus power failure and
recovery.
-- Switch-on/off delay or time switch function can be set.
-- Output with three objects: switching, feedback, and additional
function (linking, block function, or forced setting)
-- Feedback object can be inverted.

Flush-mounted actuators KNX
KNX Universal Dimming Actuator KNX blind actuator, 1-gang
50210W/VA Flush-mounted 2165 00 1/100 06

C O ptional accessories Rocker btn 2-way m-c 2-g 0155 00 D227
Rocker btn 2-way m-c 2-g 0155 00 D227 Junction box 0070 30 D200
Junction box 0070 30 D200
Power boosters Features
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 -- The blind actuator has three binary inputs for the controlling of
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 the connected blind, shutter, awning or ventilation flap in the
Tronic transformers state of delivery.
-- Operating mode can be configured: blinds, shutters, awnings or
Features ventilation flaps.
-- Flush-mounted dimming actuator with two binary inputs. -- Separately parameterisable movement times with movement time
-- Zero-voltage contacts can be connected to the two binary inputs. extension for movements into the upper end position.
-- The two inputs can perform various functions or be blocked -- Feedback of the curtain position or slat position. Active or
independently of each other in the process. passive (object can be read out) cyclical feedback functions.
-- The factory settings assign the inputs to the dimming actuator, -- Assignments of up to five different safety functions (three wind
enabling operation without programming. alarms, one rain alarm, one frost alarm) or optionally with cyclical
-- Switching and dimming of lamps. monitoring.
-- Switch-on and dimming behaviour can be set with parameters. -- Sun protection function with fixed and variable curtain or slat
-- Feedback of switching condition and brightness value. positions can be activated.
-- Time dimmer and bulb-saving switch-on and switch-off can be -- Integration in complex shading systems, optionally with
parameterised. automatic heating/cooling and presence function.
-- Dimming or brightening of brightness values. -- Behaviour after bus voltage failure and recovery can be set.
-- Time-delayed switch-off when a switch-off brightness is fallen -- Feedback can be delayed until after the recovery of bus voltage.
below is possible. -- Forced setting function can be realised for each blind output.
-- Messages to indicate short circuits or load failures are possible. -- Integration in scenes is possible, 8 internal scenes at the most
-- Light scene operation is possible. can be parameterised per channel.
-- Blocking operation can be activated with an object with a -- Memory function for light scenes.
parameterisable brightness value at the start and end of the
suspension. Technical data
-- Behaviour of the dimming actuator following bus voltage Rated voltage: 110 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
recovery can be specified. Blind output
-- Switching current: 3A / AC1
Technical data -- Motors AC230V: 600VA
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz -- Motors AC110V: 300VA
KNX system devices,

Connected load Number of inputs: 3 x zero-voltage
actuators, sensors
-- Ohmic load: 50 to 210W
KNX Flush-mounted actuators
KNX Window Actuator, 1-gang KNX Heating Actuator, 1-gang
Flush-mounted 2164 00 1 06 Flush-mounted 2166 00 1 06

Rocker btn 2-way m-c 2-g 0155 00 D227 Rocker btn 2-way m-c 2-g 0155 00 D227
Therm.servo 230 V 2169 00 D292 Therm.servo 230 V 2169 00 D292
Junction box 0070 30 D200 Junction box 0070 30 D200

Features Features
-- The window actuator is a combination of a blind actuator with a -- Heating actuator with three binary inputs for controlling
heating actuator. It has three binary inputs for controlling the electrothermic servos.
connected blind, shutter, awning or ventilation flap in the state of -- Output, can be controlled via a corrected variable (1-bit or
delivery. 1-byte).
-- Operating mode can be configured: blinds, shutters, awnings or -- Status feedback (1-bit or 1-byte) automatically or on read request.
ventilation flaps. -- Valve control (open/closed while de-energized) can be
-- Separately parameterisable movement times with movement time configured.
extension for movements into the upper end position. -- Summer or winter mode can be selected via an object.
-- Feedback of the curtain position or slat position. Active or -- Cyclical monitoring of the corrected variable; if a corrected
passive (object can be read out) cyclical feedback functions. variable telegram remains off within a monitoring period, the
-- Assignments of up to five different safety functions (three wind output switches into emergency mode and an alarm message is
alarms, one rain alarm, one frost alarm) or optionally with cyclical sent.
monitoring. -- Each output can be locked in a forced position, and different
-- Sun protection function with fixed and variable curtain or slat values are possible for summer and winter operation.
positions can be activated. -- Behaviour upon bus voltage recovery and fails can be
-- Integration in complex shading systems, optionally with parameterised separately for each output.
automatic heating/cooling and presence function. -- Messages to indicate short circuits or load failures can be set via
-- Behaviour after bus voltage failure and recovery can be set. an object.
-- Feedback can be delayed until after the recovery of bus voltage. -- Control of servos in switching operation or PWM operation.
-- Forced setting function can be realised for each blind output. -- Protective function against jammed valve.
-- Integration in scenes is possible, 8 internal scenes at the most
can be parameterised per channel. Technical data
-- Memory function for light scenes. Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50/60Hz
-- Output, can be controlled via a corrected variable (1-bit or Heating output
1-byte). -- Switching contact: Triac
-- Status feedback (1-bit or 1-byte) automatically or on read request. -- Switching current: 5 to 25mA
-- Valve control (open/closed while de-energized) can be -- Number of drives per output: max. 2
configured. Number of inputs: 3 x zero-voltage
KNX system devices,
-- Summer or winter mode can be selected via an object.

actuators, sensors
-- Cyclical monitoring of the corrected variable; if a corrected

variable telegram remains off within a monitoring period, the
output switches into emergency mode and an alarm message is
sent.
-- Each output can be locked in a forced position, and different
values are possible for summer and winter operation.
-- Behaviour upon bus voltage recovery and fails can be
parameterised separately for each output.
-- Messages to indicate short circuits or load failures can be set via
an object.
-- Control of servos in switching operation or PWM operation.
-- Protective function against jammed valve.

Technical data
Rated voltage: AC230/240V, 50/60Hz
Blind output
-- Switching current: 3A / AC1
-- Motors AC230V: 600VA
Heating output
-- Switching contact: Triac
-- Switching current: 5 to 25mA
-- Number of drives per output: max. 2

System devices KNX
System devices KNX Power supply 640mA with 2 integrated
chokes
KNX Power supply 320mA with integrated choke
DRA 1087 00 1/100 26

DRA 1086 00 1/100 26 Features
-- The power supply 640mA generates the KNX system voltage,
Features and each has one choked and two unchoked outputs.
-- The power supply 320mA supplies the KNX system voltage. It -- The non-choked output can be used for the supply of another line
has one non-choked and one choked output each. or for function devices (e.g. KNX IP router) which require an
-- The non-choked output can be used for the supply of another line auxiliary voltage.
or for function devices (e.g. KNX IP router) which require an -- Any desired load distribution to the outputs (choked or unchoked)
auxiliary voltage. is possible, however the total rated current of 640mA must not
-- Any desired load distribution to the outputs (choked or unchoked) be exceeded.
is possible, however the total rated current of 320mA must not -- The outputs are equipped with a shared overload or short-circuit
be exceeded. protection.
-- The outputs are equipped with a shared overload or short-circuit
protection. Technical data
Primary rated voltage
Technical data -- either: AC 161 V to 264 V, 50/60 Hz
Primary rated voltage -- either: DC176 to 270V
-- either: AC 161 V to 264 V, 50/60 Hz Secondary rated voltage: DC28 to 31VSELV
-- either: DC176 to 270V Secondary rated current: 640mA, short-circuit-proof
Secondary rated voltage: DC28 to 31VSELV Connections
Secondary rated current: 320mA, short-circuit-proof -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
Connections -- Load: load via screw terminals
-- KNX: Connection and junction terminal -- : max. 4mm
-- Load: Screw terminals Dimensions: 7 HP
-- : max. 4mm
Dimensions: 4 HP Notes
-- VDE approval in accordance with EN 61558-1, EN 61558-2-17.
Notes -- Connection is made via KNXbus connection or junction terminals
-- VDE approval in accordance with EN 61558-1, EN 61558-2-17. (no data rail required).
-- Connection is made via KNXbus connection or junction terminals -- Recommendation: Overvoltage protection for Gira KNXproducts.
(no data rail required). -- Overvoltage diverter BUStector BT24, manufacturer: DEHN +
-- Recommendation: Overvoltage protection for Gira KNXproducts. SHNE, Article No. 925001.
-- Overvoltage diverter BUStector BT24, manufacturer: DEHN +
SHNE, Article No. 925001. Scope of supply
KNX system devices,

actuators, sensors
Scope of supply supply.
supply.
KNX System devices
KNX Power supply 640mA uninterruptible Area or line coupler

-- Use as an area or line coupler, depending on the specification of
the physical address and parameterisation.
-- Reduction of the bus load via filter function (filter table).
-- Forwarding of group telegrams can be parameterised.
-- Repetition rate in the case of transfer errors.
-- Telegram confirmation can be parameterised.
-- Support of the completely expanded group address area from 0
DRA 1079 00 1/100 26 to 31 with the functions "block", "forward unfiltered", and "filter"
in both communication directions between the main and subline
C N ecessary accessories (from ETS4.1.2).
Rech.lead acid battery 12 V 12 Ah 1130 00 D478 -- "Forward unfiltered" and "block" functions can also be selected
Basic cab.set 1128 00 D479 for physically addressed telegrams between main and subline in
both communication directions (programming and tamper
C O ptional accessories protection) (from ETS4.1.2).
Extension cab.set 1129 00 D479 -- "Repeat: yes/no" function can be set separately in case of transfer
errors on the main or subline for the telegram type "Broadcast"
Features (from ETS4.1.2).
-- The uninterruptible power supply 640mA generates the -- Telegram confirmation on the main and subline possible
KNXsystem voltage. separately for group telegrams and physically addressed
-- With integrated choke for de-coupling the bus line from the telegrams with the settings "always" and "for forwarding only"
power supply. (from ETS4.1.2).
-- With connections for a lead-gel rechargeable accumulators for -- For physically addressed telegrams, the setting "always reject
buffering KNXvoltage in case of a mains failure. NACK (Not-Acknowledge)" can be selected (programming
-- Up to two lead-gel rechargeable accumulators can be connected protection with feedback) (from ETS4.1.2).
and charged via the uninterruptible power supply. Line amplifier
-- The charging voltage is controlled depending on the temperature -- As a line amplifier, extending the lines to max. four line segments
using a temperature sensor. (max. three line amplifiers per line connected in parallel per line)
-- The uninterruptible power supply has a zero-voltage 2-way switch with up to 64 devices each is possible.
for reporting a fault (e.g. mains failure, battery failure, overload, -- Repetition rate in the case of transfer errors.
or short circuit).
Technical data
Primary rated voltage: AC230V, 50 / 60Hz -- KNX higher-level line: Connection and junction terminal
Secondary rated voltage: DC28 to 31VSELV -- KNX lower-level line: Connection and junction terminal
Secondary rated current: 640mA, short-circuit-proof Dimensions: 2 HP
Zero-voltage 2-way switch: AC230V, 6A
Connections Notes
-- KNX: Connection and junction terminal -- A separate power supply is required for each line (area line, main
-- Load: Screw terminals line, line) or each line segment.
-- : max. 4mm
Dimensions: 8 HP
KNX IP interface
Notes
KNX system devices,
-- Connection is made via KNXbus connection or junction terminals

actuators, sensors
(no data rail required).

-- Recommendation: Overvoltage protection for Gira KNXproducts.
-- Overvoltage diverter BUStector BT24, manufacturer: DEHN +
SHNE, Article No. 925001.

Scope of supply DRA plus 2168 00 1/100 26
supply. C O ptional accessories
KNX area or line coupler line amplifier
Features
-- For coupling a PC to the KNXbus to address, program, or
diagnose KNXcomponents.

Technical data
DRA plus 1023 00 1/100 26 (10/100Mbit/s)
ARP, ICMP, IGMP, DHCP, AutoIP,
Features Supported protocols: UDP/IP (Core, Tunneling, Device
-- The area/line coupler connects two KNXlines to each other for Management)
data transfer and ensures electrical isolation between these lines. Connections
As a result, each bus line of a KNX installation can be operated -- IP: 2 x RJ45 jacks
electrically independently of the other lines. -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
Dimensions: 2 HP

Notes

System devices KNX
KNX IP router KNX USB data interface
DRA plus 2167 00 1/100 26 DRA 1080 00 1/100 26

Power supply 320 mA choke 1086 00 D453 USB connection cab. 0903 00 D478
Features
Features -- USB data interface with integrated bus coupler.
-- Connection of KNXlines with aid of data networks and use of the -- For coupling a PC to the KNXbus to address, program, or
Internet protocol (IP). diagnose KNXcomponents.
-- Coupling of a KNXsystem together with the Gira HomeServer/
FacilityServer. Technical data
-- Filtering and forwarding of telegrams. Connections
-- Use as line or area coupler. -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
-- Use as KNX clock. -- USB: Pin jack, type B
-- Recording of KNXtelegrams on a microSD card. Transfer protocol: compatible with USB 1.1/2.0
-- Support of KNX Secure for secure communication via IP from Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
index status I14. Dimensions: 2 HP
-- Up to four tunnelling connection possible simultaneously.
-- Reliable communication for automatic correction of telegram Notes
losses in WLAN (Reliable Communication). -- The data interface is supported from ETS3.

Technical data Scope of supply
Rated voltage: DC24 to 30V -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
IP communication: Ethernet 10/100 BaseT supply.
(10/100Mbit/s)
ARP, ICMP, IGMP, DHCP, AutoIP,
Supported protocols: UDP/IP (Core, Routing, Insert for KNX USB data interface
Tunneling, Device Management)
microSD card: up to 32 GB
Connections
-- IP: RJ45 jack
Dimensions: 2 HP
Notes Flush-mounted 1070 00 1/5 06
KNX system devices,

actuators, sensors
-- The Gira Project Assistant (GPA) is required for firmware updates. C N ecessary accessories
The GPA is available free of charge in the Gira download area. Cover plate TAE+Stereo+USB 0276 .. D80
Cover in. sp. TAE USB 0876 .. D80
Scope of supply Gira E22
-- MicroSD card is not included in the scope of supply. Cover plate TAE+Stereo+USB 0876 20 D177
Cover in. sp. TAE USB 0276 20 D177
Connection cable
NNew product. Available starting 03/2017. USB connection cab. 0903 00 D478
Gira X1
Features
-- USB data interface with integrated bus coupler.
-- The data interface enables the coupling of a PC for the
addressing, programming, and diagnosis of KNX components.

Technical data
Connections
DRA 2096 00 1 05 -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
-- USB: Pin jack, type B
Functional description D455 Transfer protocol: compatible with USB 1.1/2.0
Gira L1
Scope of supply
supply.

DRA 2070 00 1 05
KNX System devices/ Switching
KNX RF data interface (USB stick) Switching
DRA switching actuators with integrated bus coupler. For switching

independently controllable groups of loads. With manual switch for
switching over the relay (On/Off) parallel or without KNX operation.
Multi-phase connection. No additional power supply required.

USB stick 5120 00 1 06 Features
-- Manual actuation of the relay independent of the bus or
Functional description D414 switching position indication.
-- NO contact or NC contact operation.
-- Central switching function.
KNX RF/TP media coupler or RF repeater -- Group feedback for reduction of bus load.
-- Active or passive (object can be read out) cyclical feedback
function.
-- Feedback can be delayed until after the recovery of bus voltage.
-- Logical linking function for each output.
-- Block function can be parameterised for each channel. As an
alternative, forced setting function for each output.
-- Time functions (switch-on/off delay, staircase light function
DRA plus 5110 00 1/5 06 also with advance warning function).
-- Integration in light scenes is possible, eight internal scenes at the
Functional description D414 most can be parameterised per channel.
-- Memory function for light scenes.
-- Elapsed operating time meter as forward/backward counter with
limit function (limit can be changed via bus) can be activated for
each output.
-- Input monitoring for cyclical updating with safety setting.
-- Reactions in case of bus voltage failure and restoration can be
set for each channel following an ETSprogramming process.

Technical data
Connections
-- Load: Screw terminals

Notes
-- Installation on DIN top-hat rail.
-- VDE approval in accordance with EN60669-1, EN60669-2-1,
EN50428.

KNX system devices,
actuators, sensors
Switching KNX
KNX switching actuator, 2-gang 16A with manual KNX switching actuator, 4-gang 16A with manual
actuation actuation
DRA plus 1040 00 1/100 26 DRA plus 1004 00 1/100 26

Features Features
-- Independent switching of the two outputs. -- Independent switching of the four outputs.

Relay Relay
-- Number: 2 -- Number: 4
-- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact -- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact
each, flip-flop each, flip-flop
Switching capacity Switching capacity
-- AC230V: 16A / AC1 or 10A / AC3 -- AC230V: 16A / AC1 or 10A / AC3
-- AC400V: 10A / AC1 or 6A / AC3 -- AC400V: 10A / AC1 or 6A / AC3
-- DC: 16 A/24V -- DC: 16 A/24V
Maximum switch-on current: 400A, 150s, 200A, 600s Maximum switch-on current: 400A, 150s, 200A, 600s
Connected load Connected load
-- Ohmic load: 3600W -- Ohmic load: 3600W
-- Capacitive load AC230V: 16A, max. 140F -- Capacitive load AC230V: 16A, max. 140F
-- Light bulbs: 2500W -- Light bulbs: 2500W
-- HV halogen lamps: 2500W -- HV halogen lamps: 2500W
-- Wound transformer: 1200VA -- Wound transformer: 1200VA
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W -- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W
-- Fluorescent lamps, -- Fluorescent lamps,
uncompensated: 2500VA uncompensated: 2500VA
-- Fluorescent lamps, duo- -- Fluorescent lamps, duo-
circuit: 2300VA circuit: 2300VA
-- Fluorescent lamps, parallel- -- Fluorescent lamps, parallel-
compensated: 1300VA compensated: 1300VA
-- Mercury-vapour lamps, -- Mercury-vapour lamps,
uncompensated: 2000W uncompensated: 2000W
-- Mercury-vapour lamps, -- Mercury-vapour lamps,
parallel-compensated: 2000W parallel-compensated: 2000W
Connections: max. 4mm Connections: max. 4mm
Dimensions: 4 HP Dimensions: 4 HP

KNX system devices,

Scope of supply Scope of supply
actuators, sensors
-- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
supply. supply.

KNX Switching
KNX switching actuator, 4-gang 16A with manual KNX switching actuator, 8-gang 16A with manual
actuation and current measurement for C-loads actuation
DRA plus 1045 00 1/100 26 DRA plus 1006 00 1/100 26

Features Features
-- The switching contacts of the switching actuator, 4-gang, C-load -- Independent switching of the eight outputs.
are especially designed for loads with a capacitive character, and
therefore conditional, brief, high switch-on currents (see Technical data
Technical Data). Relay
-- The switching actuator has an integrated current detection. -- Number: 8
-- A current measurement can be carried out for each channel. -- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact
-- Independent switching of the four outputs. each, flip-flop
-- Current detection: Measurement of load current for each channel. Switching capacity AC230V: 16A / AC1 or 10A / AC3
-- Threshold values for load monitoring (e.g. signalling of load Switching capacity AC400V: 10A / AC1 or 6A / AC3
failure). Switching capacity
-- DC: 16 A/24V
Technical data -- DC: 16 A/24V
Relay Maximum switch-on current: 400A, 150s, 200A, 600s
-- Number: 4 Connected load
-- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact -- Ohmic load: 3600W
each, flip-flop -- Capacitive load AC230V: 16A, max. 140F
Switching capacity AC230V: 16A / AC1 or 16A / AC3 -- Light bulbs: 2500W
Switching capacity AC400V: 10A / AC1 or 10A / AC3 -- HV halogen lamps: 2500W
Switching capacity -- Wound transformer: 1200VA
-- DC: 16 A/24V -- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W
Maximum switch-on current: 600A, 150s, 300A, 600s -- Fluorescent lamps,
Connected load uncompensated: 2500VA
-- Ohmic load: 3680W -- Fluorescent lamps, duo-
-- Capacitive load AC230V: 16A, max. 200F circuit: 2300VA
-- Light bulbs: 3680W -- Fluorescent lamps, parallel-
-- HV halogen lamps: 3680W compensated: 1300VA
-- Wound transformer: 2000VA -- Mercury-vapour lamps,
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 2500W uncompensated: 2000W
-- Fluorescent lamps, -- Mercury-vapour lamps,
uncompensated: 3680VA parallel-compensated: 2000W
-- Fluorescent lamps, duo- Connections: max. 4mm
circuit: 3680VA Dimensions: 8 HP
KNX system devices,

actuators, sensors
compensated: 2500VA Scope of supply

-- Mercury-vapour lamps, -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
uncompensated: 3680W supply.
-- Mercury-vapour lamps,
parallel-compensated: 3680W
Current detection: 0.25 to 16A sine
Dimensions: 4 HP

Scope of supply
supply.

Switching KNX
KNX switching actuator, 8-gang 16A with manual

actuation and current measurement for C-loads
DRA plus 1046 00 1/100 26
Features
-- The switching contacts of the switching actuator, 8-gang, C-load
are especially designed for loads with a capacitive character, and
therefore conditional, brief, high switch-on currents (see
Technical Data).
-- The switching actuator has an integrated current detection.
-- A current measurement can be carried out for each channel.
-- Current detection: Measurement of load current for each channel.
-- Threshold values for load monitoring (e.g. signalling of load
failure).
-- Independent switching of the eight outputs.
Technical data
Relay
-- Number: 8
-- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact
each, flip-flop
Switching capacity AC230V: 16A / AC1 or 16A / AC3
Maximum switch-on current: 600A, 150s, 300A, 600s
Connected load
-- Ohmic load: 3680W
-- Capacitive load AC230V: 16A, max. 200F
circuit: 3680VA
compensated: 2500VA
KNX system devices,

actuators, sensors
uncompensated: 3680W
Current detection: 0.25 to 16A sine
Dimensions: 8 HP
Scope of supply
supply.
KNX Switching / blinds
Switching / blinds KNX switching actuator, 4-gang 16A/ blind

actuator, 2-gang 16A with manual actuation
Depending on the parameterisation, the actuator can be used as a
switching actuator or a blind actuator. Mixed configurations of
switching and blind actuators are also possible. For the blind
actuator function, two neighbouring relay outputs are combined to
form one blind output.

Features
-- Switching status indication for each relay. DRA plus 1036 00 1/100 26
-- Manual actuation for changing over the relays in parallel or
without KNXoperation. Features
-- Central switch-off possible per manual actuation. -- Independent control of up to two blind outputs.
-- With integrated bus coupler. -- Independent switching of up to four switching outputs.
-- Different external conductors may be connected to the outputs.
-- Behaviour after bus voltage failure and recovery can be set. Technical data
-- Feedback can be delayed until after the recovery of bus voltage. Relay
-- Integration in scenes is possible, 8 internal scenes at the most -- Number: 4
can be parameterised per channel. -- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact each
-- Memory function for light scenes. Current capacity
-- Building site operation: Outputs can be operated manually -- of neighbouring outputs: Total 20A
without bus voltage with operating voltage only. -- Device: Total 40A
Blind functions Connections: max. 4mm
-- Separately parameterisable movement times with movement time Dimensions : 4 HP
extension for moving into the upper end position.
-- Central control of all blind outputs possible. Scope of supply
-- Feedback of the curtain position or slat position. -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
-- Assignments of up to five different safety functions (three wind supply.
alarms, one rain alarm, one frost alarm) or optionally with cyclical
monitoring.
-- Forced setting function can be realised for each blind output. KNX switching actuator, 8-gang 16A/ blind
-- Sun protection function with fixed and variable curtain or slat actuator, 4-gang 16A with manual actuation
positions can be activated.
Switching functions
-- NO contact or NC contact operation can be set.
-- Behaviour after bus voltage failure and recovery can be set.
-- Central switching function.
-- Group feedback for reduction of bus load.
function. DRA plus 1037 00 1/100 26
-- Logical linking function for each output.
-- Block function can be parameterised for each channel. As an Features
alternative, forced setting function for each output. -- Independent control of up to four blind outputs.
-- Time functions (switch-on/off delay, staircase light function -- Independent switching of up to eight switching outputs.
KNX system devices,
also with advance warning function).

actuators, sensors
Technical data
Technical data Relay
Power supply: AC230V, 50/60Hz -- Number: 8
Switching capacity AC230V: 16A / AC1 -- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact each
Maximum switch-on current: 800A, 200s, 165A, 20ms Current capacity
Connected load -- of neighbouring outputs: Total 20A
-- Ohmic load: 3000W -- Device: Total 80A
-- Capacitive load AC230V: 16A, max. 140F Connections: max. 4mm
-- Motors (blind or fan): 1380W Dimensions: 4 HP
-- HV halogen lamps: 2500W Notes
-- Wound transformer: 1200VA -- VDE approval in accordance with EN60669-1, EN60669-2-1,
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W EN50428
uncompensated: 1000VA Scope of supply
-- Fluorescent lamps, duo- -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
circuit: 2300VA supply.
compensated: 1160VA
Connections

Notes

Switching / blinds KNX
KNX switching actuator, 16-gang 16A/ blind

actuator, 8-gang 16A with manual actuation
DRA plus 1038 00 1/100 26
Features
-- Independent control of up to eight blind outputs.
-- Independent switching of up to 16 switching outputs.
Technical data
Relay
-- Number:
-- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact each
Current capacity
-- of neighbouring outputs: Total 20A
-- Device: Total 160A
Dimensions: 8 HP
Notes
EN50428
Scope of supply
supply.
KNX system devices,

actuators, sensors
KNX Blinds
Blinds KNX blind actuator, 2-gang AC230V with manual

actuation
Blind actuators with integrated bus coupler, manual activation, and
status display for each output. For controlling electrically operated
blinds, shutters, awnings, ventilation flaps, or similar hangings.

Features
-- Curtain position can be directly controlled.
-- Slat position can be directly controlled.
-- Behaviour after bus voltage failure and recovery can be set. DRA plus 2152 00 1 26
-- Separately parameterisable movement times with movement time
extension for moving into the upper end position. Features
-- Central control of all blind outputs possible. -- For mains voltage AC230V.
-- Feedback of the curtain position or slat position. -- Connection of various external conductors.
-- Feedback can be delayed until after the recovery of bus voltage. -- Independent control of the two blind outputs.
-- Assignments of up to five different safety functions (three wind -- Automatic curtain moving time detection for AC230V drives
alarms, one rain alarm, one frost alarm) or optionally with cyclical with mechanical stop position switches.
monitoring.
-- Forced setting function can be realised for each blind output. Technical data
-- Integration in scenes is possible, 8 internal scenes at the most Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
can be parameterised per channel. AC switching voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- Memory function for light scenes. Switching capacity AC230V: 6A / AC1
-- Sun protection function with fixed and variable curtain or slat Switching voltage DC: DC 12 to 48 V
positions can be activated. Switching capacity
-- Extended sun protection with extensive control functions. -- DC12/24V: 6A
-- Integration in temperature management of building possible. -- DC48V: 3A
-- Blocking of individual outputs manually or with bus. Connections: max. 4mm
-- Active or passive (object can be read out) cyclical feedback Dimensions: 4 HP
functions.
-- Building site operation: Outputs can be operated manually Scope of supply
without bus voltage with operating voltage only. -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
supply.
Technical data
Connections
-- KNX: Connection and junction terminal KNX blind actuator, 4-gang AC230V / DC12-48V
-- Load: Screw terminals with manual actuation

Notes

KNX blind actuator, 4-gang DC 24V with manual

actuation
DRA plus 1039 00 1/100 26
KNX system devices,

actuators, sensors
Features
-- For mains voltage AC230V (4channel) or low voltage DC12 to
48V (2channel).
-- Connection of various external conductors.
-- Independent control of the four blind outputs.
DRA plus 2154 00 1/100 26 -- Automatic curtain moving time detection for AC230V drives
with mechanical stop position switches.
Features
-- For low voltage DC12 to 48V. Technical data
-- Independent control of the four blind outputs. Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
AC switching voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
Technical data Switching capacity AC230V: 6A / AC1
Rated voltage: DC 12 to 48 V Switching voltage DC: DC 12 to 48 V
Switching voltage DC: DC 12 to 48 V Switching capacity
Switching capacity -- DC12/24V: 6A
-- DC12/24V: 6A -- DC48V: 3A
-- DC48V: 3A Connections: max. 4mm
Connections: max. 4mm Dimensions: 4 HP
Dimensions: 4 HP
Notes
Scope of supply -- VDE approval in accordance with EN60669-1, EN60669-2-1,
-- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of EN50428
supply.
Scope of supply
supply.

Blinds /Shutter KNX
KNX blind actuator, 8-gang AC230V / DC12-48V Shutter

with manual actuation
KNX Shutter actuator, 4-gang AC230V with

manual actuation
DRA plus 2161 00 1/100 26
Features
-- For mains voltage AC230V (8channel) or low voltage DC12 to DRA plus 2160 00 1/100 26
48V (4channel).
-- Connection of various external conductors. Features
-- Independent control of the blind outputs. -- Shutter actuator with manual actuation and status display for
-- Automatic curtain moving time detection for AC230V drives each output.
with mechanical stop position switches. -- With integrated bus coupler.
-- For controlling electrically operated shutters for mains voltage of
Technical data AC230V (4-channel).
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz -- Connection of various external conductors.
AC switching voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz -- Independent control of the four shutter outputs.
Switching capacity AC230V: 6A / AC1 -- Shutter position can be directly controlled.
Switching voltage DC: DC 12 to 48 V -- Behaviour after bus voltage failure and recovery can be set.
Switching capacity -- Feedback of position. Active or passive (object can be read out)
-- DC12/24V: 6A cyclical feedback functions.
-- DC48V: 3A -- Assignments of up to five different safety functions (three wind
Connections: max. 4mm alarms, one rain alarm, one frost alarm) or optionally with cyclical
Dimensions: 8 HP monitoring.
-- Building site operation: Outputs can be operated manually
Notes without bus voltage with operating voltage only.
EN50428 Technical data
Scope of supply AC switching voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of Switching capacity AC230V: 6A / AC1
supply. Connections
-- Load: load via screw terminals
-- : max. 4mm
Dimensions: 4 HP

Notes
KNX system devices,

EN50428
actuators, sensors

Scope of supply
supply.

KNX Dimming
Dimming Technical data

Rated voltage: AC110 to 230V, 50/60Hz

Connected load (AC230V)
KNX Dimming Actuator, 1-gang -- Light bulbs: 20 to 500W
NV-LED: 20 to 100VA
NV-LED: typically 20 to 100W
20 500W/VA -- HV LED lamps: typ. 3 to 100W
DRA plus 2171 00 1/100 26 -- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 100W
Connected load (AC110V)
C O ptional accessories -- Light bulbs: 20 to 250W
Power boosters -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 250W
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 -- Wound transformer: 20 to 250VA
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 -- Gira Tronic transformer: 20 to 250W
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 -- Wound transformer with
Tronic transformers NV-LED: 20 to 50VA
Features NV-LED: typically 20 to 50W
-- Dim actuator with integrated bus coupler. -- HV LED lamps: typ. 3 to 50W
-- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, -- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 50W
dimmable HV-LED lamps, dimmable compact fluorescent lamps, Switching current for motors: 2.3 A
dimmable inductive transformers with LV halogen or NV-LED Number of universal power boosters
lamps, dimmable electronic transformers with LV halogen or -- Trailing edge: max. 10 x 500W
NV-LED lamps. -- Leading edge: max. 5 x 420VA
-- Automatic or manual selection of dimming principle according to Connections
load. -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
-- Idle-state, short-circuit, and excess temperature-proof -- Load: Screw terminals
-- Manual actuation of the outputs independent of the bus (building -- : max. 4mm
site operation also possible). Dimensions: 4 HP
-- The dimming actuator, 1-gang can also be used as speed
regulator for speed control of single-phase electric motors. Notes
-- Building site operation: Outputs can be operated manually -- Power extension using Gira power boosters. In combination with
without bus voltage with operating voltage only. power boosters, do not hook up LED or compact fluorescent
Functions lamps.
-- Independent control of the dimming channels. -- Installation on DIN top-hat rail.
-- For building site operation, outputs can be operated manually -- VDE approval in accordance with EN60669-1, EN60669-2-1,
without bus voltage with operating voltage only. EN50428
-- Central switching function for control of all dimming channels.
-- Delay for actively transmitted feedback messages following bus Scope of supply
voltage recovery. -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
KNX system devices,
-- Load type and dimming method can be configured: Universal supply.

actuators, sensors
(with automatic calibration procedure), electronic transformer/LV

LED (capacitive/phase cut), conventional transformer/LV LED
(inductive/phase cut), HV LED (phase cut) or HV LED (phase cut).
-- Feedback for "switching" and "brightness value".
-- Dimmable brightness range can be set.
-- Dimming behaviour and dimming characteristics can be
parameterised.
-- Switch-on behaviour for a relative dimming command can be
parameterised.
-- Bulb-saving switch-on and switch-off
-- Automatic setting and scaling of the dimmable brightness range
when using universal power boosters.
-- The performance of a dimming channel in the "OFF" state during
reception of a relative dimming command can be parameterised
(switching and dimming or no response).
-- Alarm telegrams for short circuit, overload, and load failure.
-- Feedback of connected load type.
-- Block function or forced setting function can be parameterised
for each output.
-- Time functions (switch-on/off delay, staircase light function).
-- Staircase light function with advance warning function via
time-controlled reduction of lighting or activation of permanent
lighting.
-- Linking function and up to eight scenes per dimming channel
possible.
-- Elapsed operating time meter for recording switch-on time.
-- Reactions after bus voltage failure and recovery can be set.

Dimming KNX
KNX Dimming Actuator, 2-gang Technical data

Connected load (AC230V) per channel
2x300W/VA NV-LED: 20 to 100VA
DRA plus 2172 00 1/100 26 -- electronic transformer with
C O ptional accessories -- HV LED lamps: typ. 3 to 60W
Power boosters -- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 60W
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 Connected load (AC110V) per channel
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 -- Light bulbs: 20 to 150W
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 150W
Tronic transformers -- Wound transformer: 20 to 150VA
Features -- Wound transformer with
-- Dim actuator with integrated bus coupler. NV-LED: 20 to 50VA
-- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, -- electronic transformer with
dimmable HV-LED lamps, dimmable compact fluorescent lamps, NV-LED: typically 20 to 50W
dimmable inductive transformers with LV halogen or NV-LED -- HV LED lamps: typ. 3 to 30W
lamps, dimmable electronic transformers with LV halogen or -- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 30W
NV-LED lamps. Number of universal power boosters
-- Automatic or manual selection of dimming principle according to -- Trailing edge: max. 10 x 500W
load. -- Leading edge: max. 5 x 250VA
-- Idle-state, short-circuit, and excess temperature-proof Connections
-- Manual actuation of the outputs independent of the bus (building -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
site operation also possible). -- Load: Screw terminals
-- Building site operation: Outputs can be operated manually -- : max. 4mm
without bus voltage with operating voltage only. Dimensions: 4 HP
Functions
-- Independent control of the dimming channels. Notes
-- Central switching function for control of all dimming channels. -- Power extension using Gira power boosters. In combination with
-- Delay for actively transmitted feedback messages following bus power boosters, do not hook up LED or compact fluorescent
voltage recovery. lamps.
-- Load type and dimming method can be configured: Universal -- Installation on DIN top-hat rail.
(with automatic calibration procedure), electronic transformer/LV -- VDE approval in accordance with EN60669-1, EN60669-2-1,
LED (capacitive/phase cut), conventional transformer/LV LED EN50428
(inductive/phase cut), HV LED (phase cut) or HV LED (phase cut).
-- Feedback for "switching" and "brightness value". Scope of supply
-- Dimmable brightness range can be set. -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
-- Dimming behaviour and dimming characteristics can be supply.
KNX system devices,

parameterised.
actuators, sensors
parameterised.
for each output.
lighting.
possible.
KNX Dimming
KNX Dimming Actuator, 4-gang Technical data

Connected load (AC230V) per channel
4x250W/VA NV-LED: 20 to 100VA
DRA plus 2174 00 1/100 26 -- electronic transformer with
C O ptional accessories -- HV LED lamps: typ. 3 to 50W
Power boosters -- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 50W
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 Connected load (AC110V) per channel
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 -- Light bulbs: 20 to 120W
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 120W
Tronic transformers -- Wound transformer: 20 to 120VA
Features -- Wound transformer with
-- Dim actuator with integrated bus coupler. NV-LED: 20 to 50VA
-- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, -- electronic transformer with
dimmable HV-LED lamps, dimmable compact fluorescent lamps, NV-LED: typically 20 to 50W
dimmable inductive transformers with LV halogen or NV-LED -- HV LED lamps: typ. 3 to 24W
lamps, dimmable electronic transformers with LV halogen or -- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 24W
NV-LED lamps. Use outputs to max. capacity of
-- Automatic or manual selection of dimming principle according to Parallel switched outputs: 95%
load. (max. 950W for AC230V,
-- Idle-state, short-circuit, and excess temperature-proof 50/60Hz)
-- Manual actuation of the outputs independent of the bus (building Number of universal power boosters
site operation also possible). -- Trailing edge: max. 10 x 500W
-- Several outputs can be wired in parallel to increase output power. -- Leading edge: max. 5 x 250VA
-- Parallel switching of several outputs to a load of 950W possible. Connections
Do not connect HV LED or compact fluorescent lamps to -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
dimming outputs connected in parallel. -- Load: Screw terminals
-- Building site operation: Outputs can be operated manually -- : max. 4mm
without bus voltage with operating voltage only. Dimensions: 8 HP
Functions
-- Central switching function for control of all dimming channels. Notes
-- Delay for actively transmitted feedback messages following bus -- Power extension using Gira power boosters. In combination with
voltage recovery. power boosters, do not hook up LED or compact fluorescent
-- Load type and dimming method can be configured: Universal lamps.
(with automatic calibration procedure), electronic transformer/LV -- Installation on DIN top-hat rail.
LED (capacitive/phase cut), conventional transformer/LV LED -- VDE approval in accordance with EN60669-1, EN60669-2-1,
(inductive/phase cut), HV LED (phase cut) or HV LED (phase cut). EN50428
KNX system devices,
-- Feedback for "switching" and "brightness value".

actuators, sensors
-- Dimmable brightness range can be set. Scope of supply

-- Dimming behaviour and dimming characteristics can be -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
parameterised. supply.
parameterised.
for each output.
lighting.
possible.

Dimming KNX
NNew product. Technical data

Relay
KNX control unit 110V, 4-gang with manual -- Number: 4
actuation -- Contact: 1 x zero-voltage NO contact
each, flip-flop
Control outputs
-- Control voltage: 1 to 10V
-- Control current per output: max. 100mA
-- Cable length: max. 500m at 0.5mm
Switching outputs
-- Switching voltage: AC250/400V
DRA plus 2224 00 1 26 -- Switching current 230V AC1: 16 A
-- Switching current 230V AC3: 10A
C O ptional accessories -- Switching current 400V AC1: 10A
Sw.-on curr. lim. 0810 00 D252 -- Switching current 400V AC3: 6A
-- Fluorescent lamps: 16 AX
Features Lamp loads
-- The controller unit switches and dims electrical devices that have -- Light bulbs: 3680W
a 1-10V interface. -- HV halogen lamps: 3680W
-- Five device configurations can be selected. This leads to the -- Wound transformer: 2000VA
assignment of four individually-controllable dimming channels to -- Gira Tronic transformer: 2500W
the switching outputs (e.g. four dimming channels are assigned Fluorescent lamps T5/T8
to one switching relay to control a RGBW light). -- Uncompensated: 3680W
-- Relay outputs that are not associated with a dimming channel -- Parallel-compensated: 2500W/200F
can be used as freely-acting switching actuator channel. -- Duo-circuit: 3680W/200F
-- Reactions in case of bus voltage failure and restoration can be Compact fluorescent lamps
set following an ETS programming process. -- Uncompensated: 3680W
-- Manual actution of outputs independent of the bus with -- Parallel-compensated: 2500W/200F
mechanical switching position indication. Mercury-vapour lamps
-- Delay for actively transmitted feedback messages following bus -- Uncompensated: 3680W
voltage recovery. -- Parallel-compensated: 3680W/200F
-- Logical linking function configurable per channel. Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
-- Up to three central switching functions for the joint control of all Connections
dimming and switching channels. -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
-- Switch-on times of the relay outputs can be recorded and -- 110V: Screw terminals
evaluated by the elapsedoperating time meter. -- Load: Screw terminals
-- Group feedback of all switching conditions possible. -- : max. 4mm
Dimming channels Dimensions: 4 HP
-- Four individually-controllable dimming channels.
-- Feedback on switching condition and brightness value. Notes
-- Dimmable brightness range can be set. -- Electronic ballasts generate very high current spikes. For this
-- Dimming behaviour and dimming characteristics can be reason, use a switch-on current limiter or a separate load contact
parameterised. for with greater loads.
-- Soft switch-on and soft switch-off function
KNX system devices,

-- Block function or forced setting function can be parameterised. Scope of supply
actuators, sensors
-- Time functions (switch-on delay, switch-off delay, staircase light -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
function). With the staircase light function, the reaction at the supply.
end of the switch-on time can be configured.
-- Inclusion of a dimming channel in up to ten scenes is possible.
-- The burning-in function allows for the start-up of new fluorescent
lamps prescribed by lighting manufacturers.
Switching actuator operation (optional)
-- Independent switching of switch outputs A2 to A4.
-- NO contact or NC contact operation.
-- Feedback from the switching condition.
-- Block function or forced setting function can be parameterised.
-- Time functions (switch-on, switch-off delay, staircase light
function - also with advance warning function).
-- Can be integrated in the light scenes. Up to ten internal scenes
per switching output are programmable.
-- Cyclical monitoring of incoming switching telegram is
configurable.
KNX Dimming
KNX DALI gateway Plus Notes

-- Operation of emergency lighting systems:
Statutory and normative specifications vary by country. In any
case, the user / professional planner should ensure that the
specific guidelines are observed.
EN50428
-- Mounting on top-hat rail in accordance with DINEN60715 in
DRA plus 2180 00 1 26 sub-distribution.
-- Configuration and start-up of the device from ETS4.1
Features (recommendation) or with ETS3 from version "d".
-- The DALI gateway Plus forms the interface between a KNX
installation and a digital DALI lighting system. Scope of supply
-- Control of max. 64DALI operating devices as individual control, -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
group control in max. 32groups, or central control via a supply.
broadcast telegram (group 17 - 32 each with max. 2 operating
devices).
-- Manual actuation of the devices also independent of the bus (also
building site operation with broadcast control).
-- Energy-saving function: Switch-off of the power supply of the
DALI operating devices possible in a switched-off state (via
additional KNXswitching actuator).
-- 16 light scenes.
-- The groups can be integrated in the light scenes.
-- Effect control can be configured for max. 16 sequences in 1 to
500 run-throughs (or infinite).
-- Feedback of DALI error status or short circuit and signalling of
power supply failure.
function.
-- Group feedback of all switching conditions possible.
-- Feedback can be delayed until after the recovery of bus voltage.
-- Switching and brightness value: Active (send to the bus in case of
change or cyclically) or passive (object can be read out) feedback
functions.
-- Brightness range can be set.
-- Dimming behaviour can be parameterised.
-- Time functions (switch-on/off delay, expanded staircase
functionadvance warning function in accordance with
DIN18015-2 or reduced continuous lighting).
-- Block function or alternatively forced setting function can be
parameterised for each group. With block function, the flashing
of light groups is possible.
KNX system devices,
-- Reading the DALI device state out via KNX.

actuators, sensors
-- Elapsed operating time meter as forward and backward counter

with limit value evaluation.
-- Online or offline configuration of the DALI devices using
ETSplug-in.
-- Replacement of an individual defective DALI device is possible
during operation without ETS.
-- Suitable for operation in emergency lighting systems.
-- Control and monitoring of individual-battery and centrally-
supplied DALI emergency lighting systems.
-- Support of DALI emergency light converters in accordance with
EN62386-202 (individual battery-operated emergency lights with
DALI interface): Function test, continuous operation test, limited
continuous operation test, query of the battery charge.

Technical data
Rated voltage
-- AC: 110 to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
-- DC: DC110 to 240V
Power loss: max. 3 W
Connections
-- DALI: Screw terminals
-- : max. 4mm
Cable lengths between gateway and operating device
-- 1.5mm: max. 300m
-- 1.0mm: max. 238 m
-- 0.75mm: max. 174 m
-- 0.5mm: max. 116 m
Dimensions: 4 HP

Heating, ventilation, air conditioning KNX
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning KNX Heating Actuator Basic, 6-gang
KNX Heating Actuator, 6-gang
DRA plus 2114 00 1 26

DRA plus 2158 00 1 26 Therm.servo 230 V 2169 00 D292
Therm.servo 230 V 2169 00 D292 Features
Therm.servo 24 V 2179 00 D293 -- Heating actuator for switching electrothermic servos for heating
or cooling ceilings.
Features -- Control using 1-bit corrected variable telegrams.
-- Heating actuator for switching electrothermic servos for heating -- Servos with the characteristic "de-energised open" or "de-
or cooling ceilings. energised closed" can be controlled.
-- Switching operation or PWM operation. -- Servos can be activated with rated voltage 24V or 230V.
-- Servos with the characteristic "de-energised open" or "de- -- Overload protected, short-circuit protected.
energised closed" can be controlled. -- Standard protection.
-- Servos can be activated with rated voltage 24V or 230V. -- Feedback via bus e.g. for overload and short circuit.
-- Building site operation: Outputs can be operated manually -- Switching the heating circuit pump (standard functions).
without bus voltage with operating voltage only. -- Passive group feedback of the closed servos.
-- Feedback in manual actuation and in bus operation.
-- Blocking of individual outputs manually or with bus. Technical data
-- Overload protected, short-circuit protected, errors indicated with Outputs: 6
LED. Contact type: Triac
-- Protection against jammed valves. Power loss: max. 1W
-- Forced setting. Switching voltage: AC24 to 230V, 50/60Hz
-- Various setpoint values for forced setting or emergency mode in Switching current: 5 to 160mA
case of bus failure for the summer and winter. Switch-on current: max. 1.5A (2s)
-- Cyclical monitoring of the input signals can be parameterised. Number of drives per output
-- Feedback via bus e.g. for valve voltage failure, overload, and -- AC230V drives: 4
short circuit. -- AC24V drives: 2
-- Switching the heating circuit pump depending on the valve Connections: max. 4mm
conditions. Dimensions: 4 HP
-- Group feedback of the closed servos.
-- Power-saving mode for reducing the energy consumption of the Notes
heating actuator. Application for periods (e.g. summer) when -- Valves with the same operating voltage must be connected at all
heat is not required for heating. outputs.
-- Activation of servo with "first open function" during start-up. -- VDE approval in accordance with EN 60669-1, EN 60669-2-1, EN
KNX system devices,

-- Fast commissioning thanks to global setting of the channels. 50428.
actuators, sensors
-- Cascading of several heating actuators. -- Installation on DIN top-hat rail.
-- Resetting error messages via bus.
-- Heating requirements control.
-- Elapsed operating time meter per channel.
Technical data
Standby: max. 0.4W
Power loss: max. 1W
Outputs: 6
Contact type: Triac
Switching voltage: AC24 to 230V, 50/60Hz
Switching current: 5 to 160mA
Switch-on current: max. 1.5A (2s)
Number of drives per output
-- AC230V drives: 4
-- AC24V drives: 2
Dimensions: 4 HP
Notes
-- Valves with the same operating voltage must be connected at all
outputs.
-- VDE approval in accordance with EN 60669-1, EN 60669-2-1, EN
50428.
Scope of supply
supply.
KNX Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
KNX servo 3 Technical data

Valve
-- Connection: M30x1.5mm
-- Valve: 1.0mm to 4.2mm
-- Regulating power: 80N to 120N
Cable length
-- Connection line: 1m
-- Length of the connection
2176 00 1 06 cable for each KNX line (sum
total applies to all servos
C O ptional accessories present in the line): max. 30m
Remote sensor RTC 4 m supply cable 1493 00 D406 -- Binary input/remote sensor: Max. 10m
Number of servos for each KNX
Features line: 30 units max
-- Electric motor-driven servo with one binary input (zero-voltage) Protection type: IP40
for mounting on thermostat valve bases (recommended: Ambient temperature: 0 C to 50 C
Heimeier) for controlling heating or cooling systems. Dimensions inmm
-- Suitable for room temperature control, e.g. on radiators, W 79 H 47 D 79
convector heaters or heating circuit distributors on floor heating,
etc. Notes
-- Screwed onto valve head. -- With the default setting, the servo fits on Heimeier valve bases.
-- M30 1.5mm connection. Use an adapter for valve bases of other manufacturers.
-- Integrated bus coupler. The servo is a proportional drive and can
be directly integrated into the KNX system (without additional
bus coupler).
-- Supply voltage is drawn from the KNX system.
-- Integrated temperature sensor.
-- Integrated room temperature controller.
-- Mechanical indicator for valve travel.
-- Automatic detection of valve travel.
-- One input. This can be used as a binary input or for connecting
an external temperature sensor with the following functions:
Switching, dimming, blind, as dimming value transmitter, as
brightness value transmitter, as light scene auxiliary unit with and
without memory function, as remote temperature sensor or as
temperature limiter for underfloor heating.
-- Switching function: two independent switching objects are
available for each input (switching commands can parameterised
individually), command for leading and trailing edge can be set
independently (ON, OFF, CHANGE, no reaction).
-- Dimming function: Single and double-surface operation, time
between dimming and switching, telegram repetition and
stop-telegram transmission possible.
KNX system devices,

actuators, sensors
configured (Step - Move - Step or Move - Step), time between

short and long-term operation can be set (only with Step - Move
- Step), slat adjustment time can be set.
-- Value transmitter function: Edge (button as NO contact, button
as NC contact, switch) and value with edge can be configured,
value adjustment by pressing and holding a button for value
transmitters possible.
-- Lighting scenario auxiliary unit with or without memory function.
-- Can be used in a heating circuit distributor.
-- Protection against jammed valves
-- Corrected variable (1 bit or 1 byte).
-- Cyclical monitoring of the corrected variable.
-- Fault message object for drive faults.
-- Emergency operation via internal temperature sensor.
-- 2 forced settings or 1 forced setting and 1 limit value object can
be set.
-- Minimum and maximum variable limitation can be set.

KNX fan coil actuator
DRA plus 2163 00 1/100 26
Features
-- Fan coil actuator for operation of ventilator convectors (fan coil
units), implemented for room air conditioning.
-- The actuator receives telegrams, for example from room
temperature controllers, and converts corrected variable
telegrams into equivalent fan speeds and valve positions.
-- Connection of a ventilator convector with up to six ventilator
gradations or connection of two ventilator convectors each with
up to three fan speeds with double pipe systems.
-- Manual actuation.
-- Building site operation: Outputs can be operated manually
without bus voltage with operating voltage only.
-- Operating modes for heating or cooling mode, or combined
heating/cooling mode.
-- Double pipe or quadruple pipe operation. Double pipe system
heats or cools via a shared water cycle. Quadruple pipe system
consists of separate flow and return for heating and cooling.
-- Individual or hierarchic switching of fan speeds.
-- Feedback, output indication, block function for each channel,
level limitation.
-- Behaviour after bus voltage failure or bus/mains voltage failure
and following an ETSprogramming process can be configured.
-- Limit values can be set.
-- Cyclical or event-oriented transmission.
-- Free channels can be used for switching functions, e.g. for room
lighting
Technical data
Switching contact: contact, 1 x zero-voltage NO
contact
Maximum switch-on current
-- 200s: 800A
-- 20ms: 165A
KNX system devices,

Connected load
actuators, sensors
-- Ohmic load: 2300W
-- Capacitive load AC230V: 10A, max. 140F
circuit: 2300VA
compensated: 1160VA
Connections
-- : max. 4mm
Dimensions: 4 HP
Notes
EN50428
Scope of supply
supply.
KNX Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
KNX Room actuator Technical data

Heating outputs
-- Switching contact: Triac
-- Number: 2
-- Number of drives per output: max. 4
-- Switching current: 5 to 50mA
-- Maximum switch-on current: 1.5A, 2 s
Switching contact: contact, 4 x zero-voltage NO
DRA plus 2162 00 1 26 contact each
C O ptional accessories Maximum switch-on current
Therm.servo 230 V 2169 00 D292 -- 200s: 800A
-- 20ms: 165A
Features Connected load
-- The room actuator controls three functions simultaneously in one -- Ohmic load: 3000W
device, such as lighting, blind and heating. The four relay outputs -- Capacitive load AC230V: 16A, max. 140F
can be set either for blind operation or alternatively for switching -- Light bulbs: 3000W
operation in the ETS(Engineering Tool Software). Mixed -- HV halogen lamps: 2500W
operation is also possible. -- Wound transformer: 1200VA
-- Two switching outputs make one blind output. -- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W
-- In addition, there are two further electronic switching outputs for -- Fluorescent lamps, parallel-
the control of servos. compensated: 1160VA
Switching operation -- Mercury-vapour lamps,
-- The room actuator with its relay contacts controls electrical uncompensated: 1000W
devices such as lighting systems. The relay contacts have -- Mercury-vapour lamps,
flip-flop contacts, so that the last set switching condition remains parallel-compensated: 1160W
unchanged even if the power supply fails. -- Motors (blind or fan): 1380VA
-- Functional properties for each output: a wide spectrum of time Connections
functions, logical links, scenes, block functions or restraints, -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
extended feedback, cyclical monitoring of incoming switching -- Load: load via screw terminals
telegrams and an elapsed operating time meter. -- : max. 4mm
Blind operation Dimensions: 4 HP
-- The room actuator uses its relay contacts to control electrically
operated blinds, shutters, awnings, ventilation flaps,or similar Notes
hangings with a mains voltage of AC230V. -- VDE approval in accordance with EN60669-1, EN60669-2-1,
-- Functional properties for each output channel: separately EN50428
parameterisable movement times, extended feedback functions, -- Installation on DIN top-hat rail.
assignments of up to 5 various safety functions, a comprehensive
solar protection function and the integrating in scenes or Scope of supply
restraints. -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
Room temperature control supply.
-- Two further electronic switching outputs are used for silent
operation of electro thermic servos for heating or cooling
systems.
KNX system devices,
-- Continuous correcting variable telegrams are implemented in a

actuators, sensors
pulse width modulated output signal (PWM). With this the servos
can be continuously controlled. Alternatively, implementing
switching correcting variables is also possible. Status message
for the valve position and cyclical monitoring of correcting
variable telegrams.
-- Emergency mode in case of bus voltage failure or bus/mains
voltage recovery plus forced setting via bus telegram for summer
and winter mode.
-- An alarm is triggered in case of short circuit or overload of the
switching output and position protection for the valves. De-
energised closed or open valve drives can be connected
-- Monitoring of mains voltage supply, and in cases of malfunction,
the transmission of an alarm message on the bus.
-- Group messages "all valves closed" and "largest correcting
variable".

KNX Analogue actuator, 4-gang

DRA plus 1022 00 1/100 26
Power supply
Power supply AC 24 V 1 A DRA 102400 D478
Features
-- 4-gang DRA analogue actuator with integrated bus coupler
converts KNXtelegrams (1-byte and 2-byte) into analogue output
signals.
-- These analogue output signals enable heating, air conditioning
and ventilation actuators to adapt their initial parameters based
on bus information, and to participate in control processes.
-- Voltage outputs with short-circuit protection.
-- The initial state is indicated by the status LED.
-- The initial parameters can be restrained.
-- Switch off outputs not required.
-- The four outputs are parameterised to voltage or current signals
by the software.
Technical data
Number of outputs: 4
Connections
-- Power supply: Screw terminals
-- Outputs: Screw terminals
-- : max. 4mm
Current signals at the output
-- 0 to 20mA: Load 500
-- 4 to 20mA: Load 500
Voltage signals at the output
-- 0 to 1V: Load 1k
-- 0 to 10V: Load 1k
Dimensions: 4 HP
KNX system devices,
actuators, sensors
Scope of supply
supply.
KNX Sensors
Sensors ADiscontinued item. Available until 12/2017.

KNX Weather station Comfort
KNX weather station Standard
DRA plus 1010 00 1/100 26

2150 04 1 06 C N ecessary accessories
Power supply AC 24 V 1 A DRA 1024 00 D478
Power supply AC 24 V 1 A DRA 1024 00 D478 Combination sensor with DCF77 receiver 1025 00 D475
Power supply DC 24 V 700 mA DRA 2570 00 D344 Brightness sensor 0-10V WP SM 0576 00 D530
Twil.sens. 0 - 10 V WP SM 0572 00 D530
C O ptional accessories Temperature sensor 0-10V WP SM 0577 00 D530
Mast mount. 0848 00 D478 Wind sensor with heating 0580 00 D531
Rain Sensor 0/10V IP 65 0579 00 D532
Features
-- Weather station Standard for measuring and evaluating weather Features
data (wind speed, precipitation, twilight, temperature, and -- Weather station for recording and forwarding climate data and
brightness). events.
-- Installation outdoors of buildings, preferably in the roof area. -- Four freely combinable analogue measuring elements and a
-- Temperature sensor for measuring the outdoor temperature. combination sensor can be connected.
-- Wind sensor (thermal) for determining the wind speed. -- Two limits per measuring element.
-- Twilight sensor for measuring the brightness in the twilight -- Evaluation of the DCF77 signal from the combination sensor.
range. -- Astro function for determining the position of the sun (azimuth
-- Three brightness sensors offset by 90 determine the brightness and elevation) for sun-position-dependant blind and shutter
in daylight and sunshine, direction-dependent. control, especially the control of the slat angle of blind (DCF77
-- Rain sensor for recording precipitation. signal required).
-- A teach-in function enables the application of a current measured -- Linking controller (logic) for more flexible planning of the (limit
value as a limit. This can, for example, be triggered by pressing dependant) actions (also usable externally), e.g. shading
an external button. individual faade segments is possible.
-- Two limits with an adjustable hysteresis per sensor (except rain -- The limit objects can be changed by the user.
sensor) can be parameterised. -- Cyclical monitoring of the combination sensor.
-- All limit objects have a parameterisable switch-on and switch-off -- If communication with the combination sensor fails, protective
delay. measures can be introduced, e.g. raising the blind.
-- Six logic gates (AND, AND with return, OR, Exclusive OR, NAND, -- Selective shading of the faade (max. four faades) with setting
NOR) with up to four inputs for external and internal 1bit values. of the basic brightness, orientation of faade, the opening angle
-- Four blocking elements for blocking functions or manual to the sun.
operation. -- Objects for basic brightness and opening angle are present.
KNX system devices,
-- Cyclical transmission in case of a value change.

actuators, sensors
Technical data
Technical data Number of inputs: 4 x analogue, 1 x combination
Rated voltage: AC/DC 24V SELV sensor
Power consumption: 7W Sensor signals which can be evaluated
Measurement range -- DC: 0 to 1V
-- Wind speed: 0 to 40 m/s -- DC: 0 to 10V
-- Brightness: 1 to 110klx -- DC: 0 to 20mA
-- Twilight: 0 to 674 lux -- DC with line-break
-- Precipitation: Yes/No (binary) monitoring: 4 to 20mA
Protection type: IP44 Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
Ambient temperature: -20 C to +55 C Dimensions: 4 HP

Notes
-- Direct sunlight can impact temperature measurement.

Sensors KNX
ADiscontinued item. Available until 12/2017. Technical data

Combination Sensor with DCF77 receiver Sensor signals which can be evaluated
-- DC: 0 to 1V
-- DC: 0 to 10V
-- DC: 0 to 20mA
-- DC with line-break
monitoring: 4 to 20mA
Number of inputs: 4 x analogue
1025 00 1 26 Dimensions : 4 HP

Weather station Comfort 1010 00 D474 KNX Module for Smoke Alarm Device Dual
Features
-- Combination sensor with DCF77 receiver for connection to the
auxiliary input of the KNXweather station Comfort.
-- Integrated DCF77 receiver with a 45 rotating antenna for
receiving date and time.
-- Measurement of wind speed.
-- Precipitation (dry/wet) is detected using the reflection process. 2343 00 1/5 06
-- Three brightness sensors arranged in 90 segments (east, south,
west). C N ecessary accessories
-- Connection/line-break monitoring via the KNXweather station
Comfort.
Features
Technical data -- The KNXmodule enables connecting the smoke alarm device
Measurement range DualQ to a KNXsystem.
-- Wind speed: 1 to 40 m/s (max. 144 km/h) -- Downwards-compatible, therefore it can also be used for smoke
-- Brightness: 0 to 110klx alarm device Dual/VdS.
-- Twilight: 0 to 674 lux -- Alarm
-- Precipitation: Precipitation yes/no -- Auxiliary unit alarm (for networking several smoke alarm devices
Length of connection cable via KNX).
-- Factory settings: 10m -- Wired alarm (wired networking of several smoke alarm devices).
-- Total: max. 50m -- Signal transmitter (to switch on signalling tone)
Protection type: IP 55 -- Status messages.
Protection class: III -- Fault messages.
Ambient temperature: -40 C to +60 C, ice-free
Technical data
Scope of supply KNX connection: Connection and junction terminal
-- 10m connection cable is included in the scope of supply. Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C

Notes
KNX Analogue Sensor Interface, 4-gang -- The KNXmodule is simply plugged in at the interface of the
KNX system devices,

smoke alarm device Dual. The networking terminals of the smoke
actuators, sensors
alarm device can continue to be used when the module is
attached.
-- Please observe the planning information in the Technical
Appendix.

Scope of supply
DRA plus 1021 00 1 26 -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
supply.
Brightness sensor 0-10V WP SM 0576 00 D530
Twil.sens. 0 - 10 V WP SM 0572 00 D530
Temperature sensor 0-10V WP SM 0577 00 D530
Rain Sensor 0/10V IP 65 0579 00 D532
Features
-- Analogue sensor interface is used for logging and forwarding
four analogue sensor signals.
-- Each channel can be separately parameterised to the relevant
input signal.
-- Two limits with definable hysteresis per input.
-- Behaviour after initialisation can be set.
-- The measured values can be output when values change and/or
cyclically.
KNX Anologue Sensor Interface
Anologue Sensor Interface Technical data

Rated voltage: AC/DC 10 to 230V
DRA binary inputs for connecting contacts. The switching Signal voltage
processes of contacts (e.g. observers/buttons) are converted to -- for "0" signal: AC/DC0 to 2V
KNXtelegrams. The inputs can be assigned various functions or -- for "1" signal: AC/DC7 to 230V
blocked independently of each other in the process. Signal display Input current at rated voltage: 0.7mA
possible via yellow status LEDs. Rated frequency AC-signal: 30 to 60Hz
Signal duration Pulse counter: min. 100ms
Features Number of inputs: 6
-- Each input has full function. All channel-oriented functions can Connections
be parameterised separately per input. -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
-- Actively transmitting telegrams of inputs can be delayed globally -- Inputs: Screw terminals
based on bus voltage return or ETS programming. -- : max. 4mm
-- Debounce and telegram rate limitations areconfigurable. Dimensions: 2 HP
-- Free assignment of the functions switching, dimming, blind,
value transmitter and pulse counter to the inputs. Scope of supply
-- Blocker for blocking individual inputs (polarity of the blocking -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
object adjustable) for the functions switching, dimming, blind and supply.
value transmitter.
separately for each input. NNew product.
-- Switching function: Two independent switching objects are KNX binary input 8-gang 1248V AC/DC/
available for each input (switching commands can be individually zero-voltage
configured), command for leading and trailing edge can be set
independently (ON, OFF, CHANGE, no reaction), independent
cyclical transmission of the switching object depending on the
edge or depending on the object value can be selected.
-- Dimming function: single and double-surface operation, time
between dimming and switching and dim-step size can be set,
telegram repetition and stop-telegram transmission possible.
-- Blind function: Command can be set with rising edge (no DRA plus 2128 00 1 26
configured (Step - Move - Step or Move - Step), time between Features
short and long-term operation can be set (only with Step - Move -- The binary input has eight independent inputs in the voltage
- Step), slat adjustment time can be set. range of 12 to 48V that are connected to the electrical signals.
-- Value transmitter function: edge (button as NO contact, button as -- Evaluation of direct current voltage signals (DC) or alternating
NC contact, switch) and value with edge can be configured, value current voltage signals (AC).
adjustment with button by pressing and holding button for value -- The binary input has a separate 24V DC auxiliary voltage (SELV)
transmitters possible, light scene auxiliary unit with memory available for connecting zero-voltage contacts.
function and saving of the scene without previously calling up is -- Status message in case of error with the auxiliary voltage on the
possible. bus can be removed.
-- Pulse counter function: Counting interval is adjustable, edges -- Possibility to connect meters with S0 interface (e.g. energy, gas,
(counting with leading edge, counting with trailing edge, water meter).
counting with leading and trailing edge) are programmable,
KNX system devices,
number of pulses required at the input can be configured, Technical data

actuators, sensors
number of required counts for a counter change can be Rated voltage: AC/DC 12 to 48V
configured, each input includes a main counter and an Signal voltage
intermediate counter, main counter and intermediate counter can -- for "0" signal: -48 to +2V
operate separately from each other as a forward or reverse -- for "1" signal: 8 to 48V
counter, start and end values of the counter can be set via Input current at rated voltage: 2mA
parameter or communication object, count status can be read via Rated voltage S0: max. DC27V
KNX or automatically, performance after counter operation is Pulse frequency S0: max. 33Hz
programmable, reset pulse counter via KNX (counter reset). Rated frequency AC-signal: 30 to 60Hz
Signal duration: min. 15ms
Technical data Number of inputs: 8
Length of the input line: max. 100 m Output
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C -- Voltage: DC 24V SELV
-- Electricity: max. 4mA
Connections
NNew product. -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
KNX binary input, 6-gang 10230V AC/DC -- Inputs: Screw terminals
-- : max. 4mm
Dimensions: 4 HP

Scope of supply
supply.

DRA plus 2126 00 1 26

Features
-- The binary input has six independent inputs in the voltage range
of 10 to 230V that are connected to the electrical signals.
-- Inputs1 to 3 and inputs4 to 6 share one common reference
potential. Therefore different external conductors can be
connected for each input group, e.g.: E1-E3=L1 and E4-E6=L2.
-- Evaluation of direct current voltage signals (DC) or alternating
current voltage signals (AC).

Universal button interfaces KNX
Universal button interfaces KNX universal button interface, 2-gang
Flush-mounted binary inputs, can be used in deep device box

(60mm deep) behind a conventional switch/push button, for
connection of zero-voltage contacts. The switching operations of
zero-voltage contacts are converted into KNXtelegrams. The
inputs can be assigned various functions or blocked independently
of each other in the process. The inputs can be parameterised as
outputs (max. 2mA). 1118 00 1/5 06

-- Blocker for blocking individual inputs. Junction box 0070 30 D200
separately for each input. Features
-- Telegram rate limiting. -- 2-gang flush-mounted binary input The two inputs can be
-- Two independent switching objects are available for each input assigned various functions or blocked independently of each
and can be released individually, command for leading and other in the process. Both inputs can be configured as outputs
trailing edge can be set independently (ON, OFF, CHANGE, no (max. 2mA).
reaction), cyclical transmission of the switching object depending -- Free assignment of the functions switching, dimming, blind and
on the edge or depending on the object value can be selected. value transmitter to both inputs or pulse counters and switching
-- Single-surface and double-surface operation, time between counters.
dimming and switching, and dim-step size can be set, telegram
repetition, and stop telegram transmission possible. Technical data
-- Command can be set with rising edge (no function, UP, DOWN, Number of inputs: 2
CHANGE), operating concept can be configured (Step - Move - Connections
Step or Move - Step), time between short and long-term -- KNX: Connection and junction terminal
operation can be set, slat adjustment time can be set. -- Input line: 3-wire cable set
Value transmitter and light scene auxiliary unit function:
-- edge (button as NO contact, button as NC contact, switch) and Scope of supply
value with edge can be configured, value adjustment with button -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
by pressing and holding button for value transmitters possible, supply.
light scene auxiliary unit with memory function and saving of the
Temperature value transmitter and brightness value KNX universal button interface, 4-gang
transmitter function:
-- edge and value configurable, value adjustment with push button
is possible by pressing and holding button.
Pulse counter function:
-- edge for pulse counting and interval time for meter reading
transfer can be configured, edge of the synchronisation signal for
resetting the meter reading and switching telegram when
synchronisation signal arrives can be set. 1119 00 1/5 06
Function of switching counter:
-- edge for counting the signals at the input and maximum meter C O ptional accessories
KNX system devices,

reading selectable, increment for the counter reading output and Junction box 0070 30 D200
actuators, sensors
telegram when the maximum meter reading is reached can be
parameterised. Features
Function as switching output: -- 4-gang flush-mounted binary input, the four inputs can be
-- Behaviour in case of bus failure and return, switch-on/off delay or assigned various functions or blocked independently of each
time switch function, output clocking (flashing of an LED). other in the process. Two of the four inputs can be parameterised
as outputs (max. 2mA).
Technical data -- Free assignment of the functions switching, dimming, blind and
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C value transmitter to inputs 1 through 4 or pulse counters and
Dimensions inmm switch counters to inputs 1 and 2.
W 43 H 28 D 15
Technical data
Number of inputs: 4
Connections
-- Input line: 5-wire cable set

Scope of supply
supply.

KNX Accessories
Accessories USB connection cable

Power supply AC 24V 1A
0903 00 1 06

DRA 1024 00 1/100 26 USB data I/F FM 1070 00 D455

Sensor interface Analogue 4-gang 1021 00 D475 -- USB connection cable for connecting the flush-mounted or DRA
Analogue actuator 4-gang 1022 00 D473 USB data interface to the PC.
Weather station Standard 2150 04 D474 -- Plug typeA-B.
Weather station Comfort 1010 00 D474
Technical data
Features Connection line
-- Power supply for the weather station and the in-built heating of -- Length: 3m
the wind sensor 010V, rain sensor 0 / 10V, etc.

Technical data Rechargeable lead acid battery 12V 12Ah
Rated voltage
-- Primary: AC230V 50/60Hz
-- Secondary: AC 24V
Secondary rated current: 1A
Connections: Screw terminals
Dimensions: 4 HP
Rechargeable battery 12V
12Ah 1130 00 1 26
KNX connection and junction terminal
Power supply 640 mA w/o choke 1079 00 D454
Basic cab.set 1128 00 D479

0595 00 50 06 Extension cab.set 1129 00 D479

Features Features
-- Plug terminal 2-pole (red/black) for connecting the KNX line to -- For buffering the KNXsystem voltage in combination with the
the flush-mounted bus coupler or installation/surface-mounted power supply 640mA uninterruptible.
KNX system devices,
devices. -- A maximum of two lead-gel rechargeable accumulators can be

actuators, sensors
-- Up to four lines can be connected. connected in parallel to the power supply.

-- Can also be used as a junction terminal in device boxes. Rated voltage: DC12V
Rechargeable battery capacity: 12Ah
Weight: 4.2 kg
Mast mounting Dimensions inmm
W 151 H 94 D 98

Notes
-- The basic cable set must be used when connecting one lead-gel
rechargeable accumulator to the KNXpower supply. When
0848 00 1 08 connecting two lead-gel rechargeable accumulators, the basic
cable set is required for the one accumulator and the expansion
C N ecessary accessories cable set is required for the other accumulator.
Combination sensor with DCF77 receiver 1025 00 D475 -- Maintenance-free due to closed design as per EN50014/
VDE0170/0171Part1/5.78.
Features
-- Fastening is in accordance with the hose clamp principle.

Notes
-- Suitable for mounting on free-standing masts with a diameter of
50 to 120 mm.

Accessories KNX
Basic cab.set
1128 00 1 26
Rech.lead acid battery 12 V 12 Ah 1130 00 D478
Features
-- Basic cable set for connecting one lead-gel rechargeable
accumulator to the power supply 640mA uninterruptible.
-- A replaceable fuse is included in the cable set.
-- A temperature sensor for charging voltage control is integrated.
Technical data
Length of the connection line: 2m
Fuse: T 6.3 H 250 V
Extension cable set
1129 00 1 26
Rech.lead acid battery 12 V 12 Ah 1130 00 D478
Features
-- Extension cable set for connecting a second lead-gel
rechargeable battery to the power supply 640mA uninterruptible.
-- A replaceable fuse is included in the cable set.
Technical data
Length of the connection line: 2m
KNX system devices,

Fuse: T 6.3 H 250 V
actuators, sensors
Scope of supply
-- A replaceable fuse is integrated in the extension cable set.
Wireless systems Gira eNet ... 483
Other wireless systems ... 505
Wireless systems

Wireless installation with the right standard for every application
More comfort, security and energy savings without any additional cables or intrusive
damage to the building. No dirt or noise: all this is made possible with modern wireless
systems for home technology. Gira offers products for various systems that each focus
on different applications ranging from extending a conventional system by individual
wireless switches or the integration of wireless light control with ZigBee to complete
wireless systems for convenient home automation or seamless extension of KNX
systems with KNX RF wireless technology.
KNX KNX
Gira eNet ZigBee Gira KNX RF

State-of-the-art technologies can also be Smart lighting systems based on the More operating convenience for building
easily integrated in existing buildings. With ZigBee Light Link, such as Philips Hue or technology in buildings with a KNX system:
Gira eNet, functions such as light and blind Osram Lightify, are popular for retrofitting With little time or effort, and above all
control can easily be retrofitted without with end users. The Gira ZigBee Light Link without noise and dust, Gira KNX RF creates
having to lay new cables. Control is via the controls seamlessly integrate such systems new options for controlling lights, blinds,
Gira design keypads or using the eNet into the Gira switch ranges even without scenes, etc. wirelessly all over the building.
server via the Gira Control Clients, or manufacturer-specific bridges and Keypads can be freely positioned on walls
smartphone and tablet. gateways. made of stone, concrete, wood or glass, or
on furniture.
Wireless systems

Gira eNet System devices ... 490
Transmitter ... 491
Sensors ... 494
Energy Sensors ... 494
Operating top units ... 495
Actuators ... 496
Accessories ... 502
Training
The "Gira eNet"online distance learning course is available
free-of-charge at www.academy.gira.com alongside other
training opportunities.
eNet

The new bi-directional wireless system
Gira eNet is the bi-directional wireless system for intelligent networking and control of
buildings. Scenes can include lights and blinds and be recalled by keypads, or control
screens like the Gira Control 9. Installation and start-up of the system is intuitive and
made easy with simple push button pairing on the devices themselves. More complex,
and repeat solutions can be created with the web-based software application.
eNet works bi-directional Controlling lighting and blinds

Signals are transferred wirelessly bi-directional between the Controlling and dimming the lighting, raising and lowering blinds
individual components of the Gira eNet system. Actuators not and shutters, or conveniently retracting and extending awnings:
only receive commands, but also signal successful transmission With Gira eNet components, everything can be controlled
and their status back to the sender. When central controls are wirelessly. It is possible to control lights and blinds automatically
designed, this feedback reassures the end user that the signal depending on sunlight and the temperature in the room.
has been received by all the devices.
eNet
Operating devices from switches up to the Gira Control Client eNet is easy to operate remotely
The eNet system can be controlled using various wall transmitters In the eNet system, signals are wirelessly transferred between the
and remote controls. When the eNet server is installed, computers devices using a remote control whether in the home or outdoors.
and smart phones can be used to control the system. Remote While away, the eNet system can be controlled with mobile
operation and changes can be undertaken from off site. For example, operating devices via IP technology. As an alternative to normal
the eNet server allows the eNet system to be maintained, operated, remote control by means of wireless hand-held transmitters, the
and programmed. mobile gate allows mobile control using an iPhone or Android
device.

Product range Gira eNet
System devices Transmitter Sensors Energy Sensors Operating top units Actuators
D490 D491 D494 D494 D495 D496
Accessories
D502
eNet

eNet
System and function overview
Transmission Wireless wall transmitter, Wireless hand-held Wireless hand-held

functions- System 55 transmitter transmitter Multi
1-gang 5331 .. | D 492 1-gang 5350 10 | D 491 5355 10 | D 492
3-gang 5333 .. | D 493 2-gang 5352 10 | D 491
4-gang 5354 10 | D 492
Transmission
Yes Yes Yes
acknowledgement-
Reception
functions Status display- Yes Yes Yes
Wireless switching/
momentary-contact actuator,
1-gang Mini
5423 00 | D 496
Wireless switching/momentary-con- Switching
Switching Switching
tactactuator, 1-gang Mini, zero-voltage Scenes
Scenes Scenes
5424 00 | D 496 Operation lock
Wireless switching/momentary-con-
tactactuator, 2-gang Mini
5425 00 | D 496
Wireless blind actuator, 1-gang Mini Raising / lowering

Raising / lowering Raising / lowering
5427 00 | D 498 Positioning
Positioning Positioning
Scenes
Scenes Scenes
Operation lock
Wireless dimming actuator, 1-gang Switching

Switching Switching
Mini Dimming
Dimming Dimming
5420 00 | D 497 Scenes
Scenes Scenes
Operation lock
Wireless control unit 1-10V, 1-gang Switching

Switching Switching
Mini Dimming
Dimming Dimming
5421 00 | D 497 Scenes
Scenes Scenes
Operation lock
Wireless DALI control unit, 1-gang Switching

Switching Switching
Mini Dimming
Dimming Dimming
5422 00 | D 498 Scenes
Scenes Scenes
Operation lock
Wireless switching/momentary-
contact actuator, 1-gang DRA 1) 2) Switching
Switching Switching
5433 00 | D 499 Scenes
Scenes Scenes
Operation lock
Wireless switching/momentary-con- Switching Switching Switching

tact actuator, 8-gang / blind actuator, Raising / lowering Raising / lowering Raising / lowering
eNet
4-gang DRA 1) 2) Positioning Positioning Positioning

5435 00 | D 499 Scenes Scenes Scenes / operation lock
Wireless blind actuator, 1-gang DRA Raising / lowering

Raising / lowering Raising / lowering
1) 2) Positioning
5437 00 | D 501 Scenes
Scenes Scenes
Operation lock
1)
Required for power supply: 12 V DC / 2 A DRA power supply (5319 00)
that supplies an eNet Server or an eNet wireless receiver module DRA and up to 32 other DRA components.
2)
Requires an eNet server DRA (5301 00) or an eNet wireless receiver module DRA (5452 00) to receive wireless telegrams.
An eNet Server or eNet wireless receiver module DRA can supply wireless signals to up to 32 DRA components.
3)
The following wireless bus products are not supported: Wireless controller (0358 18), wireless presence detector (0318 ..), wireless room temperature sensor (1186 ..),
wireless observer 180/16 (0826 02), wireless automatic control switch (1306 ..), wireless window contact (2256 ..).
4)
Only possible in eNet system, not through to the wireless bus system.

eNet
Mobile Gate Wireless Solar sun Wireless universal Wireless energy Wireless energy DRA server
5305 00 | D 491 sensor transmitter, 2-gang sensor, 1-gang Mini sensor, 4-gang DRA 5301 00 | D 490
in conjunction with 5461 02 | D 494 Mini 5471 00 | D 494 5473 00 | D 494
Mobile Gate app 5453 00 | D 493
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Programming
Visualising and operating
Switching
Scenes Switching Parameter setting
Scenes
Scenes Logic and time clock
Operation lock
functions
Programming
Raising / lowering
Raising / lowering Visualising and operating
Positioning
Positioning Positioning Parameter setting
Scenes
Operation lock
functions
Switching Programming
Switching
Dimming Visualising and operating
Scenes Dimming
Scenes Parameter setting Logic
Scenes
Operation lock and time clock functions
Programming
Switching
Switching Visualising and operating
Dimming
Scenes Dimming Parameter setting
Scenes
Operation lock
functions
Programming
Switching
Dimming
Scenes
Operation lock
functions
Programming
Visualising and operating
Switching
Scenes Switching Parameter setting
Scenes
Operation lock
functions
Programming
Switching
Raising / lowering Scenes
eNet
Raising / lowering Parameter setting

Positioning Scenes Logic and time clock
Scenes / operation lock
functions
Programming
Raising / lowering
Positioning
Scenes
Operation lock
functions
Continued on next page

eNet
Transmission Wireless wall transmitter, Wireless hand-held Wireless hand-held

functions- System 55 transmitter transmitter Multi
1-gang 5331 .. | D 492 1-gang 5350 10 | D 491 5355 10 | D 492
3-gang 5333 .. | D 493 2-gang 5352 10 | D 491
4-gang 5354 10 | D 492
Transmission ac-
Yes Yes Yes
knowledgement-
Reception
functions Status display- Yes Yes Yes
Wireless dimming actuator, 1-gang

DRA 1) 2) Switching
Switching Switching
5430 00 | D 500 Dimming
Dimming Dimming
Wireless dimming actuator, 4-gang Scenes
Scenes Scenes
DRA 1) 2) Operation lock
5431 00 | D 500
Wireless switching/dimming top

Switching
unit System 2000, 1-gang Switching Switching
Dimming
5490 .. | D 495 Dimming Dimming
Scenes
Scenes Scenes
Operation lock
Wireless blind control button

Raising / lowering
1-gang Raising / lowering Raising / lowering
Positioning
5491 .. | D 495 Positioning Positioning
Scenes
Scenes Scenes
Operation lock
Server DRA 1)
5301 00 | D 490 Programming Programming Programming
Visualising Visualising Visualising
Parameter setting Parameter setting Parameter setting
1)
Required for power supply: 12 V DC / 2 A DRA power supply (5319 00)
that supplies an eNet Server or an eNet wireless receiver module DRA and up to 32 other DRA components.
2)
Requires an eNet server DRA (5301 00) or an eNet wireless receiver module DRA (5452 00) to receive wireless telegrams.
An eNet Server or eNet wireless receiver module DRA can supply wireless signals to up to 32 DRA components.
3)
The following wireless bus products are not supported: Wireless controller (0358 18), wireless presence detector (0318 ..), wireless room temperature sensor (1186 ..),
wireless observer 180/16 (0826 02), wireless automatic control switch (1306 ..), wireless window contact (2256 ..).
4)
Only possible in eNet system, not through to the wireless bus system.
eNet

eNet
Mobile Gate Wireless Solar sun Wireless universal Wireless energy Wireless energy DRA server
5305 00 | D 491 sensor transmitter, 2-gang sensor, 1-gang Mini sensor, 4-gang DRA 5301 00 | D 490
in conjunction with 5461 02 | D 494 Mini 5471 00 | D 494 5473 00 | D 494
Mobile Gate app 5453 00 | D 493
Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes Yes
Programming
Switching
Dimming
Scenes
Operation lock
functions
Programming
Switching
Dimming
Scenes
Operation lock
functions
Programming
Raising / lowering
Positioning
Scenes
Operation lock
functions
Programming Programming
Programming Visualising Visualising
Programming Visualising Parameter setting Parameter setting
Parameter setting Energy management Energy management
functions functions
eNet

eNet System devices
System devices eNet wireless receiver module

eNet Server
DRA 5452 00 1 02

DRA 5301 00 1 05 Power supply DC 12 V 2 A DRA 5319 00 D490

Power supply DC 12 V 2 A DRA 5319 00 D490 WL add.antenna 5307 00 D502

WL add.antenna 5307 00 D502 -- The eNet wireless reception module is a radio receiver for max.
Add. WLAN antenna 5308 00 D502 32 eNet wireless DIN-rail mounting modules.
-- Operation with power supply.
Features -- Integrated antenna.
-- A wide variety of operating devices can be connected to the -- External antenna can be connected additionally in unfavourable
server via LAN, WLAN, e.g. smartphones, tablets, Gira Control9, installation conditions.
or PC/laptop.
-- Wireless transmitter and wireless receiver for max. 32 eNet Technical data
wireless DIN-rail mounting devices (eNet wireless receiver Rated voltage: DC12V
module DRA is not required). Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
-- Internal eNet wireless and WLAN antenna. Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz
-- External eNet wireless and WLAN antennas can be connected. Range (free field): approx. 100m
-- Functions: Switching or pressing, dimming, blind. Data cable: J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.8
-- Occupied-home simulation, energy management, scenes, links, Length of the data cable: max. 3 m
timers. Number of eNet DRA modules: max. 32
-- Update and configuration of eNet devices, diagnosis functions, Dimensions: 2 HP
system scan.
Notes
Technical data -- Wireless approval is valid for EU and EFTA countries.
Rated voltage: DC12V --
Power consumption
-- Operation: max. 6W More information
-- Standby: max. 2W Technical information D I613
IP communication
-- LAN: Ethernet 10/100Mbit Power supply DC 12V / 2A
-- WLAN: 2.4 GHz, IEEE 802.11g
IP connections: max. 8
Data cable: J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.8
Length of the data cable: max. 3 m
Number of eNet DRA modules: max. 32
Dimensions: 6 HP DRA 5319 00 1 02

Notes C O ptional accessories
-- Start-up of the server is via web interface. For starting up via a Server DRA 5301 00 D490
web interface, the start-up computer must have a current Wireless receiver module DRA 5452 00 D490
browser (e.g. Mozilla Firefox, Microsoft Internet Explorer, Safari, External camera 1220 00 D346
Chrome).
-- The power supply is required for power supply when installed. Features
eNet
-- Installation on top-hat rail. -- Power supply DC 12V for the eNet server, eNet radio reception
-- module and external camera.

Scope of supply Technical data
-- A plug-in power supply unit is included in the scope of supply for Rated voltage
mobile use of the eNet server. -- Primary: AC100 to 240V, 50/60Hz
-- Secondary: DC12 to 14V
Rated current
-- Secondary: 2A
Leakage current: max. 250 A
Dimensions: 2 HP

System devices /Transmitter eNet
eNet mobile gate Transmitter
Features
-- The eNet wireless transmitters transfer switching, dimming, and
blind adjustment commands to corresponding eNet wireless
receivers.

Technical data
5305 00 1 02 Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
Features Range (free field): approx. 100m
-- Mobile gate for the operation of eNet switching, dimming, and
blind actuators via WLAN using a tablet PC or smartphone.
-- Operation with USB power supply. eNet wireless hand-held transmitter, 1-gang
-- Operation with WLAN router or access point.
-- Up to 5 tablet PCs or smartphones can be connected to the
gateway simultaneously.
-- App for Apple iOS and app for Android.
-- Status LED for indicating the operating state.
-- 24 channels for operating eNet actuators.
-- 16 scenes.
-- Device software is updated via tablet PC or smartphone. Anthracite 5350 10 1 02
-- Wall mount.
Functions Features
-- All-On and All-Off. -- One button for one channel.
-- Lock-out protection for shutters and blinds. -- Status LED.
-- Forced setting function. -- Battery-operated device.
-- Master dimming function.
Technical data
Technical data Rated voltage: DC3V
Rated voltage: DC5V Batteries: 1 x CR 2450N
Connection Notes
-- IP: RJ45 jack -- Batteries are consumables and must be replaced regularly.
-- USB: Micro pin jack Please observe the regulations on the disposal of used batteries.
Dimensions inmm -- The eNet wireless hand-held transmitter, 1-gang cannot be set
W 80 H 76 D 26 using the eNet server.

-- The Mobile gate can only be programmed using the app, it -- Batteries are included in the scope of supply.
cannot be started up with the eNet Server.
--
eNet wireless hand-held transmitter, 2-gang

Features
-- Two buttons belong to each channel.
-- Each pair of buttons can be set as channel or scene function.
-- Status LED.
Can be set with eNet server:
eNet
-- Device software update.

-- Signalling of the transmission status deactivatable.
-- Master dimming function can be programmed.
-- All-On or All-Off scenes, threshold value scenes, and individual
scenes can be programmed.

Technical data
Rated voltage: DC3V

Notes

Scope of supply

eNet Transmitter
eNet wireless hand-held transmitter, 4-gang Notes

-- Please observe the regulations on the disposal of used batteries.

Scope of supply
-- Micro-USB/USB cable is included in the scope of supply.
-- Rechargeable battery included in the scope of supply.

eNet wireless wall transmitter, 1-gang


Features
-- Two buttons belong to each channel.
-- Each pair of buttons can be set as channel or scene function.
-- Status LED.
Can be set with eNet server: System55, rocker with inscription space
-- Device software update. Clear + pure white glossy 5331 100 1/5 02
-- Master dimming function can be programmed. System55/E22, start-up rocker
-- All-On or All-Off scenes, threshold value scenes, and individual Start-up rocker 5331 00 1/5 02
Technical data Rocker sets
Rated voltage: DC3V Rocker set 1-gang in.sp. 2131 .. D393
Batteries: 1 x CR 2450N Rocker set 1-gang 2181 .. D395
Notes Mounting
-- Batteries are consumables and must be replaced regularly. Base plate set 5339 00 D503
Please observe the regulations on the disposal of used batteries. Supp. ring plastic 5338 00 D502

Scope of supply Features
-- Batteries are included in the scope of supply. -- Simple extension of existing switch combinations.
-- The installation can be carried out without a surface-mounted
housing or device box.
eNet wireless hand-held transmitter Multi -- The wireless wall transmitter can be attached to walls with
screws or glued onto smooth or transparent surfaces with the
mounting plate.
-- Transmission of switching, dimming, blind adjustment, and scene
commands.
-- Switchover function, optimised for the control of momentary-
contact actuators.
-- Rocker can be set as channel or scene function.
-- Two-colour LEDs on the right and left of the buttons for
signalling.
Anthracite 5355 10 1 02 -- Battery-operated device.
C O ptional accessories -- Device software update.
Charger eNet WL h-h transm. Multi 5358 10 D503 -- Signalling of the transmission status deactivatable.
Top USB Micro-B docking station 2285 .. D84 -- Master dimming function can be programmed.
Rechargeable battery eNet WL h-h transm. Multi -- All-On or All-Off scenes, threshold value scenes, and individual
1483 00 D503 scenes can be programmed.

-- LCD display for user guidance. Rated voltage: DC3V
-- Two control buttons preassigned with All-On/All-Off. Batteries: 1 x CR 2450N
-- Navigation pad with centre OK button. Range (free field): approx. 100m
-- Three pairs of buttons which are freely configurable.
eNet
-- Additional status display via status LED. Notes

-- Wake-up function with acceleration sensor. -- Batteries are consumables and must be replaced regularly.
-- Favourites can be organised in lists. Please observe the regulations on the disposal of used batteries.
-- Switch-on brightness can be changed using dimming actuators. -- The wireless wall transmitter is supplied with a program-neutral
-- Lock-out protection for shutters and blinds. start-up rocker. The suitable rocker set for the switch range must
-- Forced setting function. be ordered separately.
-- Master dimming function. -- The range can be reduced when using rocker sets and/or frames.
-- Channel designations can be input freely.
-- Operating language German or English. Scope of supply
-- The rechargeable battery is charged via the Micro USB charger -- Batteries are included in the scope of supply.
interface.

Technical data
Rated voltage: DC3.6V
Rechargeable battery: Lithium LIR 2477

Transmitter eNet
eNet wireless wall transmitter, 3-gang eNet wireless universal transmitter, 2-gang Mini
System55, rockers with inscription space 5453 00 1/5 02

System55/E22, start-up rockers Rocker btn NO con. s.sig. 0152 00 D226
Start-up rocker 5333 00 1/5 02 Installation adapter 5429 00 D502

Rocker sets -- The eNet wireless universal transmitter enables the transmission
Rocker set 3-gang 2133 .. D394 of switching, dimming or blind commands to suitable eNet
Rocker set 3-gang 2183 .. D396 wireless receivers.
Rocker set 3-gang inscribable 2203 .. D397 -- Installation in device box, surface-mounted housing, or in an
Mounting installation adapter.
Base plate set 5339 00 D503 -- Detection of voltage levels and changes at input.
Supp. ring plastic 5338 00 D502 -- Connection of an external status LED.
-- Indication of transmission status.
Features -- Operating modes: 1-gang switching or dimming, 1-gang blind,
-- Simple extension of existing switch combinations. 2-gang switching or dimming, 2-gang switching or pressing.
-- The installation can be carried out without a surface-mounted -- Can be set with eNet server: Scenes, 2-gang blind, repeater
housing or device box. function, enable / block operation, enable / block connections,
-- The wireless wall transmitter can be attached to walls with scene number, status for restraint.
screws or glued onto smooth or transparent surfaces with the
mounting plate. Technical data
-- Transmission of switching, dimming, blind adjustment, and scene Rated voltage: AC110V to 230V, 50/60Hz
commands. Dimensions inmm
-- Switchover function, optimised for the control of momentary- 53 H 23
contact actuators.
-- Rocker can be set as channel or scene function. Notes
-- Two-colour LEDs on the right and left of the buttons for -- Wireless approval is valid for EU and EFTA countries.
signalling.
-- Battery-operated device. More information
Can be set with eNet server: Technical information D I608
Technical data
Rated voltage: DC3V
Notes
-- The wireless wall transmitter is supplied with a program-neutral
start-up rocker. The suitable rocker set for the switch range must
be ordered separately.
-- The range can be reduced when using rocker sets and/or frames.
eNet
Scope of supply
eNet Sensors/ Energy Sensors
Sensors Energy Sensors

Features
eNet wireless sun sensor, Solar -- The eNet wireless energy sensors enable the wireless
transmission of voltage, electricity, and energy values to the eNet
server.
-- Logging electricity and voltage of the connected device.
-- Calculation of effective output, reactive power, apparent power,
and active electrical energy.
-- Event-controlled or time-controlled transmission of measurement
value telegrams to the eNet server.
Pure white 5461 02 1 02 -- Time synchronisation with the eNet server.

-- eNet wireless sun sensor for control of eNet actuators depending Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
on the brightness. Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
-- Installation on a window pane in indoor areas. Measurement range
-- Solar-powered device. -- Electricity: 0mA to 16A
-- Brightness measurement using solar cell. -- Electrical power: 0 to 3680W
-- Triggering of scenes when the set sun protection and twilight -- Energy consumption: 0 to 99999 kWh
value are exceeded or fallen below. Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz
-- Temperature-dependent sun protection possible. Scene (shading) Range (free field): approx. 100m
is not triggered until a set temperature value is exceeded.
-- Scene buttons for sun protection and twilight.
-- Pre-charged on delivery, directly ready for operation. eNet wireless energy sensor, 1-gang Mini
-- Deep discharge protection.

Technical data
Brightness: 4000 to 80000 lx
Twilight: 5 to 250 lx
Temperature setting: +15 C to +40 C
Dimensions inmm 5471 00 1/5 02
75 H 30
Notes Server DRA 5301 00 D490
-- Wireless approval is valid for EU and EFTA countries.
Installation adapter 5429 00 D502

Technical data
Rated load current: 16 A
Dimensions inmm
53 H 23

Notes
-- Installation in device box, surface-mounted housing, or in an
installation adapter.

eNet wireless energy sensor, 4-gang

eNet
DRA 5473 00 1 02

Server DRA 5301 00 D490

Technical data
Rated load current: 16 A
Dimensions: 4 HP

Notes
-- An eNet server is required to operate this DIN-rail mounting
device.

Operating top units eNet
Operating top units eNet wireless blind control button top unit, 1-gang
eNet wireless switching/dimmming top unit,

1-gang
System55
System55 Anthracite 5491 28 1/5 02
Cream white glossy 5490 01 1/5 02 Colour aluminium 5491 26 1/5 02
Pure white matt 5490 27 1/5 02 E22
Anthracite 5490 28 1/5 02 Stainless Steel 5491 20 1/5 02
Colour aluminium 5490 26 1/5 02 AAluminium 5491 203 1/5 02
Bronze 5490 603 1/5 02 Pure white glossy 5491 03 1/5 02
Brass 5490 604 1/5 02 AAluminium has been discontinued. Available until 12/2017.
Chrome 5490 605 1/5 02
E22 One of the following articles:
Stainless Steel 5490 20 1/5 02 Blind cont. 230 V w/o aux.input 0399 00 D274
AAluminium 5490 203 1/5 02 Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275
Pure white glossy 5490 03 1/5 02 Blind cont. DC 24 V + aux.input 0388 00 D275
C N ecessary accessories Integration in stainless steel
One of the following articles: Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186
Dimming inserts
Uni LED dimm.ins. (touch dim.) 2385 00 D230 Features
LV dimm.ins. 20 - 500 VA 0331 00 D231 -- The eNet wireless blind control button enables manual or
1-10V control dev. Insert 0860 00 D232 wireless-controlled operation of an insert for blind controller.
Switching inserts -- Positioning of blind and slat using scene call-up.
Switch insert Tronic 0866 00 D232 -- Threshold value scenes for sun protection, twilight and wind
Triac insert Switch insert 0854 00 D233 alarms.
Relay ins. 0853 00 D233 -- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter.
Relay ins. zero-volt. 1148 00 D234 Can be set with eNet server.
HVAC relay ins. 0303 00 D234 -- Hanging run time.
-- Slat adjustment time.
C O ptional accessories -- Adjustment time when changing directions.
Integration in stainless steel -- Lock-out protection.
Adap.frame StS20/21 f. System55 funct. 0289 20 D186 -- Position for sun protection, twilight, lock-out protection, and
wind alarms.
Features -- Operation locks.
-- The eNet wireless switching/dimming top unit enables manual -- Device software update.
and radio-controlled operation of System2000 switching and
dimming inserts. Technical data
-- Evaluation of auxiliary units. Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
-- Scene operation. Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz
-- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter. Range (free field): approx. 100m
-- Status display of the switching condition using LED.
-- Switch-on brightness can be saved in combination with flush- Notes
mounted dimming insert. -- Wireless approval is valid for EU and EFTA countries.
Can be set with eNet server. --
-- Maximum/minimum brightness.
-- Dimming speed.
eNet
-- Delay time.
-- Switch-on/off delay.
-- Dimming ramp up/down.
-- Operation locks.
-- Permanent-on, permanent-off.
-- Hotel function.
-- Light control.
-- Status LED deactivatable.
Technical data
Notes
-- Operation is not possible on System2000 auxiliary inserts.
--
eNet Actuators
Actuators eNet wireless switching actuator or momentary-

contact actuator, 2-gang Mini
eNet wireless switching/momentary-contact

actuator, 1-gang Mini
5425 00 1/5 02

5423 00 1/5 02 Installation adapter 5429 00 D502

Zero-voltage Features
5424 00 1/5 02 -- The eNet wireless switching or momentary-contact actuator
enables switching of lighting and motors.
C O ptional accessories -- Operating modes: Switching actuator or momentary-contact
Installation adapter 5429 00 D502 actuator together for both outputs.
-- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter.
Features -- Scene operation.
-- The eNet wireless switching/momentary-contact actuator -- Operating mode buttons: Relay contact stays closed as long as
enables switching of lighting. telegrams are being received (max. 60 seconds).
-- Operating modes: Switching actuator or momentary-contact Can be set with eNet server:
actuator. -- Flashing function.
-- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter. -- Delay time.
-- Scene operation. -- Switch-on/off delay.
-- Operating mode buttons: Relay contact stays closed as long as -- Switch-off pre-warning.
telegrams are being received (max. 60 seconds). -- Minimum switching repeat time.
Can be set with eNet server: -- Operation locks.
-- Flashing function. -- Permanent-on, permanent-off.
-- Delay time. -- Device software update.
-- Switch-on/off delay. -- Repeater function.
-- Minimum switching repeat time. Technical data
-- Operation locks. Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- Permanent-on, permanent-off. Standby: max. 0.5W
-- Device software update. Ambient temperature: -25 C to +70 C
-- Repeater function. Switching capacity AC230V: 16A / AC1
Connected load
Technical data -- Light bulbs: 2300W
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz -- HV halogen lamps: 2000W
Standby: max. 0.5W -- Wound transformer: 1000VA
Ambient temperature: -25 C to +70 C -- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W
Switching capacity AC230V: 16A / AC1 -- Fluorescent lamps,
Connected load uncompensated: 920VA
-- Light bulbs: 2300W -- LED lamps: typ. 500W
-- HV halogen lamps: 2000W -- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 500W
-- Wound transformer: 1000VA -- Motors: 450W
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W -- Capacitive load: 690VA (560 F)
-- Fluorescent lamps, Connections: max. 4mm
uncompensated: 920VA Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz
-- LED lamps: typ. 500W Range (free field): approx. 100m
-- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 500W Dimensions inmm
-- Capacitive load: 690VA (560 F) 53 H 28
Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz Notes
Range (free field): approx. 100m -- Installation in device box, surface-mounted housing, or in an
eNet
Dimensions inmm installation adapter.

53 H 28
More information

More information

Actuators eNet
eNet wireless dimming actuator, 1-gang Mini eNet wireless control unit 110V, 1-gang Mini
20250W/VA 5421 00 1/5 02

5420 00 1/5 02
C O ptional accessories Installation adapter 5429 00 D502
Installation adapter 5429 00 D502
Power boosters Features
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 -- The eNet wireless control unit enables the switching and
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 brightness setting of lights with 1-10V interface.
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 -- Switch-on and maximum brightness can be saved.
Tronic transformers -- Scene operation.
-- Status display of the 1-10V devices via LED.
Features -- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter.
-- The eNet wireless dimming actuator enables switching and Can be set with eNet server:
dimming of various electrical loads. -- Maximum brightness.
-- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, Tronic -- Dimming speed.
transformers with halogen lamps, dimmable inductive -- Delay time.
transformers with halogen or LED lamps, HV LED and compact -- Switch-on/off delay.
fluorescent lamps. -- Dimming ramp up/down.
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. -- Switch-off pre-warning.
-- Switch-on and minimum brightness can be saved for each -- Operation locks.
output. -- Permanent-on, permanent-off.
-- Scene operation. -- Hotel function.
-- Status display with LED. -- Light control.
-- Status feedback to eNet wireless sensors. -- Device software update.
-- Short-circuit and excess-temperature protection. -- Repeater function.
-- Automatic or manual setting of dimming process.
Can be set with eNet server: Technical data
-- Maximum brightness. Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- Dimming process. Standby: max. 0.5W
-- Dimming speed. Ambient temperature: -25 C to +70 C
-- Delay time. Control current: max. 50mA
-- Switch-on/off delay. Switching current
-- Dimming ramp up/down. -- Ohmic load: 6A
-- Switch-off pre-warning. -- Fluorescent lamps: 3AX
-- Operation locks. Connected load
-- Permanent-on, permanent-off. -- Ohmic load: 1380W
-- Hotel function. -- Capacitive load: 690VA (560 F)
-- Light control. Connections: max. 4mm
-- Device software update. Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz
-- Repeater function. Range (free field): approx. 100m
Dimensions inmm
Technical data 53 H 28
Power loss: max. 1.5W Notes
Standby: max. 0.5W -- Installation in device box, surface-mounted housing, or in an
Ambient temperature: -25 C to +70 C installation adapter.
Connected load
-- Light bulbs: 20 to 250W More information
-- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 250W Technical information D I612
eNet

-- LED lamps: typ. 3 to 70W
Dimensions inmm
53 H 28
Notes
-- In combination with power boosters, do not hook up HV-LED or
compact fluorescent lamps.
More information
eNet Actuators
eNet wireless DALI control unit, 1-gang Mini eNet wireless blind actuator, 1-gang Mini
5422 00 1/5 02 5427 00 1/5 02

Installation adapter 5429 00 D502 Installation adapter 5429 00 D502

Features Features
-- The eNet wireless DALI control unit enables the switching and -- The eNet wireless blind actuator enables the control of
brightness setting of DALI lights. electrically operated hangings, such as blinds, shutters or
-- Joint operation of all connected DALI control equipment, awnings.
broadcast. -- Positioning of blind and slat using scene call-up.
-- DALI supply for a maximum of twelve devices. -- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter.
-- Parallel switching of up to six DALI wireless control units Mini to -- Hanging period can be saved.
supply power to up to 72 devices. -- Slat adjustment time can be saved.
-- Switch-on and minimum brightness can be saved. Can be set with eNet server:
-- Scene operation. -- Adjustment time when changing directions.
-- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter. -- Lock-out protection.
-- Short-circuit and excess-temperature protection. -- Motion direction can be inverted (e.g. for roof windows).
Can be set with eNet server: -- Operation locks.
-- Maximum brightness. -- Position for sun protection, twilight, lock-out protection, and
-- Dimming speed. wind alarms.
-- Delay time. -- Behaviour after mains power failure.
-- Switch-on/off delay. -- Device software update.
-- Dimming ramp up/down. -- Repeater function.
-- Operation locks. Technical data
-- Permanent-on, permanent-off. Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- Hotel function. Standby: max. 0.5W
-- Light control. Ambient temperature: -25 C to +70 C
-- Device software update. Connected load of motors: 1000W
-- Repeater function. Connections: max. 4mm
Technical data Range (free field): approx. 100m
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz Dimensions inmm
Standby: max. 2W 53 H 28
DALI rated voltage: DC 16 V Notes
Output current: max. 24mA -- Installation in device box, surface-mounted housing, or in an
Connections: max. 4mm installation adapter.
Range (free field): approx. 100m More information
Dimensions inmm Technical information D I611
53 H 28

Notes

More information

eNet
Actuators eNet
eNet wireless switching/momentary-contact eNet wireless switching or momentary-contact

actuator, 1-gang actuator, 8-gang / blind actuator, 4-gang
DRA 5433 00 1 02 DRA 5435 00 1 02

Server DRA 5301 00 D490 Server DRA 5301 00 D490
Wireless receiver module DRA 5452 00 D490 Wireless receiver module DRA 5452 00 D490

Features Features
-- The eNet wireless switching or wireless momentary-contact -- The eNet wireless switching, wireless momentary-contact, or
actuator receives telegrams for switching lighting from the eNet blind actuator receives telegrams for switching lighting or
wireless reception module or eNet server via a data cable. controlling electrically-operated hangings from the eNet wireless
-- Operating modes: Switching actuator or momentary-contact reception module or eNet server via a data cable.
actuator. -- Two outputs are each operated in the same mode (switching,
-- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter. dimming, blind or shutter).
-- Scene operation. -- Switching of lighting or single-phase fan motors.
-- Operating mode buttons: Relay contact stays closed as long as -- Control of electrically operated hangings, such as blinds,
telegrams are being received (max. 60 seconds). shutters, or awnings
Can be set with eNet server: -- Operating modes: switching actuator, momentary-contact
-- Flashing function. actuator can be set for a single output; a blind actuator, shutter
-- Delay time. actuator can be set for a pair of outputs.
-- Switch-on/off delay. -- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter.
-- Switch-off pre-warning. -- Scene operation.
-- Minimum switching repeat time. -- Operating mode buttons: Relay contact stays closed as long as
-- Operation locks. telegrams are being received (max. 60 seconds).
-- Permanent-on, permanent-off. -- Positioning of blind and slat using scene call-up.
-- Device software update. -- Threshold value scenes for sun protection, twilight and wind
alarms.
Technical data -- Hanging period can be saved.
Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz -- Slat adjustment time can be saved.
Standby: max. 0.2W Can be set with eNet server:
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C -- Flashing function.
Switching capacity AC230V: 16A / AC1 -- Delay time.
Connected load -- Switch-on/off delay.
-- Light bulbs: 2300W -- Switch-off pre-warning.
-- HV halogen lamps: 2000W -- Minimum switching repeat time.
-- Wound transformer: 1000VA -- Operation locks.
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 1500W -- Permanent-on, permanent-off.
-- Fluorescent lamps, -- Adjustment time when changing directions.
uncompensated: 920VA -- Lock-out protection.
-- LED lamps: typ. 500W -- Motion direction can be inverted (e.g. for roof windows).
-- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 500W -- Position for sun protection, twilight, lock-out protection, and
-- Capacitive load: 690VA (560 F) wind alarms.
Connections: max. 4mm -- Device software update.
Dimensions: 2 HP
Technical data
Notes Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
-- An eNet wireless reception module or an eNet server is required Standby: max. 0.5W
to operate this DIN-rail mounting device. Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
Switching capacity AC230V: 16A / AC1
eNet
More information Connected load

Technical information D I613 -- Light bulbs: 2300W
-- LED lamps: typ. 500W
-- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 500W
-- Motors: 1000W
-- Capacitive load: 690VA (560 F)
Dimensions: 4 HP

Notes
-- An eNet wireless reception module or an eNet server is required
to operate this DIN-rail mounting device.

More information

eNet Actuators
eNet Wireless dimming actuator, 1-gang eNet wireless dimming actuator, 4-gang
20500W/VA 4x250W/VA
DRA 5430 00 1 02 DRA 5431 00 1 02

Server DRA 5301 00 D490 Server DRA 5301 00 D490
Wireless receiver module DRA 5452 00 D490 Wireless receiver module DRA 5452 00 D490

Power boosters Power boosters
Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246 Uni.power booster 200-500 W/VA 1035 00 D246
Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247 Tronic power booster 100-700 W 0380 00 D247
LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247 LV power boost 10 - 600 W/VA 0364 00 D247
Tronic transformers Tronic transformers

Features Features
-- The eNet wireless dimming actuator receives telegrams for -- The eNet wireless dimming actuator receives telegrams for
switching and dimming various electrical loads from the eNet switching and dimming various electrical loads from the eNet
wireless reception module or eNet server via a data cable. wireless reception module or eNet server via a data cable.
-- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, Tronic -- Switching and dimming of light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, Tronic
transformers with halogen lamps, dimmable inductive transformers with halogen lamps, dimmable inductive
transformers with halogen or LED lamps, HV LED and compact transformers with halogen or LED lamps, HV LED and compact
fluorescent lamps. fluorescent lamps.
-- Bulb-saving switch-on. -- Bulb-saving switch-on.
-- Switch-on and minimum brightness can be saved. -- Switch-on and minimum brightness can be saved for each
-- Scene operation. output.
-- Status display with LED. -- Scene operation.
-- Status feedback to eNet wireless sensors. -- Status display of the outputs with LED.
-- Short-circuit and excess-temperature protection. -- Status feedback to eNet wireless sensors.
-- Automatic or manual setting of dimming process. -- Parallel switching of several outputs to a load of 950W possible.
Can be set with eNet server: -- Short-circuit and excess-temperature protection.
-- Maximum brightness. -- Automatic or manual setting of dimming process.
-- Dimming process. Can be set with eNet server:
-- Dimming speed. -- Maximum brightness.
-- Delay time. -- Dimming process.
-- Switch-on/off delay. -- Dimming speed.
-- Dimming ramp up/down. -- Delay time.
-- Switch-off pre-warning. -- Switch-on/off delay.
-- Operation locks. -- Dimming ramp up/down.
-- Permanent-on, permanent-off. -- Switch-off pre-warning.
-- Hotel function. -- Operation locks.
-- Light control. -- Permanent-on, permanent-off.
-- Device software update. -- Hotel function.
-- Light control.
Technical data -- Device software update.
Power loss: max. 4W Technical data
Standby: max. 0.3W Rated voltage: AC230V, 50/60Hz
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C Power loss: max. 8W
Connected load Standby per output: max. 0.3W
eNet
-- Light bulbs: 20 to 500W Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C

-- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 500W Connected load per output
-- Wound transformer: 20 to 500VA -- Light bulbs: 20 to 250W
-- Gira Tronic transformer: 20 to 500W -- HV halogen lamps: 20 to 250W
-- LED lamps: typ. 3 to 100W -- Wound transformer: 20 to 250VA
-- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 100W -- Gira Tronic transformer: 20 to 250W
Connections: max. 4mm -- LED lamps: typ. 3 to 50W
Dimensions: 2 HP -- Compact fluorescent lamp: typ. 3 to 50W
Parallel switched outputs at max. 950W at AC230V, 50/60
Notes max. 95% utilization: Hz
-- An eNet wireless reception module or an eNet server is required Connections: max. 4mm
to operate this DIN-rail mounting device. Dimensions: 8 HP
-- In combination with power boosters, do not hook up HV-LED or
compact fluorescent lamps. Notes
More information to operate this DIN-rail mounting device.
Technical information D I614 -- In combination with power boosters, do not hook up HV-LED or
compact fluorescent lamps.

More information

Actuators eNet
eNet wireless blind actuator, 1-gang

DRA 5437 00 1 02
Features
-- The eNet wireless blind actuator receives telegrams for
controlling electrically-operated hangings, e.g. blinds, shutters,
or awnings, from the eNet wireless reception module or eNet
server via a data cable.
-- Positioning of blind and slat using scene call-up.
-- Threshold value scenes for sun protection, twilight and wind
alarms.
-- Status feedback to eNet wireless transmitter.
-- Hanging period can be saved.
-- Slat adjustment time can be saved.
-- Adjustment time when changing directions.
-- Lock-out protection.
-- Motion direction can be inverted (e.g. for roof windows).
-- Operation locks.
-- Position for sun protection, twilight, lock-out protection, and
wind alarms.
Technical data
Standby: max. 0.2W
Connected load of motors: 1000W
Dimensions: 2 HP
Notes
to operate this DIN-rail mounting device.
eNet
eNet Accessories
Accessories Additional wireless antenna

eNet wireless diagnostic device
5307 00 1 02

5304 00 1 02 One of the following articles:
Features Wireless receiver module DRA 5452 00 D490
-- eNet wireless reception can be tested using the wireless
diagnostic device. Features
-- Display with red/green LED. -- External antenna for the eNet wireless reception module DRA
and eNet server DRA in unfavourable installation conditions (e.g.
Technical data metal distribution cabinet).
Rated voltage: DC3V
Batteries: 1 x CR 2450N Technical data
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C Cable length: 1.5 m
Range (free field): approx. 100m Notes
--
Notes
Please observe the regulations on the disposal of used batteries. Additional WLAN antenna

Scope of supply

Installation adapter Mini housing
5308 00 1 02


Features
5429 00 1 02 -- External antenna for the eNet server in unfavourable installation
conditions (e.g. metal distribution cabinet).
One of the following articles: Technical data
WL uni.transm. 2-g Mini 5453 00 D493 Cable length: 1.5 m
WL energy sens. 1-g Mini 5471 00 D494
WL swit./m-c act. 1-g Mini 5423 00 D496
WL swit./m-c act. 1-g Mini zero-volt. 5424 00 D496 Support ring, plastic
WL swit./m-c act. 2-g Mini 5425 00 D496
WL dimm.act. 1-g Mini 20 - 250 VA 5420 00 D497
WL ctrl.unit 1 - 10 V 1-g Mini 5421 00 D497
WL DALI ctrl.unit DALI 1-g Mini 5422 00 D498
WL blind act. 1-g Mini 5427 00 D498

Features
-- Surface-mounted housing for the eNet mini actuators and
transmitters. 5338 00 1/5 06
eNet
-- For installation in intermediate ceilings, on the wall, or on top-hat

rails. C O ptional accessories

Features
-- For attaching eNet wireless wall transmitters, KNX RF touch
device boxes.

Scope of supply

Accessories eNet
Mounting plate set Charger for the eNet wireless hand-held

transmitter Multi

WL h-h transm. Multi 5355 10 D492

Features
-- Charger for the eNet wireless hand-held transmitter Multi.

Notes
-- There is not an integrated power supply unit, a separate USB
System55 power supply unit is required.
Features
glass panes.
Rechargeable battery for the eNet wireless

hand-held transmitter Multi
1483 00 1/5 02
WL h-h transm. Multi 5355 10 D492
Features
-- Rechargeable battery for the eNet wireless hand-held transmitter
Multi.
eNet
Technical data
Rechargeable battery
-- Lithium LIR 2477: DC 3.6V
Notes
-- Please observe the regulations on the disposal of used batteries.
Other wireless systems ZigBee Light Link ... 508
KNX RF ... 509
Accessories ... 509
Other wireless systems

More comfort, security and energy savings without any additional cables or intrusive
damage to the building. No dirt or noise: all this is made possible with modern wireless
systems for home technology. Apart from Gira eNet, Gira offers products for other
wireless systems that each focus on different applications ranging from extending a
conventional system with individual wireless switches or the integration of wireless light
control with ZigBee and up to the seamless extension of KNX systems with KNX RF
wireless technology.
KNX KNX
ZigBee Gira KNX RF

Smart lighting systems based on the ZigBee Light Link, such More operating convenience for building technology in buildings
as Philips Hue or Osram Lightify, are popular for retrofitting with with a KNX system: With little time or effort, and above all without
end users. The Gira ZigBee Light Link controls seamlessly noise and dust, Gira KNX RF creates new options for controlling
integrate such systems into the Gira switch ranges even without lights, blinds, scenes, etc. wirelessly all over the building. Keypads
manufacturer-specific bridges and gateways. can be freely positioned on walls made of stone, concrete, wood
or glass, or on furniture.

Product range Other wireless systems
ZigBee Light Link KNX RF Accessories

D508 D509 D509

Other wireless systems ZigBee Light Link
ZigBee Light Link NNew product.

ZigBee Light Link hand-held transmitter
NNew product.
ZigBee Light Link wireless wall transmitter with
inscription space

Features
Clear / pure white 2430 100 1 03 -- ZigBee wireless hand-held transmitter for transmission of
switching, dimming and scene commands to ZigBee Light
C O ptional accessories Link-compliant devices, e.g. lamps, lighting and adapter plugs.
Non-metal rocker set -- Supports the adjustment of: brightness, colour temperature, light
Rocker set 3-gang 2133 .. D393 colour and colour saturation.
Supp. ring plastic 5338 00 D509 -- Corresponds to the ZigBee Light Link specification.
Base plate set 5339 00 D509 -- Switching and dimming (1 channel) for a ZigBee network.
-- Store and recall up to six scenes.
Features -- Status display with LED.
-- ZigBee wireless wall transmitter for transmission of switching, -- Battery-operated device.
dimming and scene commands to ZigBee Light Link-compliant -- Connects lights with Touch Link.
devices, e.g. lamps, lighting and adapter plugs. -- Eliminates connections to lights.
-- Supports the adjustment of: brightness, colour temperature, light -- Resets lights (Factory New).
colour and colour saturation. -- Reset hand-held transmitter to factory settings.
-- Corresponds to the ZigBee Light Link specification. -- Service functions: Assume existing connections from another
-- Switching and dimming (1 channel) for a ZigBee network. station and transfer them to another station.
-- Store and recall up to four scenes.
-- Status display with LED. Technical data
-- Battery-operated device. Rated voltage: DC3V
-- Connects lights with Touch Link. Batteries: 1 x CR 2450N
-- Eliminates connections to lights. Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C
-- Resets lights (Factory New). Wireless frequency: 2.4 to 2.483GHz
-- Reset wall transmitter to factory settings. Number of connections: max. 10
Technical data
Rated voltage: DC3V Notes
Batteries: 1 x CR 2450N -- Batteries are consumables and must be replaced regularly.
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C Please observe the regulations on the disposal of used batteries.
Wireless frequency: 2.4 to 2.483GHz
Number of connections: max. 10 Scope of supply
Range (free field): approx. 100m -- Batteries are included in the scope of supply.

Notes

Scope of supply

KNX RF /Accessories Other wireless systems
KNX RF Accessories

KNX RF touch sensor 1-gang Support ring, plastic
System55/E22
Start-up rocker 5101 00 1/5 06 5338 00 1/5 06

KNX RF touch sensor 3-gang ZigBee Light Link WL wall transm. in.sp. 2430 100 D508

Features
-- For attaching eNet wireless wall transmitters, KNX RF touch
device boxes.
System55/E22
Start-up rocker 5103 00 1/5 06 Scope of supply
Mounting plate set

System55


Functional description D413 Gira eNet WL wall transm. 1-g in.sp. 5331 .. D492
KNX RF data interface (USB stick) KNX RF touch sens. 1-g 5101 00 D413

Features
USB stick 5120 00 1 06 glass panes.
Functional description D414 back of the surface.
KNX RF/TP media coupler or RF repeater
DRA plus 5110 00 1/5 06
Emergency kit Emergency kit ... 514
Emergency kit

More safety in the bathroom
The Gira emergency set is designed to conform to the requirements of the building
regulations Document M requirements for sanitary facilities in public and private
buildings. The emergency set consists of the call module, pull-cord button, switch-off
button and power supply unit that people can use to alert others in case of an
emergency.
Matching the style of the switch range

Cream white glossy or cream white glossy: All of the Gira
emergency set components can be integrated in the Gira switch
ranges and are therefore available in diverse designs. In this way,
the Gira emergency set can be installed to match any interior.
Standard-compliant equipment in buildings More security and quality of life at home

Barrier-free furnishing of publicly accessible buildings must The use of the emergency set is becoming increasingly interesting
conform to the building regulations Document M requirements in private settings: A growing number of people wish to lead an
for sanitary facilities in public and private buildings. The Gira independent life within their own four walls for as long as possible
emergency set makes it easy to meet this requirement. In addition, without having to do without raised safety standards. As falls are
the emergency set complies with the VDE 0834 standard for the most common in the bathroom, the Gira emergency set can make a
minimum requirements for call systems in hospitals, nursing homes valuable contribution to increasing safety and quality of life within
and similar institutions. people's own homes.
Emergency kit

Product range Emergency kit
Emergency kit
D514
Emergency kit

Emergency kit Emergency kit
Emergency set Specifications Order No. P. unit PS
Example for use of the emergency set in a WC

Emergency kit

ZT Emergency kit
AT
RM NNRS
AT Switch-off button
NNRS Flush-mounted power supply unit 250 mA System55
RM Call module Cream white glossy 2914 01 1 34
ZT Pull-cord button

including Gira E2 cover frame
Example for extending the emergency set with a duty room unit Pure white glossy 0495 88 1 34

UPS emergency kit 2918.. D516
ZT Duty room unit emergency kit 2915.. D515
Call module emergency kit 2916 00 D515
Pull-cord btn 2912.. D515
DZ RT Switch-off btn 2911.. D515

Features
-- Call module with red LED signal light, integrated zero-voltage
AT contact, optionally activated buzzer (continuous tone) and the
option of setting either flashing light or continuous light.
-- Pull-cord button with 2.5m pull cord with red handle and
reassurance light in button housing, suitable for wall or ceiling
RM NNRS
mounting.
-- Switch-off button with integrated green button.
-- Flush-mounted power supply unit 250mA.
-- As an option, the call set can be expanded with a duty room unit
AT Switch-off button with an integrated sound generator for acoustic call signalling, a
NNRS Flush-mounted power supply unit 250 mA green presence button with presence light, and a yellow buzzer
RM Call module switch-off button.
ZT Pull-cord button

Additionally required: Technical data
DZ Duty room unit Power supply unit
RT Call button -- Input voltage: AC100 to 240V, 50 to 60Hz
-- Input current: 180mA
-- Output voltage: DC 24V
-- Output current: 250mA
Ambient temperature: + 5 C to + 40 C
Long pull cord: 2.,5 m
Installation: Device boxes

Notes
-- Use uninterruptible power supply for installation pursuant to DIN
0834.
-- Individual components can be purchased later to extend the
emergency kits.

Emergency kit
Duty room unit for the emergency kit Pull-cord button
System55
Emergency kit 2914.. D514
Features System55
-- Duty room unit (without display) with call acknowledgement Cream white glossy 2912 01 1/5 34
(green keypad) and switch-off button for the buzzer (yellow Pure white glossy 2912 03 1/5 34
keypad).
Notes Emergency kit 2914.. D514
-- The duty room unit is an optional component of the emergency
kit. Features
-- Call or emergency call triggering using pull cord (2.5m).
-- Red reassurance light in the device housing.
Call module for the emergency kit
Technical data
Connection: 4 x screw terminals
Long pull cord: 2.,5 m

Notes
-- The pull-cord button is suitable for both wall and ceiling
mounting.

System55
Program-neutral 2916 00 1/5 34 Switch-off button
Features
-- The call module is a component of the emergency kit.
-- The call module includes the electronics, the signal light, and the
buzzer of the emergency kit.
-- A zero-voltage contact is provided for the duration of the System55
emergency call. Cream white glossy 2911 01 1/5 34
-- The visual and acoustic signal can be optionally set from Pure white glossy 2911 03 1/5 34
continuous light / continuous tone to flashing light / emergency
call using jumpers. C N ecessary accessories
Notes
-- For follow-up ordering if the emergency kit should be expanded. Features
-- Calls are switched off using the green switch-off button.

Technical data
Connection: 2x screw terminals

Emergency kit
UPS for the emergency kit


Rech.battery UPS emergency kit 5987 00 D516

Features
-- Uninterruptible power supply for the Gira emergency kit.
-- With drop/failure of the mains input voltage, the connected load
continues to be supplied via the battery without interruption.
-- When the mains input voltage increases again or is applied, the
battery is disconnected from the load and recharged in normal
mains operation.
-- The operating states "UPS active" or "Battery defective" can be
signalled via the signal contact (M).

Technical data
Input voltage: DC 24V
Output voltage in rechargeable
battery operation: 22.8V 10%
Rated load in rechargeable
battery operation: 130mA for 1h
Maximum load
-- in rechargeable battery
operation: 300mA for 15min
-- in mains operation: 250mA
Installation: in device box pursuant to DIN
49073

Notes
-- For installations pursuant to DIN0834.
-- DIN 0834 prescribes the replacement of components with limited
service lives (battery) once annually.

Scope of supply
-- Blank cover plate is included in the scope of supply.

Rechargeable battery for UPS emergency set
5987 00 1 34

UPS emergency kit 2918.. D516

Features
Emergency kit
-- Rechargeable battery for the uninterruptible power supply of the

emergency set.

Security Gira Smoke Alarm Device ... 519
Gira Signallers and Sensors ... 527
Security

More security and comfort
Peace of mind at night and while on holiday: Gira offers flexible and intelligent alarm
systems with motion detectors, door or window contacts or smoke alarm devices that
adapt to individual requirements and provide more security.
Alarm devices and sensors Smoke alarm device

Alarm devices and sensors in the Gira product range increase The Gira smoke alarm devices can save lives, as they warn before
safety and convenience in the home. They measure humidity, the smoke concentration becomes dangerous. The Gira smoke
wind speed, brightness, temperature, motion or time and apply alarm device Basic Q can save lives as it immediately detects smoke
important protective functions, adapted to the results they have emission and sounds an alarm. The Gira smoke alarm device DualQ,
determined, fully automatically. on the other hand, is equipped with two detection processes,
achieving twice the level of safety. The new generation of Gira
smoke alarm devices carries the Q label and features improved
product qualities.
Security

Gira Smoke Alarm Device Smoke Alarm Device Q ... 523
Accessories ... 524
Smoke alarm device

Security

Compact lifesavers
The Gira smoke alarm devices can save lives, as they warn before the smoke
concentration becomes dangerous. The range includes the new Gira smoke alarm
device Basic Q and the smoke alarm device Dual Q. The Gira smoke alarm devices
meet the requirements of DIN EN 14604:2009-02 and are certified in accordance
with the Q Label Directive VF 14-01.
Sounds a warning before the situation gets too precarious The smoke alarm device which is twice as safe
now with Q-Label The new Gira smoke alarm device Dual Q features two detection
The Gira smoke alarm device Basic Q can save lives. It automatically processes: Processor-controlled scattered-light measurement
detects dangerous smoke emissions and sounds an alarm with a detects smoke particles before the situation becomes dangerous
loud, pulsing tone and a flashing LED. In doing so, it works using for humans. Heat detection by therm sensor measures temperature
the photoelectric scattered-light principle: A diode in the device changes in the room and thus identifies fires even faster.
emits light signals, and a photo cell evaluates the scattered light Interferences and external influences can also be reliably
caused by smoke particles. An alarm is triggered as soon as the controlled. The service life of the lithium battery is guaranteed to
concentration of scattered light exceeds the threshold value. The be at least 10 years. Up to 40 devices can be networked together.
permanently installed lithium battery has a life of at least 10 years.
Certified increased safety standards Networking options via wireless signal and KNX
The Gira smoke alarm devices Basic Q and Dual Q are enhanced Gira offers various options for networking the smoke alarm device
versions of the proven Gira smoke alarm devices. Awarded the Dual Q. It is possible to connect any number of smoke alarm
new Q Label, these models meet higher quality criteria. To be devices to the KNX system via the KNX module. In case if danger,
awarded this label, the new vfdb Directive 14-01 must be fulfilled. the signal of the smoke alarm device Dual Q is forwarded to the
Both Gira smoke alarm devices stand for proven durability with KNX system which then reacts intelligently to the fire hazard. The
increased stability against external influences. The risk of false wireless Dual smoke alarm device module, on the other hand,
alarms present in environments with interferences has been further permits networking up to 40 smoke alarm devices Dual Q without
reduced. The integrated battery guarantees a device service life an KNX system. In addition, the wireless converter intermediate
of at least 10 years. plug enables connection of the smoke alarm device into the eNet
system.
Smoke alarm device
Security

Product range Gira Smoke Alarm Device
Smoke Alarm Accessories

Device Q D524
D523
Smoke alarm device

Security

Smoke alarm device
Gira smoke alarm device Dual Q: Options, product range Gira smoke alarm device Dual Q: Networking options
The Gira smoke alarm device signals for 30 days that the Use as individual device
Dual Q is supplied with power device has to be replaced. The
from a 9 V monoblock battery. smoke alarm device remains
The automatic function test completely functional during
regularly tests the power supply this period. The integrated
and functions of the smoke twilight sensor switches off Networking of up to 40 devices via the 2-wire line
alarm device. If the battery the battery warning signal in
voltage drops below a defined darkness.
point, the smoke alarm device
230 V operation Up to 40 devices can be Networking of up to 40 devices via a separate conductor

The Gira smoke alarm device networked via a separate
Dual Q can also be operated conductor.
via the existing 230 V line
network. A 230 V base is
available for retrofitting the
networking capability and
supplying power.
Networking options with the If a smoke alarm device with Networking of a maximum of 40 devices via a wireless bus system
wireless module wireless module is programmed
If equipped with an optional as a repeater, the range can
wireless module, the Gira be expanded even further. In + +
smoke alarm device Dual Q addition, it is also possible to
can be integrated into the integrate the new Gira smoke
GiraeNet system using the alarm device Dual Q with Combined networking of up to 40 devices using the Gira eNet system,
GiraeNet wireless transmitter. wireless module into already by means of the Gira eNet wireless transmitter, e.g. blinds, light, or
A transmission range of existing installations equipped alarm
100m (free field) can be with Gira Dual/VdS smoke
achieved per wireless alarm devices with wireless
module. modules.
+ +
Wireless
actuators
Muting via a wireless transmitter 1) [up to 14 devices can be taught in]

following local alarm signalling for approx. 10 minutes
Networking options with the the module forwards the Networking in any desired quantity via the Gira KNX system
KNX module for smoke signals to the KNX system,
alarm device Dual which reacts intelligently
The optional KNX module to the risk of fire. The KNX
enables the Gira smoke alarm module is supplied with KNX line
device Dual Q to be connected electricity via the KNX line. + + +
to the KNX system. If the As many devices as desired
device registers fire or smoke can be connected.
accumulation,
Networking options with the In addition, alarm and fault Integration of additional devices such as a sounder or beacon via the
relay module messages, e.g. on a TeleCoppler relay module
Equipped with an optional or alarm control unit, can be
relay module, the Gira smoke switched or forwarded to the
alarm device Dual Q can be KNX system via a button
connected to external alarm interface.
+
devices, such as a sounder or
beacon.
230V base for smoke alarm Smoke alarm device Dual Q,

Smoke alarm device Dual Q device Dual Q 230V version
Smoke alarm device
Security

Smoke Alarm Device Q Smoke alarm device
Smoke Alarm Device Q Smoke Alarm Device DualQ
Increased quality criteria and technical advancements in smoke

alarm devices are indicated on the market with the new Q test
mark. The new Q-Label is an autonomous, manufacturer-
independent quality mark for high-quality smoke alarm devices
which undergo special testing for long-term use. The latest
generation of Gira smoke alarm devices fulfil the criteria of the new Pure white glossy 2346 02 1 03
Q-Label quality mark. The smoke alarm devices operate based on
the photoelectric scattered-light principle without radioactive C O ptional accessories
particles. The smoke alarm devices detect smoke accumulation Relay module SAD Dual 2340 00 D524
early and emit a warning signal before the concentration of smoke KNX module SAD Dual 2343 00 D524
can become hazardous to people. Alerting occurs via a loud WL mod. SAD Dual Q 2347 00 D525
pulsing alarm tone and a flashing LED. 230V base SAD Dual 2331 02 D525
Spacer sleeves screws 2342 00 D526
Features
-- Use in private residential units or similarly inhabited areas only in Features
accordance with DIN14676. -- Battery-operated combined smoke alarm device and heat
Q-Label detector.
-- Tested durability and reduction of false alarms. -- Fire and heat alarms alerted differently.
-- Increased stability, e.g. against external factors. -- Heat detection via maximum and differential function.
-- Permanently installed battery with a service life of up to 10 years. -- Muffled alarm signal (approx.75dB(A)) during function test.
-- KRIWAN approval. -- Integrated function button for alarm acknowledgement, function
test and muting, for example.
Technical data -- Smoke detection deactivatable.
Power supply: Via smoke alarm device battery -- Automatic smoke evaluation self-test with tracking of soiling.
Battery life: at least 10years -- Soiling or fault indication.
Acoustic signal: Alarm: at least 85dB(A) -- Signalling of technical faults can be delayed up to 12 h in
Visual signal: Ring indicator (red LED) darkness.
Ambient temperature: -5C to +55C -- "Weak battery" indication.
Installation height: max. 4.50m -- Up to 40 smoke alarm devices can be networked on each wire.
Protection type: IP42 -- One module interface for three optional modules (KNXmodule,
Area of application: DIN14676 radiomodule, relay module) with simultaneous use of the
Standards: DIN14604 networking terminal.

Technical data
Smoke Alarm Device Basic Q Dimensions inmm
-- Housing: 125 H 48

Features
-- Integrated function button for function test.
-- Fault indication.
-- Weak battery indication.
Technical data
Dimensions inmm
-- Housing: 125 H 38,5
Smoke alarm device

Security
Smoke alarm device Accessories
Accessories KNX Module for Smoke Alarm Device Dual

Relay module for smoke alarm device Dual
2343 00 1/5 06

2340 00 1 03 Smoke alarm device DualQ 2346 02 D523

Smoke alarm device DualQ 2346 02 D523 -- The KNXmodule enables connecting the smoke alarm device
DualQ to a KNXsystem.
Features -- Downwards-compatible, therefore it can also be used for smoke
-- Relay module for the smoke alarm device DualQ. alarm device Dual/VdS.
-- Downwards-compatible, therefore it can also be used for smoke -- Alarm
alarm device Dual/VdS. -- Auxiliary unit alarm (for networking several smoke alarm devices
-- Option of connecting external alarm devices, such as a horn or via KNX).
warning light. -- Wired alarm (wired networking of several smoke alarm devices).
-- The alarm relay switches for local or networked alarm. -- Signal transmitter (to switch on signalling tone)
-- The fault relay switches in case of a smoke alarm device fault, -- Status messages.
e.g. weak battery. -- Fault messages.
-- Using the relay module, alarm and fault messages can be
switched to another signal transmitter. Technical data
Technical data Ambient temperature: -5 C to +50 C
Alarm output contact: 2-way switch, zero-voltage
Fault output contact: 2-way switch, zero-voltage Notes
Switching voltage: max. 30 V -- The KNXmodule is simply plugged in at the interface of the
Switching current: max. 1 A smoke alarm device Dual. The networking terminals of the smoke
alarm device can continue to be used when the module is
Notes attached.
-- Fault messages can only be polled by smoke alarm devices -- Please observe the planning information in the Technical
equipped with a relay module. Appendix.
-- The relay module is simply plugged in at the interface of the
smoke alarm device Dual. The networking terminals of the smoke Scope of supply
alarm device can continue to be used when the module is -- KNXconnection and junction terminal included in the scope of
attached. supply.
Appendix.

Smoke alarm device
Security
Accessories Smoke alarm device
Wireless module for smoke alarm device Dual Q 230V Base for Smoke Alarm Device Dual
2347 00 1/5 03 2331 02 1 03

Smoke alarm device DualQ 2346 02 D523 Smoke alarm device DualQ 2346 02 D523

Converters on eNet -- Base with integrated power supply unit for power supply of the
WL diagnostic tool SAD Dual + WL mod. 2333 00 D526 smoke alarm device DualQ with mains voltage (230V).
-- Downwards-compatible, therefore it can also be used for smoke
Features alarm device Dual/VdS.
-- Wireless module for the wireless connection of smoke alarm -- Up to 40 smoke alarm devices can be networked via a separate
device DualQ. conductor.
-- Downwards-compatible, therefore it can also be used for smoke -- Connection of the supply cable or networking cable is in the
alarm device Dual/VdS. base. Contact is automatic when the smoke alarm device is
mounted.
Technical data
Wireless frequency: 433.42 MHz Technical data
Range (free field): approx. 100m Rated voltage: AC 230V, 50 Hz
Power supply: from the battery of the wireless Dimensions inmm
module -- Housing dimensions: 125 H 25
Battery
-- Type: CR 2/3 AA lithium Notes
-- Capacity: 3V -- In the mains voltage fails, automatic power supply changes over
to the battery of the smoke alarm device Dual.
Notes
-- If one smoke alarm device detects a fire, all assigned smoke
alarm devices sound the alarm.
-- The wireless module is plugged in at the interface of the smoke
alarm device Dual. The networking terminals of the smoke alarm
device can continue to be used when the module is attached.
This allows combined lines to be set up (wired or via radio).
-- Due to the compatibility to the wireless bus system, alarm
messages can be used to control the wireless actuators. This can
be used for example to switch on the light or raise blinds in the
case of an alarm.
-- With a wireless remote control or wall transmitter, the smoke
alarm device can be muted following an alert of approx.
10minutes. If another networked smoke alarm device triggers an
alarm during this time, e.g. via the 2-wire cable or radio
transmission, the smoke alarm device outputs an alert despite
muting.
-- Controlling eNet components can only be realised on eNet in
connection with the wireless transformer.
-- From Index status I02, the wireless module for the smoke alarm
Dual is compatible with the wireless diagnostic tool (233300).
Appendix.
-- The battery can not be purchased from Gira as a spare part.
Scope of supply
-- The battery is included in the scope of supply.
Smoke alarm device

Security
Smoke alarm device Accessories
Wireless diagnostic tool
2333 00 1 09

Smoke alarm device DualQ 2346 02 D523

Features
-- The wireless diagnostic tool is intended for testing the following
Gira smoke alarm devices:
-- DualQ with wirelessmodule for smoke alarm device DualQ
-- Dual/VdS with wirelessmodule for smoke alarm device Dual/
VdS
-- The radiodiagnosis tool consists of the radiodiagnosis USB box
and the radiodiagnosis software.
Wireless diagnosis USB box
-- Connection of the wireless diagnosis USB box to the USB
interface of a PC.
Wireless diagnostic software
-- Naming smoke alarm devices.
-- Option of cyclical recording to analyse errors.
-- Combining smoke alarm devices into groups.
-- Reading out of various status information for a smoke alarm
device: degree of soiling, serial number, battery voltage,
temperature, and event memory for the last20 events (e.g.
smoke alarm, test alarm, or weak battery state).
System requirements
-- PC with Windows XP, Windows Vista or Windows 7 and installed
Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5.
-- Mini CD compatible CD/DVD drive.
-- USB interface, supplying current of 500mA

Technical data
Wireless frequency: 433.42 MHz
Dimensions inmm
-- Housing dimensions: W 110 H 94 D 38

Notes
-- Compatible with the wireless module for the smoke alarm Dual
(234700) from Index status I02.

Set of spacer sleeves and screws
2342 00 1 03

Smoke alarm device DualQ 2346 02 D523

Features
-- The set is required for cable routing of the power supply or the
wired networking to the "surface-mounted" smoke alarm device
Dual.

Smoke alarm device
Security
Gira Signallers and Sensors Signallers and Sensors ... 529
Signallers and Sensors

More safety and comfort in the home
Gira alarm devices and sensors increase safety and convenience in the home. The
sensors measure humidity, wind speed, brightness, temperature, motion or time and
apply important protective functions fully automatically. An advantage is that the alarm
devices and sensors can be combined with the Gira blind controller and Gira alarm
systems and can also be integrated into the KNX system and the Gira eNet system.
Sensors for sun, wind and rain

The sun sensor offers a sun protection and twilight function protect delicate slats from damage. The rain sensor serves to
that can be combined with the electronic blind controller 2. The record and evaluate precipitation. The end of precipitation can be
sun sensor is simply attached to a window pane and offers a logged almost immediately with the help of installed heating.
convenient sun protection function. The wind sensor enables
raising the blinds depending on the wind speed in order to
Integration with other Gira systems VDE-compliant and easy installation

Alarm devices and sensors can easily be integrated into the The cables of the sun sensors and glass-breakage sensors can
KNX system and the Gira eNet system. KNX sensors, e.g. weather always be connected in accordance with VDE, regardless of
stations, temperature sensors, presence detectors or window whether they are installed flush-mounted or surface-mounted.
contacts, enable automatic and on-demand control of various
functions. Alarm devices and sensors in the Gira eNet system can
be used to easily integrate safety functions like panic switches.

Signallers and Sensors Technical data
Cable length
-- Sensor cable: 2m
Blind controller system glass-breakage sensor -- maximum of: 20m (J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6mm)

Notes
-- The sun sensor is used in connection with the control button with
sensor evaluation and the electronic blind controller with sensor
evaluation.
white 0931 00 1/5 02 -- The sun and glass-breakage sensors can be connected to a blind
controller top unit simultaneously with an adapter.
C N ecessary accessories -- The connection line can be extended to a maximum of 20m
One of the following articles: (cable: J-Y(St)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6mm).
Top blind ctrl.btn SE 0820 .. D276
Top blind ctrl.btn MF + SE 0822 .. D277 More information
Top blind cont. 2 SE 1309 .. D279 Technical information D I597

Adapter sun + glass-break.sens. 0934 00 D530 Blind controller system outdoor sun and twilight
sensor
Features
-- It is attached to the window pane (e.g. using Loctite glass-metal
adhesive set).
-- If the window pane is destroyed, the blind is moved into the
lower end position.
Technical data
Cable length white 1117 00 1 02
-- Sensor cable: 2m
-- maximum of: 20m (J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6mm) C N ecessary accessories
Quantity in a row: max. 10 One of the following articles:
Protection type: IP 67 Top blind ctrl.btn SE 0820 .. D276
Ambient temperature: -30 C to +70 C Top blind ctrl.btn MF + SE 0822 .. D277
Top blind cont. 2 SE 1309 .. D279
Notes
-- The glass-breakage sensor is used in connection with the control C O ptional accessories
button with sensor evaluation and the electronic blind controller Adapter sun + glass-break.sens. 0934 00 D530
with sensor evaluation.
-- The sun and glass-breakage sensors can be connected to a blind Features
controller top unit simultaneously with an adapter. -- Together with the components of the blind controller system, it
-- The connection line can be extended to a maximum of 20m enables the sun protection and twilight function. These functions
(cable: J-Y(St)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6mm). depend on the top unit used.
-- The sun and glass-breakage sensors can be connected to a blind
More information controller top unit simultaneously with an adapter.
Technical information D I597 -- The sun protection function enables automatic lowering of the
blind or shutter when a brightness value has been exceeded.
-- The twilight function enables automatic lowering of the blind or
Blind controller system indoor sun and twilight shutter when a brightness value has been undershot. The blind
sensor or shutter moves into the lower end position.

Technical data
Length of the sensor cable: max. 20m (J-Y(St)Y 2x2x0.6mm)

white 0930 00 1 02 Notes
-- The connection line must not exceed a length of max. 20m
C N ecessary accessories (cable: J-Y(St)Y 2 x 2 x 0.6mm).
Top blind ctrl.btn SE 0820 .. D276 More information
Top blind ctrl.btn MF + SE 0822 .. D277 Technical information D I597
Top blind cont. 2 SE 1309 .. D279
Features
-- It is attached to the window pane and enables a sun protection

function.
-- The position of the sensor on the pane determines the limit to
which the blind should be driven when the brightness value has
been exceeded.
-- The twilight function enables automatic lowering of the blind
when a brightness value has been undershot.
Blind controller system adapter for sun and Twilight Sensor 010V
glass-breakage sensor
Water-protected surface-
white 0934 00 1/5 02 mounted 0572 00 1/100 06

One of the following articles: Weather station Comfort 1010 00 D474
Glass-break.sens. 0931 00 D529 Sensor interface Analogue 4-gang 1021 00 D475
Sun + twil.sens. indoors 0930 00 D529 Mount.bracket 1406 00 D531
Features
Features -- Twilight sensor for logging and evaluating the brightness.
-- For the simultaneous connection of the sun and glass-breakage -- The twilight sensor can be operated in conjunction with the basic
sensor to a blind controller top unit. weather station or the analogue sensor interface.
-- As an extension for the connection line of the sun and glass- -- The required power (DC24V) is supplied by these devices.
breakage sensor. -- Connecting to devices from other manufacturers is also possible.
-- The device is suitable for outdoor installation and is equipped to
Technical data prevent the build-up of moisture with a pressure-compensation
Connection line: LIY Y 2 x 0.14mm element ("climate membrane").
Length of the connection line: 5m -- The logged brightness is converted to a linear, analogue output
signal from 0bis10V.
More information
Technical information D I597 Technical data
Measurement range: 0 to 255 lux, linear
Electrical output: 0 to 10V DC (short-circuit-proof)
Brightness Sensor 010V External supply
-- Voltage: DC 24V
-- Current consumption: approx. 5mA
Cable length: max. 100m
Recommended cable: 3 x 0.25mm
Installation position: any
Water-protected surface- Dimensions inmm
mounted 0576 00 1 06 -- Housing: W 90 H 58 D 35

Weather station Comfort 1010 00 D474 Temperature Sensor 010V
Sensor interface Analogue 4-gang 1021 00 D475
Mount.bracket 1406 00 D531

Features
-- Brightness sensor for logging and evaluating the brightness.
-- The brightness sensor can be operated in conjunction with the
basic weather station or the analogue sensor interface.
-- The required power (DC24V) is supplied by these devices. Water-protected surface-
-- Connecting to systems from other manufacturers is also possible. mounted 0577 00 1 06
-- The device is suitable for outdoor installation and is equipped to
prevent the build-up of moisture with a pressure-compensation C O ptional accessories
element ("climate membrane"). Weather station Comfort 1010 00 D474
-- The logged brightness is converted to a linear, analogue output Sensor interface Analogue 4-gang 1021 00 D475
signal from 0 to 10V. Mount.bracket 1406 00 D531

Measurement range: 0 to 60000 lux, linear -- Temperature sensor for logging and evaluating the temperature.
Electrical output: 0 to 10V DC (short-circuit-proof) -- The temperature sensor can be operated in conjunction with the
External supply basic weather station or the analogue sensor interface.
-- Voltage: DC 24V -- The required power (DC24V) is supplied by these devices.
-- Current consumption: approx. 5mA -- Connecting to systems from other manufacturers is also possible.
Ambient temperature: -30 C to +70 C -- The device is suitable for outdoor installation and is equipped to
Cable length: max. 100m prevent the build-up of moisture with a pressure-compensation
Recommended cable: 3 x 0.25mm element ("climate membrane").
Installation position: any -- The logged temperature is converted to a linear, analogue output
Protection type: IP 65 signal from 0 to 10V.

Dimensions inmm
-- Housing: W 90 H 58 D 35
+

Measurement range: -30 C to +70 C, linear Wind transmitter
Electrical output: 0 to 10V DC (short-circuit-proof) -- Material of the transmitter
External supply and cup anemometer: Plastic (ABS), black
-- Voltage: DC 24V -- Ambient temperature: -25C to +60C
-- Current consumption: approx. 3mA -- Connection line: LIY Y 2 x 0.14mm, length 3m
Ambient temperature: -30 C to +70 C (can be extended to max. 50m
Cable length: max. 100m Evaluation unit
Recommended cable: 3 x 0.25mm -- Wind warning range: 3.3 to 24.5m/s, can be set to one
Installation position: any of 8 levels
Protection type: IP 65 -- Switching contact: Relay with zero-voltage NO
Dimensions inmm contact
-- Housing: W 90 H 58 D 35 -- Load capacity: max. 2A
-- Operating voltage: AC 230V
Dimensions inmm
Mounting bracket -- Cup diameter of the wind
transmitter: 134 H 160

Scope of supply
-- Mounting bracket included in the scope of supply.

Wind Sensor 010V with heating

1406 00 1 06
Brightness sensor 0-10V WP SM 0576 00 D530
Twil.sens. 0 - 10 V WP SM 0572 00 D530
Features 0580 00 1 06
-- For proper installation of the brightness, twilight, and
temperature sensors. C N ecessary accessories
-- The mounting bracket can be attached to a wall or to a pole if the Power supply AC 24 V 1 A DRA 1024 00 D532
included pipe clamp is used.
-- Weather-resistant because it is made of stainless steel. C O ptional accessories
Weather station Comfort 1010 00 D474
Sensor interface Analogue 4-gang 1021 00 D475
Wind Sensor - Standard
Features
-- Wind sensor for logging and evaluating the wind speed
(0.7to40m/s). The turning speed is evaluated and converted into
an output signal from 0 to 10V.
-- Due to its built-in heating, trouble-free operation is possible even
in case of frost.
-- The wind sensor can be operated in conjunction with the basic
0913 00 1/100 06 weather station or the analogue sensor interface.
-- The required power (DC24V) for the electronics is supplied by
C O ptional accessories these devices.
Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275 -- Additional voltage of AC/DC24V is required for the internal
heating. A heating transformer can be used for this voltage.
Features -- Connecting to systems from other manufacturers is possible.
Wind transmitter (cup anemometer/anemometer)
-- The wind sensor enables raising of the blinds depending on the Technical data
strength of the wind, for example. In this way, sensitive blind Measurement range: 0.7 to 40 m/s
slats can be protected from increasing wind. Electrical output: 0 to 10V
-- The wind transmitter is used to convert the wind speed into External supply
electrical signals. -- Voltage: DC 24V
-- It is mounted on the roof or on the side of the building and -- Current consumption: Approx. 12mA (without heating)
connected to the evaluation unit. Heating: AC/DC24V PTC element (80C)
Evaluation unit Wind load: max. 60m/s for a brief period
-- Test mode with test LED. Ambient temperature: -25 C to +60 C
-- Distributor terminals for connecting a heated wind signaller. Cable length: max. 100m
Installation position: any

Notes
-- The device is suitable for outdoor installation.

Scope of supply
-- The bracket for mounting the sensor is included in the scope of

supply.

Power supply AC 24V 1A Rain Sensor 0 / 10V
0579 00 1 06

DRA 1024 00 1/100 26 C N ecessary accessories
Wind sensor with heating 0580 00 D531 Weather station Comfort 1010 00 D474
Rain Sensor 0/10V IP 65 0579 00 D532 Sensor interface Analogue 4-gang 1021 00 D475

Features Features
-- Power supply for the weather station and the in-built heating of -- Rain sensor for logging and evaluating the precipitation. The
the wind sensor 010V, rain sensor 0 / 10V, etc. conductivity of the rain water is evaluated via a sensor, and an
output signal of 0 or 10V is then provided.
Technical data -- The end of precipitation can be logged nearly immediately with
Rated voltage the help of installed heating.
-- Primary: AC230V 50/60Hz -- The rain sensor can be operated as a basic device in connection
-- Secondary: AC 24V with the basic weather station, as an analogue sensor interface
Secondary rated current: 1A or the binary input, 6-gang 24V.
Connections: Screw terminals -- The required power supply (DC24V) for the electronics is also
Ambient temperature: -5 C to +45 C provided by these devices (except for the binary input, 6-gang
Dimensions: 4 HP 24V).
-- Additional voltage of AC/DC24V is required for the internal
heating. A heating transformer can be used for this voltage.
Rain Sensor -- Connecting to systems from other manufacturers is possible.

Technical data
Electrical output: 0 V dry, 10V rain
External supply
-- Voltage: DC 24V
-- Current consumption: Approx. 10mA (without heating)
Heating: AC/DC24V, max. 4.5W
0586 00 1 06 Ambient temperature: -30 C to +70 C
Cable length: max. 100m
C O ptional accessories Installation position: Approx. 45
Blind cont. 230 V + aux.input 0398 00 D275 Protection type: IP 65
Dimensions inmm
Features W 58 H 83 D 17
-- The rain sensor with frost protection down to -20C and snow
detection is used for the detection of rain, snow, and frost to Notes
protect awnings, winter gardens, roof ventilation elements, etc. -- The device is suitable for outdoor installation.
-- The detection of the amount of precipitation can be set using a
2-pole DIP switch in the power supply unit of the rain sensor. Scope of supply
-- A 45bracket for (wall or pole) mounting of the sensor is included
Technical data in the scope of supply.
Operating voltage
-- Power supply unit: AC 230V, 50 Hz
-- Rain Sensor: 12 to DC 24V
Power consumption: Approx. 4.5 VA
Relay contact: 5A at 250V/50Hz, zero-voltage
Protection type
-- Power supply unit: IP 40
-- Rain Sensor: IP 65
Connection
-- Rain sensor/power supply
unit: 6 x 0.5mm, DC12 to 24V
-- Power supply/binary input: 2 x 0.5mm, AC230V
-- Power supply unit: 3 x 1.5mm, AC230V
Rain sensor/power supply unit
cable length: max. 150m

Scope of supply
-- The connection cables are not included in the scope of supply.

Technical information Certification marks and symbols 534
Protection types 535
Energy efficiency classes, ACT
dimensions 536
Dimensions 537
Communication technology 538
E22 Flat installation 544
TX_44 Installation 545
LED orientation lighting 548
Energy and light profiles 549
Door communication 550
Keyless In 559
RDS flush-mounted radio 560
Overvoltage protection 562
Room temperature controller 563
Flush-mounted inserts Wiring diagram 566
Dimmer and load types 571
Flush-mounted inserts System 2000 572
Flush-mounted inserts Dimmer 578
Flush-mounted inserts DALI /
control unit 582
Electronic potentiometers 583
Control unit 584
Tronic transformers 585
Power boosts 588
Blind control 591
Timers 597
Automatic lighting 598
eNet system Planning information 607
Energy-saving lights 616
information
I Technical
Gira electrical installation systems 533

Certification marks and symbols
VDE test mark Automatic control switch top unit

For installation materials, individual parts and Mounting height up to 1.10m
devices as technical work materials for com-
pliance with the Gertesicherheitsgesetz Automatic control switch top unit
(GSG) (device safety statute). All Gira prod- Mounting height up to 2.20m
ucts which can be granted the VDE mark car-
ry this certification mark.
Light bulb
Certification mark for the Netherlands
Energy-saving bulb
Certification mark for Austria

Fluorescent lamp
Certification mark for Norway
X = fluorescent lamp rated current
Certification mark for Denmark LV halogen lamp
Certification mark for Sweden HV halogen lamp (230V)
Certification mark for Belgium LED lights
Wound transformers
Certification mark for Poland
Electronic transformers
Certification mark for Finland
Symbol for dimmers and electronic switches
(with semiconductor switching element) in
Certification mark for Switzerland accordance with DIN EN60669-1/A2 and
VDE Part 1/A2
CE marking Symbol for switching devices, incl. relays

All devices in this catalogue falling under the with micro-contact opening width in accord-
CE directive are labelled with this mark on ance with DIN EN60669-1/A2 and VDE0632
the packaging label and on the product. All Part 1/A2
Gira flush-mounted devices fit in the com-
mercially available flush-mounted device box- Symbol for semiconductor switching element
es in accordance with DIN49073/Part I, (without contact opening) in accordance with
1990-02 and in the Gira surface-mounted IEC60417
housing.
Symbol for the ambient temperature range
Symbol for professional electrician. from 25C to +40C
The symbol indicates that the installation may
only be performed by a professional Type of use
electrician. Independent accessory for use outside of
lamps (VDE0712, Part 1).
Hollow-wall box
With hollow-wall installations, boxes in ac-
cordance with DIN49073/Part 1 and DIN Voltage designation
VDE0606-1 are generally to be used. In addi- Safety extra-low voltage
tion, the installation instructions from the box
manufacturer and the required 71mm dimen- S mode (System Mode)
sion must be observed! KNX configuration mode
VDE-EMC mark KNX 2-wire (TP)

Valid for devices corresponding to the stand-
ards for electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). KNX IP
VDE radio interference mark KNX wireless
Protective contact socket outlets (SCHUKO Video distributor (Order No.: 122600)
socket outlets). Registered trademark of the
SCHUKO trademark association. In accord-
ance with VDE0620/0624, the terminals are Video amplifier (Order No.: 122200)
also suitable for use as connection terminals.
Furniture protection mark

Devices can be installed on surfaces with un- Video multiplexer (Order No.: 122400)
known flammability characteristics (e.g.
items of furniture).
Symbol for increased contact protection Suppressor

Identifies socket outlets that are equipped
information
I Technical
with integrated increased contact protection

(shutter) in accordance with DIN VDE0620-1. Limit switch
Alternating current
Direct current Leading edge
Mark for RCCB which are sensitive to pulse

current Trailing edge
534 Gira electrical installation systems

Protection types
Protection against contact, foreign bodies and water in Degrees of protection in accordance with EN60 529:
accordance with EN60529/DIN VDE0470 Part 1
Depending on the environmental conditions under which it is used, Digit Degree of protection
equipment must be protected against contact, the ingress of for-
eign bodies of various sizes and ingress of water. The so-called IP Protection against Water protection
codes were specified to define the degree to which a piece of contact and foreign (2nd digit)
equipment is protected. IP stands for international protection. bodies (1st digit)
The IP codes are presented in the following format: 0 not present not present
IP identifier (1) digits(2) letter (3)
1 against foreign bodies against vertically drip-
Identifier (1): >50mm K; ping water
Symbol for the protection of people against touching dangerous against back of hand
parts and protection of the equipment against the intrusion of for-
eign bodies and water. 2 against foreign bodies against water dripping
>12mm K; tilted at an angle up to
Digits (2), see table at the side: against contact with 15 to the vertical
Describes the protection of equipment in terms of protection afinger
against contact and foreign bodies and against the harmful ingress
of water. 3 against foreign bodies against water sprayed
>2.5mm K; at an angle of up to 60
Letter (3): against contact with to the vertical
In addition, the degree of protection for people may be indicated atool
with a letter after the two digits.
4 against foreign bodies against water splashed
>1mm K; from all directions
against contact with
awire
(1) (2) (3)
5 against harmful dust against water jets from
deposits on the inside all directions
6 against the ingress of against powerful water

dust (dust-proof) jets
IP 21 C
7 with temporary
immersion
The housing of this equipment protects 8 with continuous

immersion
2 people from accessing dangerous parts with their fingers
and protects the equipment against the ingress of foreign
bodies with a diameter of at least 12.5mm and larger. Protection classes against excessive contact voltage
The type of protection against dangerous shock currents is identi-
1 the equipment against the ingress of vertically dripping wa- fied via a protection-class specification. There are three protection
ter. classes, whose meanings are described in the following table.
C people who insert a tool with a diameter of 2.5mm and
larger and a length of up to 100mm into the housing. Protection class Symbol Description
Possible letters: I Equipment with simple basic insula-
A Safe for the back of the hand tion. If a fault occurs in the basic in-
sulation, the body (e.g. metal cover-
B Safe for the fingers ing of devices) can be energised.
C Protected against access with a tool up to 100mm in length The bodies are connected to a pro-
tective earthing conductor and pro-
D Protected against access with a wire up to 100mm in length tected via a safeguard measure (e.g.
disconnection from the power sup-
ply by overload protective devices).
II Equipment with simple basic insula-

tion and additional insulation (double
insulation) or with reinforced insula-
tion (single-stage insulation). If the
basic insulation fails, protection in
the event of indirect contact is thus
ensured (protective measure: protec-
tive insulation).
III Protection against dangerous shock

currents is ensured via the safety ex-
tra-low voltage safety measure (al-
ternating current 50V, direct cur-
rent 120V, safety voltage source).
information
I Technical

Energy efficiency classes Resistance table
Energy efficiency classes EU 2010/30/EC Resistance table for remote sensor 130200
The EU directive 2010/30/EC contains general conditions for classi-

Temperature Resistance Temperature Resistance
fying products. The directive lists various product groups, which
(C) (Ohm) (C) (Ohm)
are evaluated according to certain criteria. Details are regulated in
corresponding EU regulations for each product group with regard
to their energy consumption values. 0 1592 31 2051
1 1605 32 2067
2 1619 33 2083
A +++
3 1633 34 2099
4 1647 35 2115
A ++ A ++
5 1661 36 2131
6 1675 37 2148
A+
7 1689 38 2164
A 8 1703 39 2181
9 1717 40 2197
B 10 1732 41 2214
11 1746 42 2231
C 12 1761 43 2248
13 1775 44 2265
D 14 1790 45 2282
15 1805 46 2299
16 1819 47 2316
The number of efficiency levels presented (here in this example 17 1834 48 2333
A+++ to D) may vary from one product group to another. In accord-
18 1849 49 2351
ance with the traffic light principle, the bars are shown from top to
bottom in the colours dark green through yellow to dark red. In this 19 1864 50 2368
case, the green level A indicates the most favourable consumption 20 1879 51 2385
values. 21 1895 52 2403
22 1910 53 2421
23 1925 54 2438
24 1941 55 2456
25 1956 56 2474
26 1972 57 2492
27 1987 58 2510
28 2003 59 2528
29 2019 60 2546
30 2035
information
I Technical

Dimensions
Line/Dimensions (WHD) Line/Dimensions (WHD)
Nurse call system 834 Plus Die-cast aluminium, flush-mounted floor empty housing
Installation information for the room terminal and duty room termi- 1-gang 11211261.5mm
nal. To ensure an optimum appearance, the distance between the
terminal and the intercom module should be set as shown in the
figure below.
Corresponding flush-mounted device boxes and a suitable spacer

are included with the room terminal 5925.. and duty room terminal
5929..
Die-cast aluminium
71
Matt stainless steel, flush-mounted floor empty housing

1-gang 11211263.9mm
110
Matt stainless steel
Gira Control19 Client flush-mounted device box

Arrangement of the flush-mounted device boxes and spacer for optimal
device alignment
Flush-mounted device box Gira Control 19 Client
information
I Technical

Communication technology Inserts for data caps
Cover plate for data

andcommunication
connection technology
30
Insert 005200 Insert 005800
for Modular Jack AMP/Radiall, for Modular Jack Lucent (AT + T),
1-gang 2-gang
4
40
2
for Modular Jack AMP, 2-gang for Thomas & Betts system
(Nevada Western Structured Wiring
System/IBM ACS Mini-C/600MHz)
Cover plate with support ring and inscription space for data and communica-
tion connection technology for vertical and 30 tilted outlet.
1= insert, 2= support ring, 3= cover, 4= inscription space

for Telegrtner OCS system for AMP/ACO (communications outlet)
Only suitable for 30 angled outlet.

for Modular Jack AMP/Radiall, for IBM freenet 1-gang modules
2-gang (ACS) 100 b, cabling cross-line /
Reichle de Massari, 1-gang Insert 005500 Universal insert 004900
for 2 XLR connectors,
D series, Speakon series NL 4 MP
(Neutrik)

for fibre optic cable / for D-sub
SC duplex gender changer, 2-gang
Blank insert 004800
information

I Technical
for ST fibre optic cable 2.5mm with high-end loudspeaker connec-

tors WBT ()

Overview of technical data Communication technology
Plug connections
Design/ Pin jack/ Specifications Wave impedance Insertion cycles

connection on the rear plug
WBT Flat insertion lug 6.3mm
XLR Solder connection up to Pin jack
max. 2.5mm
BNC Crimp Pin jack 75Ohm 1500
USB Gender changer Pin jack USB 3.0 1500
Type A
Gender changer with BC 1)

HDMI Gender changer Pin jack HDMI 2.0a + HDR 1500
Type A

Cinch Gender changer Pin jack 1500
75Ohm
Solder connection
VGA Gender changer Pin jack DIN41652/EC807-2 1500
HD15M
75Ohm
Solder connection
D-sub, 9-pole Solder connection Pin jack DIN41652/IEC807-2 1500
DB9M
D-sub, 15-pole Solder connection Pin jack DIN41652/IEC807-2 1500
DB15M
Jack Gender changer Pin jack 3-pole (stereo) 1500
3.5mm

S-video Gender changer Pin jack MD4M 1500
DIN4-pole
75Ohm
DVI Gender changer Pin jack DVI-I (dual link; 24+5) 1500

SAT F jack Gender changer Pin jack IEC60169-24 75Ohm 1500
Loudspeaker Screw connection up to
connection box max. 6mm
1)
BC = breakout cable
Cable lengths in HDMI connection system
Calculate total HDMI cable length
(2) (2) (2)

(1) (4)
(3) (3)
L1 1m L2 1m L3
(1) = Source e.g. Blu-ray, (2) = HDMI cable, (3) = Gira HDMI gender changer, (4) = Target e.g. LED TV
Total length* = length 1 (L1) + length 2 (L2) + length 3 (L3) + 2m**
* The maximum total length depends on the cable quality, the devices and the required performance.
** The HDMI gender changers have to be included in the calculation with a length of 1m each.
Performance depending on total length (simplified representation)
HDMI 2.0 18 Gbps max..
HDMI 1.4 10.2 Gbps max.
Full HD 1080p
720p / 1080i
information
HDMI Kabel 24 AWG

I Technical
HDMI Kabel 28 AWG
5m 10 m 15 m 20 m Gesamtlnge
NOTE: In order to ensure stable performance in longer cable lengths (see diagram), please check technical feasibility with the Gira hotline.

Communication technology Properties of connections
Properties of connection types
Gira Type Standard Length of Contact Rated

Order the break- resist- current
No.: out cable ance
mm m A
HDMI
5669.., 5671.., 5673.., 5675.., HDMI gender changer HDMI 2.0a, type A, - <30 1
5676.., 5680.. 4k@50/60Hz +HDR
5670.., 5672.., 5674.., 5677.., HDMI gender changer w. cable HDMI 2.0a, type A, 200 <30 1
5679.., 5681.. 4k@50/60Hz +HDR
USB A-A
5682.., 5684.., 5686.., 5688.. USB 3.0 gender changer short USB 3.0 type A - <30 1
5679.., 5681.., 5683.., 5685.., USB 3.0 gender changer w. cable USB 3.0 type A 200 <30 1
5687.., 5689.., 5691.. (Apple compliant socket)
USB A-A
5678.., 5680.., 5690.. USB 3.0 gender changer USB 3.0 type A <30 1
DVI
5644.., 5646.. DVI gender changer DVI-I dual link 24+5 pin - <20 1,5
5645.., 5647.. DVI gender changer w. cable DVI-I dual link 24+5 pin 200 <20 1,5
VGA
5652.., 5654.., 5656.., 5658.., VGA 15 pin gender changer D-SUB, 15-pole VGA - <30 1
5676.., 5688..
D-SUB, 15-pole VGA
5653.., 5655.., 5657.., 5659.., VGA 15 pin gender changer w. cable 200 <30 1
5677.., 5689..
Cinch
5631.., 5634.., 5636.., 5646.., RCA gender changer RCA - <30 1
5656..,
5661.., 5663.., 5673.., 5690..
RCA gender changer w. cable RCA 200 <30 1
5633.., 5635.., 5637.., 5647..,
5657.., 5662.., 5664.., 5674..,
5691.. RCA jack solder connection RCA - <30 1
5632.., 5638..
Jack 3.5mm
5634.., 5648.., 5663.. Jack 3.5mm gender changer 3-pole stereo jack - <30 1
3.5mm
5635.., 5649.., 5664.., 5658.., Jack 3.5mm gender changer w. cable 3-pole stereo jack 200 <30 1
5659.., 5680.., 5681.., 5686.., 5687. 3.5mm
D-SUB
5642.. D-SUB jack 9 pin fem. solder conn. D-SUB, 9-pole - <30 1
5643.. D-SUB jack 15 pin fem. solder conn. D-SUB, 15-pole - <30 1
BNC
5630.. BNC jack crimp 75Ohm <20 1
S-VHS
5661.., 5663.. S-video gender changer Mini DIN S-video - <30 1
5660.., 5662.., 5664.. S-video gender changer w. cable Mini DIN S-video 200 <30 1
SAT F
5650.., 5651.., 5675.. F-connector gender changer IEC60169-24 <30 1
Applies to all:
information
I Technical
Rated voltage: AC/DC 30V

Ambient temperature: 25C to 70C
RoHS: Yes

Properties of connections Communication technology
Properties of connection types
Material
Gira Insulation Frequency range/ Number of Contact pins Earth connection
Order resistance transmission speed insertion cycles
No.:
M
HDMI
5669.., 5671.., 5673.., 5675.., 5676.., >500 18Gbps >1500 gold-plated gold-plated
5680..
5681..
USB A-A
5682.., 5684.., 5686.., 5688.. >500 5Gbps >1500 gold-plated gold-plated
5689.., 5691..
USB A-A
5678.., 5680.., 5690.. >500 5Gbps >1500 gold-plated gold-plated
DVI
5644.., 5646.. >500 9.9Gbps >200 gold-plated gold-plated
5645.., 5647.. >100 9.9Gbps >200 gold-plated gold-plated

VGA
5652.., 5654.., 5656.., 5658.., 5676.., >500 10MHz >200 gold-plated gold-plated
5688..
5689..
Cinch
5661.., 5663.., 5673.., 5690..
5662.., 5664.., 5674.., 5691..
5632.., 5638.. >500 5MHz >500 gold-plated gold-plated

Jack 3.5mm
5634.., 5648.., 5663.. >100 5MHz >1500 gold-plated gold-plated
5680.., 5681.., 5686.., 5687.
D-SUB
5642.. >500 10MHz >200 gold-plated nickel
5643.. >500 10MHz >200 gold-plated nickel

BNC
5630.. >500 1GHz >500 gold-plated nickel
S-VHS
5661.., 5663.. >500 5MHz >500 gold-plated gold-plated
5660.., 5662.., 5664.. >100 5MHz >500 gold-plated gold-plated

SAT F
5650.., 5651.., 5675.. >500 1MHz >500 gold-plated nickel
Applies to all:
Rated voltage: AC/DC 30V
Ambient temperature: 25C to 70C
information
RoHS: Yes
I Technical

Communication technology Installation depth
Installation depths for devices with breakout cables
Note on devices with breakout cable:

The respective length of the breakout cable is approx. 200mm.
The dimensions and the bending radii must be observed.
Installation recommendation:
Installation in deep multimedia box, e.g. Kaiser electronics box
1068-02 (flush-mounted installation) 9062-94 (hollow-wall
installation).
min. 46 mm min. 51 mm
USB with breakout cable HDMI with breakout cable
Cinch with breakout cable VGA with breakout cable
Jack with breakout cable S-video with breakout cable
min. 58 mm
DVI with breakout cable

information
I Technical

Installation depth Communication technology
Installation depths for devices with gender changer Installation depths for devices with gender changer or pin jack
USBgender changer DVIgender changer RJ45 Cat. 6A gender changer RJ45 Cat. 6A insulation displace-
ment connection technology
Note on devices with gender changer:

Connection with angled plugs recommended.
The dimensions of the plug and the bending radii must be observed.
USB and HDMI gender changers are not suitable for duct
installation.
Installation recommendation:
Installation in deep multimedia box, e.g. Kaiser electronics box
1068-02 (flush-mounted installation) 9062-94 (hollow-wall
installation)
USBgender changer short HDMI gender changer
min. 10 mm
min. 3 mm
Cinchgender changer VGAgender changer

information
I Technical
min. 20 mm
min. 21 mm
Jackgender changer S-videogender changer

E22 Flat installation
E22 Installation depth for flat installation in masonry
min The installation depth of the red

flush-mounted device box is
based on the subsequent plas-
ter thickness.
Flat installation in brickwork Both spacers, which can also

be used to position a spirit lev-
el, must be completely covered
1. by the plaster.
Produce a rectangular cut-out,
mount the red E22 flush-mount-
ed device box and, for example,
secure with plaster.
Important:
Important: The spacers of the red E22
Observe the note on installation flush-mounted device box must
max
depth. 30 mm not be shortened or removed.
Maximum plaster compensation
is 30mm.
2.
Mount the included plaster pro-
tection and plaster the wall.
Then remove the plaster protec-

tion and cut the box opening
clear. Flat installation in hollow wall
Cut out the rectangular cut-out,

mount the grey device box and
fasten with claws.
The E22 flush-mounted device

3.
box is screwed in the hollow
Mount the grey E22
wall with claws, like a common
flush-mounted device box in the
hollow-wall box.
red E22 flush-mounted device
box and align.
The flush-mounted inserts, cov-

er frames and cover plates are
installed in the device box in the
usual manner.
4.
The E22 flush-mounted device
box is screwed in the
flush-mounted device box with
claws, like a common hol-
low-wall box.
The device box can be correct-

ed by up to 3.
5.
The flush-mounted inserts, cov-
er frames and cover plates are
installed in the device box in the
usual manner.
information
I Technical

Installation and disassembly TX_44
TX_44 Disassembly
Installation and theft protection
1.
Insert flush-mounted wall box
flush with wall. Take the 71mm
requirement into account with a
multiple combination.
2.
Install flush-mounted insert Disassembly
with seal flange. Set cover (1) Loosen Torx screws until the threaded dog point is flush with
frame in place and plug to wall the cover frame surface, so that the screws do not fall out while the
if necessary. The small through cover plate is being pried open.
hole functions as an indicator (2) Pry open the cover plate.
aid. The thin membrane around
this hole is pushed away by the
screws. The 2 and 3-gang cover
frames also have additional
plug holes, to allow selection of
the most suitable ones depend-
ing on the substrate.
3.
Install rocker or central insert.
To insert the inscription label,
press the label cap up around
the turning point (see arrows).
4.
Clip on cover plate all around.
Integration of flush-mounted inserts from System 55
5.
Simply press in Torx screws,
e.g. with a screwdriver handle.
information
I Technical

Integration of System 55 inserts TX_44
Order Integration in Integration in Order Integration in Integration in Order Integration in Integration in

No. adapter adapter frame No. adapter adapter frame No. adapter adapter frame
frame with with transpar- frame with with transpar- frame with with transpar-
hinged cover ent hinged hinged cover ent hinged hinged cover ent hinged
Gira TX_44 cover Gira TX_44 cover Gira TX_44 cover
Gira TX_44 Gira TX_44 Gira TX_44
0654.. 0654.. 0654..
0680.. 0680.. 0680..
0694.. 0694.. 0694..
0697.. 0409.. 0697.. 0409.. 0697.. 0409..
0102.. 0268.. 0479..
0105.. 0269.. 0480..
0106.. 0270.. 0485..
0107.. 0276.. 0487..
0108.. 0279.. 0538..
011002 0280.. 0539..
011102 0283.. 0540..
0112.. 0284.. 0543..
011502 0285.. 0545..
0122.. 0286.. 0630..
0125.. 0287.. 0631..
0126.. 0290.. 0634..
0127.. 0294.. 0640..
0128.. 0295.. 0644..
0136.. 0296.. 0650..
0151.. 0297.. 0652..
0158.. 0298.. 0664..
0180.. 0299.. 0665..
0183.. 0300.. 0666..
0188.. 0302.. 0669..
0191.. 0306.. 0670..
0209.. 0307.. 0673..
0216.. 0309.. 0674..
0217.. 0333.. 0676..
0218.. 0385.. 0677..
0225.. 0391.. 0678..
0226.. 0392.. 0679..
0227.. 0393.. 0815..
0228.. 0394.. 0816..
0229.. 0396.. 0820..
0231.. 0397.. 0822..
0232.. 0402.. 0841..
0233.. 0405.. 0860..
0234.. 0408.. 0869..
0235.. 0418.. 0876..
0237.. 0420.. 1011100
0238.. 0425.. 1013100
0239.. 044902 1104..
0241.. 0451.. 1111100
0242.. 0452.. 1113100
0244.. 0453.. 1150..
0246.. 045502 1151..
0247.. 045602 1164..
0256.. 0457.. 1165..
information
0257.. 0458.. 1166..

I Technical
0258.. 0462.. 1168..

0259.. 0466.. 117100
0260.. 047202 1173..
0264.. 047302 1174..
0266.. 047402 1175..

TX_44 Integration of System 55 inserts
Order Integration in Integration in Order Integration in Integration in Order Integration in Integration in

No. adapter adapter frame No. adapter adapter frame No. adapter adapter frame
frame with with transpar- frame with with transpar- frame with with transpar-
hinged cover ent hinged hinged cover ent hinged hinged cover ent hinged
Gira TX_44 cover Gira TX_44 cover Gira TX_44 cover
Gira TX_44 Gira TX_44 Gira TX_44
0654.. 0654.. 0654..
0680.. 0680.. 0680..
0694.. 0694.. 0694..
0697.. 0409.. 0697.. 0409.. 0697.. 0409..
1176.. 275602 1163.. Adapter frame with insertable
cover cap (5555mm) (IP20)
1177.. 275702
for e.g. plug-and-socket out-
1179.. 275802 lets from System 55.
1182.. 275902 Using this adapter frame with
insertable cover cap
1186.. 2760.. (5555mm) and cover frame
1190.. 2761.. (1 to 4-gang), plug-and-socket
outlets of System 55 can be
1280.. 2765.. integrated in TX_44. Using the
1283100 2766.. adapter frame with square
cut-out (5050mm) 0282..,
1285100 2770..
devices from other manufac-
1286.. 2852.. turers can also be integrated.
Not suitable for mois-
1308.. 2862..
ture-proof installation, due to
1309.. 510100 protection type IP20.
2001.. 510300 Sampling the products is
strongly advised.
2003.. 5331..
2100.. 5333..
*S
uitable for all multimedia inserts
2101100 5490.. except 5630.., 5665.., 5666.. and
2131100 0289.. Adapter frame with square 5668..
cut-out (5555mm) (IP20)
2133..
Using this adapter frame and
2142.. cover frame (1 to 4-gang),
2228.. products from System 55 can
be integrated in TX_44. (Ho-
2238.. tel-card button, RCD-protect-
2260.. ed socket outlet, data inter-
face, data cap, insertable
2261.. cover cap and home station
2280.. with receiver cannot be inte-
grated in these adapter
2282..
frames.)
2284.. Not suitable for mois-
ture-proof installation, due to
2315..
protection type IP20.
2316..
2359..
2370..
2385..
2421..
2422..
2430100
2640..
2648.. **
2664..
2672..
2673..
2674..
2677..
2681..
2682..
2683..
information
2721..
I Technical
272502
272602
2727..
272802
2755..

LED orientation light
LED orientation light LED orientation light

230V 230V
Order No. 1159.. (orange)
Order No. 1161.. (white) Order No. 116900 (RGB)
Order No. 1162.. (blue) Order No. 236100 (white)

Power supply: AC 230V ~, 50Hz Power supply: AC 230V ~, 50Hz
Connected load: 5.6VA Connected load:
Effective output: 0.85W RGB 2.0VA
Light current: White 8.5VA
Orange 1.6Lm Effective output:
White 3.5Lm RGB 1.8W
Blue 1.3Lm White 1.7W
Light intensity: Light current:
Orange 0.4cd RGB 4.0Lm
White 0.8cd White 7.0Lm
Blue 0.3cd Light intensity:
Light efficiency: RGB 1.2cd
Orange 1.9Lm/W White 2.2cd
White 4.0Lm/W Light efficiency:
Blue 1.5Lm/W RGB 2.2Lm/W
Luminance: White 4.1Lm/W
Orange 150cd/m Luminance:
White 330cd/m RGB 130cd/m
Blue 130cd/m White 600cd/m
Protection type: IP44 (installation with seal ring in a Protection type: IP20
flush-mounted installation box) Operating temperature: 15C to +40C
IP20 (installation in a light outlet box)
Operating temperature: 15C to +50C
0 - 180
lx 90 - 270
lx lx
m m
Brightness distribution in Radiation characteristics in

Brightness distribution in Brightness distribution in main beam main beam direction 116900 polar coordinates 116900
main beam direction 1159.. direction 1161.. (white LED)
(orange LED) lx
0 - 180
90 - 270
lx 0 - 180
90 - 270
m
m
Brightness distribution in Radiation characteristics in

main beam direction 236100 polar coordinates 236100
Brightness distribution in main Radiation characteristics in
beam direction 1162.. (blue LED) polar coordinates
Connection for LED orientation light 116900. Phase to control input 1.

information
I Technical
Connection for LED orientation light 116900. Neutral conductor to control

input1.

Energy and light profile
(9) (10) (11)
(8)
(4) (5) (6) (7)
(1) (2) (3)
Energy profile, height 491mm Energy profile, height 1400mm

(1) Gira light profile (8) Gira energy profile
with 4empty units
(2) Gira energy profile
Energy profile, height 1600mm
(3) Gira energy profile with
'3empty units (9) Gira energy profile
with 4empty units
with light element
and 3empty units
with 6empty units
Light source: TC-TSE 20W/827 Light Light source: TC-DSE 11W/827 Light
point height above ground: 0.363m point height above ground: 0.363m
Energy profile, height 769mm

(4) Gira light profile
(5) Gira energy profile with light
element Light source: TC-DSE 20W/827 Light source: TC-DSE 11W/827
(6) Gira energy profile with light Light point height above ground: Light point height above ground:
1.52m 1.52m
element and 3empty units
(7) Gira energy profile with
'6empty units
information
I Technical
Light source: TC-TSE 20W/827 Light source: TC-DSE 11W/827

Light point height above ground: Light point height above ground:
0.363m 0.363m

Door communication system Audio installation scenarios
Audio
A A
1287 00 1287 00
Branch line solution Loop-through solution
Connection of home stations with Connection of the door station with Connection of home stations with Connection of the door station with
the branch line solution the branch line solution the loop-through solution the loop-through solution
Floor call button (ET) Call-button illumination Cable lengths for audio The maximum cable lengths of
A standard button (NO con- The call-button illumination of components the individual sections (from the
tact) is used as the floor call a door station audio can be The maximum total cable control unit to the last device)
button (ET). switched off by removing the length (distributed among sev- are dependent on the cable di-
jumper between BUS and ZV. eral cable lines) is 700m. ameter used. The cable lengths
for audio components are:
A maximum of 30 devices may
be connected to each wiring - 0.6mm diameter: 170m,
section. - 0.8mm diameter: 300m.
information
I Technical

Video installation scenarios Door communication system
Video
ET
ET
(A)
ET
V V
1288 00 1288 00
Branch line solution. (A) = video distributor order no.: 122600. Loop-through solution
Branch line solution. Loop-through solution.

A video distributor must be used at the node to realise defined line In the topology presented, a video distributor is not required when
termination. looping through the 2-wire bus. In some installation scenarios, a
video distributor is required with a loop-through, e.g. if several
colour cameras are used.
information
I Technical
Connection of home stations with Connection of the door station with Connection of home stations with Connection of the door station with
the branch line solution the branch line solution the loop-through solution the loop-through solution
Cable lengths for video components

Without a video amplifier, the maximum cable length from the
first camera to the last home station is 100 or 150m (for 0.6 or
0.8mm wire diameter).

Door communication Video
Rules for the configuration of the terminating resistance and for use of the video distributor
1 2
ZV 3
BUS
6 5
ET 4
(A)
(A)
(A)
V
1288 00
(A) = video distributor order no.: 122600. (A) = video distributor order no.: 122600.
1= video, 2= system, 3= additional supply, 4= floor call button,
5= system, 6= suppressor
Always activate terminating resistance at the branch end.
The terminating resistance must be activated at the TFT display for Terminating element
home stations located at the branch end. A terminating element is included in the scope of supply of the vid-
eo distributor. See page 554 regarding the use of the terminating
element.
(A)
V
1288 00
V
1288 00
(A) = video distributor order no.: 122600.
(A)
(A)
V
1288 00
V
1288 00
For loop-through, activate the terminating resistance of the (A) = video distributor order no.: 122600.
information
last home station.

I Technical
Home stations without the video function can simply be integrated A video distributor is required with an audio home station at
into the line and do not affect the setting of the last home station. the branch end.
If a home station without the video function is located at the end of
a cable section, a video distributor must be inserted.

Video Door communication
Video amplifier Cable lengths

Order No. 122200 In systems with video components, the maximum total line length
is 300m (distributed over several cable sections).
Without a video amplifier, the maximum cable length from the first
camera to the last home station is 100 or 150m (for 0.6 or
Technical data 0.8mmwire diameter).
Ambient temperature: 25C to +70C
Connection: Screw terminals With a video amplifier, the maximum cable length from the first
Dimensions (WHD): 365227mm camera to the last home station is 200 or 300m (for 0.6 or 0.8mm
Installation: - s urface-mounted in sur- wire diameter). However, the maximum line lengths (from the con-
face-mounted junction box trol unit to the last device) may not be exceeded.
- f lush-mounted in deep
flush-mounted box Maximum line lengths with video components from the control unit
- o n a top-hat rail using included to the last device (when using the video amplifier):
DRA adapter
- 100m with 0.6mm wire diameter
Device description - 150m with 0.8mm wire diameter
The video amplifier extends the range of Gira door communication A maximum of 16 video devices may be connected to a cable
systems with video function. section.
The video amplifier increases the volume of the incoming video sig- Note
nal to the maximum permissible bus volume and outputs it at the The video control unit can supply up to 31 devices with electricity
output of the device. In doing so, the line attenuation from the (e.g. 28 home stations, 2 door stations with colour camera, 1 video
source of the video signal to the input of the video amplifier is amplifier). The number of devices depends on the number of simul-
compensated. taneously called up home stations with video function:
With a video amplifier, the cable length between the door and Home stations video per residential unit 1 2 3
home station can be extended by 100 or 150m to a maximum of Residential units 28 12 6
300m.
Home stations 28 24 18
Connection terminals:
Bus_IN The following rules apply:
Connection for the incoming video signal from door stations with
video function, DCS-camera-gateways or DCS-IP-gateways. -A maximum of 16 devices can be connected to each cable section.
- T he video amplifier counts as 1 device.
Because the video signal in the video amplifier is only routed in one - A maximum of 15 video distributors including video multiplexers
direction from Bus_IN to Bus_OUT, all devices which emit a video can be used in one system.
signal must be connected to Bus_IN via the Gira 2-wire bus.
The lengths specified in this example are the maximum line lengths
Bus_OUT per section.
Connection of the video amplifier to home stations with video func-
tion. The video signal is forwarded in amplified state via Bus_OUT.
(A)
max. 100 m K 0,6 mm/150 m K 0,8 mm
(A)
(A)
(B)
information
I Technical
max. 100 m K 0,6 mm/150 m K 0,8 mm
(A) = video distributor order no.: 122600.

(B) = video amplifier order no.: 122000.
Example system with 12 home stations and specification of cable lengths.

Door communication Video
Video distributor Video multiplexer

Order No. 122600 Order No. 122400

Ambient temperature: 25C to +70C Ambient temperature: 25C to +70C
Connection: Screw terminals Connection: Screw terminals
Dimensions (WHD): 365227mm Dimensions (WHD): 365227mm
Installation: - s urface-mounted in surface- Installation: - s urface-mounted in surface-
mounted junction box mounted junction box
- f lush-mounted in deep - f lush-mounted in deep
flush-mounted box flush-mounted box
- o n a top-hat rail using included - o n a top-hat rail using included
DRA adapter DRA adapter
Device description Device description

The video distributor distributes the video signal of the door sta- The video multiplexer bundles the video signal of door stations,
tions, DCS-camera-gateways, and DCS-IP-gateways to the home DCS-camera-gateways and DCS-IP-gateways. A video multiplexer
stations. The video distributor is required when the cable routing in can bring the video signals from three cameras together. Using two
the door communication system is carried out as a branch line. video multiplexers, the video signals from up to five devices can be
brought together.
The video distributor is cascadable. A total of up to 15 video distrib-
utors including video multiplexers can be installed in one system. If more than five cameras should be integrated in the Gira door
communication system, the DCS-camera-gateways must be
Connection terminals: looped through.
Bus_IN
Connection for the incoming video signal from door stations with Connection terminals:
video function, DCS-camera-gateways or DCS-IP-gateways. Bus_IN
Connection for the incoming video signal from door stations with
Because the video signal in the video distributor is only routed in video function, DCS-camera-gateways or DCS-IP-gateways.
one direction from Bus_IN to Bus_OUT, all devices which emit a
video signal must be connected to Bus_IN via the Gira 2-wire bus. Because the video signal in the video multiplexer is only routed in
one direction from Bus_IN to Bus_OUT, all devices which emit a
Bus_OUT video signal must be connected to Bus_IN via the Gira 2-wire bus.
Connection of the video distributor to home stations with video
function. Bus_OUT
Connection of the video multiplexer to the video control unit or an-
Terminating element other video multiplexer.
There is a terminating element included in the video distributors
scope of supply. The following rules apply to the use of the termi-
nating element:
-A
terminating element is required if a system is operated with
more than ten devices with a BUS_IN/BUS_OUT terminal (e.g.
video distributor, video amplifier, video multiplexer, DCS-cam-
era-gateway, or DCS-IP-gateway).
-T
he terminating element is connected to the door and home sta-
tions which are located at the line end.
-T
he terminating element is connected to the BUS terminals paral-
lel to the 2-wire bus.
-T
he terminating resistance is set to YES in the start-up menu of
the home stations with a terminating element.
A maximum of three terminating elements may be installed in one

system. If there are more than three sections in a system, the fol-
lowing rules apply:
-T
he terminating element is installed in the three sections with the
most devices with a BUS_IN/BUS_OUT terminal.
- F or the same number of devices in the sections, the longest sec-

tion is provided with a terminating element.
...
(A) (A)
information
I Technical
(A) = video multiplexer order no.: 122400

Example: Connection of 5 cameras

Video Door communication
Detection range of the colour camera Use of several colour cameras
0,6 m
0,7 m
(A)
0,6 m
20
24 V DC
300 mA V
1,4 m
The camera lens can be manually adjusted approx. 20 in all directions. Connection of several colour cameras. (A) = video multiplexer order no.:
122400.
Video multiplexer
The video multiplexer bundles the video signals of door stations
and DCS-camera-gateways. A video multiplexer can bring the vid-
eo signals from three cameras together. Using two video multiplex-
ers, the video signals from up to five door stations with colour
cameras can be brought together.
Power supply
With certain system configurations (several parallel door and home
stations with video function), it is necessary to supply a door sta-
tion with a colour camera via the power supply. Two colour camer-
as can be supplied via the video control unit. The third colour cam-
era requires an additional power supply.
Horizontal detection range
The following items are to be noted when positioning a door station Door communication bus coupler
with colour camera.
Avoid:
1 2
- d irect sunlight 1 2
- d irect backlighting, e.g. via outdoor or street illumination
- b right or reflective image backgrounds
- installing the colour camera directly below a light source
3
3
Surface-mounted door station 4
5 4
Bus coupler of a home station with Bus coupler of a door station with
TFT display. colour camera
1= video, 2= system, 3= addition- 1= video, 2= system,
al supply, 4= floor call button, 3= additional supply, 4= system
5= system
Bus coupler jumpers

When operating the TFT display, the accompanying wire jumpers
must be connected between BUS and ZV at the bus coupler of the
home station.
Bus coupler jumpers

The call-button illumination at the door station is supplied by the
Surface-mounted door station, Surface-mounted door station, included wire jumpers. When operating the colour camera, the wire
2 or 3-gang 2 or 3-gang with shifted PCB jumpers must be connected between BUS and ZV at the bus cou-
information
I Technical
pler of the door station. Thus the call-button illumination cannot be

To obtain installation space, the device PCB of the surface-mount- deactivated in this case.
ed door stations can be pushed downwards.
Warning
The device PCB may not be pulled out of the housing completely.

Door communication Door opener connection/switching actuator
Door opener at audio control unit Door opener at video control unit
BUS
12 V~
Connection of a door opener Connection of a door opener Connection of a door opener Connection of a door opener
(12V, max. 1.6A) to the au- with external power supply (812V, max. 1.1A) to the with external power supply
dio control unit (e.g. AC 24V) to the audio video control unit (230V~, max. 2A) to the video
The door opener is supplied control unit The door opener is supplied control unit
with power via the audio con- The door opener can be sup- with power via the video con- The door opener can be sup-
trol unit. plied with power via an addi- trol unit. plied with power via an addi-
tional transformer. tional transformer.
Door opener at switching actuator Switching actuator applications
1289 00
BUS
2
1
Connection of a door opener to the switching actuator Connection of an additional signal Connection of a light
1= door opener of the back/side door, 2= door opener of the main door transmitter 1= mechanical button
Example Example
The door opener connected to the switching actuator is assigned to
Additional signalling Switching lighting
the door station of the back/side door. The door opener of the
Parallel to the door call at the The lighting can be switched on
main door is operated via the control unit.
home station, additional sig- and off via a call button of a
nalling (external bell, vibrating home station and via the me-
In the Door opener operating mode, the switching actuator of the
pad etc.) is to be triggered af- chanical button.
door opener button of the home station is operated.
ter call button actuation. In In this case, the Switching
this case, the Timer/sec. op- operating mode is selected at
The door opener connected to the switching actuator can then only
erating mode is selected at the the switching actuator.
be activated via the door opener button of the home station if a
switching actuator.
door call was initiated beforehand from the door station of the
side/back door. It is switched to the main door 2minutes after
the door call (with no conversation) or 30seconds after the door
conversation.
information
I Technical

TC-gateway Door communication
TC-gateway on analogue telephone connection TC-gateway on a telephone system
230 V AC 230 V AC
1290 00 1287 00 1290 00 1287 00
UB Amt TLN BUS UB Amt TLN BUS

a/b a / b BUS 12 V~
a/b a / b BUS 12 V ~
1 2 2
1
Connection to the analogue exchange connection Connection to a telephone system

1= telephone connection, 2= door opener 1= telephone system, 2= door opener, 3= telephone connection
With use on an analogue telephone connection, an analogue tele- When operating the Gira TC-gateway on the analogue auxiliary unit
phone is connected to the TLN port. All door calls are forwarded of a telephone system, the range of features and the behaviour of
to the connected telephone. In addition, door calls can be forward- the individual devices depend on the telephone system.
ed to an external phone number (e.g. a mobile phone).
In auxiliary unit operation, all door calls are forwarded via the ex-
A conversation can then be held with the person at the door station change terminal of the TC-gateway to the telephone system and
via the external telephone, and, if necessary, the door can be then distributed to the connected telephones from there.
opened.
ISDN
With an ISDN connection, attach the exchange connection of the 1 2
TC-gateway to the analogue AB port of the ISDN system.
1 2
230 V AC 230 V AC
1 2
1289 00 1290 00 1287 00
UB Amt TLN BUS

a/b a / b BUS 12 V ~ 3
1287 00
1 2
TC-gateways in a multi-family home
1= additional supply, 2= TC-gateway, 3= telephone connection
TC-gateway in a single-family home
1= telephone connection, 2= door opener Application example multi-family home
The multi-family home has a door station with three call buttons.
information
Application example single-family home

I Technical
Each flat has a home station and a TC-gateway with its own power
The single-family home has a door station, a home station with an supply (ZV).
additional call button, a switching actuator, which switches the
outdoor lighting and a TC-gateway. The TC-gateway is attached to
the analogue telephone connection.

Door communication Built-in loudspeaker / installation profile
Built-in loudspeaker
Cut-outs for TX_44 inserts

Dimensions of the welded pins (M420mm)
Dimensions of built-in loudspeaker
Function
Function With the installation profile the components of the flush-mounted
With the built-in loudspeaker, the Gira door communication system door station are integrated flush in letterboxes, front plates or door
is integrated in letterbox systems, door side installations or front side installations. The installation profile is available in 1 to 4-gang
plates. In the process, the built-in loudspeaker acts as an adapter models.
between the mechanical call buttons of the existing system and the
Gira 2-wire bus and takes over the function of the door station. Height compensation
The height compensation ensures that the components can also be
Installation installed flush with front plate wall thicknesses from 1.254mm.
The built-in loudspeaker is mounted behind the speech cover plate
of the existing system. Depending on the design, this is carried out Installation
directly on the front plate or via a manufacturer-dependent installa- The installation profile is secured on the front plate with screws or
tion carrier. The built-in loudspeaker has two mounting openings welded pins. As an alternative, the installation profile can also be
which are matched to the mounting systems of common installa- glued to the front plate with the optionally available mounting kit.
tion solutions.
Supply of the call-button illumination in large facilities
Add-on module
Up to eight mechanical call buttons can be connected to the door
loudspeaker. Additional call buttons can be connected via the add-
on module. Up to five add-on modules with twelve call buttons
each can be connected to a built-in loudspeaker. Systems with up
to 70 devices can be realised with the built-in loudspeaker, for
example
1 built-in loudspeaker with
5 add-on modules,
68 surface-mounted home stations, hands-free feature and
1 switching actuator.
Installation profile 8 ZV BUS
.
.
.
.
.
012
Positions of holes (for M416mm screws)
1 2 3 4 5
Connection of built-in loudspeaker

1= door opener, 2= additional supply, 3= button illumination
4= bell button, 5= built-in loudspeaker
Illumination of the call buttons

information
I Technical
The illumination of the call buttons cannot be supplied with power

via the control unit. The call-button illumination must be connected
to an additional power supply, e.g. a standard bell transformer.

KeylessIn Door communication
Keypad
Order No. 2650..
1 Relay 1 NO contact (closer)

2 Relay 1 COM
3 Relay 1 NC contact (opener)
4 not used
5 not used
6 GND
7 Relay 2 NO contact (closer)
8 Relay 2 COM
9 Relay 2 NC contact (opener)
10 GND
11 + DC 24V
12 free
13 6 -pole slot
Door communication system
Connection terminals of keypad
Use as individual device
1= keypad,
1 2= door opener,
3= power supply of the door opener,
2 4= DC 24V power supply
4 3
When operating the keypad as a stand-alone function, zero-voltage

relay contacts within the flush-mounted insert are used, e.g. to
control a door opener with its own power supply.
The use of the keypad as an individual device is not recommended
for opening outside doors, especially in safety-relevant areas, as
the door can be opened when the keypad is removed by bridging
the contacts which are then exposed.
Use in door communication system
5 4
1= surface-mounted home station with hands-free feature
2= flush-mounted door station with keypad
3= door opener
4= audio control unit
5= switching actuator
The keypad is connected to the door communication system with

the 6-pole connection cable. The keypad can be supplied with pow-
er via the door communication bus. In this case, the jumpers be-
information
I Technical
tween ZV and BUS must be attached to the bus coupler of the door
station.
The keypad can, for example, control the door opener contact of
the control unit or can trigger switching actuator switching actions.
In addition, home stations can be called directly from the door
communication system.

RDS flush-mounted radio

Order No. 2280..
Order No. 2284..
Technical data
Operating voltage: AC 230V~
Humidity: 25 to 90%
Frequency range: 87.50 to 107.90MHz
Connection: Screw terminals
2.5mm (mains connection)
1.5mm (loudspeaker/AUX) Design of the RDS flush-mounted radio
Permissible loudspeaker
impedance: 4 to 16Ohm Design of the RDS flush-mounted radio
Input impedance The RDS flush-mounted radio consists of a radio insert with operat-
AUX input: 47kOhm ing top unit and loudspeaker insert with cover plate. The RDS
Maximum cable lengths flush-mounted radio is installed in conventional device boxes.
Loudspeaker connection: 20m
AUX connection: 3m
Operating top unit
Connection of 2 loudspeakers (stereo operation) Operating top unit

Operation of the flush-mounted radio is via capacitive operating
Loudspeaker connection buttons. The radio is switched on by touching anywhere on the op-
Either one or two loudspeakers can be connected to the RDS erating surface. The operating top unit is equipped with a display
flush-mounted radio. The radio automatically detects connected showing the station name, frequency and current time.
loudspeakers and switches between stereo and mono mode.
Interference in combination with electronic devices

Reception interference could occur if the flush-mounted radio is in-
stalled in an installation unit with other devices. Therefore please
carry out a functional check before installing such a combination.
Possible interference can be minimised by increasing the distance 5632 ..
between the flush-mounted devices.
AUX interface connection
AUX interface connection

The RDS flush-mounted radio is equipped with an AUX input via
which external audio sources such as MP3 players can be connect-
ed. For connection of an external audio source an additional cinch
socket outlet is connected to the AUX IN terminals of the radio.
The external audio source is then connected to the flush-mounted

Off switch at the auxiliary input of the RDS flush-mounted radio radio with an adapter cable (e.g. cinch jack) via the cinch socket
outlet. When the external audio source is switched on, the radio
Auxiliary input automatically switches to AUX mode and generates the signal of
The RDS flush-mounted radio is equipped with an auxiliary input. the external source.
The auxiliary input enables switching of the radio for example via a
switch or automatic control switch together with room lighting. For
this purpose, the switched phase is laid from the switch to the aux-
iliary input (1) of the radio.
Improvement of reception quality

information
I Technical
Where the installation situation allows, if the reception conditions

are poor, extending the left loudspeaker cable (L+ / L) to 75cm
can help to improve reception.

Docking station insert Functional description

Order No. 228100 The docking station insert is used to play music via the RDS
flush-mounted radio via Bluetooth or for connection to a stereo
system. In addition, the batteries of smartphones and MP3 players
can be charged with the corresponding top unit.
The AUX output is used to connect to the RDS flush-mounted radio
to play music. External music devices (smartphone, tablet PC, MP3
Technical data player) can be coupled for music playback via the integrated Blue-
Operating voltage: AC 230V~ tooth interface. With corresponding top units, the docking station
Maximum charging current: 1000mA insert can be used as a universal charging device for various smart-
Charging voltage: DC 5V phones and MP3 players. Music can be played during charging.
Standby consumption: 0.3W With the suitable top unit for the mobile device, the docking station
Bluetooth connections: max. 8 can also be used exclusively as a charging station.
Permissible ambient temperature: 5C to +45C
Properties
- B attery charging while simultaneously playing music.
- M usic playback via Bluetooth interface.
- 8 programmable Bluetooth memory spaces.
- Top units available for Apple 30-pin, Apple Lightning and USB
Micro-B.
- B lind cover plate when used without the charging function.
2281 00 2280 ..
L
R
Connection of docking station insert for music playback
2281 00
L
R
Connection of docking station insert exclusively as a charging device
2281 00
L
R
Connection of docking station insert to a stereo system

information
I Technical

RCD-protected socket outlet and RCCB / socket outlet with overvoltage protection
SCHUKO socket outlet with RCD-protected socket outlet

overvoltage protection T
30mA with integrated in-
Order No. 0451.. creased contact protection
(shutter) and symbol
Order No. 2677..
RCCB 30mA
Order No. 2664..
Technical data
Overvoltage protection: Arrester type 3 (one port) Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 230V ~ (10%) Rated voltage: AC 230V~
Mains frequency: 50 / 60Hz Rated current: 16A
Maximum continuous voltage: AC 255V ~ (UC) Rated fault current: 30mA
No-load voltage: 4kV (UOC Connection cross sections: 1.5 to 2.5mm
Rated load current: 16A (IL) Ambient temperature: 25C to +40C
Short-circuit protection: 1.5kA (ISCCR)
Protection level (L/N): 1.25kV (U P) Function
Protection level (L/PE; N/PE): 1.5kV (U P) - T he devices RCD-protected socket outlet and RCCB are perma-
TOV characteristics: 442V/5s/120min (U T ) nently installed protective devices with voltage-dependent resid-
Circuit breaker: max. 16A (gG/C) ual current tripping acc. to VDE0664.
Ambient temperature: 5C to + 25C - T his device works like an residual current circuit breaker.
Relative humidity 5 to 95% (without condensation) - R esidual current protection applies to all devices or cables con-
Single-wire connection 1.5 to 2.5 mm 2 nected to the RCD-protected socket outlet or the RCCB.
- E lectrical installations upstream of the RCD-protected socket
outlet or RCCB are not protected.
AC 230 V~
- O ther socket outlets can be connected to the RCD-protected out-
put terminals (L and N).
0451 .. 0188 ..
TN-C L
TN-S
L
AC 230 V~ AC 230 V~
PEN N
PE
L N
L N
N
L N
L
max. 4 m
Connection of SCHUKO socket outlet with overvoltage protection
Connection diagram TN-C to mains Connection diagram TN-S to mains

Functional description
Socket outlet for the protection of sensitive electrical and electron- L
TT Netz
AC 230 V~
ic devices from voltage spikes (transient overloads). A varistor re- N
duces excess voltages. The socket outlet separates the protective
branch from the mains network via a thermal release during ther-
mal overload (due to overloads which occur too frequently and L N
strong overloads). An audible signal is emitted. The socket outlet
supplies connected devices with mains voltage, but does not pro- N
L
tect them.
Properties PE
- T he socket outlet is used as device protection (fine protection)
- D isconnection of the signal tone by unplugging the power plug. Connection diagram TT to mains
The socket outlet must be replaced by a professional electrician.
- In multiple combinations, other standard socket outlets used in Functional description
the combination are also protected (when installed in the same Socket outlet for use in areas in which residual current devices pur-
phase) when a socket outlet with overvoltage protection is used. suant to VDE0664 are indicated, for example in
- We recommend using additional medium and coarse protection - r ooms with a bathtub or shower (DIN VDE0100, Part 701)
with high-power overload pulses. - indoor swimming pools (DIN VDE0100, Part 702)
- a griculture (DIN VDE0100, Part 705)
Information on operation - c lassrooms (DIN VDE0100, Part 723).
- Keep cables between consumers and overvoltage protection
socket outlets as short as possible, max. 4m.
- D o not lay protected cables parallel to unprotected cables. There
is a risk of surge voltage coupling.
information
I Technical

Room temperature controller
Room temperature controller Room temperature controller

with NC contact and 1-way with 2-way momentary
switch contact
Order No. 0392.. Order No. 0396..

Ambient temperature: +5C to +30C Ambient temperature: +5C to +30C
Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~ Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~
Rated current IN: 10 (4) A Rated current IN: 5 (2) A (NO contact)
Contact rating: approx. 2200W 10 (4) A (NC contact)
Switching temperature Contact rating: approx. 1100W (NO contact)
differential: approx. 0.5K approx. 2200W (NC contact)
Night-time heating reduction: approx. 4K Switching temperature
differential: approx. 0.5K
Room temperature controller 230/10 (4) A~ with NC contact and 1-way

switch Room temperature controller 230/5 (2) A~ with 2-way momentary contact

with NC contact for electrical floor heating

Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~ Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~
Rated current IN: 10 (4) A Rated current IN: 10 (4) A
Contact rating: approx. 2200W Contact rating: 2200W
Switching temperature Night-time heating reduction: approx. 5K
differential: approx. 0.5K With remote sensor on 4m
Night-time heating reduction: approx. 4K supply line: (20.5mm)
Room temperature controller 230/10 (4) A~ with NC contact and 1-way Room temperature controller for electrical floor heating 230/10 (4) A~
switch
Explanation of symbols
TA Resistance for night time reduction of room temperature

RF Resistance for heat return
L External conductor
N Neutral conductor
Connection for clock signal for lowering of temperature
Load connection
Heating
Cooling
information
I Technical

Room temperature controller

24V with NC contact and 24V with 2-way momentary
1-way switch contact

Rated voltage UN: AC 24V Rated voltage UN: AC 24V
Rated current IN: 10 (4) A Rated current IN: 5 (2) A (NO contact)
Contact rating: approx. 240W 10 (4) A (NC contact)
Switching temperature Contact rating: approx. 120W (NO contact)
differential: approx. 0.5K approx. 240W (NC contact)
Night-time heating reduction: approx. 4K Switching temperature
Room temperature controller 24V with NC contact and 1-way switch

Room temperature controller 24V with 2-way momentary contact
Room temperature controller Explanation of symbols

24V with NC contact
Order No. 0391.. TA Resistance for night time reduction of room temperature
RF Resistance for heat return
L External conductor
N Neutral conductor
Technical data Connection for clock signal for lowering of temperature
Ambient temperature: +5C to +30C Load connection
Rated voltage UN: AC 24V Heating
Rated current IN: 10 (4) A Cooling
Contact rating: approx. 240W
Night-time heating reduction: approx. 4K
Room temperature controller 24V with NC contact

information
I Technical

Room temperature controller with clock and cooling function
Room temperature controller Function

with clock and cooling function Setpoint temperature
Order No. 2370.. The room or floor temperature is realised via adjustable tempera-
ture levels (Comfort, lowering, frost protection). The setting is
made in 0.5K increments. The following default values are set at
the factory:
- C omfort = +21C
Technical data - L owering = +18C
Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz - C ooling temperature = +24C
Power consumption: approx. 3.7VA - Frost protection = +10C
Contact rating: 8A (cos = 1)
4A (cos = 0.6) A separate setpoint temperature can be set which remains valid to
Switching contact: 1 NO contact the next programmed switching point, regardless of the tempera-
(Relay contact) equipotential-bonding ture level.
Ambient temperature:
(Increments of 0.5K each) Switching differential
- C omfort and lowering The switching differential can be set between 0.1 and 1.3K.
temperature +10C to +40C The setting can be made in 0.1K increments.
- C ooling temperature +10C to +40C
- A nti-freeze temperature +5C to +15C Clock
- L imiting temperature +5C to +55C The clock is designed as a weekly timer and has a four-hour power
Sensors: reserve. The changeover between summer and winter time is car-
- S emiconductor sensor (KTY) internal or external or internal ried out automatically. The time can be displayed in 12-hour (AM/
and external PM) or 24-hour format. You can choose between the summertime
Program slots: 32 regulation in Central Europe and Great Britain via a parameter. The
(as desired during the Increment 10min installed calendar automatically takes leap years into consideration.
week)
Power reserve: at least 4 hours via Gold Cap Time program
Minimum switch-on duration: 20s to 500s 32 switching points per week are available for time programming.
Increment 10s Each switching time specifies a point within the week at which a
Connections: Screwed terminal with change between the Comfort and lowering modes takes place. Pro-
slotted screw gramming is saved in non-volatile memory in case a failure occurs.
Protection type: IP30 Holiday program
Protection class: II A program for holidays is available. During this period the system
regulates to a constant selectable temperature level. After the holi-
day period has expired the holiday program is automatically deleted
AC 230 V~ so that it is not repeated every year.
Party function
2370.. To temporarily switch to the Comfort temperature level, the party
2 function can be activated with the push of a button. In this way, the
normal time program can be interrupted for up to four hours and
you can switch over to the Comfort temperature.
Switching output
3 An equipotential bonding relay contact is available as a switching
1 output.
The electrical contact rating is max. 230V/8 (4) A.
Deadlock protection
To prevent valves and drives becoming fixed in place, a training
Room temperature connection with clock period is set at the switching output during longer periods without
1= external sensor (optional), 2= heat pump, 3= load actuation. As soon as no switching action has been performed
within seven days, the switching output is actuated for tenminutes
at 10:00 a.m. the following day. The interval and duration of the
summer training are fixed. The duration is selected so that thermal
valve drives move to the open and closed position in each case
Cooling function
The room temperature controller features a switch-over input for
control via a heat pump. If the heat pump switches to cooling mode
in summer, switching of the room temperature controller from
heating to cooling mode is automatic. In Cooling operating
mode, the running time program is interrupted and the cooling
temperature is the setpoint.
information
I Technical

Flush-mounted inserts Wiring diagram
Rocker switch insert Rocker switch and rocker but-

ton insert
Universal 1-way/2-way switch
Series switch or button
Order No. 010600
Order No. 013900
L
L L
Intermediate switch
Rocker button insert
Order No. 010700
NO contact, 1-pole
Order No. 015100
L N
1-way switch, 2-pole
L
Order No. 010200

2-way momentary contact,
1-pole
L N
Order No. 015600

L
Order No. 010300

1-pole NO contact
with N terminal
Order No. 015000

Series switch
L N
Order No. 010500

1-pole NO contact
with sep. signal contact
L
Order No. 015200

2-way switch, 2-gang
L
Order No. 010800

2-way momentary contact,
2-gang
L L
Order No. 015500

1 1 2 2 3 3
Switch, 3-gang
L L
Order No. 2832..

1 2 3
Button, 3-gang, 1-pole
1 2 3 Order No. 2844..
Rocker indicator switch insert

with neon lamp element 1 2 3
Universal 1-way/2-way switch Rocker button insert, 4-gang
L N
1-way switch, 2-pole Pull-cord switch insert

L N
Order No. 011200 Universal 1-way/2-way switch
Order No. 014600

L N
Rocker indicator switch insert L
with LED
L N
Series switch
Order No. 014200
Order No. 014500
information
I Technical
L N
L N

Wiring diagram Flush-mounted inserts
Pull-cord button insert Three-stage switch or speed

regulator
1-pole NO contact
with sep. signal contact Three-stage switch insert
1 3 5
2 4 6
Blind rocker switch/
rocker button insert Speed regulator insert with
rotary on/off switch
Switch
AUF AB
Order No. 031400
Order No. 015900
L
Button
AUF AB
Order No. 015800
Group button/switch, 1-pole

1 2
Order No. 015400
Button/switch, 2-pole
1 2 1 2
Order No. 015700
L L
Button/2-way momentary con-

tact, 1-pole
Order No. 016300
Switch/2-way momentary con-

tact, 2-pole
Order No. 014400
L L
Time switch insert
Time switch insert, 2-pole

1 2
Order No. 032000

T Order No. 032100
P1 P2
information
I Technical

Flush-mounted inserts Wiring diagrams
Wiring diagrams
Switch-off circuit Switch-off circuit, 3-pole

(illuminates), e.g. when using the rocker switch insert of universal e.g. when using the rocker switch insert of circuit breaker, 3-pole
1-way/2-way switch 010600 010300
Switch-off circuit, 1-pole Switch-off circuit, 3-pole
2-way switch-off circuit with control function Series circuit

Control light illuminates when the unit is switched on. (illuminates), e.g. when using the rocker switch insert of series
switch 010500.
Switch-off circuit, 1-pole Series circuit (illuminated)
Switch-off circuit, 2-pole Double 2-way wiring

(illuminates), e.g. when using the rocker switch insert of circuit e.g. when using two rocker switch inserts of 2-gang 2-way switch
breaker, 2-pole 010200. 010800.
Switch-off circuit, 2-pole Double 2-way wiring
2-pole switch-off circuit with control function 2-way wiring

Control light illuminates when the unit is switched on. (illuminates), e.g. when using two rocker switch inserts of universal
1-way/2-way switch 010600.
Switch-off circuit, 2-pole 2-way wiring (illuminated)

information
I Technical

Wiring diagrams Flush-mounted inserts
Wiring diagrams
2-way wiring with control function Intermediate switch circuit

(The control lamps illuminate when unit is switched on), e.g. with (illuminates), e.g. when using rocker switch inserts of intermediate
two rocker indicator switch inserts of universal 1-way/2-way switch switch 010700 and universal 1-way/2-way switch 010600.
011600.
2-way wiring (control) Intermediate switch circuit (illuminated)
2-way wiring Button / NO contact

(illuminates), e.g. with the rocker switch inserts of 2-gang 2-way (illuminates), e.g. when using the rocker button insert of 1-pole NO
switch 010800 and universal 1-way/2-way switch 010600. contact 015100.
2-way wiring (illuminated) with 2-way switch, 2-gang Button (NO contact)
2-pole switch-off circuit with control function Button / 2-way momentary contact
e.g. when using the pull-cord switch / pull-cord button of circuit (illuminates), e.g. when using the rocker button insert of 1-pole
breaker, 2-pole 014200 and a control lamp (illuminates when unit is 2-way momentary contact 015600.
switched on).
1
2
2-pole switch-off circuit, control Button (2-way momentary contact). 1= NC contact, 2= NO contact
Time switching Button / NO contact with separate signal contact

e.g. when using the 2-pole time switch insert 032000, 032100. e.g. when using the rocker button insert of 1-pole NO contact with
sep. signal contact 015200.
Time switch
Button (NO contact with separate signal contact)
information
I Technical

Flush-mounted inserts Wiring diagrams
Wiring diagrams
Blind switching
e.g. when using the blind rocker switch insert, 0159 00.
1 2
Blind switch with rockers
Blind switching
(Toggle switch or key) e.g. when using the 2-pole blind button /
switch insert with toggle switch 015700.
Blind switch with toggle switch

information
I Technical

Dimmer and load types Flush-mounted inserts
Dimmer and load types
LED
CFLi
Output* Order Light Halogen Wound Elec- Fluores- Dimmable

No. bulbs lamps trans- tronic cent Kompakt
230V formers trans- lamps fluores-
formers cent and
LED lamps
230V
Universal dimmer
Universal dimming insert 2 (rotary) 50 to 420W/VA 117600
Universal series dimming insert (push) 50 to 220W/VA 226300
Universal dimmer DRA 50 to 500W/VA 103400
eNet wireless dimming actuator, 20 to 250W/VA 542000
1-gang Mini type 3 up to 50W LED
eNet wireless control unit 110V, 1-gang 1380W ohmic 542100
690VA capacitive
1-gang DRA type 3 up to 100W LED
4-gang DRA type 3 up to 50W LED
Light bulb dimmer

Light bulb dimming insert (rotary off) 60 to 400W 030000
Water-protected, surface-mounted light 60 to 450W 030130
bulb dimmer (DrWe)
Light bulb dimming insert (DrWe) 60 to 600W 030200
Light bulb dimming insert (DrWe) 100 to 1000W 118100
Tronic dimmer
Tronic dimming insert (DrWe) 20 to 525W 030700
Tronic built-in dimmer (push) 50 to 700W 038100
LV dimmer
LV dimming insert (DrWe) 20 to 500W/VA 226200
type 3 up to 100W LED
LV dimming insert (push) 20 to 500W/VA 033100
Cord dimmer 20 to 500W/VA 033546
Fluorescent lamp dimmer
Potentiometer insert with switching 1 to 10V 030900
function
Potentiometer insert with touch function 1 to 10V 030800
Control unit insert 110V 1 to 10V 086000
Control unit 110V, for installation 1 to 10V 036000
DALI
DALI potentiometer with power supply Up to 26 devices 202800 DALI DALI DALI DALI DALI
unit
DALI potentiometer Up to 26 devices 201800 DALI DALI DALI DALI DALI
DALI potentiometer Tunable White Up to 26 devices 203000 DALI DALI DALI DALI DALI
withpower supply unit
DALI potentiometer Tunable White Up to 26 devices 202000 DALI DALI DALI DALI DALI
eNet wireless DALI control unit, 1-gang Up to 12 devices 542200 DALI DALI DALI DALI DALI
System 2000
Universal LED dimming insert (touch 20 (50) to 420W
dimmer) type 3 up to 100W LED 238500
* The values for connected load show the possible maximum load at +25C. The connected load must be reduced when the ambient temperature is higher.
information
I Technical

Flush-mounted inserts System 2000
System 2000
LV dimming insert
Order No. 033100
Technical data
Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50/60Hz
Ambient temperature: 20C to +45C (300W)
Connected load at 25C:
- 230V light bulbs 20 to 500VA
- H V halogen 20 to 500VA
- C onventional transformers 20 to 500VA
Mixed loads of specified load
types. permitted
Number of auxiliary units:
- System 2000 auxiliary unit
033300, mech. button Unlimited
- System 2000 auxiliary unit for
presence detector and auto-
matic control switch 033500 10
Total length
Auxiliary unit cable: max. 100m
Number of power boosts: max. 10
(LV power boosts)
L
AC 230 V~
N
0331 00
Connection of System 2000 LV dimming insert
AC 230 V~
0331 00 0333 00 0335 00 0151 00
Connection of various auxiliary unit inserts to a System 2000 LV dimming

insert.
information
I Technical

System 2000 Flush-mounted inserts
System 2000
Control unit insert 110V
Order No. 086000
Technical data
Rated voltage UN: AC 230V ~, 50Hz
Ambient temperature: +5C to +45C
Connected load at 25C: - 700W light bulbs
- t ype-dependent electronic
ballast
- System 2000 auxiliary unit for
Total length
Auxiliary unit cable: max. 100m Control unit insert 110V
Control voltage: 0.5 to 10V
Control current: max. 50mA
Note: The number of electronic ballast
or Tronic transformers which
can be dimmed with a 110V
control unit insert depends on
the control current of the indi-
vidual electronic ballasts or
Tronic transformers and is type
dependent.
Division of the load into several phases.

Ensure correct polarity with a multi-phase connection.
...
information
I Technical
AC 230 V~ 1
Connection of various auxiliary unit inserts to a System 2000 110V control

unit insert.
1= Further auxiliary units.

System 2000 System 2000

Universal LED dimming insert Tronic switching insert
(Touch dimmer) Order No. 086600
Order No. 238500
N 1 L

Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50/60Hz Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50/60Hz
Ambient temperature: +5C to +45C Ambient temperature: 20C to +45C (315W)
Power loss: max. 4.5W Connected load:
Standby power: max. 0.5W - L ight bulbs, 50 to 420W
Connected load at 25C: - H V halogen, 50 to 420W
- L ight bulbs, 20 to 420W - G ira Tronic transformers 50 to 420W
- H V halogen lamps 20 to 420W Number of auxiliary units:
- G ira Tronic transformers 20 to 420W - System 2000 auxiliary unit
- Inductive transformers 20 to 420W 033300, mech. button Unlimited
- H V LED lamps type 3 up to 100W - System 2000 auxiliary unit for
- C ompact fluorescent lamps type 3 up to 100W presence detector and auto-
Mixed load: matic control switch 033500 10
- O hmic/capacitive: 20 to 420W Total length
- O hmic/inductive: 20 to 420W Auxiliary unit cable: max. 100m
- C apacitive/inductive: not permissible
- O hmic/HV-LED: type 3 up to 100W
- O hmic/compact fl. lamps type 3 up to 100W AC 230 V~
-S ystem 2000
auxiliary unit 033300,
mech. button Unlimited
-S ystem 2000 auxiliary unit for
0866 00
Total length
L
AC 230 V ~ Connection of System 2000 Tronic switching insert
N
2385 00
AC 230 V~
1 ~
0866 00 0333 00 0335 00 0151 00
LED
Connection to System 2000 universal LED dimming insert ...1
L
AC 230 V ~
N
2385 00 0333 00 0335 00 0151 00 Connection of various auxiliary unit inserts to a System 2000 Tronic
switching insert.
1 ~ 1 1
LED
Connection of various auxiliary unit inserts to a System 2000

universal LED dimming insert.
Notes:
For operation without a neutral conductor, the minimum load for
light bulbs, HV halogen lamps, Tronic transformers, inductive trans-
formers and mixed loads ohmic-capacitive or ohmic-inductive in-
information
I Technical
creases from 20W to 50W.

If there is no neutral conductor at the installation site, the dimmer
can also be operated without a neutral conductor. In this case, it
may increasingly result in unsuitable combinations of dimmers and
HV-LED lamps.


Triac switching insert Relay insert

Connected load: Connected load:
- L ight bulbs, 40 to 400W - L ight bulbs 2300W
- H V halogen, 40 to 400W - H V halogen 2300W
- LV halogen with conventional - G ira Tronic transformers 1500W
transformers with at least 85% - C onventional transformers
rated load 40 to 400W Load conventional transform-
Number of auxiliary units: ers with at least 85% rated
- System 2000 auxiliary unit load with lamps. Total load in-
033300, mech. button Unlimited cluding transformer power loss
- System 2000 auxiliary unit for may not exceed 1000VA. 1000VA
presence detector and auto- - F luorescent lamps, not
matic control switch 033500 10 compensated 1200VA
Total length - F luorescent lamps, with paral-
Auxiliary unit cable: max. 100m lel compensation 920VA
- F luorescent lamps, duo-circuit 2300VA
Note the high switch-on current
AC 230 V~ spikes with energy-saving bulbs.
Check suitability of the lamps
before use.
0854 00 - System 2000 auxiliary unit for
Total length
AC 230 V~
Connection of System 2000 Triac switching insert
AC 230 V~
0853 00
0854 00 0333 00 0335 00 0151 00
. . .1
Connection of System 2000 relay insert
AC 230 V~
Connection of various auxiliary unit inserts to a System 2000 Triac switching 0853 00 0335 00 0333 00 0151 00
insert.
...1
Connection of various auxiliary unit inserts to a System 2000 relay insert.

information
I Technical


Zero-voltage relay insert HVAC relay insert

Connected load: Connected load of Channel 1:
- L ight bulbs 800W - L ight bulbs 1000W
- H V halogen 750W - H V halogen 1000W
- M ixed loads of specified load - G ira Tronic transformers 750W
types permitted - C onventional transformers 750VA
Minimum load: 12V, 100mA - F luorescent lamps, not
Number of auxiliary units: compensated 500VA
- System 2000 auxiliary unit Connected load of Channel 2:
033300, mech. button Unlimited - L ight bulbs 800W
- System 2000 auxiliary unit for - H V halogen 750W
presence detector and auto- - M otor load with a max. switch-
matic control switch 033500 10 on current of 2.1A 450VA
Total length Number of auxiliary units:
Auxiliary unit cable: max. 100m - System 2000 auxiliary unit
Circuit breaker: Carry out pursuant to local di- 033300, mech. button Unlimited
rectives, but no more than 10A - System 2000 auxiliary unit for
Switching contact: Zero-voltage relay contact, suit- presence detector and auto-
able for switching a second ex- matic control switch 033500 10
ternal conductor, no SELV Total length
AC 230 V~
Circuit breaker: max. 10A
(Carry out pursuant to local
directives)
Switching contact: Relay contact with mains poten-
tial (same external conductor as
supply voltage from insert)
1148 00 Delay time: Determined by top unit
Max. switch-on current of 2.1A Max. switch-on current of 2.1A
Switching contact: Zero-voltage relay contact, suit-

able for switching a second ex-
ternal conductor, no SELV
L1
AC 230 V~
Connection of System 2000 zero-voltage relay insert L2
N
AC 230 V~
0303 00
1148 00 0333 00 0335 00 0151 00
...1
Connection of System 2000 HVAC relay insert (2 phases)
1= Channel 1
2= Channel 2
L
Connection of various auxiliary unit inserts to a System 2000 zero-voltage re- AC 230 V~
N
lay insert.
1= Further auxiliary units. 0303 00 0333 00 0335 00 0151 00
2
information
I Technical
Connection of various auxiliary unit inserts to a System 2000 HVAC relay in-
sert.
1= Channel 1
2= Channel 2

System 2000 DRA automatic staircase light-

Impulse insert ing mechanism
Impulse Non-illuminated Illuminated buttons Technical data

inserts buttons Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz
0.35mA 0.8mA 1.5mA 2.8mA Current load of the
control input: max. 40mA
2 any 100 43 23 12 Contact rating*:
- L ight bulbs 2300W
3 any 92 40 21 11 - H V halogen 2300W
- G ira Tronic transformers 1500W
4 any 85 37 20 10 - C onventional transformers 1000VA
- F luorescent lamps, not
5 any 78 34 18 9 compensated 1200VA
- F luorescent lamps, with paral-
6 any 71 31 16 8 lel compensation 920VA
- F luorescent lamps, duo-circuit 2300VA
7 any 64 28 15 8 Ambient temperature: +5C to +45C
8 any 57 25 13 7 *Note
Note the high switch-on current spikes when using energy-saving
9 any 50 21 11 6 bulbs. Check suitability of the lamp before use (Dpage801).
10 any 42 18 10 5
11 any 35 15 8 4 AC 230 V~
12 any 28 12 6 3 0336 00 0151 00
13 any 21 9 5 2
0821 00
14 any 14 6 3 1
15 any 7 3 1
16 any
AC 230 V~
Connection of 4-conductor circuit (sampled phase)
0336 00 0151 00
0821 00
B1 A1
Connection of 3-conductor circuit (sampled zero conductor)

information
I Technical

Flush-mounted inserts Universal dimmer
Universal dimming insert Universal series dimming

with pressure and rotary insert
switch Order No. 226300
Order No. 117600

Ambient temperature: 20C to +45C Ambient temperature: +5C to +45C
Connected load at 25C: Connected load at 25C
(Load types) per channel:
- 2 30V light bulbs 50 to 420W/VA (Load types)
(ohmic load, trailing edge) - 2 30V light bulbs 50 to 220W/VA (at 45C)
- 2 30V halogen lamps 50 to 420W/VA (ohmic load, trailing edge)
(ohmic load, trailing edge) - 2 30V halogen lamps 50 to 220W/VA (at 45C)
-T ronic transformers 50 to 420W/VA (ohmic load, trailing edge)
(capacitive load, trailing edge) - Tronic transformers 50 to 220W/VA (at 45C)
-C onventional transformers 50 to 420W/VA (capacitive load, trailing edge)
(inductive load, leading edge) - C onventional transformers 50 to 220W/VA (at 45C)
-F or mixed loads of the speci- (inductive load, leading edge)
fied conventional transformers, - F or mixed loads of the speci-
do not exceed a 50% ohmic fied conventional transformers,
load. 50 to 420W/VA do not exceed a 50% ohmic
Minimum load: 50W/VA load. 50 to 220W/VA (at 45C)
Number of power boosts: Max. 10 Tronic power boosts Number of power boosts: Universal power boosts, see ta-
Max. 10 LV power boosts Univer- ble, page <?>.
sal power boosts, see table, page Auxiliary units: System 2000 auxiliary unit
<?>. 033300
Auxiliary units: Use only auxiliary unit for rotary Number of auxiliary units: unlimited
dimmer Total length
Number of auxiliary units: 5 Auxiliary unit cable: max. 100m
Total length
AC 230 V~
0333 00 2263 00
AC 230 V~
a2 a1
1176 00
Connection of universal series dimmer.

Connection of universal rotary dimmer
Kanal 1
W / VA
AC 230 V~
1176 00 1177 00
Connection of universal rotary dimmer with auxiliary insert for universal

rotary dimming insert
Kanal 2
W / VA
information
I Technical
Load distribution at 45C

Universal dimmer / light bulb dimmer Flush-mounted inserts
Universal dimmer with manual Light bulb dimming insert

operation with rotary on/off switch

Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50/60Hz Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz
Connected load at 45C: Connected load at 25C:
(Load types) - 230V light bulbs 60 to 400W
- 2 30V light bulbs 50 to 500W/VA - H V halogen 60 to 400W
(ohmic load, trailing edge) - M ixed loads of specified load
-2 30V halogen lamps 50 to 500W/VA types 60 to 400W
(ohmic load, trailing edge) Number of power boosts: max. 10
-T ronic transformers 50 to 500W/VA (LV power boosts)
(capacitive load, trailing edge) Fuse protection: T 1.6 H 250V
-C onventional transformers ( 50 to 500W/VA
inductive load, leading edge)
-F or mixed loads of the speci- L
fied conventional transformers, AC 230 V~
N
do not exceed a 50% ohmic
0300 00
load. 50 to 500W/VA
Number of power boosts: Universal power boosts, see
table, page <?>
Dimensions: 2 HP
Auxiliary units: Mech. button, System 2000
auxiliary unit 033300
Total length
Auxiliary unit cable: max. 100m N
AC 230 V~
0333 00
Connection of light bulb dimmer
0333 00 0333 00
1034 00 1034 00
Connection of two universal dimmers with a central auxiliary unit
Central auxiliary unit

Several dimmers can be operated at the same time with a central
auxiliary unit. Only a System 2000 auxiliary insert 033300 can be
used as a central auxiliary unit.
Synchronous operation
The synchronous switching or dimming of all connected devices is
only possible when they have the same status.
information
I Technical

Flush-mounted inserts Light bulb dimmer / Tronic dimmer
Light bulb dimming insert Tronic dimming insert

with pressure/2-way switch with pressure/2-way switch
Order No. 030200
Order No. 118100

Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz
- 230V light bulbs 60 to 450W (030130) - 230V light bulbs 20 to 525W
60 to 600W (030200) - H V halogen 20 to 525W
100 to 1000W (118100) - G ira Tronic transformers 20 to 525W
- H V halogen 60 to 450W (030130) - M ixed loads of specified load
60 to 600W (030200) types 20 to 525W
100 to 1000W (118100) Number of power boosts: Max. 10 Tronic power boosts
-M
ixed loads of specified load 60 to 450W (030130) Universal power boosts, see ta-
types 60 to 600W (030200) ble, page <?>.
100 to 1000W (118100) 2-way wiring: via mechanical 2-way switches;
Fuse protection: T 2.5 H 250V 2-way wiring with 2 dimmers is
(030130, 030200) not possible
Electron. short-circuit protection Control output A: mechanical contact with max.
(118100) 100mA (no load output)
2-way wiring: via mechanical 2-way switches;
2-way wiring with 2 dimmers is
not possible L
AC 230 V~
N
0307 00
L
AC 230 V~
N
(A)
L
Tronic dimmer connection
Connection of light bulb dimmer

L
AC 230 V~
N
0307 00 0106 00
L
AC 230 V~
N
(A) 0106 00
L 2-way wiring
2-way wiring
Explanation of (A)
030130 Light bulb dimmer with pressure/2-way switch

with water-protected surface-mounted inscrip-
tion label
030200, 118100 Light bulb dimmer with pressure/2-way switch
information
I Technical

Tronic dimmer / LV dimmer Flush-mounted inserts
Tronic built-in dimmer LV dimming insert

Order No. 038100 with pressure/2-way switch
Order No. 226200
Technical data
Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz
Ambient temperature (Ta): +45C
Housing temperature (Tc): +70C Technical data
Connected load: Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz
- 230V light bulbs 50 to 700W Ambient temperature: +5C to +45C
-G ira Tronic transformers 50 to 700W Connected load at 25C:
-H V halogen 50 to 700W - 230V light bulbs 20 to 500W
-M ixed loads of - H V halogen 20 to 500W
specified load types 50 to 700W - L oad dimmable conventional 20 to 500W
Number of power boosts: Max. 10 Tronic power boosts transformers with at least 85%
Universal power boosts, see ta- rated load with lamps. Total
ble, page <?>. load including transformer
Auxiliary units: mechanical button (NO contact) power loss may not exceed the
Dimensions (LWH): 2124846mm maximum connected load.
- M ixed loads of specified load
types 20 to 500VA
- H V LED lights type 3 up to 100W
AC 230 V~ - C ompact fluorescent lamps type 3 up to 100W
Fuse protection: T 3.15 H 250
0151 00
Number of power boosts: Max. 10 LV power boosts
2-way wiring: via mechanical 2-way switches;
2-way wiring with 2 dimmers is
not possible
Control output A: mechanical contact with max.
100mA (no load output)
0381 00
AC 230 V~
2262 00
Connection of Tronic built-in dimmer
LV dimming insert connection
AC 230 V~
2262 00 0106 00
2-way wiring
information
I Technical

Flush-mounted inserts DALI potentiometer Tunable White / DALI potentiometer
DALI potentiometer DALI potentiometer with inte-

Tunable White with integrated grated power supply unit
power supply unit Order No. 202800
Order No. 203000 DALI potentiometer
DALI potentiometer Order No. 201800
Tunable White
Order No. 202000
Technical data 202800
Technical data 203000 Rated voltage: AC 230V~, 50/60Hz
Rated voltage: AC 230V~, 50/60Hz DALI rated voltage: DC 16V (type)
DALI rated voltage: DC 16V (type) Power consumption: max. 2W
Power consumption: max. 2W Output current: max. 52mA
Output current: max. 52mA Ambient temperature: 5C to +45C
Colour temperature adjustment: 2000 to 10000K Number of DALI devices: max. 26
Ambient temperature: 5C to +45C Number of act. DALI
Number of DALI devices: max. 26 potentiometers: max. 4
Number of act. DALI
potentiometers: max. 4 Technical data 201800
Current consumption: max. 2mA
Technical data 202000 Ambient temperature: 5C to +45C
Current consumption: max. 2mA
L L
N N
L L DA DA
N N DA DA
DA DA
DA DA
2028 00 2018 00
2030 00 2020 00
DA DA L N DA DA
DA DA L N DA DA
Connection of DALI potentiometer
Connection of DALI potentiometer Tunable White
Note:
The colour temperature can only be adjusted for lights with DALI device type
8 Tunable White in accordance with IEC62386-209.
Setting the colour temperature of the light
Setting the colour temperature in the DALI potentiometer Tunable White
Press and turn the actuation knob.

Turn left = warmer light (reduce colour temperature)
Turn right = colder light (increase colour temperature)
information
I Technical

Electronic potentiometer Flush-mounted inserts
Electronic potentiometer in-

sert with touch function for
110V control input
Order No. 030800
Technical data
Control voltage: 0.712V
Micro-fuse: F 500 H 250
Contact rating
of the mains button: AC 230V~, max. 2A
Max. clampable
cable cross-section: 22.5mm or 14mm
Connection of electronic potentiometer with touch function to electronic

ballast
Electronic potentiometer in-

sert for 110V control input
with switching function
Order No. 030900
Technical data
Control voltage: 0.712V
Micro-fuse: F 500 H 250
Contact rating of the mains
button: AC 230V~, max. 2A
Max. clampable cable
cross-section: 22.5mm or 14mm
Connection of electronic potentiometer with switching function to electronic

ballast
information
I Technical

Flush-mounted inserts Control unit 110V
Control unit 110V Control unit 110V for switching and dimming fluorescent lamps
Order No. 036000 via electronic ballast with 110V control input or electronic trans-
formers with 110V control input. Operation via mechanical button
(NO contact).
Technical data
Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz Installation instructions
Connected load: Test electronic ballast for suitability before installation! Some elec-
- O hmic load 2300W tronic ballasts briefly switch the fluorescent lamps to the maximum
- Electronic ballast, transformers Type-dependent brightness when the supply voltage is applied. Only after this time
Control voltage: 110V does such an electronic ballast react to the applied control voltage
Control current: max. 200mA and set the brightness accordingly.
Switching contact: Relay
Short-circuit protection: 10A Use only electronic ballasts with a standardised interface pursuant
(via circuit breaker) to DIN EN60928 (electrical isolation between mains supply and
Electrical isolation 110V: 2kV basic insulation 110V input).
Max. ambient temperature: +50C Use only electronic ballasts and fluorescent lamps or transformers
Dimensions (LWH): 1754218mm from a single manufacturer and of a single type and power level.
The maximum number of electronic ballasts or transformers which
may be connected to the control unit for 110V control input is cal-
culated from the sum of the control currents. With this, the total
current of 200mA may not be exceeded (see technical data from
the transformer and electronic ballast manufacturer).
AC 230 V ~
AC 230 V ~
Control unit 110V connection
Control unit 110V connection in 3 phases

information
I Technical

Tronic transformers Flush-mounted inserts
Tronic transformer 10 to 40W Tronic transformer 20 to

Order No. 036700 105W
Order No. 036500

Dimensions (LWH): 733618mm Dimensions (LWH): 1754218mm
Rated output: 10 to 40W T 50 Rated output: 20 to 105W T 50
Rated voltage U N: AC 230V~ Rated voltage U N: AC 230V~
Mains frequency: 50/60Hz Mains frequency: 50/60Hz
Output voltage: 11.7 Veff, ~ 50kHz Output voltage: 11.8 Veff, ~ 40kHz
Primary current: 0.18A (40W) Primary current: 0.45A (105W)
Max. ambient temperature: +50C Max. ambient temperature: +50C
Max. housing temperature: +85C Max. housing temperature: +80C
Max. length of secondary line Max. length of secondary line
pursuant to EN55015: 2m pursuant to EN55015: 2m
Tronic transformer 20 to 70W Tronic transformer 20 to

Order No. 036600 150W
Order No. 037300
Technical data
Technical data Dimensions (LWH): 1764238mm
Dimensions (LWH): 494828mm Rated output: 20 to 150W T 50
Rated output: 20 to 70W T 50 Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~
Rated voltage U N: AC 230V~ Mains frequency: 50/60Hz
Mains frequency: 50/60Hz Output voltage: 11.7 Veff, ~ 40kHz
Output voltage: 11.7 Veff, ~ 40kHz Primary current: 0.71A (150W)
Primary current: 0.33A (70W) Max. ambient temperature: +50C
Max. ambient temperature: +50C Max. housing temperature: +75C
Max. housing temperature: +75C Max. length of secondary line
Max. length of secondary line pursuant to EN55015: 2m
pursuant to EN55015: 2m
Tronic transformer 50 to
Tronic transformer 20 to 200W
105W Order No. 037500
Order No. 037100
Technical data
Technical data Dimensions (LWH): 2124946mm
Dimensions (LWH): 1055029mm Rated output: 50 to 210W T 45
Rated output: 20 to 105W T 45 Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~
Rated voltage U N: AC 230/240V~ Mains frequency: 50Hz
Mains frequency: 50/60Hz Output voltage: 11.7 Veff, ~ 40kHz
Output voltage: 11.3 Veff, ~ 40kHz Primary current: 1A (210W)
Primary current: 0.45A (105W) Max. ambient temperature: +45C
Max. ambient temperature: +45C Max. housing temperature: +65C
Max. housing temperature: +90C Max. length of secondary line
Max. length of secondary line pursuant to EN55015: 2m
pursuant to EN55015: 2m
information
I Technical

Tronic transformers
Tronic transformers Overvoltage protection

module
Dimensions Order No. 037600
Trans- Dimensions (mm) Technical data

former Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Rated leakage impulse current 4.5kA (1)
ISN (8/20): 1.0kA (100)
036700 10 to 40W 3,4 3,4 67 40 Remaining voltage at IS (kA): approx. 1000V
036600 20 to 70W 3,5 3,5 60 53 Ambient temperature: 25C to +80C
037100 20 to 105W 32 3,5 55

036500 20 to 105W 32 4,5 8 148 54
037300 20 to 150W 32 4,5 8 148 60
037500 50 to 200W 36 4,5 8 181 63
(B)
(A) (C) (E)
(D)
Overvoltage protection module 230V~, 50Hz
Minimum ceiling opening (E) with standard intermediate ceiling height of
78mm.
Power Cable cross Secondary line recommendation 1

per line section
35W 0.75mm e.g. HH 03 VV-F 20.75mm
40W 105W 1.5mm e.g. H 05 VV-F 21.5mm
110W 105W 2.5mm e.g. H 05 VV-F 22.5mm
155W 200W Power is to be divided over at least 2 cables. (at
least 21.5mm) 2
Switching operation with overvoltage protection.
Function 1= Tronic transformer, 2= Overvoltage protection
Insert for 12V halogen lamps. Can be dimmed with Gira Tronic dim-
mer and Gira universal dimmer (trailing edge dimmer). Bulb-saving
switch-on due to soft-start. Overload and excess-temperature pro-
tection via automatic power reduction (40/70/105/150W transform-
1 2
ers) or switch-off until cool-down (200W transformer).
Short-circuit protection (40/70/105/150W transformers)

Switch-off with automatic restart after elimination of short circuit.
Short-circuit protection (200W transformer): Switch-off with auto-
matic restart after elimination of short circuit within five seconds. 3
Any other switch-off remains so until manual switch-on. 200W
transformer also suitable for DC 230V.
Installation instructions Dimming operation with overvoltage protection

Tronic transformers are spike-resistant in accordance with 1= Universal dimmer or Tronic dimmer, 2= Tronic transformer,
EN61047. Install an isolated load circuit to protect against over- 3= Overvoltage protection
loads (caused by switching fluorescent lamps, discharge lamps,
motors and other inductive loads) for Gira Tronic dimmers, Gira uni- Overvoltage protection module
versal dimmers and Gira Tronic transformers. If this is not heeded, Tronic transformers are spike-resistant to 1500V. To protect against
defects may arise at the Gira Tronic transformer due to voltage high voltage overloads (occurring, for example, with the switching
spikes when switching the circuit. If a danger of mains spikes is off of fluorescent lamps, discharge lamps and other inductive
present, also use a overvoltage protection module for Tronic trans- loads), install isolated load circuits for Tronic transformers and
formers on the primary side parallel to the Tronic transformers. these devices. With these types of systems, we recommend using
One overvoltage protection module for Tronic transformers is suffi- additional overvoltage protection on the primary side parallel to the
cient for approx. ten Gira Tronic transformers per circuit. Note out- Tronic transformers (check wiring diagram).
put range of the transformer. Underload could lead to flickering.
Reference value: One overvoltage protection unit is sufficient for
approx. ten Tronic transformers per circuit. Only Tronic dimmers
are to be used for dimming the Tronic transformers. In this case,
the overvoltage protection unit is to be placed parallel to the series
connection of Tronic dimmer to Tronic transformer (check wiring
diagram).
information
I Technical

Tronic transformers
Tronic transformer with DALI Tronic transformer

integrated 110V control unit Order No. 238000
Order No. 035900
Technical data Technical data of the Tronic

Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz transformer
Rated output: 20 to 105W Rated voltage: AC 230/240V~, 50/60Hz
Output voltage: 11.7 Veff, ~ 40kHz Rated output: 35 to 105W
Primary current: 0.45A (105W) Output voltage: 11.8 Veff
Max. length of secondary line: 2m Primary current: 0.16A to 0.5A
Min. distance to earthed surface: 40cm Max. length of secondary line: 2m
Permissible number of secondary Ambient temperature: 20C to +50C
lines: 1 Dimensions (LWH): 1704434mm
Technical data 110V interface

Control voltage: 110V
Control current: approx. 0.8mA
Electrical isolation 110V: 2kV basic insulation
Ambient temperature (Ta): max. +50C
Housing temperature (Tc): max. +100C
2018 00 2018 00
(1)
Potentiometer for 110V interface with Tronic transformer with integrated

110V control unit
Connection of DALI potentiometer. (1) = DALI power supply
The 110V top unit allows control of the Tronic transformer via the
110V interface. Control occurs via a 110V control unit such as Note
the built-in control unit for 110V, electronic potentiometer for The DALI Tronic transformer can be operated either with a DALI po-
110V control input or System 2000 110V control unit insert. tentiometer or a rocker button. Simultaneous operation with a DALI
potentiometer and a rocker button is not possible.
AC 230 V ~
information
I Technical
Control unit for 110V with Tronic transformer with integrated 110V control
unit

Power boosts Tronic/LV power booster
Tronic power booster LV power booster

Order No. 038000 100 to 600W
Order No. 036400

Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz
Connected load: Connected load:
- 230V light bulbs 100 to 700W - L ight bulbs 100 to 600W
- H V halogen 100 to 700W - H V halogen 100 to 500W
- G ira Tronic transformers 100 to 700W - LV halogen with inductive
- M ixed loads of specified load transformer 100 to 600VA
types 100 to 700W - M ixed loads of specified load
Max. ambient temperature: +45C types permissible
Max. housing temperature: +70C - M ixed load with HV halogen
Dimensions (LWH): 2124946mm lamps max. 500W
Max. ambient temperature: +45C
Use the same phase for universal dimmers, Tronic dimmers and Max. housing temperature: +70C
power boosts. Do not switch L and N at the power booster. If this is Dimensions (LWH): 2124946mm
not heeded, a malfunction will occur.
Use the same phase for universal dimmers, Tronic dimmers and
For lighting systems with an output of over 3500W, the installation power boosts. Do not switch L and N at the power booster. If this is
must be apportioned to two circuits, but with the same phase. The not heeded, a malfunction will occur.
automatic circuit breakers of these circuits are to be coupled me-
chanically so that an all-pole disconnection of the lighting system is For lighting systems with an output of over 3500VA, the installation
ensured. must be apportioned to two circuits, but with the same phase. The
automatic circuit breakers of these circuits are to be coupled me-
chanically so that an all-pole disconnection of the lighting system is
ensured.
AC 230 V~
(A)
AC 230 V~
(B)
0364 00
0364 00
max. 10
max. 10
Parallel connection of several Tronic power boosts, max. 10 power boosts.
Explanation of (A) Parallel connection of several LV power boosts, max. 10 power boosts.
030700 Tronic dimming insert Explanation of (B)

030500 System 2000
Universal dimming insert 030000 Light bulb dimming insert with rotary on/off
038100 Tronic built-in dimmer switch
117600 Universal dimming insert with pressure and 030200 Light bulb dimming insert with pres-
rotary switch sure/2-way switch
118100 Light bulb dimming insert with 030500 System 2000
pressure/2-way switch Universal dimming insert
226200 LV dimming insert
033100 System 2000 LV dimming insert
117600 Universal dimming insert with pressure and
rotary switch
118100 Light bulb dimming insert with pres-
sure/2-way switch
information
I Technical


200 to 500W
Order No. 103500
Technical data
Rated voltage UN: AC 230V~, 50Hz
Connected load:
- 2 30V light bulbs, ohmic load,
trailing edge 200 to 500W/VA
- H V halogen, ohmic load,
trailing edge 200 to 500W/VA
- G ira Tronic transformers, ca-
pacitive load, trailing edge 200 to 500W/VA
- C onventional transformers, in-
ductive load, leading edge 200 to 500W/VA
- M ixed loads of the specified
load types (do not mix capaci-
tive with inductive loads) 200 to 500W/VA
- F or mixed loads with conven-
tional transformers, do not ex-
ceed a 50% ohmic load 200 to 500W/VA
Max. ambient temperature: +45C
Dimensions: 2 HP
AC 230 V~
0305 00
1035 00
Connection of System 2000 universal dimmer to universal power booster
AC 230 V~
0333 00
0334 00 1035 00 1035 00
Connection of universal dimmer DRA to universal power booster
D See also Overview of number of power boosts on page 592.

information
I Technical

Overview of number of power boosts
Dimmers Order No. Operating mode Load Numberof universal power boosts DRA
type
Universal dimmer DRA 103400 Trailing edge 10 units of 500W

50500W/VA
Universal dimmer with pressure and rotary

switch 117600
50420W/VA Leading edge 5 units of 420VA
Wireless universal dimming actuator DRA 113500
50400W/VA
Tronic dimmer with pressure/2-way switch 030700

20525W
Trailing edge 10 units of 500W
Universal series dimming insert 226300
50220W/VA
Tronic built-in dimmer 10 units of 500W

50700W 038100 Trailing edge
LED
System 2000 universal LED dimming insert 238500*
3420W/VA (touch dimmer) Leading edge 5 units of 350VA
LED
eNet wireless dimming actuator, 1-gang DRA 5 units of 450W
20500W 543000 Trailing edge
LED
LED
eNet wireless dimming actuator, 4-gang DRA 543100
20250W Leading edge 5 units of 250VA
LED
LED
KNX dimming actuator, 1-gang 217100

Leading edge 5 units of 420VA
LED

LED

LED

LED

LED
For ohmic loads (R) the devices run in trailing edge operating mode.
*) When power boosts are used, do not hook up HV-LED or compact fluorescent lamps.
information
I Technical

Blind controller insert DC24V If the auxiliary unit (e.g. in a central control) is fed via another pow-
with auxiliary unit input er supply, on the other hand, a 24V insert which switches both
Order No. 038800 auxiliary inserts must be used.
Technical data
Rated voltage: DC 24V
Contact rating: max. 3A
Relay output: 2 2-way momentary contact re-
lays of a pole-changing circuit
Pulse duration: determined by the top unit, de-
fault value is 2min
Changeover time: at least 1s (electronic lock via
top unit)
Connection terminals: Screw terminals for max.
2.5mm or 21.5mm Connection of blind controller DC 24V to auxiliary unit
Blind controller insert DC 24V connection
A power supply providing 24VDC SELV must be used to feed the

24V insert. For this purpose, the power supply must ensure protec-
tive disconnection between the primary and secondary sides.
The blind motor is to be connected to motor terminals of the 24V

insert. If the motor turns in the wrong direction, the connection ca-
bles are to be switched.
(A)
Connection of blind controller DC 24V to auxiliary unit
Connection of blind controller insert DC 24V with mechanical auxiliary unit The blind controller insert24VDC with the electronic blind control
(blind button with mechanical lock). top unit takes over central control. Two groups with three 24V in-
serts each and with a control button top unit or wireless control
button top unit can be operated on site. Inserts for M1 and M4 mo-
Explanation of (A) tors perform a superordinate function for the respective group. If
015400, 015700 Blind button or blind switch insert these motors are moved, all the motors in the group also move.
015430 Water-protected surface-mounted blind button Additional 24V inserts can be added, in accordance with the wiring
or blind switch diagram.
015813, 015913 Surface-mounted blind rocker button or blind
rocker switch
014400, 016300 Key switch inserts
014430, 016330 Water-protected surface-mounted key
switches
When using blind buttons, the 24V insert does not switch to
self-locking mode (extended run). The blind must be moved to the
desired position via manual actuation.
information
If this is not desired, a blind switch with mechanical locks must be

I Technical
used.
The 24V insert can then only be operated with a mechanical auxil-
iary unit if the insert and auxiliary unit are fed from the same 24V
power supply. Only then do the insert and the auxiliary unit have
the same () potential and it is sufficient to switch the (+) potential
via the mechanical auxiliary unit.

Blind controller Inserts
Blind controller insert

without auxiliary unit input
Order No. 039900
Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 230V~, 50Hz
(N conductor required)
Contact rating: max. 1000VA
Relay output: 2 equipotential-bonding NO
contacts (interlocked)
Pulse duration: 2min
Changeover time with extended run: at least 1s (electronic lock
via top unit)
2.5mm or 21.5mm
Connection of blind controller insert without auxiliary unit

information
I Technical

Blind controller insert Perform blind control via different RCCB

with auxiliary unit input
Order No. 039800 To avoid unwanted activation of the RCCB, the circuits must be de-
coupled via a blind cut-off relay.
L
AC 230 V ~
Technical data N
0398 00 0398 00
Contact rating: max. 1000VA
Relay output: 2 equipotential-bonding NO RCD RCD
contacts (interlocked)
1 L 1 L
Pulse duration: 2min 2 N 2 N
Changeover time with extended run: at least 1s (electronic
lock via top unit)
Connection terminals: Screw terminals for M
max. 2.5mm or 21.5mm
1 2
(A) Connection example of two RCD circuits

1= residual current circuit breakers, RCCB
2= blind cut-off relay
Connection of blind controller insert with mechanical auxiliary unit (blind

button with mechanical lock)
Explanation of (A)
015400, 015700 Blind button or blind switch insert

015430 Water-protected surface-mounted blind but-
ton or blind switch
015813, 015913 Surface-mounted blind rocker button or blind
rocker switch
014400, 016300 Key switch inserts
014430, 016330 Water-protected surface-mounted key
switches
Connection of blind controller insert to auxiliary unit
When using blind buttons, the blind controller insert does not
switch to self-locking mode (extended run). The blind must be
moved to the desired position via manual actuation. If this is not
desired, use blind switches with mechanical locks.
Note
As long as a raise command is active at auxiliary input 2, the
blind cannot be operated manually or automatically at the device
itself.
information
I Technical

Blind controller Connection options for sensors
Connection of group control / central control Connection of wind alarm
(1) (2) (3)
Connection of blind controller insert with group control Connection of blind controller to wind alarm
For example: Insert (1) with electronic blind controller. Insert (2) Wind sensor (cup anemometer)
and (3) with control button. The automatic and manual control of The wind sensor is installed on the roof or the side of the building.
both motors is performed centrally via insert (1) with electronic The wind sensor must be attached in a position that is conducive to
blind controller. wind-speed measurement. Do not install in a location that is shel-
tered from the wind. Ensure attachment in the correct position.
The switching commands are evaluated in the same way for both
motors. This enables the simultaneous up or down movement of When connecting the wind sensor, use a shielded line (we recom-
the connected motors (e.g. central raise command in the morning mend JY-ST-Y 20.6). The line may not be laid together with 230V
and central lower command in the evening for all connected blind cables (risk of interference).
motors). Motors M1 (insert (2)) and M2 (insert (3)) can also be oper-
ated manually via the control buttons. Additional inserts can be
added, in accordance with the wiring diagram. Observe connection
values of the circuit breakers. AC 230 V~
0398 00
Note 1
blind cannot be operated manually or automatically at the device
itself.
AC 230 V~
(4) (1) (2) (3)
0398 00 0398 00 0398 00
2 3
Connection of blind controller insert with central control AC 230 V~
The connection in several phases enables the central control to be 0398 00 0398 00 0398 00
installed on another level or in another room. Example with two
4 5
blind motors: Insert (1), (2) and (3) with control button. Insert (4)
with electronic blind controller. Motors M1 (insert (2)) and M2 (in-
sert (3)) are operated manually via the control buttons.
Both motors are operated simultaneously via insert (1). The auto-
matic and manual control of both motors is additionally carried out
centrally via insert (4) with electronic blind controller. The switch-
ing commands are evaluated in the same way for both motors. This
enables the simultaneous up or down movement of the connected
motors (e.g. central raise command in the morning and central Connection of blind controller to wind alarm (central control with two groups)
lower command in the evening for all connected blind motors).
With a wind alarm, the blind is raised and remains locked there un-
Additional inserts can be added, in accordance with the wiring dia- til the wind dies down. This locking remains in effect as long as a
gram. Observe connection values of the circuit breakers. raise command is active at auxiliary input 2. For this reason, the
blind cannot be operated manually or automatically.
Note
information
Note
I Technical

blind cannot be operated manually or automatically at the device Glass-breakage sensors may not be used together with the wind
itself. sensor. The wind-protection function (blind moves up) is blocked
after glass is broken and the blind or shutter remains closed.

Connection options for sensors Blind controller
Connection options for sensors Simultaneous operation of sun and glass-breakage sensors
If a sun and twilight sensor and glass-breakage sensor are to be
operated simultaneously, use an adapter (not included in scope of
1 delivery). The adapter is connected to the top unit with sensor eval-
2
uation or to the insert via the 3-pole connection terminal. The
adapter has two pin jacks for connection of the sensor plugs.
0398 00
Extension of the sensor cable

The sensor cable may not be extended as long as desired, as other-
wise interference from other devices and lines could be picked up.
This then results in malfunctions.
3
4 For interference-free operation, please note the following
5 information:
6
7 -U se only shielded cables (J-Y(ST) Y 220.6mm)
8 for extension of the sensor cable
Connection of sensor cable - C onnect shielding to earth potential
1= Interface top unit - Total length: max. 20m
2= Connection of sensor cable - Avoid proximity to other electrical equipment
3= Phase
4= Motor up
5= Motor down
6= Neutral conductor
7= Auxiliary unit up (2) (1)
8= Auxiliary unit down
The blind controller insert has six connection terminals and a plug
(4)
for contacting the top unit.
In addition, a 3-pole terminal (included with the top unit with sen-
sor connection) can be positioned in the insert. Sun and twilight (3)
sensor (twilight sensor only in conjunction with electronic blind
controller) and/or glass-breakage sensor is connected to this termi-
nal with flush-mounted placement and use of a top unit with sensor
(1)
evaluation.
Surface-mounted placement, version 1 (control button with sensor evaluation)
The sensor cable (1) is guided behind the support plate (between
the wall and support plate) through the opening (2) into the cable
duct (3) of the insert. The line is guided directly through the cable
duct to the connection terminal (4). The line must lie precisely in
(2) the cable duct and may not form loops in the 230V connection ter-
minal area.
(1)
Surface-mounted placement, version 2 (control button with sensor evaluation)
The sensor cable (1) is fed through the cable duct (2) in the top unit
to the connection terminal in the insert.
(1)
(3)
(2)
Connection of sensor with flush-mounted placement
Select a suitable line for flush-mounted placement of the sensor

cable. Recommendation: Telephone line J-Y (ST) Y 220.6mm.
The individual wires of the sensor cable are fed through an insulat-
ed tube (included with the top unit with sensor connection).
The line is then inserted through the hole (1) of the insert and fed
through the cable duct (2) to the connection terminal (3). The insu-
lated tube must enclose the individual wires from the outer cable
insulation to the connection terminal. The connection terminal (in-
information
I Technical
cluded with the top units with sensor connection) is placed in the
insert in accordance with the figure.

Blind controller Cut-off relay
Cut-off relay
Order No. 038200
A
Order No. 038700
Order No. 086100 1
2 3
5
Technical data
Mains: AC 230V~, 50Hz 4
Control: AC 230V~, 50Hz
Contact rating: 4A, cos 0.8
B
230 V ~
A
1
Connection diagram of cut-off relay 086100
A = Motor 2, B = Motor 1, 1 and 5= Button locked, 2 and 4= Cut-off relay,
3= Central command
1
3
230 V ~
230 V ~ 230 V ~

A = Motor 2, B = Motor 1, 1 and 3= Button locked, 2= Central command
2 Parallel connection of cut-off relay 086100

1= Central control, 2= Cut-off relay
1
Important!
During connection, the relevant VDE requirements, especially DIN
VDE0100/0700, the regulations of the local power supply company
and the accident prevention regulations are to be observed.
230 V ~ 230 V ~
Note:
If the power supply is via various RCCB, a cut-off relay must be
used.
Parallel connection of cut-off relay 038200 Operation

1= Central control, 2= Cut-off relay The cut-off relay is used for the simultaneous control of two drives.
Individual operation of the drives is only possible with mechanically
and electrically locked buttons. Mechanically or electrically locked
buttons are suitable for use as a central control unit, as are all con-
trol units with 230V output and a fixed or settable motor running
time, as long as this motor running time exceeds the actual moving
A
time of the hanging. As long as a central command is active, no in-
1 2 dividual operation is possible.
230 V ~
5
4

A = Motor 1, B = Motor 2, 1 and 5= Button locked, 2 and 4= Cut-off relay,
3= Central command
Dimensions of cut-off relay 038700
1
information
I Technical
230 V ~ 230 V ~
Parallel connection of cut-off relay 038700

1= Central control, 2= Cut-off relay

Timers
Electronic timer Electronic timer

230V~ easy 230V~

Contact rating: See insert Contact rating: See insert
Display: LCD technology 1838mm Display: LCD technology 2340mm
Switching times: max. 18 Switching times: 2 on/off switching times Mon. Fri.
(in 2 program memory spaces) 2 on/off switching times Sat. + Sun.
factory preset switching times Current time can be set as the
Power reserve: approx. 24 h switching time
(no battery required) Power reserve: approx. 4 h
programmed switching times (no battery required)
are permanently retained programmed switching times are
Timer function: 1min to 23 h 59min permanently retained
Random generator: 15min Summer/winter changeover: Automatic
Astro program: Adjustable by 1 h 59min Ambient temperature: 0C to +45C
Summer/winter changeover: Manual
Ambient temperature: 0C to +45C Connection of timer insert
Technical data for insert

Contact rating:
(A)
- H V halogen 1000W
- LV halogen with Tronic
transformers 750W
- VA conventional transformers 750VA
(at least 85% rated load)
- F luorescent lamps,
not compensated 500VA
- F luorescent lamps, with paral-
lel compensation (47 F) 400VA
- F luorescent lamps, Connect phase L to input relay (wire jumper)
duo-circuit 1000VA
Energy-saving bulbs: Note the high switch-on current
spikes with energy-saving bulbs.
Check suitability of the lamps
before use!
Relay output: 1 zero-voltage NO contact. Not
suitable for disconnection! (A)
Switching-time spacing: at least 1min
2.5mm or 21.5mm
Auxiliary unit input: A switch can not be connected
to the auxiliary unit inputs.
Connection in two phases. The timer insert is designed with zero-voltage

contacts.
L
AC 230 V~
N
z. B. 0163 00 (A)
12NL
Connection with mechanical auxiliary unit. Connect phase L to input relay

(wire jumper)
information
I Technical
(A) Timer insert 0385.. and 1175..

Automatic lighting control Observer
Observer 70 Observer 110

Order No. 083110
Technical data
Technical data Rated voltage: AC 230V~, 50Hz
Rated voltage: AC 230V~, 50Hz Contact rating: 1):
Contact rating: 1): - L ight bulbs 2300W
- L ight bulbs 1000W - H V halogen 2300W
- H V halogen 1000W - LV halogen with conventional
- LV halogen with conventional transformer with at least 85%
transformer with at least 85% rated load 1200VA
rated load 750VA - LV halogen with
-L V halogen with Gira Tronic transformer 1200W
Gira Tronic transformer 750W - F luorescent lamps,
-F luorescent lamps, not compensated 1200W
not compensated 500W - F luorescent lamps, with paral-
-F luorescent lamps, with parallel compensation (47 F) 920W
lel compensation (47 F) 400W - F luorescent lamps, duo-circuit 2300W
Switch-on current: 15A Switch-on current: 20A
Protection type: IP55 Protection type: IP55
Dimensions: Dimensions:
Detection field:
Detection field:
Range:
Range:
Note
1)
Note the high switch-on current spikes when using energy-saving

bulbs. Check suitability of the lamp before use (Dpage801).
information
I Technical

Tectiv 220 Automatic lighting control
Tectiv 220
1 2 3
Order No. 081702
Order No. 081710
Order No. 081704 4
Technical data
16 m
Nominal range front: approx. 16m
(Mounting height 2.40m)
Nominal range side: approx. 12m
(Mounting height 2.40m)
Range of detection: 220 24 m
(reducible with shutter)
Recommended mounting height: 2.40m
Switching relay: 16A Detection field
Switch-on current: up to 100A 1= Long-reach approx. 9 to 16m, 2= Medium approx. 3 to 9m, 3= Close-up
Contact rating: approx. 0 to 3m, 4= Background monitoring
- H V halogen 2500W
- F luorescent lamps 1200W
Power consumption:
- D eactivated state approx. 1W
- A ctivated state approx. 5W
Ambient temperature: - 25C to + 55C
Switch-on time: approx. 1s to 30min
Brightness sensor: 3 to 1000 lx and day mode
Additional functions: daylight signaller, teach-in, light
on, continuous on/off.
Connections: L, N, PE, L
1.5 to 2.5mm
1 2 3 4
(2) (1) (14)
Assignment of segments
(12) 1= Background monitoring, 2= Close-up, 3= Medium, 4= Long-range
(11) (13)
(3)
Teach-in Saving of the brightness switching threshold
(4) Wait for desired twilight and then:
1. T
urn dome anticlockwise and remove.
2. P
ress red teach-in button for at least 3sec (do not touch lens!).
The LED begins to flash.
(5) (6)
3. R eplace dome and turn to the right.
(7)
The value is saved after 1 minute, and the LED no longer flashes.
(8) (9) (10) If the light was already switched on, it switches off. It switches on
again when motion is detected. The current brightness value is
saved.
Legend
(1) PE protective conductor

(2) Flush-mounted cable entry
(3) L external conductor
(4) Surface-mounted cable entry
(5) Switched output
(6) N neutral conductor
(7) Lens
(8) Brightness button (teach-in)
(9) Sensitivity controller
(10) LED
(11) Brightness controller
(12) Delay time controller
(13) Dome 2-way wiring
(14) Designed ring Replace existing 2-way switches with buttons. Function as de-
(3-gang adjustment; surface-mounted or flush-mounted scribed under button. T = button (NC contact)
depending on the cable feed)
information
I Technical

Automatic lighting control Tectiv 220 / observer
Basics of the Gira observer systems
The Gira observer functions on the principle of a passive infrared

motion detector (PIR motion detector).
The Gira observer registers a movement of heat in its detection

field which can be triggered by people, animals or objects. The de-
vice (e.g. a light) is switched on as soon as the heat source moves
in the range of detection.
The observer remains switched on as long as motion can be detect-

ed and then switches off automatically when the settable delay
time has lapsed. To avoid unwanted switching, influences from the
environment are suppressed on the one hand by appropriate
switching measures in the device and, on the other hand, mini-
mised by selecting a suitable installation site.
Therefore it is important to note the following during

Parallel connection installation:
Parallel connection of several Gira Tectiv 220 units. The contact - Influences from sources of interference such as trees, bushes, an-
rating is not increased by the parallel connection. T = button imals or vehicles must be prevented or blocked.
(NCcontact) - T he recommended mounting height must be complied with so
that optimum detection is ensured.
- T he expected direction of motion of an object to be detected is
taken into account (direction of motion should, as far as possible,
be at a right angle to detection direction).
- Keep influences due to weather such as rain, snow, fog etc. to a
minimum (e.g. via installation under an overhang).
A Gira observer has a tight, half circle-shaped detection field with

three levels and a number of so-called switching segments (detec-
tion beams).
The range specified in the technical data of an observer always re-

fers to the recommended mounting height (e.g. 2.40m) and re-
quires that the sensor head is not tilted, the direction of motion is
on the side of the observer and a sufficient difference in tempera-
Connection to buttons ture between the moved body and the environment is taken into
Press once: Light switches on for set delay time. account. Deviations from these requirements cause a change in the
Press twice: Continuously on for two hours range.
Press three times: Continuously off for two hours
Y
Continuously on / continuously off switches back to the normal ob-
server mode after two hours. T = button (NC contact)
90 X
Direction of motion
The installation site of the observer must be selected to ensure that the direc-
tion of motion to be expected (Y) should as far as possible be at an angle of
90 to the direction of detection (X).
Incorrect observer attachment

information
I Technical
Never install the observer directly over a light! A cooling lamp can
be detected as a change in heat and cause activation of the lights.

Observer Automatic lighting control
Presentation of the switching segments (detection beams)
1 2 3
Monitoring levels
The monitoring levels are defined as follows:

4= Mounting height
3= Immediate area (NB)
2= Mid-range area (MB)
1= Distant area (FB)
information
I Technical

Automatic lighting control Wiring diagrams
Wiring diagrams
Existing installation Connection of several observers (parallel connection)

Button T (NC contact)
(System-sensor cables from two or more observer systems may not
be wired together!)
Important:
Parallel connection does not increase the maximum connected
load.
Connection of observer and the system power section

Replace existing switch S with T button (NC contact). Actuat-
ing the button for at least 1 second triggers switching.
Parallel connection with automatic staircase lighting mecha-

nism or remote-control switch
The illumination is switched on either by the automatic staircase
lighting mechanisms or via the observer.
2-way wiring
Existing 2-way switches can be replaced with T buttons (NC
contact).
Automatic or manual operation with series switch

S 1 open, S 2 open: all off.
S 1 closed, S 2 open: normal automatic mode.
S 1 closed, S 2 closed: continuous light, manual operation, observ-

er inactive.
information
I Technical

Presence and motion detector Automatic lighting control
Presence and motion detector

L
360 Kompakt N
Order No. 239902 PE
BK BK
BU BU
GY GY
BR BR
Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 110 to 230V ~
Mains frequency: 50/60Hz Connection of several Kompakt 360 presence and motion detectors
Ambient temperature: -5 to +45C (parallel connection)
Standby power: max. 0.3W
Circuit breaker: max. 16A Selecting installation site
Contact type: For use as a presence detector, the device is installed above a
Angle of detection: 360 workplace, for example, and monitors the area below it. For use as
Range of detection: K approx. 20m a motion detector, the device is installed in the corridor, for
Sensitivity: 25 to 100% example.
Brightness setting: approx. 5 to 2000lx - Choose a vibration-free installation site. Vibrations may result in
(and day mode) undesired activation.
Delay time: approx. 10s to 30min - S ources of interference in the detection range. Sources of inter-
Short-term operation pulse ference, e.g. heating, cooling, air-conditioning systems and cool-
duration: approx. 0.5s ing lighting elements may result in undesired detection.
Pulse pause: approx. 3s - To minimise the influence of sources of interference, the detection
Switching current at 35C range can be limited. To do this, use the clip-on screen or switch
Ohmic 16A (AC1) off individual sensors.
Fluorescent lamps 4AX
Minimum switching current: 100mA
Connected load at AC 230V~
and 35C:
-L ight bulbs 2300W
-H V halogen 2000W
-T ronic transformers 1500W
-H V LED lamps type 400W
-C ompact fl. type 400W
- Inductive transformers 1000VA
-F luorescent lamps,
not compensated 920VA 4
-C apacitative load 690VA (560F)
Connected load at AC 110V~
and 35C:
3
-L ight bulbs 1150W
-H V halogen 1000W 2
-T ronic transformers 750W
-H V LED lamps type 200W 1
-C ompact fl. lamps type 200W
-F luorescent lamps,
not compensated 460VA Detection range as a function of the direction of motion
-C apacitative load 345VA (560F)
Single-wire connection: 1 to 2.5mm 2 Ranges for:
Fine-wire connection to tin- 1: Tangential motion on the floor.
plated conductor ends: 0.75 to 1.5mm 2 2: Radial motion on the floor.
Number of auxiliary units: 3: Typical movement at a desk, e.g. movement of upper body.
Non-illuminated rocker buttons unlimited 4: F ine detection at the desk, e.g. mouse movements.
Auxiliary insert, 2-wire unlimited *) W hen used as a presence detector:
Total length Mounting height not above 3.5m,
Auxiliary unit cable: max. 100m otherwise fine detection is not possible.
Entire length of load cables: max. 100m
Diameter of detection range for direction of motion
L
Mounting height 1: 2: 3: 4:
N
PE
2.20m 14.5m 11.5m 8m 6m
BK
2.50m 16.5m 13m 10m 7m
BU
GY
3.00m 20m 16m 12m 8m
BR 3.50m 23m 18.5m 14m 9m
Connection of individual device presence and motion detector 360 compact 4.00m 26m 17m 14.5m*) -*) m
5.00m 28m 18m 15m*) -*) m
6.00m 29m 19m -*) m -*) m

information
I Technical

Automatic lighting control Presence detector / automatic control switch 360
System 2000 presence System 2000

detector Automatic control switch
Komfort top unit 360
Order No. 031702 top unit
Order No. 227004
Technical data
Angle of detection: 360 Technical data
Nominal range at desk height: K 5m Angle of detection: 360
Nominal range on the floor: K 8m Nominal range: K 20m
Mounting height for nominal range: 2.5m Mounting height for nominal range: 3m
Number of lenses/detection levels: 80/6 Number of lenses/detection levels: 78/5
Rated voltage: See System 2000 insert Rated voltage: See System 2000 insert
Contact rating: see techn. data of the inserts Contact rating: see techn. data of the inserts
Switch-on time: 1s test mode, Switch-on time: 1s test mode,
approx. 10s to 30min approx. 10s to 30min
Brightness: approx. 10 to 1000 lx Brightness: approx. 0 to 80 lx
2,5 m
1,7 m
3m
5m
20 m
8m
Detection field
Detection field Function

The automatic control switch 360 top unit will be used together
Function with the System 2000 inserts as of release R2 (check ID on wireless
A presence detector is used to switch on the light indoors in case actuators). It is built into the ceiling and monitors the area below it.
of detection, depending on the brightness, and to then switch it off
when no longer needed, i.e. it is bright enough without lighting or The automatic control switch 360 top unit switches illumination
no one is nearby. The presence of a person is detected, depend- depending on motion and ambient brightness. For this purpose, the
ing on the set brightness. A presence detector is capable of evalu- automatic control switch 360 top unit detects motion of heat from
ating even slight motion (fine motion) as is typical when working in people, animals or objects.
offices.
The presence detector is only mounted to ceilings and monitors an -L ight is switched on: Brightness has fallen below the set bright-
area below it. The Komfort presence detector reacts to the move- ness threshold and the monitored area is entered.
ment of heat triggered by people, animals and objects. When a - L ight is switched off: No more motion is detected and the delay
movement is detected below an adjustable brightness value, the time has lapsed.
light is switched on. The device remains switched on as long as
further motion is detected and the lighting is required. Range of detection
The diameter of the detection range is dependent on the mounting
Constant light control height and the direction of motion.
When used on a dimming insert, constant light control is possible. The maximum diameter on the ground is approx. 12m to 20m for a
Then the lighting is dimmed so that the brightness is maintained at mounting height of 3m.
the setpoint value set on the presence detector. The lighting is
dimmed or switched off when daylight grows stronger. The lighting
is switched on or made brighter when daylight weakens. The dim- Further properties
ming procedure is designed in such a way that the user hardly even - E xpansion of the detection range through use of auxiliary units
notices the light control. (accessories).
- M anual operation with auxiliary unit or button, NO contact.
For extension of the detection field, the presence detector is com- - D ay mode.
bined with an auxiliary insert for presence detectors (3-wire) and - Test mode / short-term operation.
connected to the main unit. - S aving a memory value, with dimming inserts.
- D imming of the light, with dimming inserts.
The Komfort presence detector is not suitable for alarm systems. - L ED display.
information
I Technical

Automatic control switch Automatic lighting control
Standard top unit Komfort top unit Standard top unit Komfort top unit
Order No. 1300.. Order No. 0661.. Order No. 2301.. Order No. 2302..

Angle of detection: approx. 180 approx. 180 Angle of detection: approx. 180 approx. 180
Switch-on duration: approx. 2min approx. 10s to Switch-on duration: approx. 2min approx. 10s to
30min 30min
Brightness value: approx. 0 to 150 lx approx. 0 to 150 lx Brightness value: approx. 0 to 200 lx approx. 0 to 200 lx
Sensitivity: approx 20% to approx 20% to Sensitivity: approx 20% to
100% 100% 100%
Ambient temperature: 20C to +45C 20C to +45C Ambient temperature: 15C to +45C 15C to +45C
Detection ranges Detection ranges

Mounting height up to Mounting height up to
1.10m: 1.10m:
1,10 m
1,10 m
5,30 m
12 m 6m
Mounting height up to Mounting height up to

1.10m: 2.20m:
2,20 m
12 m
12 m
Mounting height up to
10 m
1.10m:
7,2 m
7,2 m
Mounting height up to
2.20m:
12 m
12 m
Selecting installation site
Direction of travel and motion detection
In principle, automatic control switches can be installed instead of

normal light switches, for example, directly next to entry doors.
However, motion detection is best when the moving object inter-
rupts as many detection beams as possible. The installation posi-
tion should be chosen accordingly.
information
I Technical

Automatic lighting control Sensotec / Sensotec LED
Sensotec Sensotec LED


Rated voltage: AC 230/240V~ Rated voltage: AC 230/240V~
Mains frequency: 50/60Hz Mains frequency: 50/60Hz
Operating efficiency: Operating efficiency:
- D evice max. 0.5W - D evice max. 0.5W
Contact type: - L ED orientation light max. 0.2W
Soft start: Leading edge Contact type:
Contact rating at 25C: Soft start: Leading edge
- L ight bulb: 4 to 300W Contact rating at 25C:
- H V halogen lamps: 4 to 300W - L ight bulb: 400W
- H V LED lamps: type 4 up to 60W - H V halogen lamps: 400W
Power reduction 10% per 5C > 25C - Tronic transformers: 400W
Range of detection: - H V LED lamps: type 100W
- Immediate area approx. 5cm Range of detection:
-D istant area approx. 64m - Immediate area approx. 5cm
Brightness: 10 to 1000 lx - D istant area approx. 64m
Delay time: 1s. to 60min. Brightness: 10 to 1000 lx
Transmission frequency: 5.8GHz Delay time: 1s. to 60min.
Transmission power < 1 mW Transmission frequency: 5.8GHz
Ambient temperature: 0C to +50C Transmission power < 1 mW
Range of detection
Connection
L N
ca. 4 m
N1 L
ca. 5 cm ca. 6 m
Detection: Close-up range Long range
Installation site
Recommended mounting height 1.10m.

Detection through doors, glass panes or thin walls is possible. N1 L
The following may disrupt perfect functioning:
- V ibrations, which may result in undesired activation.
- M etallic surfaces, e.g. cover frames, metal doors and frames, alu-
minium blinds, etc. , which can affect detection through attenua-
tion or reflection.
- G enerally speaking, reflective materials, the speed of movement
and the type of object (person, animal, possession) can affect the
reliability of detection.
- T he direction of motion affects detection (see following diagram).
Connection with auxiliary unit

information
I Technical
Direction of motion

Planning information eNet
Planning information eNet eNet
Optimum wireless connections and optimum use of the ranges Wireless transmission occurs on a non-exclusive transmission
of wireless components are achieved by observing the follow- path. For this reason, interference cannot be ruled out. The wire-
ing basic rules: less transmission is thus not suitable for security purposes, e.g.
- T he antennae of the transmitters and receivers should, to the emergency-stop, emergency call etc. If walls and ceilings are to be
greatest extent possible, all be aligned vertically or horizontally. penetrated along the transmission path (Fig. 1), the wireless range
- T he length of antennae may not be changed, as they are perfectly depends considerably on the type of construction materials to be
matched to the wavelength of the frequency. penetrated and the effective wall thickness. The table shows the
- L arge metal surfaces, such as metal doors and frames, aluminium capability of wireless signals to penetrate different materials.
blinds or metal cabinets should be kept at a great a distance as
possible (several decimetres).
- Electronic devices, such as motors, electronic control gear and Dry material Penetration
Tronic transformers, must be kept at a distance of at least 50cm. Wood, plaster, sheetrock approx. 90%
- W ireless components of other function groups, e.g. wireless
headphones or telephones, must be kept at least 3m away. Brick, pressboard approx. 70%
Reinforced concrete approx. 30%
In addition, when selecting the installation sites, observe the
following items in particular: Metal, metal grids, aluminium cladding approx. 10%
- We recommend checking the planned system in the building with
Important: M
oisture in the material reduces penetration
the respective devices (e.g. from the wireless presentation case)
for a reliable wireless connection before using wireless compo-
nents. Here, you should also take the state of construction of the
building, e.g. degree of drying out of spackle and plaster, and the
existing doors and armour or hangings of the windows into
account.
- Transmitters and receivers should not be installed near the
ground. We recommend not installing them lower than 0.5m from
the ground.
A B
- Transmitters and receivers are not to be installed behind metal or
conductive surfaces, such as anti-static floors, sounding with
metal cladding, cable lines, metal louvered ceilings and hot-water
and electrical floor heating.
- To correct irregular reception, it is often sufficient to move the Fig. 1: Attenuation reduces the strength of the wireless signal between the
transmitter or receiver a few centimetres. This reception interfer- transmitter (A) and the receiver (B)
ence often occurs due to shadowing, obliteration, or reflections of
the wireless signal as sometimes occur with car radios and mobile Evaluating wireless paths in buildings is very difficult due to a mul-
telephones, for example. titude of influences. Therefore, the open field range (Fig. 2) is al-
ways stated, which refers to an undisturbed propagation of radio
Note waves and optimally aligned antennae. With the eNet system this is
- O nly two repeaters may be used in a wireless zone. usually 100m.
- A repeater should be installed as close as possible to the midpoint Requirements for the measurement of field ranges:
between transmitters and receivers and also not near other trans- - L evel area
mitters or receivers. A minimum distance of 1m should be heeded - H orizontal distance to interfering objects from each point of the
here to prevent saturation. line connecting the transmitter and receiver >20m
- H eight of the measured objects above the ground >2m
- A lignment of the measured objects for optimum contact
- M oist ground
(A) (B)
ca. 100 m
> 20 m
>2
0m 0m
>2
> 20 m
(C) (C)
>2m >2m
Fig. 2: Measurement of the range between the transmitter (A) and the recipi-
ent (B) and recommended distance from interfering factors (C).
Dependence of the transmission ranges on the mounting

height:
Theoretical transmission ranges Mounting height of the receiver
100m > 2m
56m 1.5m
34m 1.0m
28m 0.8m
information
I Technical
23m 0.6m
18m 0.4m
13m 0.2m
Conditions: The mounting height of the transmitter is 2m
Moist ground

eNet Transmitters
Wireless universal Operating modes

transmitter,
2-gang Mini The selection of operating modes is based on:
Order No. 545300 - t ype of actuators to be controlled
- o peration1- or 2-surface operation
- t he control one button per input, series button, etc.
Technical data When a switching/dimming actuator or series button is connected,

Power supply: AC 110 230V~, 50/60Hz the following operating mode can be set:
Input current max. 2mA
at rated voltage: Operating mode 1-gang switching/dimming:
Ambient temperature: 25C to +70C Two-surface operation
Dimensions (KH): 5323mm
Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz Controlled by:
Series button.
E1: Pressing the button briefly results in switching on.
AC 230 V ~
Pressing the button for a long time results in brighter dimming.
E2: Pressing the button briefly results in switching off.
5453 00 Pressing the button for a long time results in darker dimming.
Prog. When a blind actuator, blind button, series button or blind insert is
AC 110...230 V~, 0,04 A connected, the following operating mode can be set:
E1 E2 L N
Operating mode 1-gang blinds:
Two-surface operation
Controlled by:
Blind button, series button or blind insert.
E1: Pressing the button results in raising.
Releasing the button results in stopping.
Connection of button or series button or button and signal lamp E2: Pressing the button results in lowering.
Releasing the button results in stopping.
When a switching and dimming actuator, two buttons, are con-

AC 230 V ~ nected, the following operating mode can be set:
Operating mode 2-gang switching/dimming:

5453 00 1-surface operation
Prog.
Controlled by two buttons.
AC 110...230 V~, 0,04 A
E1, E2: Pressing the button briefly results in alternating switching
E1 E2 L N
on and off. Pressing the button for a long time results in brighter/
darker dimming.
Operating mode 2-gang switching/pressing:

One-surface operation
Controlled by two buttons. E1, E2: Pressing the button results in

Connection of blind button switching on. Releasing the button results in switching off. Press-
ing duration of max. 60 seconds.
PC operating mode
AC 230 V ~ Operating modes which can be set using the eNet server.
With the PC operating mode, the above-mentioned operating

5453 00
modes can be set, plus:
Prog.
Operating mode 2-gang blinds
AC 110...230 V~, 0,04 A
E1 E2 L N
Two-surface operation
Operating mode calling up / saving scenes
Connection of conventional switches
AC 230 V ~
5453 00
0398 00
0399 00
Prog.
AC 110...230 V~, 0,04 A
E1 E2 L N
information
I Technical
Connection of blind controller insert

Transmitters eNet
Wireless energy sensor

1-gang intermediate plug
Order No. 547202
Technical data
Rated voltage / mains AC 230V~, 50/60Hz
frequency:
Rated load current: 16A (IL)
Measurement range:
- Electricity 0mA to 16A
-E lectrical power 0 to 3680W
-E nergy consumption 0 to 99999 kWh
Dimensions (WHD): 5712778mm
Function
This device enables various electrical parameters of the connected
device to be recorded. It is possible to display these values using
the visualisation of the eNet server. All of the energy sensors in the
building installation can be monitored at a glance via the eNet
server.
Intended use
Energy sensor for the wireless transmission of voltage, electricity
and energy values. Operation with the eNet server from the eNet
system.
Product features
-L
ogging electricity and voltage of the connected device.
-C
alculation of effective output, reactive power, apparent power,
and active electrical energy.
-E
vent-controlled or time-controlled transmission of measurement
value telegrams to the eNet server.
-T
ime synchronisation with the eNet server.
information
I Technical

eNet Receivers
Wireless dimming actuator, Wireless switching/momen-

1-gang Mini tary-contact actuator, 1-gang
Order No. 542000 Mini | Order No. 542300
Wireless switching/momen-
tary-contact actuator, 1-gang
LED
Mini, zero-voltage
Order No. 542400
Technical data
Rated voltage: AC 230V ~, 50/60Hz Technical data
Connected load: Rated voltage: AC 230V ~, 50/60Hz
- L ight bulbs 20 to 250W Connected load:
- H V halogen 20 to 250W - L ight bulbs 2300W
- Tronic transformers 20 to 250W - H V halogen 2000W
- Inductive transformers 20 to 250W - LV halogen with Tronic
- M ixed loads: transformer 1500W
ohmic-inductive 20 to 250W - LV halogen with inductive
ohmic-capacitive 20 to 250W transformer 1000VA
capacitive-inductive not permissible - F luorescent lamps,
- L ED lamps type 3 up to 70W not compensated 920VA
- C ompact fluorescent lamps type 3 up to 70W - C apacitive load 690VA (560 F)
Standby power max. 0.5W - H V LED lights type 500W
Ambient temperature: 25C to +70C - C ompact fluorescent lamps type 500W
Dimensions (KH): 5328mm Breaking capacity of 230VAC 16A (AC1)
Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz Standby power max. 0.5W
L
AC 230 V ~ Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz
N
L
5420 00 AC 230 V ~
N
Prog. ON/OFF
5423 00
N L A1 Prog.
N L A1
Connection of wireless universal dimmer Mini
Operating mode selector switch
PC Set operating mode and parameters using eNet server
R, L, C Measurement of the load, leading edge or trailing L2

edge dimming principle AC 230 V ~
L1
N
LED Leading edge
LED Trailing edge 5424 00
min. Minimum brightness Prog.
N L A1
Connection of wireless switching / momentary-contact actuator Mini and

switching / momentary-contact actuator Mini zero-voltage
Operating mode pressing
Operating mode switching

information
I Technical

Receivers eNet
Wireless switching/momen- Wireless blind actuator,

tary-contact actuator, 2-gang 1-gang Mini
Mini Order No. 542700
Order No. 542500

Rated voltage: AC 230V~, 50/60Hz Rated voltage: AC 230V~, 50/60Hz
Switching current: Switching current: 3A ohmic
- R elay, 16A 16A Minimum switching current AC: 100mA
(Ohmic, at 35C) Connected load of motors: 50 to 1000W
Connected load per output: Min. controlling time in
-L ight bulbs - 2300W operating mode
-H V halogen - 2000W Blinds: 0.1s
-T ronic transformers - 1500W Shutters: 0.3s
- Inductive transformers - 1000VA Standby power: max. 0.5W
-F luorescent lamps, - 9 20 VA Ambient temperature: 25C to +70C
not compensated Dimensions (KH): 5328mm
- M otors - 450VA Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz
-C apacitive load - 6 90VA (560 F)
-H V LED lights - t ype 500W
-C ompact fluorescent lamps - t ype 500W
Standby power: max. 0.5W L
Ambient temperature: -25 to +70C AC 230 V ~
N
5427 00 M
L Prog
AC 230 V ~ N
N
N L A1 A2
5425 00
A1 A2
Prog Prog

N L A1 A2
Connection of wireless blind actuator, 1-gang Mini
t Start-up determine duration

Connection of wireless switching/momentary-contact actuator, 2-gang Mini
t Start-up determine slat time
Blinds operating mode
Operating mode pressing Shutters, awning operating mode
Notes
Do not use the device as a blind actuator. Blind motor can be
destroyed.
information
I Technical

eNet Receivers
Wireless control unit DALI wireless control unit,

110V, 1-gang Mini 1-gang Mini

Power supply: AC 230V ~, 50/60Hz Power supply: AC 230V ~, 50/60Hz
Control voltage: 0.5 to 11V Power consumption: max. 2W
Control current: max. 50mA DALI rated voltage: DC 16V (type)
Switching current: Output current: max. 24mA
- O hmic 6A Number of DALI devices: max. 12
-F luorescent lamps 3 AX Number of parallel control units: max. 6
Minimum switching current: 100mA Ambient temperature: 25C to +70C
Connected load: Dimensions (KH): 5328mm
-O hmic load 1380W Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz
-C apacitive load 690VA (560 F)
L
Standby power max. 0.5W
N
Ambient temperature: 25C to +70C AC 230 V~
da+
da-
EVG
5422 00 da- da+ da- da+
A1
Prog. ON/OFF EVG EVG
L
AC 230 V~
N N L da- da+
+
_ 1-10 V
EVG
5421 00
EVG EVG
A1
_ +
N L
Connection of DALI wireless control unit

Connection of wireless control unit
DALI DALI operation
min. Minimum brightness
110V operation
min. Minimum brightness

information
I Technical

DRA receivers eNet
Wireless reception module Wireless switching/momen-

DRA tary-contact actuator,
Order No. 545200 1-gang DRA
Order No. 543300
Technical data
Rated voltage: DC 12V SELV Technical data
Bus cable connection Power supply: AC 230V ~, 50/60Hz
(J-Y (St) Y 220.8mm) Connected load:
GY DC- / power supply - - L ight bulbs 2300W
RD DC+ / power supply + - H V halogen 2000W
WH BUS- / data line - - Tronic transformer 1500W
YE BUS+ / date line + - Inductive transformers 1000VA
Wireless frequency: 868.3MHz - F luorescent lamps,
Ambient temperature: 5C to +45C not compensated 920VA
Installation width: 36mm / 2 HP - O hmic load 3680W
- C apacitive load 690VA (560 F)
- H V LED lights type 500W
- C ompact fluorescent lamps type 500W
PE
L1 N Switching current:
- O hmic 16A
- F luorescent lamp 4 AX
Minimum switching current: 100mA
DC 12 V
+ Installation width: 36mm / 2 HP
AC 230 V ~
5319 00 5452 00
GY RD WH YE GY RD WH YE
5433 00
L
A1
Wireless reception module DRA connection
Notes Prog
The entire length of the bus cable to the wireless DRA actuators
may not exceed 3m. The polarity of the individual bus cables may
not be reversed. Up to 32 wireless DRA actuators may be connect-
ed to a DRA wireless reception module.
Connection of wireless switching / momentary-contact actuator, 1-gang DRA
Operating mode pressing
information
I Technical

eNet DRA receivers
Wireless dimming actuator, Wireless dimming actuator,

1-gang DRA 4-gang DRA
LED
LED
- L ight bulbs 20 to 500W/VA - L ight bulbs 20 to 250W/VA
- H V halogen lamps 20 to 500W/VA - H V halogen lamps 20 to 250W/VA
- Tronic transformers 20 to 500W/VA - Tronic transformers 20 to 250W/VA
- Inductive transformers 20 to 500W/VA - Inductive transformers 20 to 250W/VA
- M ixed loads: - M ixed loads:
ohmic-inductive 20 to 500W/VA ohmic-inductive 20 to 250W/VA
ohmic-capacitive 20 to 500W/VA ohmic-capacitive 20 to 250W/VA
capacitive-inductive not permissible capacitive-inductive not permissible
- L ED lamps type 3 up to 100W - L ED lamps type 3 up to 50W
- C ompact fluorescent lamps type 3 up to 100W - C ompact fluorescent lamps type 3 up to 50W
Standby power: max. 0.3W Standby power: max. 1.2W
Installation width: 36mm / 2 HP Installation width: 144mm / 8 HP
L
AC 230 V ~
L A1 N
L N L N L N L N
A1 A2 A3 A4
Prog
A1 A2 A3 A4
5430 00
5431 00
Load on wireless dimming actuator, 1-gang DRA

Load on outputs of wireless dimming actuator, 4-gang DRA
R, L, C Measurement of the load, leading edge or trailing

edge dimming principle
LED Leading edge
LED Trailing edge

L N L N L N L N
min. Minimum brightness A1 A2 A3 A4
5431 00
A1 A2 A3 A4
Loads on parallel switched outputs of the wireless universal dimming

actuator DRA
information
I Technical

DRA receivers eNet
Wireless switching/momen- Wireless blind actuator,

tary-contact actuator, 8-gang 1-gang DRA
Blind actuator, 4-gang DRA Order No. 543700
Order No. 543500

Switching current per output: Connected load of the motor: 1000W
- O hmic (AC1) 16A Control time for operating mode:
- F luorescent lamps 4 AX Blinds 0.1s
Connected load per output: Shutters 0.3s
- L ight bulbs 2300W Standby power: 0.2W
- H V halogen 2000W Ambient temperature: 5C to +45C
- Tronic transformer 1500W Installation width: 36mm / 2 HP
- F luorescent lamps, not
compensated 920VA
- C apacitive load 690VA (560 F)
- M otors 1000W
- H V LED lights type 500W
- C ompact fluorescent lamps type 500W
Installation width: 72mm / 4 HP
A1 A2 A3 A4
A5 A6 A7 A8
Connection of wireless blind actuator, 1-gang DRA

5435 00
t Start-up determine duration
t Start-up determine slat time
Connection of wireless switching/momentary-contact actuator, 8-gang DRA Blinds operating mode
Shutters, awning operating mode
M M
A1 A2 A3 A4
A5 A6 A7 A8
5435 00
Connection of wireless blind actuator, 4-gang DRA

information
I Technical

Connection of energy-saving lights Key switches
Connection of energy-saving lights Profile semi-cylinders for key switch inserts
Long-field lights with electronic ballast on devices with relay The locking bit can be adjusted for half-cylinder profiles by press-
contact ing in the rear pin in 45 increments.
Capacitive loads, such as parallel-compensated fluorescent lamps,
Kompakt fluorescent lamps, energy-saving bulbs, electronic bal- With the locking bit setting 315 (see figure), the locking bit is led
lasts etc. strain the contact material of a relay to a certain degree. into the selector fork of the switch. The cover plate is not locked
While statements can still be made regarding the maximum per- and the key can only be pulled out in the zero position (not
missible size of the compensation capacitor and thus the maximum switched).
permissible load with parallel-compensated loads, it is generally no
longer possible with electronic ballasts and energy-saving bulbs. With the locking bit settings 90, 135 and 225 the locking bit is
led next to the selector fork of the switch. After actuation, the key
System-based dependencies can be turned back to the exit position and pulled out. The cover
The following question pops up again and again: How many elec- plate is now protected against disassembly without a key.
tronic ballasts/energy-saving bulbs can be connected to a device?
In such cases, there is no decisive answer, despite all efforts. The
height of the load or the maximum number of electronic ballasts/
energy-saving bulbs which can be connected to the switching de-
vice depends on considerably more factors than just the technical
data of these two components.
These are factors which are system- and application-specific and

are not dependent on nor influenced by the manufacturer of the
switching device or the electronic ballast/energy-saving bulbs.
They include, among others:

- T he conditions of the supply mains (hard or soft mains)
D Soft mains:
great inner resistance of the mains, lower switch-on currents
D Hard mains:
small inner resistance of the mains, high switch-on currents
possible
-S
witch-on time based on current value of sine wave, for example Profile semi-cylinders for key switch inserts.
D Sine-wave zero crossing: 1= 315 to 45 is not locked
ideal, hardly any contact load 2= 270 to 90 is locked
D Sine-wave vertex:
poor, maximum switch-on current
-A
lways switched on in the positive half-wave, for example
D Material migration at contact material always goes in the same
direction
D Quicker failure of the contact
These system-based factors prevent even the relay manufacturers

from providing concrete information on the connectible load on a
relay.
Product variety
A large number of electronic ballast/energy-saving bulb manufac-
turers with a variety of products are found in the market. Here,
each electronic ballast/energy-saving bulb may have completely
different switch-on properties.
Such a diversity of products ultimately leads to the inability of man-

ufacturers of the switching device to provide concrete information,
even when questioned about the connection options of a specific
electronic ballast. In addition, the manufacturer of the switching
device is rarely notified of any changes to the switching technology
of the electronic ballast.
Please comply with the switch-on peak currents with all capacitive
loads. Use a power relay, for example, for higher currents and
longer switch-on times.
information
I Technical

Order number directory
Order No. PS Page Order No. PS Page Order No. PS Page Order No. PS Page Order No. PS Page
0001 00 02 252 0107 00 01 225 0128 203 A 11 147 0183 28 11 68 0211 427 N 11 107
0002 00 02 252 0107 01 01 25 0128 26 11 47 0183 603 11 68 0211 428 N 11 107
0003 00 02 252 0107 03 01 25 0128 27 01 47 0183 604 11 68 0211 50 11 118
0006 30 14 200 0107 20 11 25 0128 28 11 47 0183 605 11 68 0211 505 11 127
0007 30 14 200 0107 203 11 25 0130 20 11 148 0183 613 11 68 0211 51 11 118
0008 30 14 200 0107 26 11 25 0130 201 01 148 0183 614 11 68 0211 512 11 127
0009 01 01 95 0107 27 01 25 0130 203 A 11 148 0183 615 11 68 0211 518 11 127
0009 03 01 95 0107 28 11 25 0136 01 01 48 0184 00 06 399 0211 522 11 127
0009 30 14 200 0107 31 14 203 0136 03 01 48 0185 00 06 400 0211 53 11 119
0010 30 14 200 0108 00 01 225 0136 20 11 148 0187 00 01 375 0211 59 11 120
0011 30 14 200 0108 01 01 26 0136 203 A 11 148 0190 00 01 375 0211 621 11 134
0012 30 14 200 0108 03 01 26 0136 26 11 48 0209 01 01 53 0211 622 11 134
0013 30 14 200 0108 20 11 26 0136 27 01 48 0209 03 01 53 0211 623 11 134
0015 01 06 407 0108 203 11 26 0136 28 11 48 0209 26 11 53 0211 631 11 134
0018 00 14 200 0108 26 11 26 0136 603 11 48 0209 27 01 53 0211 632 11 134
0021 00 01 378 0108 27 01 26 0136 604 11 48 0209 28 11 53 0211 633 11 134
0022 00 01 378 0108 28 11 26 0136 605 11 48 0211 01 21 94 0211 641 11 135
0023 00 01 378 0112 00 01 226 0139 00 01 227 0211 03 21 94 0211 642 11 135
0036 00 01 377 0112 01 01 26 0140 01 01 54 0211 04 21 94 0211 643 11 135
0037 00 01 378 0112 03 01 26 0140 03 01 54 0211 05 11 126 0211 65 13 192
0039 00 01 380 0112 20 11 26 0140 20 11 152 0211 06 11 113 0211 66 13 192
0040 00 01 381 0112 203 A 11 26 0140 203 A 11 152 0211 07 11 112 0211 661 11 136
0041 00 01 370 0112 26 11 26 0140 26 11 54 0211 08 11 113 0211 662 11 136
0042 00 01 371 0112 27 01 26 0140 27 01 54 0211 10 11 128 0211 663 11 136
0044 00 01 376 0112 28 11 26 0140 28 11 54 0211 12 11 126 0211 67 13 192
0045 00 01 376 0112 31 14 203 0140 603 11 54 0211 122 11 126 0211 671 11 136
0046 00 01 370 0116 00 01 226 0140 604 11 54 0211 126 11 127 0211 672 11 136
0047 00 01 380 0116 31 14 203 0140 605 11 54 0211 127 11 127 0211 673 11 136
0048 00 01 378 0118 00 17 69 0142 00 01 228 0211 13 11 120 0211 681 11 137
0049 00 01 378 0118 20 17 69 0144 00 02 229 0211 14 11 121 0211 682 11 137
0050 00 01 378 0120 20 11 148 0144 30 02 198 0211 17 11 127 0211 683 11 137
0052 00 01 379 0120 201 11 148 0145 00 01 226 0211 18 11 126 0211 69 11 121
0053 00 01 379 0120 203 A 11 148 0146 00 01 228 0211 20 11 185 0211 71 11 112
0055 00 01 379 0121 20 11 147 0147 00 01 227 0211 201 01 143 0211 723 01 114
0058 00 01 000 0121 201 01 147 0149 00 02 229 0211 202 11 143 0211 726 11 114
0059 00 01 381 0121 203 A 11 147 0150 00 01 226 0211 203 A 11 143 0211 728 11 114
0061 01 13 95 0122 01 01 48 0151 00 21 226 0211 204 01 145 0211 733 11 114
0061 03 13 95 0122 03 01 48 0151 01 01 27 0211 205 11 144 0211 736 11 114
0062 01 13 95 0122 20 11 148 0151 03 01 27 0211 206 A 11 145 0211 738 11 114
0062 03 13 95 0122 203 A 11 148 0151 20 11 27 0211 207 01 143 0211 743 11 115
0063 01 13 95 0122 26 11 48 0151 203 11 27 0211 208 11 143 0211 746 11 115
0063 03 13 95 0122 27 01 48 0151 26 11 27 0211 209 A 11 143 0211 748 11 115
0064 00 01 000 0122 28 11 48 0151 27 01 27 0211 21 11 185 0211 753 11 115
0070 01 01 95 0123 20 11 147 0151 28 11 27 0211 217 11 128 0211 756 11 115
0070 03 01 95 0123 201 01 147 0152 00 01 226 0211 219 11 128 0211 758 11 115
0070 30 14 200 0123 203 A 11 147 0152 31 14 203 0211 22 01 100 0211 761 11 116
0086 02 01 267 0124 20 11 148 0154 00 01 229 0211 220 11 128 0211 763 11 116
0086 04 11 267 0124 201 01 148 0154 30 14 198 0211 221 11 129 0211 766 11 116
0088 00 01 380 0124 203 A 11 148 0155 00 01 227 0211 223 11 129 0211 768 11 116
0089 00 01 381 0125 01 01 47 0156 00 01 226 0211 226 11 128 0211 771 11 117
0091 00 01 379 0125 03 01 47 0156 31 14 203 0211 227 11 128 0211 773 11 117
0092 00 01 379 0125 20 11 147 0157 00 01 229 0211 229 11 129 0211 776 11 117
0097 30 02 198 0125 203 A 11 147 0158 00 01 228 0211 23 11 100 0211 778 11 117
0098 30 02 198 0125 26 11 47 0159 00 01 228 0211 24 11 118 0211 803 01 112
0099 27 01 90 0125 27 01 47 0160 00 01 249 0211 25 11 100 0211 806 11 112
0102 00 01 225 0125 28 11 47 0161 00 01 249 0211 29 01 100 0211 808 11 112
0102 01 01 25 0125 603 11 47 0163 00 02 229 0211 326 11 113 0211 81 11 113
0102 03 01 25 0125 604 11 47 0163 30 02 198 0211 327 01 112 0211 85 11 118
0102 20 11 25 0125 605 11 47 0165 00 01 228 0211 328 11 113 0211 87 11 119
0102 203 A 11 25 0126 01 01 47 0166 00 01 374 0211 331 11 120 0211 88 11 119
0102 26 11 25 0126 03 01 47 0178 00 01 374 0211 332 11 121 0211 89 11 120
0102 27 01 25 0126 20 11 147 0179 00 01 375 0211 334 01 118 0211 92 11 119
0102 28 11 25 0126 203 A 11 147 0180 00 01 374 0211 36 11 113 0211 93 11 120
0102 31 14 203 0126 26 11 47 0180 01 01 67 0211 395 11 118 0212 01 21 94
0103 00 01 225 0126 27 01 47 0180 03 01 67 0211 397 11 119 0212 03 21 94
0105 00 01 225 0126 28 11 47 0180 26 11 67 0211 398 11 119 0212 04 21 94
0105 01 01 26 0126 603 11 47 0180 27 01 67 0211 399 11 120 0212 05 11 126
0105 03 01 26 0126 604 11 47 0180 28 11 67 0211 410 N 11 106 0212 06 11 113
0105 20 11 26 0126 605 11 47 0180 603 11 67 0211 411 N 11 106 0212 07 11 112
0105 203 A 11 26 0127 01 01 47 0180 604 11 67 0211 412 N 11 106 0212 08 11 113
0105 26 11 26 0127 03 01 47 0180 605 11 67 0211 413 N 11 106 0212 10 11 128
0105 27 01 26 0127 20 11 147 0180 613 11 67 0211 414 N 11 108 0212 12 11 126
0105 28 11 26 0127 203 A 11 147 0180 614 11 67 0211 415 N 11 108 0212 122 11 126
0106 00 21 225 0127 26 11 47 0180 615 11 67 0211 416 N 11 107 0212 126 11 127
0106 01 01 25 0127 27 01 47 0181 00 06 399 0211 417 N 11 107 0212 127 11 127
0106 03 01 25 0127 28 11 47 0182 00 06 400 0211 418 N 11 107 0212 13 11 120
0106 20 11 25 0127 603 11 47 0183 01 01 68 0211 421 N 11 106 0212 14 11 121
0106 203 A 11 25 0127 604 11 47 0183 03 01 68 0211 422 N 11 106 0212 17 11 127
0106 26 11 25 0127 605 11 47 0183 20 11 162 0211 423 N 11 107 0212 18 11 126
0106 27 01 25 0128 01 01 47 0183 203 A 11 162 0211 424 N 11 108 0212 20 11 185
0106 28 11 25 0128 03 01 47 0183 26 11 68 0211 425 N 11 108 0212 201 01 143
Order number
0106 31 14 203 0128 20 11 147 0183 27 01 68 0211 426 N 11 108 0212 202 11 143
directory
Price system (PS) 1, 14: reduced discountN NewA Discontinued Gira Electrical Installation Systems 617
0212 203 A 11 143 0212 738 11 114 0213 421 N 11 106 0214 14 11 121 0214 71 11 112
0212 204 01 145 0212 743 11 115 0213 422 N 11 106 0214 17 11 127 0214 723 01 114
0212 205 11 144 0212 746 11 115 0213 423 N 11 107 0214 18 11 126 0214 726 11 114
0212 206 A 11 145 0212 748 11 115 0213 424 N 11 108 0214 20 11 185 0214 728 11 114
0212 21 11 185 0212 753 11 115 0213 425 N 11 108 0214 201 01 143 0214 733 11 114
0212 217 11 128 0212 756 11 115 0213 426 N 11 108 0214 202 11 143 0214 736 11 114
0212 219 11 128 0212 758 11 115 0213 427 N 11 107 0214 203 A 11 143 0214 738 11 114
0212 22 01 100 0212 761 11 116 0213 428 N 11 107 0214 204 01 145 0214 743 11 115
0212 220 11 128 0212 763 11 116 0213 50 11 118 0214 205 11 144 0214 746 11 115
0212 221 11 129 0212 766 11 116 0213 505 11 127 0214 206 A 11 145 0214 748 11 115
0212 223 11 129 0212 768 11 116 0213 51 11 118 0214 21 11 185 0214 753 11 115
0212 226 11 128 0212 771 11 117 0213 512 11 127 0214 217 11 128 0214 756 11 115
0212 227 11 128 0212 773 11 117 0213 518 11 127 0214 219 11 128 0214 758 11 115
0212 229 11 129 0212 776 11 117 0213 522 11 127 0214 22 01 100 0214 761 11 116
0212 23 11 100 0212 778 11 117 0213 53 11 119 0214 220 11 128 0214 763 11 116
0212 24 11 118 0212 803 01 112 0213 59 11 120 0214 221 11 129 0214 766 11 116
0212 25 11 100 0212 806 11 112 0213 621 11 134 0214 223 11 129 0214 768 11 116
0212 29 01 100 0212 808 11 112 0213 622 11 134 0214 226 11 128 0214 771 11 117
0212 326 11 113 0212 81 11 113 0213 623 11 134 0214 227 11 128 0214 773 11 117
0212 327 01 112 0212 85 11 118 0213 631 11 134 0214 229 11 129 0214 776 11 117
0212 328 11 113 0212 87 11 119 0213 632 11 134 0214 23 11 100 0214 778 11 117
0212 331 11 120 0212 88 11 119 0213 633 11 134 0214 24 11 118 0214 803 01 112
0212 332 11 121 0212 89 11 120 0213 641 11 135 0214 25 11 100 0214 806 11 112
0212 334 01 118 0212 92 11 119 0213 642 11 135 0214 29 01 100 0214 808 11 112
0212 36 11 113 0212 93 11 120 0213 643 11 135 0214 326 11 113 0214 81 11 113
0212 395 11 118 0213 01 01 94 0213 65 13 192 0214 327 01 112 0214 85 11 118
0212 397 11 119 0213 03 01 94 0213 66 13 192 0214 328 11 113 0214 87 11 119
0212 398 11 119 0213 04 01 94 0213 661 11 136 0214 331 11 120 0214 88 11 119
0212 399 11 120 0213 05 11 126 0213 662 11 136 0214 332 11 121 0214 89 11 120
0212 410 N 11 106 0213 06 11 113 0213 663 11 136 0214 334 01 118 0214 92 11 119
0212 411 N 11 106 0213 07 11 112 0213 67 13 192 0214 36 11 113 0214 93 11 120
0212 412 N 11 106 0213 08 11 113 0213 671 11 136 0214 395 11 118 0215 01 01 94
0212 413 N 11 106 0213 10 11 128 0213 672 11 136 0214 397 11 119 0215 03 01 94
0212 414 N 11 108 0213 12 11 126 0213 673 11 136 0214 398 11 119 0215 04 01 94
0212 415 N 11 108 0213 122 11 126 0213 681 11 137 0214 399 11 120 0215 05 11 126
0212 416 N 11 107 0213 126 11 127 0213 682 11 137 0214 410 N 11 106 0215 06 11 113
0212 417 N 11 107 0213 127 11 127 0213 683 11 137 0214 411 N 11 106 0215 07 11 112
0212 418 N 11 107 0213 13 11 120 0213 69 11 121 0214 412 N 11 106 0215 08 11 113
0212 421 N 11 106 0213 14 11 121 0213 71 11 112 0214 413 N 11 106 0215 12 11 126
0212 422 N 11 106 0213 17 11 127 0213 723 01 114 0214 414 N 11 108 0215 122 11 126
0212 423 N 11 107 0213 18 11 126 0213 726 11 114 0214 415 N 11 108 0215 13 11 120
0212 424 N 11 108 0213 20 11 185 0213 728 11 114 0214 416 N 11 107 0215 14 11 121
0212 425 N 11 108 0213 201 01 143 0213 733 11 114 0214 417 N 11 107 0215 18 11 126
0212 426 N 11 108 0213 202 11 143 0213 736 11 114 0214 418 N 11 107 0215 20 11 185
0212 427 N 11 107 0213 203 A 11 143 0213 738 11 114 0214 421 N 11 106 0215 201 01 143
0212 428 N 11 107 0213 204 01 145 0213 743 11 115 0214 422 N 11 106 0215 202 11 143
0212 50 11 118 0213 205 11 144 0213 746 11 115 0214 423 N 11 107 0215 203 A 11 143
0212 505 11 127 0213 206 A 11 145 0213 748 11 115 0214 424 N 11 108 0215 21 11 185
0212 51 11 118 0213 21 11 185 0213 753 11 115 0214 425 N 11 108 0215 22 01 100
0212 512 11 127 0213 217 11 128 0213 756 11 115 0214 426 N 11 108 0215 23 11 100
0212 518 11 127 0213 219 11 128 0213 758 11 115 0214 427 N 11 107 0215 24 11 118
0212 522 11 127 0213 22 01 100 0213 761 11 116 0214 428 N 11 107 0215 25 11 100
0212 53 11 119 0213 220 11 128 0213 763 11 116 0214 50 11 118 0215 29 01 100
0212 59 11 120 0213 221 11 129 0213 766 11 116 0214 505 11 127 0215 326 11 113
0212 621 11 134 0213 223 11 129 0213 768 11 116 0214 51 11 118 0215 327 01 112
0212 622 11 134 0213 226 11 128 0213 771 11 117 0214 512 11 127 0215 328 11 113
0212 623 11 134 0213 227 11 128 0213 773 11 117 0214 518 11 127 0215 331 11 120
0212 631 11 134 0213 229 11 129 0213 776 11 117 0214 522 11 127 0215 332 11 121
0212 632 11 134 0213 23 11 100 0213 778 11 117 0214 53 11 119 0215 334 01 118
0212 633 11 134 0213 24 11 118 0213 803 01 112 0214 59 11 120 0215 36 11 113
0212 641 11 135 0213 25 11 100 0213 806 11 112 0214 621 11 134 0215 395 11 118
0212 642 11 135 0213 29 01 100 0213 808 11 112 0214 622 11 134 0215 397 11 119
0212 643 11 135 0213 326 11 113 0213 81 11 113 0214 623 11 134 0215 398 11 119
0212 65 13 192 0213 327 01 112 0213 85 11 118 0214 631 11 134 0215 399 11 120
0212 66 13 192 0213 328 11 113 0213 87 11 119 0214 632 11 134 0215 410 N 11 106
0212 661 11 136 0213 331 11 120 0213 88 11 119 0214 633 11 134 0215 411 N 11 106
0212 662 11 136 0213 332 11 121 0213 89 11 120 0214 641 11 135 0215 412 N 11 106
0212 663 11 136 0213 334 01 118 0213 92 11 119 0214 642 11 135 0215 413 N 11 106
0212 67 13 192 0213 36 11 113 0213 93 11 120 0214 643 11 135 0215 414 N 11 108
0212 671 11 136 0213 395 11 118 0214 01 01 94 0214 65 13 192 0215 415 N 11 108
0212 672 11 136 0213 397 11 119 0214 03 01 94 0214 66 13 192 0215 416 N 11 107
0212 673 11 136 0213 398 11 119 0214 04 01 94 0214 661 11 136 0215 417 N 11 107
0212 681 11 137 0213 399 11 120 0214 05 11 126 0214 662 11 136 0215 418 N 11 107
0212 682 11 137 0213 410 N 11 106 0214 06 11 113 0214 663 11 136 0215 421 N 11 106
0212 683 11 137 0213 411 N 11 106 0214 07 11 112 0214 67 13 192 0215 422 N 11 106
0212 69 11 121 0213 412 N 11 106 0214 08 11 113 0214 671 11 136 0215 423 N 11 107
0212 71 11 112 0213 413 N 11 106 0214 10 11 128 0214 672 11 136 0215 424 N 11 108
0212 723 01 114 0213 414 N 11 108 0214 12 11 126 0214 673 11 136 0215 425 N 11 108
0212 726 11 114 0213 415 N 11 108 0214 122 11 126 0214 681 11 137 0215 426 N 11 108
0212 728 11 114 0213 416 N 11 107 0214 126 11 127 0214 682 11 137 0215 427 N 11 107
0212 733 11 114 0213 417 N 11 107 0214 127 11 127 0214 683 11 137 0215 428 N 11 107
Order number
0212 736 11 114 0213 418 N 11 107 0214 13 11 120 0214 69 11 121 0215 50 11 118
directory
618 Gira Electrical Installation Systems Price system (PS) 1, 14: reduced discountN NewA Discontinued
0215 505 11 127 0266 28 11 52 0286 603 11 51 0300 27 02 32 0392 01 22 286

0215 51 11 118 0268 01 01 57 0286 604 11 51 0300 28 02 32 0392 03 22 286
0215 512 11 127 0268 03 01 57 0286 605 11 51 0302 00 22 240 0392 20 02 286
0215 518 11 127 0268 20 11 152 0287 01 01 51 0302 01 02 32 0392 203 A 02 286
0215 522 11 127 0268 203 A 11 152 0287 03 01 51 0302 03 02 32 0392 26 02 286
0215 53 11 119 0268 26 11 57 0287 20 11 151 0302 20 02 32 0392 27 22 286
0215 59 11 120 0268 27 01 57 0287 203 A 11 151 0302 203 A 02 32 0392 28 02 286
0215 621 11 134 0268 28 11 57 0287 26 11 51 0302 26 02 32 0393 01 02 287
0215 622 11 134 0268 603 11 57 0287 27 01 51 0302 27 02 32 0393 03 02 287
0215 623 11 134 0268 604 11 57 0287 28 11 51 0302 28 02 32 0393 20 02 287
0215 631 11 134 0268 605 11 57 0287 603 11 51 0303 00 02 234 0393 203 A 02 287
0215 632 11 134 0268 65 13 194 0287 604 11 51 0306 01 02 34 0393 26 02 287
0215 633 11 134 0268 66 13 194 0287 605 11 51 0306 03 02 34 0393 27 02 287
0215 641 11 135 0268 67 13 194 0288 27 01 57 0306 20 02 34 0393 28 02 287
0215 642 11 135 0270 01 01 79 0289 20 11 186 0306 203 A 02 34 0394 01 02 288
0215 643 11 135 0270 03 01 79 0289 202 11 181 0306 26 02 34 0394 03 02 288
0215 661 11 136 0270 20 11 176 0290 01 01 53 0306 27 02 34 0394 20 02 288
0215 662 11 136 0270 203 A 11 176 0290 03 01 53 0306 28 02 34 0394 203 A 02 288
0215 663 11 136 0270 26 11 79 0290 20 11 151 0307 00 22 241 0394 26 02 288
0215 671 11 136 0270 27 01 79 0290 203 A 11 151 0307 01 02 33 0394 27 02 288
0215 672 11 136 0270 28 11 79 0290 26 11 53 0307 03 02 33 0394 28 02 288
0215 673 11 136 0271 02 01 56 0290 27 01 53 0307 20 02 33 0396 01 02 286
0215 681 11 137 0272 01 01 56 0290 28 11 53 0307 203 A 02 33 0396 03 02 286
0215 682 11 137 0272 03 01 56 0290 603 11 53 0307 26 02 33 0396 20 02 286
0215 683 11 137 0272 26 11 56 0290 604 11 53 0307 27 02 33 0396 203 A 02 286
0215 69 11 121 0272 27 01 56 0290 605 11 53 0307 28 02 33 0396 26 02 286
0215 71 11 112 0272 28 11 56 0294 01 01 52 0308 00 02 243 0396 27 02 286
0215 723 01 114 0274 01 01 82 0294 03 01 52 0309 00 02 243 0396 28 02 286
0215 726 11 114 0274 03 01 82 0294 20 11 151 0309 01 02 34 0397 01 02 287
0215 728 11 114 0274 20 11 177 0294 203 A 11 151 0309 03 02 34 0397 03 02 287
0215 733 11 114 0274 203 A 11 177 0294 26 11 52 0309 20 02 34 0397 20 02 287
0215 736 11 114 0274 26 11 82 0294 27 01 52 0309 203 A 02 34 0397 203 A 02 287
0215 738 11 114 0274 27 01 82 0294 28 11 52 0309 26 02 34 0397 26 02 287
0215 743 11 115 0274 28 11 82 0294 603 11 52 0309 27 02 34 0397 27 02 287
0215 746 11 115 0276 01 01 80 0294 604 11 52 0309 28 02 34 0397 28 02 287
0215 748 11 115 0276 03 01 80 0294 605 11 52 0314 00 02 230 0398 00 02 275
0215 753 11 115 0276 20 11 177 0295 01 01 52 0317 02 02 264 0399 00 22 274
0215 756 11 115 0276 203 A 11 177 0295 03 01 52 0317 04 02 264 0400 00 01 252
0215 758 11 115 0276 26 11 80 0295 20 11 151 0320 00 02 229 0402 01 01 78
0215 761 11 116 0276 27 01 80 0295 203 A 11 151 0320 30 02 199 0402 03 01 78
0215 763 11 116 0276 28 11 80 0295 26 11 52 0321 00 02 229 0402 20 11 175
0215 766 11 116 0281 01 01 81 0295 27 01 52 0321 30 02 199 0402 203 A 11 175
0215 768 11 116 0281 03 01 81 0295 28 11 52 0331 00 02 231 0402 26 11 78
0215 771 11 117 0281 26 11 81 0295 603 11 52 0333 00 02 236 0402 27 01 78
0215 773 11 117 0281 27 01 81 0295 604 11 52 0333 01 02 32 0402 28 11 78
0215 776 11 117 0281 28 11 81 0295 605 11 52 0333 03 02 32 0405 01 01 87
0215 778 11 117 0282 01 01 78 0296 01 21 50 0333 20 02 32 0405 03 01 87
0215 803 01 112 0282 03 01 78 0296 03 21 50 0333 203 02 32 0405 20 11 181
0215 806 11 112 0282 20 11 178 0296 20 11 150 0333 26 02 32 0405 203 A 11 181
0215 808 11 112 0282 203 A 11 178 0296 203 A 11 150 0333 27 02 32 0405 26 11 87
0215 81 11 113 0282 26 11 78 0296 26 11 50 0333 28 02 32 0405 27 01 87
0215 85 11 118 0282 27 01 78 0296 27 21 50 0335 00 02 237 0405 28 11 87
0215 87 11 119 0282 28 11 78 0296 28 11 50 0336 00 02 235 0420 03 01 160
0215 88 11 119 0283 01 01 81 0296 603 11 50 0355 02 08 266 0420 20 11 160
0215 89 11 120 0283 03 01 81 0296 604 11 50 0360 00 02 244 0420 203 A 11 160
0215 92 11 119 0283 26 11 81 0296 605 11 50 0364 00 02 247 0422 01 01 67
0215 93 11 120 0283 27 01 81 0297 01 01 74 0380 00 02 247 0422 03 01 67
0216 01 01 51 0283 28 11 81 0297 03 01 74 0381 00 02 241 0422 26 11 67
0216 03 01 51 0284 01 01 79 0297 26 11 74 0382 00 02 281 0422 27 01 67
0216 26 11 51 0284 03 01 79 0297 27 01 74 0385 01 02 72 0422 28 11 67
0216 27 01 51 0284 20 11 176 0297 28 11 74 0385 03 02 72 0424 100 01 66
0216 28 11 51 0284 203 A 11 176 0298 01 01 54 0385 20 02 164 0425 100 01 66
0217 01 01 51 0284 26 11 79 0298 03 01 54 0385 203 A 02 164 0436 00 01 378
0217 03 01 51 0284 27 01 79 0298 26 11 54 0385 26 02 72 0437 00 01 378
0217 26 11 51 0284 28 11 79 0298 27 01 54 0385 27 02 72 044757 01 87
0217 27 01 51 0285 01 01 51 0298 28 11 54 0385 28 02 72 0454 03 01 162
0217 28 11 51 0285 03 01 51 0299 01 01 50 0387 00 02 281 0454 20 11 162
0218 01 01 51 0285 20 11 151 0299 03 01 50 0388 00 02 275 0454 203 A 11 162
0218 03 01 51 0285 203 A 11 151 0299 20 11 151 0390 01 02 286 0479 01 01 67
0218 26 11 51 0285 26 11 51 0299 203 A 11 151 0390 03 02 286 0479 03 01 67
0218 27 01 51 0285 27 01 51 0299 26 11 50 0390 20 02 286 0479 26 11 67
0218 28 11 51 0285 28 11 51 0299 27 01 50 0390 203 A 02 286 0479 27 01 67
0258 01 01 78 0285 603 11 51 0299 28 11 50 0390 26 02 286 0479 28 11 67
0258 03 01 78 0285 604 11 51 0299 603 11 50 0390 27 02 286 0480 01 01 66
0258 10 01 78 0285 605 11 51 0299 604 11 50 0390 28 02 286 0480 03 01 66
0259 01 01 78 0286 01 01 51 0299 605 11 50 0391 01 02 287 0480 26 11 66
0259 03 01 78 0286 03 01 51 0300 00 22 239 0391 03 02 287 0480 27 11 66
0259 10 01 78 0286 20 11 151 0300 01 02 32 0391 20 02 287 0480 28 11 66
0266 01 01 52 0286 203 A 11 151 0300 03 02 32 0391 203 A 02 287 0485 01 01 66
0266 03 01 52 0286 26 11 51 0300 20 02 32 0391 26 02 287 0485 03 01 66
0266 26 11 52 0286 27 01 51 0300 203 A 02 32 0391 27 02 287 0485 20 11 161
Order number
0266 27 01 52 0286 28 11 51 0300 26 02 32 0391 28 02 287 0485 203 A 11 161

directory
0485 26 11 66 0631 28 11 52 0670 28 11 53 0869 28 11 78 1002 29 01 100

0485 27 01 66 0638 01 01 54 0673 01 01 51 0870 01 01 81 1002 326 11 113
0485 28 11 66 0638 03 01 54 0673 03 01 51 0870 03 01 81 1002 327 01 112
0485 603 11 66 0638 26 11 54 0673 26 11 51 0870 20 11 178 1002 328 11 113
0485 604 11 66 0638 27 01 54 0673 27 01 51 0870 203 A 11 178 1002 331 11 120
0485 605 11 66 0638 28 11 54 0673 28 11 51 0870 26 11 81 1002 332 11 121
0485 613 11 66 0640 20 02 164 0674 01 01 53 0870 27 01 81 1002 334 01 118
0485 614 11 66 0640 203 A 02 164 0674 03 01 53 0870 28 11 81 1002 36 11 113
0485 615 11 66 0640 603 02 71 0674 26 11 53 0876 01 01 80 1002 395 11 118
0487 01 01 67 0640 604 02 71 0674 27 01 53 0876 03 01 80 1002 397 11 119
0487 03 01 67 0640 605 02 71 0674 28 11 53 0876 20 11 177 1002 398 11 119
0487 26 11 67 0642 20 02 164 0676 01 01 50 0876 203 A 11 177 1002 399 11 120
0487 27 01 67 0642 203 A 02 164 0676 03 01 50 0876 26 11 80 1002 410 N 11 106
0487 28 11 67 0650 01 02 57 0676 26 11 50 0876 27 01 80 1002 411 N 11 106
0488 01 01 67 0650 03 02 57 0676 27 01 50 0876 28 11 80 1002 412 N 11 106
0488 03 01 67 0650 20 02 153 0676 28 11 50 0880 01 06 442 1002 413 N 11 106
0488 20 11 67 0650 203 A 02 153 0679 01 01 52 0880 03 06 442 1002 414 N 11 108
0488 203 A 11 67 0650 26 02 57 0679 03 01 52 0880 20 06 442 1002 415 N 11 108
0488 26 11 67 0650 27 02 57 0679 26 11 52 0880 203 A 06 442 1002 416 N 11 107
0488 27 01 67 0650 28 02 57 0679 27 01 52 0880 26 06 442 1002 417 N 11 107
0488 28 11 67 0650 603 02 57 0679 28 11 52 0880 27 06 442 1002 418 N 11 107
0495 72 03 82 0650 604 02 57 0681 20 11 178 0880 28 06 442 1002 421 N 11 106
0495 88 34 514 0650 605 02 57 0682 01 01 81 0889 01 06 443 1002 422 N 11 106
0497 07 01 248 0652 01 02 57 0682 03 01 81 0889 03 06 443 1002 423 N 11 107
0497 08 01 248 0652 03 02 57 0682 20 11 178 0889 20 06 443 1002 424 N 11 108
0497 10 01 248 0652 26 02 57 0682 203 A 11 178 0889 203 A 06 443 1002 425 N 11 108
0497 18 01 248 0652 27 02 57 0682 26 11 81 0889 26 06 443 1002 426 N 11 108
049705 01 249 0652 28 02 57 0682 27 01 81 0889 27 06 443 1002 427 N 11 107
049722 01 251 0659 01 01 75 0682 28 11 81 0889 28 06 443 1002 428 N 11 107
049727 01 251 0659 03 01 75 0711 22 01 102 0903 00 06 406 1002 50 11 118
049732 01 251 0659 26 11 75 0712 22 01 102 0913 00 06 531 1002 505 11 127
049735 01 251 0659 27 01 75 0713 22 01 102 0930 00 02 279 1002 51 11 118
049806 01 251 0659 28 11 75 0732 00 01 381 0931 00 02 280 1002 512 11 127
049810 01 252 0660 01 01 75 0801 01 01 250 0932 00 01 249 1002 518 11 127
0529 00 05 423 0660 03 01 75 0801 20 11 249 0933 00 01 249 1002 522 11 127
0538 01 06 85 0660 26 11 75 0803 01 01 250 0934 00 02 280 1002 53 11 119
0538 03 06 85 0660 27 01 75 0803 20 11 249 0935 00 01 248 1002 59 11 120
0538 20 06 180 0660 28 11 75 0804 01 01 250 0937 00 01 371 1002 621 11 134
0538 203 A 06 180 0661 01 02 258 0804 20 11 249 0992 00 01 248 1002 622 11 134
0538 26 06 85 0661 03 02 258 0806 01 01 250 0993 00 01 249 1002 623 11 134
0538 27 06 85 0661 20 02 258 0806 20 11 249 0994 00 01 249 1002 631 11 134
0538 28 06 85 0661 203 A 02 258 0807 20 11 249 0995 00 01 248 1002 632 11 134
0538 603 06 85 0661 26 02 258 0810 00 02 252 0996 00 01 248 1002 633 11 134
0538 604 06 85 0661 27 02 258 0817 02 A 08 265 0997 00 01 248 1002 641 11 135
0538 605 06 85 0661 28 02 258 0817 04 A 08 265 0999 00 01 249 1002 642 11 135
0539 01 06 85 0661 65 02 258 0817 10 A 08 265 1002 01 01 94 1002 643 11 135
0539 03 06 85 0661 66 02 258 0820 01 02 276 1002 03 01 94 1002 661 11 136
0539 20 06 180 0661 67 02 258 0820 03 02 276 1002 04 01 94 1002 662 11 136
0539 203 A 06 180 0664 01 02 73 0820 20 02 276 1002 05 11 126 1002 663 11 136
0539 26 06 85 0664 03 02 73 0820 203 A 02 276 1002 06 11 113 1002 671 11 136
0539 27 06 85 0664 20 02 165 0820 26 02 276 1002 07 11 112 1002 672 11 136
0539 28 06 85 0664 203 A 02 165 0820 27 02 276 1002 08 11 113 1002 673 11 136
0539 603 06 85 0664 26 02 73 0820 28 02 276 1002 10 11 128 1002 681 11 137
0539 604 06 85 0664 27 02 73 0821 00 02 236 1002 12 11 126 1002 682 11 137
0539 605 06 85 0664 28 02 73 0822 01 22 277 1002 122 11 126 1002 683 11 137
0540 01 06 85 0664 603 02 73 0822 03 22 277 1002 126 11 127 1002 69 11 121
0540 03 06 85 0664 604 02 73 0822 20 02 277 1002 127 11 127 1002 71 11 112
0540 20 06 180 0664 605 02 73 0822 203 A 02 277 1002 13 11 120 1002 723 01 114
0540 203 A 06 180 0666 01 01 71 0822 26 02 277 1002 14 11 121 1002 726 11 114
0540 26 06 85 0666 03 01 71 0822 27 22 277 1002 17 11 127 1002 728 11 114
0540 27 06 85 0666 20 11 165 0822 28 02 277 1002 18 11 126 1002 733 11 114
0540 28 06 85 0666 203 A 11 165 0831 02 08 266 1002 201 01 143 1002 736 11 114
0540 603 06 85 0666 26 11 71 0831 10 08 266 1002 202 11 143 1002 738 11 114
0540 604 06 85 0666 27 01 71 0841 01 22 278 1002 203 A 11 143 1002 743 11 115
0540 605 06 85 0666 28 11 71 0841 03 22 278 1002 204 01 145 1002 746 11 115
0570 00 06 389 0666 603 11 73 0841 20 02 278 1002 205 11 144 1002 748 11 115
0572 00 06 530 0666 604 11 73 0841 203 A 02 278 1002 206 A 11 145 1002 753 11 115
0576 00 06 530 0666 605 11 73 0841 26 02 278 1002 207 01 143 1002 756 11 115
0577 00 06 530 0669 01 02 54 0841 27 22 278 1002 208 11 143 1002 758 11 115
0579 00 06 532 0669 03 02 54 0841 28 02 278 1002 209 A 11 143 1002 761 11 116
0580 00 06 531 0669 20 02 152 0848 00 08 478 1002 217 11 128 1002 763 11 116
0586 00 06 532 0669 203 A 02 152 0853 00 02 233 1002 219 11 128 1002 766 11 116
0595 00 06 478 0669 26 02 54 0854 00 02 233 1002 22 01 100 1002 768 11 116
0630 01 01 54 0669 27 02 54 0860 00 02 232 1002 220 11 128 1002 771 11 117
0630 03 01 54 0669 28 02 54 0861 00 02 281 1002 221 11 129 1002 773 11 117
0630 26 11 54 0669 603 02 54 0866 00 02 232 1002 223 11 129 1002 776 11 117
0630 27 01 54 0669 604 02 54 0869 01 01 78 1002 226 11 128 1002 778 11 117
0630 28 11 54 0669 605 02 54 0869 03 01 78 1002 227 11 128 1002 803 01 112
0631 01 01 52 0670 01 01 53 0869 20 11 175 1002 229 11 129 1002 806 11 112
0631 03 01 52 0670 03 01 53 0869 203 A 11 175 1002 23 11 100 1002 808 11 112
0631 26 11 52 0670 26 11 53 0869 26 11 78 1002 24 11 118 1002 81 11 113
Order number
0631 27 01 52 0670 27 01 53 0869 27 01 78 1002 25 11 100 1002 85 11 118

directory
1002 87 11 119 1102 23 11 101 1177 27 02 30 1270 65 10 315 1309 20 02 279

1002 88 11 119 1102 25 11 101 1177 28 02 30 1270 66 10 315 1309 203 A 02 279
1002 89 11 120 1102 27 01 95 1181 00 02 240 1270 67 10 315 1309 26 02 279
1002 92 11 119 1102 29 01 101 1182 00 02 241 1273 00 18 319 1309 27 02 279
1002 93 11 120 1103 01 01 94 1182 01 02 33 1274 00 18 317 1309 28 02 279
1004 00 26 457 1103 03 01 94 1182 03 02 33 1275 00 18 317 1320 32 02 199
1006 00 26 458 1103 22 01 101 1182 20 02 33 1276 00 18 317 1321 32 02 199
1010 00 A 26 474 1103 23 11 101 1182 203 A 02 33 1277 00 18 317 1323 32 02 199
1021 00 26 475 1103 25 11 101 1182 26 02 33 1279 01 10 325 1324 32 02 199
1022 00 26 473 1103 27 01 95 1182 27 02 33 1279 03 10 325 1325 32 02 199
1023 00 26 454 1103 29 01 101 1182 28 02 33 1279 20 10 325 1326 32 02 199
1024 00 26 478 1104 01 01 55 1183 00 02 242 1279 203 A 10 325 1327 32 02 199
1025 00 A 26 475 1104 03 01 55 1184 00 02 239 1279 26 10 325 1328 32 02 199
1034 00 02 239 1104 26 11 55 1192 26 17 211 1279 27 10 325 1329 32 02 199
1035 00 02 246 1104 27 01 55 1192 27 17 211 1279 28 10 325 1340 00 17 218
1036 00 26 460 1104 28 11 55 1193 26 17 211 1280 101 18 327 1343 26 17 218
1037 00 26 460 1109 10 A 01 368 1193 27 17 211 1280 103 18 327 1343 28 17 218
1038 00 26 461 1114 01 01 94 1195 26 17 211 1280 126 18 327 1344 26 17 217
1039 00 26 462 1114 03 01 94 1195 27 17 211 1280 127 18 327 1344 28 17 217
1040 00 26 457 1114 22 01 101 1198 26 17 211 1280 128 18 327 1346 26 17 218
1045 00 26 458 1114 23 11 101 1198 27 17 211 1280 20 18 327 1346 28 17 218
1046 00 26 459 1114 25 11 101 1200 01 18 333 1280 203 A 18 327 1353 26 17 217
1057 00 06 450 1114 27 01 95 1200 03 18 333 1280 603 18 327 1353 28 17 217
1058 00 06 451 1114 29 01 101 1200 20 18 333 1280 604 18 327 1354 26 17 216
1059 00 06 450 1115 01 01 94 1200 203 A 18 333 1280 605 18 327 1354 28 17 216
1070 00 06 406 1115 03 01 94 1200 26 18 333 1281 03 18 327 1355 26 17 216
1071 00 01 89 1115 22 01 101 1200 27 18 333 1283 100 18 328 1355 28 17 216
1071 202 11 181 1115 23 11 101 1200 28 18 333 1283 20 18 328 1356 26 17 216
1072 00 01 89 1115 25 11 101 1201 00 10 346 1283 203 A 18 328 1356 28 17 216
1079 00 26 454 1115 27 01 95 1210 00 18 348 1285 100 18 328 1358 27 17 211
1080 00 26 455 1115 29 01 101 1211 00 18 345 1285 20 18 328 1358 28 17 211
1081 00 01 90 1117 00 02 280 1220 00 10 346 1285 203 A 18 328 1361 26 17 210
1081 02 11 90 1118 00 06 403 1222 00 10 346 1286 01 10 329 1361 27 17 210
1082 00 01 90 1119 00 06 403 1224 00 10 347 1286 03 10 329 1362 26 17 210
1082 02 11 90 1124 00 06 293 1226 00 10 347 1286 20 10 329 1362 27 17 210
1083 00 01 90 1125 00 06 293 1239 01 10 326 1286 203 A 10 329 1363 26 17 210
1083 02 11 90 1126 00 06 293 1239 03 10 326 1286 26 10 329 1363 27 17 210
1084 00 01 90 1127 00 06 406 1239 20 10 326 1286 27 10 329 1364 26 17 210
1084 02 11 90 1128 00 26 479 1239 26 10 326 1286 28 10 329 1364 27 17 210
1085 00 01 90 1129 00 26 479 1239 27 10 326 1287 00 18 341 1365 26 17 210
1086 00 26 453 1130 00 26 478 1239 28 10 326 1288 00 10 342 1365 27 17 210
1087 00 26 453 1148 00 02 234 1250 01 18 324 1289 00 18 345 1366 26 17 210
1089 00 06 251 1149 02 03 523 1250 03 18 324 1290 00 18 340 1366 27 17 210
1090 00 06 251 1150 01 01 53 1250 20 18 324 1291 00 18 340 1367 26 17 210
1091 01 01 94 1150 03 01 53 1250 203 A 18 324 1296 00 18 344 1367 27 17 210
1091 03 01 94 1150 26 11 53 1250 26 18 324 1297 00 18 319 1368 26 17 210
1091 22 01 101 1150 27 01 53 1250 27 18 324 1298 00 18 319 1368 27 17 210
1091 23 11 101 1150 28 11 53 1250 28 18 324 1299 00 18 319 1401 27 01 90
1091 25 11 101 1161 65 13 193 1250 603 18 324 1300 01 02 258 1402 00 09 194
1091 27 01 95 1161 66 13 193 1250 604 18 324 1300 03 02 258 1405 00 01 248
1091 29 01 101 1161 67 13 193 1250 605 18 324 1300 20 02 258 1406 00 06 531
1092 01 01 94 1162 65 13 193 1255 65 18 319 1300 203 A 02 258 1407 00 09 194
1092 03 01 94 1162 66 13 193 1255 66 18 319 1300 26 02 258 1408 00 09 194
1092 22 01 101 1162 67 13 193 1255 67 18 319 1300 27 02 258 1411 00 01 250
1092 23 11 101 1169 00 02 74 1256 00 18 349 1300 28 02 258 1412 00 01 250
1092 25 11 101 1170 01 02 68 1257 00 18 317 1300 65 02 258 1413 00 01 250
1092 27 01 95 1170 03 02 68 1258 00 18 316 1300 66 02 258 1448 00 01 182
1092 29 01 101 1170 26 02 68 1259 00 18 316 1300 67 02 258 1450 00 09 250
1093 01 01 94 1170 27 02 68 1260 65 18 306 1302 00 02 293 1451 00 09 250
1093 03 01 94 1170 28 02 68 1260 66 18 306 1304 01 06 442 1452 00 09 250
1093 22 01 101 1171 00 02 74 1260 67 18 306 1304 03 06 442 1453 00 09 250
1093 23 11 101 1175 01 02 71 1261 65 18 307 1304 20 06 442 1454 00 09 250
1093 25 11 101 1175 03 02 71 1261 66 18 307 1304 203 A 06 442 1455 00 09 250
1093 27 01 95 1175 20 02 164 1261 67 18 307 1304 26 06 442 1456 00 09 250
1093 29 01 101 1175 203 A 02 164 1262 00 18 308 1304 27 06 442 1457 00 09 250
1094 01 01 94 1175 26 02 71 1263 00 18 308 1304 28 06 442 1458 00 09 250
1094 03 01 94 1175 27 02 71 1264 00 18 309 1305 01 06 443 1459 00 09 250
1094 22 01 101 1175 28 02 71 1265 65 10 309 1305 03 06 443 1483 00 02 503
1094 23 11 101 1176 00 02 237 1265 66 10 309 1305 20 06 443 1493 00 02 406
1094 25 11 101 1176 01 02 30 1265 67 10 309 1305 203 A 06 443 2001 100 02 55
1094 27 01 95 1176 03 02 30 1266 65 18 314 1305 26 06 443 2001 20 02 152
1094 29 01 101 1176 20 02 30 1266 66 18 314 1305 27 06 443 2001 203 A 02 152
1095 01 01 94 1176 203 02 30 1266 67 18 314 1305 28 06 443 2003 100 02 56
1095 03 01 94 1176 26 02 30 1267 65 18 314 1308 01 02 278 2003 20 02 152
1095 22 01 101 1176 27 02 30 1267 66 18 314 1308 03 02 278 2003 203 A 02 152
1095 23 11 101 1176 28 02 30 1267 67 18 314 1308 20 02 278 2008 00 06 388
1095 25 11 101 1177 00 02 238 1268 65 18 314 1308 203 A 02 278 2009 00 06 388
1095 27 01 95 1177 01 02 30 1268 66 18 314 1308 26 02 278 2018 00 02 244
1095 29 01 101 1177 03 02 30 1268 67 18 314 1308 27 02 278 2020 00 02 245
1102 01 01 94 1177 20 02 30 1269 65 10 315 1308 28 02 278 2028 00 02 245
1102 03 01 94 1177 203 02 30 1269 66 10 315 1309 01 02 279 2030 00 02 246
Order number
1102 22 01 101 1177 26 02 30 1269 67 10 315 1309 03 02 279 2067 05 36 332

directory
2067 12 36 332 2132 607 07 397 2145 609 06 397 2210 00 06 444 2286 03 03 84
2068 00 N 05 425 2132 608 07 397 2145 610 07 398 2212 01 07 398 2286 05 03 84
2069 05 36 331 2132 609 06 395 2150 04 06 474 2212 03 07 398 2286 20 03 179
2069 12 36 331 2132 610 07 397 2152 00 26 462 2212 26 07 398 2286 203 A 03 179
2070 00 05 433 2133 01 06 394 2154 00 26 462 2212 27 07 398 2286 26 03 84
2075 00 05 424 2133 03 06 394 2158 00 26 469 2212 28 07 398 2286 27 03 84
2076 00 05 427 2133 20 06 394 2160 00 26 463 2215 01 07 398 2286 28 03 84
2077 05 36 332 2133 203 A 06 394 2161 00 26 463 2215 03 07 398 2287 01 03 84
2077 12 36 332 2133 210 06 396 2162 00 26 472 2215 26 07 398 2287 03 03 84
2078 00 A 05 426 2133 211 A 06 396 2163 00 26 471 2215 27 07 398 2287 05 03 84
2080 05 05 427 2133 212 07 397 2164 00 06 452 2215 28 07 398 2287 20 03 180
2080 12 05 427 2133 213 A 07 397 2165 00 06 451 2220 00 06 438 2287 203 A 03 180
2080 122 05 427 2133 26 06 394 2166 00 06 452 2224 00 N 26 467 2287 26 03 84
2080 18 05 427 2133 28 06 394 2167 00 26 455 2225 00 06 439 2287 27 03 84
2081 00 05 427 2133 605 06 396 2168 00 26 454 2228 01 06 86 2287 28 03 84
2082 00 05 427 2133 606 06 396 2169 00 06 292 2228 03 06 86 2288 01 03 84
2083 00 05 427 2133 607 07 397 2171 00 26 464 2228 26 06 86 2288 03 03 84
2093 00 05 428 2133 608 07 397 2172 00 26 465 2228 27 06 86 2288 05 03 84
2096 00 N 05 432 2133 609 06 396 2174 00 26 466 2228 28 06 86 2288 20 03 180
2098 00 05 428 2133 610 07 397 2176 00 N 06 470 2238 01 06 86 2288 203 A 03 180
2100 01 06 404 2134 01 06 394 2179 00 06 293 2238 03 06 86 2288 26 03 84
2100 03 06 404 2134 03 06 394 2180 00 26 468 2238 20 06 180 2288 27 03 84
2100 20 06 404 2134 20 06 394 2181 01 06 395 2238 26 06 86 2288 28 03 84
2100 203 A 06 404 2134 203 A 06 394 2181 03 06 395 2238 27 06 86 2301 01 02 259
2100 26 06 404 2134 210 06 396 2181 26 06 395 2238 28 06 86 2301 03 02 259
2100 27 06 404 2134 211 A 06 396 2181 27 06 395 2241 00 06 445 2301 20 02 259
2100 28 06 404 2134 212 07 398 2181 28 06 395 2242 00 06 445 2301 203 A 02 259
2101 01 06 404 2134 213 A 07 398 2182 01 06 395 2260 01 02 58 2301 26 02 259
2101 03 06 404 2134 26 06 394 2182 03 06 395 2260 03 02 58 2301 27 02 259
2101 20 06 404 2134 28 06 394 2182 26 06 395 2260 20 02 153 2301 28 02 259
2101 203 A 06 404 2134 605 06 396 2182 27 06 395 2260 203 A 02 153 2301 65 02 259
2101 26 06 404 2134 606 06 396 2182 28 06 395 2260 26 02 58 2301 66 02 259
2101 27 06 404 2134 607 07 398 2183 01 06 396 2260 27 02 58 2301 67 02 259
2101 28 06 404 2134 608 07 398 2183 03 06 396 2260 28 02 58 2302 01 02 260
2102 00 A 06 444 2134 609 06 396 2183 26 06 396 2261 01 02 50 2302 03 02 260
2103 00 A 06 444 2134 610 07 398 2183 27 06 396 2261 03 02 50 2302 20 02 260
2104 01 06 405 2136 01 06 394 2183 28 06 396 2261 20 02 150 2302 203 A 02 260
2104 03 06 405 2136 03 06 394 2184 01 06 396 2261 203 A 02 150 2302 26 02 260
2104 20 06 405 2136 20 06 394 2184 03 06 396 2261 26 02 50 2302 27 02 260
2104 203 A 06 405 2136 203 A 06 394 2184 26 06 396 2261 27 02 50 2302 28 02 260
2104 26 06 405 2136 210 06 396 2184 27 06 396 2261 28 02 50 2302 65 02 260
2104 27 06 405 2136 211 A 06 396 2184 28 06 396 2262 00 22 242 2302 66 02 260
2104 28 06 405 2136 212 07 398 2186 01 06 396 2263 00 02 238 2302 67 02 260
2105 02 06 440 2136 213 A 07 398 2186 03 06 396 2265 01 02 290 2315 01 02 58
2105 04 06 440 2136 26 06 394 2186 26 06 396 2265 03 02 290 2315 03 02 58
2106 02 06 441 2136 28 06 394 2186 27 06 396 2265 20 02 290 2315 20 02 153
2106 04 06 441 2136 605 06 396 2186 28 06 396 2265 203 A 02 290 2315 203 A 02 153
2110 02 06 445 2136 606 06 396 2192 01 06 396 2265 26 02 290 2315 26 02 58
2110 04 06 445 2136 607 07 398 2192 03 06 396 2265 27 02 290 2315 27 02 58
2114 00 26 469 2136 608 07 398 2192 26 06 396 2265 28 02 290 2315 28 02 58
2115 00 06 445 2136 609 06 396 2192 27 06 396 2270 02 02 260 2315 603 02 58
2116 00 01 267 2136 610 07 398 2192 28 06 396 2270 04 02 260 2315 604 02 58
2126 00 N 26 476 2142 01 06 395 2195 01 06 397 2280 01 03 82 2315 605 02 58
2128 00 N 26 476 2142 03 06 395 2195 03 06 397 2280 03 03 82 2316 01 02 58
2131 01 06 393 2142 20 06 395 2195 26 06 397 2280 05 03 82 2316 03 02 58
2131 03 06 393 2142 203 A 06 395 2195 27 06 397 2280 20 03 179 2316 20 02 153
2131 20 06 393 2142 210 06 396 2195 28 06 397 2280 203 A 03 179 2316 203 A 02 153
2131 203 A 06 393 2142 211 A 06 396 2201 01 07 397 2280 26 03 82 2316 26 02 58
2131 210 06 395 2142 212 07 398 2201 03 07 397 2280 27 03 82 2316 27 02 58
2131 211 A 06 395 2142 213 A 07 398 2201 26 07 397 2280 28 03 82 2316 28 02 58
2131 212 07 397 2142 26 06 395 2201 27 07 397 2281 00 03 83 2316 603 02 58
2131 213 A 07 397 2142 28 06 395 2201 28 07 397 2282 01 03 83 2316 604 02 58
2131 26 06 393 2142 605 06 396 2202 01 07 397 2282 03 03 83 2316 605 02 58
2131 28 06 393 2142 606 06 396 2202 03 07 397 2282 05 03 83 2324 01 02 276
2131 605 06 395 2142 607 07 398 2202 26 07 397 2282 20 03 179 2324 03 02 276
2131 606 06 395 2142 608 07 398 2202 27 07 397 2282 203 A 03 179 2324 20 02 276
2131 607 07 397 2142 609 06 396 2202 28 07 397 2282 26 03 83 2324 203 A 02 276
2131 608 07 397 2142 610 07 398 2203 01 07 397 2282 27 03 83 2324 26 02 276
2131 609 06 395 2145 01 06 395 2203 03 07 397 2282 28 03 83 2324 27 02 276
2131 610 07 397 2145 03 06 395 2203 26 07 397 2284 01 03 83 2324 28 02 276
2132 01 06 394 2145 20 06 395 2203 27 07 397 2284 03 03 83 2328 01 02 276
2132 03 06 394 2145 203 A 06 395 2203 28 07 397 2284 05 03 83 2328 03 02 276
2132 20 06 394 2145 210 06 397 2204 01 07 398 2284 26 03 83 2328 20 02 276
2132 203 A 06 394 2145 211 A 06 397 2204 03 07 398 2285 01 03 84 2328 203 A 02 276
2132 210 06 395 2145 212 07 398 2204 26 07 398 2285 03 03 84 2328 26 02 276
2132 211 A 06 395 2145 213 A 07 398 2204 27 07 398 2285 05 03 84 2328 27 02 276
2132 212 07 397 2145 26 06 395 2204 28 07 398 2285 20 03 180 2328 28 02 276
2132 213 A 07 397 2145 28 06 395 2206 01 07 398 2285 203 A 03 180 2331 02 03 525
2132 26 06 394 2145 605 06 397 2206 03 07 398 2285 26 03 84 2333 00 09 526
2132 28 06 394 2145 606 06 397 2206 26 07 398 2285 27 03 84 2340 00 03 524
2132 605 06 395 2145 607 07 398 2206 27 07 398 2285 28 03 84 2342 00 03 526
Order number
2132 606 06 395 2145 608 07 398 2206 28 07 398 2286 01 03 84 2343 00 06 475
directory
2346 02 03 523 2503 20 20 310 2773 03 29 36 2786 28 29 37 2837 03 29 28

2347 00 03 525 2504 20 20 310 2773 20 29 36 2787 01 29 37 2837 20 29 28
2359 00 02 68 2506 20 20 310 2773 203 A 29 36 2787 03 29 37 2837 203 A 29 28
2359 01 02 38 2508 20 20 310 2773 26 29 36 2787 20 29 37 2837 26 29 28
2359 03 02 38 2509 20 20 310 2773 28 29 36 2787 203 A 29 37 2837 28 29 28
2359 20 02 38 2510 20 20 311 2774 01 29 37 2787 26 29 37 2838 01 29 28
2359 203 A 02 38 2512 20 20 311 2774 03 29 37 2787 28 29 37 2838 03 29 28
2359 26 02 38 2551 20 20 312 2774 20 29 37 2788 01 29 37 2838 20 29 28
2359 27 02 38 2552 20 20 312 2774 203 A 29 37 2788 03 29 37 2838 203 A 29 28
2359 28 02 38 2553 20 20 312 2774 26 29 37 2788 20 29 37 2838 26 29 28
2361 00 02 73 2554 20 20 312 2774 28 29 37 2788 26 29 37 2838 28 29 28
2366 01 02 262 2556 20 20 312 2775 01 29 37 2788 28 29 37 2840 01 29 67
2366 03 02 262 2558 20 20 312 2775 03 29 37 2791 20 11 166 2840 03 29 67
2366 26 02 262 2559 20 20 312 2775 20 29 37 2791 203 A 11 166 2840 20 29 161
2366 27 02 262 2560 20 20 313 2775 203 A 29 37 2792 20 11 166 2840 203 A 29 161
2366 28 02 262 2562 20 20 313 2775 26 29 37 2792 203 A 11 166 2840 26 29 67
2368 01 02 262 2570 00 18 344 2775 28 29 37 2793 20 11 166 2840 27 29 67
2368 03 02 262 2572 00 10 343 2776 01 29 35 2793 203 A 11 166 2840 28 29 67
2368 26 02 262 2605 01 10 353 2776 03 29 35 2794 20 11 166 2842 01 29 66
2368 27 02 262 2605 03 10 353 2776 20 29 35 2794 203 A 11 166 2842 03 29 66
2368 28 02 262 2605 20 10 353 2776 203 A 29 35 2795 20 11 166 2842 20 29 160
2370 01 02 288 2605 203 A 10 353 2776 26 29 35 2795 203 A 11 166 2842 203 A 29 160
2370 03 02 288 2605 26 10 353 2776 28 29 35 2796 20 11 166 2842 26 29 66
2370 20 02 288 2605 27 10 353 2777 01 29 35 2796 203 A 11 166 2842 27 29 66
2370 203 A 02 288 2605 28 10 353 2777 03 29 35 2797 20 11 166 2842 28 29 66
2370 26 02 288 2605 65 10 353 2777 20 29 35 2797 203 A 11 166 2843 01 29 66
2370 27 02 288 2605 66 10 353 2777 203 A 29 35 2798 20 11 166 2843 03 29 66
2370 28 02 288 2605 67 10 353 2777 26 29 35 2798 203 A 11 166 2843 20 29 160
2373 00 02 267 2610 01 10 330 2777 28 29 35 2799 20 11 166 2843 203 A 29 160
2376 01 02 262 2610 03 10 330 2778 01 29 35 2799 203 A 11 166 2843 26 29 66
2376 03 02 262 2610 26 10 330 2778 03 29 35 2800 20 11 166 2843 27 29 66
2376 26 02 262 2610 27 10 330 2778 20 29 35 2800 203 A 11 166 2843 28 29 66
2376 27 02 262 2610 28 10 330 2778 203 A 29 35 2819 00 01 38 2844 01 29 27
2376 28 02 262 2620 97 10 339 2778 26 29 35 2820 01 29 38 2844 03 29 27
2378 01 02 262 2620 98 10 339 2778 28 29 35 2820 03 29 38 2844 20 29 27
2378 03 02 262 2620 99 10 339 2779 01 29 35 2820 20 29 38 2844 203 A 29 27
2378 26 02 262 2640 01 01 79 2779 03 29 35 2820 203 A 29 38 2844 26 29 27
2378 27 02 262 2640 03 01 79 2779 20 29 35 2820 26 29 38 2844 28 29 27
2378 28 02 262 2640 20 11 176 2779 203 A 29 35 2820 28 29 38 2845 01 29 27
2380 00 02 244 2640 203 A 11 176 2779 26 29 35 2830 01 29 29 2845 03 29 27
2381 01 02 290 2640 26 11 79 2779 28 29 35 2830 03 29 29 2845 20 29 27
2381 03 02 290 2640 27 01 79 2780 01 29 35 2830 20 29 29 2845 203 A 29 27
2381 20 02 290 2640 28 11 79 2780 03 29 35 2830 203 A 29 29 2845 26 29 27
2381 203 A 02 290 2645 01 01 79 2780 20 29 35 2830 26 29 29 2845 28 29 27
2381 26 02 290 2645 03 01 79 2780 203 A 29 35 2830 28 29 29 2849 00 29 25
2381 27 02 290 2645 26 11 79 2780 26 29 35 2831 01 29 29 2850 20 11 147
2381 28 02 290 2645 28 11 79 2780 28 29 35 2831 03 29 29 2850 203 A 11 147
2382 00 02 267 2648 01 01 80 2781 01 29 35 2831 20 29 29 2851 20 11 147
2385 00 02 230 2648 03 01 80 2781 03 29 35 2831 203 A 29 29 2851 203 A 11 147
2385 01 02 31 2648 10 01 80 2781 20 29 35 2831 26 29 29 2860 20 11 148
2385 03 02 31 2648 112 01 361 2781 203 A 29 35 2831 28 29 29 2860 201 01 148
2385 20 02 31 2648 20 11 177 2781 26 29 35 2832 01 29 29 2860 203 A 11 148
2385 26 02 31 2658 01 01 80 2781 28 29 35 2832 03 29 29 2861 20 11 148
2385 27 02 31 2658 03 01 80 2782 01 29 36 2832 20 29 29 2861 201 01 148
2385 28 02 31 2658 112 01 361 2782 03 29 36 2832 203 A 29 29 2861 203 A 11 148
2395 01 02 39 2658 20 11 177 2782 20 29 36 2832 26 29 29 2870 00 09 251
2395 03 02 39 2658 203 A 01 177 2782 203 A 29 36 2832 28 29 29 2870 02 09 251
2395 20 02 39 2658 26 11 80 2782 26 29 36 2833 01 29 29 2881 201 01 144
2395 203 A 02 39 2658 27 01 80 2782 28 29 36 2833 03 29 29 2881 202 11 144
2395 26 02 39 2658 28 11 80 2783 01 29 36 2833 20 29 29 2881 203 A 11 144
2395 27 02 39 2664 01 03 56 2783 03 29 36 2833 203 A 29 29 2882 201 01 144
2395 28 02 39 2664 03 03 56 2783 20 29 36 2833 26 29 29 2882 202 11 144
2399 02 02 263 2664 26 03 56 2783 203 A 29 36 2833 28 29 29 2882 203 A 11 144
2430 100 N 03 508 2664 27 03 56 2783 26 29 36 2834 01 29 28 2883 201 01 144
2435 10 N 03 508 2664 28 03 56 2783 28 29 36 2834 03 29 28 2883 202 11 144
2451 00 01 373 2724 01 01 68 2784 01 29 36 2834 20 29 28 2883 203 A 11 144
2452 00 01 373 2724 03 01 68 2784 03 29 36 2834 203 A 29 28 2884 201 01 144
2485 00 01 40 2724 26 11 68 2784 20 29 36 2834 26 29 28 2884 202 11 144
2486 00 01 40 2724 27 01 68 2784 203 A 29 36 2834 28 29 28 2884 203 A 11 144
2487 00 01 40 2724 28 11 68 2784 26 29 36 2835 01 29 28 2886 201 01 144
2488 00 01 40 2727 01 01 68 2784 28 29 36 2835 03 29 28 2886 202 11 144
2489 00 01 40 2727 03 01 68 2785 01 29 37 2835 20 29 28 2886 203 A 11 144
2490 00 01 41 2727 26 11 68 2785 03 29 37 2835 203 A 29 28 2891 00 01 145
2491 00 01 41 2727 27 01 68 2785 20 29 37 2835 26 29 28 2892 00 01 145
2492 00 01 41 2727 28 11 68 2785 203 A 29 37 2835 28 29 28 2893 00 01 145
2493 00 01 41 2772 01 29 36 2785 26 29 37 2836 01 29 28 2894 00 01 145
2494 00 01 41 2772 03 29 36 2785 28 29 37 2836 03 29 28 2896 00 11 145
2495 00 01 41 2772 20 29 36 2786 01 29 37 2836 20 29 28 2897 00 11 145
2496 00 01 41 2772 203 A 29 36 2786 03 29 37 2836 203 A 29 28 2898 00 11 145
2497 00 01 42 2772 26 29 36 2786 20 29 37 2836 26 29 28 2899 00 11 145
2501 20 20 310 2772 28 29 36 2786 203 A 29 37 2836 28 29 28 2911 01 34 515
Order number
2502 20 20 310 2773 01 29 36 2786 26 29 37 2837 01 29 28 2911 03 34 515

directory
2912 01 34 515 5501 910 N 20 305 5634 03 01 368 5661 10 01 366 5689 01 01 364
2912 03 34 515 5502 902 N 20 305 5634 10 01 368 5662 01 01 366 5689 03 01 364
2914 01 34 514 5502 910 N 20 305 5635 01 01 368 5662 03 01 366 5689 10 01 364
2914 03 34 514 5503 902 N 20 305 5635 03 01 368 5662 10 01 366 5690 01 01 364
2915 01 34 515 5503 910 N 20 305 5635 10 01 368 5663 01 01 366 5690 03 01 364
2915 03 34 515 5504 902 N 20 305 5636 01 01 368 5663 03 01 366 5690 10 01 364
2916 00 34 515 5504 910 N 20 305 5636 03 01 368 5663 10 01 366 5691 01 01 364
2918 01 34 516 5505 902 N 20 305 5636 10 01 368 5664 01 01 366 5691 03 01 364
2918 03 34 516 5505 910 N 20 305 5637 01 01 368 5664 03 01 366 5691 10 01 364
5101 00 06 413 5508 902 N 20 305 5637 03 01 368 5664 10 01 366 5692 01 01 367
5103 00 06 413 5508 910 N 20 305 5637 10 01 368 5665 01 01 367 5692 03 01 367
5110 00 06 414 5531 902 N 20 302 5638 01 01 368 5665 03 01 367 5692 10 01 367
5111 00 06 389 5531 920 N 20 302 5638 03 01 368 5665 10 01 367 5693 01 01 367
5112 00 06 390 5531 926 N 20 302 5638 10 01 368 5666 01 01 367 5693 03 01 367
5113 00 06 390 5532 902 N 20 302 5639 01 01 369 5666 03 01 367 5693 10 01 367
5120 00 06 414 5532 920 N 20 302 5639 03 01 369 5666 10 01 367 5694 01 01 367
5122 00 06 413 5532 926 N 20 302 5639 10 01 369 5667 01 01 369 5694 03 01 367
5124 00 06 413 5533 902 N 20 302 5640 01 01 369 5667 03 01 369 5694 10 01 367
5131 00 06 390 5533 920 N 20 302 5640 03 01 369 5667 10 01 369 5695 01 01 371
5132 00 06 391 5533 926 N 20 302 5640 10 01 369 5668 01 01 80 5695 03 01 371
5133 00 06 391 5534 902 N 20 302 5641 01 01 369 5668 03 01 80 5695 10 01 371
5134 00 06 391 5534 920 N 20 302 5641 03 01 369 5668 10 01 80 5696 01 01 371
5136 00 06 391 5534 926 N 20 302 5641 10 01 369 5669 01 01 361 5696 03 01 371
5142 00 06 392 5539 000 N 20 302 5642 01 01 370 5669 03 01 361 5696 10 01 371
5145 00 06 392 5541 902 N 20 318 5642 03 01 370 5669 10 01 361 5697 01 01 370
5151 30 06 401 5541 920 N 20 318 5642 10 01 370 5670 01 01 361 5697 03 01 370
5152 30 06 401 5541 926 N 20 318 5643 01 01 370 5670 03 01 361 5697 10 01 370
5161 30 06 402 5542 902 N 20 318 5643 03 01 370 5670 10 01 361 5698 01 01 372
5162 30 06 402 5542 920 N 20 318 5643 10 01 370 5671 01 01 362 5698 03 01 372
5301 00 05 490 5542 926 N 20 318 5644 01 01 364 5671 03 01 362 5698 10 01 372
5304 00 02 502 5543 902 N 20 318 5644 03 01 364 5671 10 01 362 5699 01 01 372
5305 00 02 491 5543 920 N 20 318 5644 10 01 364 5672 01 01 362 5699 03 01 372
5307 00 02 502 5543 926 N 20 318 5645 01 01 364 5672 03 01 362 5699 10 01 372
5308 00 02 502 5547 902 N 20 318 5645 03 01 364 5672 10 01 362 5740 00 01 376
5319 00 02 344 5547 920 N 20 318 5645 10 01 364 5673 01 01 362 5741 00 01 377
5331 00 02 492 5547 926 N 20 318 5646 01 01 365 5673 03 01 362 5742 00 01 377
5331 100 02 492 5549 902 N 20 318 5646 03 01 365 5673 10 01 362 5743 00 01 377
5333 00 02 493 5549 920 N 20 318 5646 10 01 365 5674 01 01 362 5744 00 01 377
5333 100 02 493 5549 926 N 20 318 5647 01 01 365 5674 03 01 362 5745 00 01 377
5338 00 06 407 5560 902 N 20 303 5647 03 01 365 5674 10 01 362 5746 00 01 376
5339 00 02 407 5560 920 N 20 303 5647 10 01 365 5675 01 01 362 5747 00 01 377
5350 10 02 491 5560 926 N 20 303 5648 01 01 369 5675 03 01 362 5748 00 01 376
5352 10 02 491 5561 000 N 10 303 5648 03 01 369 5675 10 01 362 5987 00 34 516
5354 10 02 492 5563 902 N 20 301 5648 10 01 369 5676 01 01 362
5355 10 02 492 5563 920 N 20 301 5649 01 01 369 5676 03 01 362
5358 10 02 503 5563 926 N 20 301 5649 03 01 369 5676 10 01 362
5420 00 02 497 5565 902 N 20 300 5649 10 01 369 5677 01 01 362
5421 00 02 497 5565 920 N 20 300 5650 01 01 369 5677 03 01 362
5422 00 02 498 5565 926 N 20 300 5650 03 01 369 5677 10 01 362
5423 00 02 496 5567 000 N 20 303 5650 10 01 369 5678 01 01 363
5424 00 02 496 5568 902 N 20 304 5651 01 01 369 5678 03 01 363
5425 00 02 496 5568 920 N 20 304 5651 03 01 369 5678 10 01 363
5427 00 02 498 5568 926 N 20 304 5651 10 01 369 5679 01 01 363
5429 00 02 502 5569 902 N 20 301 5652 01 01 365 5679 03 01 363
5430 00 02 500 5569 920 N 20 301 5652 03 01 365 5679 10 01 363
5431 00 02 500 5569 926 N 20 301 5652 10 01 365 5680 01 01 363
5433 00 02 499 5601 00 01 373 5653 01 01 365 5680 03 01 363
5435 00 02 499 5602 00 01 373 5653 03 01 365 5680 10 01 363
5437 00 02 501 5603 00 01 373 5653 10 01 365 5681 01 01 363
5452 00 02 490 5604 00 01 373 5654 01 01 365 5681 03 01 363
5453 00 02 493 5605 00 01 373 5654 03 01 365 5681 10 01 363
5461 02 02 494 5606 00 01 373 5654 10 01 365 5682 01 01 363
5471 00 02 494 5607 00 01 373 5655 01 01 365 5682 03 01 363
5473 00 02 494 5608 00 01 373 5655 03 01 365 5682 10 01 363
5490 01 02 495 5609 00 01 373 5655 10 01 365 5683 01 01 363
5490 03 02 495 5610 00 01 373 5656 01 01 365 5683 03 01 363
5490 20 02 495 5629 01 01 372 5656 03 01 365 5683 10 01 363
5490 203 A 02 495 5629 03 01 372 5656 10 01 365 5684 01 01 363
5490 26 02 495 5629 10 01 372 5657 01 01 365 5684 03 01 363
5490 27 02 495 5630 01 01 372 5657 03 01 365 5684 10 01 363
5490 28 02 495 5630 03 01 372 5657 10 01 365 5685 01 01 363
5490 603 02 495 5630 10 01 372 5658 01 01 366 5685 03 01 363
5490 604 02 495 5631 01 01 368 5658 03 01 366 5685 10 01 363
5490 605 02 495 5631 03 01 368 5658 10 01 366 5686 01 01 364
5491 01 02 495 5631 10 01 368 5659 01 01 366 5686 03 01 364
5491 03 02 495 5632 01 01 368 5659 03 01 366 5686 10 01 364
5491 20 02 495 5632 03 A 01 368 5659 10 01 366 5687 01 01 364
5491 203 A 02 495 5632 10 01 368 5660 01 01 366 5687 03 01 364
5491 26 02 495 5633 01 01 368 5660 03 01 366 5687 10 01 364
5491 27 02 495 5633 03 01 368 5660 10 01 366 5688 01 01 364
5491 28 02 495 5633 10 01 368 5661 01 01 366 5688 03 01 364
Order number
5501 902 N 20 305 5634 01 01 368 5661 03 01 366 5688 10 01 364

directory
Terms and conditions of sale, delivery and payment
for the Building Technology business division
Scope, definitions 7. If the contract is a fixed-date transaction under the terms of Section 376
of the German Commercial Code, the previous paragraph applies, with the
proviso that Customer can withdraw in writing from the contract to the
Scope: exclusion of all further rights, unless the losses or damage suffered were
These Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment apply only to caused intentionally or as a result of gross negligence.
entrepreneurs, legal persons under public law or special funds under public
law under the terms of Section 310 para. 1 of the German Civil Code. Any 8. In order for Gira to meet the delivery deadline, Customer must fulfil its
terms of Customer running contrary to or diverging from these Conditions of contractual obligations and, in particular, its payment obligations properly
Sale shall not be recognised unless they have been expressly agreed to by and on schedule.
Gira in writing.
5. Transfer of risk, shipment
2. These Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment apply to all
future transactions with Customer, provided that they are legal transactions 1. The Incoterms rules, as amended, currently Incoterms 2010, "EXW" (ex
of a related kind. works) clause, applies to the relationship between Gira and Customer. The
risk of the goods being accidentally destroyed or damaged is transferred to
Definitions: Customer when the goods are shipped to Customer and, at the latest, when
The terms 'Gira', 'Customer' and 'Entrepreneur' have the following meanings: they leave the factory/warehouse. This applies regardless of whether or not
the goods are shipped from the place of fulfilment and regardless of who is
Gira is responsible for the shipping costs.
Gira Giersiepen GmbH & Co KG,
Dahlienstrasse, 2. If Gira takes responsibility for the transport insurance as part of its general
42477 Radevormwald insurance policy, the terms and conditions of the insurance apply and the
following documents must be provided by Customer:
Customer is any entrepreneur that Gira enters into a contract with in
accordance with Section 2 of these General Terms and Conditions. a) Factual report from the transport company (for example the receipt from
the haulage firm)
Entrepreneur is any natural or legal person or partnership with legal b) Original copy of the consignment note
capacity which is exercising its trade or profession when entering into a c) Transfer of rights for the damage caused.
transaction with Gira.
3. If Gira is responsible for the transport damage, Customer must inform
Gira in writing immediately after receiving the shipment that transport
1. General provisions damage has occurred. The damaged parts must be sent back to the factory
in Radevormwald or to the relevant Gira warehouse free of charge. Customer
1. Gira reserves without limitation its rights of ownership and exploitation may not refuse to accept deliveries because of minor defects.
of copyright in respect of cost estimates, drawings and other documents.
The documents may be made available to third parties only with Gira's prior 6. Prices, payment terms, securities
written consent. If the order is not placed, they must be returned to Gira
upon request without undue delay. Sentences 1 and 2 apply mutatis 1. Gira's prices are quoted ex works or from the relevant warehouse and
mutandis to Customers' documents. However, these may be made available exclude the cost of packaging and VAT at the current rate. The cost of the
to any third parties that Gira has commissioned, to the extent permitted, to packaging will be invoiced separately.
deliver the products and services.
2. Unless a fixed price agreement has been reached with Customer, Gira
2. Partial deliveries are permitted if they are acceptable to Customer. reserves the right to make appropriate adjustments to the prices as a result
of changes in the cost of salaries, materials and sales for deliveries that are
2. Offer and conclusion of the contract made three months or more after the contract is concluded.
If a purchase order can be regarded as an offer under the terms of 3. A flat-rate processing fee of GBP 14.00 will be charged for orders with a
Section 145 of the German Civil Code, Gira can accept this within two weeks. value of less than GBP 90.00. For third-party deliveries (where the shipping
address differs from the order address), Gira charges a flat-rate shipping
3. Scope of the deliveries and services charge of at least GBP 7.00 per shipment. Higher shipping charges will be
agreed individually with Customer.
The documents, drawings, information about weights, samples etc. enclosed
with Gira's offer are only approximate, unless otherwise stated in the offer. 4. All Customer's payments must be made to Gira's bank account on the
Gira expressly reserves the right to make changes to the design, layout, agreed dates.
choice of materials and manufacturing process even after sending the order
confirmation, provided that this does not affect the quality, price and/or 5. If Customer's financial situation changes after the date on which Gira
material functional data or the delivery period and that this is acceptable to sends out the order confirmation and if this could call into question
Customer. Customer's ability to fulfil its payment obligations, Gira is entitled to withhold
delivery of the goods or to require Customer to provide security. If Customer
4. Delivery periods does not comply with Gira's request for security within a reasonable period,
Gira is entitled to withdraw from the contract.
1. The delivery period specified by Gira is not binding, unless other
agreements are reached with Customer. This is explicitly dependent on 6. If Customer pays within 10 days of the invoice date, Gira offers a discount
correct and punctual deliveries being made to Gira. of 2%. Gira does not offer a discount on the services that it provides. No
discount will be given on payments that are in arrears. The standard payment
2. The delivery period will be extended if unforeseen, unusual and terms are 30 days net. Gira's representatives and salespeople are not
unavoidable events occur, including but not limited to strikes of any kind, authorised to accept payments or means of payment, unless they have
embargoes and the failure of Gira's suppliers to deliver on schedule. collection authority.
3. If the shipment of the goods is delayed at Customer's request or for other 7. Customer is obliged to comply with Gira's request to pay within 30 days
reasons, for which Gira is not responsible, Customer will pay the resulting of receiving the goods. At the end of this period Customer is considered to
additional costs and will bear the risk of the goods being accidentally be in default, without a further reminder being necessary. While Customer
destroyed or damaged after notification of readiness for delivery. is in default, it must pay interest of 9% above the base rate on the amount it
owes. Gira reserves the right to provide proof that greater damage has been
4. If the product is stored in the Gira factory (or on the premises of Gira's caused by Customer's default and to make a claim for damages.
authorised representatives), Gira is entitled to charge at least 0.5% of the
price of the delivery for every month or part of a month of storage. Gira 8. If Gira has taken responsibility for setting up and assembling the goods,
reserves the right to make other claims, in particular under the terms of unless otherwise agreed, Customer will pay all the necessary incidental costs
Section 373 of the German Commercial Code. such as travel costs, costs of transporting the employee's tools and luggage
and the accommodation allowance, in addition to the agreed payment for the
5. Gira reserves the right to make partial and early deliveries. work.
6. In the event of a delay in delivery, for which Gira is responsible, Customer 7. Offsetting payments and rights of retention
is obliged to grant Gira in writing an appropriate extension period. If, in the
event of a delay in delivery, Customer grants Gira an extension period that is Customer is entitled to offset payments to Gira only if its counterclaims are
reasonable in the circumstances and if Gira misses the new deadline due res judicata or are undisputed. Customer is entitled to exercise a right of
to reasons, for which Gira is responsible, Customer is entitled to withdraw retention with regard to Gira only if its counterclaim is based on the same
from the contract. Customer may only claim compensation if any losses or contractual relationship.
damage suffered were caused intentionally or as a result of gross negligence.

Terms and conditions of sale, delivery and payment
for the Building Technology business division
8. Defects 10. Retention of ownership
Gira's liability for defects is as follows: 1. Gira retains ownership of the goods until all the payments have been
1. All the parts or services that prove to have a defect within the period of received from all the contracts that have been entered into up to the time of
limitations regardless of the operating period must at Gira's discretion be the signing of the final contract between Customer and Gira. Customer can
rectified or replaced with new parts or services, provided that the cause of resell the goods that are subject to retention of ownership as part of its
the defect already existed at the time when the risk was transferred. normal business. However, Customer will assign to Gira all claims for the
amount of the relevant invoice value that Customer has incurred as a result of
2. The period of limitations for claims for defects is 24 months. This does not the resale of the goods to its own customer or to third parties. Customer is
apply if the law specifies longer periods under the terms of Section 438 para. entitled to collect the claims even after they have been assigned. This does
1 point 2 (buildings and items for buildings), Section 479 para. 1 (recourse not affect Gira's authorisation to collect the claims itself. In particular, Gira
claims) and Section 634a para. 1 point 2 (construction defects) of the can require Customer to inform Gira about the assigned claim, its level and
German Civil Code. It also does not apply in the case of loss of life, injury or its debtors, to provide all the information needed for the purposes of
harm to health or of an intentional or grossly negligent breach of duty on the collection, to submit the accompanying documents to Gira immediately and
part of Gira or of malicious silence with regard to a defect. The statutory to inform the debtor of the assignment of the claim in writing.
regulations concerning the suspension of limitations and the suspension and
restarting of the periods remain unaffected. 2. Customer is not entitled to pledge the goods that are subject to retention
of ownership or to transfer ownership of them to third parties in order to
3. Customer must inspect goods and services immediately after receiving provide security.
them. Section 377 of the German Commercial Code applies. Customer must
inform Gira of defects in writing, by email or by fax within a period of two 3. If Customer breaches the terms of the contract, specifically by falling into
weeks. The decisive factor is the date on which Gira receives the complaint. payment arrears, Gira is entitled to take back the goods. If Gira takes back
In the case of obvious defects, this period begins when the goods are or pledges the goods, this does not constitute a withdrawal from the contract
delivered to Customer. In the case of hidden defects, it begins when the on Gira's part. If Gira wishes to withdraw from the contract, it will inform
defects are identified by Customer. If Gira is not notified of the defect within Customer of this expressly in writing. Customer must inform Gira
the specified period, Customer cannot make any warranty claims. Customer immediately in writing of any pledges or other interventions by third parties.
bears the full burden of proof in respect of all claims, in particular with
regard to the defect itself, the date on which it was identified, and the 4. If Customer processes or modifies the purchased item, this is always
timeliness of the complaint. done in the name of and on behalf of Gira. In this case Customer retains its
expectant right to the purchased item in relation to the unmodified item. If
4. In the case of complaints that are submitted in due time and form, the purchased item is processed with other items not belonging to Gira, Gira
Customer is entitled to withhold payments that are proportionate to the will acquire co-ownership of the new item in the proportion of the objective
defects that have been identified. Customer can withhold payments only value of the purchased item to the value of the other items at the time when
if a complaint has been made, whose justification is beyond doubt. If the they are processed. This also applies to the mixing of items. If the items are
complaint was made wrongly, Gira is entitled to require that Customer mixed in such a way that Customer's product can be regarded as the main
reimburse it for any expenses incurred. product, it is agreed that Customer will transfer proportional co-ownership to
Gira and will safeguard Gira's resulting sole ownership or co-ownership. In
5. First of all, Gira must be given a reasonable opportunity to rectify the order to provide security for Gira's claim against Customer, Customer will
problem within a reasonable period. Any parts that have been replaced must also assign to Gira claims against a third party that result from combining the
be sent back to Gira on request free of charge. goods under retention of title with a piece of land. Gira hereby agrees to
accept this assignment.
6. If the attempt to rectify the problem fails (under the terms of Section 440
of the German Civil Code), Customercan withdraw from the contract 5. Gira will release Customer's security on request at Gira's discretion and to
orreduce the payment amount, notwithstanding any claims for damages the extent that the value of the security exceeds the value of the claims being
under the terms of Section 12. secured by more than 25%.
7. Claims cannot be made for defects if there is only a minor deviation from 11. Impossibility of delivery
the product's agreed level of quality or a minor impairment of the usability of
the product or if there is natural wear or damage which occurred after If it is impossible to deliver the goods or services, Customer is entitled
the transfer of risks as a result of incorrect or negligent handling, excessive to claim damages, unless Gira is not responsible for the impossibility of
loads, unsuitable operating resources, faulty construction work, an delivering the goods. However, Customer's claim for damages is restricted to
unsuitable building area or external influences which are not implied in the 10% of the value of that part of the delivery that cannot be put into operation
contract or if there are unreproducible software errors. If Customer or a third because of the impossibility of delivery. This restriction does not apply if
party makes improper changes or carries out improper repairs, Customer is mandatory liability is applicable in cases of intent, gross negligence or due
not entitled to make a claim for defects for these problems or the resulting to loss of life, injury or harm to health. This does not involve a change in the
consequences. Gira's warranty terms require the product to be fitted burden of proof to Customer's disadvantage. Customer's right to withdraw
correctly and to be started up and used precisely in accordance with the from the contract remains unaffected.
operating instructions.
12. Other claims for damages
8. Customer cannot make any claims for the necessary expenses incurred
for the purpose of rectifying the problem and in particular the cost of 1. Customer cannot make claims for damages and expenses (referred to
transport, travel, labour and material, if the expenses have increased in the following as claims for damages) for whatever legal reason and, in
because the object of delivery was subsequently taken to a location other particular, due to a breach of contractual obligations or due to unlawful acts.
than Customer's site, unless taking it to the other location corresponds This does not apply if mandatory liability is applicable, for example under
with its intended use. the terms of the German Product Liability Act, in cases of intent, gross
negligence, loss of life, injury or harm to health or as a result of the breach
9. Customer may make recourse claims against Gira under the terms of of material contractual obligations. However, a claim for damages for the
Section 478 of the German Civil Code (recourse of the entrepreneur) only if breach of material contractual obligations is restricted to foreseeable
Customer has not reached any agreements with its own customer that go damages that are typical for this type of contract, provided that there is
beyond the statutory claims for defects. With regard to the scope of no intent or gross negligence involved and that there is no liability for
Customer's recourse claim against Gira under the terms of Section 478 para 2 loss of life, injury or harm to health.
of the German Civil Code, No. 8 paras 7 and 8 additionally apply mutatis
mutandis. 2. For the rest, the basis and extent of claims for damages is restricted to the
amount of insurance available to Gira at the time the damage occurred.
10. With regard to claims for damages, Section 12 (Other claims for
damages) of these Terms and Conditions of Sale, Delivery and Payment 3. If Customer is entitled to make claims for damages under the terms of this
otherwise applies. Customer cannot make further claims or claims other Section 12, the statutory regulations concerning the period of limitations
than those described in this Section 8 against Gira and its agents because apply.
of a defect.
13. Place of fulfilment, place of jurisdiction, scope
9. Returns processing (Return of goods)
1. The place of fulfilment for all obligations referred to in this contract,
1. If Customer's warranty claim is not valid, Gira is not obliged to take the including a claim resulting from withdrawal, is Radevormwald, Germany.
goods back.
2. The places of jurisdiction are the places where the courts with jurisdiction
2. If Gira makes an exception and agrees to take back Customer's goods over Radevormwald are located. This also applies to legal proceedings
without a warranty claim being made, this constitutes a voluntary measure concerning bills of exchange and cheques and, in particular to claims relating
and does not involve the recognition of legal obligations. This does not justify to the debt collection procedure. However, if legal proceedings against Gira
Customer making a claim for the refund of the purchase price. are not pending, Gira is entitled to take proceedings against Customer in the
court with jurisdiction over the town where Customer is based.
3. If Gira processes a return without a warranty claim being made as
described in para 2 above, Customer will be charged a flat-rate processing 3. The law of the Federal Republic of Germany applies to all legal
fee. The current amount of the fee can be found on Gira's website at http:// relationships relating to this contract. The United Nations Convention on
www.gira.de/service and http://www.gira.de/service/fgh/retouren.html. Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG) is expressly excluded.

1 - B Index
1 --Heating actuator Basic, 6-gang DRA (KNX) --Standard top unit and relay insert (System
D292 2000) D39
110V control unit --Heating, ventilation, air conditioning DRA --Standard up to 1.10m D258
--DRA KNX, 4-gang w. manual operation (KNX) D469 --Standard up to 1,10m (KNX) D164, 261,
D467 --Room actuator DRA (KNX) D292 442
--Insert (System 2000) D232 --Shutter actuator DRA (KNX) D463 --Standard up to 1,10m (System 2000)
--Wireless, 1-gang (eNet) D497 --Switching actuators DRA (KNX) D456, D163
1-way switch 460 --Standard up to 1,10m (TX_44) D192
--2-pole D25-26, 46, 48, 146 --Switching/momentary-contact actuator, --Standard up to 1,10 m (System 2000)
--3-pole D225 1-gang DRA (eNet) D499 D70, 163
--Light bulb dimming insert with rotary on/ --Switching/momentary-contact actuator, --Standard up to 2.20m (KNX) D164, 261,
off switch D32, 239 1-gang Mini (eNet) D496 443
--Rocker indicator switch, 2-pole with --Switching/momentary-contact actuator, Automatic control switch 2
rocker D47, 146 2-gang Mini (eNet) D496 --Comfort up to 2.20m D260
--Rocker switch 2-pole (IP66) D203 --Switching/momentary-contact actuator, --Comfort up to 2.20m (System 2000)
--Rocker switch, 3-gang with rockers (BS 8-gang DRA (eNet) D499 D163
EN 60669) D49 --Window actuator, 1-gang (KNX) D292 --Comfort up to 2.20m (TX_44) D192
--Rocker switch with rocker, 2-pole (BS EN Adapter --Standard up to 2.20m D259
60669) D48 --Cable entry 1-gang D200 --Standard up to 2.20m (System 2000)
--Rocker switch with rocker and control --Cable entry 2-gang D200 D163, 192
light, 2-pole (BS EN 60669) D49 --Support ring 80 x 80mm D25, 65 Automatic light control D253
--Room Temperature Controller D286-287 --Support ring 80 x 80 mm D90 Automatic lighting D253
--Speed regulator rotary on/off switch --USB ISDN D428 Automatic staircase lighting mechanism
D230 --Valve adapter f. servo D293 --DRA (System 2000) D236
--Switch 45A (BS EN 60669) D49 Adapter frame Auxiliary unit
--Touch control switch w. rocker, 2-pole --Control 9 Client D427 --Cover incl. (system 2000) D32
D148 --Cover cap, plug-in D81, 178 --Dimmer (System 2000) D60, 155
--Round cut-out D81, 178 --Universal Dimmer D30
2 --Square cut-out 45 x 45mm D81 --Universal dimmer 2 D59, 154
--Square cut-out (50x50) D78, 81, 178 Auxiliary unit for universal dimmer
2-gang socket outlet --Square cut-out (55x55) f. E22 D181 --Insert D238
--BS 1363-2 D36, 64, 158 --Square cut-out (55x55) for Series 20/21 AWUG DTelephone dialler
--BS 1363-2, deactivatable D36, 64, 159 D186
--BS 1363-2, deactivatable with control light Adapter support ring 80x80mm D182 B
D36, 64, 159 --80 x 80 mm D90
2-way switch Additional antenna Basic cab.set D479
--2-gang push switch w. rocker, 2-gang --Wireless (eNet) D502 Battery DRechargeable battery, battery
D47, 147 --WLAN (eNet) D502 Binary input
--Light bulb dimmer D32 Add-on module --6-gang (KNX) D476
--LV dimming insert D242 --Built-in loudspeaker D316 --8-gang (KNX) D476
--Push switch w. rocker, universal off D47, Air conditioning DHeating, ventilation, air Blank cover plate
147 conditioning --Docking station D84, 180
--Rocker incl. universal off D49, 148 Ambient air sensor --Support ring incl. D57, 89, 152, 181
--Rocker switch and rocker D227 --CO 2 D172, 290 --TX_44 D194
--Rocker switch (IP66) D203 --Humidity and CO 2sensor (KNX) D290, Blind actuator
--Rocker switch with rocker, 2-gang D46, 405 --1-gang (KNX) D451
146 American socket outlet --2-gang (KNX) D462
--Rocker, universal off D150 --2-pole, NEMA 5-20R D67 --4-gang (KNX) D462
--Touch control switch w. rocker, universal Analogue actuator --8-gang (KNX) D463
off D148 --KNX D473 --Wireless, 1-gang (eNet) D501
--Tronic dimmer D33 Analogue sensor interface --Wireless, 1-gang Mini (eNet) D498
--Tronic dimming insert D241 --4-gang (KNX) D475 Blind control button D165, 276
--Universal Off D25 Angled socket plug --1-gang (eNet) D166, 277, 495
--Equipotential bonding box D87, 181, 252 --Standard top unit D276
3 Antenna socket outlet D381 --Standard Top Unit D165
--4-gang cover, Fuba, ECG, Astro D78, 175 --Top unit w. memory function and sensor
3-stage switch --4-gang cover, Hirschmann D78, 175 evaluation D165, 277
--Insert D229 --Coaxial cover D78, 175 --Top unit w. sensor evaluation D165, 276
--EDU 04 D370 Blind controller D72, 165, 269
A --FS 302 F D371 --2-gang cut-off relay D281
--GEDU 10 D370 --Adapter for sun and glass-breakage
Acoustic element --GEDU 15 D371 sensor D280, 530
--Lighting D248 Apple --Auxiliary input D275
Actuator --Docking station top unit, 30-pin D84, 179 --Glass-breakage sensor D280, 529
--Analogue actuator, 4-gang DRA (KNX) --Docking station top unit, Lightning D84, --Insert with auxiliary input DC 24 V D275
D292 180 --Insert without auxiliary input D274
--Blind actuator, 1-gang DRA (eNet) D501 Area coupler --Sun and twilight sensor, indoor D279,
--Blind actuator, 1-gang Mini (eNet) D498 --KNX IP router D455 529
--Blind actuator, 4-gang DRA (eNet) D499 --Line coupler, line amplifier (KNX) D454 --Sun and twilight sensor, outdoor D280,
--Blind actuators DRA (KNX) D460, 462 Area or line coupler 529
--Dimming actuator, 1-gang DRA (eNet) --Line amplifier (KNX) D454 --Top unit D166, 278
D500 Audio systems D82, 179 --Water-protected IP44 surface-mounted
--Dimming actuator, 1-gang Mini (eNet) Automatic control switch D198
D497 --360 D260 Blind controller 2
--Dimming actuator, 4-gang DRA (eNet) --Comfort up to 1.10m D258 --Sensor evaluation D166, 279
D500 --Comfort up to 1.10m (KNX) D164, 261, --Top unit D166, 278
--Dimming actuator DRA (KNX) D464 442 Blind switch/button
--Fan coil actuator DRA (KNX) D291 --Comfort up to 1.10m (System 2000) --Inscription space D198
--Flush-mounted actuators (KNX) D450 D163 Blocking element DMotor-driven blocking
--Heating actuator, 1-gang DRA (KNX) --Comfort up to 1.10m (TX_44) D192 element
D292 --Comfort up to 2.20m (KNX) D164, 261, BNC
--Heating actuator, 6-gang DRA (KNX) 443 --Insert, 2-gang D372
D292 --Sensotec D262 Brightness Controller
--Sensotec LED D262 --KNX D444
Index

Index C
--Mini (KNX) D444 Cable outlet DCable branch Control 19 Client 2 D425
Brightness sensor D530 Call-button cover plate --Door communication D330
British Standard --Call button, 1-gang to 3-gang (System --Flush-mounted device box D427
--Button D27 106) D318 Control 9 Client D426
--Button, 3-gang, 1-pole D149 --Call button, 3-gang D319, 349 --Adapter frame D427
--Button, 3-gang, NO contact, 1-pole D48 Call Buttons --Design frame D427
--Connection box, fused spur, deactivatable --Call-button cover plate for 3-gang call --Desk housing D427
D37, 65, 160 button D319, 349 --Door communication D330
--Connection box, fused spur, deactivatable --Call-button module, 1-gang to 4-gang --Flush-mounted device box D427
with control light D37, 65, 160 (System 106) D302 Control switch
--Double socket outlet, deactivatable D36, --Call-button module, 4-gang with start-up --2-gang rocker w. control window D52
64, 159 button (System 106) D302 Control unit
--Double socket outlet, deactivatable with --Door station D193 --KNX 1-10 V, 4-gang D467
control light D36, 64, 159 --Door station, 3-gang (TX_44) D308 --Revox multiroom system D85, 180
--Double socket outlet with shutter D36, --Door station (TX_44) D308 --Wireless, 1-gang DALI (eNet) D498
64, 158 --Home station D173, 328 --Wireless, 1-gang (eNet) D497
--Rocker switch, 3-gang D29 --Home station, 3-gang D328 Control window
--Rocker switch, 3-gang with rocker D150 Call systems --2-gang rocker D52
--Rocker switch, 3-gang with rockers D29 --Emergency kit D514 --Cover for pull-cord switches and buttons
--Rocker switch, 3-gang with rockers (1-way --Emergency kit, wireless emergency kit D54
switch) D49 D511 --Rocker D53
--Rocker switches D28 Calotte DControl window --Rocker w. inscription space D53
--Rocker switch universal off/2-way D150 Central plate --Rocker with large control window D54
--Rocker switch with rocker and control --Coaxial antenna socket D78, 175 --Rocker with socket symbol D53
light, circuit breaker, 2-pole D49 Child protection DContact protection --Rocker w. large control window and light
--Rocker switch with rocker, circuit breaker, Chinese socket outlet D160 symbol D54
2-pole D48 --Cover plate D66, 160 --Rocker w. light symbol D53
--Socket outlet D35, 64, 158 --Cover plate for double socket outlet D66, CO 2sensor
--Socket outlet, deactivatable D35, 63, 158 160 --conventional D290
--Socket outlet, round pin D36, 64, 159 --Insert D66, 160 --KNX D172, 405
--Socket outlet, round pin with shutter --Insert for double socket outlet D66, 160 Cover
D37, 65, 159 Cinch audio --Modular jack, 2-gang LexCom D372
--Socket outlet with shutter D35, 63, 158 --Insert and composite video D368 Cover cap
--Switch 45A D149 --Insert and composite video and S-video --Bayonet lock for light signal D250
--Switch 45A (1-way switch) D49 D366 --flat, plug-in for light signal D249
--Switches and push buttons D28 --Insert and composite video and S-video Cover frames
--Switch with control light, 2-pole (BS EN and mini jack D366 --ClassiX D134-135
60669-1) D149 --Insert and DVI D365 --ClassiX Art D136-137
--Universal off toggle, 3-gang D49 --Insert and HDMI 2.0a +HDR D362 --E2 D100
Built-in dimmer --Insert and mini jack D368 --E22 D143
--Tronic D241 --Insert and USB 3.0 type A D364 --E22 flat mounting D144-145
Built-in loudspeaker --Insert and VGA D365 --E2 completely inscribable D102
--Add-on module D316 --Support ring D377 --E2 w. inscription space D101
--Door communication D316 Clamp piece --E3 D106-108
Bus coupler --Screw-in D90 --Esprit D126-129
--Insert (KNX) D389 ClassiX --Event D112-113
--Protective cover plate D407 --Cover frames D134-135 --Event Clear D114-117
Bus coupler 3 ClassiX Art --Event Opaque D118-121
--Insert (KNX) D388 --Cover frames D136-137 --Gira E22 (British Standard) D143
Bus coupler button Colour camera --Stainless Steel Series 20 D185
--1-gang, 2-point operation D401 --Door station D194, 309 --Stainless Steel Series 21 D185
--1-gang, single-point operation D401 Command and signal devices --Standard55 D94
--1-gang, single-point operation, LED D399 --Cover with support ring D56, 88 --Standard55 w. inscription space
--1-gang, two-point operation, LED D399 Communication technology D355 D94-95
--2-gang, 2-point operation D400, 402 --Accessories D80, 177, 376 --TX_44 D192
--2-gang, single-point operation D400, 402 --Entertainment D78, 175, 361 Cover plate
--Water-protected IP44 surface-mounted --Mounting frame D361 --3-stage toggle switch D54
D199-200 --Mounting frame with hinged cover D361 --Auxiliary unit (System 2000) D32
Button --Network technology D79, 176, 371 --Bayonet lock incl. f. light signal D75
--3-gang, NO contact 1-pole D149 --Telecommunication D80, 177, 375 --Cable branch D82, 177-178
--3-gang, NO contact 1-pole (BS EN 60669) Component video --Chinese double socket outlet D66, 160
D48 --Insert D369 --Chinese socket outlet D66, 160
--BS EN 60669 D27 Composite video --Coaxial antenna socket D78, 175
--Control window D148 --Insert and cinch audio D368 --Electronic potentiometer with switching
--Rocker, vertical D148 --Insert and cinch audio and S-video D366 function, incl. knob D63, 157
Button interface --Insert and cinch audio and S-video and --Key switch, 2-pole and 1-pole D73, 165
--Continuous controller (KNX) D172, 289, mini jack D366 --Knob f. dimmer D57, 153
404 --Insert and S-video D366 --Knob f. speed regulator D57
--Door communication D348 --Support ring D377 --Large control window f. pull-cord sw. and
--Object controller (KNX) D172, 289, 404 Connection box buttons D54
--Universal button interface, 2-gang (KNX) --Fused spur, deactivatable (BS1363-4) --Light bulb dimmer with push-button/2-
D403 D37, 65, 160 way switch incl. knob D61, 156
--Universal button interface, 4-gang (KNX) --Fused spur, deactivatable with control --Light bulb dimmer with rotary on/off
D403 light (BS 1363-4) D37, 65, 160 switch incl. knob D61, 156
Connection cable --Light signal D75
C --Set D319 --LV dimmer with push-button/2-way switch
Connection line incl. knob D62, 157
Cable branch --USB D406, 478 --Modular jack 30 D79, 176
--Cover plate D82, 177 Connection piece D200 --Rocker incl. glass pane D57, 88
--Insert D252 Contact protection DSocket outlet --Support ring f. command and signal
Cable entry Continuous Controller devices D56, 88
--1-gang, 2-gang, protective slider D200 --Button interface, 4-gang and bus coupler --Support ring f. push-button, mushroom
--Adapter D200 (KNX) D172, 404 button D56, 88
--Surface-mounted (Standard 55) D95 --Button interface (KNX) D289 --TAE, USB D80, 177
Index

D Index
--Toggle f. 3-stage switch D54, 152 --DALI potentiometer w. integrated power --Built-in loudspeaker D316
--Toggle for blind switch/button D72-73, supply unit D245 --Button interface, 2-gang D348
165 --Dimming actuator, 1-gang (KNX) D464 --Call button, 1-gang for home station
--Toggle for timer D71, 164 --Dimming actuator, 2-gang (KNX) D465 D173, 328
--Toggle f. timer and blind switch D71 --Dimming actuator, 4-gang (KNX) D466 --Call button, 3-gang for home station
--Tronic dimmer with push-button/2-way --Dimming actuator wireless, 1-gang Mini D173, 328
switch incl. knob D61-62, 156 (eNet) D497 --Call-button cover plate for 3-gang call
--UAE, IAE (ISDN) D79, 176 --Electronic potentiometer insert D243 button D319
--Universal blank cover plate D176 --Electronic potentiometer insert for 110V --Call-button cover plate for call button
--Universal blank cover plate for modular control input D243 D349
jack D79 --Insert w. push-button/2-way switch D240 --Call-button cover plate for call-button
--Universal dimmer with push-button and --Light bulb dimmer with push-button/2- module (System 106) D318
rotary switch, incl. knob D59, 154 way switch incl. cover and knob D61, 156 --Call button, inscribable (System 106)
Cut-off relay --Light bulb dimmer with rotary on/off D318
--2-gang DRA D281 switch D32 --Call-button module, 1-gang to 4-gang
--Flush-mounted, 2-gang D281 --Light bulb dimmer with rotary on/off (System 106) D302
--Surface-mounted, 2-gang D281 switch incl. cover and knob D61, 156 --Call-button module, 4-gang with start-up
--Light bulb dimmer w. push-button/2-way button (System 106) D302
D switch D32 --Call button w. inscription space (System
--Light bulb dimming insert with rotary on/ 106) D318
DALI off switch D239 --Camera module (System 106) D303
--Potentiometer D244 --LV dimmer with push-button/2-way switch --Connection cable set D348
--Potentiometer Tunable White D245 incl. cover and knob D62, 157 --Control 19 Client 2 D330
--Potentiometer Tunable White w. integrated --LV dimming insert w. push-button/2-way --Control 9 Client D330
power supply unit D246 switch D34, 242 --DCS-Camera-Gateway D346
--Potentiometer w. integrated power supply --Switching or dimming top unit (eNet) --DCS-IP-Gateway D339
unit D245 D154, 495 --DCS repeater D343
--Tronic transformer D244 --System 2000 control unit insert 1 - 10V --DCS-TC-Gateway D340
--Wireless control unit, 1-gang D498 D232 --DCS-TV-Gateway D330
DALI gateway Plus --System 2000 NV dimming insert (touch --Display module according to DIN 18040
--KNX D468 dimmer) D231, 242 (System 106) D303
Danish socket outlet --System 2000 Universal LED dimming --Door station, 1-gang D193, 306
--107-2-D1, DK1-1a with shutter and symbol insert (touch dimmer) D230, 238 --Door station, 3-gang D193, 307
D67 --Touch dimming top unit D58 --Door station module (System 106) D300
Data cap D378-381 --Tronic built-in dim. D241 --Door station module with start-up button
--Insert fibre-optic cable SC Duplex D381 --Tronic dimmer with push-button/2-way (System 106) D301
--Insert ST fibre-optic cable D381 switch incl. cover and knob D61-62, 156 --Door stations D297
--Support ring and inscription space D81 --Tronic dimmer w. push-button/2-way --Door station stainless steel D310-311
--Support ring incl. D178 switch D241 --Door station stainless steel video
Data interface --Tronic dimming insert w. push-button/2- D312-313
--USB (KNX) D455 way switch D33, 241 --External camera D346
--USB (KNX RF) D414 --Universal dimmer with push-button and --Flush-mounted switching actuator D345
Dawn/dusk sensor D530 rotary switch, incl. cover and knob D59, --Gira G1 D331
Design frame 154 --Home station D173, 327
--Control 9 Client D427 --Universal dimmer w. manual operation --Home Station Receiver D327
--Gira ClassiX D134 D239 --Home Stations D321
--Gira ClassiX Art D136 --Universal dimming actuator (KNX) D451 --Home Station Video FM Plus D173, 326
--Gira E2 D97 --Universal dimming insert with push- --Info module (System 106) D303
--Gira E22 D139 button and rotary switch D30 --Installation profile D317
--Gira E3 D103, 106 --Universal dimming insert with push- --Intercom module (System 106) D301
--Gira Esprit D123 button/rotary switch 2 D237 --Keyless In Keypad D174
--Gira Event D112 --Universal LED dimming insert (System --Keypad D194
--Gira Event Clear D114 2000) D31, 60, 155 --Keypad, Keyless In D353
--Gira Event Opaque D118 --Universal series dimming insert D238 --Mounting adapter plate for home station
--Gira stainless steel series 20, series 21 --Wireless dimming actuator, 1-gang (eNet) SM D349
D183 D500 --Mounting plate for door station D319,
--Gira TX_44 D192 --Wireless dimming actuator, 4-gang (eNet) 349
--Standard 55 D91 D500 --Power supply DC 12 V / 2 A DRA D344,
Desk housing --Wireless switching or dimming top unit 490
--Control 9 Client D427 (eNet) D58 --Profile 55 D334
--Profile 55 as table-top housing Dimming actuator --Programming Set for DCS-TC-Gateway
D210-211 --1-gang (KNX) D464 D340
Device box --2-gang (KNX) D465 --Surface-Mounted Door Station, 1-gang
--E22 flat mounting D145 --4-gang (KNX) D466 D314
Diagnostic device --Wireless, 1-gang (eNet) D500 --Surface-Mounted Door Station, 3-gang
--Wireless (eNet) D502 --Wireless, 1-gang Mini (eNet) D497 D314
Dimmers D30, 57, 153, 239 --Wireless, 4-gang (eNet) D500 --Surface-Mounted Door Station, 6-gang
--Auxiliary insert for universal dimmer insert Display unit D314
2 D238 --Revox multiroom system D85, 180 --Surface-Mounted Door Station Video,
--Auxiliary unit, 2-wire (System 2000) D60, Docking station 1-gang D315
155 --Apple 30-pin top unit D84 --Surface-mounted door station video,
--Auxiliary unit for universal dimmer 2 D30, --Apple Lightning top unit D84 3-gang D315
59, 154 --Blank cover plate D84, 180 --Surface-Mounted Gong D174, 333
--Control unit 1 - 10V D244 --Insert D83, 179 --Surface-mounted home station D173,
--Control unit 1 - 10V, 1-gang (eNet) D497 --Top unit D179-180 324
--Control unit 1 - 10V, 4-gang (KNX) D467 --USB-Micro-B top unit D84 --Surface-mounted home station video
--Control unit 110V (System 2000) D243 Door communication D173, 308-309, D173, 325
--Cover with knob D57, 153 316, 319 --Surface-mounted housing, 1-gang to
--DALI control unit, 1-gang Mini D498 --Additional power supply DC 24 V 300 mA 5-gang (System 106) D305
--DALI gateway Plus (KNX) D468 D344 --Switching actuator D345
--DALI potentiometer D244 --Additional power supply DC 24 V 700 mA --System devices D335
--DALI potentiometer Tunable White D245 D344 --TFT colour display D174
--DALI potentiometer Tunable White w. --Audio Control Device D341 --TFT display for home station D329
integrated power supply unit D246 --Blank module (System 106) D304 --Tri-Wing screwdriver D349
Index

Index E - H
--Tri-Wing screw set D349 --Wireless dimming actuator, 1-gang D500 --Programming set for DCS TC D340
--TX_44 D193 --Wireless dimming actuator, 1-gang Mini Gira E2
--Video amplifier D346 D497 --Cover frame completely inscribable D102
--Video control device D342 --Wireless dimming actuator, 4-gang D500 --Cover frames D100
--Video distributor D347 --Wireless energy sensor, 1-gang Mini --Cover frame with inscription space D101
--Video multiplexer D347 D494 Gira G1 D415
Door plate --Wireless energy sensor, 4-gang D494 --230 V connection D332, 418
--Mounting plate D96, 102 --Wireless hand-held transmitter, 1-gang --24 V connection D332, 418
Door station D491 --Door communication D331
--1-gang D193 --Wireless hand-held transmitter, 2-gang --PoE connection D331, 417
--3-gang D193 D491 Gira L1
--Call button, 1-gang D193 --Wireless hand-held transmitter, 4-gang --GPA D433
--Call button, 3-gang D193 D492 --Logic module D455
--Colour camera D194, 309 --Wireless hand-held transmitter Multi Gira Project Assistant (GPA)
--Info module D194, 309 D492 --Gira G1 230V D418
--Mounting plate D349 --Wireless receiver module DRA D490 --Gira G1 24V D418
Door stations D297 --Wireless sun sensor D494 --Gira G1 PoE D417
DRA housing --Wireless switching/momentary-contact --Gira L1 D433
--Modular jack D376 actuator, 1-gang D496, 499 --Gira X1 D432, 455
D-sub --Wireless switching/momentary-contact Gira X1 D432
--Insert 15-pole D370, 376 actuator, 2-gang D496 --GPA D432, 455
--Insert, 9-pole D370, 376 --Wireless switching/momentary-contact Glass-breakage sensor
--Plug connector D378 actuator, 8-gang D499 --Blind controller D280, 529
DVI --Wireless switching or dimming top unit, Glass pane
--Insert (24+5) D364 1-gang D495 --Spare for cover w. rocker and ... D90
--Insert (24+5) and cinch audio D365 --Wireless universal transmitter, 2-gang Gong
D493 --Surface-mounted D174
E --Wireless wall transmitter, 1-gang D492 --Surface-Mounted D333
--Wireless wall transmitter, 3-gang D493
E2 D97 Equipotential bonding box H
E22 D139 --2-gang D87, 181
--Cover frame (British Standard) D143 --Angled socket plug (DIN 42801) D87 Hand-held transmitter
--Cover frame, flat mounting D144-145 --Angled socket plug DIN 42801 D252 --Battery (eNet) D503
--Cover frames D143 --Angled socket plug42801 D181 --KNX RF, 2-gang D393, 413, 509
--Device box, flat installation D145 Esprit --KNX RF, 4-gang D393, 413, 509
--Installation box, flat mounting D145 --Cover frames D123, 126-129 --Wireless, 1-gang (eNet) D491
--Installation kit, flat mounting D144 EURO-US --Wireless, 2-gang (eNet) D491
--Stainless Steel Series 20 D185 --Socket outlet D67, 161 --Wireless, 4-gang (eNet) D492
--Stainless Steel Series 21 D185 Event --Wireless charger Multi (eNet) D503
E3 D103 --Accessories D122 --Wireless Multi (eNet) D492
--Cover frames D106-108 --Cover frames D112-113 --ZigBee D508
Earth pin Event Clear HDMI 2.0a +HDR
--Socket outlet D66, 161 --Cover frames D114-117 --Insert D361
--Socket outlet with hinged cover, shutter Event Opaque --Insert, 2-gang D362
and symbol D67, 161 --Cover frames D118-121 --Insert and cinch audio D362
Emergency kit D514 Extension cable set D479 --Insert and SAT F jack D362
--Call module D515 Extension claw --Insert and USB 3.0 type A D363
--Duty room unit D515 --Flush-mounted devices D252 --Insert and USB 3.0 type A and mini jack
--Pull-cord button D515 D363
--Rechargeable battery for UPS D516 F --Insert and VGA 15-pole D362
--Switch-off button D515 Heating actuator
--UPS for call module D516 FacilityServer D424 --1-gang (KNX) D452
End cap Fan coil actuator --6-gang (KNX) D469
--Strain relief D211 --KNX D471 --Basic, 6-gang (KNX) D469
Energy profile D318 Floor empty housing Heating, ventilation, air conditioning
--1400 mm D216 --Hinged cover D69 D171, 283
--1600 mm D216-217 Floor station DHome station Hinged cover
--Slat D218 Flush-mounted actuator --SCHUKO socket outlet D162
--Underground tube D218 --Blind actuator, 1-gang (KNX) D451 HomeServer 4 D423
Energy sensor --Heating actuator, 1-gang (KNX) D452 --Wall mount D428
--Wireless, 1-gang Mini (eNet) D494 --Switching actuator, 1-gang (KNX) D450 Home station
--Wireless, 4-gang (eNet) D494 --Switching actuator, 2-gang (KNX) D450 --Call button, 1-gang D173, 328
eNet D483 --Universal dimming actuator (KNX) D451 --Call button, 3-gang D173, 328
--Additional wireless antenna D502 --Window actuator, 1-gang (KNX) D452 --Control 19 Client 2, add-on module D330
--Additional WLAN antenna D502 Flush-mounted device box --Control 9 Client, add-on module D330
--Blind control button, 1-gang D166, 277 --Control 19 Client 2 D427 --DCS-TV-gateway, add-on module D330
--Charger for hand-held transmitter Multi --Control 9 Client D427 --Flush-mounted D173, 327
D503 --Razor socket outlet D38, 66, 161 --Flush-mounted receiver D327
--DRA server D490 Fuse --Mounting adapter plate D349
--Installation adapter D502 --Micro-fuse D251 --Surface-Mounted D324
--Mobile Gate D491 Fused spur --Surface-mounted (E22) D173
--Mounting plate set for wall transmitter --BS1363-4, connection box, deactivatable --Surface-mounted gong D174
D407, 503, 509 D37, 65, 160 --TFT display D174
--Power supply DC 12 V / 2 A DRA D490 --BS 1363-4, deactivatable with control light --TFT display, add-on module D329
--Rechargeable battery for wireless D37, 65, 160 --Video, surface mounted D325
hand-held transmitter D503 --Video, surface mounted (E22) D173
--Switching or dimming top unit, 1-gang G --Video, surface-mounted Plus D326
D58, 154 --Video, surface mounted Plus (E22) D173
--Wireless blind actuator, 1-gang D498, Gateway Home Stations D321
501 --DALI (KNX) D468 Hotel card button D54, 152
--Wireless blind control button, 1-gang --DCS camera D346 Hotel status display D55, 74
D495 --Door communication (DCS IP) D339 --Rocker switches D55
--Wireless control unit, 1-gang D497-498 --Door communication (DCS TC) D340
--Wireless diagnostic device D502 --Door communication (DCS TV) D330
Index

I - K Index
HVAC D283 --Light bulb dimmer w. push-button/2-way --Bus coupler button D199-200
Hygrostat D172, 290 switch D239 --Time switch D199
--Lighting element for light signal D249 IP66 water-protected, surface-mounted
I --Light signal D249 --Switches and buttons D203
--Light signal E10 D249 IP interface D454
Imprint DSymbol --Loudspeaker connection, 1-gang D367 IP router
Impulse insert --Loudspeaker connection, 2-gang D367 --KNX D455
--System 2000 D235 --Loudspeaker connection, 4-gang D367 IR remote control
--System 2000 for automatic staircase --LV dimmer (System 2000) D231, 242 --PIR 1 D267
lighting mechanism D236 --LV dimmer w. push-button/2-way switch --Presence detector Comfort (KNX) D445
Indoor station DHome station D242 --Sensotec and Sensotec LED D267
Info module --Mini jack D369 ISDN D79
--Door station D194, 309 --Modular jack D371-372 --Cover, UAE/IAE D176
Inscription sheet D250 --Modular jack and SAT F D370, 372 --UAE/IAE connection box Cat.3 1-gang, 1 x
--E2 cover frames D250 --Network Cat.5e, 1-gang D374 8-pole D375
--LED signal light, LED orientation light --Network Cat.5e, 2-gang D374 --UAE/IAE connection box Cat.3 2-gang, 2 x
D251 --Network Cat.6, 2-gang D374 8-pole D375
--Name plate/door plate D90, 182 --Network Cat.6 A , 1-gang D373 --UAE/IAE connection box Cat.3 2-gang, 2 x
--System 55, E22 D251 --Network Cat.6 A , 2-gang D373 8-pole 8/8 D375
Inscription space --Notebook mounting D80, 177, 376
--E2 cover frame D101 --Pull-cord button D228 J
--Rocker switch and rocker D200 --Pull-cord switch D228
--Standard 55 cover frame D94 --Relay (System 2000) D233 Junction box D95, 200
Insert --Relay, zero-voltage (System 2000) D234
--2-way switch/2-way button D227 --Rocker Button D226-227 K
--3-stage switch D229 --Rocker button, 4-gang D227
--Antenna socket EDU 04 D370 --Rocker control switch D226 Keyless In D351
--Antenna socket FS 302 F D371 --Rocker indicator switch w. LED D226 --Keypad D77, 174, 194, 353
--Antenna socket GEDU 10 D370 --Rocker switches D225 Keypad
--Antenna socket GEDU 15 D371 --SAT F jack D369 --Keyless In (door communication) D353
--Auxiliary unit for presence detector and --SAT F jack, 2-gang D369 Key switch
automatic control switch (System 2000) --Speed regulator w. rotary on/off switch --Cover plate D73
D237 D230 --DIN profile semi-cylinder D198
--Auxiliary unit for universal dimmer D238 --Stereo loudspeaker D368 --Insert D229, 274
--Auxiliary unit (System 2000) D236 --Time switch D229 --Profile semi-cylinder D252
--Blind button or switch D229, 274 --Tronic dimmer w. push-button/2-way KNX D401
--Blind controller D274-275 switch D241 --Actuators D447
--Blind rocker button D228, 273 --UAE/IAE Cat.3 1-gang, 1 x 8-pole D375 --Analogue actuator D473
--Blind rocker switch D228, 273 --UAE/IAE Cat.3 2-gang, 2 x 8-pole D375 --Analogue sensor interface, 4-gang D475
--BNC, 2-gang D372 --UAE/IAE Cat.3 2-gang, 2 x 8-pole (8/8) --Area or line coupler D454
--Bus coupler D389 D375 --Automatic control switch up to 1.10m
--Bus coupler 3 D388 --Universal Dimmer D237 D442
--Bus coupler 3 (KNX) D388 --Universal LED dimmer (System 2000) --Automatic control switch up to 2.20m
--Bus coupler button D399-400 D230, 238 D443
--Cable branch D252 --Universal series dimmer D238 --Binary input, 6-gang D476
--Chinese double socket outlet D66, 160 --USB 3.0 type A D363 --Binary input, 8-gang D476
--Chinese socket outlet D66, 160 --USB 3.0 type A, 2-gang D363 --Blind actuator, 1-gang D451
--Cinch audio D368 --USB 3.0 type A and mini jack D364 --Blind actuator, 2-gang D460, 462
--Cinch audio and composite video D368 --USB data interface D406, 455 --Blind actuator, 4-gang D460, 462
--Cinch audio and DVI D365 --USB power supply, 2-gang D68, 162 --Blind actuator, 8-gang D461, 463
--Cinch audio and HDMI 2.0 a +HDR --VGA 15-pole D365 --Brightness Controller D444
D362 --VGA 15-pole and USB D364 --Brightness Controller Mini D444
--Cinch audio and mini jack D368 --VGA 2-gang 15-pole D365 --Bus coupler 3 D388
--Cinch audio and USB D364 --VGA and mini jack D366 --Comfort automatic control switch up to
--Cinch audio and VGA D365 --WBT-0708 Cu nextgen D367 1.10m D164, 261, 442
--Cinch audio, composite video, S-video --WBT-0710 Cu nextgen D367 --Comfort automatic control switch up to
D366 --XLR jack, D series D369 2.20m D164, 261, 443
--Cinch audio, composite video, S-video, Installation adapter --Connection and junction terminal D478
mini jack D366 --Mini housing (eNet) D502 --Continuous controller w. button interface
--Component video D369 Installation box D289
--Composite video and S-video D366 --E22 flat mounting D145 --Continuous controller w. button interface,
--Control unit 110V (System 2000) Installation kit 4-gang and bus coupler D172, 404
D232, 243 --E22 flat mounting D144 --Control 19 Client 2 D425
--Data cap D378-381 Installation profile --Control unit 1 - 10V, 4-gang D467
--Dimmer w. push-button/2-way switch --Door communication D317 --CO 2sensor D172, 405
D240 --Mounting kit D317 --DALI gateway Plus D468
--Docking station D83, 179 Interface device --Dimming actuator, 1-gang D464
--D-sub, 15-pole D370, 376 --Control 19 Client 2 D425 --Dimming actuator, 2-gang D465
--D-sub, 9-pole D370, 376 --Control 9 Client D426 --Dimming actuator, 4-gang D466
--DVI (24+5) D364 --Gira G1 230 V D332, 418 --FacilityServer D424
--Electronic potentiometer D243 --Gira G1 24 V D332, 418 --Fan coil actuator D471
--HDMI 2.0a +HDR D361 --Gira G1 PoE D331, 417 --Flush-mounted bus coupler button D399
--HDMI 2.0a +HDR, 2-gang D362 Intermediate switch --Gira G1 D415
--HDMI 2.0a +HDR and SAT F jack D362 --Push switch, backlit D147 --Gira L1 D429
--HDMI 2.0a +HDR and USB 3.0 type A --Push switch with straight rocker D147 --Gira X1 D429
D363 --Push switch w. rocker D47, 147 --GPA D429
--HDMI 2.0a +HDR and USB 3.0 type A --Rocker, 1-gang D25 --Heating actuator D452
and mini jack D363 --Rocker switch (IP66) D203 --Heating actuator, 6-gang D469
--HDMI 2.0a +HDR and VGA 15-pole --Rocker switch with rocker D46, 146 --Heating actuator, 6-gang Basic D469
D362 IP44 water-protected, flush-mounted --HomeServer 4 D423
--HVAC relay (System 2000) D234, 291 DTX_44 --IP interface D454
--Impulse (System 2000) D235 IP44 water-protected, surface-mounted --IP router D455
--Key switch D229, 274 --Accessories D200 --KNX RF D393, 409
--Light bulb dimmer D239-240 --Blind controller D198
Index

Index L - P
--Module for smoke alarm device Dual --KNX IP router D455 --Cat.6 A 2-gang D373
D475, 524 Logic module --Cover, modular jack, 2-gang LexCom
--Object controller w. button interface --Gira L1 D433, 455 D372
D289 Loudspeaker --Insert modular jack RJ45 Cat.6a 10 Gbit
--Object controller w. button interface, --RDS flush-mounted radio D83, 179 D371
4-gang and bus coupler D172, 404 Loudspeaker connection --Insert modular jack RJ45 Cat.6a 10 Gbit,
--Operating devices D385 --Insert, 1-gang D367 4-gang D372
--Power supply, 320 mA D453 --Insert, 2-gang D367 --Insert modular jack RJ45 Cat.6a 10 Gbit
--Power supply, 640 mA D453 --Insert, 4-gang D367 and SAT F D372
--Power supply, 640 mA UPS D454 Loudspeaker socket outlet D78, 175 --Modular jack 2-gang support ring D373
--Presence and motion detection D435 Low-voltage dimmer DLV dimmer Network socket DNetwork connection
--Presence detector D440 LV dimmer box
--Presence detector Komfort D265 --Insert (System 2000) D231 NO contact
--Presence detector Mini D438 --Insert w. push-button/2-way switch D34, --1-pole D149
--Presence detector Mini Komfort D264 62, 157, 242 --Button, 3-gang, 1-pole (BS EN 60669)
--Presence detector Mini Standard D264 D48
--Presence detector Standard D265 M --Pull-cord button insert D228
--Rocker set D393 --Rocker button, 1-pole D27
--Room actuator D472 Mast mounting D478 --Rocker button, 1-pole with rocker D47,
--Sensors D447 Media coupler 146
--Server D419 --KNX RF D414 --Rocker button insert, 1-pole D226
--Shutter actuator, 4-gang D463 Metal cover plate D198 --Room temperature controller w. sensor
--Standard automatic control switch up to Mini jack D288
1.10m D164, 261, 442 --Insert D369 Notebook mounting
--Standard automatic control switch up to --Insert and cinch audio D368 --Insert D177, 376
2.20m D164, 261, 443 --Insert and cinch audio and composite
--Switching actuator, 16-gang D461 video and S-video D366 O
--Switching actuator, 1-gang D450 --Insert and HDMI 2.0a + HDR and USB
--Switching actuator, 2-gang D450, 457 3.0 type A D363 Object Controller
--Switching actuator, 4-gang D457-458, --Insert and USB 3.0 type A D364 --Button interface, 4-gang and bus coupler
460 --Insert and VGA 15-pole D366 (KNX) D172, 404
--Switching actuator, 8-gang D458-460 --Support ring D377 --Button interface (KNX) D289
--System devices D447 Modular jack D79 Observer
--Touch sensor 3 Komfort, 1-gang D288 --10 Gbit D371 --110 D266
--Touch sensor 3 Komfort, 2-gang D288 --10 Gbit, 4-gang D372 --Automatic control switch 2 (System 2000)
--Touch sensor 3 Komfort, 3-gang D289 --10 Gbit and SAT F D370, 372 D259
--Touch sensor 3 Komfort, 4-gang D289 --AMP jack D376 --Automatic control switch 360 (System
--Touch sensor 3 Komfort, 6-gang D289 --DRA housing D376 2000) D260
--Touch sensor 3 Plus, 2-gang D289 --Pin jack D376 --Automatic control switch (KNX) D261
--Touch sensor 3 Plus, 5-gang D289 --Support ring D373 --Automatic control switch (System 2000)
--Universal button interface D403 Motion detector D258
--Universal button interface, 2-gang D403, --Automatic control switch 2 (System 2000) --Passive infrared motion sensor D266
477 D259 --Sensotec D262
--Universal button interface, 4-gang D403, --Automatic control switch 360 (System --Tectiv 220 D265
477 2000) D260 Operating unit
--Universal dimming actuator D451 --Automatic control switch (KNX) D261 --Revox multiroom system D85, 180
--USB data interface D455 --Automatic control switch (System 2000) --Revox Voxnet 218 D86
--Weather station Comfort D474 D258 --Revox Voxnet 218, inscribable D86, 180
--Weather station Standard D474 --Observer D266 Orientation Lighting D73, 166
--Window actuator D452 --Presence and motion detector D263 --TX_44 D193
--Presence detector D264 Outdoor station DDoor station
L --Presence detector (KNX) D265
--Presence detector Mini (KNX) D264 P
LED dimmer --Protective cage D267, 445
--Universal LED dimming insert (System --Sensotec D262 Pin jack
2000) D230 --Tectiv 220 D265 --Modular jack D376
LED orientation light Mounting bracket D531 --Modular jack AMP D376
--Adjustable light colour D74, 167 Mounting frame D80, 177 --SAT F for support ring MJ-02 D377
--Light colour white or blue or orange --Communication technology D361 Plug
(TX_44) D193 --Hinged cover D80, 177, 361 --RJ45, Cat.6 A D376
--Pictograph, incl. D166 Mounting plate Potentiometer
--White light D73, 167 --Door station D319, 349 --Cover for dimmer w. button D57
LED signal light --Name plate/door plate D90, 96, 122, 182 --Cover with knob D153
--red/green D55, 74 --Name plate/door plate (E2) D102 --DALI D244
LexCom --Set for wall transmitter (eNet) D407, 503, --DALI Tunable White D245
--Cover, modular jack, 2-gang D372 509 --DALI Tunable White w. integrated power
Light bulb dimmer D239 --Surface-mounted home station D349 supply unit D246
--Push-button/2-way switch D32 Mushroom button --DALI w. integrated power supply unit
--Rotary on/off switch D32 --Cover with support ring D56, 88 D245
Lighting element --Electronic, with switching function for
--LED D248 N control input D34
--Light signal D249 --Electronic with switching function, incl.
--Neon lamp D248 Name plate cover and knob D63, 157
Light profile --Door plate D89, 181-182 --Insert f. 110V control input (button)
--491 mm D217 --Inscription sheet D182 D243
--769 mm D218 --Mounting plate D96, 102, 182 --Insert f. control input 110V (switch)
Light signal D249 --Support ring D182 D243
--Cover cap, flat and plug-in D249 Neon lamp E10 D249 --LV dimming insert D242
--Cover cap with bayonet lock D250 Network connection box Power booster
--Cover plate D75 --BNC insert, 2-gang D372 --Low voltage D247
--Cover with bayonet lock D75 --Cat.5e, 1-gang D374 --Tronic D247
--Insert D249 --Cat.5e, 2-gang D374 --Universal D246
Line coupler --Cat.6, 2-gang D374
--Area coupler, line amplifier (KNX) D454 --Cat.6 A 1-gang D373
Index

R - S Index
Power Rectifier DPower supply --KNX RF D414 --Circuit breaker, 2-pole, with rocker and
Power supply Revox control light (BS EN 60669) D49
--230 V base for smoke alarm device D525 --Multiroom system control unit D85, 180 --Circuit breaker, 2-pole, with rocker (BS EN
--320 mA (KNX) D453 --Multiroom system display unit D85, 180 60669) D48
--640 mA uninterruptible (KNX) D454 --Multiroom system operating unit D85, --Hotel status display D55
--640 mA w. 2 integrated chokes (KNX) 180 --incl. rocker D46, 146
D453 --Voxnet 218 operating unit D86 --IP66 D203
--AC 24V, 1A D532 --Voxnet 218 operating unit, inscribable --Rocker D25, 150
--AC 24 V, 1 A D478 D86, 180 --Series switch with rocker, 2-gang D46,
--Door communication D344 Rocker 146
--Door communication, eNet D490 --2-gang for rocker switch and rocker D52, Room actuator
--Emergency kit, uninterruptible D516 151 --KNX D472
Power supply unit DPower supply --2-gang w. control window D52 Room Temperature Controller D286
Presence detector --2-gang with seal kit D52 --2-way switch D171, 286-287
--IR remote control D445 --Arrow symbol D52, 72, 151, 165 --Cooling function D171, 288
--KNX Comfort D265, 441 --Arrow symbols D53, 72 --NC contact D171, 286-287
--KNX Standard D265, 440 --Bell symbol and inscription space D51 --NC contact, 1-way switch and control light
--Komfort Mini (KNX) D264 --Bell symbol and large inscription space D171
--Standard Mini (KNX) D264 D52 --Opener, 1-way switch and control light
--Surface-mounted housing D267, 445 --Control window D53 D171, 286-287
--System 2000, Comfort top unit D264 --Control window and inscription space --Remote Sensor D293
Profile 55 D207, 210-211 D53 --Sensor D171, 288
--5-gang D334 --Control window and light symbol D53 --Servi valve adapter D293
--5-gang, 600 mm D334 --Control window and socket symbol D53 --Servo D292-293
--Angled mounting bracket / base foot --Control window and symbol for light, bell
D211 or door D151 S
--Horizontal installation D210 --Control window, incl. D151
--Vertical and horizontal installation D210 --Control window, large D54 SAT-F
Profile semi-cylinder --Inscription space D50 --Support ring D377
--Key switch D252 --Inscription space and tactile light, bell or SAT F jack
Protective cage door symbol D51 --Insert D369
--Motion detector D267, 445 --Inscription space, incl. D151 --Insert, 2-gang D369
Protective circuits D88 --Inscription space, large D50 --Insert and HDMI 2.0a +HDR D362
Protective cover plate --Large control window and light symbol SCHUKO DSocket outlet
--Bus coupler D407 D54 Screw driver
Pull-cord button --Light, bell or door symbol D51, 152 --Tri-wing D194, 319, 349
--Cover with large Control window D54 --Rocker Button D27 Screw set
--Emergency kit D515 --Rocker switch, 2-gang D26 --Tri-wing D194, 319, 349
--Insert D228 --Rocker switch and rocker D50, 150 Screw terminals
Pull-cord switch --Rocker switches D25 --SCHUKO socket outlet with hinged cover
--Cover with large Control window D54 Rocker Button D203 D162
Push-button --incl. rocker D27 Sensor D530
--Cover with support ring D56, 88 --NO contact, 1-pole with rocker D47, 146 --Adapter for glass-breakage sensor blind
Push switches --Rocker D150 controller D530
--2-gang rocker incl. D47, 147 Rocker control switch D203 --Brightness D530
--2-gang rocker, vertical D148 --Circuit breaker, 2-pole, with rocker D47, --DCF77 receiver incl. D475
--2-way momentary-contact, 1-pole D148 146 --Rain D532
--incl. rocker D47, 147 --incl. rocker D26 --Temperature D530
--Rocker, vertical D147 Rocker set D167 --Twilight D530
--Vertical rocker, backlit D147 --1-gang D168, 395 --Wind D531
--1-gang inscribable D169, 397 --Wind with heating D531
R --1-gang w. inscription space D167, 393 Sensotec
--2-gang D168, 395 --Automatic control switch D262
Radio DFlush-mounted radio --2-gang inscribable D170, 397 --Automatic control switch (LED) D262
Rain Sensor D532 --2-gang Plus D169, 396 --IR remote control D267
Razor socket outlet --2-gang Plus inscribable D170, 398 Series control switch
--EN 61558 2-5, for cover frame, 2-gang --2-gang Plus w. inscription space D168, --2-gang rocker D52
D38, 65, 161 395 Series dimmer
--Flush-mounted device box D38, 66, 161 --2-gang w. inscription space D167, 394 --Top unit D58, 153
RCD switch --3-gang D169, 396 --Touch dimmer insert D238
--30mA D56, 88 --3-gang inscribable D170, 397 Series switch
RDS flush-mounted radio D83 --3-gang w. inscription space D167, 394 --2-gang rocker D26
--Loudspeaker D82-83, 179 --4-gang D169, 396 --Push switch w. rocker, 2-gang D47, 147
Receiver --4-gang inscribable D170, 398 --Rocker indicator switch w. LED D226
--Home station D327 --4-gang w. inscription space D168, 394 --Rocker switch insert D225
Rechargeable battery, battery --5-gang Plus D169, 397 --Rocker switch with rocker, 2-gang D46,
--Rechargeable lead acid battery 12 V 12 Ah --5-gang Plus inscribable D170, 398 146
D478 --5-gang Plus w. inscription space D168, Servo
--UPS emergency kit D516 395 --230V thermal D292
Relay insert --6-gang D169, 396 --24V thermal D293
--System 2000 D233 --6-gang inscribable D170, 398 --KNX D470
--zero-voltage (System 2000) D234 --6-gang w. inscription space D168, 394 --Valve adapter D293
Remote Sensor Rocker switches Shutter actuator
--Bus coupler 3 (KNX) D388 --1-way switch, 3-gang with rocker (BS EN --4-gang (KNX) D463
--KNX accessories D406 60669) D49 Signallers and Sensors D527
--Room temperature controller w. clock --2-gang rocker D26 Single-room control DRoom Temperature
D293 --2-way switch with rocker, 2-gang D46, Controller
--Room temperature controller w. sensor 146 Slat
D288 --3-gang with rocker (BSEN60669) D150 --Energy profile D218
Remove control --BS EN 60669 D28 Smoke alarm device D519
--Passive, infrared D267 --BS EN 60669, 3-gang D29 --230 V base D525
--Sensotec D267 --BS EN 60669, 3-gang with rockers D29 --Basic Q D523
Repeater --Circuit breaker, 2-pole, with rocker D149 --Dual Q D523
--Door communication D343 --KNX module D475, 524
Index

Index S
--Relay module D524 Switches and buttons D25 Switching/momentary-contact actuator

--Spacer sleeves and screws D526 Switches and push buttons --Wireless, 1-gang DRA (eNet) D499
--Wireless diagnostic tool D526 --1-way switch 45A (BS EN 60669) D49 --Wireless, 1-gang Mini (eNet) D496
--Wireless module D525 --2-gang rocker incl. D55 --Wireless, 2-gang Mini (eNet) D496
Socket outlet D63, 158 --2-way switch, 2-gang D47 --Wireless, 8-gang DRA (eNet) D499
--American, 2-pole D67 --2-way switch with rocker, 2-gang D46, Switching or dimming top unit
--BS 1363-2 D35, 63-64, 158 146 --Wireless, 1-gang (eNet) D58, 154, 495
--BS 1363-2, deactivatable D35, 63, 158 --3-gang D49, 150 Switch-on current limiter D252
--BS 546, round pin D36, 64, 159 --3-stage switch insert D229 Symbol
--BS 546, round pin w. shutter D37, 65, --45A (BSEN60669) D149 --Arrow on rocker D52, 72, 151, 165
159 --Automatic control switch 2 Comfort up to --Arrows on rocker D53, 72
--Chinese D160 2.20m (System 2000) D260 --Bell on rocker D51
--Chinese double socket outlet, insert D66, --Automatic control switch 360 (System --Bell on rocker w. large inscription space
160 2000) D260 D52
--Danish D67 --Blind button or switch insert D229 --Light, bell or door on rocker D51, 152
--Double socket outlet, BS 1363-2 D36, 64, --Blind rocker button insert D228 --Light, bell or door on rocker are tactile
158 --Blind rocker switch insert D228 D51
--Double socket outlet, BS 1363-2, --British Standard with control light, 2-pole --Light, bell or door on rocker with control
deactivatable D36, 64, 159 (BS EN 60669-1) D149 window D151
--Double socket outlet, BS 1363-2, --BS EN 60669 D28 --Light on rocker D53-54
deactivatable with control light D36, 64, --Circuit breaker, 2-pole D46, 48, 146 --Socket on rocker D53
159 --Circuit breaker, 2-pole, with rocker D47, System 106
--Earth pin D66, 161 146 --Blank module D304
--Earth pin with hinged cover, shutter and --Comfort automatic control switch up to --Call-button cover plate for call-button
symbol D67, 161 1.10m (System 2000) D258 module D318
--EURO-US D67, 161 --Insert speed regulator w. rotary on/off --Call button, inscribable D318
--HNA D67 switch D230 --Call-button module, 1-gang to 4-gang
--LED orientation light D68 --Intermediate switch D47 D302
--Razor socket outlet for cover frame, --Intermediate switch (E22) D147 --Call-button module, 4-gang with start-up
2-gang (EN 61558 2-5) D38, 65, 161 --Key switch insert D229 button D302
--SCHUKO D67 --Pull-cord button insert D228 --Call button w. inscription space D318
--SCHUKO w. contact protection D68, 162 --Pull-cord switch insert D228 --Camera module D303
--SCHUKO w. contact protection and --RCD switch D56 --Display module (DIN 18040) D303
inscription space D68 --Rocker button, 1-pole with rocker D47, --Door station module D300
--SCHUKO w. hinged cover D162 146 --Door station module with start-up button
--SCHUKO w. hinged cover and contact --Rocker button insert D226-227 D301
protection D68 --Rocker button insert, 4-gang, NO contact --Info module D303
--Without protective contact D66 1-pole D227 --Intercom module D301
Socket outlets D35 --Rocker control switch insert D226 --Surface-mounted housing, 1-gang to
Spare fuse --Rocker switch and button insert D227 5-gang D305
--Micro-fuse D251 --Rocker switch insert D225 System 2000 D264
Speed regulator --Series switch D47 --Automatic Comfort control switch 2 up to
--Cover with knob D57 --Series switch (E22) D147-148 2.20m D260
--Rotary on/off switch insert D230 --Series switch with rocker, 2-gang D46, --Automatic comfort control switch 2 up to
Stainless Steel Series 20 146 2.20m (E22) D163
--Cover frames D185 --Standard automatic control switch 2 up to --Automatic Comfort control switch 2 up to
Stainless Steel Series 21 2.20m (System 2000) D259 2.20m (TX_44) D192
--Cover frames D185 --Standard automatic control switch up to --Automatic control switch 360 D260
Standard55 D91 1.10m (System 2000) D258 --Automatic control switch with standard
--Cover frames D94 --Switching or dimming top unit (System top unit and relay insert D39
--Cover frame with inscription space 2000) D58 --Automatic stairway lighting mechanism
D94-95 --Timer insert D229 (DRA) D236
Strain relief --Toggle switch 2-gang (E22) D147-148 --Auxiliary input, 2-wire for dimmer D60,
--End cap D211 --Top unit Comfort automatic control switch 155
Support ring up to 1.10m (KNX) D261 --Auxiliary insert D236
--Adapter 80 x 80mm D25, 65 --Top unit Comfort automatic control switch --Auxiliary insert for presence detector and
--Adapter 80 x 80 mm D90 up to 2.20m (KNX) D261 automatic control switch D237
--Cinch audio D377 --Top unit Standard automatic control --Auxiliary unit with cover D32
--Composite video D377 switch up to 1.10m (KNX) D261 --Comfort automatic control switch up to
--Data cap D178 --Top unit Standard automatic control 1.10m D163, 258
--KNX accessories D406 switch up to 2.20m (KNX) D261 --Comfort automatic control switch up to
--Mini jack D377 --Touch switching top unit (System 2000) 1.10m (TX_44) D192
--Modular jack, 2-gang D373 D50 --Control unit insert 1-10V D232
--Name plate D182 --Triac switching insert (System 2000) --HVAC relay insert D234, 291
--Plastic D407 D233 --Impulse insert D235
--SAT F jack D377 --Tronic switching insert (System 2000) --NV dimming insert (touch dimmer) D231,
--USB 3.0 type A D377 D232 242
Surface-mounted housing --Universal off toggle D46-48, 146 --Relay insert D233
--Presence detector D267 --Universal off toggle (E22) D147 --Standard automatic control switch 2 up to
--Presence detector (KNX) D445 --Wireless switching or dimming top unit 2.20m D163, 259
--Standard 55 cover frame D95 (eNet) D58 --Standard automatic control switch 2 up to
Surface-mounted, water-protected IP44 Switching actuator 2.20m (TX_44) D192
--Accessories D200 --16-gang (KNX) D461 --Standard automatic control switch up to
--Blind controller D198 --1-gang (KNX) D450 1.10m D163, 258
--Bus coupler button D199 --2-gang (KNX) D450, 457 --Standard automatic control switch up to
--Time switch D199 --4-gang (KNX) D457-458, 460 1.10m (TX_44) D192
Surface-mounted, water-protected IP66 --8-gang (KNX) D458-460 --Standard automatic control switch up to
--Switches and buttons D203 --Door communication D345 1.10 m, top unit D70, 163
S-video --Flush-mounted door communication --Top unit for switching and dimming D58,
--Insert and cinch audio and composite D345 153
video D366 Switching insert --Top unit, touch dimmer D58
--Insert and cinch audio and composite --Triac (System 2000) D233 --Touch dimming top unit D153
video and mini jack D366 --Tronic (System 2000) D232 --Touch switching top unit D150
--Insert and composite video D366 --Triac switching insert D233
Index

T - W Index
--Tronic switching insert D232 --Universal series dimming insert D238 --Insert and HDMI 2.0a + HDR and mini
--Uni-LED dimming insert D60, 155 Touch indicator switch jack D363
--Universal LED dimming insert (touch --incl. rocker D48, 148 --Insert and mini jack D364
dimmer) D31, 230 --Rocker, vertical D148 --Insert and VGA 15-pole D364
--Zero-voltage relay insert D234 Touch sensor --Support ring D377
--KNX RF, 1-gang D393, 413 USB connection box
T --KNX RF, 3-gang D393, 413 --Cover plate D80
Touch sensor 2 USB power supply
Table-top housing DDesk housing --1-gang w. inscription space D55, 152 --2-gang D38, 69, 162
TAE connection box --3-gang w. inscription space D56, 152 --Insert D68, 162
--Cover plate D80 Touch sensor 3
Tectiv 220 --Basic, 1-gang D389 V
--Motion detector D265 --Basic, 2-gang D390
Telephone connection box --Basic, 3-gang D390 Valve adapter
--UAE/IAE connection box Cat.3 1-gang, 1 x --Comfort, 1-gang D390 --Thermal servo D293
8-pole D375 --Comfort, 2-gang D391 Ventilation DHeating, ventilation, air
--UAE/IAE connection box Cat.3 2-gang, 2 x --Comfort, 3-gang D391 conditioning
8-pole D375 --Comfort, 4-gang D391 VGA
--UAE/IAE connection box Cat.3 2-gang, 2 x --Comfort, 6-gang D391 --15-pole insert and cinch audio D365
8-pole 8/8 D375 --Komfort, 1-gang (KNX) D288 --2-gang 15-pole insert D365
Temperature sensor D530 --Komfort, 2-gang (KNX) D288 --Insert 15-pole D365
TFT colour display D174 --Komfort, 3-gang (KNX) D289 --Insert, 15-pole and HDMI 2.0a +HDR
--Home station D329 --Komfort, 4-gang (KNX) D289 D362
Thermal servo --Komfort, 6-gang (KNX) D289 --Insert 15-pole and USB 3.0 type A D364
--230V D292 --Plus, 2-gang D392 --Insert and mini jack D366
--24V D293 --Plus, 5-gang D392 Voxnet 218
--Servo 3 (KNX) D470 Touch sensor 3 Plus --Operating unit D86
--Valve adapter D293 --2-gang (KNX) D289
Thermostat D286 --5-gang (KNX) D289 W
Thermostat valve DServo Touch switch
Timer --Top unit for System 2000 D50, 150 Wall transmitters
--Electronic D71-72, 164 Triac --eNet w. inscription space D492-493
Time switch D71, 164 --switching insert (System 2000) D233 --KNX RF touch sensor 1-gang D393, 413
--2-pole D199 Tri-wing --KNX RF touch sensor 3-gang D393, 413
--Insert D229 --Screw driver D194, 319, 349 --Wireless mounting plate set (eNet) D407,
--Water-protected IP44 surface-mounted --Screw set D194, 319, 349 503, 509
D199 Tronic --ZigBee D508
Toggle --Built-in dimmer D241 Water-protected flush-mounted IP44
--Blind switch/button D72-73, 165 --Dimmer w. push-button/2-way switch D189
--Cover f. 3-stage switch D54, 152 D241 Water-protected surface-mounted IP44
--Cover for timer D71, 164 --Dimming insert w. push-button/2-way D195
Top unit D278 switch D33, 61-62, 156, 241 Water-protected surface-mounted IP66
--Apple 30-pin docking station D84, 179 --Power booster D247 D201
--Automatic control switch 2 Comfort up to --switching insert (System 2000) D232 WBT-0708 Cu nextgen
2.20m (System 2000) D260 Tronic transformer --Insert D367
--Automatic control switch 360 D260 --DALI D244 WBT-0710 Cu nextgen
--Blind control button D165, 276 TX_44 --Insert D367
--Blind control button Standard D276 --Accessories D194 Weather station
--Blind control button with sensor --Automatic lighting D192 --Comfort (KNX) D474
evaluation D165, 276 --Cover frames D192 --Standard (KNX) D474
--Blind control button w. memory function --Door communication D193 Window actuator
and sensor evaluation D165, 277 --Keyless In Keypad D194 --1-gang (KNX) D452
--Blind controller D166 --Orientation Lighting D193 Wind sensor
--Blind controller 2 D166, 278 --Heating incl. D531
--Blind controller 2 with sensor evaluation U --Standard D531
D166, 279 Wireless
--Comfort automatic control switch up to UAE/IAE DISDN --eNet D483
1.10m (KNX) D261, 442 --Cover plate D176 --KNX RF D509
--Comfort automatic control switch up to Underground tube --ZigBee D508
1.10m (System 2000) D258 --Energy profile D218 Wireless systems
--Comfort automatic control switch up to Universal button interface --eNet D483
2.20m (KNX) D261, 443 --2-gang (KNX) D403, 477 --EnOcean D505
--Docking station, Apple Lightning D84, --4-gang (KNX) D403, 477 --KNX RF D505
180 Universal Dimmer --ZigBee Light Link D505
--Docking station, USB D84, 180 --Auxiliary unit D30 Wireless transmitter
--Series dimmer D58, 153 --Insert w. push-button and rotary switch --eNet hand-held transmitter, 1-gang D491
--Standard automatic control switch 2 up to D30, 237 --eNet hand-held transmitter, 2-gang D491
2.20m (System 2000) D259 --Manual actuation D239 --eNet hand-held transmitter, 4-gang D492
--Standard automatic control switch up to Universal LED dimmer --eNet hand-held transmitter Multi D492
1.10m (KNX) D261, 442 --Insert (System 2000) D230, 238 --eNet universal transmitter, 2-gang Mini
--Standard automatic control switch up to Universal off/2-way switch D493
1.10m (System 2000) D258 --3-gang D49, 150 --eNet wall transmitter, 1-gang D492
--Standard automatic control switch up to --incl. rocker D46-48, 146-148 --eNet wall transmitter, 3-gang D493
2.20m (KNX) D261, 443 --Rocker switch insert D225 --KNX RF hand-held transmitter, 2-gang
--System 2000 switching and dimming Universal transmitter D509
D58, 153 --Wireless, 2-gang (eNet) D493 --KNX RF hand-held transmitter, 4-gang
--System 2000 Touch dimmer D58, 153 USB D509
--System 2000 Touch switch D50, 150 --Connection line D406, 478 --ZigBee hand-held transmitter D508
Torx screw set D194 --Data interface insert (KNX) D406, 455 --ZigBee wall transmitter D508
Touch dimmer USB 3.0 type A WLAN
--LV dimming insert (System 2000) D231, --Insert D363 --Additional antenna (eNet) D502
242 --Insert, 2-gang D363 --eNet Server D490
--Universal LED dimming insert (System --Insert and cinch audio D364 --Gira G1 230V D332, 418
2000) D31, 60, 155, 230, 238 --Insert and HDMI 2.0a +HDR D363 --Gira G1 24V D332, 418
Index

Index W - Z
--KNX IP router D455

--Mobile Gate (eNet) D491
X1 D432
XLR jack, D series
--Insert D369
XLR plug connector
--C-series jack D378
--C-series plug D378
--D-series jack D377
--D-series plug D378
ZigBee
--Hand-held transmitter D508
--Wall transmitters D508
Index

More information All products in this catalogue Imprint
expand For technical questions or falling under the CE guidelines Product photography:
for ordering sales promotion are labelled with the CE mark Dirk Hoffmann, Jchen
materials, please contact on the packaging label and on Udo Kowalski, Wuppertal
your wholesaler. In special the product. Henrik Spohler, Hamburg
cases, contact the responsible Schleelmann Fotografie,
Gira representation or the The catalogue is intended Velbert
factory directly. as a working document for Pixelbox, Dsseldorf
distributors. The prices listed
Gira switches and socket are non-binding recommended Photography of architecture
outlets are developed and prices and apply from January and plant grounds:
marketed under constant 2017. All products have been Gerd Nolte, Frndenberg/Ruhr
consultation with the electrical provided with price-system Page 4, top left
wholesale trade, the electrical code numbers (PS). H. G. Esch, Hennef
trade and the retail market (Architecture: Ingenhoven und
for the electrical trade. This The information in the Partner Architects)
installation device system catalogue refers to the current Page 4, top right
is therefore intended as the production status of the Sigurd Steinprinz, Dsseldorf
product range of the products. Technology and (Architecture: Figge
specialised trade. design are subject to change Architekten)
without notice. Page 5, bottom right
Of course, the depth of the
Gira product range can only be Only our general sales, delivery Product illustration:
given limited space in the and payment conditions apply. Peter Krmer, Dsseldorf,
material catalogues of the Germany
electrical wholesale trade. (Profile 55, TX_44, energy
Therefore, please always refer profiles)
to the Gira General Catalogue.
Only it provides a complete Concept and design:
overview of the product range. schmitz
Visuelle Kommunikation,
Wuppertal
Lithography:
vimago GmbH, Krefeld
Printing:
mediaprint, Paderborn
iPhone, iPod, iPad, iTunes,

iPhoto, Mac OS X are
registered trademarks of Apple
Inc.
Subject to technical
modifications.
Product illustrations can
deviate.
Cover frames order number matrix
Using this list, you can easily

determine the order numbers
of the cover frames from the
Gira switch ranges.
The first four digits indicate Event Event Opaque ClassiX

the type of cover frame. The .... 08 Anthracite/anthracite .... 14 Amber/anthracite .... 621 Bronze
final digits identify the switch .... 81 Anthracite / .... 69 Amber/ .... 623 B ronze cream white
range and the desired colour colour aluminium colour aluminium .... 622 Bronze black
or material. There is a space .... 328 A nthracite/pure white .... 332 A mber/pure white .... 641 Chrome
between the first four and final .... 06 Colour aluminium / .... 89 Blue/anthracite .... 643 Chrome cream white
digits to clearly separate them. anthracite .... 93 Blue/colour aluminium .... 642 Chrome black
.... 36 Colour aluminium / .... 399 B lue/pure white .... 631 Brass
colour aluminium .... 13 Dark brown/anthracite .... 633 B rass cream white
All cover frames can be .... 326 Colour aluminium / .... 59 Dark brown/ .... 632 Brass black
installed vertically and pure white colour aluminium
horizontally. .... 808 P ure white glossy/ .... 331 D ark brown/pure white
anthracite .... 85 Mint/anthracite
Order numbers for cover .... 806 P ure white glossy/ .... 51 Mint/colour aluminium
frames with crossbar: colour aluminium .... 395 M int/pure white
1-gang 0211 ... .... 803 P ure white glossy/ .... 87 Orange/anthracite
2-gang 0212 ... pure white .... 53 Orange/ ClassiX Art
3-gang 0213 ... .... 07 Pure white matt/ colour aluminium .... 661 Bronze
4-gang 0214 ... anthracite .... 397 O range/pure white .... 663 B ronze cream white
5-gang 0215 ... .... 71 Pure white matt/ .... 88 Red/anthracite .... 662 Bronze black
colour aluminium .... 92 Red/colour aluminium .... 681 Chrome
Cover frames without crossbar: .... 327 P ure white matt/ .... 398 R ed/pure white .... 683 Chrome cream white
2-gang 1002 ... pure white .... 334 W hite/pure white .... 682 Chrome black
.... 24 White/anthracite .... 671 Brass
.... 50 White/ .... 673 B rass cream white
colour aluminium .... 672 Brass black
Standard 55 Event Clear

.... 01 Cream white glossy .... 758 Aubergine/anthracite
.... 03 Pure white glossy .... 756 Aubergine /
.... 04 Pure white matt colour aluminium Esprit, glassC E22**
.... 753 Aubergine/pure white .... 518 Mint .... 202 Stainless steel
.... 768 B rown/anthracite .... 505 Black .... 203 Aluminium
.... 761 B rown/cream white .... 522 Umber .... 201 Thermoplastic
.... 766 Brown / .... 512 White [Pure white glossy]
colour aluminium
.... 763 B rown/pure white
.... 748 G reen/anthracite
E2 .... 746 Green /
.... 23 Anthracite colour aluminium
.... 25 Colour aluminium .... 743 G reen/pure white
.... 29 Pure white glossy .... 778 S and/anthracite Esprit Stainless steel
.... 22 Pure white matt .... 776 S and/colour aluminium .... 17 Aluminium * Series 20, Series 21***
.... 771 S and/cream white .... 127 Aluminium brown * .... 20 Series 20
.... 773 S and/pure white .... 217 A luminium light gold* .... 21 Series 21
.... 738 B lack/anthracite .... 126 Aluminium black *
.... 736 B lack/colour aluminium .... 10 Chrome *
.... 733 B lack/pure white .... 219 Stainless steel *
.... 728 W hite/anthracite .... 18 Mint glass
E3 .... 726 White / .... 05 Black glass
.... 410 P ure white glossy colour aluminium .... 122 Umber glass
.... 411 Light grey/pure white .... 723 White/pure white .... 12 White glass TX_44*/***
.... 421 L ight grey/anthracite .... 226 L inoleum-plywood, .... 67 Anthracite
.... 412 Grey/pure white anthracite* .... 65 Colour aluminium
.... 422 G rey/anthracite .... 227 L inoleum-plywood, .... 66 Pure white
.... 413 Dark grey/pure white blue*
.... 423 D ark grey/anthracite .... 223 L inoleum-plywood,
.... 417 Sand/pure white brown*
.... 427 S and/anthracite .... 221 L inoleum-plywood,
.... 418 G rey beige/pure white light brown*
.... 428 G rey beige/anthracite .... 220 L inoleum-plywood,
.... 416 U mber/pure white light grey*
.... 426 U mber/anthracite .... 229 Linoleum-plywood,
.... 414 Blue grey/pure white red*
.... 424 B lue grey/anthracite
.... 415 Grey green/pure white
.... 425 G rey green/anthracite
* Cover frames only available in 1 to 4-gang

** Cover frames for flat mounting type only available 1 to 4-gang
*** Cover frames without crossbar not available
Gira's task is to act responsibly
and to support the sustainable
development of society.
Therefore, when producing the
Gira catalogue, we have
aspired to continually reduce
the consumption of resources
and emission of harmful gases
while preventing environmental
pollution as much as possible.
We strive to reach these goals
by using sustainable, eco-
friendly materials.
For this reason we chose FSC

certified paper for the cover
while the inside pages are
made of 100 percent recycled
paper stock that has been
awarded the Blue Angel eco
label. Less water and energy
are consumed in manufacturing
this environmentally friendly
paper than for the production
of paper made of virgin fibres.
The CO emissions are also
lower compared to the
production of conventional
paper.
In addition, we commissioned
a calculation providing us with
a figure for the amount of CO
emissions caused by the
production of the current Gira
catalogue. To help us reduce
this footprint we support a
regional climate protection
project, and have selected the
Bergwaldprojekt Werdohl
which is part of the
Deutschland plus initiative.
The project has been granted
Gold standard with its
combined climate protection
certificate. This means that the
standard is reached jointly with
an international climate
protection project in Togo,
West Africa.
Order No. 18056 99 11/16 2. 32
111 years of Gira
Gira surface-mounted home station video

Door communication in the style of the
switch range.
D P. 325
Gira SCHUKO socket outlet Gira Sensotec LED

with orientation light Motion detector with orientation light
Light and orientation in the dark. and contactless switch in one.
D P. 68 D P. 262
Gira KNX presence detector Mini

Presence detection in a compact design.
D P. 438
Gira X1 Gira KNX RF

The cornerstone of the intelligent building. Wirelessly extend and supplement KNX systems.
D P. 432 D P. 413

1805699

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

1805699

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Catalogue 2017

Intelligent building technology

Door communication in Gira System 106

Tel +49 2195 602-0 David Rogers www.dcsconfigurator.

Richard Udell www.marking.gira.com

The Gira catalogue contains an Master data service

Our worldwide agencies are

Support ring [mm] 7171 8080 80132

Adapter support ring 8080 mm 2849 00

Switches and push buttons

Rocker switch 10 A 250 V~

Rocker button 10 A 250 V~ with rocker NO contact, 1-pole 0151 ..

Button British Standard (BS EN 60669-1), 3-gang 10 A 250 V~

Rocker switch British Standard (BS EN 60669-1)

Switch British Standard (BS EN 60669-1) 45 A 250 V~ 1-way switch 2838 ..

Flush-mounted inserts including cover and knob

Flush-mounted inserts including cover

Socket outlet British Standard (BS 546)

USB power supply, 2-gang 2359 ..

System 2000 automatic control switch including standard top unit,

System 55, colours Cream white glossy .... 01

E22, Materials and colours Stainless steel .... 20

Pure white Colour Anthracite

The Gira energy profiles extend the outdoor electrical

The Neumann Family

installation. The housing, cover, and base are made of robust,

weather-resistant aluminium with a scratch-resistant, dirt-

Chapters The key features at a glance Range overview

Automatic light control

Fold-out Product pages

Standard 55 91 Blind controller 269

E2 97 Heating, ventilation, air conditioning 283

E3 103 Door communication 295

Event 109 Communication technology 355

Esprit 123 KNX system 383

ClassiX 131 Wireless systems 481

E22 139 Emergency kit 511

Water-protected 187 Security 517

Installation profiles 205 Technical information 533

Gira Electrical Installation Systems 3

4 Gira Electrical Installation Systems

Family-run since 1905 Acting sustainably Images on left page:

Innovation and quality Images on right page:

Gira Electrical Installation Systems 5

A platform for good business: System 55 Inserts in eight design variants

6 Gira Electrical Installation Systems

Esprit Linoleum-Plywood Esprit glass Esprit metal

Event Event Clear ClassiX Art

Gira Electrical Installation Systems 7

Installation in EU 71 mm (round boxes) Installation in British Standard (80 mm wall box)

EU round boxes 1-gang up to 5-gang Flush-mounted boxes 1-gang and 2-gang

8 Gira Electrical Installation Systems

Flush-mounted boxes 1-gang box with support ring

Functions More than 300 functions

Switch ranges 1-gang

Usable frames Event, E3, E 22*, ClassiX, Esprit

Gira Electrical Installation Systems 9

10 Gira Electrical Installation Systems

Surface-mounted video door station Gira Sensotec LED

Gira Electrical Installation Systems 11

Augmented Reality Favourites

Gallery Free of charge as an app and online

12 Gira Electrical Installation Systems

Completing the system Managing projects individually

E22 E22 E22